UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
Unritep States Nationat HERBARIUM
VOLUME 30
STUDIES OF
PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS
ELMER D. MERRILL, EGBERT H. WALKER, ROBERT RODIN
L. T. BURCHAM, A. C. SMITH
Py) Pek |
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ~- WASHINGTON, D.C. + 1957
ISSUED NOV 15 1957
NOV + = 10R9
BULLETIN OF THE UNITED States NATIONAL MusEUM
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1957
Publications of the United States National Herbarium
The United States National Herbarium, which was founded by the
Smithsonian Institution, was transferred in the year 1868 to the
Department of Agriculture and continued to be maintained by that
department until July 1, 1896, when it was returned to the official
custody of the Smithsonian Institution. The Department of Agri-
culture, however, continued to publish the series of botanical reports
entitled ‘(Contributions from the United States National Herbarium,”
which it had begun in the year 1890, until, on July 1, 1902, the Na-
tional Museum, in pursuance of an act of Congress, assumed respon-
sibility for the publication. The first seven volumes of the series
were issued by the Department of Agriculture.
REMINGTON KELLOGG,
Director, United States National Museum.
Ill
Part 1.
Par? 2.
Part 3.
Part 4.
Part 5.
CONTENTS
A botanical bibliography of the islands of the
Pacific. By Elmer D. Merrill. (Published
February 25, 1947) re
A subject index to Elmer D. Merrill’s ‘A botanical
bibliography of the islands of the Pacific.”
By E. H. Walker. (Published February 25,
1947) . See ee ee
Observations on the grass flora of certain Pacific
islands. By L. T. Burcham. (Published
March 10, 1948) re
Additional phanerogams in the flora of Guam, with
notes on unverified records. By Egbert H.
Walker and Robert Rodin. (Published Au-
gust 25, 1949) . re
Studies of Pacific island plants, X: The Meliaceae
of Fiji, Samoa, and Tonga. By A. C. Smith.
(Published May 6, 1952) .
Studies of Pacific island plants, XV: The genus
Elaeocarpus in the New Hebrides, Fiji,
Samoa, and Tonga. By A.C. Smith. (Pub-
lished May 8, 1953) . . . 2. 2 . we
Page
1-322
. 323-404
. 405-447
. 449-468
. 469-522
523-575
v
Studies of
Pacific Island Plants
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
Unrrep States NationaL HERBARIUM
VotuME 30, Part 1
A BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ISLANDS OF
THE PACIFIC
By ELMER D. MERRILL
A SUBJECT INDEX TO ELMER D. MERRILL’S
“A BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
THE ISLANDS OF THE PACIFIC”
By E. H. WALKER
WE:
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
Unirep States NationaAL HErsBaRIuM
VoLuME 30, Parr 1
A BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ISLANDS OF
THE PACIFIC
By ELMER D. MERRILL
A SUBJECT INDEX TO ELMER D. MERRILL’S
“A BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
THE ISLANDS OF THE PACIFIC”
By E. H. WALKER
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1947
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D. C. - Price $1.00
ISSUED FEB 25 1947
BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
PREFACE
The present number of the Contributions contains two papers on the
botanical literature of the Pacific islands. The first, by Elmer D. Merrill,
director of the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University, entitled “A
Botanical Bibliography of the Islands of the Pacific,” is a revision of
two papers published in 1924 and 1937 by the Bernice P. Bishop Museum,
with the addition of numerous titles. The second paper, by Egbert H.
Walker, assistant curator of the National Herbarium, entitled “A Subject
Index to Elmer D. Merrill’s ‘A Botanical Bibliography of the Islands
of the Pacific,’” is designed especially to facilitate reference to this litera-
ture on the basis of geographic distribution and systematic relationship.
About 3,800 titles are recorded in Dr. Merrill’s bibliography, which
covers the Pacific islands from Juan Fern4ndez to New Caledonia and
New Hebrides on the west, and from Midway Island on the north to
the Kermadec Islands on the south. The bibliography includes works
upon the lower cryptogams as well as the ferns and seed plants, and
on economic as well as taxonomic, ecological, and other botanical studies.
These two papers should aid materially in current research upon the
flora of these far-flung islands and help solve economic and scientific
problems by reducing repetitive search of the literature.
WItt1aAM R. Maxon,
Curator, United States National Herbarium.
January 28, 1946,
III
CONTENTS
Page
A botanical bibliography of the islands of the Pacific. By Etmer D. MERRILL 1
Introduction ....... cc cece cece cece eee e eee e eee eee eeseseseeenees 1
Reference list of serial abbreviations ...............sceeeeeeeeeeees 7
Bibliography ....... cc ce cece cece cece ene e tee eceeeeeeeeeteeesegenes 41
A subject index to Elmer D. Merrill’s “A Botanical Bibliography of the
Islands of the Pacific’. By Ecpert H. WALKER .........-eeeeeees 323
Introduction ......cccccccecceccuceeccucecceceteeceuseeesneeteneees 323
Section I, General oo... ... cece cece cece eee cence teeraeaneeees 326
Section II. Regional .......... ccc secs cece cee receesceereeeeees 333
Section III. Systematic .........ccccceecuccecccececcecsececeens 346
Index of principal references to geographic names ..........eeeeeeeee 403
A BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
ISLANDS OF THE PACIFIC
By ELMER D. MERRILL
INTRODUCTION
By reason of a war that took virtually the whole Pacific world for
its battleground, interest in the Pacific Ocean and its countless islands
has increased beyond measure. Islands and atolls that perhaps had
never before been visited or explored by white men, at least by naturalists,
became important military objectives, and information regarding them
was at a premium. The war taught us how little we know about many
parts of this vast region and served at least one useful purpose in
stimulating scientific studies that may fill some of these gaps in our
knowledge, particularly in the fields of natural history, anthropology,
geography, and oceanography. —
The present bibliography is therefore a timely stock-taking of what
has been published in the field of Pacific botany. Such an inventory
should be the beginning of future important botanical investigations and
research of the region, and I have therefore endeavored to make it as
accurate and as complete as possible within its defined limits. The work
is an enlargement of two previous bibliographies, both by the present
author. The first of these, “Bibliography of Polynesian Botany” (Bishop
Mus. Bull. 13: 1-68), published in 1924, contained about 1,300 author-
entries, representing all the most important publications issued up to
the end of 1923 which were basic to studies that might be contemplated
on the vegetation of the Polynesian islands. The demand for this publica-
tion was so great that it soon became out of print. It was therefore
replaced, in 1937, by “Polynesian Botanical Bibliography 1773-1935”
(Bishop Mus. Bull. 144: 1-194), which contained about 2,600 author-
entries. The style was changed to conform to that of the much larger
Merrill-Walker work! on eastern Asia, which was then in press, a
significant improvement being the addition of short annotations intended
to give the investigator some idea of the relative importance of each
paper listed. The same plan is followed herein.
In the present work there are about 3,850 author-entries, nearly one-
half more than were included in its immediate predecessor. This large
increase is the result of the very active period, following 1936, in publica-
tion of papers on Pacific botany, and of the critical attention given by
the author in the interim to certain runs of horticultural periodical
literature ignored by many professional botanists. There is no change
in the beginning date, 1773, for no references have been detected in
botanical literature pertaining to the region earlier than that year, other
1 Merrill, E. D., and Walker, E. H. A bibliography of eastern Asiatic botany.. i—xlii, 1-719,
2 maps. Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass., 1938.
1
2 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
than generalized observations on the vegetation or on certain economic
species, in pre-Linnaean nontechnical books on exploration, such as that
of Capt. William Dampier in the latter part of the seventeenth century.
The region covered in this bibliography is essentially the islands of
the Pacific lying between latitude 30° N. and 30° S. (excluding the
Bonin Islands), extending from Juan Fernandez and Hawaii in the east
to the extreme western limits of the Marianas, Caroline, and Palau
Islands. It includes all of Polynesia and Micronesia and the eastern
parts of Melanesia—as Fiji, New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, Lord
Howe Island, Norfolk Island, the Loyalty Islands, and Santa Cruz—
but not the larger archipelagoes contiguous to New Guinea, e.g., the
Louisiades, the Bismarck Archipelago, and the Solomon Islands, except
as papers essentially on these excluded areas have important specific
references to the plants within the admitted islands. The Bonin Islands
and other islands closer to Japan proper are not here included as they
appear in Merrill and Walker’s “Bibliography of Eastern Asiatic Botany.”
From the standpoint of botanical bibliography all the islands of the
Pacific basin within the geographic limits mentioned above are now,
with the present work, well provided for. This is not true of the great
islands to the west, for apparently no sustained effort has ever been
made to assemble a comprehensive bibliography of the botany of the
vast Malaysian region. Borneo? is fairly well taken care of up to 1921;
this was relatively simple, as that island does not figure in the botanical
literature, with one exception, before 1839. The task of preparing a
comprehensive bibliography of this great archipelago would be a
stupendous undertaking, because of the vastness of the region covered,
the historical aspects of the situation, the richness of the flora, and the
large number of individuals who have concerned themselves with studies
of one type or another for the past 300 years. Nothing is available on
the Malay Peninsula except the citations in standard descriptive works.
The most important botanical papers pertaining to New Guinea and
its neighboring islands are listed by Lam.®
The Philippine group is reasonably well covered by my own bibliog-
raphy up to the year 1926. Eastern Asia and Japan are very thoroughly
covered to 1938 by the Merrill-Walker work already cited, and the
junior author is preparing a supplement to it. In contrast to the 3,850
author-entries in the present work, the former contains about 21,000.
As to type of material included herein, in general the policy is to
list those papers in which genera or species are described as new from
* Merrill, E. D. A contribution to the bibliography of the botany of Borneo. Sarawak Mus.
Jour. 2: 99-136. 1915; A bibliographic enumeration of Bornean plants. Jour. Straits Branch
Roy. Asiatic Soc. Special No., 1-637. 1921 (pp. 2-6).
8Lam, H. J. Materials towards a study of the flora of the island of New Guinea. Blumea 1:
115-159. 3 maps. 1934.
‘Merrill, E. D. Bibliography of Philippine botany: in Ais Enumeration of Philippine flowering
plants 4: 155-239. 1926.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 3
the region covered ; those in which transfers of the names of Polynesian
species are made, with actual citations of the regions where the entity
occurs; lists of species from any island or island group; all monographic
works in which species of the Pacific islands are mentioned (but not those
earlier monographic works where later explorations have shown that
the group covered does not have Pacific representatives) ; general works
that touch on world botany, of which the Bentham and Hooker “Genera
Plantarum” and the Engler and Prantl ‘Die natiirlichen Pflanzen-
familien” are examples; papers on ecology and phytogeography based
on plants from this or that part of the region, plant pathology, forestry,
horticulture, and some phases of agriculture; and books on travel that
contain a reasonable amount of information regarding plants. Probably
too many items within the field of popular botany have been included.
Perhaps the ethnological field might have been more thoroughly explored,
for various papers in this science do contain some information regarding
at least the economic plants; but with all due respect to the ethnologists,
most of them being untrained in botany and even in ethnobotany, it has
been observed that the average botanical treatments are usually very
sketchy and inadequate and that the nomenclature may be literally “any-
thing that happens.” Also included are such standard reference works
as those of Pritzel and Jackson and the Index Kewensis,
The natural groups of plants represented include not only the ferns
and fern allies and flowering plants but also all papers dealing with
the cellular cryptogams (algae, fungi, lichens, mosses, and liverworts)
that qualify under the general principles above mentioned. It is suspected
that in the general field of the lower plants there is much less adequate
coverage than for the higher plants, for I admit that my knowledge
of the special literature pertaining to the cellular cryptogams is merely
general in nature.
Definitely not included are papers on plant physiology, genetics,
cytology, and morphology, although some of these may have been pre-
pared by residents of botanical centers within the Pacific region, or are
based on material originating, at least in part, within the area covered.
Such papers cannot be considered as falling within the limits of any
particular regional bibliography; and this bibliography is definitely a
regional one. Perhaps the bibliography might legitimately have been
enlarged by including the titles of certain important published library cata-
logs, such as those of the British Museum (Natural History) and the
Arnold Arboretum, for they do contain much bibliographic information
that applies to the region covered ; but such publications should already be
well known to librarians and to professional botanists.
In the field of systematic botany certain publications based on the
vegetation of neighboring regions are admittedly of greater utility in
actually identifying Pacific islands material than are the majority of
the titles included in this bibliography (except for strictly endemic
4 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Pacific genera and species), and among these might be cited certain
Philippine, Malaysian, and Papuasian titles. In the field of economic
botany nothing that has yet been published on the economic plants of
the Pacific islands can even be compared in value with certain basic
works appertaining to the economic botany of the great islands to the
west, such as Heyne’s “Die nuttige Planten van Nederlandsch-Indie,”
ed, 1 (1913), ed. 2 (1916-17), second printing (1937), Osche’s “Fruits
and Fruit-culture in the Dutch East Indies” (1931), Osche’s “Vegetables
of the Dutch East Indies” (1931), and Burkill’s “Dictionary of the
Economic Products of the Malay Peninsula” (1935), for very many of
the species included in these works either occur naturally in certain of
the Pacific islands, or are introduced; and yet none of these works
qualifies for admission in a regional bibliography such as this one
definitely is. They are essential works that the student or the investigator
would naturally consult, but they are not based on material from the
Pacific islands.
I have included a great many items of a popular nature and others
that may be of very little importance. To illustrate: In the periodical
literature of horticulture an attractive species is introduced into cultiva-
tion. A consideration of it will run the gauntlet of the horticultural
and garden magazines. N. E. Brown’s paper of 1882 on the tonga plant
of Fiji (Epipremnum muirabile Schott) was reproduced in at least half
a dozen periodicals, and Impatiens hawkeri, which was credited to the
“South Sea Islands’ (which came from New Guinea and does not occur in
the Pacific islands), appeared within two years in six or more horticultural
serials, each time with a colored plate. Much of the garden and horticul-
tural literature is literally very repetitive, as are many of the papers on
popular botany. It is not the bibliographer’s task in a work of this type to
evaluate the importance of his entries, but faithfully to record the titles
that have come to his attention and that qualify for admission.
A serious attempt has been made actually to examine each paper
that has been admitted to this bibliography. The few that have not
been examined are indicated by the phrase “not seen” in the annotation.
The annotations are not to be treated as abstracts in any sense of the
word, but merely as brief indications as to the content of the individual
papers. Some of the distinctly unimportant papers have much longer
annotations than the really important ones, for monographic treatises
are described merely as “monographic”: this word is to be interpreted
as meaning that the work in question contains a consideration of all
the known forms of the particular group involved.
Care has been taken to follow the exact wording of each title and
to give complete data as to inclusive pages, inclusive illustrations, date
of issue, and clear references to periodical literature wherein so many
of the individual papers appeared, including, of course, the series and
volume numbers involved. In the case of those volumes that originally
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 4)
appeared in the form of fascicles issued at irregular intervals over a
term of years, and where the title-page date is usually that of the actual
printing date of the last part, particular attention has been given to the
dates of issue of individual parts. In the annotations references are
given to the places of publication of special articles dealing with this
matter of dates of publication. Even in those cases where a statement
is made at the end of a paper, such as “printed 24/11 1930” and the
final part of the volume was not published until 1944, the latter being
also the title-page date, care has been taken to determine the actual
date of distribution of reprints, for the printing date is not always the date
of publication, actual distribution and availability often being involved.
There will be noted certain Jacunae in this work in the case of papers
that may have been published in Europe and in Japan since 1940 based
wholly or in part on plants from the Pacific region. Certain periodicals
have doubtless ceased publication, either temporarily or permanently.
We know that others have appeared more or less regularly, but for
the most part our files of foreign periodicals still lack those numbers
published since 1940-41. However, owing to the exigencies of the
situation I decided to complete the copy in so far as possible. No single
library contains all the items listed,
I am under great obligations to a number of individuals who have
called attention to items that in their judgment should be included in
the bibliography. Among these are Dr. Harold St. John, University of
Hawaii; Miss Margaret Titcomb, librarian, Bishop Museum, Honolulu ;
Dr. F. R. Fosberg, United States Department of Agriculture; Dr. E.
H. Walker, United States National Herbarium; and staff members of
various other institutions who have supplied data regarding specific
items, enabling me to adjust certain incomplete references that were
originally detected in review literature and terminal bibliographies. To
V. Asmous, assistant librarian, Arnold Arboretum, thanks are due for
his search through various files of periodicals for additional references,
and for his checking the typed slips on the original works. I am under
special obligations to Dr. Hiroshi Hara, Tokyo Imperial University,
for his courtesy in providing about 50 items, with abstracts, covering
the Japanese literature pertaining to the botany of Micronesia, that
were published between 1941 and 1945. The comprehensive indices
that accompany this bibliography are the work of Dr. Walker, who
also prepared those to the Merrill-Walker bibliography mentioned above.
This index will make consultation of the bibliography a very simple
matter as compared with its 1937 predecessor and will add greatly to the
utility and value of the work. It is merely an attempt to make the
way clearer and easier for all those botanists who must find their way
through the mazes of published literature pertaining to the region
covered, The author will greatly appreciate the cooperation of those
who have occasion to use this compilation, in case they detect errors,
6 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
incomplete references, or overlooked items that should be included in
any supplement that may be issued in future.
The reference list of serials (p. 7) contains the abbreviations
accepted in this paper for those articles published in periodical literature.
The titles of about 525 serials are involved. Following the abbreviation
is the full name of the periodical, with indication of the year that
publication commenced for those that are still being issued. It is entirely
probable that if the trouble were taken to examine long runs of general
or borderline periodicals, this list might be extended. Defunct periodicals
are marked by the sign ||, following the last volume and date entry;
those that still continue are marked by the sign +. For more complete
data on these serials, with indication of the libraries in the United States
and Canada wherein they are available as complete or partial sets, to-
gether with their variant titles, the student is referred to the compre-
hensive list prepared under the auspices of the American Library
Association,®> which contains between 115,000 and 120,000 titles with
indication of the libraries wherein they are preserved.
Absolute consistency in the use of these abbreviations is difficult, be-
cause of numerous variations in title over the periods of publication.
In selecting the abbreviations current botanical usage has been followed
in the main, more or less influenced by the forms adopted in Biological
Abstracts, but in some cases the forms are tempered by the author’s
personal preference. There is no absolute standard in regard to all
these abbreviations, yet everyone agrees that those selected should be
short, concise, and free of ambiguity and that each should clearly indicate
the particular periodical intended. Throughout, the modern simplified
method has been used of indicating the volume number by boldface Arabic
digits, rather than the cumbersome Roman capitals that the ultraconserva-
tives still use—presumably because they started that way. Roman nu-
merals are used only to indicate the series number when two or more
series exist, each beginning with volume one, and for the separately paged
introductory parts of certain volumes where the Roman notation was
followed. Part numbers are indicated in parentheses following the volume
numbers only where separate pagination is involved.
If one examines any long list of serial publications, including many
that died with volume 1 or shortly thereafter, he will conclude that about
every conceivable variant has been used in indicating series, volumes,
etc. Some of the titles are so involved, whereas others have been changed
from time to time (occasionally for political reasons, but more often
apparently for no other reason than the whim of the current editor),
that absolutely uniform citation is difficult or impossible. In spite of
these difficulties the objectives in preparing this list have been brevity,
clarity, and, it is hoped, reasonable uniformity.
5 Gregory, W. (editor). Union list of serials in libraries of the United States and Canada.
Ed. 2 [1-4], 1-3065. H. W. Wilson Co., New York, 1943; Supplement, January 1941-December
1943, [1-22], 1-1123. 1945,
REFERENCE LIST OF SERIAL ABBREVIATIONS
Abh. Akad. Niitzl. Wissensch. Erfurt
Abhandlungen der Kurfiirstlich-mainzischen Akademie niitzlicher Wissenschaf-
ten zu Erfurt. Nova acta Academiae electorialis Moguntinae scientiarum utilium
quae Erfurti est. 1 (1798-99)-4 (1805) ||.
Vol. 1 has continuous pagination; the other volumes have separately paged articles.
Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin
Abhandlungen der K6niglichen preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin (1804)-(1907), continued in classes (1908) ++.
Abh. Boehm, Ges. Wiss.
Abhandlungen der K6niglichen boehmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.
(1775)—(1885), continued in classes (1886) -++.
The title varies. The Czech name of the organization is ‘Ceska Spolecnost nauk.”
Abh. Deutsch. Akad. Naturf.
Abhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Leopoldinisch-Carolinischen deutschen Akademie
der Naturforscher.
This is the German title for Nova Acta Acad. Leop-Carol, Nat. Cur., which see; the German
form is not used in this bibliography.
Abh. Naturw. Ver. Bremen
Abhandlungen herausgegeben vom Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein zu Bremen. 1
(1868) +.
Abh. Senkenb. Ges. Frankf.
Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Senkenbergischen naturforschenden Gesell-
schaft, Frankfurt a. M. 1 (1854) +.
Acta Bot. Bohem.
Acta botanica Bohemica. 1 (1922) ++.
Acta Bot. Fenn.
Acta botanica Fennica. 1 (1925) +.
Acta Fauna FI. Univ. II Bot.
Acta pro fauna et flora universali II Botanica. 1 (1932) +-
Acta Horti Gothob.
Acta Horti Gotob.
Acta horti Gothoburgensis (1-7); Acta horti Gotoburgensis 8 (1933) +.
Meddelanden fran Goteborgs tradgard. 1 (1924) ++.
Acta Horti Petrop.
Acta horti Petropolitani, 1 (1871-72)-43 (1930) ||.
Acta Phytotax. Geobot.
Acta phytotaxonomica et geobotanica. Kyoto. 1 (1932) +.
Acta Soc. Fauna FI. Fenn.
Acta Societatis pro Fauna et Flora Fennica. 1 (1876) -+-.
Acta Univ. Lund.
Acta universitatis Lundensis. Lunds universitets arsskrift. 1 (1864) -+-.
Act. Congr. Internat. Bot. Hort. Amsterdam
Actes du Congrés international de botanistes, d’horticulteurs, de negociants et de
fabricants de produits du régne végétal, tenu 4 Amsterdam, en 1877 [published
in 1879]|].
8 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux
Actes de la Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux. 1 (1826)-++.
The first three volumes (1826-29) were issued as “Bulletin d’histoire naturelle de la Société
Linnéenne de Bordeaux.”
Adansonia
Adansonia. Recueil périodique d’observations botaniques. 1 (1860)-12 (1876-
79) I.
Agr. Jour. [Fiji]
Agricultural journal issued by department of agriculture, Fiji. 1 (1928) +-.
Allg. Bot. Zeitschr.
Allgemeine botanische Zeitschrift fiir Systematik, Floristik, Pflanzengeographie
etc, 1 (1895)-33 (1925-27) ||.
Am. Anthropol.
The American anthropologist. 1 (1888)-11 (1898) ; II 1 (1899)-+.
Am. Bot.
The American botanist. Devoted to economic and ecological botany. 1 (1901) ++.
Am. Fern Jour.
American fern journal. A quarterly devoted to ferns, published by the Ameri-
can Fern Society. 1 (1911) +.
Am. Forests
American forests. The magazine of the American Forestry Association, 16
(1910) +.
This magazine has been published under the following designations: ‘Forest Leaves” (1882-
1898), “The Forester” (1898-1902), “Forestry and Irrigation” (1902-08); “Conservation”
(1908-10), “American Forestry” (1910-24), “American Forests and Forest Life” (1924-31),
and “American Forests’ (1931- ).
Am. Jour. Bot.
The American journal of botany. 1 (1914) ++.
This is the official organ of the Botanical Society of America,
Am, Jour. Pharm.
The American journal of pharmacy. 1 (1829) --.
Am. Jour. Sci.
The American journal of science. 1 (1818) ++.
With vol. 2 (1820) this became “The American Journal of Science and Arts”; with Vol. 119
(1880) the earlier title was resumed. Often cited as “Silliman’s Journal’’.
Am. Midl, Nat.
The American midland naturalist. Devoted to natural history, primarily that
of the prairie states, 1 (1909-10) +L.
Am. Monthly Mag.
The American monthly magazine and critical revue. 1 (1817)-4 (1819) ||.
Am. Orch. Soc. Bull.
American orchid society bulletin, 1 (1932) +L.
Amtl. Ber. Deutsch. Naturf, Aerzte
Gesellschaft deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte. Amtlicher Bericht ueber die
Versammlung. (1828)-(1884) ||.
Anal. Cienc. Nat.
Anales de ciencias naturales. 3 (1801)-7 (1804) |].
Volumes 1 and 2 appeared as “‘Anales de historia natural,’’ 1799-1800.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 9
Anal. Univ. Chile
Anales de la universidad de Chile. 1 (1843) +.
Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn.
Annales academiae scientiarum Fennicae. 1 (1909) ++.
The Finnish title is: Suomakainen Tiedeaktemia. Toimituksia.
Ann. Bot.
Annals of botany, 1 (1887) -+L.
Ann. Bot. Gard. Calcutta
Annals of the Royal Botanic Garden. Calcutta. 1 (1888) +.
Ann. Bot. Gard. Peradeniya
Annals of the Royal Botanic Gardens Peradeniya. 1 (1901-02) +.
From vol. 9 (1925) this also bears the title “Ceylon Journal of Science.”
Ann. Bot. Kon. & Sims
Annals of botany. Editors: Charles Konig, F.L.S., and John Sims, M.D., F.L.S.
1 (1805)-2 (1806) |].
Ann. Bryol.
Annales bryologici. A yearbook devoted to the study of the mosses and hepatics.
1 (1928) +.
Ann. Bryol. Suppl.
Annales bryologici. Supplementary volume. 1 (1930) +.
Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve
Annuaire du Conservatoire et du jardin botaniques de Genéve. 1 (1897)-21
(1922) |[.
This was succeeded by Candollea 1 (1922-24).
Ann. Crypt. Exot.
Annales de cryptogamie exotique. 1 (1928) +
Ann. di Bot.
Annali di botanica Publicati dal Prof. Romualdo Pirotta. 1 (1904) +.
Ann. Ecole Nat. Agr. Montpel.
Annales de 1’fcole nationale d’agriculture. Montpellier. 1 (1884)-11 (1890) ; n.
ser, 1 (1900) ++.
Ann. Epiph.
Annales des épiphytes. Direction des services scientifiques et sanitaires et de la
répression des fraudes. 1 (1912) +.
Vols. 1-6 (1912-19) were issued as ‘“‘Annales du service des épiphytes.”
Ann. Fac. Sci. Marseille
Annales de la faculté des sciences. Marseille. 1 (1891) ++.
Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungar.
Annales historico-naturalis musei nationales Hungarici (A Magyar nemzeti
muzeum Természetrajzi osztalyainak folydirata). 1 (1903) +.
Ann. Hydrogr. Marit. Meterol.
Analen der Hydrographie und maritimen Meterologie. 1 (1873) +.
Ann. Inst. Colon. Marseille. See Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille.
Ann. Inst. Océanogr.
Annales de l'Institut océanographique. 1 (1909)-7 (1917); II 1 (1924) +.
10 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg
Annales du jardin botanique de Buitenzorg. 1 (1876) +.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
Annals and magazine of nautral history; or Magazine of zoology, botany, and
geology. 1 (1838) +.
Published in several series; the title varies. See Mag. Nat. Hist.
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden. 1 (1914) +.
Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat.
Annales Musei botanici Lugduno-Batavi. 1 (1863-64)-4 (1868-69) |].
Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille
Annales du Musée colonial de Marseille. 1 (1893)-9 (1902); II 1 (1903)-10
(1912) ; IIIT 1 (1913)-10 (1922) ; IV 1 (1928) ++.
The volumes for 1893-94 were published as “Annales de |’ Institut botanico-géologique colonial
de Marseille”; those for 1895-96 as ‘Annales de 1’ Institut colonial de Marseille.”
Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris]
Annales du Muséum nationale d’histoire naturelle par les professeurs de cet
établissement. [Paris]. 1 (1802)-20 (1813) ||.
With vol. 6 (1805) the word “nationale” was dropped from the title.
Ann. Myc.
Annales mycologici editi in notitiam scientiae mycologicae universalis. 1
(1903) +.
Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien
Annalen des K.K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums in Wien. 1 (1886) +.
Vols. 1-32 were issued with this title; from 33 as “Naturhistorisches Staatsmuseum.”
Ann. Rep. Dept. Mines N.S.W.
Annual Report of the Department of Mines, New South Wales.
Ann. Rep. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta.
Annual Report of the Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station. (1901)-+-.
Ann. Sci. Nat.
Annales des sciences naturelles, 1 (1824)-30 (1833) J].
For continuation see the next entry.
Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot.
Annales des sciences naturelles [ ] série, botanique. 1 (1834) +.
Ten series have been issued with 20 volumes to a series.
Ann, Soc. Bot. Lyon
Annales de la Société botanique de Lyon. 1 (1871-72)-40 (1918) ]].
Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon
Annales de la Société Linnéenne de Lyon. 1 (1836)-4 (1852) ; n. sér, 1 (1853) +L.
Ann. Wien. Mus. Naturgesch.
Annalen des Wiener Museums der Naturgeschichte. 1 (1836)-2 (1840) |].
Anthropos
Anthropos; ephemeris internationalis ethnologica et linguistica. 1 (1906) +-.
Arb. Bot. Inst. Akad. Braunsb.
Arbeiten aus dem Botanischen Institut der Kgl. Akademie (vorm. Kgl. Lyceum
Hosianum) in Braunsberg, Ostpreussen. 1 (1901) +.
The title varies. It is preceded by “Index lectionum in lyceo regio Hosiano Brunsbergensi”
(1897-1900). ‘
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 11
Arch. Bot. Guillemin
Archives de botanique ou recueil mensuel de mémoires originaux, d’extraits et
analyses bibliographiques, d’annonces et d’avis divers concernant cette science;
redigées par un société de botanistes francais et étrangers sous la direction de M.
A, J. Guillemin, D.M. 1 (1833)-2 (1833) |].
Arch. Bot. Viguier Bull.
Archives de botanique publiées par René Viguier. Tome [ ] Bulletin mensuel
no. [ ] 1 (1927) +.
At the top of each cover is the title: “Bulletin mensuel supplément aux Archives de botanique.”
Arch. Bot. Viguier Mém.
Archives de botanique publiées par René Viguier. Tome [ ] Mémoires 1
(1927) +.
Arch. Protistenk.
Archiv fiir Protistenkunde. 1 (1902) ++.
Archivio Bot.
Archivio botanico per la sistematica, fitogeografia, e genetica e bulletino dell’
istituto botanico della R. universita di Modena. 1 (1925) +
Arkiv Bot.
Arkiv fiir botanik uitgifvet af K. Svenska vetenskaps-akademien, Stockholm.
1 (1903-04) +.
Assoc. Frang. Avanc. Sci. Compt. Rend.
Association francaise pour l’avancement des sciences. Compte rendue. 1
(1872) +.
Atti Soc. Tosc. Sci. Nat.
Atti della Societa Toscana di scienze naturali. 1 (1875) +.
Austral. Mus. Mem.
Australian Museum. Memoirs. 1 (1851) +
Australas. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Rep. .
Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science. Report, 1 (1888) +.
The first 6 numbers appeared as ‘‘Miscellaneous Publications.”
Beih. Bot. Centralbl.
Beihefte zum botanischen Centralblatt. 1 (1891) +.
Vols. 1 to 8 contain reviews of published papers only; the publication of original papers com-
menced with vol. 9 (1900). Beginning with vol. 18 (1905) each volume consists of two
separately paged parts.
Beih. Tropenpfl.
Beihefte zum Tropenpflanzer. Wissenschaftliche und praktische Abhandlungen
tiber tropische Landwirtschaft, 1 (1900) +.
Belg. Hort.
La Belgique horticole, journal des jardins des serres et des vergers. 1 (1851)-35
(1885) |.
Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges.
Berichte der Deutschen botanischen Gesellschaft. 1 (1883) ++.
Ber. St. Gall. Naturw. Ges.
Bericht iiber die Thatigkeit der St. Gallischen naturwissenschaftlichen Gesell-
schaft. 1 (1858-60) +.
After 1900-01 this became “Jahrbuch der St. Gallischen naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft.”
12 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges.
Berichte der Schweizerischen botanischen Gesellschaft. 1 (1891) +.
The French title is “Bulletin de 1a Société botanique Suisse.’’
Bibl. Bot.
Bibliotheca botanica, Abhandlungen aus dem Gesamtgebiete der Botanik. 1
(1886) +.
Bibl. Contr. Lloyd Libr.
Bibliographical contributions from the Lloyd Library, Cincinnati, Ohio. 1 (1911-
14)-3 (1917-18) |].
Bibl. Univ. Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat.
Bibliotéque universelle—Archives des sciences physiques et naturelles [Genéve].
1 (1846) +.
Biol. Centralbl.
Biologisches Centralblatt. 1 (1881-82) +.
Bishop Mus. Bull.
Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin. 1 (1922) +.
Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ.
Bernice P. Bishop Museum Special Publication, 1 (1892) ++.
Blumea
Blumea. Tijdschrift voor de systematiek en de geografie der planten (A journal
of plant-taxonomy and plant-geography). 1 (1934) +.
Boissiera
Boissiera; Mémoires du conservatoire de botanique et de I’Institut de botanique
systématique de I’Université de Genéve. 1 (1936) +.
Bol. Mus. Nac. Chile
Boletino de la Museo nacional de Chile. 1 (1892) +.
Boll. Ort. Bot. Palermo
Bolletino del R. Orto Botanico di Palermo. 1 (1897)-11 (1912) ; II. 1 (1914) ++.
Bonplandia
Bonplandia, Zeitschrift fiir die gesammte Botanik. Officielles Organ der K.L.-C.
Akademie der Naturforscher. 1 (1853)-10 (1862) |].
With vol. 8 the subtitle was changed to “Organ fiir Botaniker, Pharmaceuten, Girtner, Forst-
und Landwirthe.”
Bot. Abh. Goebel
Botanische Abhandlungen herausgegeben von K. Goebel. 1 (1922)-21 (1932) |].
Bot. Arch. Mez
Botanisches Archiv. Zeitschrift ftir die gesammte Botanik, herausgegeben von
Dr, Carl Mez. 1 (1922) +.
Vols. 1 to 20 are mimeographed.
Bot. Bull. Hawaii Board Agr. For.
Botanical bulletin Territory of Hawaii. Board of Agriculture and Forestry.
1 (1911)-6 (1919) |].
Bot. Centralbl.
Botanisches Centralblatt. Referendes Organ fiir des Gesammtgebiet der Botanik
des In- und Auslandes, 1 (1880) ++.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 13
Bot. Exch. Club Brit. Isles Rep.
The Botanical Exchange Club of the British Isles. Report for [ ]. 1 (1880-
1901) ++.
The title varies.
Bot. Gaz.
The botanical gazette. 1 (1875-76) ++.
Vol. 1 was issued as the “Botanical Bulletin.”
Bot. Jahrb.
Botanische Jahrbiicher ftir Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeo-
graphie herausgegeben von A. Engler. 1 (1880-81) ++.
For exact dates of publication of the various parts of vols. 1-25 see Bot. Jahrb. 26:3. Beibl. 61:
5-8. 1899.
Bot. Mag.
The botanical magazine; or, flower-garden displayed .. . . 1 (1793) +.
With vol. 15 (1801) this became “Curtis’s Botanical Magazine.” The subtitle varies. By
some botanists it is cited as Curtis’s Bot. Mag.
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo)
The botanical magazine. Published by the Tokyo Botanical Society. 1 (1887) ++.
With vol. 46 (1932) the sponsoring organization became the ‘‘Botanical Society of Japan.”
Bot. Miscel. Hook.
Botanical miscellany ; containing figures and descriptions of such plants as recom-
mend themselves by their novelty, rarity, or history—with occasional botanical
notices and information. By William Jackson Hooker, 1 (1828-30)-3 (1832-33) ||.
This is succeeded by Jour. Bot. Hook.
Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ.
Botanical museum leaflets, Harvard university. 1 (1932) +L.
Bot. Not.
Botaniska notiser (Lunds botaniska forening). 1839 +.
From 1849 to 1856 this appeared as “‘Nya botaniska notiser’’,
Bot. Reg.
The botanical register. 1 (1815)-33 (1847) |].
Beginning with vol. 15 this was edited by John Lindley under the title: ““Edward’s Botanical
Register’. The subtitle varies.
Bot. Repos. ;
The botanist’s repository for new and rare plants, containing colored figures of
such plants as have not hitherto appeared in any similar publication . . . 1 (1797)-
10 (1811) ||. a
The title varies. For data by J. Britten on the dates of issue see Jour, Bot. 54: 236-246. 1916,
Bot. Tidsskr.
Botaniska Tidsskrift udgivet af den botaniske forening i Kjgbenhayn. 1
(1866) +.
Botaniste.
Le botaniste. 1 (1889) +.
Bot. Zeit.
Botanische Zeitung. 1 '(1843)-68 (1910) ||.
Brittonia
Brittonia. A series of botanical papers, published by the New York Botanical
Garden. 1 (1932-35) +.
700080—47—2
14 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIOM
Bryol.
The bryologist, an illustrated bimonthly devoted to North American mosses,
hepatics, and lichens. 1 (1898) ++.
The title varies. Vols. 1 and 2 were issued as a part of the “Fern Bulletin” with the pagina-
tion of that periodical.
Bull. Acad. Int. Géogr. Bot.
Bulletin de l’Académie internationale de géographie botanique. 8 (1898-99)-27,
(1917) ||.
Vols. 1 (1892) to 7 (1898) appeared under the title “Le Monde des Plantes. Revue Mensuelle
de Botanique.” From vol. 21 (1911) the title was changed to ‘Bulletin de Géographie Botanique.
Organ Mensuel de l’Académie Internationale de Botanique.”
Bull. Acad. Sci. Belg.
Bulletin de la Académie royale des sciences, des lettres et des beaux-arts de
Belgique. 1 (1832)-23 (1856) ; II 1 (1857)-50 (1880) ; III 1 (1881)- 36 (1898) l|.
Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb.
Bulletin de l’Académie imperiale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg. 1 (1836) +.
This was published in several series. The title varies.
Bull. Am. Geogr. Soc.
Bulletin of the American Geographical Society of New York. 1 (1859)- 32
(1915) |].
Bull. Appl. Bot. & Pl. Breed.
Bulletin of applied botany, genetics and plant breeding. Trudy po prikladnoi
botanike, genetike i selektsii. 1 (1908) ++.
Title varies. At present it is published in 13 series.
Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan
Bulletin of the Biogeographical Society of Japan, 1 (1929) +.
Bull, Cercle Alumni Fond. Univ. Brux.
This serial has not been identified.
Bull. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Pl. Assoc. Bot. Ser.
Bulletin of the Experiment Station of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association,
Botanical Series. 1 (1905) +.
Nos, 1-9 were issued as “Bulletin of the Division of Pathology and Physiology”; 10-12 as
“Pathological and Physiological Series.’
Bull. Fan Mem. Inst. Biol.
Bulletin of the Fan Memorial Institute of Biology. 1 (1829-30) ++.
Bull. Gard. Club Am.
Bulletin of the Garden Club of America. 1 (1913) +L.
Bull. Géogr. Bot. See Bull. Acad. Int. Géogr. Bot.
Bull. Herb. Boiss.
Bulletin de l’Herbier Boissier. 1 (1903)-7 (1909) ; II 1 (1901)-2 (1908) |.
Bull. Inst. Bot. Buitenzorg
Bulletin de l'Institut botanique de Buitenzorg. 1 (1898)-22 (1905) |].
This is succeeded by the “Bulletin de Département de |’ Agriculture aux Indes Néerlandaises.””
1 (1906).
Bull, Jard. Bot. Brux.
Bulletin du Jardin botanique de l’état 4 Bruxelles. 1 (1902) +.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 15
Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg
Bulletin du Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg. II 1 (1911)-23 (1918) ; IIT 1 (1918-
20) +.
The “first series” was the “Bulletin du département de l’agriculture aux Indes Néerlandaises”.
1 (1896)-47 (1911).
Bull. Jard. Bot. Prin. U. R. S. 58.
Bulletin du Jardin botanique principal de la république Russe. 18 (1918) +.
Earlier volumes were issued as “Bulletin du Jardin impériale botanique de St. Pétersbourg’’.
Bull, Kagoshima Col. Agr. For.
Bulletin of the Kagoshima Imperial College of Agriculture and Forestry. 1
(1915) +.
Bull. Lloyd Libr.
Bulletin of the Lloyd Library of Botany, Pharmacy, and Materia Medica. 1
(1900) +.
The botanical bulletins are also numbered separately.
Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris]
Bulletin de Muséum d’histoire naturelle [Paris]. 1 (1895)-34 (1928); II 1
(1929) +.
Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden. 1 (1896) ++.
Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg.
Bulletin de la Société royale de botanique de Belgique. 1 (1862) +.
Bull. Soc. Bot. France
Bulletin de la Société botanique de France. 1 (1854) ++.
Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve
Bulletin des travaux de la Société botanique de Genéve. 1 (1879)-11 (1905) ; II
Bulletin de la Société botanique de Genéve. 1 (1909) +.
Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital.
Bullettino della Societa botanica Italiana. (1892)-(1926).
The volumes are not numbered; from 1927 this serial continued as appendices to the “Nuovo
Giornale Botanico Italiano.”
Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse. See Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges.
Bull. Soc. Etud. Océan.
Bulletin de la Société des études océaniennes. 1 (1917) ++.
Bull. Soc. Géol. France
Bulletin de la Société géologique de France. 1 (1830)—14 (1843) ; II 1 (1844)-29
(1872); III 1 (1872)-28 (1900); IV 1 (1901) +.
Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse
Bulletin de la Société d’histoire naturelle de Toulouse. 1 (1867) +.
Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie
Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. 1 (1855) ++.
Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris
Bulletin mensuel de la Société Linnéenne de Paris. 1 (1874-89)-2 (1889-97) ; II
1 (1898-99) |].
Bull. Soc. Myc. France
Bulletin de la Société mycologique de France. 1 (1885) +.
The title varies; vols. 1 and 2 were issued as “Société Mycologique Bulletin’; with vol. 3
(1887) it became ‘“‘Société Mycologique de France’’; with vol. 8 (1892), ‘Bulletin de la Société
Mycologique de France’’; with vol, 25 (1919), “Bulletin Trimestriel de la Société Mycologique
de France.”
16 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Bull. Soc. Nat. Acclim. France
Bulletin de la Société d’acclimation de France. 1 (1854) +.
The title varies. It is published in several series.
Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc.
Bulletin de la Société impériale des naturalistes de Moscou. 1 (1829)-62 (1886) ;
IT 1 (1887) +.
The volumes for 1829 to 1842 are not numbered.
Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris
Bulletin de la Société philomathique de Paris. 1 (1789) ++.
It is published in several series.
Bull. Soc. Sci. Nancy
Bulletin des séances de la Société des sciences de Nancy. 1 (1868-71) +.
Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort.
Bulletino della R. Societa Toscana di orticultura. 1 (1876) +.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club. 1 (1870) +L.
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Bulletin of the United States National Museum. 1 (1875) +.
Candollea
Candollea. Organe du Conservatoire et du jardin botaniques de la ville de
Genéve. 1 (1922-24) +.
Carnegie Inst. Washington News Serv. Bull.
Carnegie Institution of Washington, News service bulletin. Staff edition. 1
(1926) +-.
Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ.
Carnegie Institution of Washington. Publications. 1 (1914) +.
Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearb.
Carnegie Institution of Washington, Yearbook. 1 (1902) +.
Castanea
Castanea: the journal of the South Appalachian Botanical Club. 1 (1936) +.
Chem. Drug. Australas. Suppl.
The chemist and druggist, with Australasian supplement. 1 (1878)-8 (1885) |].
The first volume appeared as “The Melbourne Chemist and Druggist.” In 1883 it became the
“Australian Chemist and Druggist”, which in 1886 was succeeded by the ‘Australian Journal of
Pharmacy” and the “Chemist and Druggist of Australia,”
Chron. Bot.
Chronica botanica. 1 (1935) +,
Circ. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assoc.
Circular no. [ ] Experiment Station of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Asso-
ciation. 1 (1907) +L.
Col. Hawaii Bull.
College of Hawaii Bulletin. College of Hawaii Publications, Bulletin 1 (1911)-
4 (1916) |].
Comment. Soc. Physiogr. Lund.
Commentationes quas in memoriam sollemnium secularium A. D. III nonas Oct.
MDCCCLXXVIII edidit regia Societas physiographorum Lundensis, (1878) |].
This is a series of nine separately paged papers in one volume.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 17
Comment. Soc. Reg. Sci. Gotting.
Commentationes Societas regia scientiarum Gottingensis. 1 (1878)-16 (1808) ;
Commentationes . .. recentiores. 1 (1811)-7 (1837). Continued as “Abhandlungen
der Koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen.” 1 (1843) +.
Comp. Bot. Mag.
Companion to the Botanical magazine; being a journal, containing such interest-
ing botanical information, as does not come within the prescribed limits of the
magazine; with occasional figures. By W. J. Hooker. 1 (1835)-2 (1836) ||.
The same title, “Companion to the Botanical Magazine,” was used for separately paged parts
of vol. 71 (1845) to vol. 74 (1848) of the Botanical Magazine.
Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris
Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Académie des sciences. Paris.
1 (1835) +.
Compt. Rend. Soc. Biogéogr.
Compte rendue sommaire des séances de la société de biogéographie, 1 (1924) +.
Contr. Arnold Arb.
Contributions from the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University. 1 (1932)-11
(1938) ||.
Contr. Bot.
Contributions to botany, iconographic and descriptive. 1 (1851)-3 (1871) |].
By John Miers.
Contr. Brooklyn Bot. Gard.
Contributions. Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 1 (1911) ++.
This is a series of reprints from technical periodicals,
Contr. Gray Herb.
Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, °1 (1891) +.
The ‘earlier numbers are all reprints from various periodicals; many of the later numbers are
original papers, while others are reprints. Up to No. 75 all bear the legend “new series,” which
was dropped with No. 76, as, strictly speaking, there was no preceding series under this title.
Contr. Herb. Taihoku Univ.
Contributions from the Herbarium of Taihoku Imperial University. 1 (1930) +.
This is a series of reprints from various periodicals.
Contr. Lab. Syst. Bot. Taihoku Univ. 1 (1937) +L.
Contributions from the laboratory of systematic botany and plant ecology,
Taihoku University. 1 (1937) +.
This is a series of reprints from technical periodicals.
Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb.
Contributions from the United States National Herbarium. 1 (1890-95) +L.
Vols. 1-7 were issued by the Division of Botany, U. S. Department of Agriculture; all later
volumes, by the Smithsonian Institution, U. S. National Museum.
Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem.
Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station memoir. 1 (1913) --.
Curtis’s Bot. Mag. See Bot. Mag.
Dansk Bot. Arkiv
Dansk botanisk arkiv udgivet af Dansk botanisk f6rening;.. 1, (1913-15) ++,
Dansk Ugeskr.
Dansk ugeskrift. 1 (1831)-8 (1836) ; II. 1 (1842)-3 (1846) |}.
18 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
DC. Monog. Phan.
Monographiae phanerogamarum prodromi nunc continuatio, nunc revisio, auctor-
ibus Alphonso et Casimir de Candolle aliisque botanicis ultra memoratis, Suites au
prodromus systematici naturalis regni vegetabilis. 1 (1878)-9 (1896) ||.
DC. Prodr.
Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis, sive enumeratio cofitracta or-
dinum generum specierumque plantarum huc usque cognitarum, juxta methodi nat-
urales normas digesta. Auctore Aug. Pyramo de Candolle. 1 (1824)-17 (1873) ||.
Index was issued by Buek, 1 (1842)-4 (1874).
Denkschr. Math.-Nat. Kl]. Akad. Wiss. Wien
Denkschriften der mathematisch-naturwissenschaftlichen Klasse der Kaiserlichen
Akademie der Wissenschaften Wien. 1 (1850) ++.
Dept. Agr. Fiji Bull.
Department of Agriculture, Fiji, Bulletin. 1 (?) +.
Deutsche Gart. Zeit.
Deutsche Garten-Zeitung. Wochenschrift fiir Gartner und Gartenfreunde.
Herausgegeben von Dr. L. Wittmack und W. Perring. 1 (1886) |].
This is a continuation of “‘Garten Zeitung Wittmack’? which was combined in 1887 with
Regel’s “‘Gartenflora’’.
Deutsche Kolon. Zeit.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 1 (1884)-39 (1922) |].
Deutsch. Mag. Gart.-Blumenk.
Deutsches Magazin fiir Garten- und Blumenkunde. 1 (1848)-46 (1893) |].
Vols. 35-46 appeared as “Dr. Neubert’s deutsches Garten-Magazin, illustrierte Monatshefte
fiir die Gesammt-Interessen des Gartenbaues.”
Dict. Sci. Nat.
Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles—par plusiers Professeurs du Jardin du
Roi, et des principles écoles de Paris. 1 (1816)-60 (1830); planches 1-10.
Dobutu Syokub. [ Bot. and Zool.]
Dobutu Syokubutu [Botany and Zoology]. 1 (1933) ++.
Drugg. Circ.
The Druggists’ circular and chemical gazette. 1 (1857) ++.
The title varies slightly.
Ecology
Ecology. All forms of life in relation to environment. Official publication of
the Ecological Society of America. 1 (1920) ++.
Edinb. New Philos. Jour.
The Edinburgh new philosophical journal. 1 (1826)-57 (1854); n. ser. 1 (1855)-
19 (1864) ||.
Empire Forestry Jour.
Empire forestry journal. 1 (1922) ++.
Etud. Mélanés.
Etudes Mélanésiennes. Bulletin périodique de la Société d’études Mélanésiennes.
Noumea. 1 (1838-39) ++.
Fairchild Trop. Gard. Bull.
The Fairchild tropical garden bulletin. 1 (1945)-
Farlowia
Farlowia; a journal of cryptogamic botany. 1 (1943-44) +.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 19
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser.
Field Museum of Natural History, Botanical Series. 1 (1895-1902) +L.
Vol. 1 and part of vol. 2 appeared as: “Field Columbian Museum, Botanical Series.”? The
institution is now the Chicago Natural History Museum.
Fifth Int. Bot. Congr. Cambr. Rep. Proc.
Fifth International Botanical Congress, Cambridge, August 16-23, 1930. Report
of Proceedings, (1931) ]].
Fl, Life.
Floral life, devoted to nature and ornamental gardening. 1 (1903) +L.
Fl. Pomol.
The florist and pomologist: a pictorial monthly magazine of flowers, fruits, and
general horticulture. 1862-1883 ||.
Fl. Pomon.
Flora en pomona. 1 (1854)-6 (1866) |].
Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur.
Flore des serres et des jardins de l’Europe. 1 (1845)-23 (1880-83) |].
Flora
Flora oder botanische Zeitung. 1 (1818) ++.
Flora & Sylva
Flora and sylva. A monthly review for lovers of garden, woodland, tree or
flower; new and rare plants, trees, shrubs and fruits; the garden beautiful, home
woods and home landscape. 1 (1903)-3 (1905) |].
Floral Mag.
The floral magazine: comprising figures and descriptions of popular garden
flowers. 1 (1860)-10 (1871) ; n.s. 1872-1881 |].
The volumes of new series are not numbered.
Forest Quart.
Forest Quarterly. Published under the direction of a board of advisors of the
faculty and alumni of the New York State College of Forestry. 1 (1902-03)-14
(1916) J].
With vol. 15 (1927) this became the “Journal of Forestry” combining ‘‘Forest Quarterly” and
“Proceedings of the Society of American Foresters.”
Fragm., Phyt. Austral.
Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae contulit Ferdinandus Mueller, 1 (1858-59)-
11 (1878-81) |].
Friend
The friend: a journal devoted to temperance, seamen, marine and general intelli-
gence, 1 (1843) ++.
Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem.
Garden’s Bulletin Straits Settlements. 1 (1891)-9 (1900); II 1 (1901-10
(1911) ; III 1 (1912) +.
Series 1 was issued as “Agricultural Bulletin of the Malay Peninsula,” 2 and 3 (nos. 1 to 5)
as “Agricultural Bulletin of the Straits and Federated Malay States.”
Gard. Chron.
The gardeners’ chronicle. (1841)-(1873), II 1 (1874)-26 (1886); III 1
(1887) +.
Gard. Chron. Am.
Gardener’s chronicle of America. 1 (1905) ++.
20 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL .HERBARIUM
Gard. & For.
Garden and forest; a journal of horticulture, landscape art and forestry. 1
(1888)-10 (1897) |].
Gard. Mag. Bot.
The gardener’s magazine of botany, horticulture, floriculture and natural science.
1 (1850)-3 (1851) j].
Gard. Monthly
The gardeners’ monthly and horticulturist, devoted to horticulture, arboricul-
ture and rural affairs. 1 (1859)-29 (1887) |].
Garden
The garden, an illustrated weekly journal of horticulture in all its branches.
1 (1872)-91 (1927) ]].
Gart. Zeit. Wittmack
Garten-Zeitung. Monatsschrift (Wochenschrift) fiir Gartner und Gartenfreunde
—Herausgegeben von Dr, L. Wittmack. 1 (1882)-5 (1886) |].
In 1886 this became the “Deutsche Garten-Zeitung’’, and in 1887 the latter was combined with
“Gartenflora.”’
Gartenfl.
Gartenflora. Monatsschrift fiir Garten- und Pflanzenkunde. Begriindet von Edu-
ard Regel. 1 (1852) +.
The subtitle varies, that of the later volumes being here used.
Gartenwelt
Die Gartenwelt; illustriertes Wochenblatt fiir den gesamten Gartenbau. 1
(1896) +.
Gentes Herb.
Gentes herbarum (The kinds of plants). 1 (1920-25) ++.
Geogr. Jour.
The geographical journal (Royal Geographic Society of London). 1 (1923)-.
Geogr. Rev.
Geographical review. 1 (1916) +.
Giorn, Soc. Let. Conversaz. Sci.
Giornale della Societa di lettere e conversazioni scientifiche. Genova. 1 (1877)-
44 (1917) |].
Globus
Globus. Illustrierte Zeitschrift fiir Lander- und Volkerkunde. 1 (1861)-98
(1910) |].
This was merged with “Petermann’s Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes’ geographischer Anstalt.”
Gétting. Nachr.
G6ttinger Nachrichten. 1 (1845) +.
Grevillea
Grevillea, a quarterly record of cryptogamic botany and its literature. 1 (1872-
73)-22 (1894) |].
In vols. 1 and 2 “quarterly” is replaced by “monthly.”
Guam Record.
Guam recorder. 1 (1924) +.
Hakubut. Zassi
Hakubutsugaku zassi, 1 (1898)-.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 21
Hamburg. Gart. Blumenzeit.
Hamburger Garten- und Blumenzeitung. Zeitschrift fiir Garten und Blumen-
freunde, Kunst- und Handelsgiartner. 1 (1845)-46 (1890) ||.
Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull.
Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station bulletin. 1 (1901) ++.
Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta. Ext. Bull.
Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station extension bulletin. 1 (1917) +L.
Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ.
Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station circular. 1 (1931) +.
Hawaii Nat. Park Nat. Hist. Bull.
Hawaii national park natural history bulletin. 1 (1936) +.
Hawaiian Annual
Hawaiian almanac and annual. 1 (1875)-58 (1932) ||.
For index see Titcomb, M. and Ames, A., Index to the Hawaiian Annual 1875-1932. Bishop
Mus, Spec. Publ. 24:1-59. 1935.
Hawaiian Club Papers
Hawaiian Club papers. 1 (1866-68).
Hawaiian For. Agr.
The Hawaiian forester and agriculturist. 1 (1903)-30 (1933) |].
This is an official publication of the Board of Commissioners of Agriculture and Forestry,
Territory of Hawaii.
Hawaiian Pl. Rec.
The Hawaiian planters’ record (Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association Experi-
ment station). 1 (1909) +L.
Hawaiian Sugar Pl. Exp. Sta. Div. Path. Phys. Bull.
Report of the work of the experiment station of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’
Association, Division of Pathology and Physiology, Bulletin. 1 (1905)-12 (1912) |I.
Hedwigia
Hedwigia. Ein Notizblatt fiir kryptogamische Studien. 1 (1852-57) +L.
The subtitle varies. With vol. 24 (1885) it became ‘Organ fiir specielle Kryptogamenkunde
nebst Repertorium fiir kryptogamische Literatur,’’ and with vol. 37 (1898) the words “und Phyto-
pathologie” were added after ‘‘Kryptogamenkunde.”
Herbarium
Herbarium. Organ zur Foérderung des Austausches wissenschaftlicher Exsic-
catensammlungen. 1 (1920-32) |I.
This was published by T. O. Weigel, Liepzig. It chiefly lists sets of specimens for sale but
contains a few original botanical papers.
Herbertia
Herbertia. American Amaryllis Society. 1 (1934) +-.
Hess. Beitr.
Hessische Beitrage zur Gelehrsamkeit und Kunst. 1 (1784-85)-2 (1786-87) |I.
Hook. Ic.
Icones plantarum; or figures, with brief descriptive characters and remarks, of
new or rare plants, selected from the author’s herbarium. By Sir William Jackson
Hooker. 1 (1836-37) ++.
With vol. 11 (1867-71) the latter part of the subtitle was changed to “selected from the Kew
Herbarium.”
Hook. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Miscel.
Hooker’s Journal of botany and Kew Garden miscellany. 1 (1849)-9 (1857) |].
This is the successor to the ‘“‘London journal of botany.”
22 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Horae Phys. Berol.
Horae physicae Berolinenses, collectae ex symbolis virorum doctorum. Auctor
Nees ab Esenbeck. 1 (1820) |].
Hort.
Horticulture, an illustrated journal devoted to the florist, plantsman, landscape
gardener, and kindred interests. 1 (1904)-37 (1923); II 1 (1924) +.
The subtitle varies. In the second series, which is not thus designated, the entire title is
reduced to “Horticulture, illustrated, Boston, Massachusetts.”
Hort. Belg.
L’horticulteur belge. Journal des jardiniers et amateurs. 1 (1833)-5 (1838) |.
This is not the same as “La Belgique Horticole.”
Hort. Univ.
L’horticulteur universel, journal général des jardiniers et des amateurs ... 1
(1839)-6 (1844) ; ser. IT. 1 (1846) ; n. s. 1 (1847) ||.
Ic. Pl. As. Orient.
Iconographia plantarum Asiae Orientalis. 1 (1935) +.
Ill. Hort.
L’illustration horticole. Journal international populaire de Vhorticulture dans
toutes ses branches. 1 (1854)-43 (1896) |].
The subtitle varies.
Illinois Biol. Monogr.
Illinois Biological Monographs. 1 (1914) +L.
Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd
Index of the Mycological Writings of C. G. Lloyd. 1 (1898-1905)-7 (1922-25) |].
This is the title page designation, The individual parts bear the title “Mycological Notes.”
Ind. Schol. Gymn. Hamb. Acad.
Index scholarum in gymnasio Hamburgensium academico, Edited by J. G. C.
"Lehmann. 1 (1829)-10 (1853) |].
The title varies considerably.
Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Petrop.
Index seminum quae hortus botanicus imperialis Petropolitanus pro mutua
commutatione offert. Accedunt animadversiones botanicae nonnullae. 1 (1835)-
1892 ||.
This was continued as “Delectus Seminum.”
Internat. Rev. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr.
Internationale revue der gesamten Hydrobiologie und Hydrographie. 1 (1908) +.
Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin
Jahrbuch des KOniglichen botanischen Gartens und des botanischen Museums
zu Berlin, 1 (1881)-5 (1889) |].
Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anstalt.
Jahrbuch der Hamburgischen wissenschaftlichen Anstalten. 1 (1883)-34
(1916) |].
Jahresb. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult.
Jahresbericht der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Cultur. 1
(1824) ++.
Jard. Fleur.
Le jardin fleuriste, journal général des progrés, et des intéréts horticoles et
botaniques . .. redigé par Ch. Lemaire. 1 (1851-4 (1854) |].
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 23
Jorden Runt
Jorden runt; magazin f6r geografi och resor. 1 (1929) +.
Jour. Agr. Univ. Porto Rico
The Journal of Agriculture of the University of Porto Rico. 1 (1917) +.
The first 17 volumes appeared as “The Journal of the Department of Agriculture, Porto Rico.”
Jour. Arnold Arb.
Journal of the Arnold Arboretum. 1 (1920) +.
Jour. As. Soc. Bengal
Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 1 (1832)-75 (1905) ;
II 1 (1905) +.
Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
The journal of the Bombay Natural History Society. 1 (1866) ++.
Jour. Bot.
The journal of botany, British and foreign. 1 (1863) ++.
Jour. Bot. Hook.
The journal of botany, being a second series of the Botanical Miscellany—by
William Jackson Hooker. 1 (1834)-4 (1842) |].
This was succeeded by “The London Journal of Botany.”
Jour. Bot. Morot
Journal de botanique. Directeur: M. Louis Morot. 1 (1887)-22 (1909), and 23
(1), printed 1914, distributed June, 1925 ||.
Jour. Bot. Néerl.
Journal de botanique néerlandaise, rédigé par F.-A.-W. Miquel. 1 (1861) |.
Jour. Bot. Schrad.
Journal fiir die Botanik. Herausgegeben von Medicinalrath Schrader. 1 (1799)-
4 (1801) ||.
For continuation see Neu. Jour. Bot. Schrad.
Jour. Coll. Sci. Univ. Tokyo
The journal of the College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo. 1
(1893) +.
Jour. Dep. Agr. Kyushu Univ.
Journal of the Department of Agriculture, Kyushu Imperial University, Fukuoka.
Japan. 1 (1932) +.
Jour. Ecol.
Journal of ecology. 1 (1913) ++.
Jour. Geogr.
Journal of geography. 1 (1902) +.
Jour. Hered.
The journal of heredity, a monthly publication devoted to plant breeding, animal
breeding and eugenics. 1 (1910) +.
Vols, 1-4 (1910-13) were published as “American Breeders Magazine.”
Jour. Hort. Soc. Lond.
Journal of the Horticultural Society of London. 1 (1846)-9 (1855) ll.
See Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc.
Jour. Jap. Bot.
The journal of Japanese botany. 1 (1916-18) +.
24 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Jour. Jap. For. Soc.
Journal of the Japanese Forestry Society (Dai-Nippon sanrinkwai-ho). 1
(1911) +.
The original title for No. 1 (1911) was Sanrin; later the Japanese title became Dai-Nippon
sanrinkwai-ho.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot.
Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society, Botany. 1 (1855-57)-7
(1862-64) ; The Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany. 8 (1863-65) +.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Zool.
Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology. 1 (1855) +.
Jour. Mus. Godeffroy
Journal des Museum Godeffroy. Geographische, ethnographische und naturwis-
senschaftliche Mittheilungen. 1 (1873-74)-6 (1909-10) |].
Jour. Mycol.
The journal of mycology. 1 (1885)-14 (1908) ||.
Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
Journal of the New York Botanical Garden. 1 (1900) +L.
Jour. New Zeal. Inst. Hort.
Journal of the New Zealand Institute of Horticulture. 1 (1930) +.
Jour. Pan-Pacif, Res. Inst.
Journal of the Pan-Pacific Research Institution. 1 (1926)-10 (1935) |I.
Jour. Pharm. Chim.
Journal de pharmacie et de chimie (Société de pharmacie de Paris). 1 (1809) +L.
This is now in its seventh series.
Jour. Polynes. Soc.
Journal of the Polynesian Society. 1 (1892) ++.
Jour. Roy. Geogr. Soc.
Journal of the Royal Geographic Society. 1 (1830)-50 (1880) ||.
This is succeeded by “The Geographical Journal.”
Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc.
Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society. 10 (1888) -L.
This is a continuation of Jour. Hort. Soc. Lond.
Jour. Roy. Micr. Soc.
Journal of the Royal Microscopic Society. 1 (1878) +L.
Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S.W.
Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales. 1 (1867) +.
The title varies. Vols. 1 (1867-8) (1874) appeared as “Transactions,” 9 (1875) as
“Proceedings.”
Jour. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist.
The journal of the society for the bibliography of natural history. 1 (1836-41) +.
Jour. Soc. Centr. Hort. France
Journal de la société centrale d’horticulture de France. 1 (1855)-IV. 28 (1927) |.
The title varies greatly. In 1928 the Journal was replaced by the Bulletin.
Jour. Soc. Hort. France
Journal de la Société nationale d’horticulture de France, 1 (1827)-45 (1854) ; IT
1 (1855)—-12 (1866) ; III 1 (1879)-21 (1899) ; IV 1 (1900)-28 (1927) ||.
This was published in four series, the title varying. It was replaced in 1928 by Bull.
Soc. Nat. Hort. France.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 25
Jour. Soc. Trop. Agr.
Journal of the Society of Tropical Agriculture (Taihoku Imperial University).
1 (1929) +.
Jour. Trans. Victoria Inst. London
Journal of the Transactions of the Victoria Institute, or Philosophical Society of
Great Britain. London. 1 (1865) ++.
Jour. Washington Acad. Sci.
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences. 1 (1911) 4+.
Karsten & Schenck Vegetationsbilder
Vegetationsbilder—herausgegeben von Dr. G. Karsten und Dr. H. Schenck.
Jena.
This is a series of halftone illustrations of the types of vegetation in various parts of
the world.
Kew Bull.
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Bulletin of miscellaneous information. (1887) ++.
One unnumbered volume was issued each year. The word “botanic”? was added to the
title in 1900.
Kudoa
Kudoa. 1 (1933)-5 (1937) |.
Latv. Univ. Bot. Darza Darbi
Latvijas Universitates botaniska Darza Darbi. 1 (1926) ++.
Leafl. Western Bot.
Leaflets of western botany. 1 (1932-36) +-.
Lilloa
Lilloa, revista de botanica. Tucuman. 1 (1937) -+.
Linnaea
Linnaea. Ein Journal fiir die Botanik in ihrem ganzen Umfange. 1 (1826)-43
(1880-82) |].
Lloydia
Lloydia, a quarterly journal of biological science. 1 (1938) +-.
Lodd. Bot. Cab.
The botanical cabinet, consisting of colored delineations of plants from all
countries ... by Conrad Loddiges & Sons. 1 (1818)-20 (1833) |].
Lond. Edinb. & Dubl. Philos. Mag.
The London, Edinburgh and Dublin philosophical magazine and journal of sci-
ence.
This is the latest variation in the title of the Philos. Mag., which see for dates,’ titles, etc.
Lond. Jour. Bot.
The London journal of botany; containing figures and descriptions of such
plants as recommend themselves... , by Sir W. J. Hooker. 1 (1842)-7 (1848) |].
Succeeded by the “Journal of Botany and Kew Garden Miscellany.”
Lond. Med. Phys. Jour.
The London medical and physical journal. 1 (1799)-69 (1833) ||.
Madrofio
Madrofio, A west American journal of botany. 1 (1916-29) +4,
Mag. Nat. Hist.
The magazine of natural history, and journal of zoology, botany, mineralogy,
and meterology. 1 (1828)-9 (1836) ||.
It was merged with the Annals of natural history as Annals and magazine of natural
history.
26 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Malay. Forest.
The Malayan Forester. 1 (1931) +.
Malesia
Malesia. Raccolta di osservazioni botaniche intorno alle piante dell’ archipelago
Indo-Malese e Papuano..,. 1 (1877)-3 (1886-90) ||.
Malpighia
Malpighia. Rassegna mensuale di Botanica, 1 (1886)-31 (1928) |].
Marcellia
Marcellia. Rivista internazionale di Cecidologia. 1 (1902) +.
Med. Bot. Mus. Univ. Utrecht
Mededeelingen ven het Botanisch Museum en Herbarium van de Rijks Univer-
siteit te Utrecht. 1 (1932) +.
Med. Géteb. Bot. Tradgard
Meddelanden fran Goteborgs botaniska tradgard. The Swedish title of Acta
Horti Gothob., which see.
Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden
Medeleelingen van ’s Rijks Herbarium, Leiden. 1 (1910)-69 (1931) |].
This was succeeded by Blumea in 1934,
Melbourne Chem. Drug.
The Melbourne Chemist and Druggist. 1 (1878) ||.
The title was changed in 1879; see Chem. Drug Australas, Suppl.
Mém. Acad. Sci. Lyons
Mémoires de la Académie des sciences, belles-lettres et arts, Lyons. 1 (1845)-
2 (1846) ; IT 1 (1851)-28 (1892) ; continued as Mémoires. . . . classe des sciences
et lettres. III 1 (1893) +.
Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb.
Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg. 1 (1728) +.
This was published in several series.
Mem. Accad. Lincei. See Reale Accad. Lincei Mem.
Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino
Memorie della Reale Accademia della Scienze di Torino, 1 (1759)-40 (1838);
II 1 (1839) +L.
The title varies,
Mem. Am. Acad. Arts Sci.
Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. 1 (1780)-4 (1821) ;
n. ser. 1 (1826) +.
Mem. Bishop Mus.
Memoirs of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian Ethnology and
Natural History, 1 (1899) +4,
Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History. 1 (1862) +.
Mem. Col. Sci. Kyoto Univ.
Memoirs of the College of Science, Kyoto Imperial University. 1 (1914) ++.
Mém. Herb. Boiss.
Mémoires de I’Herbier Boissier, 1-22 (1900) |].
This is a series of 22 separately paged papers published during 1900, when no numbers
of the “Bulletin de l’Herbier Boissier” appeared.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 27
Mém. Mus, Hist. Nat. [Paris]
Mémoires du Muséum d'histoire naturelle par MM. les professeurs du Jardin du
Roi. [Paris]. 1 (1815)-20 (1832) |].
Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. [Washington]
Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences [Washington]. 1 (1866) +.
Mém. Soc. Acad. Maine et Loire
Mémoires de la Societé académique de Maine et Loire. 1 (1857)-38 (1883) ; n.
sér. 1 (1890)-3 (1895) ||.
Mém. Soc. Biogéogr.
Mémoires de la Société de biogéographie. 1 (1926) ||.
The title. page bears the title “Société biogéographie’; the advertisement facing the title
page reads “‘Memoires de la Société de biogéographie.”
Mem. Soc. Fauna FI. Fenn.
Memoranda societatis pro fauna et flora Fennica. 1 (1927) +.
Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris
Mémoires de la Société Linnéenne de Paris. 1 (1822)-6 (1827) ||.
Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve
Mémoires de la Société de physique et d’histoire naturelle de Genéve. 1 (1821) +.
Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg
Mémoires de la Société des sciences naturelles de Cherbourg. 1 (1852) +.
Mem. Tanaka Citrus Exp. Sta.
The memoirs of the Tanaka Citrus Experiment Station. 1 (1927) +.
Mem. Torr. Bot. Club
Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, 1 (1899-90) -+-.
Mem. Wern. Soc.
Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society. Edinburgh. 1 (1808)-8
(1838) |].
Merkbl. Volkshochschule Ziirich.
Merkblatt der Volkshochschule, Ziirich. 1 (?).
This serial has not been seen,
Mid-Pacif. Mag.
Mid-Pacific magazine. 1 (1911) +.
Minn. Bot. Studies
Minnesota botanical studies. Geological and natural history survey of Minne-
sota, 1 (1894~-98)-4 (1909-16) |].
Missouri Bot. Gard. Rep.
Missouri Botanical Garden [ —_] Annual Report. 1890-1912 ||.
The first volume bears merely the title ‘Missouri Botanical Garden”; the succeeding ones,
second, third, etc., annual report. It was succeeded by the “Annals of the Missouri Botanical
Garden,” 1 (1914),
Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Ziirich
Mitteilungen aus dem Botanischen Museum der Universitat Ziirich. 1 (1894) +L.
Mitt. Bot. Staatsinst. Hamb.
Mitteilungen aus den Botanischen Staatsinstituten in Hamburg. 1903-1912 ||.
In 1913 it was succeeded by the Mitt. Inst. Bot. Hamb.; see below.
Mitt. Geogr. Ges. Jena
Mitteilungen der geographischen Gesellschaft (fiir Thiiringen) zu Jena. 1
(1882) ++.
28 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Mitt. Inst. Bot. Hamb.
Mitteilungen aus dem Institut fiir allgemeine Botanik in Hamburg. 1 (1914) -|..
A sticcessor to Mitt. Bot. Staatsinst. Hamb.
Mitt. Naturw. Ver. Steiermark
Mitteilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fiir Steiermark, Graz. 1
(1862) ++.
Mitt. Perth. Geogr. Anstalt
Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt iiber wichtige neue
Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie von A, Petermann. 1
(1855) +.
Mitteilungsbl. Ges. Volkerk. [Leipzig]
Mitteilungsblatt der Gesellschaft fiir Volkerkunde herausgegeben vom Vorstand.
Leipzig. 1 (1933) +.
Méller’s Deutsch. Gartn. Zeit.
Moller’s Deutsche Gartner-Zeitung. 1 (1886) +.
Monatschr. Ver. Gartenb. Preuss. Staat.
Monatschrift des Vereines zur Beférderung des Gartenbaues in den Konig.
Preuss. Staaten. 1 (1858)-24 (1881) |].
In earlier volumes of the series ‘Wochenschrift” replaces ‘“Monatschrift,” and in_ still
earlier ones the term “Verhandlungen” was used.
Mycologia
Mycologia. In continuation of the Journal of Mycology. 1 (1900) +.
With volume 17 (1925) the subtitle was dropped; with volume 25 (1933) it became:
“Mycologia, official organ of the Mycological Society of America.”
Nat. Appl. Sci. Bull. Univ. Philip.
Natural and applied science bulletin, University of the Philippines. 1 (1930) --.
Nat. Geogr. Mag.
The national geographic magazine. 1 (1899) +.
Nat. Park Serv. Circ. Gen. Inf. Hawaii Nat. Park
National Park Service. Circular of General Information, Hawaii National Park.
(1930 ?) +?
This serial has not been seen.
Nat. Hist. Rev.
The natural history review. A quarterly journal of zoology, botany, geology,
and palaeontology. 1 (1853-54)-12 (1865) ||.
The subtitle varies.
Nat. Sci. & Mus.
Natural science and museum (Tokyo Science Museum). Japanese title: “Shizen
kagaku no hakubutsu-kan.” 1 (1930) ++.
Nat. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind.
Natuurkundig tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie. Uitgegeven door de (konin-
lijke) natuurkundige vereeniging in Nederlandsch-Indie. 1 (1851) +.
Nat. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. Haarlem
Natuurkundige verhandelingen van de Hollandsche mattschaapij der Weten-
schappen te Haarlem. 1 (1799)-24 (1844) ; II 1 (1841)-25 (1871) ; III 1 (1872) ++.
Natur
Die Natur. Zeitung zur Verbreitung naturwissenschaftlicher Kenntnisse und
Naturanschauung fiir Leser aller Stande. 1 (1852)-51 (1902) ||.
This was merged with ‘‘Naturwissenschaftliche Wochenschrift’’,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 29
Nature Mag.
Nature magazine. 1 (1923) +.
Naturen
Naturen, Illustrert maanedsskrift for populaer naturvidenskap. (Bergens Mu-
seum). 1 (1877) +.
Naturf.
Der Naturforscher. Herausgegeben von Joh. Ernst Imman Walch. 1 (1774)-30
(1804) |].
Nederl. Kruidk, Arch.
Nederlandsch kruidkundig archief. 1 (1846)-6 (1870) ; II 1 (1871)-6 (1895) ;
III 1 (1896)-2 (1900-03) ++.
After 1903 the volumes are not numbered.
Neu. Jour. Bot. Schrad.
Neues Journal fiir die Botanik ; herausgegeben von Professor [H. A.] Schrader.
1 (1805)-4 (1810) |].
This is a continuation of Jour. Bot. Schrad.
Neubert’s Deutsche Gart. Mag. See Deutsch. Mag. Gart.-Blumenk.
Neue Allg. Deutsche Gart. Zeit.
Neue allgemeine deutsche Garten- und Blumenzeitung. 1 (1845-46)-46 (1890) |].
Volumes 8 to 46 appeared as “Hamburger Garten- und Blumenzeitung”.
Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Ges. Naturw.
Neue Denkschriften der allgemeinen schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die gesam-
ten Naturwissenschaften. Nouveaux mémoirs de la Société Helvétique des sciences
naturelles. 1 (1837) ++.
Nippon Gakujit. Kyokai Hokuku
Nippon Gakujitsu Kyokai Hokuku (Proceedings of the Japanese Association for
the Advancement of Science). 1 (1906) +.
Norske Vid. Selsk. Forhandl.
K. Norske videnskabers selskab forhandlinger. 1 (1926) +.
Norske Vid. Selsk. Skrifter
K. Norske videnskabers selskab skrifter. (1917) ++.
Not. Syst.
Notulae systematicae. Herbier du Muséum de Paris. Phanérogamie. 1 (1909-
11) +.
Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb.
Notes from the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. 1 (1900) +.
Notes Ptérid.
Notes Ptéridologiques. 1 (1915)—16 (1921+ |].
This was published by Prince Roland Bonaparte. No. 6 was never issued.
Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin
Notizblatt des Kénigl. botanischen Gartens und Museums zu Berlin. 1 (1895-
97) +.
The title varies; “K6nig!.” was dropped with vol. 8 (1921-24).
Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris
Nouvelles archives du Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Paris. 1 (1865) +.
This was published in several series.
700080—47—3
30 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur.
Nova acta Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae Naturae Curiosorum.
Verhandlungen (Abhandlungen) der Kaiserlichen Leopoldinisch-Carolinischen
Akademie der Naturforscher. 1 (1757) +L.
The title varies; the first 19 volumes (1757-1839) appeared as “Nova Acta Physico-medica
Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae Naturae Curiosorum.”
Nova Acta Phys.-Med. Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. See the preceding entry.
Nova Acta Soc. Sci. Upsal.
Nova acta regiae Societatis scientiarum Upsaliensis. II (1773)-14 (1850) ; III
1 (1851-55)=20 (1901-04) ; IV 1 (1905-07) +.
Nuova Notar.
La nuova Notarisia, rassegna consacrata alla studio delle alghe. 1 (1890)-36
(1925) ||.
Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital.
Nuovo giornale botanico Italiano. 1 (1869)-25 (1893); n. ser. 1 (1894) +.
Nyt Mag. Naturvid.
Nyt magazin for naturvidenskaberne. Grundlagt af den physiographiske
forening i Christiania. 1 (1836) +.
Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus.
Occasional papers of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian Eth-
nology and Natural History. 1 (1896-1901) +.
Ofvers. Finska Vet. Soc. Férh.
Ofversigt af Finska vetenskaps-societetens forhandlingar. 1 (1838)-64 (1922) ||.
Ofvers. Vet. Forh. (Stockholm)
Ofversigt af Kongl. vetenskaps-akademiens forhandlingar. Stockholm. 1
(1844) +.
Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr.
Oesterreichische botanische Zeitschrift. 1 (1851) +.
Volumes 1-7 (1851-57) were published as “Oesterreichisches botanisches Wochenblatt”’.
Oesterr. Tour. Klub Mitt. Sekt. Naturk.
Oesterreichischer Touristen-Klub. Mitteilungen der Sektion fiir Naturkunde. 1
(1899)-32 (1920) |].
Orchidaceae
Orchidaceae: Illustrations and studies of the family Orchidaceae issuing from
the Ames Botanical Laboratory, North Easton, Mass. 1 (1905)-7 (1922) ||.
Ostenia
Ostenia. Collecion de trabajos botanicos dedicados a Don Cornelio Osten en
ocasion del LXX aniversario de su nacimiento. (1933) |].
Otia Bot. Hamburg.
Otia botanica hamburgensia. 1-2 (1878) ||.
Pacific Islands Monthly
Pacific islands monthly. 1 (1930) ++.
Palao Trop. Biol. Stat. Studies
Palao tropical biological station studies. 1 (1940?)-.
Pamiet. Towarz. Nauk Scislych Paryzu
Pamietnik Towarzystwa nauk scislych w Paryzu. [Memoirs of the Society of
Exact Sciences in Paris.] 1 (1871:)=12 (1882) ||.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 31
Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci.
Pap. Mich, Acad. Sci. Pt. I. Bot. & For.
Papers of the Michigan Academy of Sciences, Art and Letters. 1 (1921) 1923—
With vol. 24 (1938) 1939 it was split into four sections, Pt. 1—Botany and Forestry.
Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania
Papers and proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania. 1 (1848) +.
The title varies.
Parad. Pacif.
Paradise of the Pacific. 1 (1888) +.
Paxton’s Mag. Bot.
Paxton’s magazine of botany and register of flowering plants. 1 (1834)=16
(1849) ||.
Petermann’s Geogr. Mittheil. See Mitt. Perth. Geogr. Anstalt.
Pflanzenar.
Die Pflanzenareale. 1 (1926) +.
Pflanzenr,
Das Pflanzenreich. Regni vegetabilis conspectus. Im Auftrage der Preuss. Aka-
demie der Wissenchaften herausgegeben von A. Engler. 1 (IV-45) (1900) +.
Philip. Jour. Sci.
Philip. Jour. Sci. Bot.
The Philippine journal of science. 1 (1906) +.
In vol. 1 the botanical papers form a separately paged supplement. In vols. 2-13 botany
forms a separately paged annual volume designated Section C. Botany.
Philos. Mag.
[London, Edinburgh and Dublin] Philosophical magazine [and Journal of Sci-
ence]. 1 (1798) +.
The title varies. From 1798-1813 as ‘‘Philosophical Magazine”; 1814-26 as ‘Philosophical
Magazine and Journal’’; 1827-32 as ‘Philosophical Magazine, or Annals of Chemistry, Mathe-
matics, Astronomy, Natural History and General Science’; 1832-40 as “London and Edin-
burgh Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science’; 1841+ as “London, Edinburgh and
Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science’. See Lond. Edinb. & Dublin Philos.
Mag.
Phytopath.
Phytopathology. Official organ of the American Phytopathological Society. 1
(1911) +.
Pl. Disease Rep.
The plant disease reporter. Issued by Division of Mycology and Disease Survey.
Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture. 1 (1917) +.
This is a mimeographed publication. Vols. 1 (1917)-6 (1923) were issued as ‘Plant
disease Bulletin.”
Plant World
The plant world. A monthly journal of popular botany. 1 (1897)-22 (1919) ||.
The subtitle changed with vol. 3 (1900) to “An Illustrated Monthly Journal of Popular
Botany”; with vol. 10 (1907) to “An Illustrated Monthly Magazine of General Botany’’; and
with vol, 15 (1912) to “A Monthly Magazine of General Botany”. Vols. 5 to 9 bear the
additional subtitle “Official organ of the Wild Flower Preservation Society of America’. It
was succeeded by Ecology 1 (1920).
Polynesian Soc. Mem.
Polynesian Society memoires. 1 (1910)-10 (1834) |].
32 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Postelsia
Postelsia. The yearbook of the Minnesota Seaside Station. 1901 (1902) and
1906 |].
Preslia
Preslia. Véstnik Ceskoslovenske botanické spolecnosti (Reports of the Czecho-
slovak Botanical Society of Prague), 1 (1921) +.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. [1] (1846) +-.
Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. 1 (1848) +}.
Proc. Am. Assoc, Adv. Sci.
Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1
(1848) -+-.
Proc. Am. Philos. Soc.
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia for
promoting useful knowledge. 1 (1883) -+-.
Proc. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci.
Proceedings of the American Society for Horticultural Science. 1 (1903) -+.
Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington
Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. 1 (1880-82) ++.
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. 1 (1841-44)-88 (1938) ||.
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences. 1 (1854) +.
Proc. Essex Inst.
Proceedings of the Essex Institute. 1 (1848)-6 (1871) |].
Proc. Fifth Pacific Sci. Congr. Canada
Proceedings of the Fifth Pacific Science Congress, Canada, 1933. 1 (1934)-5
(1935) ||.
Proc. Fourth Pacific Sci. Congr. Java
Proceedings of the Fourth Pacific Science Congress, Java, 1929, 1 (1930)—4
(1930) |].
Proc. Hawaii Acad. Sci. See Bishop Mus. Special Publ.
Proc. Internat. Congr. Pl. Sci. Ithaca
Proceedings of the International Congress of Plant Sciences, Ithaca, New York,
1926. 1-2 (1929) ||.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.
Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sciences. 1 (1887) ++.
Proc. Linn. Soc.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London. 1 (1838) -+.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.
The Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. 1 (1875) ++.
Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (Washington). 1 (1915) -+-
Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland. 1 (1884) +-.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 33
Proc. Sixth Pacific Sci. Congr.
Proceedings of the Sixth Pacific Science Congress of the Pacific Science Asso-
ciation, held at the University of California, Berkeley, Stanford University, and
San Francisco, July 24 to August 12, 1939. 1-4 (1940-41).
Proc. Third Pan-Pacific Sci. Congr. Tokyo
Proceedings of the Third Pan-Pacific Science Congress, Tokyo. 1-2 (1928) |].
Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Victoria
Proceedings of the Royal Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria. 1
(1881)=73 (1930) |].
The tile varies.
Progr. Rei Bot.
Progressus rei botanicae. Fortschritte der Botanik. Herausgegeben von der
Association Internationale des Botanistes. 1 (1907)—5 (1917) |].
Prometheus
Prometheus. Illustrierte Wochenschrift tiber die Fortschritte der angewandten
Naturwissenschaften. 1 (1889)-32 (1921) ||.
The subtitle varies slightly.
Publ. Arnold Arb.
Publications of the Arnold Arboretum. 1 (1891) +.
Publ. Inst. Centr. Meteor. Chile
Publicaciones del Instituto central meteorologico y geofisico de Chine. 1 (1911) +.
Quart. Jour. For.
The quarterly journal of forestry (Royal English Arboricultural Society) Lon-
don. 1 (1907) +.
Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci.
The quarterly journal of microscopical science. London. 1 (1853)=-8 (1860) ; II
1 (1861) +.
Quart. Rev. Biol.
The quarterly review of biology. 1 (1926) ++.
Queen’s Hosp. Bull.
Queen’s Hospital bulletin. Honolulu, 1 (1924) ++.
Reale Accad. Lincei Mem. Cl. Sci. Fis. Mat. Nat.
Reale Accademia dei Lincei. Memorie della Classe di scienze fisiche mate-
matiche e naturali. III 1 (1876)—19 (1884) ; IV 1 (1884)-7 (1890) ; V 1 (1894) +.
Up to 1876 this appeared as “‘Atti’, but in that year it was continued in three series,
“Transunti’’, the above, and “Classe di scienze morali”.
Rec. Auckl. Mus. .
Records of the Auckland Institute and Museum. 1 (1930-35) +.
Rec. Bot. Surv. India
Records of the Botanical Survey of India. 1 (1893-1902) ++.
Rec. Dominion Mus. [New Zeal.]
Records of the Dominion Museum. New Zealand. 1 (1942-44) ++.
Rec. Oceanogr. Work Japan.
Records of oceanographic work in Japan. 1 (1928) +.
Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerl.
Recueil des travaux botaniques néerlandais. Publié par la Société botanique
néerlandaise. 1 (1904) ++.
34 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Rees Cyclop.
The Cyclopedia; or Universal dictionary of arts, sciences, and literature, by
Abram Rees . . . 1 (1802)-39 (1820), with 6 volumes of plates ||.
The title page date of all volumes is 1819. For dates of issue of individual volumes see
B. D. Jackson, Jour. Bot. 34: 310-316. 1896.
Rep. Com. Agr. For. Hawaii
Report of the Board of Commissioners of Agriculture and Forestry of the
Territory of Hawaii. 1 (1905) +.
Rep. Guam Agr. Exp. Sta.
Annual Report of the Guam Agricultural Experiment Station. (1911) +.
Rep. Kew Gard.
Report on the progress and conditions of the Royal Gardens at Kew.
(1844-82) |].
Rep. Voy. H. M. S. Challenger Bot.
Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the
years 1873-76. . . . Botany. 1 (1885)=2 (1886) ||.
Repert. Nov. Sp. See next entry.
Repert. Sp. Nov.
Repertorium novarum specierum regni vegetabilis, Centralblatt fiir Sammlung
und Ver6ffentlichung von Einzeldiagnosen neuer Pflanzen. 1 (1905-06) ++.
With vol. 8 (1910) the title was altered to ‘‘Repertorium specierum novarum regni
vegetabilis”’. This serial is often cited as “Repert. Sp. Nov. Fedde” and as ‘Fedde Repert.’’
Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih.
Repertorium specierum novarum vegetabilis. Beihefte. 1 (1911-13) +.
Rev. Agr. Nouvelle-Calédonie
Revue agricole de Nouvelle-Calédonie; organe de la Chambre d’agriculture de
Nouvelle-Calédonie. 1 (1910) +.
Rev. Alg.
Revue algologique. 1 (1924) +.
Rev. Bot. Appl. Agr. Colon.
Revue de botanique appliquée & d’agriculture coloniale. Paris. 1 (1921)-8
(1928) ||.
The subtitle varies. For continuation see the next entry.
Rev. Bot. Appl. Agr. Trop.
Revue de botanique appliquées et d’agriculture tropicale; revue mensuelle
contenant les Actes & Comptes Rendus de Il’association Colonies-sciences. Paris. 9
(1929) ++.
This is a continuation of the preceding entry.
Rev. Bryol. See the next entry.
Rev. Bryol. Lichénol.
Revue bryologique. 1 (1874)-53 (1928) ; II. 1 (1928) +.
In 1931 the title was changed to “‘Revue Bryologique et Lichénologique”’ and in 1942 to
“Travaux Bryologiques.”
Rev. Gén. Bot.
Revue générale de botanique. 1 (1899) ++.
Rev. Hist. Nat. Appl.
Revue d’histoire naturelle appliquée. 1 (1920) -+.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 30
Rev. Hort.
Revue horticole. Journal d’horticulture pratique. 1 (1829) -L.
Rev. Hort. Belge
Revue de lhorticulture Belge et étrangére, recueil mensuel illustré, 1 (1875)-40
(1914) |}.
Rev. Marit. Colon.
Revue maritime et coloniale. 1 (1861) +.
The title varies.
Rev. Myc.
Revue mycologique. Recueil trimestriel illustré, consacré a l’étude des cham-
pignons et des lichens. 1 (1879)=28 (1906) |].
Rev. Sci. Fr.
La revue scientifique de la France et de l’étranger. 1 (1863) +.
The title varies.
Revis. Chil. Hist. Geogr.
Revista Chilena de historia natural y geografia. 1 (1911) +L.
Revis. Chil. Hist. Nat.
Revista Chilena de historia natural. Dedicado al fomento y cultivo de las ciencias
naturales en Chile. 1 (1897) ++.
Revis. Sudam. Bot.
Revista Sudamericana de botanica Organo oficial de la Associacién Sudameri-
cana de Botanica. 1 (1934) -+-.
Revis. Univ. Nac. Cérdoba
Revista de la Universidad nacional de Cordoba, 1 (1914) +.
Revis. Universit. Univ. Catél. Chile
Revista universitaria de la Universidad catoélica, de Chile. 1 (1915) +.
Rhodora
Rhodora. Journal of the New England Botanical Club, 1 (1899) ++.
Rozpr. Sprawodz. Wydz. Matem. Przyr. Akad. Um. Krakow.
Rozprawy i sprawozdania wydzialu matematyczno-przyrodnicznego Akademii
Umiejetnosci w Krakowie. 1 (1874) +.
Sargentia
Sargentia, A continuation of the contributions from the Arnold Arboretum of
Harvard University. 1 (1942) -L.
Schenk & Luerssen Mitt. Bot.
Mittheilungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Botanik. Herausgegeben von Prof.
Dr. A. Schenk and Dr. Chr. Luerssen. 1 (1871-74)-2 (1875) |].
Sci. Monthly
The scientific monthly. 1 (1915) ++.
Sci. Pap. Inst. Alg. Res. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido
Scientific papers of the Institute of Algological Research, Faculty of Science of
the Hokkaido Imperial University, Sapporo. 1 (1937) +.
Sci. Rep. Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku B.
Science report Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku, Section B. 1 (1932-34) +.
Science
Science. 1 (1883)=-23 (1894) ; n. ser. 1 (1895) +.
The subtitle varies.
36 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Scripta Bot. Hort. Univ. Petrop.
Scripta botanica horti Universitatis Imperalis Petropolitanae. 1 (1886-87)-28
(1910-12) |].
Sempervirens
Sempervirens. Weekblad voor den Tuinbouw in Nederland. 1 (1872) +.
The subtitle varies.
Siboga Exped.
Siboga-Expeditie. Résultats des explorations zoologiques, botaniques, océano-
graphiques et géologiques enterprises aux Indes néerlandaises orientales en 1899-
1900 4 bord du Siboga, 1 (1902) ++.
Sinensia
Sinensia. Contributions from the National Research Institute of Biology, Aca-
demia Sinica. 1 (1929-31) ++.
The subtitle varies,
Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien
Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Wien. 1
(1848) ++.
Sitzber. Bohm. Ges. Wiss.
Sitzungsberichte der K6niglichen béhmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften,
(1859) —(1884) ; continued as classes +.
The Czech title of the organization is ‘‘Cesk4 spolecnost nauk.’’
Sitzber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin
Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde, Berlin. 1
(1839) +.
Sitzber. Math.-Nat. Kl. Akad. Wiss. Wien
Sitzungsberichte der mathematisch-naturwissenschaftlichen Klasse, Akademie
der Wissenchaften, Wien. (1848) +.
Sitzber. Math.-Phys. Kl], Akad. Wiss. Miinchen
Sitzungsberichte der Mathematisch-physikalischen Klasse der K6niglichen
Baierischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Miinchen. 1 (1871) ++.
Skrivt. Naturh.-Selsk.
Skrivter. Naturhistorie-selskabet. 1 (1790)=6 (1810) ||.
Smithsonian Misc. Coll.
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 1 (1862) ++.
Smithsonian Rep.
Annual report of the Board of Regents, Smithsonian Institution. (1846) ++.
Soc. Hist. Nat. Autun Bull.
Société d’histoire naturelle d’Autun [ —_] Bulletin. 1 (1888)-27 (1914 ]].
Southern Sci. Record
The southern science record. 1 (1880-81)=-3 (1883) ; n. ser. 1 (1885)-2 (1886) |].
Sprengel Neue Entdeck.
Neue Entdeckungen im ganzen Umfang der Pflanzenkunde, herausgegeben von
K. Sprengel. 1 (1820)-3 (1822) ||.
Stanford Univ. Publ. Univ. Ser.
Stanford University publications. University series. (1908)-(1920) ]].
Stud. Bot. Cechoslovaca
Studia botanica Cechoslovaca. 1 (1938) -+.
Beginning with vol. 2 this was published as “Studia Botanica Cechica.”
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 37
Sunyat.
Sunyatsenia. Journal of the Botanical Institute, College of Agriculture, Sun Yat-
sen University, Canton, China. 1 (1930) ++.
Svensk Bot. Tidsk.
Svensk botanisk Tidskrift (Svenska botaniska F6reningen) Stockholm. 1
(1907) +.
Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl.
Svenska vetenskaps akademiens Handlingar. 1 (1739) +.
. This was published in several series. The title varies slightly.
Symb. Bot. Upsal.
Symbolae Botanicae Upsalienses. Arbeten fran botaniska institutionen i Uppsala
utgivna av Prof. S. Svedelius och Prof. E. Melin. 1 (1932) ++.
Terre Vie
La terre et la vie; revue d’histoire naturelle. 1 (1931)-9 (1939) |].
Torreya
Terreya. A monthly journal of botanical notes and news. 1 (1901)—45 (1945) ]].
Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis
Transactions of the Academy of Science of St, Louis. 1 (1856-60) ++.
Trans. Am. Philos. Soc.
Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, held at Philadelphia, for
promoting useful knowledge. 1 (1769)-6(1804) ; II 1 (1818) ++.
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb.
Transactions of the Botanical Society [Edinburgh]. 1 (1844-46) ++.
With vol. 12 (1876) this became the “Transactions and Proceedings of the Botanical Society,”
and with vol. 19 (1893) “Transactions and Proceedings of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.”
Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc.
Transactions of the British Mycological Society. 1 (1896) ++.
Trans. Cambr. Philos. Soc.
Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. 1 (1843) +.
Trans. Connect. Acad.
Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. 1 (1866) +.
Trans. Hort. Soc. Lond.
Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London. 1 (1807)-II 3 (1848) |].
Trans. Illinois Acad. Sci.
Transactions of the Illinois State Academy of Science. 1 (1908) +.
Trans. Linn. Soc.
. Transactions of the Linnean Society. 1 (1791)-30 (1874-75) [].
Trans. Linn. Soc. II Bot.
Transactions of the Linnean Society II Botany. 1 (1875-1880) +.
Trans. Mass. Hort. Soc.
Transactions of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society. (1829)-(1919) ]].
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa
Transactions of the Natural History Society of Formosa. 1 (1911) ++.
Trans. Proc. New Zeal. Inst. .
Transactions and proceedings of the New Zealand Institute. 1 (1868)-63
(1933) |].
See next entry.
9
v8 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. New Zeal.
Transactions and proceedings of the Royal Society of New Zealand, 64 (1934-
35) +.
Volumes 1 to 63 appeared as ‘Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute.”
Trans. Roy. Soc. N.S. W. See Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. W.
Trans, Third N. Am. Wildlife Confer.
Transactions of the Third North American Wildlife Conference. (1938).
Trav. Bryol.
Travaux bryologiques, [13] (1942) +L.
A continuation of “Revue Bryologique et Lichénologique.”
Trop. Agr.
Tropical agriculture. Trinidad. 1 (1924) +.
Trop. Woods
Tropical woods (Yale University, School of Forestry). 1 (1925) +.
Tropenpfil.
Tropenpflanzer. Zeitschrift fiir tropische Landwirtschaft. 1 (1897) +.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
University of California Publications, Botany. 1 (1902-03) ++.
Univ. Hawaii Agr. Ext. Serv. Ext. Bull.
University of Hawaii Agricultural Extension Service extension bulletin. 1
(1929) +L.
Univ. Hawaii Agr. Studies
University of Hawaii agricultural studies. 1 (1927) ++.
Univ. Hawaii Occ. Pap.
University of Hawaii occasional papers, 1 (1923) +.
Univ. Hawaii Res. Publ.
University of Hawaii research publications. 1 (1927) ++.
Univ. Illinois Bull.
University of Illinois bulletin. 1 (1902) +.
Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist.
University of Iowa studies in natural history. 1 (1883) ++.
Univ. Queensl. Pap. Dept. Biol.
University of Queensland papers Department of Biology. 1 (1939-41)-.
U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Forestry Bull.
United States Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Forestry. Bulletin, 1
(1887)-127 (1913) |].
U.S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Publ.
United States Department of Agriculture miscellaneous publications, 1
(1927) +-.
U.S. Dept. Agr. Off. Exp. Stations Bull.
United States Department of Agriculture, Office of Experiment Stations. Bulle-
tin. 1 (1889) +.
Van Heurck. Obs. Bot.
Observationes botanicae et descriptiones plantarum herbarii Van Heurckiani.
Recueil d’observationes botaniques et de descriptions de plantes nouvelles. 1
(1870)-2 (1871) |].
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 39
Vegetationsbilder
Vegetationsbilder, herausgegeben von Dr. G. Karsten und Dr. H. Schenck.
1 (1904) ++.
Verh. Bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenb.
Verhandlungen des botanischen Vereins fiir die Provinz Brandenburg und die
angrenzenden Lander. 1 (1859) +.
Beginning with volume 12 (1870) the last four words of the title were dropped.
Verh. Deutsch. Geographentag.
Verhandlungen des deutschen Geographentages. 1 (1881) +.
Verh. Ges. Erdk. Berlin
Verhandlung der Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin. 1 (1873)-28 (1901) |].
In 1902 this was combined with the ‘‘Zeitschrift” of the same society.
Verh. Kon. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam Afd. Natuurk.
Verhandelingen koninklijke akademie van wetenschappen, Amsterdam, afdeeling
natuurkunde, 1 (1854) +.
Verh. Zool. Bot. Ver. Wien
Verhandlungen des Zoologisch-botanischen Vereins in Wien. 1 (1852) +.
Became the “Kaiserlich-Kéniglichen-Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft’ with vol. 8 (1858).
Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien
- See the preceding entry.
Verdffentl. Geobot. Inst. Riibel Zurich
Ver6ffentlichungen des Geobotanischen Institutes Riibel in Ziirich. 1 (1923) +-.
Vers. Med. Akad. [Amsterdam]
Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koniklijke Akademie van wetenschapen, Am-
sterdam. 1 (1853) +.
Verz: Vorles. Akad. Braunsb.
Verzeichnis der Vorlesungen in der Akademie zu Braunsberg. (1906) ++.
The title varies; formerly it was the ‘“K6éniglichen Lyceum Hosianum zu Braunsberg.”
Vict. Nat.
The Victorian naturalist: The journal & magazine of the Field Naturalist Club
of Victoria. 1 (1884) +.
Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich
Vierteljahrsschrift der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Ziirich. 1 (1856) +.
Viestn. Ross. Obshch. Sad.
Viestnik (imperatorskago) Rossiiskago Obshchestva Sadovodstva (Review of
the Imperial Horticultural Society). (1860) ++.
The title varies.
War Dept. Tech. Man.
War Department technical manual. Washington.
Webbia.
Webbia. Raccolta di scritti botanici publicati in occasione del 50° anniversario
della morte de Filippo Barker Webb. 1 (1905)-5 (1921-23) |].
With vol. 2 the subtitle changed to ‘‘Raccolta de scritti botanici edita da Ugolino Martelli.”
Wochenschr. Gartn. Pflanzenk.
Wochenschrift des Vereines zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den Koniglich
Preussischen Staaten fur Gartnerei und Pflanzenkunde. 1 (1858)-15 (1873) ||.
It was merged with the Monatschr. Ver. Gartenb. Preuss. Staat.
40 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Ymer
Ymer. Tidskrift utgifven af Svenska Sallskapet fOr antropologi och geografi.
1 (1881) +-.
Zeitschr. Deutsch. Wiss. Ver. Kult. Landeskunde Argentiniens
Zeitschrift des deutschen Wissenschaftlichen Vereins zur Kultur und Landes-
kunde Argentiniens. 1 ( ? ) +.
Zeitschr. Ges. Erdk. Berlin
Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin. 1 (1853)-6 (1856) ; II 1
(1856)-19 (1865); III 1 (1866)-36 (1901); IV 1 (1902) +.
The first series appeared as ‘Zeitschrift fiir allgemeine Erdkunde.”
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A
Abbay, R.
1877. New Caledonia; its character and capabilities. Gard. Chron. II. 7: 85-88.
f. 13-14.
Includes botanical and economic notes on various species of plants.
Abbott, I. A.
1945. The genus Liagora (Rhodophyceae) in Hawaii. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus.
18: 145-169. f. 1-16.
Thirteen species with extensive notes and a key, Liagora kahukuana and L.
papenfussi described as new.
1946. The genus Griffithsia (Rhodophyceae) in Hawaii, Farlowia 2: 439-454,
pl. 1-4.
Five species recognized and described, none new.
Acharius, E.
1810. Lichenographia universalis, in qua Lichenes omnes detectos, adjectis obser-
vationibus et figuris horum vegetabilium naturam et organorum carpomor-
phorum structuram illustrantibus sollicite definitas redegit. i-viii, 1-696.
pl. 1-14.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1814. Synopsis methodica Lichenum, sistens omnes hujus ordinis naturalis detectas
plantas, quas, secundum genera, species et varietates disposuit, characteri-
bus et differentiis emendatis definivit, nec non synonymis et observa-
tionibus selectis illustravit. i-xiii, 1-393. portr.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Aellen, P.
1929, Beitrag zur Systematik der Chenopodium-Arten Amerikas, vorwiegend auf
Grund der Sammlung des United States National Museum in Washing-
ton, D. C. (I) Repert. Sp. Nov. 26: 31-64, (IT) 119-160.
Includes a few Hawaiian forms.
1933. Nomenclatorische Bemerkungen zu einigen Chenopodien. Ostenia 1933: 98-
101.
Includes Chenopodium oahuense Aellen (Atriplex oahuensis Mey.) from Hawaii.
Agardh, J. G.
1839. Recensio specierum generis Pteridis. i-vi, 1-86.
Includes the then-known Polynesian species,
1848-76. Species genera et ordines Algarum, seu descriptiones succinctae speci-
erum, generum et ordinum, quibus Algarum regnum constituitur. 1: i-viii,
1-363, 1848 (Fucoideae) ; 2: i-xii, 1-1291. 1851-1863; 3: i-vii, 1-724.
1876 (Florideae).
Includes some Polynesian species.
1880-90. Till Algernes systematik. Nya bidrag. Act. Univ. Lund, 9(2, 8): 1-71.
1872-73; 17(3, 4): 1-134, [1-2]. pl. 1-3. 1880-81; 19(2): 1-177, [1-4].
pl. 1-4. 1882-83; 21(3, 8) : 1-117, [1-3]. pl. 1. 1884-85; 23(3, 2) : 1-174,
[1-6]. pl. 1-5. 1887-88; 26(3, 3) : 1-25. pl. 1-3. 1889-90.
Includes various Polynesian species of algae.
1891-99. Analecta algologica. Observationes de speciebus Algarum minus cognitis
earumque dispositione. Act. Univ. Lund. 28(6) : 1-182. pl. 1-3. 1891-92;
29(9) : 1-144. pl. 1-2. 1894; 30(7) : 1-98, [1]. pl. 1. 1893; 32(2) : 1-40.
pl. 1. 1896; 33(9) : 1-106. pl. 1-2. 1897; 35(2, 4) : 1-160. pl. 1-3. 1899.
Includes some Polynesian species.
41
42 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Agardh, K. A.
1827, Algae: in Gaudichaud, C., Botanique du voyage... sur les corvettes l’Uranie
et la Physicienne. 147-165.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Agee, H. P.
1915. A possible remedy for the so-called Lahaina disease. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 12:
374-389. f. 1-2.
A general note.
1920. The Kudzu—An interesting legume. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 22: 215-217. 1 ].
Includes a description of the introduced plant, Pueraria thunbergiana.
Aiken, W. H. See Lloyd, C. G., and Aiken, W. H.
Akina, J. K. See Kaaiakamanu, D. M., and Akina, J. K.
Albright, H. M. See Anonymous, 1930.
Alderwerelt van Rosenburgh, C. R. W. K. van
1922. New or interesting Malayan ferns 12. Bull. Jard. Bot; Buitenzog ITI. 5:
179-240. f. a-c.
Includes additional descriptive data on Oleandra whitmeeit Baker from Samoa.
Alexander, J. M.
1883, Mountain climbing on West Maui. Hawaiian Annual (1884) 19: 32-34.
Relates largely to the vegetation.
Allen, O. N. See Davis, W. C., and Allen, O. N.
Allen, T. F.
1887. Some notes on Characeae. A new Nitella from the Feejee Islands. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 14: 211. pl. 71.
Nitella muthnatae n. sp. :
Allen, W. E.
1936. Surface plankton diatoms in the North Pacific Ocean in 1934, Madrojio 3:
250-252.
A brief report, mentioning catches on a run from the Aleutian Islands to Hawaii.
Alston, A. H. G.
1933. Certain ferns in Sir James Smith’s herbarium, Philip. Jour. Sci. 50: 175-
182. pl. 1.
Includes Humata banksii n. sp. from Tahiti, and critical notes on other Polynesian
species.
1934, Notes on Selaginella. VII. New species. Jour, Bot. 72: 227-230.
Includes S. kanehirae n. sp. from the Caroline Islands.
1943. Selaginella: in Christensen, C., A revision of the Pteridophyta of Samoa.
Bishop Mus. Bull. 177: 129-132.
Six species recognized, with key to the species, synonymy, and descriptions.
Ames, O.
1914. The orchids of Guam. Philip. Jour. Sci. 9: Bot. 11-16.
A list with descriptions of new species,
1922. New or noteworthy orchids from different parts of the world. Orchidaceae
7: 83-140. pl. 114.
Includes Bulbophyllum nigroscapum n. sp. from Samoa.
1932a. Contribution to the flora of the New Hebrides and Santa Cruz Islands. Or-
chids collected by S. F. Kajewski in 1928 and 1929. Jour. Arnold Arb. 13:
127-141.
An enumeration with notes and the descriptions of new species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 43
1932b. A new genus of the Orchidaceae from the New Hebrides. Jour. Arnold
Arb. 13: 142-144.
Trichochilus neo-ebudicus, type of the genus.
1933. Additional notes on the orchids of the New Hebrides and Santa Cruz
Islands, Jour, Arnold Arb, 14: 101-112.
A list with notes and the descriptions of new species.
Ancona, C. d’
1884. La Kentia Belmoreana Wendl. Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 9: 140-142. f. 10.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
1886. Crinum pedunculatum pacificum. Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 11: 267-268. pl. 11.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
Anderson, J.
1822. Account of a new esculent vegetable called Tetragonia, or New Zealand
spinach. Trans. Hort. Soc. Lond. 4: 488-494,
T. expansa from Tongatabu.
Andersson, N. J.
1855. Om de med Saccharum beslagtade genera. Ofvers. Vet. Akad. Forh. 12:
151-167.
Includes a few Polynesian references.
1856. Monographiae Andropogonearum. I. Anthistirieae. Nov. Act. Soc. Sci.
Upsala III. 2: 229-256. pl. 3. Reprint 1-27. pl. 1.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
André, E.
1867. Croton Veitchianum. Rev. Hort. 39: 189-190. f. 20.
Native of the New Hebrides and Fiji.
1872a. Plantes nouvelles ou rares. Ill. Hort. 19: 55-57. 3 f. 66-68. 2 f. 90-91. 2 f.
120-121. 1 f. 134-135. 2 f.
Includes Croton hookeri, Dracaena regina, D. chelsoni, D. mooreana, Croton multi-
color, C. veitchianum, and C, irregulare, natives of the South Sea Islands. Pp. 55-57
erroneously issued as 39-41.”
1872b. Dracaena Guilfoylei. Ill. Hort. 19: 249. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1872c. Croton Hillianum, H. Veitch. Ill. Hort. 19: 326. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1872d. Croton aucubaefolium Ed. André. Ill, Hort. 19: 327. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1872e. Dracaena Dennisonii. III. Hort. 19: 360. 1 f.
Native of Melanesia.
1874a. Pritchardia pacifica, B. Seemann. III. Hort. 21: 27-28. pl. 161.
Native of Fiji.
1874b. Dracaena (Cordyline) bellula, Linden & André. Ill. Hort. 21: 41. pl. 163.
Introduced from the South Sea Islands to Europe in 1872.
1874c. Pritchardia grandis, Ill. Hort. 21: 83-84.
A note on this native of Polynesia.
1874d. Dracaena (Cordyline) Casanovae, Linden & André, Ill. Hort. 21: 137.
pl. 181.
Native of the New Hebrides.
1874e. Cordyline densicoma, Linden & André. Ill. Hort. 21: 185. pl. 190.
Native of New Caledonia,
44 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1875a. Araucaria Balansae, Ad. Brongniart & Gris. Ill. Hort. 22: 26-28. pl. 197
1 f.
Native of New Caledonia,
1875b. Araucaria Rulei, F. Mueller. Ill. Hort. 22: 72. pl. 204.
Native of New Caledonia.
1875¢e. Aralia (?) Veitchi, hort. Angl. Ill. Hort. 22: 184. pl. 225.
Native of New Caledonia.
1875d. Todea Wilkesiana, Brackenridge. Ill. Hort. 22: 185. pl. 226.
Native of New Caledonia and Fiji.
1877a. Les aralias filiformes. Ill. Hort. 24: 30-32. 1 f.
Notes on Aralia elegantissima and A. gracillima from New Caledonia.
1877b. Kentia Lindeni, hort. Lind. Ill. Hort. 24: 61. pl. 276.
Native of New Caledonia.
1877c. Barrotia Pancheri, Ad. Brongniart. Ill. Hort. 24: 138. pl. 288.
Introduced from New Caledonia.
1877d. Xeronema Moorei, Brongniart et Gris. Ill. Hort. 24: 184-185. pl. 297.
Native of New Caledonia.
1878a. Dracaena aurora, Linden et André, Ill. Hort. 25: 26. pl. 304.
Native of Polynesia.
1878b. Delarbrea (?) spectabilis, Linden & André, Ill. Hort. 25: 76-77. pl. 314.
Native of New Caledonia.
1878c. Phyllanthus nivosus, hort. Bull. Il, Hort. 25: 172. pl. 332.
Native of the South Sea Islands, probably New Hebrides.
1879a. Aralia reginae, hort. Linden, Ill. Hort. 26: 25. pl. 337.
Native of New Caledonia.
1879b. Cyphokentia robusta, Ad. Brongniart. Ill. Hort. 26: 41. pl. 339.
Native of New Caledonia.
1879c. Meryta sonchifolia, Linden et André. Ill. Hort. 26: 42-43. pl. 340.
Native of New Caledonia.
1879d. Artocarpus Cannoni, hort. Ill. Hort. 26: 75-76. pl. 346.
Native of the Society Islands.
1879e, Eranthemum Schomburgkii, hort. Ill. Hort. 26: 89. pl. 349.
Native of Melanesia.
1879f. Pritchardia macrocarpa Linden, Ill. Hort. 26: 105. pl. 352.
Native of Hawaii.
1880a. Geissois racemosa, Labillardiére. Ill. Hort. 27: 86. pl. 385.
Native of New Caledonia.
1880b. Aspidium obliquatum, Baker, var. Germinyi, Linden. Ill. Hort. 27: 163.
pl. 402.
Native of Melanesia.
1883a. Pritchardia Vuylstekeana. Rev. Hort. 55: 329-330. f. 59.
Native of the Pomotou Islands.
1883b. Veitchia Joannis, Rev. Hort. 55: 344-345. f. 60.
Said to be. native of Lord Howe Island.
1884a. Veitchia Joannis. Rev. Hort. 56: 109.
Said to be native of Fiji; see also André E., 1883b.
1884b. Kentiopsis macrocarpa. Rev. Hort. 56: 372-374. 1 pl.
Native of New Caledonia,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 45
1885-87. Les palmiers cultivés. Rev. Hort. 57: 523-526, 561-562, 1885; 58: 90-
92, 133-134. 1886; 59: 93-95, 1887.
Includes references to some Polynesian species; based on “Garden palms” by
W. Watson, published in Gard. Chron. See Watson, W., 1884-93,
1897. Fleurs et fruits de l’Howea (Kentia) Belmoreana. Rev. Hort. 69: 256-
257. 1 pl. f. 92-96.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
1898. Les plantes nouvelles autres que les palmiers 4 l’exposition quinquennale
d@horticulture de Gand. Rev. Hort. 70: 227-232. f. 83-86.
Includes description of Aralia balfouriana, native of New Caledonia,
Andrews, E. C.
1941. Origin of the Pacific insular floras. Proc. Sixth Pacific Sci. Congr. 4:
613-620.
A general discussion.
Andrews, H. C.
1800a. Bignonia pandorana. Bot. Repos. 2: pl. 86.
Native of Norfolk Island.
1800b. Jasminum gracile. Bot. Repos. 2: pl. 127.
Native of Norfolk Island.
1803. Passiflora aurantia. Bot. Repos. 5: pl. 295.
Native of Norfolk Island.
1808. Commersonia echinata. Bot. Repos. 8: pl. 519.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1810a. Schinus dentata. Bot. Repos. 10: pl. 620.
Native of Hawaii.
1810b. Baeckia virgata. Bot. Repos. 9: pl. 598.
Native of New Caledonia,
Angstrém, J.
1872. Férteckning och beskrifning 6fver mossor, samlade af Professor N. J. An-
dersson under Fregatten Eugenies verldsomsegling 4ren 1851-53, III.
Mossor fran Honolulu (Sandwichs-déarne), samlade i Juni 1852. Ofvers.
Vet.-Akad. Férh. 29(4) : 15-29.
An enumeration with descriptions of many new species of mosses and hepatics
from Hawaii.
1873. Férteckning och beskrifning 6fver mossor, samlade af N. J. Andersson un-
der Fregatten Eugenies verldsomsegling dren 1851-53. V. Mossor fran
Tahiti och Eimeo, samlade i September 1852. Ofvers. Vet.-Akad. Foérh,
29(5): 118-139.
An enumeration with descriptions of many new species of mosses and hepatics
from Tahiti.
’ 1875. Verzeichniss und Beschreibung der Moose, welche Prof. N. J. Andersson
auf der Expedition der Fregatte Eugenies Resa im Jahre 1851-53 gesam-
melt hat. Hedwigia 14: 85-93.
Discusses the mosses of Tahiti and Eimeo (pp. 86-90); apparently a republication of
Angstrim, J., 1873.
1876. Rattelser och tillagg till f6rtechning och beskrifning 6{ver mossor, samlade
af Professor N. J. Andersson under Fregatten Eugenies verldsomsegling
1851-53. Ofvers. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 33(4) : 50-55.
Includes various Polynesian species of mosses.
700080—47—4
46
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Anonymous
1845.
1852.
1861.
1864.
1882c.
Schilderungen von Kiistenlandern und Inseln des Stillen Oceans. Neue Allg.
Deutsche Gart. Zeit. 1: 342-353, 389-398.
An extensive review of Kittlitz, 1844-45, “Vierundzwanzig Vegetations-Ansichten.”
Deparia Moorii Hook. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur. 7: 206-208. 1 pl.
Native of New Caledonia.
Araucaria Rulei. Gard. Chron. 1861: 868. f. 1-6.
A new species from New Caledonia.
The cannibal’s tomato (Solanum anthropophagorum). Gard. Chron. 1864:
27-28. 1 f.
A general description and discussion of this Fijian species taken from Bot. Mag.
00: pl. 5424. 1864,
New species of phanerogamous plants published in Great Britain during the
year 1870. Jour. Bot. 9: 54-61. 80-85. 116-125.
A list, including a few Polynesian species.
Alpinia vittata. Garden 4:25, 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands (actual place of origin doubtful).
Pritchardia grandis (Hort. Bull.), Gard, Chron. II 1: 415. f. 89.
Native of Polynesia.
Erythrina Parcellii. Gard. Chron, II. 2: 392. f. 82.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
New plants. Gard. Chron. II. 9: 439-442. f. 76, 77.
Includes data on and an illustration of Davallia fijiensis.
[Campsidium filicifolium] Viestn. Ross, Obshch, Sad. 1878: 339, 1 pl.
A brief note in Russian and habit sketch of this Fijian species; erroneously given
C. filiciforme.
. Asplenium Baptisti. Garden 19: 480. 1 f.
A general note on this native of the South Sea Islands.
. Croton triumphans, Sempervirens 8: 67. 1 f.
Native of New Hebrides.
New and rare plants. Gard. Month, 23: 330-332. 1 f.
Includes Croton gloriosus from New Hebrides.
. Tecophilaea cyanocrocus. Gard, Chron, II, 17: 44.
Native of Juan Fernandez.
. Die Tonga-Pflanze. Hamburg. Gart. Blumenzeit. 38: 110-111.
Notes on Premna taitensis and Rhaphidophora vitiensis, natives of Tahiti and
Fiji, respectively.
Die Tonga-Pflanze (Epipremnum mirabile). Hamburg. Gart. Blumenzeit.
38: 296-297.
Native of Fiji.
. Adiantum aneitense. II]. Hort. 29: 81-82. f. 5,
Brief notes on this native of Aneityum Island.
Lygodictyon forsteri, Gard. Chron. II 17: 331. f. 46-47.
Native of Polynesia.
. Veitchia Joannis. Gard. Chron. II. 20: 205. f. 32.
Native of Fiji.
. Veitchia Joannis, eine neue Palme. Hamburg. Gart. Blumenzeit. 39: 435-
438.
Native of Fiji.
1886c.
1887.
1888.
1890a.
1890b.
1891a.
1891b.
1892,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 47
Araucaria Miilleri A Brong. Hamburg. Gart. Blumenzeit. 40: 105-106.
Native of New Caledonia.
Die Karolinen. Hamburg. Gart. Blumenzeit, 41: 490-491.
Includes some observations on the vegetation of the Caroline Islands.
. Podocarpus vitiensis. Gard. Chron. II. 25: 464. f. 89.
A general note.
. Impatiens Hawkeri. Gard. Chron. II. 25: 760. f. 168.
Said to be native of the South Sea Islands, but actually came from New Guinea.
Neue Pflanzen von den Fijiinseln, Neubert’s Deutsch. Gart. Mag. 39:
344-345.
Compiled from the catalog of Dammann & Co., the indicated ‘“‘new species” pre-
viously published elsewhere; differs from the next entry.
Samen neuer und seltener Pflanzen von den Fidji-Inseln. Gartenfl. 36:
70-71, 130-131.
Compiled from the catalog of Dammann & Co., the indicated ‘‘new species’ pre-
viously published elsewhere; see preceding entry.
The Araucarias. Gard. Chron, III. 3: 774. f. 104-106.
Includes notes on A. excelsa, native of Norfolk Island, and 4. cooki, native of
New Caledonia.
Howeia Belmoreana. Gard. Chron. III. 8: 74-75. f. 14.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
Musa Seemanni. Gard. Chron. III. 8: 182-183. f. 28.
A general note; native of Fiji.
Iris Robinsoniana. Gard. Chron. III. 9: 457. f. 94-95.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
Dammar from New Caledonia. Kew Bull. 1891: 76.
A note on Dammara lanceolata Lindley, native of New Caledonia.
Der Ursprung der Flora Polynesiens. Globus 61: 140-141.
General.
1892-1939. Decades Kewenses. Plantarum novarum in Herbario Horti Regii con-
1893.
1894a.
servatarum. II. Kew Bull. 1892: 125-128, (III) 195-199, 1892; (VII)
1894: 4-7, (IX) 344-348, 1894; (XV-XIX) 1895: 102-120, (XX-XXI)
180-186. 1895; (XXIII-XXV) 1896: 16-26, (XXVITI-XXX) 158-167.
1896; (XXXIV-XXXV) 1901: 138-145. 1901; (XXXVI-XL) 1906:
1-15, (XLI) 71-78. 1906; (XLIII) 1907: 56-61. 1907; (XLV-XLVI)
1908: 11-21, (XLIX) 179-183. 1908; (LXXII) 1913: 113-118. 1913;
(LXVI) 1927: 75-81. 1927; (CXXXIII) 1939: 177-185. 1939.
Includes descriptions of various new species from Polynesia.
Notes on economic plants in Tahiti. Gard. Chron. III. 14: 269-270.
General.
Todea Moorei. Gard. Chron. III. 15: 526.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
1894b. The sandalwood of Juan Fernandez. Kew Bull. 1894: 110-111.
1895.
1897.
1903a.
Notes on various species of Santalum.
Adiantum aneitense. Ill. Hort. 42: 126-127. f. 19.
Native of ‘“‘Anet’? (Aneiteum) Island, New Hebrides.
Fiji ivory nuts. Kew Bull. 1897: 236-237.
Thought to be the fruits of Veitchia Joannis,
Due novita della casa Sander. Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 28: 169-171. f. 16-17.
Includes Dracaena kewensis native of New Caledonia,
48
1903b.
1903c.
1905.
1908a.
1908b.
1914.
1917,
1920.
1930.
1936.
1938.
1942a.
1942b.
1944,
Arnaud,
1918.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
New plants at Ghent. Gard. Chron. III. 33: 245. 4 pl. f. 99, 108-109, 116.
Includes an illustration of Dracaena kewensis native of New Caledonia, with a brief
note.
Tree-ferns. Flora & Sylva 1: 242-246. 1 f.
Includes notes on Alsophila excelsa from Norfolk Island and A. lunulata and Cyathea
medullaris from the Pacific Islands.
The twining ferns (Lygodium). Flora & Sylva 3: 306-310. 1 f.
Includes L. articulatum from Norfolk Island and L. reticulatum and L. semihastatum
from Polynesia.
Our supplementary illustration (Hillebrandia sandwicensis). Gard. Chron
IIT. 44: 412. 1 pl.
Native of Hawaii.
Storia della Tetragonia cornuta o spinacio della Nuova Zelanda (Tetragonia
expansa). Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 33: 179-180.
Historical and taxonomic notes on this species extending to New Caledonia.
Agathis vitiensis. Gard. Chron. III. 55: 11. f. 6.
A general note.
The Samoa and Tonga Islands. Gard. Chron. IIT. 62: 100.
Includes notes on the vegetation and the botanical literature of Samoa and Tonga.
The vegetation of the Sandwich Islands. Gard. Chron. III. 68: 235.
A review of Hitchcock, A. S., 1919.
Common trees and shrubs. Nat. Park Serv. Circ. Gen. Inf. Hawaii Nat.
Park 2-4.
Not seen. Listed in Bot. Jahresber. 58: 239. 1938, there credited to H. M. Albright.
Sandalwood, Hawaii’s most valuable tree. Science II. 82: Suppl. 7-8.
A popular account.
Hawaii national park. 1-34. dlus.
A list of common trees and shrubs appears on pp. 21-23, with local names only; there
are several excellent illustrations of the vegetation. Published by the National Park
Service, Department of the Interior, Washington, D. C.
Castaway’s Baedeker to the South Seas. i-v, 1-63. illus.
Pp. 40-50 are devoted to a consideration of a few selected food plants, based on data
supplied by K. P. Emory, of the Bishop Museum, Honolulu.
Vegetation on Midway. Science II. 96: Suppl. 11.
A brief ‘note.
Annotated bibliography of the southwest Pacific and adjacent areas. 1:
i[i-iii], 1-317. 1 map; 2: [i-iv], 1-274. 1 map; 3: [i-v], 1-256. 1 map.
Includes many references that discuss more or less thoroughly the vegetation of
special islands but are not primarily botanical. Vol. 1 covers “The Netherlands and
British East Indies and the Philippine Islands”; vol. 2 ‘“‘The Mandated Territory of
New Guinea, Papua, the British Solomon Islands, the New Hebrides and Micronesia”;
and vol, 3 “‘Malaya, Thailand, Indo China, the China coast and the Japanese Empire.”
Prepared by the Allied Geographical Section, Southwest Pacific Area, and based on
material in Australian libraries.
G.
Les Asterinées. Ann, Ecole Nat. Agr. Montpel. n. ser. 18: 1-288. pl. 1-53.
f. 1-22, maps 1-3.
A general treatise.
1921-23. ftude sur les Champignons parasites. Ann. Epiph. 7: 1-115. pl. 1-10.
f. 1-25. 1921; 9: 1-40. pl. 1-10, f. 1-38. 1923.
Listed by Arnaud as “Les Asterinées II” and “Les Asterinées III.” A continua-
tion of the preceding paper.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 49
1925. Les Asterinées IV° partie. (ftudes sur la systématique des champignons
pyrénomycétes). Ann. Sci. Nat. X, Bot. 7: 645-722. pl. 1-16, f. 1-25.
A continuation of the preceding papers,
1930. Les Asterinées V (Etude sur les champignons parasites: Caliciacées,
Hemispheriacées, etc.). Ann. Epiph. 16: 235-302. pl. 1-14, f. 1-15.
Includes Corynelia uberata from New Caledonia.
1931. Les Asterinées VII. Ann. Crypt. Exot. 4: 74-97. pl. 2-7.
Includes some species from Hawaii,
Arnold, H. L.
1931. Poisonous plants found in Hawaii. Queen’s Hosp. Bull. [Honolulu]. 7(9) :
[2-5].
A general consideration.
1944. Poisonous plants of Hawaii. 1-71. pl. 1-24.
A general consideration, The illustrations are reproductions of plates in Degener,
O., 1932-40.
Arnott, G. A. See Hooker, W. J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A.
Arwidsson, T.
1940. Einige parasitische Pilze aus Juan Fernandez und der Osterinsel. Svensk
Bot. Tidskr. 34: 293-300. f. 1.
About 12 species listed, with notes; none new.
Asahina, Y.
1939, Ramalina-Arten aus Japan (II). Jour. Jap, Bot. 15: 205-223. f. 11-28.
Includes R. pacifica n. sp. from Saipan.
Ascherson, P,
1867-68. Vorarbeiten zu einer Uebersicht der phanerogamen Meergewichse. Lin-
naea 35: 152-208. .
Includes a few Polynesian references.
1871. Die geographische Verbreitung der Seegraser. Mitt. Perth. Geogr. Anstalt
17: 241-248. pl. 13.
Includes some Polynesian references.
1875a, Die geographische Verbreitung der Seegraser: in Neumeyer, G., An-
leitung zu wissenschaftlichen Beobachtungen auf Reisen 359-373.
Not seen.
1875b. List of marine phanerogams. Jour, Bot. 13: 112-113.
A list abstracted from the preceding entry; includes some Polynesian species.
1876a. Zugange zur Kenntniss der geographischen Verbreitung der Seegraser aus
dem Jahre 1875. Sitzber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin 1876: 9-12.
1876; Bot. Zeit. 34: 556-558. 1876; Ann. Hydrogr. Marit. Meterol.
1876: 119-120. 1876.
A list of 25 species with notes, including some from Polynesia.
1876b. Beitrag zur Kenntniss de Seegraser des Indischen und Stillen Oceans. Aus
Briefen des Dr. F. Naumann. Verh, Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 18: 52-63.
Mentions a few Polynesian species,
Ascherson, P., and Graebner, P.
1907. Potamogetonaceae. Pflanzenr. 31 (IV. 11): 1-184. f. 1-36.
Monographic.
Askenasy, E.
1889, Algen: in Die Forschungsreise S. M. S. “Gazelle”... 4 (2): Botanik 1-58
pl. 1-12.
Includes some Fijian species.
50 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Atherton, F. C.
1933. Orchid growing in Hawaii. Am. Orch. Soc. Bull. 2: 24-27. 3 f.
Popular notes on various cultivated species.
Atwood, A. C. See Blake, S. F., and Atwood, A. C.
Aubert de la Riie, E.
1937. Les divers aspects de la végétation aux Nouvelles Hébrides. Terre Vie
7: 45-62. f. 1-9.
General notes.
Auld, W., and Baldwin, D. D.
1890. List of indigenous Hawaiian’ woods, trees, and large shrubs. Hawaiian
Annual (1891) 17: 87-91.
Data on ancient uses by Auld; identifications by Baldwin.
Auld, W., and Jaeger, A.
1889. Hawaiian varieties of bananas. Hawaiian Annual 1890: 79-81.
Notes on 20 indigenous varieties; not seen.
Austin, C. F.
1869. Characters of some new Hepaticae (mostly North American), together
with notes on a few imperfectly described species. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadephia 1869: 218-234. Reprint 1-17.
Includes many new species from Hawaii.
1874a. Sandwich Islands Hepaticae collected by H. Mann and W. T. Brigham.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 5: 14-16.
An enumeration of 24 species, 9 new.
1874b. Sandwich Island Hepaticae, collected by Dr. Wm. Hillebrand. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club 5: 16-18.
A list of 34 species, three described as new.
1876. Notes on hepaticology. Bot. Bull. [Bot. Gaz.] 1: 31-32. 35-36.
Includes four new species from Hawaii.
1879. Notes on hepaticology. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 6: 301-306.
Lists several Hawaiian species, including Jungermannia mauti and Steetzia baldwini
n. spp.
B
B.
1865. Aralia Guilfoylei. Garden 7: 506. 1 f.
A general note on this “South Sea Islands’’ plant.
1904. The pitcher plants (Nepenthes). Flora & Sylva 2: 65-71. 2 f. 111-114.
Includes Nepenthes vieillardii, native of New Caledonia.
1905. The jasmines (Jasminum). Flora & Sylva 3: 13-19. 3 f.
Includes notes on J. didymum and J. simplicifolium, natives of the Pacific Islands.
B., T.
1887. Impatiens Hawkeri. Garden 31: 256-257. pl. 588.
Description and illustration of this species, said to be native of the “South Sea
Islands” but is actually native of New Guinea.
B., Z.
1881. Cycas undulata. Garden 19: 507. 2 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands,
Babbitt, S. C.
1940. Some of Honolulu’s imported trees. Bull. Gard. Club. Am. VII. 7: 37-42.
7 f.
Includes some popular data.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS ol
Babcock, E. B., and Stebbins, G. L.
1937. The genus Youngia. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 484: [1], 1-108. pl.
1-5, f. 1-31.
Monographic; 26 species recognized; Y. (Crepis) japonica introduced in Hawaii.
Bacigalupi, R.
1931. Taxonomic studies in Cuphea. Contr. Gray Herb. 95: 3-26. pl. 1-5.
Credits Cuphea carthagenensis to Hawaii.
Backhouse, J.
1843. A narrative of a visit to the Australian Colonies. i-xviii, 1-560, i-cxliv.
15 pl. 3 maps.
Includes scattered references to the plants of Norfolk Island (pp. 251-273).
Baehni, C.
1938. Mémoires sur les Sapotacées I. Systéme de classification. Candollea 7:
394-508.
Chiefly concerns generic limits, with key to the genera; see Lam, H. J., 1939.
1942. Mémoires sur les Sapotacées II. Le Genre Pouteria. Candollea 9: 147-
476.
Monographic; 318 species recognized, including those of Polynesia and New Caledonia,
species for the most part originally described under various other generic names.
Bailey, E.
1883. Hawaiian ferns; a synopsis taken mostly from Hooker and Baker, with
additions and emendations, adapting it more especially to the Hawaiian
Islands. i-iv, 5-62.
An enumeration, including the descriptions of some new species. The cover is dated
1883, the title page 1882,
1887, Flora and fauna of the Hawaiian islands. Hawaiian Annual (1888) 14:
49-54.
An annotated list of published works, with brief original notes on various species.
Bailey, I. W., and Smith, A. C.
1942. Degeneriaceae, a new family of flowering plants from Fiji. Jour. Arnold
Arb. 23: 356-365. pl. 1-5.
Includes Degeneria vitiensis n. gen., n. sp.
Bailey, J. W.
1853. List of Diatomaceae collected by the United States Exploring Expedition
under Capt. Wilkes, U.S.N. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 6: 431-
432.
Includes some Polynesian species.
See also Harvey, W. H., and Bailey, J. W.
Bailey, J. W., and Harvey, W. H.
1862. Algae. Wilkes U. S. Explor. Exped. 17: 155-192. pi. 1-9.
Includes some Polynesian species.
See also Harvey, W. H., and Bailey, J. W.
Bailey, L. H.
1916. Nomenclatural transfers. Rhodora 18: 152-160.
Publication of new binomials anterior to the publication of the “Standard Cyclopedia
of Horticulture’; includes a few names of Polynesian species.
1933. Certain palms of Panama. Gentes Herb. 3: 33-116. f. 20-88.
Eupritchardia O. Ktz. is adopted as the proper generic name for the Polynesian palm
genus Pritchardia Seem, (Styloma O. F. Cook.)
52 CONTRIBU.IONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1935. Certain Ptychospermate palms of horticulturists. Gentes Herb. 3: 410-437.
f. 239-254.
Includes two Fijian species of Balaka.
1939. Howea in cultivation. Gentes Herb. 4: 189-198. f. 111-118.
Howea belmoreana and H, forsteriana, natives of Lord Howe Island, with synonymy.
1940a. Neglected jasminums. Gentes Herb. 4: 342-348. f. 217-221.
Includes notes on two Polynesian species of Jasminum.
1940b. Two pseuderanthemums, and notes on nomenclature. Gentes Herb. 4: 351-354.
Concerns the Polynesian P. atropurpureum.
1940c. The problem of Colpothrinax. Gentes Herb. 4: 357-360. f. 225-227.
Includes a comparative study of the genera Colpothrinax and Eupritchardia, the
latter from the Pacific Islands.
Baillon, H.
1858. Etude générale du groupe des Euphorbiacées. 1-684; Atlas 1-52, pl. 1-27.
Includes various Polynesian species.
1861. Observations sur l’Antholoma, Labill. Adansonia 2: 21-26.
From New Caledonia,
1861-62a. Remarques générales sur les Phyllanthés de la Nouvelle-Calédonie.
Adansonia 2: 242-248,
A discussion of the genera.
1861-62b. Species Euphorbiacearum. Euphorbiaceae Neo-Caledonicae. Adansonia
2: 211-242.
Includes descriptions of various new species.
1862. Deuxiéme mémoire sur les Loranthacées. Adansonia 3: 50-128.
Includes a few Hawaiian species.
1865-06. Description du genre Longetia. Adansonia 6: 352-359. pl. 9.
Native of New Caledonia.
1866-67a. Sur le Tombea de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Adansonia 7: 255-257,
A discussion of Tombea in relation to Sonneratia,
1866-67b. Sur un genre des Magnoliacées 4 ovaire syncarpé multiloculaire. Adan-
sonia 7: 296-299. pl. 4.
Zygogynum vieillardiit from New Caledonia.
1867-68. Mémoire sur la famille des Anonacées. Adansonia 8: 162-184, 294-344,
Includes Oxymitra obtusata n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1867-95. Histoire des plantes. 1: i-xi, 1-488. f. 1-503. 1867-69 ; 2: 1-512. f. 1-308.
1870; 3: 1-545. f. 1-551. 1872; 4: 1-520. f. 1-527. 1873; 5: 1-516. f. 1-482.
1874; 6: 1-523. f. 1-487. 1877; 7: 1-546. f. 1-432. 1880; 8: 1-515. f. 1-353.
1882-86; 9: 1-491. f. 1-594. 1888; 10: 1-476. f. 1-335. 1891; 11: 1-494.
f. 1-574. 1892; 12: 1-611. f. 1-554. 1894; 13: 1-523. f. 1-327. 1895.
A comprehensive consideration of the families and genera of flowering plants with
extensive bibliographic references.
1868. Observations sur les Monimiacées, Adansonia 9: 111-134. pi. 3.
Includes Hedycarya badaunit and H. cupulata n. spp. from New Caledonia.
1868-79, Stirpes exoticae novae. Adansonia 8: 198-203, 345-351. 1867-68; 10: 177-
185, 240-247, 334-345. 1871-72; 11: 175-182, 239-273, 366-373. 1874;
12: 220-254, 282-296. 1878.
Includes various Polynesian species.
1869. Note sur les Storkiella. Adansonia 9: 204-206.
A critical note on the Polynesian and New Caledonian species,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS O38
1870. Observations sur les Légumineuses-Papilionacées XI. Sur le genre Arthro-
clianthus. Adansonia 9; 296-297.
A. sanguineus n. sp. from the Isle of Pines (New Caledonia).
1871a, Description d’un nouveau genre des Tiliacées a fleurs oligostémones. Adan-
sonia 10: 34-39,
Solmsia calophylla and S. chrysophylla n. spp. from New Caledonia.
1871b. Sur le nouveau genre Maxwellia. Adansonia 10: 98-100.
M. lepidota n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1871c. Sur deux nouveaux genres apétales. Adansonia 10: 112-119.
Includes Balanops pancheri and B. vieillardi n. spp. from New Caledonia.
1873. Sur deux, genres de Monimiacées. Adansonia 10: 350-355.
Includes Nemuaron vieillards and N. humboldtii n. spp. from New Caledonia
1873-74. Nouvelles observations sur les Euphorbiacées. Adansonia 11: 72-138. pl. 9.
Includes various Polynesian species.
1874. Deuxiéme étude sur les Mappiées. Adansonia 11: 187-203.
Includes Lasianthera austro-caledonica n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1875. Sur le nouveau genre Sphenostemon. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 53-54.
Two species described from New Caledonia.
1878a. Recherches nouvelles sur les Araliées et sur la famille des Ombelliféres en
général, Adansonia 12: 125-178.
Includes many new species from New Caledonia.
1878b. Mémoire sur les genres Canthium et Hypobathrum. Adansonia 12: 179-213.
Includes various New Caledonian species of Canthium.
1878c. Sur l’organisation de l’Olostyla. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 183-184.
Native of New Caledonia.
1879a. Sur un nouveau genre des Saxifragacées, Adansonia 12: 337-342. pl. 3+4.
Dedea, n. gen. with three species, from New Caledonia; see Baillon, H., 1879e.
1879b. Sur les affinités du genre Trisciadia. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 195-196.
Trisctadia and Olostyla, the latter from New Caledonia, reduced to Coelospermum.
1879c. Sur l’Imantina. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 202.
Native of New Caledonia.
1879d. Sur l’Uragoga lycioides. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 210.
Native of New Caledonia.
1879e. Sur un nouveau type de Saxifragacées 4 ovules définis. Assoc. Frang. Avanc.
Sci. Compt. Rend. 7: 694-697. pl. 15.
Republication of Baillon, H., 1879a.
1879f. Mémoire sur les Uragoga. Adansonia 12: 323-336.
Includes Uragoga (Amaracarpus) hombroniana, native of Guam.
1880a. Sur ’Hachettea, nouveau genre de Balanophoracées. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris
1: 229-230.
Native of New Caledonia,
1880b. Sur quelques nouveaux Geniostoma. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 247-248.
Includes new species from New Caledonia.
1880c. Sur la tribu des Labordiées. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 238-240.
Includes the descriptions of several new species from Hawaii.
1880d. Sur quelques Loganiacées néo-calédoniennes. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 263-
264.
Includes several new species of Geniostoma from New Caledonia.
54 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1882. Sur l’Apetahi de Raiatea. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 310-311.
A discussion of A. raiateensis.
1888a. Observations sur les Gesnériacées. Bull. Soc. Linn, Paris 1: 731-736.
Includes two new species of Periomphale from New Caledonia.
1888b, Types nouveaux d’Apocynacées, Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 747-752.
Includes Podochrosia balansae n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1888c. Remarques sur le genre Thenardia. Bull. Soc. Linn, Paris 1: 763-768,
Includes description of some Polynesian species.
1889a. Sur quelques Gynopogon néo-calédoniéns, Bull. Soc. Linn, Paris 1: 775-776.
781-782.
Includes 11 new species from New Caledonia.
1889b. Sur quelques Melodinus néo-calédoniens, Bull. Soc. Linn, Paris 1: 785-787.
Four new species described.
1889c. Sur trois Stephanotis néo-calédoniens. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 2: 811-812.
Three new species described.
1890. Sur le Dianthera clavata Forst. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 2: 839-840.
Proposes the new generic name Diforstera based on Forster’s species; native of Tahiti.
1890-91. Observations sur les Sapotacées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc.
Linn. Paris 2: 881-912, 915-920, 922-926, 935-936.
Includes the descriptions of many new species,
1891a. Sur le nouveau genre Oncotheca, Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 2: 931-932.
O. balansae n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1891b. Les Phelline de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 2: 937-939.
Nine new species described.
1893. L’organisation et les affinités des Campynemées, Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 2:
1105-1109.
Includes Campynemanthe, a new genus from New Caledonia.
Baines, T.
1873. Ixoras (with a colored figure of I, Duffi). Garden 13: 312-313. 1 pl.
I, duffi, native of the South Sea Islands,
Baker, E. G.
1890-93. Synopsis of genera and species of Malveae. Jour. Bot. 28: 15-18, 140-
145, 207-213, 239-243, 339-343, 367-371. 1890; 29: 49-53, 164-172, 362-366.
1891; 30: 71-78, 136-142, 235-240, 290-296, 324-332. 1892; 31: 68-76,
212-217, 267-273, 334-338, 361-368. 1893.
Includes a few species from Polynesia.
See also Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M.
Baker, I. See Baker, J. R., and Baker, I.
Baker, J. G.
1867. Description of six new species of simple-fronded Hymenophyllaceae. Jour.
Linn. Soc. Bot. 9: 335-340. pl. 8.
Includes Trichomanes peltatum and T. vitiense n. spp. from Polynesia,
1868. Les Sélaginelles cultivées. Ill. Hort. 15: Misc. 20-22.
Records Selaginella wallichii from Fiji.
1872, Ferns of Lord Howe’s Island. Gard. Chron. 37: 252-253.
Includes Hemitelia moorei and Deparia nephrodioides n. spp.
1873a. New ferns from Lord Howe’s Island. Jour. Bot. 11: 16-17.
Two new species in Todea and Asplenium.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 9)
1873b. Synopsis of the East Indian species of Dracaena and Cordyline. Jour. Bot.
11: 261-266.
Includes Cordyline eschscholziana from Polynesia.
1874. Tree-fern from Lord Howe’s Island. Jour. Bot. 12: 279-280.
Cyathea macarthuri n. sp.
1875. Revision of the genera and species of Asparagaceae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot.
14: 508-632. pl. 17-20.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1876a. On a collection of ferns made in Samoa by the Rev. S. J. Whitmee. Jour.
Bot. 14: 9-13.
A list with eight new species.
1876b. On a second collection of ferns made in Samoa by the Rev. S. J. Whitmee.
Jour. Bot. 14: 342-345.
A list with six new species.
1876c. On the Polynesian ferns of the Challenger Expedition. Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 15: 104-112.
Includes many new species.
1876d. Revision of the genera and species of Anthericeae and Eriospermeae.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 15: 253-363.
Includes Arthropodium neo-caledonicum n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1877a. Systema Iridacearum. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 61-180.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1877b. Arthropodium neo-caledonicum. Bot. Mag. 103: fl. 6326.
Native of New Caledonia.
1878. A synopsis of the Hypoxidaceae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 17: 93-126.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1879. Ona collection of ferns gathered in the Fiji Islands by Mr. John Horne,
F.L.S. Jour. Bot. 17: 292-300.
Forty-one species described, 14 new.
1881. A synopsis of the known species of Crinum. Gard. Chron. II. 15: 763-786;
16: 39-40, 72. 180, 398-399, 495-496, 588-589, 760.
Sixty-two species recognized.
1883. Recent additions to our knowledge of the flora of Fiji. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot.
20: 358-373.
Consists chiefly of amplified descriptions of the new species indicated in Horne,
1881.
1883-85. A synopsis of the genus Selaginella. Jour. Bot. 21: 1-5, 42-46, 80-84,
97-100, 141-145, 210-213, 240-244, 332-336. 1883; 22: 23-26, 86-90, 110-
113, 243-247, 275-278, 295-300, 373-377. 1884; 23: 19-25, 45-48, 116-122,
154-157, 176-180, 248-252, 292-302. 1885.
Includes the then-known Polynesian species.
1884. A review of the tuber-bearing species of Solanum. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot.
20: 489-507. pl. 41-46.
Includes S. fernandezianum from Juan Fernandez.
1886a. Gleichenia moniliformis, Moore. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1601.
Native of New Caledonia.
1886b. Gleichenia Milnei, Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1602.
Native of the New Hebrides.
1886c. Dicksonia Chamissoi, Hook. et Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1603.
Native of Hawaii.
56
1886d.
1886e.
1886f.
1886g.
1886h.
1886i.
1886j.
1886k.
18861.
1886m.
1886n.
18860.
1886p.
1887a.
1887b.
1887c.
1888.
1889.
1891.
1892.
1893,
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Deparia nephrodioides, Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1608.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
Hymenophyllum Baldwinii, Eaton. Hook. Ic. 17: p/. 1611.
Native of Hawii.
Trichomanes Powellii, Baker, Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1615.
Native of Samoa.
Davallia botrychioides, Hook. & Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1621.
From Polynesia.
Adiantum monosorum, Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1633.
Native of New Caledonia.
Cheilanthes Lidgatii, Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1635.
Native of Hawaii.
Asplenium pteridoides, Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1649.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
Nephrodium Prenticei, Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1661.
Native of Fiji.
Nephrodium tripartitum, Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1666.
Native of Fiji.
New ferns collected by J. B. Thurston, Esq., in Fiji. Jour. Bot. 24: 182-183.
Includes the descriptions of five new species.
A synopsis of the Rhizocarpeae. Jour. Bot. 24: 274-283.
Includes the descriptions of several Polynesian species.
Davallia hymenophylloides, Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: p/. 1623.
Native of New Caledonia and Fiji.
Davallia pallida Mett. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1624.
Native of Samoa.
Handbook of the fern-allies. A synopsis of the genera and species of the
natural orders Equisetaceae, Lycopodiaceae, Selaginellaceae, Rhizo-
carpeae. [1-3]. 1-159.
Monographie.
Acrostichum Thomsoni, Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1694.
Native of the Admiralty Islands,
Todea Moorei, Baker. Hook. Ic. 17: pl. 1697.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
Handbook of the Amaryllideae, including the Alstroemerieae and Agaveae.
i-xii, 1-216.
Monographic.
Handbook of the Bromeliaceae. i-xi, 1-243.
Includes Ochagavia elegans, from Juan Fernandez.
A summary of the new ferns which have been discovered or described
since 1874. Ann. Bot. 5: 181-222. pl. 14, 301-332, 455-500.
An enumeration with many species listed from Polynesia.
Handbook of the Irideae. i-xii, 1-247.
Includes some Polynesian species.
A synopsis of the genera and species of Museae. Ann. Bot. 7: 189-222.
Includes the Polynesian species,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS o7
1894. Species and principal varieties of Musa. Kew Bull. 1894: 229-314. 9 f.
Republished Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 6: 1-88. 9 f. 1896.
Includes the Polynesian species.
See also Hooker, W. J., and Baker, J. G., 1865-74.
Baker, J. R. See Guillaumin, A., 1938.
Baker, J. R., and Baker, I.
1936. The seasons in a tropical rain-forest (New Hebrides). Part 2. Botany.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Zool. 39: 507-519. pl. 9.
A general discussion with special reference to the times of flowering and fruiting of
certain species, For a brief abstract see Proc. Linn, Soc. 148: 12-14, 1935.
Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C.
1921. Revisio generis Avicenniae (cum annotationibus diversis). Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenzorg III. 3: 199-226. pl. 14-22.
Includes the Polynesian forms.
1936-38. Revisio Ebenacearum Malayensium. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III.
15: 1-368.
Includes some Polynesian species. Pp, 1-48. 1936; 49-176. 1937; 177-368. 1938,
See also Lam, H. J., and Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. P., 1921.
Balansa, B.
1872a. Ascension du Mont Humboldt (Cando des Néo-Calédoniens). Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 19: 303-311.
A general narrative.
1872b. Catalogue des Graminées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France
- 19: 315-329,
A list with descriptions of new species.
1873. Sur la géographie botanique de I’Océanie et de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull.
Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 7: 327-332.
Phytogeographic.
Baldwin, D. D.
1876. List of Hawaiian mosses and Hepaticae. Hawaiian Annual (1877) 3: 40-42.
See also Auld, W., and Baldwin, D. D.
Baldwin, P. H.
1940. Environmental relationships of birds in the Kilauea Section, Hawaii Na-
tional Park. Hawaii Nat. Park Nat. Hist. Bull. 6: 1-26.
Mimeographed data. <A study of the birds in relation to the floral zones and human
influence on the region. Not seen.
Balfour, I.
1878a. Observations on the genus Pandanus (screw-pines) ; with an enumeration
of all species described or named in books, herbaria and. nurserymen’s
catalogues; together with their synonyms and native countries as far
as these have been ascertained. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 17: 33-68.
Includes the known Polynesian species. '
1878b. On the genus Halophila. Trans, Bot. Soc. [Edinb.]. 13: 290-343. pl. 8-12.
Largely morphological; includes the Polynesian species,
1883. Description of a new species of Pandanus, as a note to Mr. J. G. Baker’s
paper on the flora of Fiji. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 416.
Pandanus joskei, from Fiji.
Ballard, F.
1937. Notes on ferns and fern allies. I. Kew Bull. 1937: 346-250.
Includes at least one new name for a Polynesian species, Dryopteris parksit (D.
microsora Copel., non O. Kuntze).
08 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Barillet, F.
1873. Sur la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Hort. 1873: 307-308.
General notes on various species.
Barkley, F. A.
1942, A key to the genera of the Anacardiaceae. Am. Midl. Nat. 28: 465-474.
Includes some Polynesian data.
1944. Schinus L. Brittonia 5: 160-198. f. 1-22.
Monographic; S. molle Linn. and S. terebinthifolius Raddi recorded from the Pacific
Islands (introduced).
Barnéoud, F. M.
1845. Monographie générale de la famille des Plantaginées. 1-52.
Includes the Polynesian species.
Barnes, A. C.
1930. Noxious weeds and their control in Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 3: 112-121.
Includes a list of weeds.
Barnum, C. C. See Lee, H. A., Martin, J. P., Purdy, H. A., Barnum, C. C., and
others,
Barrow, J.
1833. Recent accounts of the Pitcairn Islanders. Jour. Roy. Geogr. Soc. 3:
156-168.
Includes a short list of plants from Pitcairn Island collected by Andrew Matthews.
Barsali, E.
1909. Studio sul gen. Araucaria Juss. Atti Soc. Tosc. Sci. Nat. Mem. 25: 145-
184. pl. 4. Reprint. 1-43. pl. 4.
Includes the New Caledonian species.
Bartlett, H. H.
1940. The reports of the Wilkes expedition, and the work of the specialists in
science. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 82: 601-705.
Contains many bibliographic data appertaining to the reports and papers on botany,
pp. 664-682.
Barton, E. §S.
1900. On the forms, with a new species of Halimeda from Funafuti. Jour. Linn.
Soc. Bot. 34: 479-482. pl. 18.
H, laxa n. sp.
1901. The genus Halimeda. Siboga Exped. 60: 1-32. pl. 1-4.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Bartram, E. B.
1931. Mosses of Raiatea. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 9(16): 1-14. f, 1-4.
A list of 51 species with notes, three new.
1933a. Manual of Hawaiian mosses. Bishop Mus. Bull, 101: 1-275, f. 1-195.
A descriptive manual with keys to all genera and species known from Hawaii; 107
genera admitted.
1933b. Polynesian mosses. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 10(10): 1-28. f. 1-12.
A list of species from various parts of Polynesia, 11 new.
1936. Contribution to the mosses of Fiji. Bishop Mus. Occ. Pap. 11(20): 1-30.
f. 1-12.
An enumeration with the descriptions of 12 new species,
1939. Supplement to the manual of Hawaiian mosses. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 15:
93-108. f. 1-9.
Includes various new names with new species in several genera; supplementary to
Bartram, E. B., 1933a.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS o9
1940. Mosses of southeastern Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 15: 323-349.
f. 1-12.
An enumeration with description of various new species.
1942. Mosses collected by Hawaiian bog survey of 1938. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus.
16: 321-336. f. 1-3.
A systematic enumeration, including description of Campylopus (Eucampylopus)
tubulosus n. sp.
1944. Additions to the mosses of Fiji. Bryol. 47: 57-61. f. 1-7.
Fifteen new records, Calymperes petiolatum described as new.
1945. Pacific outpost mosses. Bryol. 48: 45-53.
Notes on species from various islands in Polynesia and Micronesia, including new
species from Rotuma Island and the Carolines.
Bauer, F. See Hooker, W. J., 1838-42.
Bausch, J.
1938. A revision of the Eucryphiaceae. Kew Bull. 1938: 317-349.
Paracryphia suaveolens of New Caledonia is excluded from the family, the suggestion
being made that it represents a group near the Winteraceae and the Trochodendraceae.
Bay, J. C.
1909. Bibliographies of botany. A contribution toward a bibliotheca bibliograph-
ica, compiled and annotated by J. Christian Bay. Progr. Rei Bot. 3:
331-456.
Includes some references to Polynesia.
Bazilevskaja, N. A.
1930. A critical survey of the systematic division of the tribe Sophoreae, fam.
Leguminosae, in connection with its origin. Bull. Jard. Bot. Prin.
U.R.S.S. 29: 339-352. map.
The group has a few representatives in Polynesia.
Bazore, K. See Miller, C. D., Bazore, K., and Robbins, R. C.
Beaglehole, E., and Beaglehole, P.
1938. Ethnology of Pukapuka. Bishop Mus. Bull. 150: i.v, 1-419. pl. 1-6. f. 1-53.
Pages 26-27, botany, contains a list of local plant names, about 40 with binimial
equivalents.
Beaglehole, P. See preceding entry.
Beaumont, J. H.
1939. Fruit and nut growing in Hawaii. Parad. Pacif. 51(12): 100-103, 4 f.
Economic notes on introduced species of Macadamia, Carica, Mangifera, and Litchi.
Beauvisage, G.
1894. Revision de quelques genres de plantes Néo-Calédoniennes du R. P. Mon-
trouzier. Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon 19: 15-28. pl. 1. Reprint 1-14.
Includes descriptions of new genera and species; see Montrouzier, 1860.
1897. Deuxiéme note sur l’herbier du R. P. Montrouzier. Le genre Entrecas-
teauxia Montr. Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon 22: 71-76.
A critical note on this New Caledonian genus.
1901. Genera Montrouzieriana, plantarum Novae Caledoniae. Ann. Soc. Bot.
Lyon 26: 1-96.
Critical notes with descriptions and reductions; see Montrouzier, 1860.
See also Guillaumin, A., and Beauvisage, G.
60 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Beccari, O.
1884-86. Piante Ospitatrici, ossia piante formicarie delle Malesia e della Papuasia
descritte ed illustrate da O. Beccari. Malesia 2: 1-128. pl. 1-25. 1884; 129-
212. pl. 26-54. 1885 ; 213-284, pl. 55-56. 1886.
Includes a few Polynesian species,
1889. Le palme del genere Pritchardia. Malesia 3: 281-317. pl. 37-38.
Includes the then-known species.
1907. Le palme Americane della trib delle Corypheae. Webbia 2: 1-343.
Includes a key for the species of the genus Pritchardia, pp. 202-203, with nine
Polynesian species.
1908. Asiatic palms—Lepidocaryeae. Part I. The species of Calamus. Ann, Bot.
Gard. Calcutta 11(1) : i-iv, 1-510, i-x. pl. 1-238.
Includes Calamus vitiensis Warb. n. sp. from Fiji.
1910. Palme Australasiche nuove o poco note. Webbia 3: 131-165. f. 1-6.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species in Pritchardiopsis, Pritchardia,
Cyphosperma, Clinostigma, and Gulubia, all from Polynesia.
1913. Contributi alla conoscenza delle Palme. Webbia 4: 143-240. f. 1-17.
Revisions of Kentia, Howea, and Pritchardia,
1914. Manipolo di palme nuove polinesiane conservate nell’ erbario di Kew.
Webbia 4: 253-291. f. 18-31.
Includes the descriptions of six new species from Samoa and Fiji.
1917a. On a new south Polynesian palm, with notes on the genus Rhopalostylis
Wendl et Drude. Trans. Proc. New Zealand Inst. 49: 47-50.
Includes R. cheesemannit n. sp. from the Kermadec Islands.
1917b. The origin and dispersal of Cocos nucifera. Philip, Jour. Sci. 12: Bot. 27-43.
A general consideration.
1918. Asiatic palms—Lepidocaryeae. Part III. The species of the genera Cerato-
lobus, Calospatha, Plectomia, Plectomiopsis, Myrialepis, Zalacca,
Pigafetta, Korthalsia, Metroxylon, Eugeissona, with 120 plates and
6 plates of analytical figures, Ann. Bot. Gard. Calcutta 12(2) : 1-231, 1-2.
pl. 1-6, 1-120.
Includes the known Polynesian species.
1920. Palmae: in Sarasin, F., & Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 123-124.
An enumeration.
Beccari, O., and Rock, J. F.
1921. A monographic study of the genus Pritchardia. Mem. Bishop Mus. 8(1):
1-77, pl. 1-24. f. 1.
Many new species described; see St. John, H., 1932.
Beccari, O.
1921a. Recensione delle Palme del Vecchio Mondo appartenenti alla Tribt delle
Corypheae con descrizione delle specie e varieta nuove che vi apparten-
gono. Webbia 5: 1-70.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1921b. Le palme della Nuova Caledonia. Webbia 5: 71-146. pi. 1-13.
An enumeration with keys and the descriptions of new species.
1924. Neue Palmen Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 11-16.
Five species described, four new.
1931. Asiatic palms—Corypheae. The species of the genera Corypha, Nan-
norrhops, Sabal, Copernicia, Serenoa, Brahea, Acoelorhaphe, Washing-
tonia, Pritchardia, Erythea, Livistona, Licuala, Pritchardiopsis,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 61
Pholidocarpus, Teysmannia, Rhapis, Chamaerops, Trachycarpus, Rha-
phidophyllum, Trithrinax, Acanthorhiza, Hemithrinax, Thrinax, Cocco-
thrinax, Crysophila. Ann. Bot. Gard. Calcutta 13: [1-6], 1-354. pl. 1-99.
Includes the known Polynesian species.
Becherer, A.
1929. Notes sur quelques Equisetum des herbiers Delessert, de Candolle et Burnat.
Candollea 4: 53-58.
Records £. debile from New Caledonia.
1936. Conservation d’homonymes génériques dans les fougéres. Candollea 7: 137-
139,
Concerns Angiopteris, Gleichenia, and Hymenolepis, all represented in Polynesia.
1937. Fougéres de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et des iles Loyalty. Candollea 7: 217-
220.
A list of 14 species collected by C. Bergeret, with synonymy.
Beck, G. von
1888a. Itinera principum S. Coburgi. Die botanische Ausbeute von den Reisen
Ihrer Hoheiten der Prinzen von Sachsen-Coburg-Gotha . . . mit
Bentitzung des handschriftlichen Nachlasses Heinrich Ritter Wawra von
Fernsee. 2: i-vi. 1-205. pi. 1-18.
Includes Antidesma wawraeanum n. sp., type from Hawaii, and a list of five
Hawaiian species.
1888b. Flora des Stewart-Atolls im Stillen Ocean. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien
3: 251-256.
A systematic enumeration of 17 species, including Fimbristylis faulensis, Fleurya
glaberrima, and Schmidelia lasiostemon n. spp.
Becker, W.
1916. Violae Asiaticae et Australenses. I. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 34(2): 208-266.
1 f.
Includes a critical consideration of eight Hawaiian species, with key, pp. 209-216.
Beechey, F. W.
1831. Narrative of a voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Strait, to co-operate with
the polar expeditions; performed in His Majesty’s ship Blossom, under
the command of Captain F. W. Beechey .. . in the years 1825, 26, 27,
28. 1: i-xxii, 1472. 13 pl. 1 map; 2: i-iv, 1-452. 10 pl.
Concerns, in part, exploration in Polynesia.
Beetle, A. A.
1941-42. Studies in the genus Scirpus L. (III). The American species of the
section Lacustres Clarke. Am. Jour. Bot. 28: 691-700, 1941 (IV). The
section Bolboschoenus Palla. 29: 82-88 (V). Notes on the section
Actaeogeton Reichb. 29: 653-656, 1942.
Includes minor references to Hawaiian.species.
1944. Specific and varietal transfers in Cyperaceae, tribe Scirpeae. Leafl.
Western Bot. 4: 44-47.
Includes a few entries appertaining to the Polynesian region.
1945. The genus Isolepis R. Br. Am. Midl. Nat. 34: 723-734.
A list of published names with reductions, including the half dozen species credited
to the Pacific region. No indication of geographical distribution.
Benedict, C. See Gilg, E., and Benedict, C.
700080—47—5
62 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Benedict, R. C.
1909. The genus Ceratopteris: A preliminary revision. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 36:
463-476. f. 1-3.
Includes C. gaudichaudi from the Marianas Islands.
1911. The genera of the fern tribe Vittarieae, their external morphology, venation
and relationships. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 38: 153-190. p/. 2-8.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Benl, G.
1940a. Die Systematik der Gattung Gahnia Forst. Bot. Arch. Mez 40: 151-257.
30 f. 1 map.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1940b. Nomina nova vel emendata generis Gahniae Forst. Repert. Sp. Nov. 49:
30-34.
Lists various Polynesian species.
Bennet, H.
1888. Araucaria excelsa. Gard. Chron. III. 3: 648-649. f. 85.
Native of Norfolk Island.
Bennett, F. D.
1840. Narrative of a whaling voyage round the globe, from the year 1833 to 1836,
comprising sketches of Polynesia, California, the Indian Archipelago,
with an account of southern whales, the sperm whale fishery, and natural
history of the climates visited. 1: i-xv, 1-402. 2 f.; 2: i-vii, 1-395, 16 f.
Vol. 1 includes scattered botanical notes; vol. 2 a descriptive catalog of the plants
collected during Tuscan’s voyage (pp. 327-395).
Bennett, G.
1832a. Notices on the native plants of the Island of Rotuma, Southern Pacific
Ocean. Mag. Nat. Hist. 5: 92-97.
Includes brief descriptions of various species with notes on their cultivation and use.
1832b. An account of the Sandal wood tree (Santalum) with observations on
some of the botanical productions of the Sandwich Islands. Mag. Nat.
Hist. 5: 255-261.
Notes on Myoporum tenuifolium and other species, with data on their use.
1832c. Account of the Kava shrub (Piper methysticum), Gambir (Nauclea
Gambir) and the Ignatia amara, or St. Ignatius’ Bean. Lond. Med.
Phys. Jour. 67: 110-118.
Piper methysticum from Polynesia.
1832d. Botany of the South Sea Islands. Mag. Nat. Hist. 5: 483-486.
Considers some edible plants and timber trees of Tahiti.
1867. Notes on two species of the genus Alstonia from New Caledonia and New
South Wales. Jour. Bot. 5: 150-151.
Includes A. edulis from New Caledonia.
1872. Iris Robinsoniana. Gard. Chron. 1872: 393. f. 123-124.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
Bentham, G.
1831. Labiatae: in Chamisso & Schlechtendal, De plantis in expeditione specula-
toria Romanzoffiana observatis . . . Linnaea 6: 76-82.
Includes some species from Hawaii and Guam.
1832-36. Labiatarum genera et species; or, a description of the genera and species
of plants of the order Labiatae; with their general history, characters,
affinities, and geographical distribution. i-lxviii, 1-783.
Monographic.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 63
1843. Enumeration of the plants collected by R. B. Hinds, Esq., and by Mr.
Barclay in the Feejee Islands, Tanna, New Ireland and New Guinea;
to which are added a few species gathered in Amboyna by Mr. Barclay.
Lond, Jour. Bot. 2: 211-240.
A list with the descriptions of new species.
1844-46. The botany of the voyage of H. M. S. Sulphur under the command of
Captain Sir Edward Belcher, R. N., C. B,, F. R. G. S,, etc, during the
years 1836-42, 1-195. pl. 1-160.
Includes Leucosmia burnettiana n. sp. from Fiji and a paragraph on the “Islands of
the Pacific” (p. 178). There is no enumeration of the species collected in Polynesia.
The Fiji plants appear under Bentham, G., 1843.
1856. Notes on Loganiaceae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 1: 52-114.
Includes Gentostoma crassifolium n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1859, Synopsis of Legnotideae, a tribe of Rhizophoraceae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot.
3: 65-80.
Includes a few species of Crossostylis from Polynesia.
Bentham, G., and Hooker, J. D.
1862-83. Genera plantarum ad exemplaria imprimis in herbariis Kewensibus ser-
vata definita. 1: i-xv, 1-1040. 1862-67; 2(1): i-viii, 1-554. 1873; 2(2):
i-vii, 1-459. 1880; 3: i-xi, 1-1258. 1880-83.
A critical consideration of the families and genera of flowering plants of the world.
Bentham, G.
1865. Descriptions of some new genera and species of tropical Leguminosae.
Trans. Linn, Soc. 25: 297-320. pl. 33-43.
Includes Desmodium pycnostachyum n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1871. Revision of the genus Cassia. Trans. Linn, Soc. 27: 503-591. pl. 60-63.
Includes C. deplanchei n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1875. Revision of the suborder Mimoseae. Trans. Linn. Soc. 30: 335-668.
pl. 66-70.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1877, Stenogyne rotundifolia, A. Gray. Hook, Ic. 13: 37-38. pl. 1248.
Native of Hawaii.
Berg, L. S.
1930. Origin of the northern elements in the fauna and flora of the tropical and
southern Pacific. Proc. Fourth Pacific Sci. Congr. Java 3: 467-470.
General.
Berg, O.
1854. Revisio Myrtacearum Americae huc usque cognitarum s. Klotzschii “Flora
Americae aequinoctialis’ exhibens Myrtaceas. Linnaea 27: 1-472.
- Includes a few Juan Fernandez species.
Berkeley, M. J.
1839-41. Descriptions of exotic fungi in the collection of Sir W. J. Hooker,
from memoirs and notes of J. F. Klotzsch, with additions and correc-
tions. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3: 375-401. pi. 8. 1839; 7: 451-454, 1841.
Includes some Juan Fernandez species.
1842a. Notice of some fungi collected by C. Darwin, Esq., in South America and
the islands of the Pacific. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 9: 443-448. pl. 9-11.
Includes Hexagona fasciata n. sp. from Tahiti.
64 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1842b. Description of fungi collected by R. B. Hinds, Esq., principally in the
islands of the Pacific. Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 447-457. pl. 14-15.
Includes Sphaeria feejeensis, Agaricus pacificus, and A, musicola n. spp. from Fiji
and Tahiti.
Berkeley, M. J., and Curtis, M. A.
1851. Descriptions of new species of fungi collected by the U. S. Exploring
Expedition under C. Wilkes, U. S. N., Commander. Am. Jour. Sci.
61: 93-95.
Includes eight new species from Hawaii, Samoa, and Fiji.
Berkeley, M. J.
1877. Enumeration of the fungi collected during the expedition of H. M. S. “Chal-
lenger” 1874-75 (3d notice). Jour, Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 38-54. pl. 2.
Includes some Polynesian species.
See also Curtis, M. A., and Berkeley, M. J.
Berland, L., and others.
1934. Contribution a l’étude du peuplement zoologique et botanique des iles du
Pacifique. [Mém.] Soc. Biogéogr. 4: 1-288.
The individual botanical papers are here separately indexed.
Bernard, A.
1895. L’archipel de la Nouvelle Calédonie, 1-24, 1-458. [1] «tllus. 2 maps.
Not seen.
Bernhardi, J. J.
1801. Tentamen alterum filices in genera redigendi. Jour. Bot. Schrad. 2: 121-136.
pl. 1-2.
1802. Ueber Asplenium und einige ihm verwandte Gattungen der Farrenkrauter.
Abh. Akad. Niitzl. Wissensch. Erfurt 2: 121-134. 1 pl. reprint 1-18.
Includes some Polynesian species. The reprint (original not seen) bears the state-
ment “‘Vorgelesen in der Kiirfurstl. Akademie niitzlicher Wissenschaften zu Erfurt
den 2 May 1801.” Combined with a Willdenow paper under the title: ‘Willdenow,
C. L. & Bernhardi, J. J. “Zwei botanische Abhandlungen iiber einige seltene Farren-
krauter und tiber Asplenium und einige ihm verwandte Gattungen.’? Each is separately
paged and under its own title. Cited by C. Christensen as from “Schrift. Akad.
Erfurt.”
Bertero, C. J.
1830. Notice sur l’histoire naturelle de l’Ile Juan Fernandez. Ann. Sci. Nat. 21:
344-351.
General observations on the vegetation and on individual species, Extracts from 2
letter to M. Guillemin.
Bescherelle, E.
1873. Florule bryologique de la Nouvelle Calédonie. Ann. Sci. Nat. V Bot. 18:
184-245. ,
An enumeration with the descriptions of many new species.
1878a. Note sur trois nouvelles espéces de mousses de la Nouvelle-Calédonie
appartenant au genre Pterobryella C. Miill. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 25:
64-68.
Three new species of Pterobryella from new Caledonia.
1878b. Note sur deux espéces de mousses du groups des Pterobryella de la Nou-
velle-Calédonie. Rev. Bryol. 5: 30-32.
Five species listed, two indicated by K. Miller as new.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 65
Bescherelle, E., and Spruce, R.
1889. Heépatiques nouvelles des colonies francaises, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 36:
Congr. Bot. clxxvii-clxxix. pl. 13-17.
Includes new species from New Caledonia and the Marquesas Islands,
Bescherelle, £.
1895a. Florule bryologique de Tahiti et des fles de Nukahiva et Mangareva, Ann.
Sci. Nat. VII Bot. 20: 1-62.
A critical enumeration of 91 species, many described as new.
1895b. Essai sur le genre Calymperes. Ann. Sci. Nat. VIII Bot. 1: 247-308. f. 1-5.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1898a. Florule bryologique de Tahiti (Supplément). Bull. Soc. Bot. France 45:
52-67, 116-128.
An enumeration with numerous new species of mosses.
1898b. Note sur le Rhacopilum pacificum Besch, Jour. Bot. Morot 12: 42-46. f. 12.
Native of Tahiti, with varieties in Samoa and New Caledonia.
1898c. Enumération des Hépatiques connues dans les iles de la Société (principale-
ment a Tahiti et dans les iles Marquises). Jour. Bot. Morot 12: 136-150.
A list of 110 species, including Frullania jacquinoti Gottsch. n. sp.
1898d. Nadeaudia Besch., genus novum. Rev. Bryol. 25: 11.
N. schistostegiella n. sp. from Tahiti.
1898e. Sur le genre Nadeaudia Besch, Rev. Bryol. 25: 42-43.
Reduced to Calomnion.
1901. Deuxiéme supplément a la flore bryologique de Tahiti. Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 48: 11-17.
A list including six new species.
Bessey, E. A. .
1943, Notes on Hawaiian fungi. Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci. 28: 3-8.
Brief observations.
Betche, E.
1881. Vegetations-Character der Samoa Inseln, nach eigenen Beobachtungen zu-
sammengestellt. Monatschr. Ver. Gartenb. Preuss. Staat. 24: 28-31,'74-77.
General notes on the vegetation.
1884. Vegetationsskizze der Marshalls-Inseln. Gart. Zeit. Wittmack 3: 133-134.
A general note.
See also Moore, C., and Betche, E.
Biehler, J. F. T.
1807, Plantarum novarum ex herbario Sprengelii centuriam, speciminis loco
inauguralis, ut doctoris medici gradum adipiscatur ad diem 30. Maii 1807
exhibit. 146.
Includes the descriptions of 100 species including four from Tanna, New Hebrides.
Republished as a separately paged part appended to Sprengel, K., ‘“Mantissa Florae
Halensis” under the title “Novarum Plantarum ex Herbario meo Centuria,” 1-58, 1807,
without Biehler’s name. See Sprengel, K., 1807.
Bishop, M. B.
1940. Hawaiin life of the pre-European period with a catalogue of the Marcia
Brown Bishop collection. i-v, 1-105. pl. 1-16. 46 f.
Contains a few data on plants and their uses.
66 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Bitter, G.
1900. Die phanerogamische Pflanzenwelt der Insel Laysan. Ergebnisse einer
Reise nach dem Pacific (Prof. Dr. Schauinsland, 1896-97). Abh.
Naturw. Ver. Bremen 16: 430-439. pl. 4.
A list of 26 species with notes including Solanum laysananse and Phyllostegia
variabilis n. spp.
1911. Die Gattung Acaena. Vorstudien zu einer Monographie. Bibl. Bot. 17(74):
i-ii, 1-336. pl. 1-37. f. 1-98.
Monographic.
1912. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Gattung Acaena. Repert. Sp. Nov. 10:
489-501.
Discusses the Juan Fernandez form under A. argentea Ruiz. & Pavon.
1912-13. Solana nova minus cognita II. Repert. Sp. Nov. 11: 1-18, (V) 349-
394. 1912; (VII) 481-491. 1913.
Includes Solanum robinsonianum n, sp. and S. fernandezsianum from Juan
Fernandez, and a new variety of S. vaccinioides from New Caledonia.
1921a. Solanaceae: in Sarasin, F. & Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 221-228.
An enumeration with a key and the descriptions of new species.
1921b. Eine neue Solanum-Art von den Marianen. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 559-560.
S. saipanense n, sp.
1921c. Solana africana. III. Bot. Jahrb. 57: 248-286.
A new section Irenosolanum is proposed for three Polynesian species, S. woahense,
S. sandwicense, and S. amicorum.
1922. Solana nova minus cognita. XXI. Repert. Sp. Nov. 18: 301-321 (Synony-
miea nonnulla 308-309).
Solanum saipanense Bitter is reduced to S. guamense Merr.
Blackie, W. J.
1932a, Derris uliginosa. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 5: 34-35.
Brief economic notes.
1932b. Didi resin (Canartum vitiense). Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 5(1) : 32-33.
Chiefly a study of chemical composition.
1936. Candlenut oil. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(2): 36-39.
Economical notes on this product of Aleurites moluccana,
Blackman, L. G.
1903. The fibres of the Hawaiian Islands. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 2: 37-64.
General.
Blake, S. F.
1921. Revision of the genus Acanthospermum. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 383-
392. pl. 23.
Includes A. australe and A. hispidum from Hawaii.
Blake, S. F., and Atwood, A. C.
1942. Geographical guide to floras of the world; an annotated list with special
reference to useful plants and common plant names. Part 1. Africa,
Australia, North America, South America, and Islands of the Atlantic,
Pacific, and Indian Oceans. U. S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Publ. 401: 1-336.
Includes many bibliographical data on published papers appertaining to Polynesia.
Blake, S. T.
1939. A monograph of the genus Eleocharis in Australia and New Zealand.
Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 50: 88-132. p/. 7-10. Reprinted without change
of pagination in Univ. Queensl. Pap. Dept. Biol. 1(9).
Includes E, gracilis extending to Norfolk Island.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 67
1941. Studies on Queensland grasses II. Univ. Queens]. Pap. Dept. Biol. 1(18):
[1], 1-22.
Includes Tragus australianus n. sp. extending to New Caledonia.
1944, Monographic studies in the Australian Andropogoneae, part I, including
revisions of the genera Bothriochloa, Capillipedium, Chrysopogon,
Vetiveria and Spathia. Univ. Queensl. Pap. Dept. Biol. 2(3): 1-62.
f. 1-2.
Records Capillipedium spicigerum from New Caledonia.
Bloembergen, S.
1939, A revision of the genus Alangium, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. IIT. 16: 139-
235. f. 1-10.
Monographic.
Bloxam, A.
1925. Diary of Andrew Bloxam, naturalist of the Blonde on her trip from
England to the Hawaiian Islands 1824-25. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 10:
1-96. 9 pl. 7 f.
Includes some general data on the vegetation.
Blume, C. L.
1849-56. Museum botanicum lLugduno-Batavum, sive Stirpium exoticarum
novarum vel minus cognitarum ex vivis aut siccis brevis expositio et
descriptio. 1: 1-396, pl. 1-22. 1849-51; 2: 1-256. pl. 1-32. 1852-56.
Includes some Polynesian species; vol. 2 is a general treatment of the Urticaceae.
1851. Notice sur quelques Barringtoniées de l’Archipel des Indes. Fl. Serr. Jard.
Eur, 7: 21-25.
Includes Barringtonia speciosa and B. racemosa from Polynesia.
Bock, C.
1936. Descripcién de la inflorescencia del Centaurodendron dracaenoides. Revis.
Universit. Univ. Catol. Chile 21: 57-64. f. 1-4.
Native of Masatierra, Juan Fernandez.
Bocquillon, M. H.
1861. Observations sur les genres Oxera et Amethystea. Adansonia 2: 294-305.
Includes some New Caledonian species.
1861-63. Revue du groupe de Verbénacées. Adansonia 2: 81-165. pl. 3, 5-6. 1861;
3: 177-264. pl. 8-9. 1863. Reprinted under title: “Revue du groupe de
Verbénacées; recherches des types, organogénie, organographie, affinités,
classification, description des genres.” [4]. 1-187. pl. 1-20. 1863.
Includes references to the species of New Caledonian genus Ozera.
Béckeler, O.
1868-77. Die Cyperaceen des Kéniglichen Herbariums zu Berlin. Linnaea 35:
397-612. 1868; 36: 271-512, 691-768. 1870; 37: 1-142, 520-647. 1871-73;
38: 223-409, 410-544. 1874; 39: 1-152. 1875; 40: 327-452. 1876; 41:
145-356. 1877.
Includes various Polynesian species.
1875, Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Cyperaceen-Flora Neuholland’s und einiger
polynesischer Inseln. Flora 58: 81-89, 107-112, 116-123.
An enumeration of 84 species, with 10 new species from Samoa and Tongatabu.
1875-80. Diagnosen neuer Cyperaceen. Flora 58: 257-266. 1875; 63: 435-440.
1880.
Includes Cyperus remyi, C, sandwicensis, and C. hillebrandii n. spp. from Hawaii.
68 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1878. Diagnosen theils never, theils ungeniigend beschriebener bekannter Cypera-
ceen, Flora 61: 33-41, 138-144.
Includes new species from Hawaii and New Caledonia.
Boeke, J. E.
1942. On quantitative statistical methods in taxonomy; subdivision of a poly-
morphous species: Planchonella sandwicensis (Gray) Pierre. Blumea
5: 47-65. f. 1.
Based on herbarium material of this Hawaiian species.
Bérgesen, F.
1924. Marine algae from Easter Island: in Skottsberg, C., The natural history of
Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany 247-309. f. 1-50.
A list with notes and the descriptions of new species.
Boerlage, J. G.
1895. On Chionanthus Ghaeri, Gaertn, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 31: 246-248. 8 f.
Recorded from Samoa (= Scirpodendron ghaeri).
Bois, D.
1896. Atlas des plantes de jardins et d’appartements exotiques et européenes . . .
i-vi, [1-2], 1-432; Atlas 1-8. pl. 1-160; 1-8. pl. 161-320.
Includes data on a few species from Polynesia.
1910. Melastoma normale. Rev. Hort. 82: 332. 1 pl.
A general note, with a colored plate, the species claimed to extend to New Caledonia,
1917. Pelagodoxa Henryana Beccari, palmier nouveau des iles Marquises. Rev.
Hort. [39]: 302-304. f. 76-79.
A new genus and species.
1919. [Pelagodoxa Henryana Becc.] Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 12-13.
A general description; native of the Marquesas Islands.
1924. Le Pelagodoxa Henryana, nouveau palmier de serre chaude. Rev. Hort.
[96]: 139. 1 f.
Native of the Marquesas Islands.
1927-37. Les plantes alimentaires chez tous les peuples et 4 travers les ages.
Histoire, utilisation, culture. 1: 1-593. f. 1-255. 1927; 2: 1-637. [1]
f. 1-261. 1928; 3: 1-289. f. 1-71. 1934; 4: 1-600, [1-2]. f. 1-111. 1937.
Discusses some species from Polynesia. Vol. 1 contains: Phanérogames légumiéres;
vol, 2 Phanérogames fruitiéres; vol. 3 Plantes 4 épices, 4 aromates, & condiments;
vol. 4 Les plantes & boissons, This is ed. 4 of Paillieux, A., & Bois, D., 1884.
See also Paillieux, A., and Bois, D.
Boissier, E.
1848. Plumbaginaceae. DC. Prodr. 12: 617-696.
Monographic.
1860. Centuria Euphorbiarum. 1-140.
Includes EB. phyllanthoides n, sp, from New Caledonia, E. taitensis n. sp. from
Tahiti, and EB. gaudichaudii n. sp. from the Marianas Islands.
1862. Euphorbieae. DC. Prodr. 15(2): 1-188,
Monographic.
1866. Icones Euphorbiarum ou figures de cent vingt-deux espéces du genre Eu-
phorbia, dessinées et gravées par Heyland avec des considérations sur la
classification et la distribution géographique des plantes de ce genre. 1-24.
pl. 1-120.
Includes a few Hawaiian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 69
Bolle, C. See Seemann, B., 1857.
Bommer, J. E.
1873. Revue et classification des Cyathéacées. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 20: Sess.
Extr. Belg. X VI-XIX.
Includes the new genera, Eatoniopteris and Fourniera, the latter from New Caledonia.
Bonaparte, R.
1914a. Filicales de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et des Iles Loyalty: in Sarasin, F., &
Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 33-51. pl. 2-4.
An enumeration of 90 species and varieties.
1914b. Lycopodiales de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et des Iles Loyalty: in Sarasin, F.
& Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 53-56.
Eight species listed.
1915a. Iles Hawaii. Récoltes de l’Abbé Faurie regues le 10 Decembre, 1910. Notes
Ptérid. 1: 223-230.
A list of ferns, with notes,
1915b. Nouvelle-Calédonie. Plusieurs collecteurs. Herbier de l'Institut botanique
de l’université de Caen. Notes Ptérid. 2: 165-178.
A list of ferns, with notes.
1915c. Nouvelle-Calédonie. Récoltes de M. Franc. Notes Ptérid. 2: 179-194.
A list of ferns, with notes.
1915d. Nouvelle-Calédonie et Iles Loyalty. Récoltes de Dr. Fritz Sarasin 1911-12.
Notes Ptérid, 2: 195-219.
A list of ferns, with notes. Republication of data included in Bonaparte, 1914a.
1915-21. Océanie. Plusieurs regions. Plusieurs collecteurs. Herbier du Prince
Bonaparte. Notes Ptérid. 2: 155-164. 1915; 10: 225-233. 1920; 13: 207-
219. 1921.
A list of ferns, with notes, some or all from Polynesia.
1918a. Tahiti. Récoltes de M. Vieillard. Herbier de I’Institut botanique de 1’Uni-
versité de Caen. Notes Ptérid. 7: 405-410.
A list of Tahitian ferns, with notes.
1918b. Archipel des Iles Marquises. Récoltes de Monsieur Henry. Herbier du
Prince Bonaparte. Notes Ptérid. 7: 411-414.
A list of ferns, with notes.
Bonati, G., and Petitmengin, M.
1907. Sur quelques plantes de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Herb. Boiss, II 7: 647-
652. 2 f.
Includes the descriptions of various new species.
Boodle, L. A.
1915. Thyrsopteris elegans. Kew Bull. 1915: 295-296. 1 pl.
Native of Juan Fernandez.
Boothby, M. R.
1944. A trip through the lowlands in New Caledonia. Jour. New Zeal. Inst. Hort.
14: 12-15.
Includes some notes on the vegetation.
Boott, F.
1846. Caricis species novae vel minus cognitae. Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 115-147.
Includes Carex paleata n. sp. from Juan Fern&ndez,
70 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1858-67. Illustrations of the genus Carex. 1: i-xii, 1-74. pl. 1-200. 1858; 2: i-iv, 75-
103. pl. 201-300. 1860; 3: i-iv, 105-126. pl. 311-411. 1862; 4: 127-233.
pl. 412-600.
In all, 524 species described and illustrated, a few from Polynesia.
Bornet, E.
1851. Etudes sur l’organisation des espéces qui composent le genre Meliola. Ann.
Sci, Nat. III. Bot. 16: 257-270. pl. 21-22.
Includes M. moerenhoutiana from Tahiti.
Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. M.
1827-29. Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du Roi, sur la corvette de Sa
Majesté, la Coquille, pendant les années 1822-1923, 1824 et 1825... par M.
L. I. Duperrey. Botanique. Cryptogamie. 1-300. pl. 1-39.
Includes the description of some Polynesian species. See Jour. Bot. 30: 206.
1901, and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. VII. 7: 391. 1901, for dates of issue; 1-96(1827),
97-136(1828), 137-300(1829).
Borzi, A.
1906. Specie nuove, rare o critiche: Meryta Denhami, Seem. Boll. Ort. Bot.
Palermo 5: 142-144. pl. 3.
Native of New Caledonia.
Bosch, R. B. van den
1859. Synopsis Hymenophyllacearum. Nederl. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 341-419.
Reprinted as: “Synopsis Hymenophyllacearum, Monographie Hujus Ordinis
Prodromus,” 1-79. 1859, erroneously attributed on the title page to volume 3 of the
original serial. Includes some Polynesian species. See Goddijn, 1913-19,
1861a. Hymenophyllaceae: in Mettenius, G., Filices Novae Caledoniae. Ann. Sci.
Nat. IV. Bot. 15: 88-91.
Ten species considered, six new.
1861b. Erste bijdrage tot de kennis der Hymenophyllaceae. Vers. Med. Akad. Am-
sterdam Afd. Nat. 11: 300-330.
Includes some Polynesian species. Translated and republished as the following paper.
1861c. Note sur les Hyménophyllacées. Jour. Bot. Neérl. 1: 147-192.
A French version of the preceding paper. Includes some Polynesian species.
1861-63. Hymenophyllaceas novas, cum ab aliis, tum a semet ipso distinctas, ceu
Synopseos supplementum exposuit. Nederl. Kruidk. Arch. 5: 135-185.
1861; [3] 135-217. 1863. Reprint 1-133. 1863.
Includes some Polynesian species. The second part, unfortunately repeating the
pagination of the first part, appeared after the author’s death, in no. 3 of the journal,
rather than no. 2 as printed on the title page.
See also Mettenius, G., 1861.
Boswell, H.
1892. New exotic mosses. Jour. Bot. 30: 97-99. pl. 320.
Includes Homalia densa n. sp. from Hawaii and Raphidostegium tegeticula n. sp.
from New Caledonia.
Bouly de Lesdain, M.
1909-37. Notes lichénologiques (IX). Bull. Soc. Bot. France 56: 170-175. 1909;
(XII) 57: 236-340, (XIII) 460-463. 1910; (XVI) 61: 82-85. 1914;
(XXV) 78: 726-731. 1932; (XXVII) 81: 765-768. 1935; (XXX) 84:
282-284. 1937.
Includes various new species from Polynesia.
Bowers, F. A. I. See Whitney, L. D., Bowers, F. A. I., and Takahashi, M,, 1939.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 71
Brackenridge, W. D.
1854-55. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840,
1841, 1842. Under command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Botany, Crypto-
gamia. Filices including Lycopodiaceae and Hydropterides. 16: i-viti.
1-357. 1854; Atlas 1-7. pi. 1-46. 1855.
Includes many Polynesian species,
1886. Notes on the flora of the Sandwich Islands. Gard. Monthly 28: 83-85.
General notes on 13 species.
Braid, K. W.
1925. Revision of the genus Alphitonia. Kew Bull. 168-186. 1 f. 1 map.
Monographic; 13 species recognized, with a key.
Brand, A.
1901. Symplocaceae. Pflanzenr. 6(IV. 242): 1-100. f. 1-9.
Monographic.
1913. Hydrophyllaceae. Pflanzenr. 5(IV. 251): 1-210. f. 1-39.
Monographic.
1921. Eine neue Symplocacee von den Palau-Inseln. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 558.
Symplocos chabdui n. sp.
Brand, F.
1905. Ueber die Anheftung der Cladophoraceen und tiber verschiedene poly-
nesische Formen dieser Familie. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 18(1): 165-193.
pl. 5-6.
Includes several new species from Hawaii.
19lla. Ueber einige neue Griinalgen aus Neuseeland und Tahiti. Ber. Deutsch.
Bot. Ges. 29: 138-145. pi. 7.
Includes a few new species.
1911b. Ueber die Siphoneengattung Chlorodesmis. Ber. Deutsch, Bot. Ges. 29:
606-611. 1 f.
Includes C. tahitensis from Tahiti.
Braun, A.
1849. Characeae Indiae orientalis et insularum maris Pacifici; or characters and
observations on the Characeae of the East Indian Continent, Ceylon,
Sunda Islands, Marians, and Sandwich Islands. Hook. Jour, Bot. Kew
Gard. Miscel. 1: 292-301.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1864. Revision of the genus Najas of Linnaeus. Jour. Bot. 2: 274-279. f..1 (1-5);
1-3.
Records N. major var. angustifolia from Hawaii.
1876. Ueber 2 von dem Reisenden Hildebrandt eingeftthrte Cycadeen nebst Bemer-
kungen iiber einige andere Cycadeen. Sitzungsber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde
Berlin. 1876: 113-125.
Includes Cycas seemannii n. sp. from Fiji.
See also Engelmann, G., 1860.
Brause, G.
1920. Beitrage zur Flora von Papuasien. VII. Bearbeitung der von C, Ledermann
von der Sepik-(Kaiserin-Augusta-) Fluss-Expedition 1912 bis 1913 und
von anderen Sammlern aus dem Papuagebiete friiher mitgebrachten
Pteridophyten, nebst Ubersicht tiber alle bis jetzt aus dem Papuagebiet
bekannt gewordenen Arten derselben. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 31-250.
Includes Polynesian ranges of various species.
72 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1922. Einige neue Samoa-Farne. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 8: 138-141.
Four new species described.
Bremekamp, C. E. B.
1934. A monograph of the genus Pavetta L. Repert. Sp. Nov. 37: 1-208.
Includes one New Caledonia—New Hebrides species.
1939. A monograph of the genus Pavetta L.; additions and emendations. Repert.
Sp. Nov. 47: 12-28, 81-98.
Includes some additional data on distribution of P. opulina, native of Polynesia;
supplementary to the preceding item.
Bresadola, G., and Patouillard, N.
1901. Diagnoses of new species of Fungi from Samoa. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd
1: 49-51.
Eight new species described and the new genus Lloydella proposed.
Bridel, S. E.
1797-1819. Muscologia recentiorum seu analysis, historia, et descriptio methodica
omnium muscorum frondosorum hucusque cognitorum ad normam Hed-
wigii 1: i-xxiv, 1-179. 1797; 2(1) : i-x, 1-222. pl. 1-6. 1798: 2(2) : i-xii,
1-192, i-iv. pl. 1-6. 1801; 2(3): 1-178, [1-6]. p/. 1-2. 1803; Suppl. 1:
i-viii, 1-271. 1807; 2: 1-257, [1-4]. 1812; 3: i-xxxii. 1-115. 1817;
4: i-xviii, 1-220. pl. 1-2. 1819.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1826-27. Bryologia universa seu systematica ad novam methodum dispositio, his-
toria et descriptio omnium muscorum frondosorum hucusque cognitorum
cum synonymia ex auctoribus probatissimis. 1: i-xlvi, 1-856. 1826; 2:
1-848. pl. 1-13. 1827.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Brigham, W. T.
1868a. Notes on Hesperomannia, a new genus of Hawaiian Compositae. Mem.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1: 527-528. pl. 20.
The reprint cover bears the title: “Four New Genera of Hawaiian Plants,” but
this includes also Mann’s paper on Alsinodendron, Platydesma, and Brighamia.
1868b. [Results of Mr. Mann’s study of the Hawaiian flora.] Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist. 12: 158-161.
A general review with a tabulation and discussion of the various families, giving the
number of genera and species of each.
1868c. The Hawaiian flora. Hawaiian Club Papers 45-48.
Not seen.
1900. An index to the islands of the Pacific Ocean: A handbook to the chart
on the walls of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian
Ethnology and Natural History. Mem. Bishop Mus. 1: 85-256, maps
1-24. f. 1-12.
Pages 103-105 include a general description of the flora.
1906. Fruits of the Hawaiian Islands. Hawaiian For. & Agr. 3: 289-311.
f. 1-2.
General notes.
Briquet, J.
1898a. Observations sur quelques Flacourtiacées de I’herbier Delessert. Ann. Con-
serv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 2: 41-78. pl. 1.
Includes many new species from New Caledonia.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 73
1898b. Fragmenta monographiae Labiatarum. Fasciculus V. Ann. Conserv. Jard.
Bot. Genéve 2: 102-251. 1 f.
Includes Hyptis capitata var. mariannarum n. var. from the Marianas Islands.
Britten, J.
1898. Notes on Hoya. Jour. Bot. 36: 413-418,
Hoya pilosa Seem. of Fiji reduced to H. australis R. Br.
1905, The collections of Banks and Solander. Jour. Bot. 43: 284-290.
Includes data on the Polynesian collections of Banks and Solander.
1907. Notes from the National Herbarium. I. Jour. Bot. 45: 313-316.
Considers Dicliptera frondosa from Tahiti.
[Britton, E. G.]
1907. The Mitten collection of mosses and hepatics. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8:
28-32.
Includes numerous Polynesian types. The Mitten Herbarium is at the New York
Botanical Garden.
Britton, N. L., and Rose, J. N.
1919-23. The Cactaceae. Descriptions and illustrations of plants of the Cactus
family. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 248. 1: i-vii, 1-236. pl. 1-36.
f. 1-302. 1919; 2: i-vii, 1-239. pl. 1-40. f. 1-305. 1920; 3: i-vii, 1-255.
pl. 1-24. f. 1-250. 1922; 4: i-vii, 1-318. pl. 1-37. f. 1-263. 1923.
Monographic; includes the few species introduced into Polynesia. This work was
reprinted verbatim by the Cactus and Succulent Society of America beginning in 1931.
Brongniart, A.
1861. Observations sur un genre remarquable de Violacées de la Nouvelle-Calé-
donie. Bull, Soc. Bot. France 8: 77-80.
Includes three species of Agation from New Caledonia and Fiji.
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A.
186la. Note sur un genre nouveau d’Ombelliféres de la Nouvelle-Calédonie, Bull.
Soc. Bot. France 8: 121-123.
Two species of Myodocarpus described.
1861b. Description de quelques Eléocarpées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 8: 198-203.
Six species of Elaeocarpus and one of Dubouzetia described.
1861c. Note sur le genre Joinvillea de Gaudichaud et sur la famille des Flagel-
lariées. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 8: 264-269.
Includes three species from New Caledonia and Hawaii.
1861d. Note sur un nouveau genre de Nyctaginées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull.
Soc. Bot. France 8: 374-376.
Vieillardia austro-caledonica,
186le. Note sur le genre Crossostylis de Forster, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 8: 376—
378.
Notes on New Caledonian species.
1862. Notice sur les Saxifragées-Cunoniées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 9: 67-77.
Includes descriptions of many new species.
1863a. Note sur quelques Protéacées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 10: 226-229.
Five new species described.
1863b. Note sur deux genres nouveaux de Myrtacées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie.
Bull. Soc. Bot. France 10: 369-374.
Eleven new species of Tristaniopsis and Fremya described.
74 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1863c. Description de quelques espéces nouvelles d’Eléocarpées de la Nouvelle-
Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 10: 475-477.
Seven new species of Dubouzetia and Elaeocarpus described.
1863d. Description de deux nouveaux genres de Myrtacées de la Nouvelle-Calé-
donie. Bull. Soc. Bot, France 10: 574-579.
Eight new species of Cléezia and Spermolepis described.
1864a. Note sur les Epacridées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et sur un genre nouveau
de cette famille. Bull. Soc, Bot. France 11: 65-69.
Thirteen new species described.
1864b. Note sur le Chiratia Montrouzier. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 11: 69-71.
C. leucantha from New Caledonia,
1864c. Descriptions de quelques espéces nouvelles ou peu connues de Myrtacées de
la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 11: 182-185.
Twelve new species described.
1864d. Descriptions de plusieurs espéces du genre Pittosporum de la Nouvelle-
Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 11: 185-189.
Eleven new species described.
1864e. Descriptions de quelques Dilleniacées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 11: 189-192.
Eight species described, four new.
1864f. Descriptions de quelques palmiers du genre Kentia. Bull. Soc. Bot. France
11: 310-316,
Six species from New Caledonia described.
1864g. Sur un nouveau genre des Lilacées. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 11: 316-318.
Xeronema moorii n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1864-71. Observations sur diverses plantes nouvelles ou peu connues de la Nou-
velle-Calédonie. Ann. Sci. Nat. V. Bot. 1: 330-381. 1864; 2: 124-168.
1864; 3: 197-238. 1865; 6: 238-266. 1866; 13: 340-404. 1871.
The earlier parts are reprinted under the title: ‘Fragments d’une Flore de la
Nouvelle-Calédonie ou Observations sur Diverses Plantes Nouvelles ou Peu Connues
de Cette Contrée,” 1-97 [1.] 1864. The later parts, 1866-71, are reprinted with the
original pagination.
Brongniart, A.
1865a. Considerations sur la flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie, Ann. Sci. Nat. V. Bot.
3: 187-196; Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 60: 641-649. Reprint 1-9.
A general discussion.
1865b. Description de deux genres nouveaux de la famille des Rubiacées, appar-
tenant a la flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 12:
402-408.
Includes one species of Bikkiopsis, six species of Grista, and one new species of
Lindenia.
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A.
1865a. Description des Protéacées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie appartenant aux genres
Grevillea, Stenocarpus, Cenarrhenes et Knightia. Bull. Soc. Bot. France
12: 37-46.
Twenty-two new species described,
1865b. Observations sur les Myrtacées sarcocarpées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et
sur le nouveau genre Piliocalyx. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 12: 174-187.
Forty species described.
1865c. Notice sur le genre Soulamea. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 12: 242-244,
Four species from New Caledonia described.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS (fb)
1865d. Sur quelques Ombelliféres de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc, Bot. France
12: 270-272.
Includes descriptions of three new species.
1865e. Descriptions de quelques nouvelles espéces de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull.
Soc. Bot. France 12: 299-302.
Ten new species of Myrtaceae, Elaeocarpaceae, and Epacridaceae described.
Brongniart, A.
1866. Note sur le genre Bikkia, de la famille des Rubiacées. Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 13: 40-43.
Five species of Bikkia described, mostly from Polynesia.
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A.
1866a. Sur quelques Coniféres de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France
13: 422-427,
Four species described.
1866b. Sur les Symplocos de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 13:
428-431.
Ten species described.
1866c. Supplément aux Myrtacées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 13: 468-473.
Six species described.
1866d. Sur le prétendu genre Chiratia. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 13: 479.
Chiratia of New Caledonia is reduced to Sonneratia.
1867a. Note sur le genre Spermolepis, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 14: 253-256.
S. gummifera n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1867b. Note sur le nouveau genre Pleurocalyptus de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull.
Soc. Bot. France 14: 263-265.
P. deplanchei n. sp.
1868-71. Description de quelques plantes remarquables de Ila Nouvelle-Calédonie.
Nouv. Arch. Mus, Hist. Nat. Paris 4: 1-48. pl. 1-15. 1868; 7: 203-235.
pl. 13-18. 1871.
Includes some new species.
1869. Nouvelle note sur les Coniféres néo-calédoniennes. Bull. Soc. Bot. France
16: 325-331.
Six species described.
1871a. Supplément aux Coniféres de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France
18: 130-141.
Six species described.
1871b. Note sur le nouveau genre Garniera de la famille de-Proteacées. Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 18: 188-190.
G. spathulaefolia n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1871c. Supplément aux Protéacées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Sur le nouveau genre
Beauprea. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 18: 241-246.
Includes B. pancheri n. sp.
1872. Révision des Cunonia de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 19:
145-151.
Eight species considered, some new.
Brongniart, A.
1873. Notice sur les palmiers de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Compt, Rend. Acad. Sci.
Paris 77: 396-402.
Eighteen new species described in Kentia, Kentiopsis, and Cyphokentia; see
Brongniart, 1847b.
76
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1874a. Nouveaux documents sur la flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Compt. Rend.
Acad. Sci. Paris 79: 1442-1447.
A brief summary of the flora of New Caledonia.
1874b. Palmiers de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Hort. 1874: 11-13, 86-88.
Sixteen species described. Republication of Brongniart, A., 1873.
1875. Observations sur les Pandanées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Ann, Sci. Nat.
VI Bot, 1: 262-293. pl. 14-15.
A consideration of the known species, some described as new.
Brongniart, A. T.
1829-34. Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du Roi, sur la corvette de
Sa Majesté la Coquille pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825...
par M. L. I. Duperrey. Botanique-Phanérogamie, 1-232. pl. 1-78.
Includes descriptions of some Polynesian species. About 11 of the numbered plates
were not issued. See Jour. Bot. 38: 206, 1901, and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. VII 7:
391. 1901, for dates of issue; 1-40. 1829; 41-104. 1831; 105-136. 1832; 137-200. 1834;
[201-232] 1834?
Brotherus, V. F.
1901. Laubmoose: in Volkens, G., Die Vegetation der Karolinen. Bot. Jahrb. 31:
450-453.
Includes descriptions of some new species.
1904. Musci Hawaiici quos legit D. D. Baldwin. Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1904: 14-25.
A list of 163 species, many indicated as new but not described.
1905-10. Contribution 4 la flore bryologique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Ofvers.
Finska Vet. Soc. Forh. 48(15): 1-27. pl. 1. 1905-06; (II) 51(17): 1-31.
1909; (IIT) 53(11): 1-42. 1910.
An enumeration with notes and the descriptions of many new species.
1908a, Musci: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse. .. .
Denkschr, Akad. Wiss. Wien 84: 387-400. Reprint 2: 3-16.
An enumeration with the descriptions of new species from Samoa,
1908b. Musci der Samoainseln. Denkschr, Math.-Naturw. K1. d. Kaiser. Akad. d.
Wissenschaften in Wien. Reprint from “Pflanzenphanologische Beo-
bachtungen in Finland”. 1-29,
Apparently a republication of the preceding item.
1913. Musci der Hawaiischen und Salomoninseln: in Rechinger, K., Botanische
und zoologische Ergebnisse . .. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 464-
467. Reprint 5: 22-25.
A list with the descriptions of new species,
Brotherus, V. F., and Watts, W. W.
1915a. The mosses of the New Hebrides. Jour. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. W. 49:
127-157.
A list with the descriptions of new species.
1915b. The mosses of Lord Howe Island. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 40: 363-385.
An enumeration of the known species, many described as new.
Brotherus, V. F.
1924a, Musci Insulae-Paschalis: in Skottsberg, C., The natural history of Juan
Fernandez and Faster Island. 2: Botany 241-246. pl. 21-23.
Fourteen species considered, several described as new.
1924b. The Musci of the Juan Fernandez Islands: in Skottsberg, C., The natural
history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany 409-448. pl.
26-27.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS il
1924c, Tahitian mosses collected by W. A. Setchell and H. E. Parks. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bot. 12: 45-48,
A list of 22 species, none new.
1927. Hawaiian mosses. Bishop Mus. Bull. 40: 1-37. pl]. 1-8.
An enumeration with the descriptions of numerous new species.
1931. Neue exotische Laubmoose. Mitt. Inst. Bot. Hamb. 8: 399-406. f. 1-7.
Dicranella subpycnoglossa, Bryum samoanum, and Floribundaria samoana n. spp.
from Samoa.
See also Mueller, K., and Brotherus, V. F.
Brouwer, F. I.
1938. The genus Stackhousia in the Malay Archipelago. Blumea 3: 173-178.
Records S. intermedia as occurring in the Caroline and Palau Islands,
Brown, E. D. W.
1930. Notes on Marquesan Pteridophytes. Proc. Hawaiian Acad. Sci. Bishop
Mus. Spec. Publ. 16: 14-15.
A short note.
1931. Polynesian leis. Am. Anthropol. IT. 33: 615-619.
Considers the plant parts used.
Brown, E. D. W., and Brown, F. B. H.
193la, Pteridophyta of southern Polynesia. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ: 19: 15-16.
A brief abstract. See next entry.
1931b. Flora of southeastern Polynesia, II. Pteridophytes. Bishop Mus. Bull. 89:
1-123. pl. 1-21. f. 1-19.
A systematic treatise of the Marquesan species, including new species: and varieties.
For parts I and III see Brown, F. B. H., 1931, 1935.
1932. Is there an Indo-Malayan element in the Pteridophyte flora of southeastern
Polynesia? Bishop Mus, Spec. Publ. 20: 16-17.
Not seen; apparently an abstract.
See also Brown, F. B. H., and Brown, E. D. W.
Brown, F. B. H.
1921. Origin of the Hawaiian flora. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 7: (Proc. First
Pan-Pacific Sci. Conference, Honolulu, 1920) 131-142. 1 f.
Considers that the dicotyledonous plants were derived largely: from isthmian
America.
1922, The secondary xylem of Hawaiian trees. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 8: 217-
371. f. 1-11.
Descriptions of the wood structure of many species,
1926. Lautea, a new genus of the Cornaceae; its probable origin and dispersal in
the Pacific. Proc. Hawaiian Acad. Sci. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 11:
26.
Lautea n. gen. with two species, names only. The descriptions appear in Brown,
1928 (=Corokia).
Brown, F. B. H., and Brown, E. D. W.
1926. Lepidium bidentoides, n. sp.; its distribution in Polynesia. Proc. Hawaiian
Acad. Sci. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 11: 26.
Title only, with Lepidium bidentoides n. sp., nomen nudum. Brown 1935 (bibliog-
raphy) erroneously gives this title as ‘“Lepidium bidentoides New Species; a Statistical
Study of its Distribution in Polynesia.’ The description appears in Brown, 1935.
Brown, F. B. H.
1928. Cornaceae and allies in the Marquesas and neighboring islands. Bishop
Mus. Bull. 52: 1-22. f. 1-5.
Description of the new genus Lautea, with two new species (=Corokia).
700080—47—6
78 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1930a. New Polynesian plants. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 9(4): 1-23. f. 1-6.
Chiefly redescriptions of older species with some new species and varieties.
1930b. Notes on the Marquesan Monocotyledons, Proc. Hawaii. Acad. Bishop Mus,
Spec. Publ. 16: 14.
A short note.
1931. Flora of southeastern Polynesia I. Monocotyledons. Bishop Mus. Bull, 84:
i-ii, 1-194, pl. 1-35. f. 1-18.
Includes all known species of the Marquesas Islands, with the descriptions of new
species, and redescriptions of, and notes on older species.
1932, Notes on the Dicotyledons of Southeastern Polynesia. Bishop Mus. Spec.
Publ. 20: 17.
A brief abstract; see Brown, F. B. H., 1935.
Brown, F. B. H., and Brown, E. D. W.
1933. A discussion of representative Pacific genera with evidence bearing on their
origin and migration. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 21: 17.
Abstract only.
Brown, F. B. H.
1935. Flora of southeastern Polynesia. III. Dicotyledons. Bishop Mus. Bull. 130:
1-386. pl. 1-9. f. 1-70.
Includes descriptions of many mew species and notes on others. For II see
Brown and Brown, 1931, above.
See also Brown, E. D. W., and Brown, F. B. H.
Brown, N. E.
1881. Lycopodium squarrosum, Forst. Ill. Hort. 28: 121. pl. 428.
Native of the Pacific Islands.
1882a. The Tonga plant (Epipremnum mirabile, Schott). Gard. Chron. II. 17:
180. 259.
Native of Fiji.
1882b. The Tonga plant. Jour. Bot. 20: 332-337.
Epipremnum mirabile from Fiji.
1882c. Notice sur le Tonga (Epipremnum mirabile Schott). Belg. Hort. 32: 69-63.
A French translation of Brown, N. E., 1882a.
1883, Panax fruticosum Linn. var. Deleauana N. E. Brown. III. Hort. 30: 109-
110. pl. 492.
Probably from Polynesia,
1887. Asplenium falcatum Lam. III. Hort. 34: 83. pl. 30.
Native of Polynesia,
1888. Ficus Canoni n. sp. Gard. Chron. III 3: 9-10.
Native of the Society Islands (Arctocarpus canoni Bull).
1890. Eranthemum tuberculatum, Hook. Gard. Chron. III 7: 480.
Native of New Caledonia.
Brown, R.
1810. On the Proteaceae of Jussieu. Trans. Linn. Soc. 10: 15-226. pl. 1-3.
Includes Stenocarpus forsteri n. gen. n. sp. and other New Caledonian species.
1811-47. On the Asclepiadeae, a natural order of plants separated from the Apoci-
neae of Jussieu. Mem. Wern. Soc. 1: 12-78. 1811; republished by Presl
as “Asclepiadeae recensitae a Roberto Brown” i-xiv, 1-68. 1819; and by
Nees in Robert Brown’s “Vermischte botanische Schriften” 2: 347-414.
1826, as “Uber die Asclepiadeen, eine natiirliche Pflanzenfamilie, welche
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 19
von Jussieu’s Apocyneen abgesondert werden muss”; reprinted in
Bennett, Miscel. Bot. Works Robert Brown 2: 193-247. 1847.
Includes Alstonia costata from Tahiti. ;
1869. On the geographical distribution of the Coniferae and Gnetaceae. Trans.
Bot. Soc. [Edinb.] 10: 175-196.
General discussion, including references to Polynesian species,
1872. Die geographische Verbreitung der Coniferen und Gnetaceen. Mitt. Perth.
Geogr. Anstalt 18: 41-48, pl. 3 (map).
A German translation of Brown, R., 1869,
1875. Distribution géographique de Coniféres et des Gnétacées. Belg. Hort. 25:
322-345.
A French translation of Brown, R., 1869.
Briickner, V.
1880. Microlepia hirta cristata Moore. Rev. Hort. Belge 6: 156. 1 pl.
Illustration of this native of New Hebrides with a brief note.
Bryan, E. H.
1928a. Guide to the plant groups in Hawaii. Jour. Pan-Pacif. Res. Inst. 3: 3-1).
Not seen.
1928b. The background of Hawaiian botany. Mid-Pacif. Mag. 1928: 33-40. 5 f.
A short account of early botanical explorations.
1931. Plant associations of Guam. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 31: 14-15.
A brief ecological note.
1933. Hawaiian nature notes. [i-ii], 1-285. illus.
Includes data on food plants, fibers, tree ferns, pioneer Hawaiian botanists, etc.
1934. The contribution of [the] Bishop Museum to Polynesian biogeography.
[Mém.] Soc. Biogéogr. 4: 279-288.
Includes statistics in the major groups of flowering plants and ferns in Hawaii.
1936-41. The plants of Guam. Guam Record. 13 (8): 22-23. 1936 to 18 (3):
116-117. 1941.
A series of papers concerning the ferns and flowering plants of Guam with keys
and descriptions, apparently completed up to the Sapindaceae. Offprints of pts. 1-26
(Leguminosae, in part) in the form of unpaged proofs in the library of the Arnold
Arboretum, a complete set of these up to June 1941 in the library of the Bishop
Museum. The original plan was to have these scattered data. published in book
form when all the groups were covered, but this was never consummated owing to
the outbreak of the war in December 1941.
1939. Natural history of the Phoenix Islands. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 34: 6-7.
An abstract with very brief notes on the vegetation.
1941. American Polynesia. Coral islands of the central Pacific. 1-208. illus.
Contains scattered references to plant species. Originally published in a series
of 45 weekly installments, in the Honolulu Advertiser, September 11, 1939, to July
15, 1940. For ed. 2 see the next entry.
1942. American Polynesia and the Hawaiian Chain, ed. 2, 1-253, illus.
Includes many valuable data on the vegetation of individual islands. Chapter 6
is devoted to plant life on a coral island. For first editiort see the preceding entry.
Bryan, L. W.
1932. The Hilo forest reserve. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 36: 279-321. f. 1-44.
Includes notes and illustrations of various species.
1939. Forestry in Hawaii. In Gilmore’s Hawaii sugar manual. 24-27.
Includes a list of introduced trees; not seen,
80 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Bryan, W. A.
1903. A monograph of Marcus Island. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 2: 77-139. f. I-8.
1 map.
Includes brief botanical data (pp, 122-124).
1915. Natural history of Hawaii, being an account of the Hawaiian people, the
geology and geography of the islands, and the native and introduced
plants and animals of the group. 1-596. f. 1-117.
Includes a general description of the flora, agriculture, and horticulture of the group
(pp. 189-287).
1921. Hawaiian fauna and flora. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 7: 153-158. (Proc.
First Pan-Pacific Sci. Conference, Honolulu, 1920).
A general consideration.
Buch, H. See Thériot, J., Dixon, H. N., and Buch, H., 1934.
Buchenau, F.
1906. Juncaceae. Pflanzenr. 25(IV. 36): 1-284. f. 1-121.
Monographic.
Biilow, W. von
1896. Die Samoa-Inseln und ihre einheimischen Nutzpflanzen. Gartenfl. 45: 412-
415, 452-454, 518-520, 543-544, 574-575, 604-605, 628-633.
General notes on economic plants.
Bull, W.
1875. New plants. Gard. Chron. II. 3: 619; 4: 192. 1 f. 224. 1 f.
Includes brief descriptions of some Polynesian species (in the advertising pages).
Bunge, A.
1880. Pflanzengeographische Betrachtungen tiber die Familie der Chenopodiaceen.
Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. VII 27(8): 1-36.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Bureau, E.
1862. Note sur le Bignoniacées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France
9: 162-165.
Tecoma austro-caledonica and Deplanchea speciosa n. sp.
1864. Monographie des Bignoniacées ou histoire générale et particuliére des
plantes qui composent cet ordre naturel. 1-215; Atlas 1-35. pl. 1-31.
Monographic.
1869-72. Morées et Artocarpées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Ann, Sci. Nat. V. Bot.
11: 364-382. pl. 6, 1869; 14: 246-278. 1872.
A general consideration of the known species,
1873. Moraceae. DC. Prodr. 17: 211-279.
Monographic.
1895. Etat actuel des études sur la végétation des colonies frangaises et des pays
de protectorat francais. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 120: 245-247.
Includes brief references to French Polynesia.
Burgerstein, A.
1908. Anatomische Untersuchungen Samoanischer H6lzer: in Rechinger, K.,
Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . . . Denkschr. Akad. Wiss.
Wien 84: 456-514. Reprint 2: 72-130.
Burkill, I. H.
1898. Pittosporum spathaceum, Burkill. Hook. Ic. 26: pl. 2561,
Native of Tonga.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 81
1901. The flora of Vavau, one of the Tonga Islands, with a short account’of its
vegetation by Charles Steele Crosby, M. A. Jour. Linn: Soc. Bot. 35:
20-65.
An enumeration with the descriptions of new species.
1923. Tahitian yams. Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 3: 4-5. pl. 1.
A discussion of the various forms of Dioscorea.
See also Prain, D., and Burkill, I. H.
Burret, M.
1926-36. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Tiliaceen. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 9: 592-
880. 1926; (II) 1161-1174. 1927; (V) 13: 252-255. 1936.
Includes some Polynesian species, including the new genus Tahitia from Tahiti.
1928a. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Palmen von Malesia, Papua und der Siidsee.
Repert. Sp. Nov. 24: 253-296.
Includes notes on many Polynesian species, descriptions of new species, synonymy,
and new combinations (pp. 273-296). .
1928b. Eine neue Art der Palmengattung Pelagodoxa Becc. aus der Siidsee.
Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: 286-288. f. 3.
P. mesocarpa n. sp. of doubtful origin, specimens labeled as from New Caledonia.
1932, Die Palmengattung Kajewskia Guillaumin und Carpoxylon H. Wendl. et
Drude von der Insel Aneityum (Neu-Hebriden). Notizbl. Bot. Gart.
Berlin 11: 578.
Considers Kajewskia to be a likely synonym of Carpoxylon.
1935a. New palms from Fiji. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 11(4): 1-14.
Includes the descriptions of nine new species with two new genera, Goniosperma
and Taveunia,
1935b. Palmae gerontogeae IV. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12: 590-602.
Includes notes on various Polynesian species.
1940, Palmen und Tiliaceen von der Siidsee aus der Sammlung des Bernice
P. Bishop Museums, Honolulu, Hawaii. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Mus. Berlin
15: 85-96,
Includes descriptions of Goniocladus n. gen. and several new species and varieties
in other genera from Polynesia.
Burrows, E. G.
1938. Topography and culture on two Polynesian islands. Geogr. Rev. 28: 214-
223. f. 1-8.
Includes notes on economic plants of Uvea and Futuna Islands.
Burt, E. A.
1923. Higher fungi of the Hawaiian islands. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 10: 179-189.
A list with notes and the descriptions of a few new species,
Burtt, B. L.
1936a. Melanesian plants II. Kew Bull. 1936: 459-466.
Includes Kingiodendron platycarpum from Fiji,
1936b. Bubbia haplopus B. L. Burtt. Hook. Ic. 34: pl. 3315. 1-3.
Includes the transfer of various species of Drimys to Bubbia, including several
from New Caledonia.
Burvenich, F.
1877. L’Alpinia vittata Hort. Rev. Hort. Belge 3: 5-6. f. 1.
Native of the South Sea Islands (actual place of origin doubtful).
Butteaud, E.
1891. Flore tahitienne. 1-128.
A list with notes and some descriptions.
82 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Butters, F. K.
1903. Observations on Trichogloea lubrica. Minn. Bot. Studies 3: 11-21. pl. 5-6.
Native of Hawaii.
1911. Notes on the species of Liagora and Galaxaura of the central Pacific. Minn.
Bot. Studies 4: 161-184. pl. 24.
Considers the Polynesian species.
Buwalda, P.
1936. The Umbelliferae of the Netherlands Indies. Blumea 2: 119-220. f. 1-6.
Credits Hydrocotyle vulgaris to the Marshall Islands.
Buyssens, A.
1898. Deux palmiers nouveaux. Rev. Hort. Belge 24: 152-154. f. 39-40.
Includes Areca ilsemanni from the South Sea Islands.
Cc
Cabeza Pereiro, A.
1895-96. Estudios sobre Carolinas. La isla de Ponape; geografia, etnografia,
historia, 1-241. illus. maps. 1895; ed. 2, 1-259. illus. maps. 1896.
Includes notes on the flora with an enumeration of species.
Calder, C. C.
1919, The species of Oxalis now wild in India. Rec. Bot. Surv. India 6: 325-341.
pl. 1-9.
Mentions the occurrence of O. corymbosa (O. martiana) in Hawaii as early as
1867.
Cambessédes, J.
1829, Mémoire sur la famille des Sapindacées. Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 18:
1-50, pl. 1-3.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Campbell, D. H.
1892-93. A vacation in the Hawaiian islands. Bot. Gaz. 17: 411-416. 1892; 18: 19-
25. 1893.
General.
1916. Some problems of Pacific floras. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. (Washington) 2:
434-437.
A brief discussion.
1918. The origin of the Hawaiian flora. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 17: 90-96.
General phytogeographic.
1919, The derivation of the flora of Hawaii. Stanford Univ. Publ., Univ. Ser. 1-34.
General discussion.
1920. Some botanical and environmental aspects of Hawaii. Ecology 1: 257-269.
General.
1927. Collecting liverworts in Hawaii. Bryologist 30: 97-101.
General.
1928. The Australian element in the Hawaiian flora. Am. Jour. Bot. 15: 215-221.
1928; also in Proc. Third Pan-Pacific Sci. Congr. Tokyo 1: 938-946. 1928.
General for the subject covered.
1932. Some problems of the Hawaiian flora. Science n. ser. 76: 544.
A brief discussion.
1933. The flora of the Hawaiian islands. Quart. Rev. Biol. 8: 164-184.
General ecologic and phytogeographic consideration.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 83
1943. Continental drift and plant distribution. 1-43. 1 f.
Discusses briefly Polynesian and Hawaiian plant distribution, pp. 33-37.
Camus, A,
1922. Notes sur quelques genres des Graminées. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon II. 68:
197-208.
Includes notes on Eulalia and allied genera, and lists New Caledonian species.
1923. Note sur les genres “Lepturus” R. Br. et “Pholiurus” Trinius. Ann, Soc.
Linn. Lyon II. 69: 86-90.
Lists the Polynesian species.
1924. Note sur le genre “Schizachyrium” (Graminées). Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon
II, 70: 87-91.
Lists New Caledonian species.
1928. Sur quelques Graminées de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat.
(Paris) 34: 181-182.
Setaria austro-caledonica and Cymbopogon refractus n. spp.
See also Guillaumin, A., Camus, A., and Tardieu-Blot, M. L.
Camus, E.G.
1913. Les Bambusées. Monographie, biologie, culture, principaux usages. 1-215.
pl. 1-4; Atlas pl. 1-100.
Monographic.
Candolle, A. de
1830 Monographie des Campanulées, i-viii. 1-384. pl. 1-20.
Monographic.
1834. A review of the natural order Myrsinaceae. Trans. Linn. Soc. 17: 95-138.
pl. 4-8.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1841. Second mémoire sur la famille des Myrsinéacées. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. Bot.
16: 65-97. 3 t.
Includes Maesa gaudichaudii, M. lessertiana, and M. sandwicensis from Hawaii.
1844a. Myrsinaceae, DC. Prodr. 8: 75-140.
Monographic.
1844b. Sapotaceae. DC. Prodr. 8: 154-208.
Monographic.
1844c. Ebenaceae. DC. Prodr. 8: 209-243.
Monographic.
1844d. Apocynaceae. DC. Prodr. 8: 317-489.
Monographic.
1845. Loganiaceae. DC. Prodr. 9: 1-37.
Monographic. _
1857a. Myristicaceae. DC. Prodr. 14: 187-208.
Monographic.
1857b. Santalaceae. DC. Prodr. 14: 619-692.
Monographic.
1868a. Cycadaceae. DC. Prodr. 16(2) : 522-547.
Monographic.
1868b. Gunnereae. DC. Prodr. 16(2): 596-600.
Monographic.
1868c. Monimiaceae. DC. Prodr. 16(2): 640-676.
Monographic.
84. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1878. Smilaceae. DC. Monog. Phan, 1: 1-217.
Monographic,
Candolle, A. de, and Candolle, C. de.
1878-1896. Monographiae phanerogamarum Prodromi nunc continuatio nunc
revisio. (Suites au prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis).
1(1878)-9(1896).
A series of monographs, usually cited as ‘“DC. Monog. Phan.” The various groups
covered are listed under their respective authors in this bibliography.
Candolle, A. P. de .
1818-21. Regni vegetabilis systema naturale, sive ordines, genera et species plan-
tarum secundum methodi naturalis normas digestarum et descriptarum,
1; 1-564, 1818; 2: 1-745, 1821.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1824a. Ranunculaceae. DC. Prodr. 1: 2-66.
Monographic.
1824b. Dilleniaceae. DC. Prodr. 1: 67-76.
Monographic,
1824c. Anonaceae. DC. Prodr. 1: 83-94,
Monographic.
1824d. Cruciferae. DC. Prodr. 1: 131-236.
Monographic,
1824e. Capparideae. DC. Prodr. 1: 237-254.
Monographic.
1824f. Malvaceae. DC. Prodr, 1: 429-474,
Monographic.
1824g. Byttneriaceae. DC. Prodr. 1: 481-502.
Monographic.
1824h. Tiliaceae. DC. Prodr, 1: 503-518,
Monographic.
18241. Olacineae. DC. Prodr. 1: 531-534.
Monographic.
1824j. Aurantiaceae. DC. Prodr. 1: 535-540,
Monographic.
1824k. Guttiferae. DC. Prodr. 1: 557-564.
Monographic,
18241. Sapindaceae. DC. Prodr. 1: 601-618.
Monographic,
1824m. Meliaceae. DC. Prodr. 1: 619-626.
Monographic,
1824n. Zygophylleae. DC. Prodr. 1: 703-708.
Monographic,
18240, Rutaceae. DC. Prodr. 1: 709-732,
Monographic,
Candolle, A. P. de, Candolle, A. de, and Candolle, C. de.
1824-74. Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis sive enumeratio con-
tracta ordinum generum specierumque plantarum huc usque cognitarum,
juxta methodi naturalis normas digesta. 1(1824)-17(1873), with Buek’s
index. 1(1842)-4(1874).
A series of monographs usually cited as “DC. Prodr.” The various groups are
indexed here under their respective authors.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS
Candolle, A. P. de
1825a. Celastrineae. DC. Prodr. 2: 1-18.
Monographic.
1825b. Rhamneae. DC Prodr, 2: 19-42.
Monographic,
1825c. Samydeae. DC. Prodr. 2: 47-52.
Monographic,
1825d. Terebinthaceae. DC. Prodr,. 2: 61-92.
Monographic.
1825e. Leguminosae. DC. Prodr. 2: 93-524.
Monographic.
1825f. Rosaceae. DC. Prodr. 2: 525-639.
Monographic.
1828a. Combretaceae. DC. Prodr. 3: 9-24.
Monographic.
1828b. Lythrarieae. DC. Prodr. 3: 75-94.
Monographic.
1828c. Melastomaceae. DC. Prodr. 3: 99-202.
Monographic,
1828d. Myrtaceae. DC. Prodr. 3: 207-296.
Monographic.
1828e. Portulacaceae. DC. Prodr. 3: 351-304.
Monographic,
1830a. Saxifragaceae. DC. Prodr. 4: 1-54.
Monographic.
1830b. Araliaceae. DC, Prodr. 4: 251-266.
Monographic,
1830c. Loranthaceae. DC. Prodr. 4: 277-320.
Monographic.
1830d. Rubiaceae. DC. Prodr. 4: 341-622.
Monographic.
85
1833. Genres nouveaux appartenant a la famille des Composées ou Synantherées.
Arch. Bot. Guillemin 2: 330-334. Reprint 1-6.
Includes descriptions of the new genera, Balbisia and Robinsonia from Juan
Fernandez.
1836-38. Compositae. DC. Prodr. 5: 1-706. 1836; 6: 1-687. 1837; 7: 1-330. 1838.
Monographic.
1839a. Lobeliaceae. DC. Prodr. 7: 339-413.
Monographic.,
1839b. Goodenovieae. DC. Prodr. 7: 502-520.
Monographic.
1839c. Epacrideae, DC. Prodr. 7: 735-771.
Monographic.
1839d. Vaccinieae. DC. Prodr. 7: 552-579.
Monographic.
1841, Mémoire sur la famille des Myrtacées. Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Gen-
éve 9: 301-361. pl. 1-22. Reprint 1-61. pl. 1-22. 1842.
Includes some data on distribution of the family in Polynesia,
1844. Jasmineae. DC. Prodr. 8: 300-316.
Monographic.
86 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1845. Cyrtandraceae.. DC. Prodr. 9: 258-286.
Monographic.
1845-46. Borragineae. DC. Prodr. 9: 466-559. 1845; 10: 1-178. 1846.
Monographic,
Candolle, C. de.
1866. Piperaceae novae. Jour. Bot. 4: 132-147, 161-167, 210-219.
Includes a few new species from Polynesia.
1869. Piperaceae. DC. Prodr. 16(1): 235°-471.
Monographic.
1878. Meliaceae. DC. Monog. Phan, 1: 399-752. pl. 6-9.
Monographic.
1898. Piperaceae novae. Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 2: 252-288.
Includes a few new species from Hawaii and Tahiti.
1903. Meliaceae novae e Nova-Guinea, Samoa et Nova Caledonia. Bull. Herb.
Boiss. II. 3: 161-180.
Includes three new species from Samoa and one from New Caledonia (pp. 178-180).
1906. Meliaceae novae vel iterum lectae et Rutacea nova. Bull. Herb. Boiss. IT.
6: 981-986.
Includes four new Polynesian species.
1908. Trois Peperomia des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 8: 329-330.
Three new species described.
1910. Piperaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse.
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 264-269. 1910. Reprint 3: 90-95. 1910.
Considers some Samoan species.
1912. Piperaceae, Meliaceae: in Hochreutiner, B. P. G., Plantae Hochreutiner-
anae Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 15: 231-235, 245-247,
Includes two new species of Peperomia from Hawaii and Dysoxylum albiforum
n. sp. from Samoa,
1913a, The Hawaiian Peperomias. Coll. Hawaii Bull, 2: 5-38. p/. 1-8.
A general taxonomic treatment.
1913b. Piperaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . . .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 527-532. t. 4. Reprint 5: 85-90. pl. 4.
Includes some Samoan species.
1916. Piperaceae neo-caledonicae. Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich 61: 632-633. Re-
print Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Ziirich 76: 632-633.
Two new species described.
1917. Piperaceae novae. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 6: 482-483.
Peperomia subpallescens n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1920. Piperaceae: in Sarasin, F. & Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 131-133.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
1921. Piperaceae novae e Micronesia et Polynesia allatae. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 502-
506.
Twelve new species described; Peperomia nativitatis was from Christmas Island in
the Indian Ocean.
1923. Piperacearum clavis analytica. Candollea 1: 65-415.
A key with alphabetical list of accepted species, including the Polynesian species,
See also Candolle, A. de, and Candolle, C. de; and Candolle, A. P. de, Candolle,
A. de, and Candolle, C. de.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 87
Cardot, J.
1897. Répertoire sphagnologique. Catalogue alphabétique de toutes les espéces et
variétés du genre Sphagnum avec la synonymie, la bibliographie et le
distribution géographique d’aprés les travaux les plus récents. Soc. Hist.
Nat. Autun Bull. 10: 235-432. Reprint 1-200. 1897.
In all, 228 species recognized.
1908. Notes bryologiques. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 8: 163-174. f. 2-6.
Includes a list of 26 species from New Caledonia, several described as new (pp.
166-172).
1912. Musci: in Hochreutiner, B. P. G., Plantae Hochreutineranae. Ann. Conserv.
Jard. Bot. Genéve 15: 157-177.
A list of 96 species, including some new ones from Hawaii.
1914. Acrocladiopsis Card. genre nouveau de la tribu des Plagiothéciées. Rev.
Bryol. 41: 9.
Includes three species from Hawaii and four from the southern part of South
America.
See also Renault, F., and Cardot, J.
Carl, H.
1931. Die Arttypen und die systematische Gliederung der Gattung Plagiochila
Dum. Ann. Bryol. Suppl. 2: i-viii, 1-170. f. 1-13.
Monographic.
Carne, J. E.
1885. Report on a geological visit to Norfolk Island. Ann, Rept. Dept. Mines
N.S.W. 147.
Includes a list of the flora, furnished by Isaac Robinson, from description by F.
von Mueller. Not seen.
Carpenter, C. W.
1919. Banana freckle or black spot disease. Rep. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta. 1918:
36-40.
1920a. Potato diseases in Hawaii and their control. Bull. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian
Sugar Planters’ Assoc. 45: 1-42. p/. 1-15. f. 1-7.
1920b. Pythium in relation to lahaina disease and pineapple wilt. Hawaiian PI.
Rec. 23: 142-174. f. 1-13.
Includes data on history, experimental work, and control methods.
1921. Morphological studies on the Pythium-like fungi associated with root rot in
Hawaii. Bull. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Bot. Ser. 3:
59-65.
Morphologically identical with Rheosporangium aphanodermatus and Pythiwm butleri.
1928-34. Notes on Pythium root rot. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 32: 107-117, (II) 192-
204. f. 1-3, (III) 279-288; (IV) 461-474. f. 1-6. 1928; (V) 33: 155-
169. f. 1-10. 1929; (VI) 34: 83-98. f. 1-5. 1930; (VII) 38: 279-338.
f. 1-26. 1934.
1940. A chitrid in relation to chloritic streak disease of sugar cane, Hawaiian
Pl. Rec. 44: 19-33. f. I-12.
The organism is similar to Physoderma zeaemaydis. Not seen.
See also Martin, J. P., Carpenter, C. W., and Weller, D. M.
Carpentier,—
1872. Iris Robinsoniana. Rev. Hort. 44: 193-194.
A description of this native of Lord Howe Island.
88 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Carriére, E. A.
1866a. Quelques Eutacta de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Hort. 1866: 392-393.
Horticultural notes on four species.
1866b. Eutacta Rulei polymorpha. Rev. Hort. 1866: 350. f. 41.
Native of New Caledonia.
1874a. Aralia Veitchii. Rev. Hort. 1874: 215-216. f. 28.
Native of New Caledonia.
1874b. Panax sessiliflora. Rev. Hort. 1874: 248. f. 32.
A horticultural note; native of New Caledonia.
1887. Impatiens Hawkeri. Rev. Hort. 1887: 536-537.
Said to be from the South Sea Islands, but actually a native of New Guinea.
1890. Oxera pulchella. Rev. Hort. 1890: 274-275. f. 80.
Native of New Caledonia.
Carruthers, W.
1869. Filices: in Seemann, B., Flora Vitiensis. 331-378.
A general descriptive consideration of the then-known species.
Carter, N.
1922. Freshwater algae [of New Caledonia]. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 46: 47-68.
bl. 4. f. 1.
Includes the descriptions of some new species.
Carter, W.
1939. Geographical distribution of yellow spot of pineapples. Phytopath. 29:
285-287. f. 1.
Concerns its distribution in Polynesia.
Caruel, T.
1881. Philydraceae. DC. Monog. Phan. 3: 1-6.
Monographic,
Cash, E. K.
1938. New records of Hawaiian Discomycetes. Mycologia 30: 97-107. f. 1-6
Notes on 35 species, six new in Schisorylon, Stictis, Scleroderris, Orbilia, Mollisia,
and Lachnum,
See also Stevenson, J. A., and Cash, E. K.
Castle, H.
1937-39. A revision of the genus Radula. Introduction and part I. Subgenus
Cladoradula. Ann, Bryol. 9: 13-56. f. 1-15. 1937; Part II. Subgenus
Acroradula, 12: 21-47. f. 1-10. 1939.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Castracane degli Antelminelli, F.
1886. Report on the Diatomaceae collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the
years 1873-1876. Rep. Voy. H. M. S. Challenger, Botany 2: i-iii. 1-178.
pl. 1-30.
Includes the descriptions of many new species from Polynesia.
Caum, E. L.
1918. A new weed. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 19: 347-349. 1 f.
Convolvulus arvensis,
1919. A new cane disease. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 20: 275-279. f. 1-7.
Phyllosticta hawatiensis n. sp.
1920. Diseases of the cane plant. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 22: 107-118.
General notes on various important diseases of the sugarcane,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 89
1921. A contribution to a check list of sugar cane fungi. Bull. Exp, Sta. Hawaiian
Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Bot. Ser. 3: 66-97. f. 1-4.
A critical list of the known species.
1930a. Notes on the flora of Molokini. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 9(1): 15-18. pl. 1-3.
f. 1.
A list with notes.
1930b. New Hawaiian plants. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 9(5): 1-30. pl. 1-5. f. 1-2.
Twelve new species and varieties described, including 5 new species of Pritchardia.
1933a. Notes on Pteralyxia. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus, 10(8): 1-24. pl. 1-14. f. 1-2.
P. macrocarpa and P. kauaiensis n. spp. from Hawaii.
1933b. The bindweed. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 37: 19-25. f. 1-3.
Convolvulus arvensis.
1936. Notes on the flora and fauna of Lehua and Kaula Islands. Bishop Mus.
Occ. Pap. 11(21): 1-17. pl. 1-3. f. 1.
Lists 35 species of plants, with notes, from these small islands of the Hawaiian
group.
Caum, E. L., and Hosaka, E. Y.
1936. A new species of Schiedea. Bishop Mus. Occ. Pap. 11(23): 1-5. f. 1.
S. kealiae n, sp. from Oahu, Hawaiian islands,
Caum, E, L., and Martin, J. P.
1936-37. Yams for Hawaiian gardens. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 40: 171-182. f. 1-16.
1936; (II) 41: 13-15. f. 1-5. 1937.
A consideration of a few exotic cultivated species,
Caum, E. L.
1940. A devastating weed. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 44: 243-249. f. 1-11.
Mikania micrantha,
See also Christophersen, E., and Caum, E. L.
Cavanilles, A. J.
1791-1801. Icones et descriptiones plantarum, quae aut sponte in Hispania crescunt
aut in hortis hospitantur. 1: [1-4] 1-67. pl. 1-100. 1791; 2: [1-4] 1-79. pl.
101-200. 1793; 3: i-x, [1-4], 1-54. pl. 201-300; 1794; 4: 1-82. pl. 301-400.
1797; 5: i-iv, 1-74. pl. 401-500 bis. 1799; 6: 1-97. pl. 501-600. 1801.
Includes illustrations and descriptions of a few species from the Marianas Islands.
1801. Del género Ugena. Anal. Cienc. Nat. 4: 249-256. pl. 37.
Includes U. semihastata and U. dichotoma from Guam,
1801-02. Descripcién de las plantas que D. Antonio Josef Cavanilles demostré en
las lecciones ptiblicas del afio 1801, precedida de los principios elementales
de la botanica, i-cxxxvi, 1-625.
Includes descriptions of a few species from the Marianas Islands, Republished
in 1827 with same pagination as the original edition. Pp. 1-264 of the original
edition published in 1801, the remainder in 1802,
Chamberlain, J. E.
1880. The algae of the Hawaiian islands, Hawaiian Annual (1881) 7: 32-33.
Lists 112 species.
Chamisso, L. C. A. von
1821. Bemerkungen und Ansichten: in Kotzebue, O. von, Entdeckungs-Reise in
die Siid-See und nach der Berings-Strasse zur Erforschung einer
nordéstlichen Durchfahrt. Unternommen in den Jahren 1815, 1816,
90 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1817 und 1818 auf Kosten Sr. Erlaucht des Herrn Reichs-Kanzlers
Grafen Rumanzoff auf dem Schiffe Rurick. 3: 1-179.
Includes references to the vegetation of Hawaii, the Caroline, and Marianas
Islands. An English edition of Kotzebue’s voyage appeared in 1821, in three volumes
under the title: “A Voyage of Discovery into the South Seas and Bering’s Straits,
for the Purpose of Exploring a Northeast Passage, Undertaken in the Years 1815-1818.”
Chamisso, L. C. A. von, and Schlechtendal, D. von
1826-35. De plantis in expeditione speculatoria Romanzoffiana observatis ra-
tionem dicunt, Linnaea 1: 1-73. pl. 1-2, 165-226. pl. 4, 333-405. pl. 5,
511-570. 1826; 2: 1-37, 145-233. pl. 4-6, 345-379, 541-611. 1827; 3: 1-63,
115-141, 199-233, 309-377. pl. 3. 1828; 4: 1-42, 129-202, 435-508. pl. 5,
1829; 5: 43-59, 1830; 6: 76-170. pl. 1-2, 209-260, 501-592. pl. 6-7. 1831;
7: 105-128, 207-272. pl. 5-6, 364-379, 542-560, 653-726. 1832; 8: 169-228.
pl. 4. 1833; 9: 368-402, 428-460. 1834; 10: 32-50, 217-218, 582-603. 1835.
Includes the descriptions of various new species from Hawaii and Guam. The title
varies,
Chamisso, L. C. A. von
1830. Notices respecting the botany of certain countries visited by the Russian
voyage of discovery under the command of Capt. Kotzebue. Bot. Miscel.
Hook. 1: 305-323.
Includes data on Hawaii and the Caroline and Marianas Islands, apparently taken
from the English edition of Kotzebue’s voyage mentioned above.
1836. Reise um die Welt mit der Romanzoffischen Entdeckungs-Expedition in den
Jahren 1815-1818 auf der Brigg Rurik, Kapitain Otto von Kotzebue.
(Tagebuch, Bemerkungen, und Ansichten). 1: 1-436; 2: 1-396. illus.
This forms volumes 1 and 2 of a collected edition of Chamisso’s works, volume 2
being mainly a reprint of Chamisso, L. C. A. von, 1821,
1862. Remarks and opinions respecting the Sandwich Islands. Friend 19: 9-11,
14-16.
Extracted from Kotzebue’s voyage, including notes on the vegetation; see
Chamisso, L. C. A. von, 1821.
Chaney, G. L.
1880. ‘“Alé ha!” A Hawaiian salutation, i-ix, 1-299. pl. 1-3. map.
Includes scattered notes on Hawaiian ferns and fern collecting.
Chase, A.
1938. The carpet grasses. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 28: 178-182, f. 1-2.
Records the North American Aronopus affinis n. sp, as an introduced species in
Hawaii.
Chase, F. M.
1942. Useful algae. Smithsonian Rep. 1941: 401-452. pl. 1-9.
Includes data on edible algae from Hawaii, pp. 421-423.
Cheel, E.
1906. Bibliography of Australian, New Zealand and South Sea Islands lichens
(second paper). Jour. Proc, Roy. Soc. N. S. W. 40: 141-154.
Includes various titles appertaining to Polynesian lichens.
1912-14. Australian and South Sea Islands Stictaceae. I. Australas. Assoc. Adv.
Sci. 13: 254-270. 1912; (II) 14: 311-320.
Includes some species from New Caledonia, Samoa, and Lord Howe Islands.
Cheeseman, T. F.
1888. On the flora of the Kermadec Islands. Trans. Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 20:
151-181.
A critical enumeration with notes.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 91
1903. The flora of Raratonga, the chief island of the Cook group. Trans, Linn.
Soc. II. Bot. 6: 261-313. pl. 31-35. map.
An enumeration with the descriptions of new species.
Cheney, R. H.
1925. Coffee, a monograph of the economic species of the genus Coffea L. i-xvii,
1-244. f. 1-77.
Monographic.
Chevalier, A.
1931. La culture du caféier en Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Bot. Appl. 11: 174-176.
Includes notes on the cultivation of various species.
1937. Plantes ichtyotoxiques des genres Tephrosia et Mundulea. Leur dispersion,
leur culture et leurs propriétés insecticides. Rev. Bot. Appl. Agr. Trop.
17: 9-27.
Includes Tephrosia purpurea from Polynesia.
1939. Sur quelques types de Gossypium de l’herbier du muséum de Paris. Rev.
Bot. Appl. Agr. Trop. 19: 537-551. pl. 11-16.
Includes a photographic reproduction of what is probably a cotype of G. taitense
from Tahiti.
1940. L’arbre 4 pain et ses congénéres. Leur culture, leur utilisation, leur mul-
tiplication dans nos colonies tropicales, leur étude. Rev. Bot. Appl. Agr.
Trop. 20; 25-38.
Artocarpus communis, native of the Pacific Islands.
Child, M.
1932, The genus Daldinia. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 19: 429-496. pl. 26-33. f. 1-4.
Includes Polynesian species.
Ching, R. C.
1933. The studies of Chinese ferns IX. Bull. Fan Mem. Inst. Biol. 4: 47-113,
115-116 (Chinese résumé).
Contains the new name Lepisorus elongatus (p. 89) for the Hawaiian Pleopeltis
elongata.
1934. A revision of the compound leaved Polysticha and other related species in
the continental Asia including Japan and Formosa. Sinensia 5: 23-91.
pl. 1-18, f, 1-2.
Includes nomenclatural transfers for a few Polynesian species.
1936. On the genera Stegnogramma BI. and Leptogramma J. Sm. Sinensia 7:
89-112. f. 1-9.
Includes L. africana n. comb., the species extending to Polynesia.
1936-38. A revision of the Chinese and Sikkim-Himalayan Dryopteris with
reference to some species from neighbouring regions. Bull. Fan Mem.
Inst. Biol. 6: 237-352. 1936; 8: 157-268, 275-334. pl. 6-7, 363-507. 1938.
Includes some nomenclatural changes for Polynesian species in genera segregated
from Dryopteris,
1940a, On natural classification of the family “Polypodiaceae.” Sunyat. 5: 201-
268. J chart.
Contains many new binomials in such genera as Goniopteris, Struthiopteris, Ctenitis,
Haplodictyum, Lepidogrammatis, Myrmecophila, Selliguea, Colysis, and Campyloneurum
some of which appertain to Polynesian species. The “Polypodiaceae” is divided into
33 families, with key.
1940b. On the genus Gleichenia Smith. Sunyat. 5: 269-288.
Five genera recognized, Dicranopteris, Gleichenella, Hicriopteris, Sticherus, and
Calymella, with many new binomials, some for Polynesian species.
92 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Chiovenda, E.
1923. La culla del Cocco (Contributo alla ricerca della patria originaria della
Palma del Cocco). Webbia 5: 359-449.
A general consideration of the place of origin of Cocos nucifera,
Chodat, R.
1890-93. Monographia Polygalacearum. Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve Vol.
Suppl. 1890(7): 1-143. pl. 1-12. 1891; 31(2): i-xii, 1-500. pl. 13-35.
1893.
Monographic,
Choisy, J. D.
1833. Convolvulaceae orientales nempe Indicae, Napaulenses, Birmannicae, Chi-
nenses, Japonicae nec non et quaedam Australasicae, pleraeque in ditissim-
is Brittan. societatis Indiae-orientalis herbariis observatae et descriptae;
celeberrimi Wallichii catalogo comparatae, et gallica- praefatione de
generibus intra Convolvulaceas admittendis comitatae. Mém. Soc. Phys.
Hist. Nat. Genéve 6: 383-502. pl. 1-6. Reprint 1-120, 1-7. pl. 1-6. 1834.
Includes data on some Polynesian species; see also next entry.
1837. De Convolvulaceis dissertatio secunda, complectens recensionem generum
Batatas, Exogonium, Jacquemontia, Evolvulus, nec non et paucas
spectabiles species intra genera Ipomaea, Aniseia et Breweria excerptas.
Mém. Soc, Phys, Hist. Nat. Genéve 8: 43-86. pl. 1-4. Reprinted as a
part of his “Convolvulaceae orientales,” pp. 121-164. pl. 1-4. 1837.
1841. De Convolvulaceis dissertatio tertia, complectens Cuscutarum hucusque
cognitarum methodicam enumerationem et descriptionem, necnon et
brevem gallicam de Cuscutis praefationem. Mém Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat.
Genéve 9: 261-288. pl. 1-5.
Includes Cuscuta sandwichiana n. sp. from Hawaii.
1845. Convolvulaceae. DC. Prodr. 9: 323-462.
Monographic.
1846. Hydroleaceae. DC, Prodr. 10: 179-185.
Monographic,
1849. Nyctaginaceae. DC. Prodr. 13(2) : 425-458.
Monographic.
1855. Mémoire sur les familles des Ternstroemiacées et Camelliacées. Mém. Soc.
Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve 14: 91-186. t. 1-3. Reprint 1-98. pl. 1-3.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Chou, R. C.-Y.
1945. Pacific species of Galaxaura. JI. Asexual types. Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci.
Pt. I. Bot. & For. 30: 35-56, t, 1-11. f. 1-2. (1944.).
Twelve species considered in detail, several from Polynesia.
Christ, H.
1893. Les différentes formes de Polystichum aculeatum (L. sub. Polypodio,) leur
groupement et leur dispersion, y compris les variétés exotiques. Ber.
Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 3: 26-48.
Includes some Polynesian forms.
1897. Die Farnkrauter der Erde. Beschreibende Darstellung der Geschlechter
und wichtigeren Arten der Farnpflanzen mit besonderer Beriicksichti-
gung der Exotischen. i-xii, 1-388. 291 f.
General discussion; mentions many Polynesian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 93
1899a, Enumération de quelques fougéres de l’herbier Delessert, II. Filices a cl.
Germain in Nova Caledonia lectae. Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 3:
31-32.
Lists 14 species.
1899b. Monographie des genus Elaphoglossum. Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Ges,
Naturwiss. 36: 1-159. pl. 1-4. f. 1-79.
Monographic.
1910. Die Geographie der Farne. 1-357. 1 pl. f. 1-129. maps 1-3.
General.
1912. Filices: in Hochreutiner, B. P. G., Plantae Hochreutineranae, Ann. Con-
serv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 15: 178-222.
An enumeration of 224 species, some from Hawaii and Samoa.
Christensen, C.
1905-34. Index Filicum sive enumeratio omnium generum specierumque Filicum et
Hydropteridum ab anno 1753 ad finem anni 1905 descriptorum, adjectis
synonymis principalibus, area geographica. . . i-lix, 1-744. 1905-06;
Supplement 1906-12. 1-131. 1913; Supplement préliminaire pour les
années 1913, 1914, 1915, 1916. 1-60. 1917; Supplement tertium. 1-219.
1934.
A comprehensive index to all published binomials; bibliography.
1910a. Ueber einige Farne in O. Swartz’ Herbarium. Arkiv Bot. 9(11): 1-46.
pl. 1-5. 13 f.
Pp. 37-43, ‘‘Von Cavanilles beschriebene Arten,’’ include several Polynesian species.
1910b. On some species of ferns collected by Dr. Carl Skottsberg in temperate
South America. Arkiv Bot. 10(2): 1-32. pl. 1. f. 1-4.
Includes five species from Juan Fernandez.
1920. Bregner fra Raekke Juan Fernandez, samlet af Prof. Carl Skottsberg. Bot.
Tidsskr. 37: 148-151.
Includes tabulated data on the number of species of pteridophytes and phanerogams
occurring in various oceanic islands including Juan Fernandez, Tonga, Rarotonga,
and Hawaii.
Christensen, C., and Skottsberg, C.
1920a. The Pteridophyta of the Juan Fernandez Islands: in Skottsberg, C., The
natural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany 1-46.
pl. 1-5. f. 1-7.
A list with notes and the descriptions of new species.
1920b. The ferns of Easter Island: in Skottsberg, C., The natural history of Juan
Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany 47-53. f. 1-3.
A list, with notes, including Doodia paschalis n. sp.
Christensen, C.
1925a. Revised list of Hawaiian Pteridophyta. Bishop Mus. Bull. 25: 1-30.
Lists 159 species with critical notes.
1925b. Filices neocaledoniae. Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ztirich 70: 221-224.
Includes descriptions of five new species and one variety.
1929a. On some ferns from New Caledonia: in Daniker, A. U., Ergebnisse der
Reise nach Neu-Caledonia. Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich 74: 55-62. Re-
print, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Ziirich 130: 55-62, 1929,
An enumeration, including Cheilanthes daenikeri n. sp.
700080—47—7
94 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1929b. Taxonomic fern-studies. I. Revision of the polypodioid genera with longi-
tudinal coenosori (Cochlidiinae and “Drymoglossinae”) ; with a discus-
sion of their phylogeny. Dansk Bot. Arkiv. 6(3): 1-93. pl. 1-13. f. 1.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1930, The genus Cyrtomium. Am. Fern Jour, 20: 41-52.
Includes the Hawaiian species.
1932, Pteridophyten (Mit Ausnahme der Selaginellen): in Daniker, A. U.,
Ergebnisse der Reise von Dr. A. U. Daniker nach Neu-Caledonien und
den Loyalty-Inseln, 4. Katalog der Pteridophyta und Embryophyta
siphonogama. Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich 77: Beibl. 19: 8-42. Reprint,
Mitt. Bot. Mus. Ztirich 142: 1-42.
A critical enumeration with the descriptions of a few new species.
1937a. Taxonomic fern-studies III. Revision of the genera and species of ferns
described by A. J. Cavanilles, Dansk Bot. Arkiv 9(3): 3-32. pl. 1-4.
f. 1.
Includes critical notes on various Marianas Islands genera and species originally
described by Cavanilles.
1937b. Taxonomic fern-studies V. Descriptions of 36 new species of ferns.
Dansk Bot. Arkiv 9(3): 53-73. pl. 5-6.
Includes Adiantum palaoense n. sp. from the Palau Islands.
1939. Two new ferns from Oceania. Kew Bull. 1939: 28-29.
Includes Blechnum (Lomaria) phanerophiebium from Fiji.
1941. A brief analysis of the fern flora of Samoa. Proc. Sixth Pacific Sci.
Congr. 4: 655.
A brief summary.
1943. A revision of the Pteridophyta of Samoa. Bishop Mus. Bull. 117: 1-138.
pl. 14.
In all, 63 genera and 218 species recognized; a few described as new. Includes
keys to the species in some genera, synonymy, and critical notes.
Christian, F. W.
1897. Notes from the Caroline Islands. Jour. Polynes. Soc. 6: 187-200.
Includes a list of vernacular names of Ponape plants and of varieties of breadfruit.
1899. The Caroline Islands. Travel in the sea of little islands. i-xii, 1-412.
A very full account of travels and observations in the Carolines during 1896-1897,
during which the author visitéd and described practically every group in the Archi-
pelago. Appendices include lists of native diseases, plants, fishes, insects, birds, and
mammals, with their native names,
Christmann, G. F. See Panzer, G. W. F., 1783.
Christophersen, E.
1927a. Vegetation of Pacific equatorial islands. Bishop Mus. Bull. 44: 1-79. pl.
1-7. f. 1-13.
List with notes and extensive ecological data on the plants of Christmas, Cook,
Jarvis, Fanning, Palmyra, Baker, and Howland Islands.
1927b. Dyreliv og planteliv stillchavets koraléer. Naturen 51: 132-149. f. 1-10.
Includes notes on various plants.
1930. A few remarks on Joinvillea. Proc. Hawaii Acad. Sci. Bishop Mus. Spec.
Publ. 16: 14.
Brief notes.
Christophersen, E.
193la. Wikstroemia sericea sp. nov.: in Wilder, G. P., Flora of Rarotonga.
Bishop Mus. Bull. 86: 78. pi. 6.
From Mangatea.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 95
1931b. Notes on Joinvillea. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 9(12): 1-7. pl. 1.
A critical consideration of the Hawaiian species, thought to be J. gatdichaudii
Brongn. & Gris.
193lc. Vascular plants of Johnston and Wake Islands. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus.
9(13): 1-20. f. 1-5. maps 1-3.
General description of vegetation and a critical enumeration of the species.
Christophersen, E., and Caum, E. L.
1931. Vascular plants of the Leeward Islands, Hawaii. Bishop Mus. Bull. 81:
1-41. pl. 1-6. f. 1-3.
General description of vegetation; critical enumeration of species; some species and
varieties described as new.
Christophersen, E.
1934a. A new Hawaiian Abutilon. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus, 10(15): 1-7. f. 1.
A. sandwicense welchii n. var, and A, eremitopetalum n. name (A. cryptopetalum).
1934b. Botanical exploration of Samoa. Proc. Fifth Pacific Sci. Congr. 4: 3325-
3327.
A summary of accomplishments from 1787 to 1933.
1935-38. Flowering plants of Samoa. Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 1-221. f. 1-32.
1935; (II) 154: 1-77. pl. 1-3. f. 1-21. 1938.
An extensive enumeration with descriptions of new species, literature citations,
notes, native names, and a bibliography.
See also Setchell, W. A., and Christophersen, E.
Chung, H. L., and Ripperton, J. C.
1929. Utilization and composition of oriental vegetables in Hawaii. Hawaiian
Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 60: 1-64. f. 1-52.
Discusses various introduced oriental species used for food in Hawaii.
Clark, J. J.
1913. Agathis vitiensis. Bot. Mag. 139: pl. 8512.
Native of Fiji.
Clarke, C. B.
1881. Commelinaceae. DC. Monog. Phan. 3: 113-324. pl. 1-8.
Monographic.
1883a. Cyrtandreae. DC. Monog. Phan. 5: 1-303. pl. 1-32.
Monographic.
1883b. On Hemicarex, Benth., and its allies. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 374-403.
pl. 30.
Includes Uncinia douglassi from Juan Fernandez.
1884, On the Indian species of Cyperus; with remarks on some others that spe-
cially illustrate the subdivisions of the genus. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 21:
1-202. pl. 1-4.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1898. On the subareas of British India, illustrated by the detailed distribution
of the Cyperaceae in that empire. Jour. Linn. Soc, Bot. 34: 1-146, pl. 1.
Includes the Polynesian range of various species.
1901. Cyperaceae (praeter Caricinas) Chilenses. Bot. Jahrb. 30: Beibl. 68: 1-44.
Includes a few Juan Fernandez species.
1908. New genera and species of Cyperaceae. Kew. Bull. Add, Ser. 8: i-iv, 1-196.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1909. Illustrations of Cyperaceae. i-iv, [1-2]. pl. 1-144.
Includes some Polynesian species; no descriptions.
96 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Clarke, F. L.
1875. Decadence of Hawaiian forests. Hawaiian Annual 1: 19-20.
General observations,
Clausen, R. T.
1938a. A monograph of Ophioglossaceae. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 19: 1-177. f.
1-33.
Monographic, including the few known Polynesian species.
1938b, Ophioglossum petiolatum Hooker, Am. Fern Jour. 28: 1-11. pl. 1-3.
Recorded from Samoa, Fiji, and New Caledonia; full synonymy.
1945. A botanical study of the yam beans (Pachyrrhizus). Cornell Univ, Agr.
Exp. Sta. Mem. 264: 1-38. f. 1-13.
Monographic, six species recognized. P. erosus recorded from Hawaii and Guam
(introduced).
Clements, F. E., and Shear, C. L.
1931. The genera of fungi. i-iv. 1-496. pl. 1-58.
Primarily a key to the genera of fungi, with a systematic list of recognized genera
by natural groups, bibliography, glossary, and index,
Clinton, G. P.
1902. North American Ustilagineae. Jour. Myc. 8: 128-156.
Includes Sphacelotheca monilifera nom. nov., native of Hawaii.
Clos, D.
1855. Monographie de la famille des Flacourtianées. Ann. Sci, Nat. IV. Bot. 4:
326-387,
Includes the few Polynesian species,
1857. Revision des genres et des espéces appartenant a la famille des Flacourti-
anées, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 8: 209-274,
Includes the few Polynesian species.
Cobb, N. A.
1906. Fungus maladies of the sugar cane. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Exp. Sta.
Diy. Path. Phys, Bull. 5: 1-254. pl. 1-7. f. 1-102.
Discusses various fungus diseases and their causative agents, including Ithyphallus
coralloides, Microsphaerella striatiformans, and Clathrus trilobatus, spp. nov.
1907. Notes on some diseases of the pineapple. Hawaiian For. Agr. 4: 123-144.
f. 1-9.
Discusses various fungi causing diseases of the pineapple.
1909. Fungus maladies of the sugar cane. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Exp. Sta.
Div. Path. Phys. Bull. 6: 1-110. pl. 1-7. f. 1-64.
Discusses fungi causing disease.
Cogniaux, A.
1881. Cucurbitaceae, DC. Monog. Phan. 3: 325-954.
Monographic.
1891. Melastomaceae. DC. Monog. Phan. 7: 1-1256.
Monographic.
1908. Deux Cucurbitacées nouvelles des iles Samoa. Repert. Nov. Sp. 5: 257-258.
Melothria rechingeri and M. carnosula n. spp.
1910. Cucurbitaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse .. .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 379-382. f. 30. Reprint 3: 205-208,
An enumeration.
1916. Cucurbitaceae-Fevilleae et Melothrieae. Pflanzenr. 66(IV. 275. I): 1-277.
f. 1-65.
Monographic,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 97
Cogniaux, A., and Harms, H.
1924. Cucurbitaceae-Cucurbiteae-Cucumerinae. Pflanzenr. 88(IV. 275. II):
1-246. f. 1-26.
Monographic.
Colby, J. A.
1934. Plant hunting in Polynesia. Gard. Chron. Am. 38: 328-330. 4 f.
A very popular account.
Colla, L.
1833-36. Plantae rariores in regionibus Chilensibus a clarissimo M. D. Bertero
nuper detectae et ab A. Colla in lucem editae. Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino
37: 41-85. pl. 1-20. 1833; 38: 1-42, 117-141. pl. 2147. 1835; 39: 1-55. pl.
48-75. 1836.
Includes some Juan Fernandez species.
1833-37. Herbarium Pedemontanum juxta methodum naturalem dispositum addi-
tis nonnullis stirpibus exoticis ad universos ejusdem methodi ordines ex-
hibendos. 1: i-ix, 1-566. 1833; 2: 1-557. 1834; 3: 1-587. 1834; 4: 1-592.
1835; 5: 1-571. 1836; 6: 1-606. 1836; 7: 672. 1837; 8: 1-102. pl. 1-98.
1837.
Contains a few Juan Fernandez species.
Collins, F. S.
1912. The botanical and other papers of the Wilkes Exploring Expedition. Rho-
dora 14: 57-68.
Bibliographic.
Collins, T. L.
1937. Wild pineapples in Hawaii. Parad. Pacific. 49(2): 4, 25. 1 f.
Ananas microstachys, A. microcephalus, and A. bracteatus are recognized, all intro-
duced.
Compton, R. H.
1922, A systematic account of the plants collected in New Caledonia and the Isle
of Pines by R. H. Compton, M.A., in 1914, Part II. Gymnosperms
and cryptogams [ferns and mosses]. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 421-466.
pl. 26-27.
An enumeration with notes and the descriptions of new species, Musci by I.
Théridt. See Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, 8S. le M., 1921-22,
for part 1.
Cook, M. T.
1935. Host index of virus diseases of plants. Jour. Univ. Puerto Rico 19: 315-
406.
Includes some Polynesian references. Supplemented by “Index to the Vectors of
Virus Diseases of Plants” (pp. 407-420).
See also Otero, J. J., and Cook, M. T.
Cook, O. F.
1915, Glaucothea, a new genus of palms from Lower California. Jour. Washing-
ton Acad. Sci. 5: 236-241.
Styloma is proposed as a new generic name for Pritchardia and 16 Polynesian
binomials are transferred (—Expritchardia).
1926. A new genus of palms based on Kentia forsteriana. Jour. Washington
Acad. Sci. 16: 392-397.
Denea forsteriana, native of Lord Howe Island.
98 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL. HERBARIUM
1927, Kentia palms in California, South Pacific Islands palms adapted to coast
conditions. Jour. Hered. 18: 397-419. f. 16-25.
Includes botanical and historical data on some species of Howea and DVenea natives
of Lord Howe Island.
Cooke, J. C. M.
1907, The Hawaiian Hepaticae of the tribe Trigonantheae. Trans. Connect.
Acad. 12: 1-44, pl. 1-15.
Includes the descriptions of various new species.
Cooke, M. C.
1878. Enumeration of Polyporus. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb, 13: 131-159.
A list including some Polynesian species.
1885. Some exotic fungi. Grevillea 14: 11-14.
Includes Sphaerella trichomanes n. sp. from Samoa.
1889. Omitted diagnoses [of fungi]. Grevillea 17: 65-69.
Includes Goniothecium subglobosum n, sp. from Rarotonga.
Cooley, M. E.
1940. The exploring expedition in the Pacific. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 82: 707-719.
f. 1-2.
Refers to the Wilkes Exploring Expedition, giving data regarding the places
visited.
Copeland, E. B.
1911. Cyatheae species novae orientales. Philip. Jour. Sci. 6: Bot. 359-364.
Includes three new species of Cyathea from Samoa. ’
1914. Hawaiian ferns collected by M. l’Abbé U. Faurie. Philip. Jour. Sci. 9:
Bot. 435-441.
Seven new species described.
1916. Hawaiian ferns collected by J. F. Rock. Philip. Jour. Sci. 11: Bot. 171-173.
Five new species described.
1928. Leptochilus and genera confused with it. Philip. Jour. Sci. 37: 333-416.
pl. 1-32, f. 1-52,
Includes various Polynesian species of Campium, several described as new.
1929a. Ferns of Fiji. Bishop Mus. Bull. 59: 1-105. pl. 1-5.
A general manual with keys and descriptions; the first part includes descriptions
of 23 new species.
1929b. Pteridophyta Novae Caledoniae. Univ. Calif, Publ. Bot. 14: 353-369.
Includes descriptions of some new species and notes on others.
1929c. The oriental genera of Polypodiaceae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 16: 45-128,
A general consideration of the genera and their limits.
193la. Pteridophytes collected for the Arnold Arboretum on Vanikoro, Santa Cruz
Islands, by S. F. Kajewski. Jour. Arnold Arb, 12: 46-49.
Includes the descriptions of four new species.
1931b. Rarotonga ferns, collected by Harold E. and Susan Thew Parks, Univ.
Calif. Publ. Bot. 12: 375-381.
Includes several new species.
1931c. Miscellaneous oriental pteridophytes. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 12: 383-418.
pl. 49-54.
Includes some new species from Polynesia.
1932a. Pteridophytes of the Society Islands, Bishop Mus. Bull. 93: 1-86. pl. 1-16.
f. 1-3.
A descriptive account with keys; the first part includes descriptions of 21 new
species,
MERRILL——-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 99
1932b. Pteridophyta: in Guillaumin, A., Contribution to the flora of the New Heb-
rides. Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 118-126.
An enumeration.
1933. Trichomanes, Philip. Jour. Sci. 51: 119-280. pl. 1-61.
A monographic treatment of the Old World species.
1938a. Ferns of southeastern Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 14: 45-101. pi.
1-25,
An enumeration with notes and with descriptions of 25 new species.
1938b. Hymenophyllum. Philip. Jour. Sci. 64: 1-188. pl. 1-89. 1937 [1938].
A general revision of the Old World species including those of Polynesia, about
130 species recognized.
1938c. Genera Hymenophyllacearum. Philip. Jour. Sci. 67: 1-110. pi. 1-11.
Thirty-three genera recognized, with many new combinations for Polynesian species.
1939a. New or interesting ferns from Micronesia, Fiji, and Samoa. Occ. Pap.
Bishop Mus. 15: 79-92. f. 1-9.
Notes on various species, with new ones in Cyathea, Athyrium, Tapeinidium, Pteris,
Calymmodon, Grammitis, and Goniophlebium.
1939b. Fern evolution in Antarctica. Philip. Jour. Sci. 70: 157-189. f. 1-2.
Includes data on the distribution of ferns in Polynesia.
1940. Three Polynesian ferns. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 16: 77-79. f. 1.
Gonocormus samoensis n. sp. and Polypodium lepidum from Samoa and Selliguea
feei from the Marquesas Islands.
1941a. Antarctica as the source of existing ferns. Proc. Sixth Pacific Sci. Congr.
4: 625-627.
A brief discussion with some mention of Polynesia.
1941b. Comment on natural classification of the family Polypodiaceae by R. C.
Ching. Sunyat. 6: 159-177.
A general discussion.
Cordemoy, C. J. de
1862-63 Monographie du groupe des Chloranthacées. Adansonia 3: 280-288.
1862; 289-310. 1863.
Includes the then-known Polynesian species.
1899. Gommes, résines d’origine exotique et végétaux que les produisent, particu-
liérement dans les colonies frangaises. Ann. Inst, Colon. Marseille 6(2) :
i-ix, 1-312. f. 1-47.
Includes various Polynesian species and ‘Les Dammara de la Nouvelle Calédonie,”
pp. 135-142.
Cornu, M.
1865, La végétation 4 la Nouvelle-Calédonie, les plantes étrangéres et les plantes
indigénes. Rev. Sci. Fr. 3: 17-18.
Not seen.
Coster, S. E. H.
1938. Notes on taro, sweet potato and banana growing. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9(4):
24-28.
Chiefly agricultural.
Cotton, A. D.
1914. The genus Atichia. Kew Bull. 1914: 54-63. 1 f.
Includes some Polynesian species.
100 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1920. Lichenes (Nachtrag): in Sarasin, F. & Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot.
1: 109.
Four species listed.
See also Wakefield, E. M., Massee, G., and Cotton, A. D.
Courtet, H.
1909. La patate douce (Batatas edulis) et les Polynésiens. Bull. Soc. Nat. Acclim.
France 56: 186-191.
Brief historical data and notes on vernacular names,
Cox, L. M.
1926. The Island of Guam. Ed. 4, 1-82, illus., 1 map.
Includes a few data on economic plants. First issued in 1904 in the Bull. Am.
Geogr, Soc. 36: 385-395. 5 f. 1 map; revised editions in 1911, 1916 and 1926, the
latter edited by Mrs. Allen H. White. [Earlier editions not seen. Issued by the
Naval Government of Guam.
Cranwell, L. M.
1933. Flora of Manikiki, Cook Group. Rec, Aukl. Mus. 1: 169-171.
A short list.
Cranwell, L. M., and others.
1943. Food is where you find it. A guide to emergency foods of the western
Pacific. 1-72. illus.
Published by the Auckland Institute and Museum; contains many data regarding
available food plants of the western Pacific region.
Crawford, D. L.
1937. Hawaii’s crop parade. A review of useful products derived from the soil
in the Hawaiian Islands, past and present. 1-305.
Includes many data on native and introduced species, especially those of economic
importance.
Credner, A. von
1888. Oxera pulchella Labill. Moller’s Deutsch. Gart.-Zeit, 3: 209-210. 1 f.
Native of New Caledonia.
Cretzoiu, P.
1934. Miscellanea systematica et phytogeografica, III. Repert. Sp. Nov. 36: 265-
269.
Lists a few species of phanerogams from the New Hebrides, Samoa, and New
Caledonia.
1941, Pflanzengeographische und nomenklatorische Mitteilungen iiber asiatische
und australische Pflanzenarten (I). Jour. Jap. Bot. 17: 406-409. text
maps 1-3.
Includes Hybanthus caledonicus n. comb., native of New Caledonia and Loyalty
Islands,
Crié, L.
1874. Coup d’oeil sur la végetation fongine de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc.
Linn. Normandie II 8: 442-451.
Notes on various species,
1889. Paléontologie des Colonies frangaises et des pays de Protectorat (Exposi-
tion universelle de Paris, 1889)
Not seen; cited by Guillaumin.
Croizat, L.
1938. Notes on Euphorbiaceae, with a new genus and a new subtribe of the
Euphorbieae. Philip. Jour. Sci. 64: 397-411. pl. 1. f. 1.
Includes Neoguillauminia n. gen. from New Caledonia, based on Euphorbia cleopatra.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 101
1941a. A discussion of new and critical synonymy. Jour. Arnold Arb. 22: 133-
142.
Lobelia gaudichaudii var. typica St. John & Hosaka, native of Hawaii, cited as
a synonym of L. gaudichaudii A. DC.
1941b. The tribe Plukenetiinae of the Euphorbiaceae in eastern tropical Asia.
Jour. Arnold Arb. 22: 417-431.
A critical revision including Ramelia codonostylis, native of New Caledonia,
1941c. Notes on the Euphorbiaceae II. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III, 17: 204-
208.
Includes notes on the fruit and the seed of Neoguillauminia cleopatra, native of
New Caledonia.
1943. Notes on Polynesian Glochidion and Phyllanthus, Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus.
17: 207-214. f. 1-2.
Includes a description of Glochidion christophersenii n. sp. from Savaii and notes
on other species.
1944. Notes on Fijian Euphorbiaceae. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 18: 69-71.
Acalypha insulana, Cleidion leptostachyum, and Stillingia pacifica, all from Fiji.
1945a. Euphorbiaceae: in Smith, A. C., Studies of Pacific Island plants, IV.
Jour. Arnold Arb. 26: 98-99.
Cleistanthus micranthus and Croton parhamii n. spp.
1945b. Securinega samoana Croizat, new species: in Yuncker, T. G., Plants of
the Mauna Island. 45-46.
Crombie, J. M.
1871. Lichenes: in Seemann, B., Flora Vitensis. 419-421.
Eight species considered.
1877. The lichens of the “Challenger” Expedition (with a revision of those enu-
merated by Dr. J. Stirton in Linn. Jour. Bot. XIV. pp. 366-375). Jour.
Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 211-231.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Crosby, C. M.
1903. Observations on Dictyosphaeria. Minn. Bot. Studies 3: 61-70. pl. 15.
Notes on Hawaiian species.
Crosby, C.S. See Burkill, I. H., 1901.
Cummins, G. B.
1935. Notes on some species of the Uredinales. Mycol. 27: 605-614, f. 1-5.
Includes Puccinia parksiana n. sp. from Fiji.
1937-43. Descriptions of tropical rusts. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 64: 39-44. f. 1-2.
1937; (II) 67: 67-75. f. 1-10. 1940; (VI) 70: 517-530. f. 1-12. 1943.
Includes Puccinia molokaiensis n. sp. on Carex from Hawaii and Uredo wakensis
n. sp. on Tournefortia from Wake Island.
Cunningham, A.
1834. Alyxia daphnoides. Bot. Mag. 61: pl. 3313. 14.
Recorded from Norfolk Island.
1835. Synopsis des espéces du genre Alyxia, de la famille des Apocynées. Ann.
Sci. Nat. IT. Bot. 4: 302-305.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1842. [Notes on the vegetation of Norfolk and Philip Islands, with a list of spe-
cies not included by Endlicher.] Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 107-128, 263-292.
102 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Cuny, L.
1924. Floriculture. Jour. Soc. Hort. France IV. 25: 322-328. f. 23-26.
Includes a brief discussion of Pelagodoxa henryana, native of the Marquesas Islands.
Curtis, M. A. See Berkeley, M. J., and Curtis, M. A.
Curtis, M. A., and Berkeley, M. J.
1862. Fungi. United States Exploring Expedition ... under the command of
Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. 17: 195-203. 1 pl.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Cuzent, G.
1857. Etudes sur quelques végétaux de Tahiti. 1-134.
Not seen. Reprinted from “Le Messager,” a Tahitian periodical,
1860. Iles de la Société. Tahiti: Considerations géologiques, métérologiques, et
botaniques sur lile. 1-275. pl. 1-3.
General.
186la. Tahiti. Recherches sur les principales productions végétales de Vile. 1-275.
2 maps.
General; reprinted from the preceding item.
1861b. Du Tacca pinnatifida, Pia de Taite. .
Not seen. Probably an extract from “Le Messager,” a Tahitian periodical.
D
D., A.
1873. Palmiers nouveaux: Kentia Canterburyana et Kentia Forsteriana. Rev.
Hort. 45: 218-219. f. 24.
Natives of Lord Howe Island.
D’Ancona, C. See Ancona, C. d’
Daniker, A. U.
1929. Neu-Caledonien, Land und Vegetation. Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich 74:
170-197. f. 1-4. Reprinted in Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Ziirich 131: 170-197.
General,
1931. Ergebnisse der Reise von Dr. A. U. Daniker nach Neu-Caledonien und den
Loyaltats-Inseln (1924/25) ; 2. Neue Phanerogamen von Neu-Caledonien
und den Loyaltats-Inseln. Viert. Naturf. Ges. Zurich 76: 160-170. 1931;
3. Die Loyaltats-Inseln und ihre Vegetation. 170-213. f. 14. 1931.
Reprinted in Mitt. Bot. Univ. Zirich 137: 160-213.
1932-33. Ergebnisse der Reise yon Dr. A. U. Daniker nach Neu-Caledonien und
den Loyaltats-Inseln. 4. Katalog der Pteridophyta und Embryophyta
siphonogama. Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ztirich 77: Beibl. 19: 1-235. 1932;
78: Beibl. 19: 237-395. 1933. Reprinted in Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ.
Zurich 142: 1-395. 1932-33.
A critical enumeration with the descriptions of many new species, the assisting
specialists separately entered in this bibliography.
1939. Neu-Caledonien. Vegetationsbilder 25(6): 1-9. pl, 31-36. 2 f.
Photographs of various types of vegetation.
Daenzer, F. G.
1834. Des Euphorbiacées, et en particulier de celles usitées en médecine, dans
l'économie domestique et dans les arts. 1-82.
A doctorate dissertation, University of Strassburg, with data on a few Polynesian
species,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 103
Dakui, M. See Parham, W. L., and Dakui, M.
Dalla Torre, C. G. de, and Harms, H.
1900-07. Genera Siphonogamarum ad systema Englerianum conscripta. i-vii, 1-921.
A systematic arrangement of the families and genera of flowering plants and generic
synonymy.
Dandy, J. E.
1934. Some additions to the genus Bubbia (Winteraceae). Jour. Bot. 72: 40-41.
Transfers four New Caledonian species from Drimys to Bubbia.
Danser, B. H.
1927. Die Polygonaceen Niederlaendisch-Ostindiens. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg
III 8: 117-261. f. 1-17. charts 1-3.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1928. The Nepenthaceae of the Netherlands Indies. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg
IIT. 9: 249-438. f. 1-36.
Includes Nepenthes vieillardii from New Caledonia.
1929. On the taxonomy and the nomenclature of the Loranthaceae of Asia and
Australia, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 10: 291-373.
Includes nomenclatural changes for various Polynesian species.
1931. The Loranthaceae of the Netherlands Indies, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg
III, 11: 233-519. f. 1-30.
Includes Amyema bamleri from the Caroline Islands.
1933. A new system for the genera of Loranthaceae-Loranthoideae, with a no-
menclator for the Old World species of this subfamily. Verh. Kon.
Akad. Wetenschap. Amsterdam Afd. Natuurk. II. 29(6): 1-128.
Includes many nomenclatural adjustments for Polynesian species in genera segre-
gated from Loranthus.
1934. Miscellaneous notes on Loranthaceae 1-6. Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerl. 31: 223-
236. f. 1-2.
Includes an amplified description of Amyema samoensis and redescriptions of some
New Hebrides species.
1936. The Loranthaceae-Loranthoideae of the tropical archipelagos east of the
Philippines, New Guinea, and Australia, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg
III. 14: 73-98.
Includes some new species and many transfers to generic segregates from Loranthus.
1937, A revision of the genus Korthalsella. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III.
14: 115-159, pl. 3. f. 1-13.
Monographic.
1940. A supplement to the revision of the genus Korthalsella (Lor.). Bull. Jard.
Bot. Buitenzorg III. 16: 329-342. pl. 4.
Includes seven Polynesian species.
Darwin, C.
1839. Narrative of the surveying voyages of His Majesty’s ships Adventure and
Beagle between the years 1826 and 1836, describing their examination of
the southern shores of South America and the Beagle’s circumnaviga-
tion of the globe. (Journal and Remarks) i-xiv, 1-615.
Includes observations on the vegetation of several Polynesian islands.
1860. Journal of researches into the natural history and geology of the countries
visited during the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle round the world under the
command of Capt. Fitz Roy R. A. i-xi. 1-519,
Includes observations on the vegetation of Tahiti.
104 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Dass, C. M.
1937. Fiji hybrid cotton—no. 172. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(3): 18-19.
A hybrid of Gossypium peruvianum and G. barbadense.
Davillé, E.
1895. La colonisation francaise aux Nouvelles Hébrides. 1-176, [1-5]. 12 pl.
2 maps.
Includes some observations on the vegetation and a chapter on “Produits vegetaux,”
pp. 40-52.
Davis, W. C., and Allen, O. N.
1932. Observations on the Myxomycete flora of Oahu. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ.
20: 8.
Not seen; apparently a brief note.
Davis, W. C. See also Ripperton, J. C., Goff, R. A., Edwards, D. W., and
Davis, W. C.
Decaisne, J.
1833. Note sur un nouveau genre de Chicoriacées, recueilli par M. Bertero dans
Vile Juan Fernandez, Arch, Bot. Guillaumin 1: 509-520. pl. 9-10.
The new genus Rea with six species from Juan Fernandez.
1834. Monographie des genres Balbisia et Robinsonia, de la famille Composées.
Ann. Sci. Nat. II. Bot. 1: 16-29. pl. 1. Reprint, 1-15. pl. 1. 1834.
Natives of Juan Fernandez.
1842 Mémoire sur les Corallines ou Polypiers calciféres. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. Bot.
18: 96-128.
Includes a few references to Hawaiian species of algae.
1844. Asclepiadeae, DC. Prodr. 8: 490-665.
Monographic.
1846-64. Voyage autour du monde sur la frégate La Venus commandée par Abel
du Petit-Thouars. Botanique. ‘1-34, i-ii. 1864; Atlas [1-2]. pl. 1-28.
1846.
Includes the descriptions of a few Polynesian species.
1849. Description d’un nouveau genre appartenant a la famille des Apocynées,
Ann. Sci. Nat. III. Bot, 12: 193-196, pl. 9.
Lepinia taitensis n. gen. n. sp. from Tahiti.
1852a. Plantaginaceae. DC, Prodr. 13(1): 693-737.
Monographic.
1852b. Lepinia taitensis, Decne. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur. 7: 225-227. 1 f.
Native of Tahiti.
Decaisne, J., and Planchon, J. E.
1854. Esquisse d’une monographie des Araliacées. Rev. Hort. IV. 3: 104-109.
F Lists various Polynesian species with Panax forsteri, a new name for Polyscias pinnata
orst.
Decaisne, J.
1855. Voyage au pole sud et dans l’Océanie sur les corvettes l’Astrolabe et la
Zélée . . . sous le commandement de M. J. Dumont d’Urville . .
Botanique. Plantes vasculaires. 2: 1-96. pl. 1-31.
Includes Pernettya rigida from Juan Fernandez.
Deflandre, G.
1926-27. Monographie du genre Trachelomonas Ehr. Rev. Gén. Bot. 38: 358-380.
f. 1-8, 449-469, f. A-G. 518-528, 580-592, 646-658, 687-706. pl. 15-29.
1926 ; 39: 26-51, 73-98. 1927.
Monographic.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 105
Degener, O.
1926. Preliminary pages to a Flora Hawaiiensis or illustrated flora of the Hawai-
ian Islands. [1-102.]
Mimeographed descriptive data on selected genera and species.
1929. The genus Bidens (Campylotheca) in Hawaii. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ.
15: 6-7.
A short note.
1930a. Flora Hawaiiensis or new illustrated flora of the Hawaiian islands [Pro-
spectus] .
Printed unbound sheets with illustrations, no pagination, repeated in Degener,
1932-40.
1930b. Illustrated guide to the more common or noteworthy ferns and flowering
plants of Hawaii National Park with descriptions of ancient Hawaiian
customs and an introduction to the geologic history of the islands.
i-xv, 312. frontisp. pl. 1-95. f. 1-45.
General. Reissued in 1945 under the title: Plants of Hawaii National Park
illustrative of plants and customs of the South Seas (first photo-lithoprint edition
of “Ferns and Flowering Plants of Hawaii National Park, with Descriptions of Ancient
Hawaiian Customs . . .”).
1932a. The flora Hawaiiensis, or new illustrated flora of the Hawaiian islands.
Jour. Pan-Pacific Research Inst. 7(4): 2-16. 4 pl.
An explanation of the plan and scope of the project with illustrative pages and plates.
1932b. A new illustrated flora of the Hawaiian islands. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ.
20: 9-10.
Not seen; apparently an announcement or a brief abstract.
1932c. Kokoolau, the Hawaiian tea, with a key to all species of Bidens known from
the Hawaiian islands and description of a few representative kinds.
Jour. Pan-Pacif. Res. Inst. 7 (2): 2-16. 6 pl.
Contains redescriptions of five of Sherff’s recently described species with illustrations.
1932-40, Flora Hawaiiensis, or the new illustrated flora of the Hawaiian islands.
Printed, unbound sheets with illustrations and descriptions, no pagination, plates not
numbered, each sheet dated. About 400 sheets have been issued, forming four ‘books.’
Contributions by others than Degener not separately entered into this bibliography.
1937. Pages from a new illustrated flora of the Hawaiian Islands. Bishop Mus.
Spec. Publ. 30: 26.
Brief general notes.
Degener, O., and Skottsberg, C.
1937. A new Hawaiian species of Rutaceae. Brittonia 2: 362.
Fagara waianensis n. sp. from Oahu.
Degener, O., and Hosaka, E. Y.
1940. Straussia sessilis, a new species from Hawaii. Bull. Torr, Bot. Club 67:
301.
Type from Oahu.
Degener, O.
1943a, Stenogyne Sherffii Degener, a new mint from Hawaii. Brittonia 5: 58. f. 1.
Type from Oahu.
1943b. The last cruise of the “Cheng-Ho”. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard, 44: 197-213,
221-232. illus.
A narrative of a botanical collecting trip to the Fiji Islands with observations on the
vegetation.
106 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1945a, Tropical plants the world around. I. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 46: 76-91,
(II), 110-125, (III), 132-143, (IV), 158-167. illus. Reprinted without
change of pagination.
All or most of the species illustrated and described occur in Polynesia, some intro-
duced and cultivated or naturalized.
1945b. A botanist leaves Hawaii. Torreya 45: 72-78.
A personal narrative, covering the events following the Japanese attack on Pearl
Harbor.
1945c. Plants of Hawaii National Park illustrative of plants and customs of the
South Seas. i-xv, 1-314. pl. 1-95. f. 1-45.
See explanation of Degener, 0., 1930b.
See also Hosaka, E. Y., and Degener, O.
Delaire, L.
1872. Dracaena porphyrophylla, Veitch. Ill. Hort. 19: 277. 1 f.
Introduced into cultivation from the South Sea Islands.
Delchevalerie, G.
1868. Les fougéres arborescentes. Rev. Hort. 40: 448-450. f. 49.
Includes an illustration of Alsophila excelsa, native of Norfolk Island, and references
to some other Polynesian species,
Delessert, B.
1820-46. Icones selectae plantarum, quas in systemate universali ex herbariis Pari-
siensibus, praesertim ex Lessertiano descripsit Aug. Pyr. DeCandolle, ex
archetypis speciminibus a P. J. F. Turpin, (Riocreux, Heyland, Decaisne)
delineatae. 1: i-vi, 1-26. pl. 1-100 1820; 2: i-iv, 1-28. pl. 1-100. 1823; 3:
i-viil, 1-70. pl. 1-100. 1837; 4: i-iii, 1-52. pl. 1-100. 1839 ; 5: i-iv, 1-53.
pl. 1-100. 1846.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1848. Voyage dans les deux océans, Atlantique et Pacifique, 1844 4 1847. Brésil,
Etats-Unis, Cap de Bonne-Espérance, Nouvelle Hollande, Nouvelle
Zélande, Taiti, Philippines, Chine, Java, Indies Orientales, Egypte. 1-326.
illus.
A narrative with some notes on the vegetation,
Deplanche, E. See Vieillard, E., and Deplanche, E.
Derby, C.
1875. List of Hawaiian ferns. Hawaiian Annual 1: 16-18.
Derr, N. See Lewton-Brain, L., and Derr, N.
Desvaux, A. N.
1826. Mémoire sur la tribu des Coronillées, huitiéme section des légumineuses.
Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 4: 295-330.
Includes various species of the Pacific region, particularly Desmodium.
1827. Prodrome de la famille des fougéres. Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 6: 171-337.
pl. 7-11.
Includes various Polynesian species.
Devansaye, A. de la
1876. Palmiers nouveaux: Brahea, Pritchardia, Sabal, Teysmannia, Rev. Hort.
48: 372-375. f. 80, 81. Reprinted in Belg. Hort. 27: 80-84. 1877.
Includes Pritchardia grandis, native of Polynesia.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 107
Dickie, G.
1875. Notes on algae from the island of Mangaia, South Pacific. Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 15: 30-33.
A short list of species,
1876a. Contributions to the botany of the expedition of H.M.S. “Challenger”.—
Algae, chiefly Polynesian. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 15: 235-246.
A list.
1876b. Notes on algae collected by H. N. Moseley, M. A., of H.M.S. “Challenger,”
chiefly obtained in Torres Straits, coasts of Japan, and Juan Fernandez.
Jour. Linn. Soc, Bot. 15: 446-455. |
An enumeration, including descriptions of three new species from Hawaii.
1877. Supplemental notes on algae collected by H. N. Moseley, M.A., of H.M.S.
“Challenger” from various localities. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 15: 486-489.
Includes Lithothamnion imbricatum n. sp. from Tahiti and L. mamillare from
Tongatabu.
Diels, L.
1905. Die primitivste Form von Lygodium. Hedwigia 44: 133-136. 1 f.
L. hians, a native of New Caledonia.
1906. Droseraceae. Pflanzenr. 26(I1V. 112): 1-136. f. 1-40. map.
Monographic.
1910. Menispermaceae. Pflanzenr. 46(1V. 94): 1-345. f. 1-93.
Monographic.
1913. Menispermaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse
. . Denkschr, Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 552-554. f. 21. Reprint 5: 110-
112. f. 21.
Includes some Samoan species.
1920. Menispermaceae: in Sarasin, F, & Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 143-144.
Hypserpa neo-caledonica and Pachygone loyaltiensis.
192la. Eine neue Menispermacee der Palau-Inseln. Bot. Jahrb, 56: 507.
Pachygone ledermannii n. sp.
1921b. Die Theaceen Mikronesiens, Bot. Jahrb. 56: 526.
Eurya japonica and E, japonica var. nitida from the Caroline Islands,
1921c. Die Myrtaceen Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 529-534.
An enumeration with a few new species.
1921d. Eine Scaevola von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 561.
S. frutescens from the Caroline and Marshall Islands.
1921-30. Beitrage zur Flora von Mikronesien und Polynesien. (II) Bot. Jahrb.
56: 429-577. 4 £. 1921; (III) 59: 1-29. f. 1. 1924; (IV) 63: 271-323.
1930.
Lists with the descriptions of new species. See Volkens 1914 for part I.
1922. Die Myrtaceen von Papuasiens. Bot. Jahrb. 57: 356-426. f. 1.
Includes Xanthomyrtus pergracilis n. sp. from New Caledonia,
Diels, L., and Mansfeld, R.
1932. Die Orchideen-Gattung Chiloschista Lindl. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 11s
491-498.
Includes one species from Fiji and one from the Caroline Islands.
Diels, L.
1938. Die Moraceen von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 69: 397-400.
Includes 10 species in four genera, mostly from the Marianas and Caroline Islands,
with a key to six species of Ficus.
See also Engler, A., 1892-1936,
108 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Dietrich, A.
1831-33. Caroli a Linné species plantarum exhibentes plantas rite cognitas ad
genera relatas cum differentiis specificis, nominibus trivialibus, synonymis
selectis, locis natalibus secundum systema sexuale digestas olim curante
Carolo Ludovico Willdenow. Editio sexta. 1: i-x, 1-735, [1-4]. 1831;
2: 1-747, 1833.
This is ed. 6 of Linnaeus’s ‘Species Plantarum.”’ Includes the Polynesian species.
Dietrich, D. N. F.
1839-52. Synopsis plantarum seu enumeratio systematica plantarum plerumque
adhuc cognitarum cum differentiis specificis et synonymis selectis ad
modum Persoonii -elaborata. 1: i-xx, 1-879. 1839; 2: i-iv, 881-1647.
1840; 3: i-x, 1-730. 1843; 4: i-ii, 731-1694, 1847; 5: i-ii, 1-587. 1852.
Includes the then-known Polynesian species.
Dingler, H.
1887. Ueber eine von den Carolinen stammende Coelococcus-Frucht, Bot. Cen-
tralbl. 32: 347-351. 1 pl.
Coclococcus carolinensis n. sp.
Dixon, H. N.
1922. Miscellanea Bryologica 8. Jour. Bot. 60: 281-291.
Includes Thysanomitrium umbellatum from Hawaii.
1927. Gilbert Islands mosses. Jour. Bot. 65: 254-257.
Discusses seven species including Hyophila beruensis n. sp.
1928. Splachnobryum pacificum Dixon sp. nov. Rev. Bryol. II. 1: 12.
Native of the Gilbert Islands,
1929, Critical mosses. Rev. Bryol. II. 2: 21-29.
Refers to Naveau’s paper, indicating the proper disposition of some of the binomials
he. listed under ‘“‘Mousses critiques.” See Naveau, R., 1928.
Dixon, H. N., and Greenwood, W.
1930. The mosses of Fiji. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 55: 261-302. pl. 8-9.
An enumeration of about 205 species with the descriptions of various new ones.
Dixon, H. N.
1937. Notulae Bryologicae. I. Jour. Bot. 75: 121-129.
Includes a note on Pterobryopsis urvilleanum Broth., type from Fiji.
1938, On a small collection of mosses from New Guinea, with a revision of the
genus Spiridens by W. R. Sherrin. Ann, Bryol. Lichénol. II, 10: 16-19.
Includes the Polynesian species of Spiridens.
1943. War Zone mosses. Bryol. 46: 14-22.
Includes records of 12 species from the Marianas and Caroline Islands; two described
as new.
See also Theriot, J., Dixon, H. N., and Buch, H.
Dixon, R. B.
1932. The problems of the sweet potato in Polynesia. Am. Anthropol. 34: 40-66.
A general discussion.
Docters van Leeuwen, W. M.
1922, A mite-gall on Broussaisia arguta Gaud. occurring in the Sandwich Islands.
Marcellia 19: 58-62. f. 1-6.
Cecidological.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 109
Dodge, C. W.
1929. A synopsis of Stereocaulon with notes on some exotic species. Ann. Crypt.
Exot. 2: 93-153.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Dodge, E. S.
1943. Gourd growers of the South Seas. An introduction to the study of the
Lagenaria gourd in the culture of the Polynesians, i-xiii. 1-119. pl. 1-33.
Concerns Lagenaria siceraria; biliography pp. 107-114, Published by the Peabody
Museum, Salem, Mass.
Doerr, J. E., Jr. See Lamb, S. H., 1936.
Dombrain, H. H.
1864. Eranthemum tuberculatum. Floral Mag. 3: pl. 182.
Native of New Caledonia.
1867a. Coleus Gibsonii. Floral Mag. 6: pl. 338.
Native of New Caledonia.
1867b. Coleus Veitchii. Floral Mag. 6: pl. 345.
Native of New Caledonia.
1868. Croton maximus. Floral Mag. 7: pl. 382.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1872a, Dracaena excelsa (or elegans). Floral Mag. 1872: pl. 16.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1872b. Dracaena metallica. Floral Mag. 1872: pl. 24.
Native of Samoa.
1873a. Dracaena splendens. Floral Mag. 1873: pl. 74.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1873b. Erythrina Parcelsii. Floral Mag. 1873: pl. 95.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
Domin, K.
1908. : Monographische Ubersicht der Gattung Centella L. Bot. Jahrb. 41: 148-169.
C. asiatica from Polynesia.
1930. The species of the genus Cyathea J. E. Sm. Act. Bot. Bohem. 9: 85-174.
A compiled list with some. transfers, including the Polynesian species.
Domke, W.
1934. Untersuchungen iiber die systematische und geographische Gliederung der
Thymelaeaceen nebst einer Neubeschreibung ihrer Gattungen. Bibl. Bot.
27 (111) : 1-151. pl. 1-7. maps 1-5. 1-f. °
Mentions various Polynesian species.
Don, D.
1830. A monograph of the family of plants called Cunoniaceae. Edinb. New
Philos. Jour. 1830: 84-96.
Includes a few New Caledonian species,
1832. Descriptive catalogue of the Compositae contained in the herbarium.of Dr.
Gillis; with some additions from other sources. Philos. Mag. II. 11:
387-392.
Includes Dendroseris macrophylla n. sp. from Juan Fernandez.
1841, Descriptions of the two new genera of the natural family of plants called
Coniferae. Trans. Linn. Soc. 18: 163-179. pl. 13-14.
Includes references to some Polynesian species of Araucaria, p. 164.
700080—47—8
110 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Don, G.
1831-38. A general history of the dichlamydeous plants comprising complete
descriptions of the different orders; together with the characters of the
genera and species, and an enumeration of the cultivated varieties... . 1:
i-xxvii, 1-818, f. 1-126, 1831; 2: i-viii, 1-875. f. 1-128. 1832; 3: i-vitt,
1-867.
Includes descriptions, in English, of many Polynesian species. Issued also with the
following title page: ‘A General System of Gardening and Botany; Containing a
Complete Enumeration and Description of all Plants Hitherto Known . . .” The
volumes, contents, and dates of issue are the same in both. The dates of issue of the
various parts are given in Kew Bull. 1925; 311-315. 1925.
Doty, R. E.
1920. A yellow strip disease survey. Cire. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’
Assoc, 35: 1-71.
Not seen,
Douglas, D.
1914. Journal kept by David Douglas during his travels in North America 1823-
1827 together with a particular description of thirty-three species of
American oaks and eighteen species of Pinus with appendices containing
list of plants introduced by Douglas and an account of his death in 1834.
[1-3] 1-364. porir.
Includes a list of 78 species collected in Juan Fernandez, and notes on the vegetation
of Hawaii.
Downing, C. T.
1862. On Norfolk Island, its character and productions, Edinb. New Philos.
Jour. II. 16: 322-328,
Includes notes on various economic plants,
Drake del Castillo, E.
1886-92. Illustrationes florae insularum maris Pacifici. 1-458. pl. 1-50.
Consists of illustrations, 50 plates, descriptions of selected species, and an enumera-
tion (pp. 103-408) of Polynesian plants. Pp. 1-48 (1886); 49-60 (1887); 65-80 (1888);
81-104 (1889); 105-216 (1890); 217-458 (1892). Pp. 61-64 lacking. For further
critical notes on dates of issue see Stearn, W. T., in Jour. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist. 1:
202. 1939,
1887a. Sur la géographie botanique des fles de la Société. Bull. Soc. Philom.
Paris VII 11: 146-155.
Phytogeographical.
1887b, Note sur deux genres intéressants de la famille des Composées; Fitchia
Hook. f. et Remya Hillebr. Centenaire Soc. Philom. Paris 229-234. pl.
20-21,
Natives of Tahiti and Hawaii; not seen.
1891. Remarques sur la flore de la Polynésie et sur ses rapports avec celle des
terres voisines. 1-52. pl. 1-7.
General, Abstract in Bot. Centralbl. 46: 278-281.
1893. Flore de la Polynésie francaise. Description des plantes vasculaires qui
croissent spontanément ou qui sont généralement cultivées aux fles de la
Société, Marquise, Pomotou, Gambier et Wallis, i-xxiv. 1-352. map.
A general flora with keys and descriptions.
1898. De la véritable place du genre Fitchia parmi les Composées. Jour. Bot.
Morot 12: 175-177. pl. 3-4.
A general discussion of F. tahitensis.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 111
Drouet, F.
1939. Francis Wolle’s filamentous Myxophyceae. Field Mus. Nat. His Bot.
Ser. 20: 17-64. f.1.
Includes a few Hawaiian species.
Druce, G. C.
1914. Notes on nomenclature. Bot. Exch. Club Brit. Isles Rep. 3: 405-426.
Includes a few new binomials appertaining to Polynesian species.
1917, Nomenclature notes: chiefly African and Australian. Bot. Exch. Club
Brit. Isles Rep. 4: 601-653.
Similar to the preceding item.
Drude, O.
1878. Ueber die Verwandschaft und systematische Bedeutung von Ceroxylon
andicola, Gétting, Nachtr, 1878: 33-42.
Includes a description of Juania n. gen., native of Juan Fernandez.
1884. Die Florenreiche der Erde. Darstellung der gegenwartigen Verbreitungs-
verhiltnisse der Pflanzen. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Erdkunde.
Mitt. Perth. Geogr. Anstalt Erganzungsh. 74: 1-74. pl. 1-3.
Descriptive, including ‘Florenreich von Indien und Nordaustralien mit Polynesien,”
pp. 61-63.
1887. Pritchardia Thurstoni F. v. M. et Dr. (n. sp.) (Palmae, Coryphinae). Gar-
tenflora 36: 486-490. f. 123-124.
Native of Fiji.
1890. Handbuch der Pflanzengeographie. 1-582. 3 f. 4 maps.
Includes general discussion of the flora of Pacific Islands, pp. 486-492.
1897. Manuel de géographic botanique, traduit par Georges Poirault et revu et
augmenté par l’auteur. i-xxiii, 1-552. 3 f. maps, 1-4. ‘
A French translation of the preceding entry.
See also Wendland, H., and Drude, O.
Dubard, M.
1906a. Népenthacées de Madagascar et de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Mus. Hist.
Nat, [Paris] 12: 62-67. f. 1-3.
Includes N. montrousieri n. sp. from New Caledonia. For republication of original
descriptions see Fedde, F., 1908-12.
1906b. Révision du genre Oxera (Verbénacées). Bull. Soc. Bot. France 53: 705-
717.
Includes O. neriifolia var. artensis from New Caledonia and a key to the accepted
species.
1907. Recherches sur le genre Oxera (Verbénacées). Bull. Mus. Nat. [Paris]
13: 76-78.
Includes the New Caledonian species.
1909. Recherches sur le genre Palaquium. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 56: Mém. 16:
1-24.
Includes D. fidjiense Pierre from Fiji.
191lla. Sur un Pittosporum nouveau de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Ann. Mus. Colon.
Marseille II. 9: 51-54. f. 1.
P. heckeli n. sp.
1911b. Description de quelques espéces de Planchonella (sections Burckiiplan-
chonella et Egassia), d’aprés les documents de L. Pierre. Not. Syst.
2: 81-84.
Includes P, novo-caledonica n. sp. from New Caledonia.
112 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1912. Les Sapotacées du groupe des Sideroxylinées. Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille
II. 10: 1-90.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1915. Les Sapotacées du groupe des Sideroxylinées-Mimusopées. Ann. Mus.
Colon. Marseille III. 3: 1-62. f. 1-27.
Includes the few Polynesian species.
Duby, J. E.
1844. Primulaceae. DC. Prodr. 8: 33-74.
Monographic.
1873. Nouveau genre des mousses pleurocarpés propre a la Nouvelle-Calédonie.
Bull. Soc, Bot. France 20: 130-131. pl. 1.
Bescherellia elegantissima n. sp.
1875. Choix de mousses exotiques nouvelles ou mal connues. Mém. Soc. Phys.
Hist. Nat. Genéve 24: 361-374. pl. 1.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Duchartre, P.
1864. Aristolochiaceae. DC, Prodr. 15(1) : 421-498.
Monographic.
Duchesne, E. A.
1836-46. Répertoire de plantes utiles et des plantes vénéneuses du globe, con-
tenant la synonymie latine et frangaise des plantes, leurs noms vulgaires
frangais et l’indication de leurs usages en médicine humaine. . i-xlviii,
1-572. 6 f. 836; nouvelle édition, i-xlv, 1-505; Atlas 1-20. pl. 1-128. 1846.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Diimmer, R. A.
1914. Three conifers. Jour. Bot. 52: 236-241.
Includes Calhitris neo-caledonica n. sp. from New Caledonia.
Dugas, M.
1929. Contribution a l’étude du genre “Plagiochila” Dum. Ann. Sci. Nat. X. Bot.
11: 1-99. f. 1-179.
Includes the Polynesian species.
Dunal, F.
1852. Solanaceae. DC. Prodr. 13: 1-690.
Monographic,
Dunn, S. T. See Piper, C. V., and Dunn, S. T.
Duperrey, L. I. See Brongniart, A. T., 1829-34.
Duren, E. de
1876. L’Aralia elegantissima. Rev. Hort. Belge 2: 157-158. f. 31.
Native of New Caledonia.
Durand, T. See Jackson, B. D., 1893-1938.
E
E., M.
1938. One hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the “Bounty” éxpedition. Gard.
Chron. IIT. 104: 305-306.
Includes some botanical data appertaining to Polynesia and to Pitcairn Island.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 113
Eames, A. J., and St. John, H.
1943. The botanical identity of the Hawaiian Ipu Nui or large gourd, Am. Jour.
Bot. 30: 255-259. f. 1-3.
Lagenaria siceraria (Molina) Standley, not Cucurbita maxima Linn.
Eaton, A. A.
1908. Nomenclatorial studies in three orchid genera. Proc. Biol. Soc., Wash-
ington 21: 63-67.
New combinations in Epipactis, Serapias, and Serapiastrum.
Eaton, D. C.
1879a. A new Hawaiian fern, Hymenophyllum (Cyrtomium) Baldwinii. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 6: 293. 1
Native of Oahu.
1879b. A new Hawaiian fern, Aspidium Boydiae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 6: 361-
362.
Native of Oahu.
Edgerton, C. W.
1913. The stem rot or Hawaiian “iliau” disease of sugar cane. Phytopath. 3:
93-98. pl. 8.
Gnomonia iliau.
Edmondson, C. H.
1941. Viability of coconut seeds after floating in sea. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus.
16: 293-304. f. 1-3.
Viability retained up to 110 days. Estimated distance of possible float in this time
period about 3,000 miles if in a favorable current.
Edwards, D. W. See Ripperton, J. C., Goff, R. A., Edwards, D. W., and
Davis, W. C.
Edwart, A.
1872, Kentia Forsteriana. Ill. Hort. 19: 230-231. 1 f.
An illustration of this native of Lord Howe Island with a brief note.
Eepoel, A. van
1895. Kentia (Cyphokentia) Lindeni. Rev. Hort. Belge 21: 6.
A general note on this native of New Caledonia.
Egler, F. E.
1937. A new species of Hawaiian Portulaca. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 13: 167-
170. f. 1-2.
Portulaca cyanosperma n, sp. ‘
1938. Reduction of Portulaca Caumii F, Brown to P. villosa Chasnisso: Repert.
Sp. Nov. 44: 264-265.
The type of Brown’s species was from Nihoa, Hawaii.
1939a. Vegetation zones of Oahu, Hawaii. Empire Forestry Jour. 18: 44-57.
pl. 1-9. Reprint 1-14.
Ecological.
1939b. Santalum ellipticum, a restatement of Gaudichaud’s species. Occ. Pap.
Bishop Mus. 14: 349-357.
A critical consideration of this Hawaiian species with synonymy,
1942, Indigene versus alien in the development of arid Hawaiian vegetation.
Ecology 23: 14-23. f. 1-4.
A general discussion.
114 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Ehrenberg, C. G.
1820. Fungos a viro clarissimo Adalberto de Chamisso, sub auspiciis Romanzof-
fianis in itinere circa terrarum globum collectos, enumeravit: in Nees ab
Esenbeck, Horae Phys. Berol. 77-104. pl. 17-20.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Ehrhorn, E. M.
1921. What horticultural plant quarantine has done and can do for Hawaii.
Bishop Mus. Spec. Pub. 7: 180-182. (Proc, First Pan-Pacific Sci, Con-
ference).
General for the subject indicated,
Eichler, A. W.
1873. Balanophoraceae. DC. Prodr. 17; 117-150.
Monographic.
Eifrig, H.
1937. Monographische Studien iiber die indomalayischen Arten von Taxilejeunea.
Ann. Bryol. 9: 73-114. f. 1-15.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M.
1895. New species of fungi. I. Sandwich Island fungi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club
22: 434-440.
Includes eight Hawaiian species.
1897. New species of fungi from various localities. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 24:
125-137.
Includes Asterina sphaerelloides n, sp. from Hawaii.
Ellis, W.
1829-31. Polynesian researches during a residence of nearly eight years in the
Society and Sandwich Islands, 2 vols., 1829; ed. 2, 4 vols. 1831.
General, descriptive and narrative.
Emerson, J.S. See MacCaughey, V., and Emerson, J. S., 1913-14.
Emerson, R.
1941. An experimental study of the life cycles and taxonomy of Allomyces.
Lloydia 4: 77-144. f. 1-16.
Records A. arbusculus and A. javanicus from Fiji.
Endlicher, S. L.
1833a. Atakta botanika. Nova genera et species plantarum descripta et iconibus
‘illustrata. 1-26. pl, 1-40,
Includes Schiedea ligustrina from Hawaii.
1833b. Prodromus florae Norfolkicae, sive Catalogus stirpium quae in Insula Nor-
folk annis 1804 et 1805 a Ferdinando Bauer collectae et depictae, nunc in
Musaeo Caesareo-Palatino rerum naturalium Vindobonae servantur.
i-viii, 1-100.
The first published flora of Norfolk Island; summarized in Ann. Sci. Nat. IL.
Bot. 3: 50-56. 1835. For supplement see Heward, R., 1842.
1836-50. Genera plantarum secundum ordines naturales disposita. [Accedit sup-
plementum primum] i-lx, 1-1483. 1836-41; Mantissa botanica sistens
generum plantarum supplementum secundum [i], 1-114. 1842; Mantissa
botanica altera, sistens generum plantarum supplementum tertium [i-ii],
1-110. 1843; Generum plantarum supplementum quartum. 1-104. 1847;
Generum plantarum supplementum quintum. 1-104, 1850.
Descriptions of all then-known genera.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 115
1837. Bemerkungen iiber die Flora der Siidseeinseln. Ann. Wien. Mus. Natur-
gesch. 1: 129-190, p/. 13-16.
A list of 1672 Polynesian species.
1847. Synopsis Coniferarum (Pinaceae) i-iv, 1-368.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Engard, C. J.
1945. Habit of growth of Rubus rosaefolius Smith in Hawaii. Am. Jour. Bot.
32: 536-538. f. 1-3.
A general consideration.
Engelmann, G.
1859. Systematic arrangement of the species of the genus Cuscuta, with critical
remarks on old species and descriptions of new ones. Trans. Acad. Sci.
St. Louis 1: 453-532. Reprint 1-73.
Monographic; includes Cuscuta sandwiciana from Hawaii. Republished in
W. Trelease and A. Gray, “The Botanical Works of the Late George Engelmann,”
71-104. 1887.
1860. Generis Cuscutae species secundum: ordinem systematicum dispositae ad-
jectis in prius jam notas observationibus criticis nec non novarum de-
scriptionibus. i-vi, 1-88.
A Latin translation by P, Ascherson of the preceding item, introduction by A. Braun.
Engler, A.
1870. Monographische Uebersicht der Gattungen Escallonia Mutis, Belangera
Camb. und Weinmannia L. nebst Beitragen zur geographischen Ver-
breitung der Escallonieen und Cunoniaceen. Linnaea 36: 527-650.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1879. Araceae. DC. Monog. Phan. 2: 1-681.
Monographic.
1881. Ueber die morphologischen Verhaltnisse und die geographische Verbreitung
der Gattung Rhus, wie der mit ihr verwandten, lebenden und ausgestor-
benen Anacardiaceae. Bot. Jahrb. 1: 365-426, pl. 4.
General.
1882. Versuch einer Entwickelungsgeschichte der Pflanzenwelt, insbesondere der
Florengebiete seit der Tertiarperiode. 2: Die extratropischen Florenge-
biete der siidlichen Hemisphare und der tropischen Gebiete. 1-386. map.
Includes a comprehensive analysis of the Polynesian flora as then known from the
standpoint of plant distribution.
1883a. Anacardiaceae. DC. Monog. Phan. 4: 171-500. pi. 4-15.
Monographic.
1883b. Burseraceae. DC. Monog. Phan, 4: 1-169, pl. 1-3.
Monographic.
1886. Die auf der Expedition S. M. S. “Gazelle” von Dr. Naumann im malay-
ischen Gebiet gesammelten Siphonogamen (Phanerogamen) mit Aus-
nahme der schon publicirten Gramineae, Cyperaceae, Orchidaceae. Bot.
Jahrb. 7: 444-480.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Engler, A., and Prantl, K.
1887-1908. Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien nebst ihren Gattungen und wichtig-
eren Arten insbesondere den Nutzpfianzen, unter Mitwirkung zahlreicher
hervorragender Fachgelehrten. Teil 1-4 1887-1908. Nachtrage 1, 1897;
2, 1900; 3, 1908; 4, 1915, Gesamtregister. 1899.
A treatment of the families and genera of flowering plants, copiously: illustrated.
A fundamental work prepared with the assistance of numerous specialists, not sepa-
rately listed in this bibliography. See Engler, A., and Prantl, K., 1924-40.
116 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Engler, A.
1889a. Vorwort-Uebersicht iiber die botanischen Ergebnisse der Expedition: in
Die Forschungsreise S. M. S. “Gazelle.” . . . 4(1): Botanik i-xvi.
Includes references to some Polynesian species.
1889b. Siphonogamen (Phanerogamen) : in Die Forschungsreise S. M. S. “Gazelle”
. . 4(7): Botanik 1-58. pl, 1-15.
Includes references to some Fijian species.
1892-1936. Syllabus der Vorlesungen iiber specielle und medicinisch-pharmeceu-
tische Botanik, Eine Uebersicht iiber das gesammte Pflanzensystem mit
Beriicksichtigung der Medicinal-und Nutzpflanzen. i-xxiii, 1-184. 1892;
ed. 2 et seq. (as “Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien.”) i-xii, 1-214. 1898;
ed. 3, i-xxvi, 1-233. 1903; ed. 4, i-xxviii, 1-237. 1904; ed. 5, i-xxviii,
1-247, 1907; ed. 6, i-xxviii, 1-254, 1909; ed. 7, i-xxxii, 1-387. illus. 1912;
ed. 8, i-xxxv, 1-395. f. 1-457. 1919; ed. 9-10, i-xlii, 1-420. f. 1-462.
1924; ed. 11, i-xlii, 1-419, f. 1-476, 1936.
Ed. 1-6 by A. Engler, ed. 7-10 by A. Engler and E. Gilg, ed. 11 by A. Engler
and L, Diels. The main title beginning with ed. 2 (1898) became “Syllabus der
Pflanzenfamilien.” The subtitle varies.
1898-1936. Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien.
See the preceding entry, ed. 2.
1897. Notizen tiber die Flora der Marshallinseln. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 1:
222-226.
A list of 39 species, none new.
1900. Das Pflanzenreich. Regni vegetabilis conspectus. 1 (1900) >
A series of monographs, entered separately in this bibliography under their respective
authors.
1905. Araceae-Pothoideae. Pflanzenr. 21(1V. 23B): 1-330. f. 1-88.
Monographic.
Engler, A., and Krause, K.
1908. Araceae-Monsteroideae, Pflanzenr, 37(1V. 23. Ba): 1-139. f. 1-56.
Monographic.
Engler, A.
1911. Araceae-Lasioideae. Pflanzenr. 48(IV. 23C): 1-130. f. 1-44.
Monographic,
Engler, A. and Krause, K.
1912-13. Araceae-Philodendroideae-Philodendreae. Pflanzenr. 55(IV. 23, Da):
1-134, f. 1-77. 1912; 60(IV. 23. Db) : 1-143. f. 1-45. 1913.
Monographic.
1921. Eine Aracee von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 433.
Raphidophora palauensis n. sp. from the Palau Islands,
Engler, A. and Prantl, K.
1924-40. Die nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien . . . begriindet von A. Engler und K.
Prantl. Zweite stark vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage herausgegeben
von A. Engler.
Commenced publication in 1924; originally planned to be completed in 27 volumes,
but as publication progressed the number of these was expanded. At least 18 partial
or complete volumes have been published to date, the last ones seen issued in 1940.
For first edition see Engler, A,, and Prantl, K., 1887-1908. For corrections in
Musci see Thériot, J., 1932.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 117
Epling, C.
1935-37. Synopsis of the South American Labiatae. Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih. 85:
1-341.
Includes the new generic name Skottsbergiella with S. fernandezia Epling (Cuminia,
Colla) from Juan Fernandez.
1936. Note on the distribution of Hyptis in the Old World. Kew Bull. 1936:
278-280.
Admits H. mariannarum from Guam.
1941. The distribution of American Labiatae. Proc. Sixth Pacif. Sci. Congr. 4:
571-575. f. 1.
Contains brief data appertaining to Juan Fernandez and Hawaii, with Lepechinia
hastata in Hawaii.
Erichsen, C. F. E.
1936. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Flechtengattung Pertusaria. Repert. Sp. Nov.
41: 77-101.
Includes P. havaiiensis n. sp. from Hawaii.
Esmarch, F. :,
1910-11. Beitrag zur Cyanophyceenflora unserer Kolonien. Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss.
Anstalt 28: Beih. 3: 63-82. 1910, Reprinted in Mitt. Bot. Staatsinst.
Hamb. with the same pagination, 1911.
Lists three species from Samoa.
Espinosa, M. R.
1934. Un nuevo helecho de Pascua. Revis. Chil. Hist. Nat. 38: 153-158. f. 38-39.
Polystichum fuentesii n, sp. from Easter Island.
Ettingshausen, C. von
1854. Uber die Nervation der Blatter der Papilionaceen. Sitzber. Math.-Nat. K1.
Akad. Wiss. Wien 12: 600-666. pi. 1-22, Reprinted 1-66, p/. 1-22.
Includes Pterocarpus australis from Norfolk Island.
1857. Uber die Nervation der Blatter bei den Celastrineen. Denkschr, Math.-Nat.
Kl], Akad. Wiss. Wien 13: 44-83. pl. 1-10. f. 1-34. Reprint 1-41. pl. 1-
10. f. 1-34.
Includes Elaeodendron curtipendulum from Norfolk Island.
1861. Die Blatt-Skelete der Dikotyledonen mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die
Untersuchung and Bestimmung der fossilen Pflanzenreste. i-xlvi, 1-308.
pl. 1-95, f. 1-276.
Includes at least one species from Norfolk Island.
1864. Die Farnkrauter der Jetzwelt zur Untersuchung und Bestimmung der in
den Formationen der Erdrinde eingeschlossenen Uberreste von vorwelt-
lichen Arten dieser Ordnung nach dem Flachenskelet bearbeitet. i-xvi,
1-298. pl. 1-180. f. 1-91.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Evans, A. W.
1891. A provisional list of the Hepaticae of the Hawaiian islands. Trans. Connect.
Acad. 8: 253-261. pi. 22-23. Reprint 1-9. pl. 22-23.
An enumeration of the known species.
1899-1900. The Hawaiian Hepaticae of the tribe Jubuloideae. Trans. Connect.
Acad. 10: 387-462. pi. 44-59.
Includes the descriptions of various new species,
118 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1900. A new genus of Hepaticae from the Hawaiian islands. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club 27: 97-104. pl. 1. 1 f.
Acromastigum. integrifolium,
1919. A taxonomic study of Dumortiera. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 46: 167-182.
Includes D. hirsuta Nees, and D, nepalensis Nees from Polynesia.
1925. A taxonomic study of Hymenophytum. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 52: 491-506.
f. 1-19.
Includes the Polynesian species,
1930. The thallose Hepaticae of the Juan Fernandez Islands: in Skottsberg, C.
Natural History of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island Bot. 2: 551-586.
f. 1-6.
A critical list with extensive notes and with the descriptions of a few new species.
1934. A revision of the genus Acromastigum. Ann. Bryol. Suppl. 3: i-viii, 1-178.
f. 1-40.
Monographic; 28 species recognized, including the Polynesian forms.
Everhart, B. M. See Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M.
Exell, A. W.
1925. Passiflora samoensis, Exell, sp. nov. Jour. Bot. 63: 203-204.
Native of Samoa.
1936. Two new species of Terminalia from the Austral Islands and Mangareva.
Bishop Mus. Occ. Pap. 11(20): 104.
Terminalia haroldit and T. koariki n. spp.
F
Fagerlund, G. O., and Mitchell, A. L.
1944, A checklist of the plants, Hawaii National Park,. Kilauea-Mauna Loa
section; with a discussion of the vegetation. Hawaii Nat. Park Nat.
Hist. Bull. 9: 1-76.
Mimeographed data. Includes native names and a bibliography,
Falkoner, W.
1873a. Croton Hookeri, Garden 3: 45-46. 1 f.
Introduced from the South Sea Islands.
1873b. Croton undulatum. Garden 3: 118. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
Farlow, W. G.
1916. Marine algae of the Pacific. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. (Washington) 2: 424-
427.
Chiefly a plea for exploration indicating regions where field work is desirable.
Farquhar, J. K. M. L.
1900. Gardens, fields, and wilds of the Hawaiian islands. Trans. Mass. Hort.
Soc. 1900: 51-57.
General notes.
Farwell, O. A.
1917-19. Botanical nomenclature of the N[ational] Fformulary]. IV. Drugg.
Cire. 61: 229-232. 1917; 63: 49, 50. 1919.
Includes Piper esculentum and Methysticum methysticum, new names for two
Polynesian species. First part reprinted, [1-4].
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS
119
1931. Fern notes II. Ferns in the herbarium of Parke, Davis & Co. Am. Midl.
Nat. 12: 233-311.
Includes numerous new names, some of Polynesian species, but few are valid under
any accepted rules.
Faujas-de-Saint-Fond, B.
1812. Mémoire sur le Phormium tenax, improprement appelé lin de la Nouvelle-
Zélande. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 19: 401-430. pl. 20. Reprint 1-
30. 1 pl. 1813.
Includes botanical and historical data on this native of Norfolk Island.
Faull, J. H.
1938. Taxonomy and geographical distribution of the genus Uredinopsis. Contr.
Arnold Arb. 11: 1-120. pl. 1-6.
Includes U. aspera n. sp. from Hawaii.
Fawcett, W.
1886. On new species of Balanophora and Thonningia, with a note on Brugmansia
Lowi, Becc. Trans, Linn. Soc. II Bot. 2: 233-247. pl. 33-36.
Includes a description of Balanophora hillebrandtii Rchb, f. from Tahiti and Comoro,
with extensive notes (Acroblastum pallens Solander). ~
Fedde, F.
1908a. W. Botting Hemsley, Triuridaceae novae (Ex: Ann. of Bot., xxi[{1907],
pp. 71-77, pl. ix, x). Repert. Nov. Sp. 6: 16-17.
Includes republication of Hemsley’s original description of Sciaphila aneitensis from
the New Hebrides Islands (Hemsley, W. B., 1907a).
1908b. Species novae ex “Hookers Icones Plantarum.” Repert. Nov. Sp. 5: 260-
271.
Includes reprinted descriptions of some Polynesian species.
1908c. Verzeichnis der neuen Namen und Beschreibung der neuen Gattungen aus:
René Viguier, Recherches anatomiques sur la classification des Araliacées
(Ex. Ann. Sci. nat. Paris, Bot., 9 sér., iv [1906], pp. 1-210.). Repert.
Nov. Sp. 6: 45-48.
Republication of selected data from WViguier, R., 1906 regarding certain New
Caledonian species.
1908-12. Vermischte neue Diagnosen. Repert. Nov. Sp. 5: 29-32. 1908; Repert.
Sp. Nov. 9: 571-576. 1911; 10: 313-316. 1912.
Contains republications of original descriptions, new combinations, etc., of numerous
species from Forbes, C. N., 1909, Dubard, M., 1906a, and Rock, J. F., 1911a.
1909a. Papaveraceae-Hypecoideae et Papaveraceae-Papaveroideae. Pflanzenr. 49:
(IV). (104) : 1-430. f. 1-43.
Monographic.
1909b. Balanophoraceae novae vel generice a Ph. van Tieghem-commutatae (Ex:
Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, Bot., sér. 9, t. vi. [1907], pp. 141-213). Repert.
Nov. Sp. 7: 265-272.
Republication of selected data from Tieghem, P. van, 1907, concerning various
New Caledonian species.
See also Mueller, F. von, 1938.
Feé, A. L. A.
1844-66. Mémoires sur la famille des fougéres. 1: 1-14. pi. 1-2. 1844; 2: 1-114.
pl. 1-64. 1845; 3-4: 1-54. pl. 1-5. 1851-52; 5: 1-387. pl. 1-30. 1850-52;
6-7-8: i-vi. 1-138. pl. 1-27. 1854-57; 9: 1-38. (ed. alt. 1-48). 1857;
10: 1-50. pl. 28-44. 1865; 11: i-xvi, 1-34. 1866.
Some parts include many Polynesian species; other parts do not apply to the region.
120 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Feldman, J., and Hamel, G.
1934. Observations sur quelques Gélidiacées. Rev. Gén. Bot. 46: 528-549. f. 1-11.
Ten species of Gelidiella recognized, including G. acerosa occurring in the Pacific.
Fenzl, E.
1836. Monographie der Mollugineen und Steudelieen zweier Unterabtheilungen
der Familie der Portulaceen (nebst einem Zusatze zur Abhandlung tiber
Acanthophyllum). Ann. Wien. Mus. Naturgesch. 1: 337-386.
Includes at least one species credited to Guam.
1839, Monographie der Mollugineen (Zweiter Artikel). Ann. Wien. Mus.
Naturgesch. 2: 243-310.
Includes Schiedea ligustrina from Hawaii.
1843. [Uber die bisher ihrer Stellung im nattirlichen Systeme nach zweifelhafte
Gattung Oxera Labillardier’s.] Amtl. Ber. Deutsch. Naturf. Aerzte 21:
148-155. pl. 2-3. Reprinted as “Ueber die Stellung der Gattung Oxera
im nattirlichen Sytseme [Systeme]” 1-8. pl. 2-3. 1843.
A New Caledonian genus. The title of this article is taken from the table of con-
tents of the volume, as the article was published without one: “Dr. Fenzl hielt einen
freien Vortrag iiber . . . Ovxera.”
1867-70. Reise der Gsterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren
1857, 1858, 1859, unter den Befehlen des Commodore B. von Wiillerstorf-
Urbair, Botanischer Theil. 1-261. pl. 1-36.
Papers by Krempelhuber, Milde, Griimow, Reichardt, and Mettenius indexed
separately.
Fernald, M. L.
1923. Nomenclatorial transfers in Mariscus. Rhodora 25: 49-54.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Field, B. L.
1938. Potentiality of the cashew nut industry in Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9(3):
13-15.
Economic notes on Anacardium occidentale.
Finet, E. A.
1899. Sur quelques espéces nouvelles du genre Calanthe. Bull. Soc. Bot. France
46: 434-437. pl. 10.
Includes C. balansae n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1903a. Enumération des espéces due genre Dendrobium (Orchidées) formant la
collection du Muséum de Paris. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 9: 295-
303.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1903b. Dendrobium nouveaux de l’herbier du Muséum. Bull .Soc. Bot. France
50: 372-383. pl. 11-14.
Includes seven new species of Dendrobium from New Caledonia.
1908. Orchidées nouvelles ou peu connues. IT. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55: 333-343.
t. 1. £. 1-2.
Includes Liparis chalandei n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1909. Pelma, Orchidacearum genus novum. Not. Syst. 1: 112-114. f. 6.
P. neo-caledonicum n. sp.
Finsch, O.
1887. Die Naturprodukte der westlichen Stdsee, besonders der deutschen Schutz-
gebiete. Deutsch. Kolon. Zeit. 4: 519-530, 543-551, 593-596. Reprint 1-23.
Not seen.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 121
1893. Ethnologische Erfahrungen und Belegstiicke aus der Stidsee.. Dritte Ab-
theilung: Mikronesien (West-Oceanien). Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien
8: 1-107, 119-437. pl. 1-7. f. 1-05.
Includes some notes on economic plants. The earlier parts of this. paper appertain to
New Guinea and the Bismarck Archipelago.
Fischer, E.
1914. Fungi (Gen. Dictyophora Desvaux) : in Sarasin, F. & Roux, J., Nova Cale-
donia Bot. 1: 1-4.
D, indusiata.
Fischer, F. E. L. See Langsdorff, G. H. von, and Fischer, F. E. L.
Fitzpatrick, H. M. See Mehrlich, F. P., and Fitzpatrick, H. M.
Fleischer, M.
1905. Neue Familien, Gattungen, und Arten der Laubmoose. Hedwigia 45: 53-87.
f. 1-4.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1914-22, Kritische Revision von Carl Miillerschen Laubmoos-Gattungen. I. Hed-
wigia 55: 280-285. 1914; (II) 59: 212-219. 1917; (III) 61: 402-408.
1920; (IV) 63: 209-216. 1922.
Includes reductions of some Polynesian species.
Fleischmann, H., and Rechinger, K.
1910. Orchidaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse. . .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 250-263. pl. 1-2. f. 10-11. Reprint
3: 76-89. pl. 1-2. f. 10-11.
Includes some Samoan species,
Florin, R.
1940. Die heutige und friihere Verbreitung der Koniferengattung Acmopyle
Pilger. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 34: 117-140. f. 1-4.
Concerns certain New Caledonian species, but the paper chiefly palaeobotanical.
Flotow, J. See Meyen, J., and Flotow, J.; and Mueller, J. (Muell.-Arg.), 1883b.
Fliigge, J.
1810. Graminum monographiae. Pars. I. Paspalus, Reimaria. 1-224.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Focke, W. O.
1872, Rubi Australienses. Die australischen und polynesischen Arten der Gattung
Rubus, Abh. Naturw. Ver. Bremen 4: 168-171.
Includes a key to the Australian and Polynesian species of Rubus.
1880. Ueber die natiirliche Gleiderung und die geographische Verbreitung der
Gattung Rubus. Bot. Jahrb. 1: 87-103.
Mentions Polynesian distribution of the genus.
1910-14. Species Ruborum. Monographiae generis Rubi Prodromus. Pars. I.
Bibl. Bot. 17(72'): 1-120. f. 1-53, 1910; Pars. II. (72?): 121-223. f.
54-87. 1911; Pars. IIT. 19(83): 1-274. f. 88-155. 1914.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Forbes, C. N.
1909-20. New Hawaiian plants. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 4: 213-223. 5 f. 1909;
(II) 296. 1 pl. f. 1-3. 1910; (III) 5: 3-12..5 f. 1912; (IV) 6: 39. 1914;
(V) 173-191. 9 f. 1916; (VI) 243-246. f. 9-10. 1917; (VII) 7: 33-39.
pl. 3-11. 1920.
Descriptions of various new species. For republication of original descriptions see
Fedde, F., 1908-12.
122 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
191la. Notes on the naturalized flora of the Hawaiian islands. Occ. Pap. Bishop
Mus. 4: 323-334.
A list with notes.
1911b. Preliminary observations concerning the plant invasion on some of the
lava flows of Mauna Loa, Hawaii. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 5: 15-23.
Ecological.
1913a. Notes on the flora of Kahoolawe and Molokini. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus.
5: 85-97. f. 1-7.
A list with notes.
1913b. An enumeration of Niihau plants. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 5: 99-113. f. 1-4.
Includes Euphorbia stokesti n. sp.
1913c. Report to W. T. Brigham (included in Director’s report for 1912). Occ.
Pap. Bishop Mus. 5: 123-127.
An account of botanical collecting in Hawaii in previous years.
1914, Plant invasion on lava. Mid-Pacific Mag. 7: 360-365.
Not seen; appertains to Hawaii,
1918. The genus Lagenophora in the Hawaiian islands with descriptions of new
species. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 6: 301-309. f. 1-4.
A synopsis; three species recognized, two new.
Forbes, C. N., and Munro, G. C.
1920. A new Cyanea from Lanai, Hawaii. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 7: 43. pl. 12.
C. baldwinti n. sp.
Forbes, C. N.
1920. Notes on Marsilea villosa Kaulf. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 7: 47-49. pi.
13-14,
From Oahu, Hawaii.
1921. Salient features of Hawaiian botany. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 7: 125-130.
(Proc. First Pan-Pacific Sci. Conference, Honolulu, 1920.)
Largely ecological.
Forster, G.
1780. Decas plantarum novarum, ex insulis maris australis. Nov. Acta Soc. Sci.
Upsal. IT. 3: 171-186.
Includes the descriptions of various new species.
1784a. Geschichte und Beschreibung des Brodbaums. Hess. Beitr. 1: 208-232, 384—
400. pl. 1-2. Reprint, 1-47. pl. 1-2.
Based on Polynesian material; Artocarpus incisa.
1784b. Vom Brodbaum. [1-2]. 1-47. pl. 1-2.
A republication of the preceding entry with a new title.
1786a. Dissertatio inauguralis botanico-medica, de plantis esculentis insularum
oceani australis. 1-80.
Based on Polynesian material.
1786b. Florulae insularum australium prodromus. 1-103.
The first published flora of Polynesia, listing 594 species, many described as new.
1797. Herbarium australe seu Catalogus plantarum exsiccatarum quas in florulae
insularum australium prodromo in commentatione de plantis esculentis
insularum oceani australis, in fasciculo plantarum Magellanicarum,
descripsit et delineavit; nec non earum quas ex insulis Madeira, St.
Jacobi, Adscensionis, St. Helenae et Fayal reportavit. 1-24.
Lists Forster’s Polynesian species,
See also Herder, F. von, 1885; and the next entry.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 123
Forster, J. R., and Forster, G.
1776. Characteres generum plantarium, quas in itinere ad insulas maris australis
collegerunt, descripserunt, delinearunt, annis 1772-1775. i-viii, i-x, 1-150.
pl. 1-75.
Includes original descriptions of numerous Polynesian genera and species.
1779. Beschreibungen der Gattungen von Pflanzen, auf einer Reise nach den In-
seln der Stidsee gesammelt, beschrieben und abgezeichnet, wahrend den
Jahren 1772 bis 1775. Aus dem Lateinischen tibersetzt, und von 75 bis auf
17 Kupferplatten eingeschrankt, durch Johann Simon Kerner. [i-xxii],
1-160, [1-14]. pl. 1-18.
A German translation of the preceding entry. See Herder, F. von, 1885, for data
on G. Forster’s unpublished drawings of Polynesian plants, now at the botanic garden,
Leningrad.
Fosberg, F. R.
1934. A key to the families of Monocotyledons in the Hawaiian islands. Univ.
Hawaii Occ. Pap. 18: 1-8.
A brief summary of the characters of 25 families with a dichotomous key.
1936a. The Hawaiian geraniums. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 12(16): 1-19. pl. 1-5.
Four species and numerous varieties of Geranium recognized.
1936b. Vegetation of Vostok Island, Central Pacific. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ.
30: 19.
A brief abstract.
1936c. Plant collecting on Lanai, 1935. Mid-Pacific Mag. 49: 119-123. 6 f.
A popular account.
1936d. A study of the Hawaiian genus Gouldia. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 30: 20.
A brief abstract; see Fosberg 1937c.
1936-42. Miscellaneous Hawaiian plant notes—I. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 12(15):
1-11. pl. 1. 1936; (II) 16: 337-347. 1942.
New combinations, critical notes, and descriptions of a few new varieties.
1937a. Some Rubiaceae of southeastern Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 13:
245-293. f. 1-15.
An enumeration with notes and with descriptions of some new species and varieties.
1937b. Immigrant plants in the Hawaiian Islands. I. Univ. Hawaii Occ. Pap. 32:
1-11. 1 f.
Notes on various introduced and naturalized species.
1937c. The genus Gouldia (Rubiaceae). Bishop Mus. Bull. 147: [1]. 1-82. pl. 1-3.
f. 1.
A taxonomic revision; three species, one new, and nearly 100 varieties and forms
with Latin names and many “polynomial” hybrids recognized in Hawaii.
1937d. An aggressive Lantana mutation. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 31:18.
A brief note concerning an aggressive form of L. camara.
Fosberg, F. R., and Hosaka, E. Y.
1938. An open bog on Oahu. Descriptions of two new varieties of Styphelia and
Lobelia. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 14: 1-6. f. 1-2.
Ecological, with descriptions of Styphelia tameiameiae var. hexamera and Lobelia
gaudichaudit var. koolauensis.
Fosberg, F. R.
1938-43. Notes on plants of the Pacific Islands. I. Bull. Torr, Bot. Club 65: 607-
614. 1938; (II) 67: 417-425. 1940; (IIT) 70: 386-397. 1943.
Includes notes on various Polynesian species, with some new species in Gouania,
Phaleria, Psychotria, Anectochilus, and Dubautia.
124 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1939a. Psychotria (Rubiaceae) in the Marquesas Islands. Not. Syst. 8: 161-173.
Descriptions of nine species, with key, including four new ones.
1939b, Notes on Polynesian grasses. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 15: 37-48. f. 1-3.
Notes on various species of Gramineae with new species and varieties in Eragrostis.
1939c. Taxonomy of the Hawaiian genus Broussaisia (Saxifragaceae). Occ. Pap.
Bishop Mus, 15: 49-60. f. 1.
B. arguta, with numerous forms recognized.
1939d. Diospyros ferrea (Ebenaceae) in Hawaii. Occ. Pap, Bishop Mus. 15:
119-131.
Many subspecies, varieties, and forms recognized.
1939e Nomenclature proposals for the 1940 botanical congress. Am. Jour. Bot. 26:
229-231.
Conservation of two Polynesian generic names proposed, Artocarpus Forst. and
Inocarpus Forst., 1776, against Sitodium Parkins. and Aniotum Parkins. of 1773,
respectively.
1940a. Melanesian vascular plants. Lloydia 3: 109-124. pl. 1. f. 1.
An enumeration with description of new species, including some from Santa Cruz
Islands. Piperaceae, by T. G. Yunker and W. Trelease; Moraceae, by V. S. Summer-
hayes; Orchidaceae, by L. O. Williams.
1940b. Notes on Micronesian Rubiaceae. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 15: 213-226.
An enumeration with descriptions of some new varieties and some new combinations.
1941. Names in Amaranthus, Artocarpus and Inocarpus. Jour, Washington Acad.
Sci. 31: 93-96.
Accepts Amaranthus tricolor Linn. and publishes Artocarpus altilis (Parkins.) Fosb.
and Inocarpus fagiferus (Parkins.) Fosb., these replacing Artocarpus communis Forst.
(A. incisa Linn. £.) and Inocarpus edulis Forst., both based on Polynesian material.
1942. Uses of Hawaiian ferns. Am. Fern Jour. 32: 15-23,
Concerns various species.
1943. The Polynesian species of Hedyotis (Rubiaceae). Bishop Mus. Bull. 174:
i, 1-102. pl. 1-4. f. 1-9.
In all, 129 entities recognized, largely trinomials as varieties and forms.
See also St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R.
Foslie, M.
1900a. Calcareous Algae from Funafuti. Norske Vid. Selsk. Skrifter 1900(1):
1-12.
A list with critical notes and descriptions.
1900b. New Melobesieae. Norske Vid. Selsk. Skrifter, 1900 (6): 1-24.
Includes Lithophyllum subreduncum and L, dentatum var. sandwicensis n. var. from
Hawaii,
1900c. Revised systematical survey of the Melobesieae. Norske Vid. Selsk.
Skrifter 1900(5): 1-22.
A list of the known species.
1907a, Corallinaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse. . .
Denkschr, Akad. Wiss. Wien 81: 209-210, Reprint 1: 13-14.
Includes some Samoan species.
1907b. Algologiske Notiser III. Norske Vid. Selsk. Skrifter 1906(8) : 1-34.
Includes some new Polynesian species.
See also Weber van Bosse, A., and Foslie, M.
Fournier, E,
1860-61. Notes sur le genre Albizzia Durazz. Ann, Sci. Nat. IV Bot. 14: 368-381.
pl. 14. 1860; 15: 161-178. 1861.
Includes the New Caledonian species, some new.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 125
1865. Notes supplémentaires sur le genre Albizzia. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 12:
398-401.
Three new species from New Caledonia described.
1869. Sur les fougéres de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 16:
389-394, 422-425.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
1873a. Filices Novae-Caledoniae enumeratio monographica. Ann. Sci. Nat. V.
Bot. 18: 253-360.
An enumeration with keys; includes numerous new species.
1873b. Sur les fougéres de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 20:
Session Extr, Belg. xx—xxii.
General discussion.
1874. Sur la dispersion géographique des fougéres de la Nouvelle-Calédonie.
Ann. Sci. Nat. V. Bot. 19: 287-299.
Phytogeographic.
1876a. Aralia (Pseudopanax) elegantissima. Ill. Hort. 23: 9-10, pl. 229.
Native of New Caledonia.
1876b. Lomaria gigantea Kaulf. Ill. Hort. 23: 56. pl. 237.
Native of Tahiti and New Caledonia.
1876c. Aralia filicifolia Ch. Moore. Ill, Hort. 23: 72. pl. 240.
Native of the Pacific Islands.
1876d. Cyathea nigra Lind. Ill. Hort. 23: 73. pl. 242.
Native of New Caledonia.
1876e. Kentia gracilis Ad. Br. & A. Gris. Ill. Hort. 23: 98. pl. 245,
Native of New Caledonia.
1876f. Fougéres nouvelles introduites par M. J. Linden. Ill. Hort. 23: 99-101.
Includes description of Fourniera funebris Fourn. and notes on Balantium
thyrsopteroides and some Lomaria species from New Caledonia.
1876g. Marattia attenuata, La Bill. Ill. Hort. 23: 112. pl. 246.
Native of New Caledonia.
1876h. Aralia Veitchii var. gracillima. Ill], Hort. 23: 113. pl. 247.
Native of New Caledonia.
18761. Lomaria neo-caledonica Lind. & Fourn. Ill. Hort. 23: 132. pl. 251.
Native of New Caledonia,
1876j. Lomaria ciliata Moore. Ill. Hort. 23: 144. pl. 252.
Native of New Caledonia.
Fournier, P.
1932. Contribution a l’histoire des sciences naturelles. Voyages et découvertes
scientifiques des missionaires naturalistes frangais, 4 travers le monde
pendant cing siécles XV° a XX° siécles. 1-369. 30 portraits.
Fowler, R. L.
1940a. Key to the ferns, Kilauea-Manua Loa Section, Hawaii Nat. Park Nat.
Hist. Bull. 4: 1-14.
Mimeographed data.
1940b. Annotated list of ferns of the Kilauea-Mauna Loa section of Hawaii
National Park. Am. Fern Jour. 30: 9-18.
Mimeographed data; a systematic annotated enumeration.
700080—47—9
126 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Francey, P.
1935-36. Monographie du genre Cestrum L. Candollea 6: 46-398. 1935; 7: 1-132.
pl. 1-3. 1936.
Monographic, a very few introduced species listed for Polynesia.
Frauenfeld, G. von
1867. Zur flora und fauna von Neu Caledonien. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 17:
464-493.
Lists many species of plants, some with notes.
Frear, M. D.
1929. Our familiar island trees. i-xiv, 1-161. frontisp. 45 f.
A popular account of the commonly cultivated ornamental trees of Hawaii.
1938. Flowers of Hawaii. [1-42]. pl. 1-30.
Text by M. D. Frear, colored plates by O. G. McLean; a popular work, the species
illustrated all exotics or hybrids.
Frémy, P.
1941. Revision du genre Skujaella J. de Toni (=Trichodesmium Ehr. et Auct.)
Botaniste 31: 3-19,
All species discussed and united in one single one, Skujaella erythraea, with three
forms; occurs in New Caledonia,
Friedel, J.
1933. Sur l’anatomie de l’Oceanopapaver neo-caledonicum Guillaumin. Import-
ance de cette espéce au point de vue systématique. Bull. Soc. Bot. France
80: 33-35.
Native of New Caledonia.
1934. A propos de deux Papavéracées aberrantes: L’Oceanopapaver neocale-
donicum Guillaumin et le Meconopsis chelidonifolia Bur. et Franch.
Application de l’anatomie 4 l’étude de la filiation; esquisse d’ une
méthode, Rev. Gén. Bot. 46: 321-331. f. 1-4.
Concerns in part a New Caledonian species.
Friederici, G.
1936. Die Siisskartoffel in der Siidsee. Mitteilungsbl. Ges. Volkerk. [Leipzig]
1936 (7): 2-7. Reprint 1-6.
Opposes the theory of prehistoric Polynesian introduction of this tropical American
species; see Dixon, R. B., 1932.
Fries, E.
1851. Novae symbolae Mycologicae, in peregrinis terris a botanicis Danicis col-
lectae. Nova Acta Soc. Sci. Upsal. III. 1: 15-136.
Includes a few species of fungi from Tahiti and Hawaii, some new.
Fries, R. E.
1920. Die Myxomyceten der Juan Fernandez-Inseln: in Skottsberg, C., The nat-
ural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany 55-58,
A list with notes,
Fries, T. C. E.
1922. Die Gasteromyceten der Juan Fernandez und Osterinseln: in Skottsberg, C.,
The natural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany
59-60.
A list with notes.
Fries, T. M.
1857. De Stereocaulis et Pilophoris commentatio. 1-42.
Includes S. rocelloides n. sp. from Hawaii.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 127
1858. Monographia Stereocaulorum et Pilophororum. Nova Acta Soc. Sci. Upsal.
III 2: 307-380. pl. 7-10. Reprint, 1-76. pl. 7-10. 1858.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Fuentes, F.
1913. Reseiia botdnica sobre la Isla de Pascua. Publ. Inst. Centr. Meteor. Chile
4: 1-9; Bol. Mus. Nac. Chile 5: 320-337.
A list of 124 species from Easter Island.
* Fukuyama, N.
1937a.
1937b.
1937c.
1938,
1939.
1940.
1904.
Studia Orchidacearum. IX. Orchidaceae novae Micronesianae a T. Ho-
sokawa collectae. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 51: 900-906. f. 1-6. Reprinted as
Contr. Herb. Taihoku Univ., No. 53, without change of pagination.
Five new species described in Dendrobium, Microtatorchis, and Taeniophyllum. The
previous parts contain no Polynesian species.
Eine neue Orchidee der Palau-Inseln. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa
27: 279-280.
Nervilia oxyglossa n. sp.
Dipodium freycinetioides Fukuyama, eine neue stammepiphytische Orchidee
aus Micronesien. Trans, Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 27: 265-267.
Native of the Palau Islands,
Einige neue Orchideen von Mikronesien, mit besonderer Berticksichtigung
der von Palau-Inseln, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 28: 1-7.
Six new species described in Phreatia, Oxyanthera, Acriopsis, Microstylis, and
Liparis.
Diagnoses Orchidaeearum novarum vel minus cognitarum anno 1938 ab T.
Hosokawa in insula Kusaie [Caroline Isl.] collectarum. Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. Formosa 29: 97-102.
Eleven species and varieties enumerated, with notes, several described as new.
Species novae generis Nervilia Comm. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 30:
428-429.
Nervilia umenei and N, trichophylla n. spp. from Palau Island. See Yamamoto,
Y., Mori, K., and Fukuyama, N., 1939.
G
Screw pines. Garden 2: 501-502. 1 f.
An enumeration including Pandanus veitchii from the South Sea Islands and
P. decorus from New Caledonia.
The cooler filmy ferns. Flora & Sylva 2: 333-338. 3 f., 362-367. 3 f.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Gagnepain, F.
1909. Le Commersonia echinata Forster et ses formes. Not. Syst. 1: 96-97.
A critical note.
1913. Zingiberaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse. . .
Denkschr, Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 516-522. f. 13-17. Reprint 5: 74-80.
f. 13-17.
Includes some Samoan species.
Gaillard, A.
1892, Le genre Meliola, anatomie, morphologie, systématique. 1-164. pl. 1-24.
Includes the Polynesian species. Briefly summarized in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 38:
Rev. Bibl. 76-78. 1892. Bull. Soc. Myc. France 8: 33-38.
ry
128 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Gandoger, M.
1918-19. Sertum plantarum novarum. Pars prima. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:
24-69. 1918; Pars secunda. 66: 216-233, 286-287. 1919,
Includes some new Polynesian species.
1924. Le genre Sida (Malvacées). Bull. Soc. Bot. France 71: 627-633.
A key to the known species,
Garabedian, S.
1924. A revision of Emilia. Kew Bull, 1924: 137-144.
Twenty-three species recognized, with key, including the Polynesian species.
Gardner, C. A., and Hubbard, C. E.
1938. Brachiaria occidentalis C. A. Gardner et C. E. Hubbard. Hook. Ic. 34:
pl. 3363. 1-5.
Records Brachiaria reptans (Linn.) Gardn. & Hubb. (Panicum reptans Linn.)
from Polynesia.
Gardner, N. L.
1927, A new species of Entophysalis from China, and notes on other species of
the genus. Univ. Calif, Publ. Bot. 13: 369-372. pl. 72.
Includes E. samoensis.
Gaudichaud, C.
1824, Description de quelques nouveaux genres de plantes recueillies dans le
voyage autour du monde, sous les ordres du Capitaine Freycinet. Ann,
Sci. Nat. 3: 507-510.
Includes the descriptions of several new species from Hawaii and the Marianas
Islands,
1826-30. Voyage autour du monde entrepris par ordre du Roi... sur les corvettes
lUranie et la Physicienne pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820
. .. par M. Louis de Freycinet. Botanique. i-vii, 1-522; Atlas 1-22.
pl. 1-120.
Includes descriptions of various Polynesian species. See Jour. Bot. 39: 206. 1901,
and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. vii 7: 392. 1901, for dates of issue, pp. 1-88. 1826; 89-216.
1827; 217-360. 1828; 361-464. 1829; 465-522. 1830. Algae by Agardh; Fungi by
Persoon.
1846-66. Voyage autour du monde exécuté pendant les années 1836 et 1837 sur la
corvette la Bonite commandée par M. Vaillant .. . Botanique, crypto-
games cellulaires et vasculaires 1: i-xi. 1-355, 1846; Introduction 1:
1-354, 2: 1-444. 1851; Atlas t. 1-150. 1846-49(?). Explication et descrip-
tion des planches de I’atlas par C. d’Alleizette. 1-186. 1866.
Includes some Polynesian species. See Jour. Bot. 39: 206. 1901, and Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. VII 7: 391. 1901, for dates of issue; for a more complete consideration see
I. M. Johnston, Jour. Arnold Arb. 253 481-487. 1944. Fungi by Léveillé; Algae,
Lichens, Musci, and Hepaticae by Montagne; Lycopodiaceae by Spring. The actual
descriptions of the phanerogams illustrated in the atlas were not published.
Gay, C. ~
1833. Apergu sur les recherches d’histoire naturelles faites dans l’Amérique du
sud, et principalement dans le Chile pendant les années 1830 et 1831.
Ann. Sci. Nat; 28: 369-393.
Includes notes on the flora of Juan Ferndndez.
1845-54. Historia fisica y politica de Chile segun documentos adquiridos en esta
republica durante doce afios de residencia en ella y publicada bajo los
auspicios del supremo gobierno. Botanica. 1: 1-496. 1845; 2: 1-534.
1846; 3: 1-484. 1847; 4: 1-516. 1849; 5: 1-479, 1849; 6: 1-551. 1853
[1854] ; 7: 1-515. 1850-54; 8: 1-448 1852 [1854]; Atlas pl. 1-135.
A general descriptive flora including the Juan Fernandez species. For dates of issue
see I, M. Johnston, Darwiniana 5: 154-164. 1941.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 129
Gay, J.
1823. Fragment d’une monographie des vraies Buttnériacées. Mém. Mus. Hist.
Nat. [Paris] 10: 199-220. pl. 12-15. Reprint 1-24. pl. 12-15.
Includes Commersonia echinata from the Society and Friendly Islands.
“Gazelle” Expedition.
1889. Die Forschungsreise S. M. S. “Gazelle” in den Jahren 1874 bis 1876 unter
Kommando des Kapitan zur See Freiherrn von Schleinitz. Theil 4.
Botanik.
Prepared by various authors, See: Askenasy, E., Engler, A., Kuhn, M.,
Mueller, K., Schiffner, V., and Thuemen, F. V., listed separately in this
bibliography.
[Geel, P. C. van]
1828-32, Sertum botanicum; collection de plantes remarquables par leur utilité,
leur élégance, leur éclat ou leur nouveauté. 4 vols. 600 pl.
The colored folio plates are not numbered, nor is the accompanying text paged;
includes a few Polynesian species.
Geert, A. van
1879. Sadleria cyathioides. Rev. Hort. Belge 5: 109. 1 f.
A general note on this native of Hawaii.
1887. Les Kentias australiens. Rev. Hort. Belge 13: 105.
Includes the species of Lord Howe Island.
Geiseler, E. F.
1807. Crotonis monographiam, speciminis loco inauguralis, ut doctoris medici
gradum in alma Friedericiana adipiscatur, ad diem 20. martii 1807,
exhibit. i-x, 1-83.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Geitler, L.
1925. Neue oder wenig bekannte Protisten XVI. Neue oder wenig bekannte
Cyanophyceen II. Arch. Protistenk. 51: 361-433. f. 1-39.
Includes Mastigocoleus obtusus and Rosaria ramosa from New Caledonia.
Gepp, A., and Gepp, E. S.
191la. The Codiaceae of the Siboga Expedition including a monograph of the
Flabellarieae and Udoteae. Siboga Exped. 62: 1-145. pl. 1-22.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1911b, Marine algae from the Kermadecs. Jour. Bot. 49: 17-23.
An enumeration.
Gepp, A.
1922. Marine algae [of New Caledonia]. Jour. Linn, Soc. Bot. 46: 45-46.
An enumeration.
Gepp, E.S. See Gepp, A., and Gepp, E. S.
Gibbs, L. S.
1909. A contribution to the montane flora of Fiji (including cryptogams), with
ecological notes. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 130-212 pl. 11-16. f. 1-2. 1
map.
An enumeration with description of new species.
Giesen, H.
1938. Triuridaceae. Pflanzenr. 104: (IV. 18) : 1-84. pl. 1-3. f. 1-18.
Monographic.
130 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Giesenhagen, K.
1901. Die Farngattung Niphobolus, Eine Monographie. i-v, [1-5], 1-223. f. 1-20.
Includes the Polynesian species.
Giffard, W. M.
1918. Some observations on Hawaiian forests and forest cover in their relation
to water supply. Rep, Com. Agr. For. Hawaii 6: 515-538. 7 f.
A general discussion.
Gilg, E., and Benedict, C.
1921. Die bis jetzt aus Mikronesien und Polynesien bekannt gewordenen Logan-
iaceen. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 540-557, f. 1-3.
Several species described as new.
Gilg, E.
1934, Eine neue Geniostoma-Art der Marianen, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12:
221-222,
Includes G, longistylum n. sp. and G. hoeferi var. glabra n, var.
See also Perkins, J., and Gilg, E.; and Engler, A., 1892-1936.
Gill, W. W.
1889. Botanische Miszellen aus der Siidsee. Mitt. Geogr. Ges. Jena 7: 83-105.
Not seen.
Gillespie, J. W.
1930-32. New plants from Fiji. (I) Bishop Mus. Bull. 74: 1-99, 1 pl. f. 1-57.
1930; (II) 83: i-ii, 1-72. 1 pl. f. 1-40. 1931: (III) 91: 1-81. f. 1-43. 1932.
Includes the descriptions of numerous new species and redescriptions of and notes
on previously described ones.
1933. Dorisia rarissima. Hook. Ic. 32: t, 3190.
Native of Fiji; a new genus and species of the Rubiaceae.
Gilmore, A. B.
1939. The Hawaiian sugar manual. 1-242. illustr.
Sugarcane varieties in Hawaii, by A. J. Mangelsdorf, pp. 19-20, and forestry in
Hawaii, by L. W. Bryan, pp. 24-27; not seen.
Gingins [Lassaraz, F. C. J.] de
1826. Description de quelques espéces nouvelles de Violacées regues de Mr. Adel-
bert de Chamisso examinée en 1825 par Mr. de Gingins. Linnaea 1:
406-413.
Includes descriptions of Viola chamissoniana and V. tracheliifolia native of Hawaii.
Gmelin, J. F.
1791, Caroli a Linné Systema naturae per regna tria naturae secundum classes
ordines, genera, species cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis.
Editio decima tertia, aucta reformata. 2: Regnum vegetabile, i-xl, 1-1661.
Ed. 13 of Linnaeus’s “Systema Naturae.” The volumes on animals and minerals
are not included here.
Goddijn, W. A.
1913-19. Synopsis Hymenophyllacearum, monographie hujus ordines prodromus,
auctore R. B. van den Bosch, M. D., mit zahlreichen Zusatzen und Abbil-
dungen aus dem Nachlass des Verfassers neu herausgegeben. Med. Rijks
Herb. Leiden 17: 1-36, f. 1-23. 1913; (11) 38: 1-41. f. 24-45. 1919,
Includes some Polynesian species. See Boseh, R. B. van den, 1859.
Goeze, E.
1886. Podocarpus vitiensis. Hamburg. Gart. Blumenzeit. 42: 266-267.
A general note on this native of Fiji.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 131
Goff, R. A. See Ripperton, J. C., Goff, R. A., Edwards, D. W., and Davis, W. C.
Goldmann, I.
1843. Filices: in Meyen, F. J. F., Beitrage zur Botanik. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-
Carol. Nat, Cur. 19: Suppl. 1: 451-469.
Includes some Hawaiian species,
Gomont, M.
1892. Monographie des Oscillariées (Nostocacées homocystées). Ann. Sci. Nat.
VII. Bot. 15: 203-368. pl. 6-14; (11) 16: 91-2064. pl. 1-7.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Goodser, W. E.
1937. Fiji kauri. Random notes on trees of Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8: 19-21.
Notes on Agathis vitiensis and allied species.
Goodspeed, T. H. (Editor).
1936. Essays on geobotany in honor of William Albert Setchell. i-xxv, 1-319. lus.
The two papers appertaining to Polynesia are listed under their respective authors,
E. D. Merrill and C. Skottsberg.
1941. Plant hunters in the Andes. i-xvi, 1-429. illus.
Chapter 10, pp. 273-309, pertains to Juan Fernandez with some observations on the
vegetation and special species.
Gordon, G.
1858. The pinetum: being a synopsis of all the coniferous plants at present known,
with descriptions, history and synonymes and comprising nearly one hun-
dred new kinds. i-xxii, 1-353. 1858; Supplement i-vii, 1-119. 1862; ed. 2,
i-xxiv, 1-484. 1875; ed. 3, i-xxiv, 1-484. 1880.
Includes various Polynesian species. Ed. 2 and 3 are enlarged and include the
data from the supplement to the first edition.
Gottsche, K. M.
1857. Pugillus novarum Hepaticarum e recensione herbarii musei Parisiensis.. Ann.
Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 8: 318-348. pl. 9-16.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
See also Lindenberg, J. B. W., 184447; and Lindenberg, J. B. W., and
Gottsche, K. M.
Gouas, L.
1857. Les Freycinetia. Rev. Hort. 1857: 350-353. f. 119.
Includes references to some Polynesian species.
Gower, W. H.
1887a. Short notes—ferns. Garden 31: 101.
Includes Davallia foeniculacea from Fiji.
1887b. The todeas. Garden 31: 263-264. 1 f.
Includes Todea wilkesiana, native of Fiji.
1887c. Nothochlaena distans. Garden 32: 496. 1 f.
Native of New Caledonia.
1888. Ornamental nephrodiums. Garden 33: 618-619. 1 f.
Includes notes on and illustrations of Nephrodium rodigasianum from Samoa and
N. cyatheoides from Hawaii.
1893. Nothoclaenas. Garden 43: 509. 3 f.
An enumeration including Nothoclaena distans from New Caledonia.
132 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Graebner, P.
1900. Typhaceae. Pflanzenr. 2(IV. 8): 1-18. f. 1-4.
Monographic.
See also Ascherson, P., and Graebner, P.
Graeffe, E.
1869. Die Kolonisirung der Viti-Inseln und Dr. Eduard Graeffe’s Reise im Innern
von Viti-Levu. Mitt. Perth Geogr. Anstalt 15: 59-69, pl. 4.
General narrative of exploration.
Graff, P. W.
1917, Fungi and lichens from the island of Guam. Mycologia 9: 4-22.
A list.
Grassl, C. O.
1946. Saccharum robustum and other wild relatives of “noble” sugar canes. Jour.
Arnold Arb, 27: 234-252. pl. 1-3.
Saccharum robustum Brandes & Jeswiet n. sp. recorded from the New Hebrides
and Erianthus maximus from various Pacific Islands and New Caledonia,
Gray, A.
1849. On some plants of the order Compositae from the Sandwich Islands. Proc.
Am, Assoc, Adv. Sci. 2: 397-398.
Mentions several new species, including Argyroxiphium macrocephalum and Wilkesia
gymnoxiphium,
1852a. Account of Argyroxiphium, a remarkable genus of Compositae, belonging to
the mountains of the Sandwich Islands. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci. 2:
159-160.
Includes also Wilkesia gymnoxiphium n. sp.
1852b. Characters of three new genera of plants of the orders Violaceae and
Anonaceae, discovered by the naturalists of the United States Exploring
Expedition (Agatea, Isodendron, Richella). Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci.
2: 323-325.
Includes four new species from Hawaii and Fiji.
1854-57. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840,
1841, 1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N., Botany,
Phanerogamia 1: 1-777. 1854; Atlas 1-4. pl. 1-100. 1857.
Includes many Polynesian species, chiefly from Hawaii and Fiji. The unpublished
MS. of vol. 2 is at the Gray Herbarium.
1855a. Description de cinq nouveau genres de plantes de la Polynésie recueillies
dans le voyage d’exploration du Capitaine Wilkes. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV.
Bot. 4: 176-178.
Description of the new genera Acicalyptus, S piraeanthemum, Reynoldsia, Tetra-
blasandra, and Plerandra, all published one year earlier in the Wilkes Expedition
report.
1855b. On the affinities of the genus Vavaea Benth.; also of Rhytidandra Gray.
Mem. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 5: 329-336.
Discusses Vavaea amicorum from Tonga and Fiji, and Rhytidandra from Fiji.
1857. Characters of some new genera of plants, mostly from Polynesia, in the col-
lection of the United States Exploring Expedition under Captain Wilkes.
Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 3: 48-54, 127-129,
Includes many new species from Hawaii and Fiji and 17 new genera,
1860a. Notes upon some Rubiaceae collected in the United States South Sea Ex-
ploring Expedition under Captain Wilkes, with characters of new species,
&c. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci. 4: 33-50, 306-318.
Includes various Polynesian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 133
1860b. Notes upon some Polynesian plants of the order Loganiaceae. Proc. Am.
Acad. Arts. Sci. 4: 319-324.
Includes Couthovia corynocarpa n. sp. from Fiji.
1860c. Diagnoses of the species of sandalwood (Santalum) of the Sandwich
Islands. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 4: 326-327.
Four species recognized.
1861a. Characters of some Compositae in the collection of the United States South
Pacific Exploring Expedition under Captain Wilkes, with observations,
&c. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 5: 115-146.
Includes the descriptions of various new species from Polynesia.
1861b. Notes on the Lobeliaceae, Goodeniaceae, &c. of the collection of the U. S.
South Pacific Exploring Expedition. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 5: 146-152.
Includes various Polynesian species.
1861c. Notes upon a portion of Dr. Seeman’s recent collection of dried plants
gathered in the Feejee Islands. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 5: 314-352.
A list of species, several new. ’
1861-62. Characters of some new or obscure species of plants, of monopetalous
orders, in the collection of the United States South Pacific Exploring
Expedition under Captain Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. With various notes
and remarks, &c. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 5: 321-352. 1861; 6: 37-55.
1862.
Includes descriptions of many Polynesian species.
1862a. Plantae Vitienses Seemannianae. Remarks on the plants collected in the
Vitian or Fijian Islands by Dr. Berthold Seemann. Bonplandia 10: 34-37,
A list with notes.
1862b. Additional note on the genus Rhytidandra. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 6:
55-56.
A description of its fruit.
1865. New or little-known Polynesian Thymeleae. Jour. Bot. 3: 302-306.
Ten species considered, seven described as new.
1866. A new Fijian Hedycaria. Jour. Bot. 4: 83-84.
H. dorsteniodes n. sp.
1870. Miscellaneous botanical notes and characters. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci.
8: 282-296.
Includes a description of Nama sandwicensis Gray from Hawaii.
1871. Characters of a new genus consisting of two species of parasitic Genti-
aneae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 11: 22-23.
Eophylon tenellum is described from “Mangs or Mangsi Islands, north of the
Ladrones.” It is Mangsi Island, near Balabac Strait, Sulu Sea, Philippine Islands.
The species is hence to be excluded from Polynesia.
1877. Plants of the Pacific islands: in Streets, T. H., Contributions to the natural
history of the Hawaiian and Fanning islands and Lower California made
in connection with the United States North Pacific Surveying Expedi-
tion. 1873-75. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 7: 142-143. Reprinted in Smith-
sonian Misc. Coll. 13: 142-143.
A list.
Gray, J. E.
1866a. On Anadyomene and Microdictyon, with the description of three new allied
genera discovered by Menzies in the Gulf of Mexico. Jour. Bot. 4:
41-51, 65-72. pl. 44.
Includes Microdictyon velleyanum from Hawaii and M. montagnei from the
Friendly Islands.
134 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1866b. Additional notes on Anadyomene and Microdictyon, with indications of a
new genus Macrodictyon (conf. Journ. of Bot. 1866, pp. 41, 65). Jour.
Bot. 4: 291-293.
Includes the description of Macrodictyon clathratum from Sumatra and Hawaii.
Gray, W. D. See Yuncker, T. G., and Gray, W. D.
Greenwood, W.
1929. Sterculia from Fiji. Kew Bull. 1929: 240.
A new name, Sterculia guppyi, proposed for §. (Firmiana) diversifolia.
1943, The adventive and weed flora of the leeward coasts of Fiji. Proc. Linn.
Soc. 154(2) : 92-106.
A discussion of introduced and naturalized species with an enumeration of the
species,
1944. Supplementary notes on the adventive and weed flora of the leeward
coasts of Fiji. Jour. Arnold Arb. 25: 397-405.
Lists about 80 species, with notes, some not previously recorded from Fiji.
See also Dixon, H. N., and Greenwood, W.
Greville, R. K., and Hooker, W. J.
1831-33. Enumeratio Filicum. Bot. Miscel. Hook. 2: 360-403. 1831; 3: 216-232.
1833.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1832. Additions and corrections to the Enumeratio Filicum, Part I. Lycopodineae.
Bot. Miscel. Hook. 3: 104-109.
Supplementary to the preceding item.
Greville, R. K.
1848. Notice of two new species of ferns belonging to the genera Oleandra and
Polypodium. Am. Mag. Nat. Hist. IT. 1: 326-328. pl. 18.
Includes Oleandra sibbaldii n. sp. from Tahiti.
1850a. Notice of a new species of Spiridens. Trans. Bot. Soc. [Edinb.]. 3: 47-48.
t. 3.
S. balfouriana n. sp. from Tahiti.
1850b. Notice of a new species of Antrophyum. Trans. Bot. Soc. [Edinb.]. 3:
63-64. pl. 5.
A, grevillit n. sp. from Tahiti.
1863. Descriptions of new and rare diatoms. Series 8. Trans. Microsc. Soc. Lon-
don IT. 11: 13-21.
Includes Campylodiscus wallichianus n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1863-66. Descriptions of new genera and species of diatoms from the South
Pacific. Trans. Bot. Soc. [Edinb.]. 7: 534-543. pl. 13. 1863; (II) 574
580. pl. 15; (III) 8: 233-238. pi. 3. 1866.
Includes some Polynesian species,
1866. Descriptions of new and rare diatoms from the tropics and Southern Hemi- .
sphere. Trans. Bot. Soc. [Edinb.]. 8: 436-441. pl. 6.
Includes some Polynesian species.
See also Hooker, W. J., and Greville, R. K.
Grilli, M.
1886. Piante raccommandabili. Bull. Soc. Tose. Ort. 11: 235-237. f. 26-27.
Includes notes on and illustration of Aralia reginae Hort. Linden, introduced from
New Caledonia.
Gris, A. See Brongniart, A., and Gris, A.
135
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS
Grisebach, A. H. R.
1838. Genera et species Gentianearum adjectis observationibus quibusdam phyto-
geographicis. i-viii, 1-364.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1845. Gentianaceae. DC. Prodr. 9: 38-141.
Monographic.
1853. Schenkia, novum genus Gentianearum. Bonplandia 1: 226.
Native of Hawaii.
1872, Die vegetation der Erde nach ihrer klimatischen Anordnung; ein Abriss
der vergleichenden Geographie der Pflanzen. Ed. 2 revised and enlarged.
1: i-xv, 1-567. map; 2: i-xi, 1-693. 1884.
Ed. 1 not seen; ed. 2 contains some data on the vegetation of Polynesia (2: 499.
505).
1877-78. La végétation du globe d’aprés sa disposition suivant les climats;
esquisse d’une géographie comparéc des plantes . . . traduit de l’allemand
par P. de Tchihatcheff. 1: i-xvi, 1-765. map. 1877; 2: i-vi, 1-905. 1878.
A French translation of Grisebach, 1872, with a geological sketch and other addi-
tions by translator.
1880. Gesammelte Abhandlungen und kleinere Schriften zur Pflanzengeographie.
i-vii, 1-628. porir.
Includes some data on Polynesia, pp. 401-402, 485-487, 553-554.
Groves, J.
1921. Charophyta from Annam and Guam. Philip. Jour. Sci. 19: 663-664.
Lists Chara flaccida from Guam.
1922, Charophyta [of New Caledonia]. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 46: 69-70. pl. 5.
Includes Nitella comptonii n. sp.
Grunow, A.
1867. Algae: in Fenzl, E., Reise der Oesterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die
Erde... Botanischer Theil 1: 1-104. pl. 1-11.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1872. Novara diatoms. Descriptions.of new genera and species of diatoms ob-
tained by the Austrian imperial frigate Novara, during her voyage round
the world. Grevillea 1: 30-32. pl. 2; 41-43, 76-80. pl. 5, 91-94, pl. 6.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1873. Algen der Fidschi-, Tonga-, und Samoa-Inseln gesammelt von Dr. E.
Graeffe. Erste Folge: Phaeosporeae, Fucoideae und Florideae. Jour.
Mus. Godeffroy 3(6): 23-50.
A list with critical notes and descriptions.
1915-16. Additamenta ad cognitionem Sargassorum. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien
65: 329-448. 1915; 66: 1-48, 136-185. 1916.
Two hundred and twenty species considered, including some from Polynesia.
Gugerli, K.
1939, Purpureostemon gen. nov. Mitteilungen aus dem Botanischen Museum der
Universitat Ziirich. CLIX. Repert. Sp. Nov. 46: 228-230. f. 1-2.
Native of New Caledonia, based on Leptospermum ciliatum Forst.
Guilfoyle, W. R.
1869. A botanical tour among the South Sea Islands. Jour. Bot. 7: 117-136.
Guilfoyle’s narrative as supplied to F. von Mueller; general observations on Samoa,
Friendly Islands, Fiji, New Hebrides, and New Caledonia.
136
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Guillaumin, A. a
1909-13. Remarques sur la synonymie de quelques plantes néo-calédoniennes. (1).
Not. Syst. 1: 108-112. f. 5, (II) 328-331. 1909-11; (III) 2: 37-41, (IV)
91-99, (V) 105-109, (VI) 129-132, (VI bis [VII]) 194-200 (VIII)
229-235, (IX) 372-377. 1 f. 1911-13.
Critical notes on various species.
1911-1944. Contribution a la flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. (1) Contribution a la
flore de Bourail (Nouvelle Calédonie). Plantes des environs de Bourail
recueillies par M. Pennel. Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille II. 9: 55-73, (II)
Plantes recueillies 4 l'ile des Pins par Jeanneney. 74-75. 1911; (III)
Plantes recueillies par Mlle. Kiener. Not. Syst. 2: 41-42, (IV) Plantes
recueillies par M. le Dr. Gervais. 42-44, (V) Plantes recueillies par M.
Savés. 44-46, (VI) Plantes recueillies par M. Fetscherin. 99-105. 1911;
(VII) Plantes recueillies par M. et Mme. Le Rat, de 1900 a 1910.
Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 17: 349-357, (VIII) 453-459, (IX) 558-
566. 1911; (X) 18: 39-46, (XI) 91-101, (XII) Plantes recueillies par
Cribs et conservées au Muséum de Paris. 166-176, (XIII) 324-331,
(XIV) 373-384. 1912; (XV) Nouvelle contribution a la flore de Bourail.
Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille II. 10: 157-172, (XV [XVI]) Plantes
recueillies par M. Bougier. 466-468. 1912; (XVI [XVII]) Plantes de
Vherbier dendrologique de l’exposition de 1889. Bull. Mus, Hist. Nat.
[Paris] 19: 376-379, (XVII [XVIII]} Plantes recueillies par M. et
Mme. Le Rat de 1900 4 1910 (1° supplément). 379-383, (XIX) Plantes
de collecteurs divers. 509-519, (XX) Plantes recueillies par M. Franc.
519-524. 1913; (XXI) Liste des noms vulgaires donnés par les Frangais.
20: 93-96. 1914; (XXII) Plantes recueillies par M. Franc. 25: 213-
217, (XXIII) 288-295, (XXIV) 372-376, (XXV) Plantes recueillies
par M. E. Lequerré. 376-378, (XXVI) Plantes recueillies par M. et
Mme. Le Rat de 1900 a 1910 (2° supplément). 499-500, (XXVII)
Plantes de collecteurs divers. 501-505, (XXVIII) 645-652. 1919;
(XXIX) 26: 77-84, (XXX) Plantes recueillies par M. et Mme. Le
Rat, de 1900 & 1910 (3° supplément). 174-179, (XXXI) Plantes
recueillies par M. Franc. 254-261, (XXXII) Plantes de collecteurs
divers, 361-368, (XX XIII) 434-435. 1920; (XXXIV) Plantes recueillies
par M. Franc. 27: 119-125, (XXXV) Graines de la collection du
laboratoire de culture. 257-259, (XXXVI) Plantes recueillies par M.
Franc. 558-562. 1921; (XXXVII) 28: 103-108, (XXXVIII) 196-199,
(XXXIX), (2° supplément) 545-546. 1922 ; (XL) Plantes recueillies
par M. et Mme. Le Rat de 1900 4 1910 (4° supplément), 29: 112-113,
(XLI) Plantes de collecteurs divers. 114-118. 1923; (XLII) 31: 100-
103, (XLIII) 209-212, (XLIV) Plantes recueillies par M. Franc (3°
supplément). 480-481, (XLV) Plantes de collecteurs divers. 482-484.
1925; (XLVI) Plantes ligneuses recoltées en 1924 par M. K. Mezger.
Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille IV. 3(3) : 39-44. 1926; (XLVII) Plantes
recueillies par M. et Mme Le Rat de 1900 a 1910 (5° supplément). Bull.
Mus, Hist. Nat. [Paris] 32: 229-230, (XLVIII) Plantes recueillies par
M. Franc. (4° supplément). 231-232. 1926; (XLIX) Plantes de col-
lecteurs divers. 33: 110-114, (L) Plantes recueillies par M. Franc
(5° supplément). 272-276. 1927; (LI) Plantes recueillies par M. et Mme.
Le Rat de 1900 4 1910. (6° supplément). Bull. Mus, Hist. Nat. [Paris]
IT 1: 117-121, (LII) Plantes recueillies par M, Franc (6° supplément).
121-123, (LIII) Plantes de collecteurs divers. 216-218. 1929; (LIV)
Plantes recueillies par M. Ch. Bergent. Candollea 5: 148-152. 1932 ;
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 137
(LV) Plantes recueillies par M. Franc (7° supplément). Bull. Mus.
Hist. Nat. [Paris] II. 2: 165-171. 1930; (LVI) (8° supplément). 4:
688-694, (LVII) Plantes recueillies par M. et Mme. Le Rat de 1900 a
1910 (7° supplément). 694-697, (LVIII) Plantes recueillies par
Godefroy. 697-702, (LIX) Plantes de collecteurs divers. 702-704, 1932;
(LX) Plantes recueillies par M. Franc (9* supplément). 5: 242-249,
(LXI) Plantes recueillies par M..Franc de 1905 a 1930 (10° sup-
plément). 322-327, (LXII) Plantes de collecteurs divers. 6: 198-203,
(LXIII) Plantes recueillies par M. et Mme. Le Rat de 1900 a 1910
(8° supplément). 302-309, (LXIV) (9° supplément). 456-463. 1934;
(LXV) Plantes recueillies par I. Franc de 1905 4 1930 (11° supplément).
Not. Syst. 5: 13-16. 1935; (LXVI) Plantes de collecteurs divers. 5:
131-134. 1936; (LXVII) Plantes récoltées par M. et M™* Le Rat de
1900 A 1910. (10° supplément). Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] II. 10:
433-434, (LXVIII) Plantes des collecteurs divers. 518-521, (LXIX)
Plantes recueillies par I. Franc de 1905 4 1930 (12° supplément). 623-
627. 1938; (LXX) Prémisses des récoltes de M. R. Virot. II, 11: 412-
416. 1939; (LXXI) Plantes de collecteurs divers. II. 12: 355-358,
(LXXII) Plantes recueillies par I. Franc de 1905 a 1930 (13° sup-
plément). 359-360. 1940; (LX XIII, LXXIV) Plantes récoltées par M™*.
et M. Leenhardt. II. 13: 126-129, (LX XV) Plantes de collecteurs divers.
320-325, (LXXVI) 475-478. 1941; (LXXVII) HI. 14: 144-150,
(LXXVIII) 286-290, (LXXIX) 352-356, (LXXX) 451-456. 1942;
(LXXXI) I1.15: 218-225, (LXXXII) Plantes récoltées par Godefroy
(suite et fin). 337-342, (LXXXIII) Plantes de collecteurs divers. 449-
454. 1943; (LXXXIV) (suite) 16: 78-85, (LXXXV) (fin.) 346-352.
1944,
Lists with the descriptions of new species. ;
191la. Catalogue des plantes Phanérogames de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et dépen-
dences (Iles des Pins et Loyalty). Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille II. 9:
77-290. map.
Lists all then-known species.
1911b. Les Citrus de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Not. Syst. 2: 128-129.
A note including reductions of certain species,
1912. Les Araliacées de serre chaude originaires de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev.
Hort. 1912: 491-493.
Notes on various species.
Guillaumin, A., and Beauvisage, G.
1913. Species Montrouzieranae, seu, Enumeratio plantarum in Nova Caledonia
terrisque adjacentibus a R. P. Montrouzier lectarum. Ann. Soc. Bot.
Lyon 38: 75-125. f. 1-3.
A list with descriptions of new species.
Guillaumin, A.
1914-45, Matériaux pour la flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie (I) Révision des
Rhizophoracées. Not. Syst. 3: 55-59, (II) Révision des Goodéniacées.
59-61, (III) Révision du genre Jasminum. 61-65. 1914*; (VI) Révision
*No. IV of the series is apparently Guillaumin’s paper on Oldenlandia (1915a), and No. V
his “Révision des Eugenia cauliflores de Nouvelle-Calédonie,” (1916), but they bear no
“Matériaux” title and no numbers; they are entered separately in this bibliography.
+ No. VII does not appear to have been published.
138
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
des Bixacées. Bull. Soc. France 66: 310-313. 1920+; (VIII) Révision des
Elaeocarpus a grandes fleurs. 67: 27-20, (IX) Révision des Dillenia-
cées. 47-54, (X) Révision du genre Myrtopsis. 64-66, (XI) Révision et
critique des Sterculia. 121-124, 1920; (XII) Licania nouveaux. 68:
345-347. 1921; (XIII) Observations sur le genre Maba. 69: 31-34,
(XIV) Révision du genre Diospyros. 65-69. 1922; (XV) Révision
du genre Acianthus. 69: 507-509. 1923; (XVI) Révision des Symplocos.
71: 939-946, (XVII) Révision des Lauracées. 1101-1112. 1925; (XVIII)
Révision des Santalacées. 72: 89-92. 1925; (XIX) Révision des Hip-
pocratéacées. 73: 102-104, (XX) Révision des Rhamnacées. 104-107,
(XXI) Révision de Célastracées, 429-433, (XXII) Révision des Mal-
vacées. 437-441. 1926; (XXIII) Révision des Monimiacées, Arch.
Bot. (Caen) 1: 73-77. 1927; (XXIV) Révision des Asclépiadacées.
Bull. Soc. Bot. France. 74: 924-930. 1927; (XXV) Révision des
Loganiacées, 75: 288-294, 1928; (XXVI) Révision des Euphorbiacées
de la Nouvelle Calédonie. Arch. Bot. (Caen) II. Mém. 3: 1-48. 1929;
(XXVII) Révision des Rubiacées de la Nouvelle Calédonie. III. Mém.
5: 1-48. 1930; (XXVIII) Papavéracées. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 79:
225-226, (XXIX) Révision des Sapindacées. 335-341, (XXX) Révision
de Malpighiacées, 515-516, (XXXI) Révision des Anonacées, 689-691.
1932; (XXXII) Révision des Linacées, 80: 35-38, (XXXII [XXXIII])
Révision des Verbénacées. 476-480. 1933; (XXXIV) Révision des
Myrtacées 4 fruit sec, suivie de quelques notes sur les Myrtacées
a fruit charnu. 81: 3-17, (XXXV) Révision des Meliacées. 242-246,
(XXXVI). A propros des Ternstroemiacées. 283-285, (XXXVII)
Révision des Scrophulariacées. 454-455. 1934; (XXXVIII) Big-
noniacées, 82: 47-48, (XX XIX) Révision des Proteacées. 272-283. 1935;
(XL) Révision des Légumineuses, 83: 294-315, (XLI) Revision des
Elaeocarpacées, 485-488. 1936; (XLII) Revision des Capparidacées.
83: 577-578. 1937; (XLIII) Revision des Composées. 84: 54-61, (XLIV)
Revision des Cucurbitacées. 98-100, (XLV) Revision des Aracées. 159-
161, (XLVI) Revision des Fluviales. 255-257. 1937; (XLVII) Revision
des Polygonacées, 84: 462-463. 1938; (XLVIII) Revision des Simaru-
bacées. 85: 19-20, (XLIX) Clef de détermination des Burséracées. 21,
(L) Revision des Cypéracées, 37-47, (LI) Revision des Ilicacées. 202-
203, (LII) Revision des Rutacées, 294-305. 1938; (LIII) Revision
des Myrtacées 4 fruit charnu précédée de quelques notes supplémentaires
sur les Myrtacées a fruit sec. 85: 626-653. 1939; (LIV) Observations
sur les Lecythidacées. 86: 174, (LV) Revision des Saxifragacées.
275-278. 1939; (LVI). Révision des Cunoniacées. 87: 242-256, 1940;
(LVIT) La présence d’une Myricacée [Canacomyrica n. gen.]. Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 87: 299-300, (LVIII Révision des Pittosporacées. 333-339.
1940; (LIX) Révision des Apocynacées. 88: 358-380, (LX) Révision des
Myrsinacées. 395-401, (LXI) Révision des Labiées. 428-430, (LXII) Re-
marques sur les Myporacées. 446-448, (LXIII) Observations sur les
Solanacées, 464-469, (LXIV) Révision des Convolvulacées. 485-488.
1941; (LXV) Clefs de détermination des Orchidacées, Not. Syst. 10: 57-89,
1941; (LXVI) Révision des Flacourtiacées (sensu lato). Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 88: 642-646, (LXVII) Révision des Epacridacées. 656-660,
(LXVIITI) Révision des Graminées. 786-804. 1941; (LXIX) Notes
sur les Magnoliacées. 89: 1-3, (LXX) Remarque sur les Violacées.
19-22, (LXXI) Revue et critique des Sapotacées, 222-224, (LXXIIT)
Osmanthus ou Notelaea? 231-232, 1942; (LXXIII) Remarques sur les
1915a.
1915b.
1916.
1919.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 139
Nepenthacées. 90: 19, (LXXIV) A propos du Phyllanthus. 19-20,
(LXXV) Notes sur les Moracées. 33-35, (LXXVI) Notes sur les
Urticacées (sensu stricto) 35, (LXXVII) Notes sur les Casuarinacées.
36-36. 1943; (LXXVII) [Error for LXXVIIT] Simple notes sur
diverses Monocotélydones. Boissiera 7: 86-90. 1943; (LXXIX) Essai
d’identification des plantes signalées en Nouvelle-Calédonie par Jean-
neney. Not. Syst. 11: 46-62. 1943; (LXXX) La présence d’un
Vaccinium. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 90: 160-161; (LXXXI) Encore des
espéces et localités nouvelles de Rubiacées. 91: 12-14, 42-47, (LXXXII)
Sapotacées nouvelles. 68-72. 1944; (LXXXIII) Apocynacées nouvelles.
Not. Syst. 12: 79-85. 1945.
Lists with descriptions of many new species. Usually each group is provided with
keys to the genera and species, For a list of the titles I to LXXXV with references
to the places of publication see Guillaumin, A., 1946.
Oldenlandia nouveaux ou critiques. Not. Syst. 3: 160-162.
O. crataeogonum and O. imberbis n. spp. from Fiji and New Caledonia.
Le genre Chomelia en Nouvelle-Calédonie. Not. Syst. 3: 162-165.
Four new species described.
Révision des Eugenia cauliflores de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Not. Syst. 3: 260-
263.
A key to nine species including E. quaternifolia n. sp.
Notes paléobotanique Néo-Calédonienne. Rev. Gén. Bot. 31: 273-276. pl. 8.
A brief summary of the published data.
1919-29, Contributions 4 la flore des Nouvelles-Hébrides. (I) Prémisses de la
1921a.
1921b.
1921c.
1923.
1928.
1929a.
1929b.
flore d’Efate (Récoltes de M. Levat). Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 267-
277. 1919; (II) Liste des plantes connues. 74: 693-712. 1927; (III)
Supplément aux plantes recueillies par M. Levat. 76: 298-303. 1929.
Enumerations with descriptions of new species.
Essai de géographie botanique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie: in Sarasin F., &
Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 256-293.
Phytogeographic.
Plantes ornamentales de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Hist. Nat. Appl. 2:
56-60, 82-94, 119-128, 152-160. Reprint 1-32.
Nouvelles formes de jeunesse de plantes de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 68: 230-231.
Includes Vesselowskya serratifolia n. sp.
Les cultures en Océanie francaise. Rev. Bot. Appl. Agr. Colon. 3: 322-327.
Notes on species of economic importance.
Les régions floristiques du Pacific d’aprés leur endémisme et la répartition
de quelques plantes phanérogames. Proc. Third Pan-Pacific Sci. Congr.
Tokyo 1: 920-938.
Quelques remarques sur la flore des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Compt. Rend.
Soc. Biogéogr. 6: 26-28.
Phytogeographic.
Les relations biogéographiques de la région Neo-Zelandaise d’aprés Oliver.
Compt. Rend. Soc. Biogéogr. 6: 99-102.
On the relationships of the New Zealand-New Caledonian floras.
1931-33. Contribution to the flora of the New Hebrides. Plants collected by S. F.
Kajewski in 1928 and 1929. Jour. Arnold Arb. 12: 221-264. f. 1-3. 1931;
13: 1-29. f. 4; 81-126. pl. 43. f. 1-2. 1932; (Supplement) 14: 53-61. 1933.
A -systematic enumeration with the descriptions of many new species. Prepared
with the assistance of specialists, including Ames, Hitchcock, Copeland, Summerhayes,
and Martelli.
140 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1934a. Les affinitiés de la flore des Nouvelles-Hébrides. [Mém.] Soc. Biogéogr.
4; 249-253.
Phytogeographic.
1934b. Les régions florales du Pacifique. [Mém.] Soc. Biogeogr. 4: 255-270. map.
Phytogeographic,
1935. Contributions a la flore des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Plantes recueillies par M.
et Mme. Aubert de la Rue en 1934 (Phanérogames). Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 82: 316-354. map.
An enumeration with the descriptions of new species.
Guillaumin, A., Camus, A., and Tardieu-Blot, M. L.
1936. Plantes vasculares récoltées a I’Ile de Paques par la mission Franco-Belge.
Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris]. II. 8: 552-556.
A list of about 70 species from Easter Island, many with local names.
Guillaumin, A.
1937. Contribution 4 la flore des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Plantes recueillies. par
M. et Mme. Aubert de la Riie dans leur deuxiéme voyage (1935-36).
(Phanérogames). Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] II. 9: 283-306. 1 f.
Includes the description of 15 new species; prepared with the assistance of eight
collaborators, A. Camus, Ames, Benoist, Danser, Kiikenthal, Léandri, Schweinfurth,
and Summerhayes,
1938. A florula of the island of Espiritu Santo, one of the New Hebrides; with a
prefatory note by the leader of the Oxford University expedition to the
New Hebrides, 1933-34—John R. Baker. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 51:
547-566.
A list with notes and with the descriptions of some new species.
1942, Les plantes introduites en Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Bot. Appl. Agr. Trop.
22: 13-47.
A list with notes, in many cases indicating the approximate or exact date of
introduction.
1943a. Arbres d’ombrage, plantes de couverture et tuteurs vivants en Nouvelle-
Calédonie. Rev. Bot. Appl. Agr. Trop. 23: 26-31.
Notes on various species.
1943b. Introduction a la flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Clef Analytique pour la
détermination des Familles de Plantes vasculaires avec description som-
maire de ces familles et list des genres. Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille IV.
1: 5-85.
A dichotomous key to the families with brief characterizations of the latter.
1946. Matériaux pour la flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Table dés articles. Bull.
Soc. Bot. France 92: 76-77. 1945 [1946].
A list of all the titles I to LXXXV in Guillaumin, A., 1914-45, with references to
the places of publication.
See also Viguier, R., and Guillaumin, A.; and White, C. T., Wilson, E. H., and
Guillaumin, A.
Guillemard, F. H. H.
1894. Malaysia and the Pacific archipelagoes, ed. and greatly extended from
Dr. A. R. Wallace’s “Australasia” . . . i-xvi, 1-574. 37 f. 13 maps.
Includes data on the vegetation.
Guillemin, J. B. A.
1836-37. Zephyritis Taitensis. Enumération des plantes découvertes par les voy-
ageurs, dans les Iles de la Société, principalement dans cette de Taiti. Ann.
Sci. Nat. II, Bot. 6: 297-320. 1836; 7: 177-192, 241-255, 349-370. 1857.
An enumeration with the descriptions of new species; see Jardin, E., 1857, for
supplement.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 141
Guilmot, G.
1880. Lastraea Richardsii multifida, Hort. Veitch. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur. 23: 81-82.
pl. 2401-2402.
Probably from Polynesia.
Gulick, A.
1932. Biological peculiarities of oceanic islands. Quart. Rev. Biol. 7: 405-427.
A general discussion.
Gulick, L. H.
1858a. The climate and productions of Ponape or Ascension Island, one of the
Carolines, in the Pacific Ocean. Am. Jour. Sci. 76: 34-49. 1 f.
Includes a discussion of the vegetation and various economic plants (pp. 42-47).
1858b. The flora of Ponape, or Ascension Islands. Friend 15: 26-27.
A brief sketch.
Guppy, H. B.
1897. The Polynesians and their plant-names. Jour. Trans, Victoria Inst. London
29: 135-170.
Includes a tabulated list of names with seven regional divisions.
1903-06. Observations of a naturalist in the Pacific between 1896 and 1899.—Vanua
Levu, Fiji, a description of its leading physical and geological characters.
1: i-xix, 1-392. 10 pl. 20 f. 1903; 2: (Plant dispersal) i-xxviii, 1-627.
1906.
Includes numerous observations on the vegetation.
Gyelnik, V.
1931a. Nephromae novae et criticae. Ann. Crypt. Exot. 4: 121-149.
Includes Nephroma homanii n. sp, from Juan Fernandez.
1931b. Lichenes extraeuropaei novi criticique. Repert. Sp. Nov. 29: 1-10.
Includes Cyanisticta sandwicensis n. sp. from Hawaii.
1935. Revisio typorum [lichenum] ab auctoribus variis descriptorum. I, Ann.
Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungar. 29: 1-54.
Appertains to certain genera of lichens, with some Polynesian references.
1938. Additamenta ad cognitionem Parmeliarum. VIII. Ann. Myc. 36: 267-294,
Includes two new forms from Hawaii.
H
H., E.
1886. Impatiens Hookeri. Modller’s Deutsch. Gart. Zeit. 1: 259-260. f. 60.
Said to be from the South Sea Islands; the specific name hookeri is an. error. for
hawkeri. Native of New Guinea.
Hackel, E.
1885. Andropogoneae novae. Flora 68: 115-128, 131-143.
Includes A. obliquiberbis n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1889a. Andropogoneae. DC. Monog. Phan. 6: 1-716. pl. 1-2.
Monographic.
1889b. Isachne comata, Munro. Hook. Ic. 19: pl. 1866.
Native of the New Hebrides.
1901. Neue Graser. Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 51: 290-295,
Proposes Digitaria as a subgenus of Panicum and Solitaria as a group of Digitaria
including, among others, P. stenotaphroides and P. gaudichaudii of the Pacific Islands.
700080—47—10
142 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1907. Gramineae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . . .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 81: 300-305. Reprint, 1: 104-109.
Includes some Samoan species.
1911-12. Gramineae novae VIII. Repert. Sp. Nov. 10: 165-174. 1911; (IX) 11:
18-30. 1912.
Includes Agrostis rockii and Poa siphonoglossa n. spp. from Hawaii.
1913. Gramineae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . . .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 491-497. Reprint, 5: 49-55.
Includes some Samoan species.
Hackel, E., and Schinz, H.
1914. Gramineae von Neu-Caledonien und den Loyalty-Inseln: in Sarasin, F. and
Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 67-74, f. 1.
An enumeration with the description of mew species and varieties.
Hager, C.
1885. Die Marschall-Inseln in Erd- und Volkerkunde, Handel und Mission. Mit
einem Anhang. Die Gilbert-Inseln. 1-157. 1885; ed. 2, i-iv, 1-157. 1889,
Includes general notes on the vegetation; first edition not seen.
Hall, W. L.
1904. The forests of the Hawaiian islands. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Forestry Bull.
48: 1-29. pl. 1-8.
General.
1916. The forests of the Hawaiian islands. Mid-Pacific Mag. 12: 457-463. 7 f.
A general sketch with notes on various species.
Hallberg, S.
1940. Bibliographia Skottsbergiana forteckning over Professor Carl Skottsberg
untile den 1 December 1940 av trycket utgivna skrifter. Acta Horti
Gotob. 14: 239-258.
A critical bibliography, including about 60 items concerning Polynesia.
Hallier, H.
1897-99. Bausteine zu einer Monographie der Convolvulaceen, Bull. Herb. Boiss.
5: 366-387. 736-754. 804-820. pl. 15 f. 1-3, 1021-1052. 1897; 6: 714-
724. pl. 19. 1898; 7: 408-418. 1899.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1912. Uber friihere Landbriicken, Pflanzen und Volkerwanderungen zwischen
Australasien und Amerika. Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden 12: 1-32. f. 1-2.
A general discussion with mention of various Polynesian species.
Hambruch, P. .
1932. Ponape: in G. Thilenius Ergebnisse der Stidsee Expedition 1908-1910.
IL.B. 7: i-xii, 1-376 illus.
Pp. 349-356 include a limited amount of data regarding plants, chiefly in relation to
local names,
Hamel, G. See Feldmann, J., and Hamel, G.
Hamet, R.
1906. Sur une nouvelle espéce de Drosera. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 53: 151-152.
D. neocaledonica n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1907, Observations sur le genre Drosera. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 54: 26-38. 52-76.
pl. 2.
Includes some Polynesian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 143
Hampe, E.
1869-74. Species muscorum novas ex Herbario Melbourneano Australiae exposuit.
Linnaea 36: 513-526. 1869; 38: 661-672. 1874.
Mostly Australian species, with some from Lord Howe Island and the New Hebrides.
Handa, T.
1940. Anomalous secondary growth in the axis of Lophopyxis pentaptera
(K. Schum.) Engl. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 54: 41-47. f. 1-6.
Material studied from Palau.
Handy, E. S. C., Pukui, M. K., and Livermore, K.
1935. Outline of Hawaiian physical therapeutics. Bishop Mus. Bull. 126: 1-51.
Includes a list of medicinal plants compiled by Marie C. Neal.
Handy, E. S. C.
1940. The Hawaiian planter—Volume 1. His plants, methods and areas of culti-
vation. Bishop Mus. Bull. 161: i-iii, 1-227. pl. 1-8. f. 1-21. '
Concerns various cultivated plants.
Haneda, Y.
1942. [On the luminous fungi from the South Sea.] Kagaku Nanyd 4: 225-239.
f. 1-9. table 1-3.
In Japanese. Includes Micronesian species.
Hariot, P.
1892, Un nouveau Champignon lumineux de Tahiti. Jour. Bot. Morot 6: 411-412.
Pleurotus lux n. sp.
See also Patouillard, N., and Hariot, P., 1906, 1912.
Hariot, P., and Patouillard, N.
1903. Quelques champignons de la Nouvelle-Calédonie, de la collection du Mu-
séum. Jour. Bot. Morot 17: 6-15.
An enumeration with the descriptions of new species.
Harmand, J.
1911-12. Lichens recueillis dans la Nouvelle-Calédonie ou en Australie par le
R. P. Pionnier, missionaire. Bull. Soc. Sci. Nancy III. 12: 124-144.
pl. 1, 1911; 13: 37-64. pl. 2. 1912.
A systematic enumeration of 79 species, including descriptions of several new species.
1914. Lichenes de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et des fles Loyalty: in Sarasin, F. &
Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 5-15.
An enumeration with some descriptions.
Harms, H.
1902. Einige neue Arten der Gattungen Cynometra und Maniltoa. Notizbl. Bot.
Gart. Berlin 3: 186-191.
Includes Maniltoa grandiflora from Fiji.
1908. Beschreibung einer neuen, von Oberstabsartz Dr. Kraemer auf den Karo-
linen gefundenen Araliacee, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 73-74.
Scheflera kraemeri n. sp.
1911, Einige neue Leguminosen aus Neu-Caledonien. Repert. Sp. Nov. 10: 127-
133.
Six new species described. For correction see “‘Berichtigun” op. cit. 176.
1913a. Araliaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse. . .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 586-588. f. 26. Reprint 5: 144-146.
f. 26.
Includes some Samoan species.
144 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1913b. Uber einige zu Niederhaltung des Unkrauts und als Griindiingung in tro-
pischen Kulturen geeignete Desmodium-Arten. Mit Verwertung brieflicher
Mitteilungen von A. Stolz. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 308-318. 1 pl.
Records D. polycarpum from the Caroline Islands.
1920-21. Die Araliaceae Papuasiens. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 374-414, f. 1-4.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1936. Zur Kenntnis von Meryta sonchifolia Linden et André und einigen anderen
Arten der Gattung. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 14: 315-321.
Includes two new species from southeastern Polynesia.
See also Cogniaux, A. and Harms, H.; and Dalla Torre, C. G. de, and
Harms, H.
Harris, J. A.
1934. The physico-chemical properties of plant saps in relation to phytogeography.
Data of native vegetation in its natural environment. 1-339.
Pages 129-134 include a list of Hawaiian plants.
Harting, P. See Vriese, W. H. de, and Harting, P.
Hartt, C. H., and Neal, M. C.
1940. The plant ecology of Mauna Kea, Hawaii. Ecology 21: 237-266. f. 1-22.
An ecological and floristic sketch of the vegetation, including a list of plants.
Harvey, C.
194la. Pasture experiment, Tailevu. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 12: 53-55.
Lists some grasses and weeds.
1941b. Plant and seed introductions, 1939-40. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 12: 114-115.
Includes references to various species.
Harvey, W. H.
1847-49. Nereis Australis, or Algae of the Southern Ocean, being figures and
descriptions of marine plants, collected on the shores of the Cape of Good
Hope, the extra tropical Australian colonies, Tasmania, New Zealand and
the Antarctic regions, deposited in the herbarium of the Dublin Univer-
sity. i-viii, 1-64, pl. 1-25. 1847; 65-124. pl. 26-50. 1849.
Includes Corallina chinensis from Norfolk Island.
Harvey, W. H., and Bailey, J. W.
1853-55. New species of Diatomaceae, collected by the United States Exploring
Expedition under the command of Captain Wilkes, U. S. N. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 6: 430-432. 1853. Reprinted in Quart. Jour. Microsc.
Sci. 3: 93-94. 1855.
Includes some Polynesian species.
See also Bailey, W. J. and Harvey, W. H.
Harvey, W. H.
1857. The Fejee Islands and their inhabitants. Nat. Hist. Rev. 4: 5-11.
Includes general notes on the vegetation and on economic plants,
1860. Characters of new algae, chiefly from Japan and adjacent regions, collected
by Charles Wright in the North Pacific Exploring Expedition under
Captain John Rodgers. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 4: 327-335.
Fifty-four species, many described as new; a few from Polynesia.
Harwood, L. W.
1938. Native food crops of Fiji. Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 9(3): 8-11; 9(4) : 6-7.
Includes popular notes on Colocasia esculenta, Artocarpus incisa, Ipomoea batatas,
and Dioscorea and Manthot species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 149
Haskell, D. C.
1942, The United States Exploring Expedition, 1838-1842 and its publications
1844-1874 with an introductory note by Harry Miller Lydenberg. i-xii,
1-18. 4 pl.
Includes some data on Polynesia botany and full bibliographic data regarding various
publications appertaining to the Wilkes Expedition.
Hatusima, S.
1936. Materials for a flora of Micronesia. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 26:
217-236. f. 1-3.
Considers 23 species of Leptopetalum, Oldenlandia, and Hedyotis, with keys.
1939. Araceae novae Micronesicae. Jour. Jap. Bot. 15: 19-21. f. 1.
Two new species described, with notes and synonymy on three others.
See also Kanehira, R., and Hatusima, S.
Hauck, F.
1882, Eine neue Floridee. Hedwigia 21: 140-141.
Includes Marchesettia spongioides n. sp. from New Caledonia.
Haviland, G. D.
1897. A revision of the tribe Naucleeae (Nat. Ord. Rubiaceae). Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 33: 1-94. pi. 1-4.
Includes the known Polynesian species.
Hayata, B.
. 1926. General aspect of the flora of Japan including southern Saghalien, the
Kuriles, Korea, Formosa, the Loochoos, the Bonins and the Micronesias
under the Japanese mandatory rule. 1-28. map.
General.
Hayek, A.
1926. Allgemeine Pflanzengeographie. i-viii, 1-409. f. 1-5. 2 maps.
Includes brief data on Polynesia.
Heckel, E.
1872. Sur le Fontainea Pancheri originaire de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Jour.
Pharm, Chim. IV. 16: 44-48.
Not seen.
1885. Sur le Barringtonia intermedia Miers. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 32: 180-182.
A critical discussion of this New Caledonian species.
1892. Coup-d’oeil sur la flore générale de la baie du Prony (Nouvelle-Calédonie,
sud-ouest) et sur sa distribution en zones. Etude de quelques plantes nou-
velles et utiles de grande exploitation et de leurs produits noveaux. Ann.
Fac. Sci. Marseille 2: 101-163. 3 f. 1 map.
General for the subjects covered.
1901. Sur l’Araucaria Rulei F. v. Mueller de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et sur la com-
position de sa gomme résiné. Rev. Gén. Bot. 13: 241-247. f. 44-49.
191la. Sur l’envahissement des foréts de la Nouvelle-Calédonie par le Lantana
Camara L. et les dangers que cette plante fait courir a l'économie agricole
et sylvicole de cette ile. Bull. Soc. Nat. Acclim. France 58: 511-514.
A general discussion.
1191b. Sur le genre Spermolepis de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et ses rapports avec le
genre Schizocalyx. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 153: 321-325.
Critical notes.
146 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1912. Nouvelles observation sur les plantes de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Ann. Mus.
Colon. Marseille II 10: 205-285. pl. 1-38. f. 1-6.
Amplified descriptions with many illustrations of various species.
1913. Les plantes utiles de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Nouvelles observations sur ces
plantes avec planches en noir et en couleur hors texte et dans le texte. 1-93.
pl. 1-38. f. 1-6.
Full descriptions of selected species with extensive notes.
Hedley, C.
1896-1900. The Atoll of Funafuti, Ellice Group; its zoology, botany, ethnology,
and general structure based on collections made by Mr. Charles Hedley,
of the Australian Museum, Sydney, N. S. W. Austral. Mus. Mem. 3:
i-ix [1-3], 1-609.
A composite work by several authors containing some botanical notes.
Hedrick, U. P. See Sturtevant, E. L., 1919.
Hedwig, J.
1799-1803. Filicum genera et species recentiori methodo accommodatae analytice
descriptae. [1-69.] 24 pl.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1801-42. Species muscorum frondosorum descriptae et tabulis aeneis coloratis
illustratae. Opus posthumum, editum a Friedrich Schwaegrichen. i-vi,
1-352. pl. 1-77. 1801; Suppl. 1(1): i-xvi, 1-196. pl. 1-49. 1811; 1(2):
i-vii, 1-374. pl. 50-100. 1816; 2(1): i-vi, 1-86. pl. 100-125. 1823; 2(2):
87-179. pl. 126-150. 1824; 2(2-1): 1-79. pl. 151-175. 1826; 2(2-2): 81-
210. pl. 176-200. 1827; 3(1): (no pagination) pl. 201-225. 1827; 3(2):
(no pagination) pl. 226-250. 1828; 3(2-1): (no pagination) pl. 251-275.
1829; 4(1): (no pagination) p/. 276-300. 1830; 4(2): (no pagination)
pl. 301-325. 1842.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Hegelmaier, F.
1868. Die Lemnaceen. Eine Monographische untersuchungen. i-vi, 1-169. pi.
1-16.
Includes a few Polynesian references.
Heimerl, A.
1913a. Uber die Nyctaginaceen-Gattung Calpidia. Oesterr. Bot, Zeitschr. 63: 19-21.
Accepts Calpidia Thouars (1804) in place of Ceodes Forst. (1776) without valid
reasons for doing so.
1913b. Die Nyctaginaceen-Gattungen Calpidia und Rockia. Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr.
63: 279-290,
Eighteen species of Calipidia recognized, including several new ones, and Rockia
sandwicensis from Hawaii.
1913c. Nyctaginaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse.
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 551. Reprint 5: 109.
List including some Samoan species.
1937. Nyctaginaceae of southeastern Polynesia and other Pacific Islands. Occ.
Pap. Bishop Mus. 13: 27-47. pl. 1-3. f. 1-8.
Includes Ceodes siphonocarpa n. sp. from the Society Islands and various new varieties
in Boerhaavia and Ceodes.
Heller, A. A.
1897. Observations on the ferns and flowering plants of the Hawaiian islands.
Minn. Bot. Studies 1: 760-922. pl. 42-69.
An enumeration with notes and the descriptions of new species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 147
Hemsley, W. B.
1878.
1879a.
1879b.
1884.
1885c.
1892a.
1892b.,
1894
1896.
1898.
°1903a.
1903b.
1906.
1907a.
1907b.
1913.
The geographical distribution of garden plants. Garden 13: 75-78. 3 f.
Includes some Polynesian species.
La distribution géographique des plantes cultivées. Belg. Hort. 29: 79-98.
A French translation of the preceding entry.
A miniature tree fern (Athyrium scandicinum). Garden 15: 17. 1 f.
Native of Hawaii; general note.
Report on the botany of Juan Fernandez, the south-eastern. Moluccas, and
the Admiralty Islands. Rep. Voy. H. M. S. Challenger, Bot. 1(3): 1-275.
Includes (p. 116) lists of plants from Rarotonga and various small islands, principally
Fanning Island.
. The insular distribution of orchids. Gard. Chron. 23: 739.
Includes brief notes on Polynesian orchids.
. Report on present state of knowledge of various insular floras, being an
introduction to the first three parts of the botany of the Challenger
Expedition. Rep. Voy. H. M. S. Challenger, Bot. 1(1): 1-75.
Gives data on the floras of various insular groups in Polynesia, including Hawaii, the
Marianas Islands, Marshalls, Malden, Carolines, Pitcairn, and Easter Island.
On the dispersal of plants by oceanic currents and birds. Rep. Voy. H. M. S.
Challenger, Bot, 1(3) : 277-313.
General, with references to Polynesia.
Trematocarpus. Ann. Bot. 6: 154.
A criticism of this Hawaiian genus.
Chelonespermum and Cassidispermum, proposed new genera of Sapotaceae.
Ann. Bot. 6: 203-210. pl. 11-14.
Chelonespermum fijiense n. sp. from Fiji.
The flora of the Tonga or Friendly Islands, with descriptions of, and notes
on, some new or remarkable plants, partly from the Solomon Islands.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 158-217. pl. 9-11.
A general discussion of the flora, with an enumeration of the known species, and
descriptions of new ones.
The flora of Lord Howe Island. Ann. Bot. 10: 221-284.
A general enumeration.
Bassia Thurstonii, Hems!. Hook. Ic. 26: pl. 2569.
Native of Fiji.
On the genus Corynocarpus, Forst., with descriptions of two new species.
Ann, Bot. 17: 743-760. pl. 36. f. 27-28.
Includes C. similis and C. dissimilis from the New Hebrides and New Caledonia.
Meryta Denhami. Bot. Mag. 129: pl. 7927.
Native of Isle of Pines, New Caledonia.
Nepenthes Phyllamphora. Bot. Mag. 132: pl. 8067.
Here recorded from the Palau Islands.
Two new Triuridaceae, with some remarks on the genus Sciaphila Blume.
Ann. Bot. 21: 71-77. 1. 9-10.
Sciaphila aneitensis n. sp. from the New Hebrides. Republished in Fedde, F., 1908a.
Dysoxylum pachyphyllum, Hemsl. Hook. Ic. 29: pl. 2827.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
On the genera Radamaea, Bentham, and Nesogenes, A. de Candolle. Jour.
Linn. Soc. Bot. 41: 311-316. pl. 14.
Includes N. euphrasioides from the Tuamotus and other islands.
148 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Hennings, P.
1894. Neue und interessante Pilze aus dem Kénigl. botanischen Museum in
Berlin II. Hedwigia 33: 229-233.
Includes Dimerosporium samoense n. sp. from Samoa.
1897. Einige Pilzarten von den Marshallinseln. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 1: 226-
229,
A list of 11 species, several described as new.
1901. Pilze: in Volkens, G., Die Vegetation der Karolinen. Bot. Jahrb, 31: 449-
450.
An enumeration.
1902. Fungi nonnulli novi ex regionibus variis. Hedwigia 41: Beibl. 61-66.
Includes Dothidella yapensis n. sp. from the Caroline Islands.
1903. Squamotubera P. Henn. n. gen. Xylariacearum. Hedwigia 42: Beibl. 308-
309.
S. leratii n. gen. n. sp. from New Caledonia.
Henrard, J. T.
1926-33. A critical revision of the genus Aristida, being a preliminary study and
an introduction to the monograph. Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden 54: i-viii,
1-747, illus.
Monographic; illustrated by 372 text figures. 4. pilosa occurs in New Caledonia.
1929-33. A monograph of the genus Aristida. Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden 58: 1-
325, i-xii. pl. 1-159.
Monographic.
1930. New or insufficiently known species and new binomials in the genus Digi-
taria. Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden 61: 1-21. 4 f.
Records various species from Polynesia.
1934. Notes on the genus Digitaria with descriptions of new species. Blumea 1:
90-114.
Includes D. latronum nom. nov. (D, mariannensis Mez, non Merr.) and D. caledonica
n. sp. from the Marianas Islands and New Caledonia.
1940-41. Notes on the nomenclature of some grasses. Blumea 3: 411-480. 1940;
(II) 4: 496-538. 1941.
Contains various new names for Polynesian species.
Henry, C.
1918. Les Iles Marquises—flore et cultures. Bull, Soc. Nat. Acclim. France 65:
315-320,
General notes.
1922. Notes sur quelques végétaux interéssants des fles Marquises et leur
produits alimentaires ou industriels. Océanie Frangaise 10-13.
Not seen.
Henry, T.
1928. Ancient Tahiti. Bishop Mus. Bull. 48: i-viii, 1-651.
Includes ‘Flora of the Society and Tuamotu Islands,” pp. 33-68.
Herbert, W.
1837. Amaryllidaceae; preceded by an attempt to arrange the monocotyledonous
orders, and followed by a treatise on cross-breed vegetables and supple-
ment. i-vi, 1-428. pl. 1-48.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 149
Herder, F. von
1885. Verzeichniss von G. Forster’s Icones Plantarum in itinere ad insulas maris
australis collectarum; nach dem in der Bibliotek des Kaiserlichen botani-
schen Gartens zu St. Petersburg befindlichen einzigen Exemplar zusam-
mengestellt und erlautert. Acta Horti Petrop. 9: 485-510. Reprint 1-26.
A list of 131 plates, many of the species illustrated being from Polynesia.
Herter, W.
1908. Lycopodium Haeckelii. Repert. Nov. Sp. 5: 22.
Native of Tahiti.
1909. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Lycopodium. Studien tiber die Untergat-
tung Urostachys, Bot. Jahrb. 43: Beibl. 98: 1-56. f. 1-4. 4 charts.
Includes some Polynesian species,
1912. Lycopodiaceae: in Hochreutiner, B. P. G., Plantae Hochreutineranae, Ann.
Conserv. Jard. Genéve 15: 225-227.
A list, including a few Polynesian species.
Herzog, T.
1926. Geographie der Moose. i-xi, 1-439, [1]. pl. 1-8.
A general consideration; bibliography p. 401.
1936. Sapindaceae. Pflanzenar. 4: 35-42. maps 31-37).
Includes data on the distribution of some Polynesian species.
1938. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Plagiochila. II. Palaeotropische Arten.
Hedwigia 78: 222-244. f. 1-15.
Includes P. heterospima and P. seemanni perspinosa n. var. from Fiji,
1939. Studien tiber Drepanolejeunea, IV. Ann. Bryol. 12: 98-122. f. 1-17.
Includes a few Polynesian records.
1942, Die foliosen Lebermoose der Juan Fernandez-Inseln und der Osterinsel :
in Skottsberg, C., Natural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter
Island, Bot. 2: 697-752. f. 1-14.
A critical list of 86 species with extensive notes and some new species; bibliography.
Heurck, H. van, and Mueller, J. (Muell.-Agr.)
1871. Apocynaceae novae: in H. Van Huerck, Observationes botanicae et
descriptions plantarum novarum herbarii Van Huerkiani. 138-207.
Includes descriptions of many new species from New Caledonia.
Heuzé, G.
1899. Les plantes alimentaires des pays chauds et des colonies. ed. 2. i-xii,
1-381. f. 1-59.
Contains references to and descriptions of cultivated plants of Polynesia.
Heward, R.
1842. Biographical sketch of the late Allan Cunningham, Esq. Lond. Jour. Bot. 1:
107-128, 263-292.
Contains data on the vegetation of Norfolk Island and a list of plants supplementary
to Endlicher, 8S. L., 1833b.
Heydrich, F.
1901. Die Lithothamnien des Muséum d’histoire naturelle in Paris. Bot. Jahrb.
28: 529-545. pl. 11.
Includes Melobesia pacifica native of Hawaii.
Hicken, C. M.
1913. Contribucion al estudio de las Pteriddfitas de la Isla de Pascua y descripcion
de dos nuevas especies. Bol. Mus. Nac. Chile 5: 131-137. f. 21-27;
Revis. Chil. Hist. Nat. 17: 89-97. f. 8-9.
Notes on six species including Polypodium fuentest and Dryopteris espinosai n. spp.
150 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Hiern, W. P.
1873. A monograph of the Ebenaceae. Trans. Cambr. Philos. Soc. 12: 27-300.
pl. 1-11.
Monographic.
1877. Third notes on Ebenaceae; with description of a new species. Jour. Bot.
15: 97-101. pl. 186.
Includes Maba samoensis n. sp. from Samoa.
Hieronymus, G.
1900. Compositae: in Sodiro, A. Plantae ecuadorenses. II. Bot. Jahrb. 29: 1-85.
In a footnote, p. 20, the new binomial Aster sandwicensis Hieron. appears, based on
A. divaricatus var. sandwicensis A, Gray.
1902. Selaginellarum species novae vel non satis cognitae. II. Selaginellae e
subgenere (vel sectione) Heterophyllo, Hedwigia 41: 170-202.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1905. Polypodiorum species novae et non satis notae. Beschreibungen von neuen
Arten und Bemerkungen zu 4lteren Arten der Gattung Polypodium.
Hedwigia 44: 78-105.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1912. Selaginellaceae: in Hochreutiner, B. P. G., Plantae Hochreutineranae.
Ann, Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 15: 228-230.
Includes S. hochreutineri n. sp. from Samoa.
1913. Selaginellaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse
. » . Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 483-487. pl. 7. Reprint 5: 41-45.
pl. 7.
Includes some Samoan species.
1914a. Selaginellaceae von Neu-Caledonien: in Sarasin, F. and Roux, J., Nova
Caledonia Bot. 1: 61-65.
Three species considered.
1914b. Eine neue Selaginella. Bot. Jahrb. 52: 1-3.
S. volkensii n. sp. from the Caroline Islands.
1914c. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Pteris I. Uber Pteris longifolia L. und
verwandte Arten. Hedwigia 54: 283-294.
Includes P. vittata from Polynesia.
1914d. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Pteris IJ. Uber Pteris quadriaurita
Retz. und einige asiatische, malesische, und polynesische Pteris-Arten
aus der Gruppe und Verwandtschaft dieser Art. Hedwigia 55: 325-375.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1916a. Neue Arten von Vittarieen aus den Gattungen Vittaria Sm. und Antro-
phyum Kaulf. Hedwigia 57: 200-214,
Includes Antrophyum novaecaledoniae n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1916b. Ueber die Gattung Conigramme Fée und ihre Arten. Hedwigia 57: 266-328.
Includes C. pilosa (Brack.) Hieron. from Hawaii.
1918-19. Kleine Mittheilungen tiber Pteridophyten. I. Hedwigia 59: 319-339;
(II) 61: 4-39. 1919.
Critical notes on 67 species including a few from Polynesia.
1919a. Aspleniorum species novae et non satis notae. Beschreibungen von neuen
Arten und Bemerkungen zu 4lteren Arten der Gattung Asplenium.
Hedwigia 60: 210-266.
Includes several new forms from Polynesia.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 151
1919b. Bemerkungen zur Kenntnis der Gattung Angiopteris Hoffm., nebst Be-
schreibungen neuer Arten und Varietaten derselben. Hedwigia 61:
242-285.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Hill, A. F.
1939a. The correct names of certain economic plants. Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard
Univ. 7: 89-111.
Includes a few species that extend to Polynesia; no new names are published for these.
1939b. The nomenclature of the taro and its varieties. Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard
Univ. 7: 113-118.
Concerns Colocasia esculenta, with some new varietal combinations.
1942, Recent changes in the names of economic plants. Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard
Univ. 10: 141-172.
Includes a few Polynesian names.
Hill, A. W.
1911. Strychnos Ignatii and other East Indian and Phillippine species of
Strychnos. Kew Bull. 1911: 281-302, 2 pl. 5 f.
Includes S. vitiensis n. sp. from Fiji.
1917. The genus Strychnos in India and the East. Kew Bull, 1917: 121-210. 20 f.
Includes the Polynesian species,
1929. ‘Antarctica and problems in geographical distribution. Proc. Internat.
Congr. Plant Sci. Ithaca 2: 1477-1486.
See also Jackson, B. D., 1893-1938.
Hillebrand, W.
1888a. Flora of the Hawaiian islands. A description of their phanerogams and
vascular cryptogams. i-xcvi, 1-673. frontispiece. 4 maps.
A general descriptive flora.
1888b. Die Vegetationsformationen der Sandwich-Inseln. Bot. Jahrb. 9: 305-314.
General.
Hillmann, J.
1939. Bemerkungen iiber einigen Arten der Flechtengattung Parmelia I. Hed-
wigia 78: 249-267.
Includes P. reticulata, occurring in Fiji.
1940. Neue oder bekannte Flechten aus aller Welt (II). Repert. Sp. Nov. 48:
5-11. 1940; (III) 49: 34-40. 1940.
Includes Parmelia tinctorum var. inactiva and P. nigrociliata n. sp.. from Samoa.
Hilpert, F.
1933. Studien zur Systematik der Trichostomaceen, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 50(2):
585-706. f. 1-15.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Hinds, R. B.
1842. Remarks on the vegetation of the Feejee Islands, Tanna, New Ireland, and
New Guinea. With an enumeration of plants there collected; deter-
mined and described by George Bentham. Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 669-676.
General notes on the vegetation. The list of plants appears under Bentham, 1843.
Hitchcock, A. S.
1917a. A botanical trip to the Hawaiian islands. Sci. Monthly 5: 323-349. f. 1-30;
(IT) 419-432, f. 31-43.
A general narrative.
152 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1917b. Botanical explorations in the Hawaiian islands. Smithsonian Misc. Coll.
66: 59-73. f. 61-77.
A general narrative.
1919. Floral aspects of the Hawaiian islands. Smithsonian Rep. 1917. 449-462.
pl. 1-25.
General.
1922, The grasses of Hawaii. Mem. Bishop Mus. 8: 101-230. pl. 31-35. f. 1-110.
A general revision, with many species described as new.
1932. Gramineae: in Guillaumin, Contribution to the flora of the New Hebrides.
Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 116-117.
An enumeration.
1933, Remarks on type-specimens, and on a new species of grass from Hawaii.
Jour. Bot. 71: 3-7.
Includes Panicum ramosius n. sp. from Hawaii.
Hitchcock, C. L.
1932, A monographic study of the genus Lycium of the Western Hemisphere.
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 19: 179-374. pl. 12-24. f. 1.
Includes a new variety from Hawaii.
Hobbs, W. H.
1945. The fortress islands of the Pacific. i-xiii, 1-186. f. 1-107.
Nonbotanical, but listed because of its classification of islands and island groups and
its geologic data of vital importance to those who are interested in the phytogeography
of the region; bibliography, pp. 164-176,
Hochreutiner, B. P. G.
1900. Révision du genre Hibiscus. Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 4: 23-191.
9 f.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1902. Malvaceae novae vel minus cognitae. Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 6:
10-59. pil. 1.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1909. Monographia generis Arthroclianthi Baill. Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve
13: 30-46.
Includes the New Caledonian species.
1910. Critical notes on new or little known species in the herbarium of the New
York Botanical Garden. Bull. New York Bot. Gard. 6: 262-299,
Includes some New Caledonian species.
1912-43. Plantae Hochreutineranae. Etude systématique et biologique des collec-
tions faites par l’auteur au cours de son voyage aux Indes neérlandaises
et autour du monde pendant les années 1903 4 1905. Ann. Conserv. Jard.
Bot. Genéve 15: 145-247. 1912; (II) Candollea 2: 317-513. f. 1-2. 1925;
(IIT) 5: 175-341. 1934; (IV) 6: 397-488. 1936; (V) 8: 47-60. 1940;
(VI) 9: 380-493. 1943.
Includes species from Samoa and Hawaii.
1920. Notes sur quelques Sterculiacées. Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 21:
429-435.
Includes Melochia compacta n. sp. from the Marianas Islands.
1928. Quelques observations sur la géographie botanique du Pacific. Act. Soc.
Helv. Sci. Nat. 109: 193-194.
Not seen.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 153
HGhnel, F. von
1907. Fungi: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . . .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 81: 211-221. pi. 1. Reprint 1: 15-25. pl. 1.
Includes some Samoan species,
Holscher, J.
1898. Zwei Farnkrauter von den Siidsee-Inseln. Gartenwelt 2: 399-400.
Aspidium (Pleocnemia) leuseanum from Samoa and Fiji and Hemitelia samoensis
from Samoa.
Hoffman, G. F.
1796. Descriptiones et icones plantarum. Comment. Soc. Reg. Sci. Gotting. Cl.
Phys. 12: 22-37. pl. 1-5.
Includes Angiopteris evecta from Polynesia.
Hoffmann, E. G.
1931. The flowers and trees of Hawaii. Mid-Pacif. Mag. 42: 472-477. illus.
A popular account.
Hoffmann, K. See Pax, F., and Hoffmann, K.
Hoffmeister, J. E. See Setchell, W. A., Hoffmeister, J. E., and Ostergaard, J. M.
Holt, V.S. See Wilcox, E. V., and Holt, V. S.
Holttum, R. E.
1932. On Stenochlaena, Lomariopsis and Teratophyllum in the Malayan region.
Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 5: 245-313. p/. 1-12. f. 1-49.
Includes four species of Lomariopsis from New Caledonia, Fiji, and Samoa.
1937a. Further notes on Stenochlaena, Lomariopsis, and Teratophyllum. Gard.
Bull. Straits Settlem. 9: 139-144,
Includes a note on Lomariopsis brackenridgei from Fiji.
1937b. The genus Lomagramma. Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 9: 190-221. pl. 8-16.
Monographic; includes the Polynesian species.
1938. A redefinition of the genus Teratophyllum. Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem.
9: 355-362. pl. 28-30.
Includes T. wilkesianum n. comb. (Polybotrya wilkestana Brack.) from Tahiti, New
Caledonia, and Samoa.
Hombron, J. B., and Jacquinot, C. H.
1845-55. Voyage au Pole Sud... sur I’ Astrolabe et la Zélée . . . Botanique.
See Decaisne, J., 1855, and Montagne, C., 1846.
Home, E.
1847. On the native cloth and on the kava of the South Sea Islanders. Comp.
Bot. Mag. 73: 37-41.
General observations.
Hooker, J. D.
1845. On Fitchia, a new genus of arborescent Compositae (Trib. Cichoraceae)
from Elizabeth Island (lat. 26°, long. 125° W.) in the South Pacific.
Lond. Jour. Bot. 4: 640-643. pl. 23-24.
F. nutans.
1855. On Chortodes, a subgenus of Flagellaria from the Isle of Pines (New
Caledonia). Hook. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Miscel. 7: 198-200. pl. &.
Flagellaria plicata n. sp.
1856. On the structure and affinities of Balanophorae. Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot.
22: 1-68. pl. 1-16.
Includes some Polynesian species.
154
1857.
1860.
1865.
1866.
1867.
1868.
1870a.
1870b.
1870c.
1871.
1872.
1873a.
1873b.
1873c.
1873d.
1873e.
1875.
1877a.
1877b,
1878a.
1878b.
1878c.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
On the botany of Raoul Island, one of the Kermadec group in the South
Pacific Ocean. Jour. Linn. Soc, Bot. 1: 125-129.
Includes descriptions of four new species.
On the species of Cordyline now in cultivation from New Zealand and
Australia. Gard. Chron. 1860: 791-792.
Includes C. baueri native of Norfolk Island and C. terminalis from the South Sea
Islands.
Railliardia ciliolata. Bot. Mag. 91: t. 5517.
Native of Hawaii.
Considérations sur les flores insulaires. Ann. Sci. Nat. V. Bot. 6: 267-299.
See next entry.
Insular floras. Gard. Chron. 1867: 6-7, 27, 50-51, 75-76, 152.
Discusses the general phytogeographic problems of oceanic islands, -See Hooker,
J. D., 1896b, and Murray, A., 1867. See also preceding entry.
Areca Baueri. Bot. Mag. 94: pl. 5735.
Native of Norfolk Island.
Hernandia Moerenhoutiana. Bot. Mag. 96: pl. 5839.
Native of the Pacific islands.
Obbea timonioides, Hook. £. Hook. Ic. 11: 56, pl. 1070.
Native of Hawaii.
Rytidotus sandvicensis Hook. Hook Ic. 11: 56-57. pi. 1071.
Native of Hawaii.
Meryta latifolia. Bot. Mag. 97: pl. 5932.
Native of Norfolk Island.
Normandia neo-caledonica Hook. f. Hook. Ic. 12: 20. 1121.
Native of New Caledonia.
Hibbertia Baudouinii. Bot. Mag. 99: pl. 6053.
Occurs in New Caledonia.
Nepenthaceae. DC. Prodr. 17: 90-105.
Monographic.
Cytinaceae. DC. Prodr. 17: 106-116.
Monographic.
Cyclophyllum Deplanchei Hook. f. Hook. Ic, 12: 52. pl. 1158.
Native of New Caledonia.
Philydrum glaberrimum. Bot. Mag. 99: pl. 6056.
“Native of the Pacific Islands?”
Wahlenbergia tuberosa. Bot. Mag. 101: pl. 6155.
Native of Juan Fernandez.
Hypolytrum latifolium. Bot. Mag. 103: pl. 6282.
Recorded from Fiji.
Stenogyne rotundifolia A. Gray. Hook. Ic. 13: 37-38. pl. 1248.
Native of Hawaii.
Jasminum didymum. Bot. Mag. 104: pl. 6349,
Recorded from Lord Howe Island, New Caledonia, and Fiji.
Dendroseris macrophylla. Bot. Mag. 104: pl. 6353.
Native of Juan Fernandez.
Spathoglottis Petri. Bot. Mag. 104: pl. 6354.
Described from New Caledonia and Fiji.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 155
1883a. Flagellaria gigantea Hook. f. Hook. Ic. 15: 23-24. pl. 1429.
Native of Fiji and Samoa.
1883b. Cyclocampe arundinacea, Benth. Hook. Ic. 15: 27-28. pl, 1434.
Native of New Caledonia.
1884, List of palms cultivated in the Royal Gardens, Kew. Rep. Kew Gard.
1882: 53-73.
A systematic enumeration including various Polynesian species.
1885. Panax Murrayi. Bot. Mag. 111: pl. 6798.
“From the South Sea Islands (though the exact locality appears to be unknown).”
1886. Ixora macrothyrsa. Bot. Mag. 112: pl. 6853.
Malayan, but the specimen illustrated supposedly came from Ualan or Strong Island,
in the Carolines.
1887a. Oxera pulchella. Bot. Mag. 113: pl. 6938.
Here described from New Caledonia.
1887b. Hillebrandia sandwicensis. Bot. Mag. 113: pl. 6953.
Native of Hawaii.
1888a. Spathoglottis Vieillardii. Bot. Mag. 114: pl. 7013.
Native of New Caledonia.
1888b. Howea Belmoreana. Bot. Mag. 114: pl. 7018.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
1891. Hibiscus venustus. Bot. Mag. 117: pl. 7183.
“Native of Tahiti?”
1892a. Moraea Robinsoniana. Bot. Mag. 118: pl. 7212.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
1892b. Cirrhopetalum Thouarsii. Bot. Mag. 118: pl. 7214.
Recorded from Fiji and the Society Islands.
1893. Tacca pinnatifida. Bot. Mag. 119: pl. 7299, 7300.
Native of Polynesia.
1894a. Barringtonia samoensis, Hook. Bot. Mag. 120: pl. 7337.
Native of the New Hebrides and the Marianas Islands.
1894b. Hydnophytum longiflorum. Bot. Mag. 120: pl. 7343.
Native of Fiji.
1894c. Osteomeles anthyllidifolia, Bot. Mag. 120: pl. 7354.
Recorded from Hawaii, Pitcairn, and Mangaia.
1894d. Colocasia antiquorum. Bot. Mag. 120: pl. 7364.
Native of the Pacific islands.
1894e. Sterculia austro-caledonica. Bot. Mag. 120: pl. 7382.
Native of New Caledonia.
1896a. Eranthemum reticulatum. Bot. Mag. 122 pl. 7480.
Native of Melanesia.
1896b. Lecture on insular floras delivered before the British Association for the
Advancement of Science at Nottingham, August 27, 1866. 1-36.
A reprint of Hooker, J. D., 1867.
1899. Acalypha hispida. Bot. Mag. 125: pl. 7632.
Native of Fiji.
1901a. Exorrhiza Wendlandiana. Bot. Mag. 127: pl. 7797.
Native of Fiji.
1901b. Musa oleracea. Bot. Mag. 127: pl. 7802.
Native of New Caledonia.
156 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1902. Podocarpus pectinata. Bot. Mag. 128: pl. 7854.
Here described from New Caledonia.
See also Bentham, G., and Hooker, J. D.
Hooker, W. J.
1818-20. Musci exotici; containing figures and descriptions of new or little known
foreign mosses and other cryptogamic subjects. 1: i-viii, pl, 1-96. 1818;
2: pl. 97-176; Appendix, 1-31. 1820.
Includes a few Polynesian species. Each plate is accompanied by unpaged letterpress.
1828a. Artocarpus incisa. Bot. Mag. 55: pl. 2869-2871.
Recorded from the Marianas Islands.
1828b. Dracaena australis. Bot. Mag. 55: pl. 2835.
Native of Norfolk Island.
Hooker, W. J., and Greville, R. K.
1829-31. Icones Filicum; ad eas potissimum species illustrandas destinatae, quae
hactenus, vel in herbariis delituerunt prorsus incognitae, vel saltem non-
dum per icones botanicis innotuerunt. (Figures and descriptions of
ferns . . . ) 1: t. 1-120, descriptive text, 1829; 2: 1-9. pl. 121-240.
1831.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Hooker, W. J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A.
1830-41. The botany of Captain Beechey’s voyage comprising an account of the
plants collected by Messrs, Lay and Collie, and other officers of the ex-
pedition during the voyage to the Pacific and Bering’s Straits, per-
formed in His Majesty’s ship, Blossom, under the command of Captain
F, W. Beechey . . . in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28. i-ii, 1-485. pl. 1-99.
Includes an enumeration with numerous new species from the Society Islands and
Hawaii (pp. 59-110). Pp. 1-48 were issued in 1830; 49-144, in 1832. The decriptions,
pp. 1-96, were reprinted in Presl, Rep. Bot. 1-38. For data on the dates of issue see
Jackson, B, D., Jour. Bot. $1: 297-299. 1893.
Hooker, W. J.
1831. Asplenium nidus. Bot. Mag. 58: p/. 3101.
Recorded from the Marianas islands and Hawaii.
1832a. Mimusops dissecta. Bot. Mag. 59: pl. 3157.
Native of the Tonga Islands.
1832b. Phormium tenax. Bot. Mag. 59: pl. 3199.
Native of Norfolk Island.
Hooker, W. J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A.
1832-41. Contributions towards a flora of South America and the islands of the
Pacific. Bot. Miscel. Hook. 3: 129-211, 302-367. 1832-33; Hook. Jour.
Bot. 1: 276-296. 1834; Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 29-38, 103-111, 234-244.
1835 ; 2: 41-52, 250-254, 1836; Hook. Jour. Bot. 3: 19-47, 310-348. 1841.
Mostly appertains to extra-tropical South America; includes Juan Ferndndez species.
Hooker, W. J.
1833. Santalum album. Bot. Mag. 60: pi. 3235.
Recorded from Polynesia.
1835. List of ferns in the botanical collection made by Mr. Nightingale in the
Pacific Isles: in Nightingale, T., Oceanic sketches. 127-132.
An enumeration of 29 species, 5 described as new.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 157
1836. A brief memoir of the life of Mr. David Douglas, with extracts from his
letters. Comp. Bot. Mag. 2: 79-182. portrait.
Contains numerous observations on the flora of Hawaii, an account of Douglas’s ascent
of Mauna Loa, and of his death in Hawaii (pp. 161-182).
1836-1943-+. Icones plantarum, or figures with descriptive characters and remarks,
of new and rare plants selected from the Kew Herbarium. 1 (1836) to
35 (1943) ++.
Continued by J. D. Hooker, Oliver, Dyer, Prain, and Hill. Descriptions and illus-
trations of plants from various parts of the world, including many from Polynesia
entered in this bibliography under the individual authors.
1837a. Argyroxiphium sandwicense. Hook. Ic. 1: pl. 75.
Native of Hawaii.
1837b. Polypodium myriocarpum, Hook. Ic. 1: pl. 84.
Native of Hawaii.
1837c. Vaccinium cereum. Hook. Ic. 1: pl. 87.
Native of the Society Islands.
1837d. Peperomia margaritifera Bert. Hook. Ic. 1: pl. 91.
Native of Juan Fernandez.
1837e. Marchantia trichocephala. Hook. Ic. 2: pl, 158.
Native of Hawaii.
1837f. Geranium cuneatum, Hook, Hook. Ic. 2: pl. 198.
Native of Hawaii.
1837g. Blechnum pubescens. Hook. Ic. 1: pl. 97.
Native of Juan Fernandez.
1838-42. Genera filicum; or illustrations of the ferns, and other allied genera;
from the original coloured drawings of the late Francis Bauer, Esq.,
botanic painter to Her Majesty; with additions and descriptive letterpress
by William Jackson Hooker . . . i-vi, [1-120, 1-8]. pl. 1-120.
Includes some Polynesian species; the first title page is dated 1838, the second, 1842.
1839. Cymbidium triste. Bot. Mag. 65: pl. 3648.
Here described from New Caledonia and the Marianas Islands.
1844. Schiedea Nuttallii. Hook. Ic. 7: pl. 649-650.
Native of Hawaii.
1844-64. Species filicum; being descriptions of the known ferns, particularly of
such as exist in the author’s herbarium or are with sufficient accuracy
described in works to which he has had access; accompanied with
numerous figures, 1: i-xv, 1-245. pl. 1-70. 1844-46; 2: 1-250. pl. 71-140.
1851-58; 3: 1-291. pi. 141-210. 1860; 4: 1-292. pl, 211-280. 1862; 5:
1-314. pl. 281-304. 1863-64.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1845a. Disemma aurantia. Bot. Mag. 71: pl. 4140.
Native of New Caledonia.
1845b. Trichomanes polyanthos Hook. Hook. Ic. 8: pi. 703.
Native of Polynesia.
1846. Cirrhopetalum Thouarsii. Bot. Mag. 72: pl. 4237.
Native of Society Islands; plate and synonymy by Lindley, English description by
Hooker.
1850. Oberonia iridifolia. Bot. Mag. 76: pl. 4517.
Credited to Tahiti.
1852a. Araucaria columnaris. Bot. Mag. 78: pl. 4635.
Native of New Caledonia.
700080—47—11
158
1852b,
1852c.
1852d.
1854a.,
1854b.
1854c.
1854d.
1854e.
1854f.
1854g.
1855a.
1855b.
1856.
1859,
1860b.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
. . ra .
Notice of a new species of Deparia, discovered by Mr. Charles Moore in
New Caledonia. Hook. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Miscel. 4: 54-56. pl. 3.
D. moortt n. sp.
Notice of a new species of Dammara, detected by Mr. Charles Moore in
La Peyrouse’s Island. Hook. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Miscel. 4: 115-116.
pl. 4.
D. macrophylla from Vanikoro Island.
Deparia Moorii, Hook. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur. 7: 206-208. 1 f.
A French translation of Hoeker, W. J. 1852b.
A century of ferns; being figures with brief descriptions of 100 new or
rare or imperfectly known species of ferns, from various parts of the
world, A selection from the author’s “Icones plantarum” i-vii, pl. 1-100.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Asplenium novae-caledoniae. Hook. Ic. 10: pl. 911.
Native of New Caledonia. ,
Polypodium (Ctenopteris) pellucidum Kaulf. Hook. Ic. 10: pl. 944-945.
Native of Hawaii.
Cystopteris Douglasii, Hook. Hook, Ic. 10: pi. 955.
Native of Hawaii.
Nothochlaena distans, Br. Hook. Ic, 10: pl, 980.
Native of New Caledonia.
Asplenium (Darea) obtusilobum, Hook. Hoak. Ic. 10: pl. 1000.
Native of the New Hebrides.
Pteris (Litobrachia) Endlicheriana, Ag. Hook. Ic. 10: pl. 973.
Native of Norfolk Island.
Nicotiana fragrans. Bot. Mag. 81: pl. 4865.
Native of New Caledonia.
Grevillea Gil[l]ivrayi, Hook. & Lomatia Milnei, Hook. Hook. Jour. Bot.
Kew Gard. Miscel. 7: pl. 1-2.
Plates only; for descriptions of these new species, native of New Caledonia, see
Macgillivray, J., 1854.
Melastoma denticulatum. Bot. Mag. 82: pl. 4957.
Here described from New Caledonia.
Filices exoticae, or coloured figures and descriptions of exotic ferns, chiefly
of such as are cultivated in the Royal Gardens at Kew. p/. 1-100; plates
accompanied by unpaged descriptive text.
Includes some Polynesian species.
. Pteris quadriaurita. Bot. Mag. 86: pl. 5183.
Here described from the Pacific islands.
Pteris cretica L. Bot. Mag. 86: pl. 5194.
Recorded from Hawaii and Fiji.
1860-61. A second century of ferns; being figures with brief descriptions of 100
1861.
new, or rare, or imperfectly known species of ferns, from various parts
of the world. i—xii. p/. 1-100.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Dendrobium linguaeforme. Bot. Mag. 87: pl. 5249.
Native of the Pacific islands.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 159
1861-62. Garden ferns or coloured figures and descriptions with the needful
analyses of the fruitification and venation of a selection of exotic ferns
adapted for cultivation in the garden, hothouse, and conservatory. i-v.
pl. 1-64.
Includes some Polynesian species. Plates 1-48 were issued in 1861; 49-64, in 1862,
accompanied by descriptive text.
1862a. Grammitis (Selliguea) caudiformis. Bot. Mag. 88: t. 5328.
Here recorded from Tahiti and Fiji.
1862b. Botrychium daucifolium. Bot. Mag. 88: p/. 5340.
Recorded from the Society Islands.
1863. Eranthemum tuberculatum. Bot. Mag. 89: pl. 5405.
Here described from the Loyalty Islands.
1864a. Solanum anthropophagorum. Bot. Mag. 90: pl. 5424.
Native of Fiji.
1864b. Eranthemum Cooperi. Bot. Mag. 90: pl. 5467.
Here described from New Caledonia.
See also Greville, R. K., and Hooker, W. J.
Hooker, W. J., and Baker, J. G.
1865-74, Synopsis Filicum, or a synopsis of all known ferns including the Osmun-
daceae, Schizaeaceae, Marattiaceae, and Ophioglossaceae (chiefly de-
rived from the Kew Herbarium). Accompanied by figures representing
the essential characters of each genus. 1-482. pl. 1-9. 1865-68. Ed. 2,
i-xiv, 1-559. pl. 1-9. 1874.
Includes the Polynesian species. Dates of publication of ed. 1 are given on p. 482
of ed. 1 and on p. 559 of ed. 2.
Horaninow, P.
1862. Prodromus Monographiae Scitaminearum, additis nonnullis de phyto-
graphia, de Monocotyleis et Orchideis. 1-45. pl. 1-4.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Horikawa, Y.
1934-35. Symbolae florae Bryophytae Orientali-Asiae III. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo)
48: 708-719. f. 1-4. 1934; (VII) 49: 671-678. f. 26-31. 1935.
An enumeration with the descriptions of new species, including a few from Polynesia.
1936. Symbolae florae Bryophytae Orientali-Asiae et Micronesiae. IX. Bot Mag.
(Tokyo) 50: 380-385. f. 33-35.
Contains Microlejeunea ponapensis n. sp. from Micronesia and lists a very few
previously described species. A continuation of the preceding entry under a new
title. Other parts contain no Micronesian references.
1944. Notulae Hepaticologicae. Act. Phytotax. Geobot. 13: 212-214.
Inclues some new combinations for Polynesian species.
Horne, J.
1881, A year in Fiji, or an inquiry into the botanical, agricultural, and economical
resources of the colony. i-iv, 1-297. map.
List of plants under binomial names (pp. 270-286), many new binomials proposed, all
nomina nuda; for reductions of some and original descriptions of others see Baker,
J. G., 1884a.
Hornell, J. .
1946. How did the sweet potato reach Oceania? Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 53: 41-62.
f. 1-2, 1 map.
A critical consideration.
160 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Hornemann, J. W.
1813-19 Hortus regius botanicus Hafniensis, in usum tyronum et botanophilorum.
1: 1-436. 1813; 2: i-xiv, 437-995. 1815; Supplement, 1-172. 1819.
Includes a few species from Polynesia.
Hosaka, E. Y.
1936. A troublesome introduced grass. Mid.-Pacif. Mag. 49: 126. sllus.
Chloris divaricata. Not seen.
1937a. Floristic and ecological studies in Kipapa Gulch, Oahu. Bishop Mus. Spec.
Publ. 30: 6-7.
A brief abstract; see next entry.
1937b. Ecological and floristic studies in Kipapa Gulch, Oahu. Occ. Pap. Bishop
Mus. 13: 175-232. f. 1-18.
Ecological, with a tabulated list of species; bibliography.
1937c. Phytogeography and ecology of Oahu. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 30: 7-8.
A brief abstract.
Hosaka, E, Y., and Degener, O.
1938. A new species of Phyllostegia and two new varieties of Cyanea of the
Hawaiian Islands. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 14: 27-30. f. 1-2.
P. yamaguchii n. sp. from Oahu.
Hosaka, E. Y.
1939. Life-forms of the flowering plants of Kipapa Gulch, Oahu. Bishop Mus.
Spec. Publ. 33: 12-13.
A brief abstract.
Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C.
1939. Grasses of Hawaiian ranges. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 33: 22-23.
A brief abstract; see Whitney, L, D., Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C.,
1939, for the entire work.
Hosaka, E. Y.
1940. A revision of the Hawaiian species of Myrsine (Suttonia, Rapanea),
(Myrsinaceae). Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 16: 25-76. f. 1-21.
A critical revision recognizing 21 species and 4 varieties. For brief abstract see
Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 16: 25-76. 1940.
1942. A new Hawaiian Panicum (Gramineae). Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 67-
69. f. 1.
Panicum carteri n. sp.
Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C.
1944. Legumes of the Hawaiian ranges. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 93: 1-80.
f. 1-48, 24 f.
About 50 species illustrated and described; all introductions from various parts of
the world.
Hosaka, E. Y. See also Cuam, E. L., and Hosaka, E. Y.; Degener, O., and
Hosaka, E. Y.; Fosberg, F. R., and Hosaka, E. Y.; St. John, H., and Hosaka,
E. Y.; Ripperton, J. C., and Hosaka, E. Y.; and Whitney, L. D., and Hosaka,
E. Y., 1936; and Whitney, L. D., Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C., 1939.
Hosmer, R. S.
1912. The choice of street trees for planting in Honolulu. Hawaiian Annual
1913 (39) : 75-81.
Notes on various trees and shrubs.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 161
Hosokawa, T.
1934a. Conspectus of the genus Lepinia. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 48: 528-530. 1 f.
Three species recognized, including L. ponapensis n. sp. from Micronesia.
1934b. Preliminary account of the vegetation of the Marianne Islands group. Bull.
Biogeogr. Soc. Japan 5: 124-172. pl. 10-14. f. 1-9.
Japanese text, English summary; historical and phytogeographic, with a list of species.
1934c. Phytogeographical relationship between the Bonin and the Marianne Islands
laying stress upon the distributions of the families, genera and special
species of their vernacular [indigenous] plants. Jour. Soc. Trop. Agr.
6: 201-209. 1 map, 657-670.
Phytogeographic.
1934d. Balanophoraceae Micronesiae. Jour. Soc. Trop. Agr. 6: 572. Reprinted in
Contr. Herb. Taihoku Univ. 40: 572.
Three species listed, including Balanophora mariannae n. sp.
1934e. [On Casuarina equisetifolia in the Marianne Islands.] Kudoa 2: 107-113.
A general note; Japanese text and title.
1934-44. Materials of the botanical research towards the flora of Micronesia
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 24: 197-205. f. 1-4, (II) 414-415. 1934;
(IIT) 25: 17-39. f. 1, (TV) 261-269, (V) 242-247, (VI) 261-269, (VII)
434-443. 1935; (VIII) 26: 44-51. 1936; (IX) Jour. Soc. Trop. Agr. 7:
305-325. 1935; (X) Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 26: 67-79, (XI)
115-126, (XII) 227-235, (XIII) 244-248. 1936; (XIV) Jour. Jap. Bot.
13: 191-203. f. 1-9. tert map, (XV) 274-284. f. 10-14, (XVI) 603-617.
f. 15-21. 1937; (XVII) Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 28: 61-67,
(XVIII) 145-157. 1938; (XIX) Jour. Jap. Bot. 16: 535-545. 1940;
(XX) Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 31: 39-46, (XXI) 286-291. f.
A-B, (XXII) 468-477. 1941; (XXIII) 32: 5-20. f. 1, (XXIV) 101-105.
f. 1, (RXV) 283-288. 1942; (XXVI) Act. Phytotax. Geobot. 13: 163-
171. f. 1-4. 1944.
Includes the descriptions of many new species, new names, adjustments of synonymy,
and critical notes. Parts 17 and 18 reprinted, without change in pagination, in Contr.
Herb. Taihoku Univ. Nos. 55 and 58.
1935a. On the generic distribution of Cyrtandra (Gesneriaceae), with the descrip-
tion of a new species from Botel Tobago. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc.
Formosa 25: 410-413. 1 f.
Generic distribution in Polynesia; Japanese text.
1935b. [Phytogeographical considerations on the Marianne Islands}. Nippon Gaku-
jit. Kyokai Hokoku [Proc. Japan. Assoc. Adv. Sci.] 10: 146-151.
A general discussion; Japanese text and title.
1935c. An enumeration of Gramineae hitherto known from Micronesia under the
Japanese mandate. Jour. Soc. Trop. Agr. 7: 305-325. Reprint Contr.
Herb. Taihoku Univ. no. 42, same pagination.
An enumeration of the known species, including Sporobolus farinosus n. sp. The
subtitle is “Materials of the Botanical Research towards the Flora of Micronesia IX,”
Hosokawa, T., 1934-41, pt. IX.
1935d. [Materials for a flora of Ponape in the South Sea Islands.] Kudoa 3: 162-
166. 1 f.
A short list with notes; Japanese title and text.
1935-36. Enumeratio Pteridophytae notae adhuc e Micronesia.
This is the subtitle to numbers VII-VIII and IX-XIII of Hosokawa, T., 1934-41.
162 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1937a. An enumeration of the plants collected from Ponape. Kudoa 5: 41-55,
(II) 79-96.
An enumeration of the author’s own collections; English text.
1937b. [A preliminary account of the phytogeographical study on Truk, Caroline.]
Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan 7: 171-255. f. 1-51.
Includes a systematic enumeration of the plants collected including Smilax trukensis
n. sp., Pandanus fatyanion, and Fagraea sair pogas n. var. (F. trukensis Kaneh.).
Reviewed in Japanese in Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 51: 945. 1937.
1943a. Studies in the life-forms of vascular epiphytes and the epiphyte flora of
Ponape, Micronesia. (I) Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 33: 35-55.
f. 1-18; (II) 71-89. f. 19-30. table 1-2; (III) 113-141. pl. 5-9. f. 31-
33. table 3-8.
Part. III includes a list of 80 epiphytes in Ponape and a brief summary in Japanese.
1943b. [A general consideration of the vegetation of the Asiatic tropics]. i-xi,
1-264. index 1-34. 4 pl. f. 1-69. 1 map.
A general treatise, including Micronesia and Polynesia: Japanese text.
Houard, C.
1916-25. Les collections cécidologiques du Laboratoire d’Entomologie du Muséum
d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris: Galles de Nouvelle-Calédonie (Premier
Mémoire). Marcellia 14: 143-182. f. 1-142. 1916; (Deuxiéme Mémoire)
16: 3-66. f. 143-377. 1917; (Troisiéme Mémoire) 21: 59-93. f. 1-63. 1925.
Appertains to cecidology.
1921. Cécides de la Nouvelle-Calédonie: in Sarasin, F. & Roux, J., Nova Cale-
donia Bot, 1: 248-255. 2 f.
Descriptions of galls affecting various species.
1922-23. Les Zoocécidies des plantes d’Afrique, d’Asie, et d’Oceanie 1: 1-496.
illus. 1922; 2: 497-1056. illus. 1923.
Discusses plant galls of the regions indicated.
Houllet, R.
1865. Fremya aurantiaca. Rev. Hort. 1865: 310-311. 1 pi.
Native of New Caledonia.
Houlston, J., and Moore, T,
1851. The genera and species of cultivated ferns. Gard. Mag. Bot. 3: 17-22. 1 pl.
f. 1-8, 57-63. 1 pl. f. 9-14, 90-95. 1 pl. f. 14b-22, 129-135. 1 pl. f. 23-
31, 161-166. 1 pl. f. 32-35, 195-199. 1 pl. f. 36-41, 226-231. 1 pl. f. 42-47,
257-265. 1 pl. f. 48-52, 289-294. 1 pl. f. 53-59, 314-332. 2 pl. f. 60-81.
Includes some Polynesian species.
House, H. D.
1904. The nomenclature of Calonyction bona-nox. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 31: 589-
$92.
Concerns the nomenclature of two species that extend to Polynesia.
1907. Note upon a Guam species of Ipomoea. Torreya 7: 37-38.
I, gracilis.
Houtte, L. van
1867. Oplismenus imbecillis fol. var. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur. 17: pl. 1715.
Native of New Caledonia.
1873a. Croton (Codiaeum) variegatum lacteum, FI. Serr. Jard. Eur. 19: 7-8. 1 f.
A garden variety of this native of the South Sea Islands.
1873b, Croton (Codiaeum) variegatum Johannis. Fl, Serr. Jard. Eur. 19: 12, 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 163
1873c. Veitchia (Kentia) canterburyana. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur. 19: 17. 1 f.
A brief note with an illustration of this native of Lord Howe Island.
1875. Artocarpus Cannonii, Hort. Bull. Fl. Serr. Jard, Eur, 21: 131. pl. 2231-32.
Native of Polynesia.
Howard, R. A.
1940-43. Studies of the Icacinaceae, I. Preliminary taxonomic notes. Jour.
Arnold Arb. 21: 461-489. pl. 1-4. 1940; (V.) A revision of the genus
Citronella D. Don, Contr. Gray Herb. 142: 60-89. pl. 4-6. 1943; (VII)
A revision of the genus Medusanthera Seemann. Lloydia 6: 133-143.
pl. 1. 1943.
Includes critical and new species from Polynesia, the Caroline Islands, Fiji, and
New Caledonia.
Howe, M. A.
1907. Phycological studies III. Further notes on Halimeda and Avrainvillea.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 34: 491-516. pl. 25-30.
Includes H. discoidea from Hawaii.
1912, The building of “coral” reefs. Science II. 35: 837-842.
Concerns in part the Ellice and Fiji Islands, and the role of the coralline algae in
reef building.
1932. Marine algae from the islands of Panay and Negros (Philippines) and
Niuafoou (between Samoa and Fiji). Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 22:
167-170. 1 f.
Lists 12 species from Niuafoou.
1934. Hawaiian algae collected by Paul C. [=S.] Galtsoff. Jour. Washington
Acad. Sci. 24: 32-42. f. 1-5.
A list with descriptions of new species.
Howe, 5S. E.
1943. L’élément humain dans les dénominations en géographie et en botanique.
Boissiera 7: 133-154. 2 f.
Includes a few data on Polynesian exploration.
Howes, F. N. See Tattersfield, F., Martin, J. P., and Howes, F. N.
Hubbard, C. E.
1936. Thaumastochloa rariflora (F. M. Bailey) C. E. Hubbard. Thaumastochloa
Brassii C. E. Hubbard. Hook. Ic. 34: pl. 3313, 3314. 1-6.
A new genus, segregated from Ophiuros (usually spelled Ophiurus), including T.
cochinchinensis (Lour.) Hubb. (O. monostachyus Presl), which extends to the Mari-
anas and Caroline Islands.
1938. Sorghum leiocladum (Hack.) C. E. Hubbard. Hook, Ic. 34: pl. 3364. 1-6.
Certain species of Sorghum considered that extend to Polynesia.
See also Gardner, C. A., and Hubbard, C. E.; and Summerhayes, V. S., and
Hubbard, C. E.
Hubert, P.
1912, Fruits des pays chauds. Etude générale des fruits, i-x, 1-728. f. 1-227.
Contains many references to and descriptions of cultivated plants of Polynesia.
Hue, A. M.
1890-92. Lichenes exoticos a professore W. Nylander descriptos vel recognitos.
Nouv. Arch. Mus. Nat. Paris III 2: 209-322. 1890; 3: 33-192. 1891; 4:
103-210. 1892. Reprint 1-378. 1892.
Includes some Polynesian species.
164 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1898-1901. Lichenes extra-europaci e pluribus collectoribus ad Museum Parisiense
missi et ab A. M. Hue elaborati. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris
III, 10: 213-280, 1898; IV. 1: 27-220. pl. 1-6. 1899; 2: 49-122. pl. 1-6.
1900; 3: 21-126. pl. 1-6. 1901.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1899, D*'* Joannis Miller (Miller Argoviensis) lichenologische Beitrage in Flora
annis 1874-1891 editi. Index alphabeticus. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 7: App. 3:
1-52.
A list of 1,669 names; an index to the species in Mueller, J., 1874-91.
1906-12. Lichenes morphologice et anatomice disposuit. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist.
Nat. Paris IV. 8: 237-272. f. 1-16. 1906; 10: 169-224. f. 17-30. 1908; V.
1: 111-166. f. 31-38. 1909; 2: 1-120, f. 39-51. 1910; 3: 133-198. f. 52-59.
1911; 4: 1-52. f. 60-64. 1912.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1924. Monographia Crocyniarum. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 71: 311-402.
Includes descriptions of four species from New Caledonia.
Hustedt, F.
1942. Siisswasser-Diatomeen des indomalayischen Archipels und der Hawaii-
Inseln. Internat. Rev. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 42: 1-252. f. 1-443. —
The collections are mostly planktonic; many new forms are described; not seen.
Hutchinson, J.
1917. Crusoe’s Island: Juan Fernandez. Gard. Chron. IIT. 61: 199-200. f. 72-
74, 209-211. f. 76-78, 220-221, 230-231. f. 88, 240-241. f. 91-92.
Includes data on the vegetation.
1921. The family Winteraceae. Kew Bull, 1921: 185-191. 2 f.
Includes the New Caledonian genera.
1942, Macrozanonia Cogn. and Alsomitra Roem. Ann. Bot. II. 6: 95-102.
Credits Neoalsomitra integrifoliola (Alsomitra integrifoliola) to Fiji, formerly For-
mosa- Philippines,
Hyde, C. M.
1885. Helps to the study of Hawaiian botany. Hawaiian Annual (1886) 12: 39-
42.
Lists various publications and also some plants under their Latin names.
I
Imai, S., and Aizawa, T.
1942. [A cultivated fungus in the tropics, Volvaria Bresadolae Trott.]. Kagaku
Nanyo 5: 55-61. f. 1-2.
In Japanese. A critical note on the fungus which occurs in Micronesia.
Imazeki, R.
1941. Materials of the Micronesian higher fungi. Jour. Jap. Bot. 17: 175-184.
f. 1-7.
An enumeration of 35 species in various genera, with descriptions of Fomes man-
grovicus and Lentinus palauensis n. spp.
Im Thurn, E.
1912, Plant life in a tropical island. Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. 38: 1-9.
General notes on the flora of Fiji.
Indé, K.
1941. [On some aquatic fungi from the South Sea.] Hakubut. Zassi 38: 86-91.
Japanese text.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 165
Inn, H.
1944. Tropical blooms. A portfolio of 40 flowerprints from photographs by
Henry Inn . . . with a presentation by Mary Dillingham Frear. 1-8.
pl. 1-40.
Based on Hawaiian material; not seen.
Inumaru, S.
1939. Lichen novus Hawaiensis Faurieanus. Act. Phytotax. Geobot. 8: 227-228.
f. 1-7.
Nephroma tomentellum n. sp. from Hawaii.
Ito, H.
1938. Nuntia de filicibus Japonensibus X. Jour. Jap. Bot. 14: 731-733. f. 1.
Lists 14 pteridophytes from the Caroline Islands; the previous parts contain no
Micronesian references.
1941. Humata trukensis H. Ito. Nakai. Icon. Pl. As. Orient. 4: 373-377. pl. 121.
Native of Truk, Caroline Islands. Includes the enumeration of Micronesian species
of Humata both in Latin and in Japanese.
J
Jablonszky, E.
1915, Euphorbiaceae-Phyllanthoideae-Bridelieae. Pflanzenr. 65 (IV. 147°): 1-98.
f. 1-15.
Monographic.
Jack, H. W.
1935. The mahogany tree. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(1): 23-25.
Concerns its introduction and potentialities in Fiji (Swictenia).
1936. Areca nuts. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(2) : 31-35.
Areca catechu.
Jack, J. B.
1886. Monographie der Lebermoosgattung Physiotium. Hedwigia 25: 49-87.
pl. 1-10.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Jack, J. B., and Stephani, F.
1894. Hepaticae in insulis Vitiensibus et Samoanis a D‘* Ed. Graeffe anno 1864
lectae. Bot. Centralb. 60: 97-109. p/. 1-2.
An enumeration with 15 species described as new.
Jackson, B. D.
1881. Guide to the literature of botany; being a classified selection of botanical
works including nearly 6000 titles not given in Pritzel’s “Thesaurus”.
i-xl, 1-626.
Bibliographic; chiefly supplementary to Pritzel’s Thesaurus.
1882. Vegetable technology: A contribution towards a bibliography of economic
botany, with a comprehensive subject-index. i—xii, 1-355.
An extensive bibliography of economic botany, with some references to Polynesian
papers.
1893-1938. Index Kewensis. Plantarum Phanerogamarum nomina et synonyma
omnium generum et specierum a Linnaeo usque ad annum MDCCCL-
XXXV complectens nomine recepto auctore patria unicuique plantae sub-
jectis. Sumptibus beati Caroli Roberti Darwin ductu et consilio Joseph D.
Hooker confecit B. Daydon Jackson. 1: i—xiv, 1-1268. 1893; 2: 1-1299,
1895; Suppl. 1(1886-95): 1-519. 1901-06; 2(1896-1900): 1-204. 1904.
166 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
3(1901-05): 1-193. 1908; 4(1906-10): 1-251. 1913; 5(1911-13): 1-
277. 1921; 6(1916-20): 1-222. 1926; 7(1921-25): 1-260. 1929; 8(1926-
30): 1-256. 1933; 9(1931-35): [1]-305. 1938.
Contains citations to the original descriptions of all species of phanerogams. Com-
menced under the editorship of B. D. Jackson, supplements by B. D. Jackson and
T. Durand, W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, D. Prain, and A. W. Hill.
J{ackson], J. R.
1882. The tonga plant (Epipremnum mirabile). Garden 21: 316. J f.
Native of Fiji; a general note.
Jacques, C.
1939, Les Paspalum de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Agr. Nouv.-Caléd, 1939:
3641-3653. illus.
Not seen.
1940a. Le probléme fourrager en Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Agr. Nouv.-Caléd
1940: 3929-3936.
Not seen,
1940b. Le Tournefortia argentea. L’arbre qui guérit l’urticaire du poisson. Rev.
Agr. Nouv.-Caléd. 1940: 3969-3970.
Not seen,
Jacquinot, C.H. See Hombron, J. B., and Jacquinot, C. H.
Jaeger, A.
1869. Enumeratio generum et specierum Fissidentacearum adjectis nonnullis ad-
notionibus de earum litteratura et distributione geographica. 1-36.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Jaeger, A., and Sauerbeck, F.
1870-80. Genera et species muscorum systematice disposita seu Adumbratio florae
muscorum totius orbis terrarum. Ber. St. Gall. Naturw. Ges. 245-299.
1870; 357-451. 1872; 309-490. 1873; 61-236. 1874; 53-278. 1875; 85-
188. 1876; 201-371. 1877; 211-454. 1878; 257-514. 1879; 213-252.
1880. Reprint 1: i-xl, 1-740. 1870-75; 2: i-iv, 1-778. 1876-80.
The authorship of vol. 2 is attributed to A. Jaeger and F. Sauerbeck. Includes the
then-known Polynesian mosses,
See also Auld, W., and Jaeger, A.
Jan, S. R.
1937. Cultivation of betel leaf in Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(4): 49.
Piper betle and Areca catechu.
1938. Turmeric (Curcuma longa L.). Jour. Agr. [Fiji] 9(4): 28-29.
A short note.
Jardin, E.
1857. Essai sur Vhistoire naturelle de l’archipel de Mendana ou des Marquises.
2° partie. Botanique. Mém. Soc. Nat. Cherbourg 5: 289-331. 1857.
Includes an enumeration of species with extensive notes on a selected list.
1858. Essai d’une flore de l’archipel des Marquises. [1-2], 1-43. 1858.
A reprint of the preceding paper with two introductory pages.
1860. Supplement au Zephyritis Taitensis de M. Guillemin. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat.
Cherbourg 7: 239-244.
Additional records of Tahitian plants; see Guillemin, J. B. A., 1836-37.
1862. Essai sur l’histoire naturelle de l’archipel des Marquises, comprenant la
géologie et la minéralogie, la botanique, et la zoologie. [1-2], 1-100. map.
Reprinted from Mém. Soc. Nat. Cherbourg 5. Pp. 17-59 consist of a republication of
Jardin, E., 1857, 1858.
MERRILL——-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 167
1875. Enumération de nouvelles plantes phanérogames et cryptogames découvertes
dans l’ancien et le nouveau continent et recueillies par Edélestan Jardin.
Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie II. 9: 247-339, Reprint 1-95,
Lists various species from Polynesia.
Jarry-Desloges, R.
1940. Oxera pulchella. Rev. Hort. 112: 116-117. f. 68.
Native of New Caledonia.
Jatta, A.
1903-05. Licheni esotici dell’ Erbario Levier raccolti nell’ Asia Meridionale e nell’
Oceania. Malpighia 17: 3-15. 1903; 19: 163-186. 1905.
An enumeration, including some species from Rarotonga, Ponape, and Samoa.
Jeanneney, A.
1894, La Nouvelle-Calédonie agricole. Nature minéralogique et géologique du
sol, Reseignements pratiques pour les émigrants. i-vii, 1-344.
Pp. 53-131 concern the general characters of the flora,
Jeanpert, E.
1911. Fougéres recueillies en Nouvelle-Calédonie par M. et Mme. Le Rat et aux
Nouvelles-Hébrides par Mme. Le Rat. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 17:
571-580.
A list with localities, including a few new names.
1912. Fougéres de Nouvelle-Calédonie, récoltées par M. Cribs. Bull. Mus. Hist.
Nat. [Paris] 18: 102-107.
A list with localities.
Jedwabnick, E.
1924. Eragrostidis specierum imprimis ad herb. Berol., Hamburg., Monac, Regi-
mont. digestarum conspectus. Bot. Arch. Mez 5: 177-216.
An enumeration of 256 species, some described as new, a few from Polynesia.
Jennings, W.C. See Lee, H. A., and Jennings, W. C.
Johnston, I. M.
1923. Diagnoses and notes relating to the Spermatophytes, chiefly of North
America. Contr. Gray Herb. 68: 80-104.
Considers that Euphorbia deppeana, currently credited to California, is probably
Hawaiian.
1935. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XI. Jour, Arnold Arb. 16: 145-205.
Includes Messerschmidia argentea from Polynesia.
1937. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XII. Jour. Arnold Arb. 18: 1-25.
The second part of this paper, ‘Novelties and Critical Notes,” includes Heliotropium
anomalum var. mediale n. var. from Christmas and Fanning Islands.
Johow, F. R. A.
1893a. Los helechos de Juan Fernandez. Anal. Univ. Chile 82: 741-757. 977-1004.
1 pl. Reprint 1-46. 1 pl. 1893.
A list of 45 species, with extensive notes. Reviewed in Bot. Jahresber. 21: 284.
1896.
1893b. Las plantas de cultivo en Juan Fernandez. Anal. Univ. Chile 84: 939-970.
A general discussion.
1896. Estudios sobre la flora de las islas de Juan Fernandez. i-xi, 1-289. pl. 1-18.
8 f. 3 maps.
A systematic discussion of all then-known species, with a sketch of the botanical
history, a consideration of the phytogeography, and a comprehensive bibliography.
168 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Jones, W. W., and others
1941, Papaya production in the Hawaiian Islands. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull.
87: 1-04. f. 1-24.
Includes “Botany of the Papaya” by W. B. Storey and articles on cultivation, dis-
eases, and uses of papaya by various authors.
Jonker, F. P.
1938. A monograph of the Burmanniaceae. Med, Bot. Mus. Rijksuniv. Utrecht
51: [1-3]. 1-279. f. 1-20.
Monographic; includes two species from the Palau Islands, one new.
Joret, H.
1888. Les Musacées ornamentales et économiques. Rev. Hort. 60: 68-71. f. 15.
Includes a few species from New Caledonia.
Jouan, H.
1865. Recherches sur l’origine et la provenance de certains végétaux phanérog-
ames observés dans les iles du Grand-Océan, Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat.
Cherbourg 11: 81-178. Reprint 1-98.
Deals largely with plants of economic importance and their origin as far as concerns
Polynesia.
1873. Notes sur l’archipel Hawaiien (Iles Sandwich). Mém, Soc. Sci, Nat.
Cherbourg 17: 5-104.
Pages 49-73 concern plant life with notes on important species.
1874. Notes sur quelques animaux et quelques végétaux rencontrées dans les mers
australes et dans les iles du Grand-Océan, considérés au point de vue de
leur classification et de leurs rapports avec l’industrie. Mém. Soc. Sci.
Nat. Cherbourg 18: 129-264.
Pages 248-264 deal with the vegetable products of Polynesia.
1875. Les plantes alimentaires de l’Océanie. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat, Cherbourg
19; 33-83.
General notes on important species,
1876. Les plantes industrielles de l’?Océanie. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 20:
145-240,
Extensive notes on Polynesian economic plants.
1882. Quelques mots sur le peuplement végétal des iles de l’Océanie. Bull. Soc.
Linn. Normandie III. 6: 175-198. Reprint 1-26, 1883.
Observations on the places of origin of selected species,
1884. A propos du peuplement dela Polynésie. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg
24: 117-192,
Includes some data on plants.
1896. A propos de la flore de la Polynésie francaise de M. E. Drake del Castillo.
Bull. Soc. Linn, Normandie IV. 10: 61-68,
Observations on Drake’s work.
Judd, A. F.
1933. Trees and plants: in E. §. C. Handy, and others, Ancient Hawaiian Civili-
zation. 273-281.
Includes tabulated data on various species, with botanical and native names, and
notes on uses,
Judd, C. S.
1916. The first algaroba and royal palms in Hawaii. Hawaiian For. Agr. 13:
330-335. 2 f.
Historical data on the introduction of these two species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 169
1918. The Hawaiian sumach, Hawaiian For. Agr. 15: 441-442.
Rhus semialata var. dwicensis.
1919a. The kukui or candlenut tree. Hawaiian For. Agr. 16: 222-223. 1 pl.
Aleurites moluccana.
1919b. Forestry in Hawaii. Hawaiian For. Agr. 16: 271-297,
Considers the native forest types.
1920a. The koa tree. Hawaiian For. Agr. 17: 30-53. 3 pi.
Acacia koa.
1920b. The wiliwili tree. Hawaiian For, Agr. 17: 95-97. 2 pl.
Erythrina monosperma,
1921la. The alahee tree. Hawaiian For. Agr. 18: 133-137. 3 pl.
Plectronia odorata = Canthium odoratum.
1921b, Kilauea National Park trees. Hawaiian For. Agr. 18: 255-260. 4 pl.
A list with binomial and local names,
1923. Twenty familiar trees of Honolulu. Hawaiian For. Agr. 20: 50-52.
A list with notes; largely exotic species.
1927a. The natural resources of the Hawaiian forest regions and their conservation.
Hawaiian For. Agr. 24: 40-47. 2 f.
Miscellaneous notes. Abstract in Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 12: 9. 1927.
1927b. Factors deleterious to the Hawaiian forest. Hawaiian For, Agr. 24: 47-53.
2 f.; abstract in Bishop Mus, Spec. Publ. 12: 11-12.
A general discussion.
1929a. Map of Oahu cover classification. Hawaiian For. Agr. 26: 19.
A map only.
1929b. The forests of the Hawaiian Islands. Mid.-Pacif. Mag. 38: 333-336, 3 f.
A general note.
1931a. Botanical bonanzas. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 19: 17.
A brief abstract of the next entry.
1931b. Botanical bonanzas. Hawaiian Annual (1932) 58: 61-69.
Notes on the endemic flora, and the survival or rarity of various species.
1932a. The parasitic habit of the Sandalwood tree. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 20:
5-6.
A short note.
1932b. Botanical discoveries. Hawaiian For, Agr. 29: 15-16.
Concerns the discovery of localities in Oahu for Neowawraea phyllanthoides and
Cassia gaudichaudit.
1936. Seed dispersal in Hawaii. Mid.-Pacif. Mag. 49: 111-118.
Not seen.
1937. Staghorn fern invasion. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 31: 8-9.
A brief abstract, Gleichenia linearis.
1941. Forest resources of the Territory of Hawaii, U. S. A. Proc. Sixth Pacific
Sci. Congr. 4: 797-800.
A general summary.
See also Law, J. S., and Judd, C. S.
Jumelle, H.
1897. L’Erouma de Nouvelle Calédonie et son produit résineux. Ann. Inst. Colon.
Marseille. 4: 239-247. f. 1.
Includes botanical notes on Macaranga vedeliana Miill.-Arg. (Acalypha vedeliana
Baillon), native of New Caledonia.
170 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1898. Les plantes 4 caoutchouc et 4 gutta dans les colonies francaises. Ann. Inst.
Colon. Marseille. 5: 1-182. f. 1-15.
Includes description of Ficus prolixa, native of New Caledonia and Tahiti.
1901. Les cultures coloniales, plantes industrielles & médicinales, i-vii, 1-357.
f. 1-101.
Includes a few references to and descriptions of cultivated plants of Polynesia.
1910. Les plantes 4 tubercules alimentaires des climats tempérés & des pays chauds,
i-xiii, 1-372. f. 1-35,
Includes notes on Tacca pinnatifida, Dioscorea alata, and some other species from
Polynesia.
Junell, S.
1934. Zur Gynaceummorphologie und Systematik der Verbenaceen und Labiaten
nebst Bemerkungen iiber ihre Samenentwicklung. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 4:
1-219. pl. 1-8. f. 1-257.
Largely morphological; includes some Polynesian species.
Jussieu, A. de
1824. De Euphorbiacearum generibus, medicisque earumdem viribus tentamen.
1-118, pl. 1-18.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Jussieu, A. L. de
1804. Mémoire sur le Grewia, genre de plants de la famille des Tiliacées. Ann.
Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 4: 82-93. pl. 47-51.
Includes G. malococca from Tongatabu.
1830. Mémoire sur la famille des Méliacées. Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 19:
153-304. pl. 12-23. ;
Includes a few Polynesian species,
1833. Rapport sur la partie botanique du voyage de M. Gay au Chili, fait 4
YAcadémie des Sciences de I’Institut, le 1°? juillet 1883. Arch. Bot.
Guillemin 2: 176-177.
Includes data on the flora of Juan Fernandez.
K
Kaaiakamanu, D. M., and Akina, J. K.
1922, Hawaiian herbs of medicinal value, found among the mountains and else-
where in the Hawaiian islands, and known to the Hawaiians to possess
curative and palliative properties most effective in removing physical
ailments. 1-74.
Translated from the Hawaiian by A. Akina, Published by the Hawaiian Territorial
Board of Health. Plant classification by H. F. Bergman, Not seen.
Kajewski, S. F.
1930. A plant collector’s notes on the New Hebrides and Santa Cruz Islands.
Jour. Arnold Arb. 11: 172-180.
A narrative with observations on the vegetation.
Kanda, C.
1942, [Marine algae from the Gerhergail Channel.] Kagaku Nanyd 5: 144-150.
f. 1-4.
General notes in Japanese on algae from Koror, Palau Islands, Carolines.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 171
1944. Ecological studies on marine algae from Kororu and adjacent islands in
the South Sea Islands. Palao Trop. Biol. Stat. Studies 2: 733-800.
f. 1-29. 1 map.
Includes a list of species and tabulated data. This island is in the Palau group.
Carolines,
Kanehira, R.
1915. [Forests in the Micronesian Islands occupied by Japan]. Formosan Agr.
Rev. 9: 713-717.
Japanese text; not seen.
1916. [Three new species collected in the “southern islands”.] Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. Formosa 6: [43].
" Includes short notes on Elaeocarpus kanehirae and Eugenia ponapensis from Ponape
and Psychotria kanehirae from Palau.
193la. An enumeration of woody plants collected in Micronesia, Japanese Mandate
(in 1929 and 1930). Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 45: 271-296. 1 map, 327-352.
Reprint, with index, 1-59. 1931.
Includes the descriptions pf many new species.
1931b. On the ligneous flora of Micronesia, Japanese mandate, Jour. Japan Forest.
Soc. 13: 755-787.
Japanese text; not seen.
1932. The forest trees of Micronesia, Japanese mandate. Trop. Woods 29: 1-6.
Ecological notes and lists of species occurring on the principal islands.
1932-38. New or noteworthy trees from Micronesia. (1) Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 46:
447-457, (II) 485-495, (III) 669-674. 1932; (IV) 47: 669-680. 1933;
(V) 48: 116-130. f. 1-8, (VI) 400-405. f. 1-2, (VII) 730-736. f. 1-5,
(VIII) 919-927. f. 6-11. 1934; (IX) 49: 60-68. f. 1-7, (X) 103-114.
f. 8-16, (XI) 185-195. f. 17-24, (XII) 271-279, f. 25-28. 1935; (XIII)
352-358. f. 29-31, (XIV) 425-431. f. 32-36, (XV) 525-532. f. 37-42.
1935. Reprinted with the original ‘paginations of the several parts, also
repaged, and with an index. [1], 1-148, [1-3]. 1935; (XIV) 50: 520—
525. f. 43-50, (XVII) 541-549. f. 51-57, (XVIII) 599-607. f. 53-60.
1936; (XIX) 51: 906-913. f. 61-68. 1937; (XX) 52: 235-241. f. 69-72.
1938.
Includes the descriptions of numerous new species in various plant families from
all parts of Micronesia. No. V on Pandanaceae is by Martelli. For continuation see
Kanehira, R., and Hatusima, S8., 1939-40.
1933. Flora Micronesica. 1-3, 1-8, 1-468, 1-37. pl. 1-21. f. 1-211.
Japanese text. Includes a general sketch of the flora of Micronesia, a detailed. con-
sideration of 347 species of woody plants, and a list of the species of ferns and flowering
plants known from Micronesia. Published by the South Sea Bureau, Japanese Mandate.
1934. [A botanical excursion to the northern Marianas Islands]. Dubutu
Syokubutu [Bot. & Zool.]. 2: 913-922. f. 1-11.
A narrative with notes on various species; Japanese text and title.
1935a. Plantae novae Micronesicae. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 25: 1-10.
pl. 1-3.
Descriptions of 19 species, mostly from the Palau Islands.
1935b. Plants of the Southern Sea Islands. Nat. Sci. & Mus. 6(5): 15-16. 1 f.
Japanese text with a list of Latin and Japanese names.
1935c. An enumeration of Micronesian plants. Jour. Dept. Agr. Kyushu Univ. 4:
237-464. pl. 2.
An enumeration of all known species of pteridophytes and spermatophytes from
Micronesia.
172 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1935d. On the flora of Micronesia. Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan 5: 233-262. pl. 16-
20. f. 1-2.
Japanese text, English summary. Phytogeographic.
1935e. On the distribution of Pandanus and the geographic relationships of the
Micronesian species. Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan 6: 11-18. pl. 3-/,
General considerations, largely phytogeographic.
1936a. On the Micronesian Pandanus I. Jour. Jap. Bot. 12: 495-501. f. 1-5, (II)
545-554. f. 6-21.
Japanese text; includes portraits of O. Beccari and U. Martelli. The Micronesian
species are listed.
1936b. Palmae Micronesicae I. Jour. Jap. Bot. 12: 634-640. f. 1-3, (II) 729-734,
f. 4-6.
Japanese text, 12 species listed, five described and illustrated, including Pinanga
micronesica n. sp.
1936c. [On the flora of Rota Island]. Dubutu Syokubutu [Bot. & Zool.] 4: 63-
70. f. 1-12.
General notes; Japanese text.
1936-38. Icones Pandanorum Micronesicorum. I. Jour. Jap. Bot. 12: 783-792.
f. 1-6. 1936; (II) 13: 322-331. f. 7-14. 1937; (III) 14: 170-177. f. 1-9.
1938.
Japanese and English text, Latin diagnoses.
1938a. On the genus Sonneratia in Japan. Jour. Jap. Bot. 14: 421-424. f. 1-3.
Sonneratia alba from Ponape, Truk, and the Riukiu Islands.
1938b. On the Micronesian species of Cycas. Jour. Jap. Bot. 14: 579-588. f. 1-7.
Japanese text with English summary, two species considered,
Kanehira, R., and Hatusima, S.
1939-40. New or noteworthy trees from Micronesia XXI. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo)
53: 151-157. f. 73-77, (XXII) 189-193. f. 78-79, (XXIII) 54: 433-437.
f. 80-84, 1940,
A continuation of Kanehira, R., 1932-38.
Kanehira, R.
1940. On “Ais,” Parinarium glaberrimum Hassk. Jour. Jap. Bot. 16: 471-475.
f. 1-4.
Parinarium hahlit Warb., type from Ponape, is reduced to P. glaberrimum Hassk.
Fig. 4 represents P. palauense; Japanese text.
1941. On the phytogeography of Micronesia. Proc. Sixth Pacific Sci. Congr. 4:
595-611.
A general discussion.
Kariyone, T.
1927. The mangroves of the South-Sea Islands. Jour. Jap. Bot. 4: (116)-(120).
2 f.
Concerns Rhizophora, Sonneratia, etc.; Japanese text.
Kaulfuss, G. F.
1824. Enumeratio Filicum, quas in itinere circa terram legit clar. Adalbertus de
Chamisso adjectis in omnia harum plantarum genera permultasque species
non satis cognitas vel novas animadversionibus. i-vi, 1-300. pl. 1-2.
Includes many Polynesian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 173
Kawagoe, S.
1919, [Observations on the flora of the South Sea Islands I]. Bull. Kagoshima
Col. Agr. For. 3: 117-190,
A systematic annotated list of the author’s collections, Japanese text.
Kayser, P. A.
1934. Das Pandanus auf Naauru. Anthropos 29: 775-791. f. 1-7.
Appertains largely to uses of the plant.
Keck, D. D.
1936a. The Hawaiian silverswords. Systematics, affinities, and phytogeographic
problems of the genus Argyroxiphium. Bishop. Mus. Occ. Pap. 11(9):
1-38. pl. 1-9.
Five species of Argyroxiphium recognized and numerous species and varieties of
Railliardia transferred to Dubautia.
1936b. The silverswords of Hawaii. Carnegie Inst. Washington News Serv. Bull.
4: 75-78. 5 f.
A popular account of Argyroxiphium, including phytogeographic data.
Keissler, K. von
1909. Neue Pilze von den Samoa und Salomonsinseln. Ann. Myc. 7: 290-293.
Six new species described.
1910. Micromycetes von den Salomonsinseln samt Nachtragen von den Samoa-
inseln, Neuguinea, Ceylon und den Sandwichinseln: in Rechinger, K:;,
Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse ... Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien
85: 182-192. f. 1-2. Reprint 3: 8-18. £. 1, 2.
Includes some Samoan and Hawaiian species.
1920-27. Systematische Untersuchungen tiber Flechtenparasiten und lichenoide
Pilze (I). Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 37(2) : 263-278. pl. 12. 1920; (V). Ann.
Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 41: 157-169. f. 1-2. 1927.
Includes a few new species and varieties from Hawaii and the Marianas Islands.
1922. Mycologische Mitteilungen I. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 35: 1-35.
Includes Thyrsidium botryosporum f£. verrucosa from Hawaii.
1923, Schedae ad Kryptogamas exsiccatae editae a Museo historiae naturalis
Vindobonensi (olim Museum Palatinum). Centuria XX VII. Ann. Natur-
hist. Hofmus. Wien 36: 74-89.
Includes Madotheca rockit from Hawaii; see Zahlbruckner, 1905.
1928a. Ascomyceten, Fungi imperfecti und Uredineen von Juan Fernandez: in
Skottsberg, C., The natural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island
2: Botany 473-486.
A list with descriptions of new species.
1928b. Nachtrag zur Pilzflora von Juan-Fernandez: in Skottsberg, C., The natural
history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island 2: Botany 549-550. 1 f.
A list, including Corticium subsphaerosporum n. sp.
1933. Zusammenstellung einiger interessanter Flechtenparasiten. Beih. Bot. Cen-
tralbl. 50(2): 380-394.
Includes Lichenoconium lichenicolum var. buelliae from New Caledonia.
Ker, J. B. (Ker-Gawler)
1817. Passiflora adiantifolia. Bot. Reg. 3: pl. 233.
Native of Norfolk Island.
1822. Jasminum gracile. Bot. Reg. 8: pl. 606.
Native of Norfolk Island.
700080—47—12
174 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1823. Edwardsia chrysophylla. Bot. Reg. 9: pl. 738.
Native of Hawaii. Now considered Sophora chrysophylla.
1824. A review of the genus Jasminum. Bot. Reg. 9: Appendix, [1-7].
Includes J. simplicifolium, native of the Friendly Islands.
Kerchove de Denterghem, O. de
1877. Les Araucaria, Rev. Hort. Belge 3: 55-57. f. 6.
Includes notes on some natives of New Caledonia, with a key to the species.
1878. Les Palmiers; histoire iconographique; géographie, paléontologie, bota-
nique, description, culture, emploi, etc., avec index général des noms et
synonymes des espéces connues. i-viii, 1-348. pl. 1-40. f. 1-226.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Kerchove de Denterghem, O. de, and Pynaert, E.
1885. Les Kentia. Rev. Hort. Belge 11: 54-58. f. 2-9.
Includes references to some Polynesian species.
Kermack, J.
1928. Action taken in regard to control of noxious weeds. Agr. Jour. [Fiji]
1(2): 9-10,
Chidemia hirta, Solanum torvum, and Lantana camara.
Keyserling, A.
1873, Polypodiacea et Cyatheacea herbarii Bungeani. i-viii, 1-74.
An enumeration, including some Polynesian species.
1875. Gen. Adiantum L. Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. VII 22(2): 1-44. 1 pl. 1 f.
Sixty-seven species described, including A. novae-caledoniae n. sp.
Khanna, L. P.
1944. On two new species of Megaceros with notes on M. arachnoideus, M.
denticulatus, M. giganteus, and M. grandis. Farlowia 1: 515-523. f. 1-29.
Cites Polynesian localities for various species in the list of species, p. 519.
Kikuta, K., Whitney, L. D., and Parris, G. K.
1938. Seeds and seedlings of the taro, Colocasia esculenta. Am. Jour. Bot. 25:
186-188. f. 1-2.
A general consideration.
Kindberg, N. C.
1888-91. Enumeratio Bryinearum exoticarum quam alphabetice disposuit. 1-83.
1888; suppl. primum 85-96 [no date]; suppl. secundum 97-108. 1891.
An alphabetical list of Latin names of mosses.
1901. Grundziige einer Monographie iiber die Laubmoos-Familie Hypopterygia-
ceae. Hedwigia 40: 275-303.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1902. Grundziige einer Monographie der Laubmoos-Gattung Thamnium. Hed-
wigia 41: 203-268,
Includes some Polynesian species.
Kitamura, S.
1941. Compositae of Micronesia. Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 10: 70-74.
An enumeration of 15 species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 175
Kittlitz, F. H. von
1844-45. Vierundzwanzig Vegetations-Ansichten von Kiistenlandern und Inseln
des Stillen Oceans aufgenommen in den Jahren 1827-29 auf der
Entdeckungsreise des Russischen Corvette Senjawin unter Capt. Liitke.
1-68. pl. 1-24.
Includes some Polynesian data; see next entry.
1861. Twenty-four views of the vegetation of the coasts and islands of the Pacific,
with explanatory descriptions, taken during the exploring voyage of the
Russian Corvette “Senjawin” under the command of Capt. Liitke in the
years 1827, 28, and 29. Translated from the German by B. Seemann. i-x.
1-68. pl. 1-24.
Kitton, F.
1888. New species of Biddulphia from Fiji, Jour, Roy. Micr. Soc. 1888: 466.
B. echinata n, sp.
Klett, W.
1924. Umfang und Inhalt der Familie der Loganiaceen. Bot. Arch. Mez 5: 312-
338.
Chiefly concerns the genera.
Kloos, A. W., Jr.
1940. Aanwinsten van de Nederlandse flora in 1939. Nederl. Kruidk. Arch. 50:
123-145.
Includes description of Senecio lautus, native of Kermadec Islands.
Klotzsch, J. F.
1843. Fungi: in Meyen, F. J. F., ObDservationes botanicas .. . Nova Acta Acad.
Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur, 19: Suppl. 1: 233-246. pl. 5-6.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1851. Studien tiber die natiirliche Klasse Bicornes L. Linnaea 24: 1-88.
Includes two new species of Vaccinium from Hawaii.
1860. Linné’s natiirliche Pflanzenklasse Tricoccae des Berliner Herbarium’s im
Allgemeinen und die natiirliche Ordnung Euphorbiaceae insbesondere.
Abh., Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1-108. 1859.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Knoblauch, E.
1936. Vermichte Diagnosen. Repert. Sp. Nov, 41: 150-152.
Includes two new species of Jasminum from New Caledonia and six transfers from
Notelaea to Osmanthus.
Knoche, W.
1919. Ueber die Kulturpflanzen der Osterinseln. Zeitschr. Deutsch. Wiss. Ver.
Landeskunde Argentiniens. 5: 161.
A brief note.
Knowlton, F. H.
1888. Lichens from the Easter Island. Bot. Gaz. 13: 94-95.
Three species listed, including one moss, Hypnum sp.
Knuth, P.
1898-1905, Handbuch der Bliithenbiologie. 1: i-xix, 1-400. f. 1-81. 1898; 2(1):
1-697. f. 1-210. 1898; 2(2): 1-705. f. 1-420. 1899; 3(1): i-vi, 1-570.
f. 1-141, 1904; 3(2) : i-v, 1-601. f. 1-197. 1905.
Includes some new names for Polynesian species, e. g., Phaleria acuminata.
176 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Knuth, R.
1912. Geraniaceae. Pflanzenr. 53(IV. 129) : 1-640. f. 1-80.
Monographic.
1919. Oxalidaceae Americanae novae. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 7: 289-318.
Includes O. novae caledoniae n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1924, Dioscoreaceae. Pflanzenr. 87(1V. 43) : 1-387. f. 1-69.
Monographic.
1930. Oxalidaceae. Pflanzenr. 95(IV. 130) : 1-481. f. 1-28.
Monographic.
1936. Dioscoreae novae. IX. Repert. Sp. Nov. 40: 220-224.
Includes D. hebridensis n. sp. from the New Hebrides.
1939. Barringtoniaceae. Pflanzenr. 105(1V. 219) : 1-82. f. 1-16.
Monographic, the family segregated from the Lecythidaceae, the latter confined to
tropical America.
1940. Elaeocarpaceae novae. Decades 5-6. Repert. Sp. Nov. 49: 66-73,
Includes Elaeocarpus francii and E, ngoyensis n. spp. from New Caledonia.
See also Pax, F., and Knuth, R.
Kny, L.
1867. Ueber die Flora oceanischer Inseln. Zeitschr, Ges, Erdk. Berlin 2: 208-227,
Not seen.
Kobayasi, Y.
1937a. Pacific regions as the center of distribution of Gasteromycetes. Jour. Jap.
Bot. 13: 804-808.
In Japanese; includes data on distribution in Polynesia.
1937b, On the genus Holtermannia of [the] Tremellaceae. Sci. Rep. Tokyo
Bunrika Daigaku. B. 3: 75-81. p/. 11. f. 1-2.
Includes H. pulchella n. comb. from New Caledonia (Clavariopsis pulchella Pat. &
Har.).
1937c. History of the investigations on the fungous flora of Micronesia and the
Bonin Island. Jour. Jap. Bot. 13: 95-104.
Japanese text; a general summary with a bibliography of 14 titles.
1937-39. Fungi Austro-Japoniae et Micronesiae I. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 51:
749-758. pl. 16. f. 1-5, (Japanese summary) 776-778, (II) 797-804.
pl. 17. f. 1-3. 1937; (TIT) 53: 158-162. pl. 2. f. 1-7. 1939.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species and varieties, a few from Micronesia.
1939a. On the Dacrymyces-group. (Fungorum ordinis Tremellarium studia mono-
graphica III.). Sci. Rep. Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku B. 4(70-71): 105-
128. pl. 9-11. f. 1-4.
Monographic.
1939b. On the genera Femsjonia, Guepinia and Calocera from Japan (Fungorum
ordinis Tremellarium studia monographica IV). Sci. Rep. Tokyo Bun-
rika Daigaku B. 5(74) : 215-228. pl. 18-19. f. 1-6.
Includes data on distribution in Polynesia.
1941. The genus Cordyceps and its allies. Sci. Rep. Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku
B. 5(84) : 53-260. 53 t. f. 1-4.
Monographic.
Kobuski, C. E.
1935. Studies in Theaceae, I. Eurya subgen. Ternstroemiopsis. Jour. Arnold Arb.
16: 347-352. t. 153.
Monographic. Two new species and two new furms described from Hawaii.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 177
1938. Studies in Theaceae. III. Eurya, subgenera Euryodes and Penteurya. Am.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 299-359.
Includes the Polynesian species. A continuation of Kobuski, C. E., 1935.
Koch, K.
1867. Zusammenstellung der beschriebenen und in den Garten befindlichen Dra-
caneen. Wochenschr. Gartn. Pflanzenk. 10: 193-197, 203-205, 235-
240.
A revision including some Polynesian species of Dracaena.
1870. Mittheilungen iiber neuere und neueste Pflanzen. Wochenschr. Gartn.
Pflanzenk. 13: 110-112, 166-168.
Includes Asplenium fernandezium from Juan Fernandez Island and Pandanus decorus
from New Caledonia.
Koenig, C. See Swartz, O., 1805a.
K@drnicke, F. A.
1862. Monographiae Marantearum prodromus. Pars altera. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc.
35(1): 1-147. f. 1-2.
Records Phrynium dichotomum from the New Hebrides.
Kéfaragé6-Gyelnik, V. See Gyelnik, V.
Kohler, E.
1920. Farnstudien I. Uber Aspidium Moorei (Hk.) Diels und einige andere ver-
wandte Formen. Flora 113: 311-319. f. 1-5.
Largely morphological.
Koehne, E.
1880-85. Lythraceae monographice describuntur. Bot. Jahrb. 1: 141-178, 240-
266, 305-335, 436-458. 1880-81; 2: 136-176, 395-429, 1881-82; 3: 129-
155, 319-352. 1882; 4: 12-37, 386-431. 1883; 5: 95-132, 1884; 6: 1-48.
1884; 7: 1-61. map. 1885.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1903. Lythraceae. Pflanzenr. 17(IV. 216): 1-326. f. 1-59.
Monographie.
Koidzumi, G.
1915, The vegetation of Jaluit Island. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 29: 242-257. 3 f.
An enumeration of 59 species, none new.
1916-17. Plantae novae Micronesiae. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 30: 400-403. 1916;
31; 232-233. 1917.
Nine new species described.
1923. Contributiones ad cognitionem florae Asiae Orientalis. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo)
37: 37-50.
Includes some Polynesian species of Bleekeria (Ochrosia).
Kotzebue, O. von. See Chamisso, L. C. A., 1821
Kraebel, C. J.
1922. Mauna Kea plant list. Hawaiian Agr. For. 19: 2-4. 2 pl.
A list with binomial, English, and Hawaiian names.
Kramer, A.
1929. Palau: in G. Thilenius, Ergebnisse des Siidsee Expedition 1908-1910. II
B. 3(4): i-xvi, 1-376, illus.
The “Botanischer Index,” pp. 304-320, consists of a list of local plant names with
many Latin equivalents.
178 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Kramer, A. F.
1902-03. Die Samoa-Inseln. Entwurf einer Monographie mit besonderer Bertick-
sichtigung Deutsch-Samoas. 1: i-xii, 1-509. pl. 1-3. f. 1-44. 4 maps.
1902 ; 2: i-x, 1-445. pl. 1-2. f. 1-147. 1903.
General; the flora is discussed in 2: 359-388.
Kranzlin, F.
1886. Die auf der Expedition S. M. S. “Gazelle” von Dr. Naumann gesammelten
Orchidaceen. Bot. Jahrb. 7: 435-443.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1893. Beitrage zu einer Orchideenflora der asiatischen Inseln. Bot. Jahrb. 17:
482-488.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1894-95. Orchidaceae Papuanae. O6csterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 44: 208-212, 418-421.
1894; 45: 177-181. 1895.
Includes Acianthus cymbalariaefolius and Cirrhopetalum layardi from New Caledonia,
Dendrobium mooreanum from New Hebrides, and Coelogyne lycastoides from Samoa.
1901-04. Orchidacearum genera et species. 1: i-viii, 1-986. 1901; 2(1): 1-143.
pl. 1-16. 1903-04.
Monographic; never completed.
1903. Deux Orchidées nouvelles. Jour. Bot. Morot 17: 422-424.
Includes Agrostophyllum drakeanum n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1909. Orchidaceae novae samoenses. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 109-111.
Four new species described.
1910. Drei neue Myoporinen des Herbarium Vindobonense. Ann. Naturhist. Hof-
mus. Wien 24: 193-194.
Includes M. cuneifolium and M. tubiforum from New Caledonia.
1910-11. Orchidaceae-Monandrae-Dendrobiinae. Pflanzenr. 45(1V. 500 B”):
1-382. f. 1-35. 1910; (II) 50(50u B™): 1-182. f. 1-35. 1911.
Monographic.
1911. Orchidaceae-Monandrae-Thelasinae. Pflanzenr. 50(IV. 500 B™): 1-46. f.
1-5.
Monographic.
1912. Cannaceae. Pflanzenr. 56(1V. 47): 1-77. f. 1-16.
Monographic.
1914. Orchidaceae von Neu-Caledonien und den Loyalty-Inseln: in Sarasin, F. and
Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 75-85. 1914.
Includes the descriptions of various new species.
1922. Uber einige Orchideen. Mitt Inst. Bot. Hamburg 5: 236-240.
Includes Odontochilus upoluensis n, sp. from Samoa and Dendrobium vitiense n. sp.
from Fiji with a note on Microstylis platychtla.
1928a. Notes on New Caledonian orchids. Kew Bull. 1928: 34-35.
Includes Aeranthus sphenochilus n. sp.
1928b. Quelques Orchidées nouvelles de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Not. Syst. 4: 132-
144.
Fifteen new species described.
1928c. Cyrtandreae quaedam novae. Repert. Sp. Nov. 24: 214-223.
Includes Cyrtandra futunae n. sp. from Hoorn [Horne] Islands and Samoa.
1929a. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Familie der Myporinae R. Br. mit besonderer
Beriicksichtigung der Myporinous Plants of Australia. Tome II—Litho-
grams. Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih. 54: 1-129.
Includes references to Polynesian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 179
1929b. Neu-Caledonische Orchidaceen: in Daniker, A. U., Ergebnisse der Reise
nach Neu-Caledonien. Viert. Naturf. Ges, Ziirich 74: 62-98. Reprinted
in Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Ziirich 130: 62-98.
Many new species described.
1932. Orchidaceae: in Daniker, A. U., Ergebnisse der Reise von Dr. A. U. Dani-
ker nach Neu-Caledonien und den Loyalitatinseln. Viert. Naturf. Ges.
Ziirich 77: Beibl. 19: 102-114. Reprinted in Mitt. Bot. Mus. Zurich
142: 102-114.
An enumeration of the species, none new.
See also Pfitzer, E., and Krinzlin, F.; and Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), and
Krdanzlin, F., 1858-1900.
Krajina, V.
1930a. Generis Gunnerae species hawaiienses. Acta Bot. Bohem. 9: 49-52. 1 pl. 1 f.
Includes G. dominii n. sp., G. petaloidea kaalensis, and G. petaloidea mauiensis n. vars.
1930b. New Hawaiian species of Pipturus. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 9(3): 1-6. pl.
1-2.
P. skottsbergii and P. forbesii n. spp.
1931. Generis Cheirodendrum species hawaiienses ex affinitate Cheirodendron
platyphylli. Preslia 10: 91-100. pi. 1-5.
Includes the descriptions of several new species and varieties from Hawaii.
1938a. Seven new Polynesian species of Elaphoglossum from the group E. con-
forme (Swartz) Schott. Stud. Bot. Cechoslovaca 1: 61-70. pl. 2-3.
Mostly from Fiji.
1938b, Generis Cibotii species nova Hawaiiensis. Stud. Bot. Cechoslovaca 1: 94-
96.
Cibotium St.-johnii n. sp. with two new varieties.
Krasser, F.
1898. Zur Kenntnis des Lycopodium cernuum Aut. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien
48: 688-693.
Includes L. capillaceum from the Marianas Islands.
Krause, K.
1912. Goodeniaceae. Pflanzenr. 54(IV. 277): 1-207. f. 1-34.
Monographic.
See also Engler, A., and Krause, K., 1908 and 1912-13.
Krempelhuber, A. von
1867-72. Geschichte und Literatur der Lichenologie von den 4ltesten Zeiten bis
zum Schlusse des Jahres 1865. 1: i-xi, 1-616. 1867; 2: i-vi, 1-776. 1869;
3: i-xili, 1-260. 1872.
Vol. 1 deals with history and literature; vols. 2 and 3 with classification and species.
1870. Lichenes: in Fenzl, E., Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die
Erde ... Botanischer Theil 1: 107-129. pl. 12-19.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1873. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Lichenen Flora der Siidsee-Inseln. Jour. Mus.
Godeffroy 1(4): 93-110. pli. 14.
An enumeration of 81 species, some described as new.
1877. Aufzahlung und Beschreibung der Flechtenarten, welche Dr. Heinrich
Wawra Ritter von Fernsee von zwei Reisen um die Erde mitbrachte.
Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 26: 433-445.
An enumeration of 39 Hawaiian species, some described as new.
180 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Krukoff, B. A.
1939, Preliminary notes on Asiatic-Polynesian species of Erythrina. Jour. Arnold
Arb, 20: 225-233.
Mentions some Polynesian species,
Kubart, B.
1922, Ein Beitrag zur systematischen Stellung von Acmopyle Pancheri (Brongn.
et Gris) Pilger. Oecesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 71: 83-87. f. 1-2.
Native of New Caledonia.
Kuck, L. E., and Tongg, B. C.
1943. Hawaiian flowers. 1-109. pl. 1-16.
A popular treatment of the commoner species, with colored illustrations.
Kiikenthal, G.
1909. Cyperaceae-Caricoideae. Pflanzenr. 38(1V. 20): 1-824. f. 1-128.
Monographic.
1920. Cyperaceae novae, V. Repert. Sp. Nov. 16: 430-435.
Includes several new species from Hawaii.
1924. Beitrage zur Cyperaccenflora von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 2-10.
A list of 48 species, including Fimbristylis urakasiana n. sp. from the Marianas Islands.
1935-36. Cyperaceae-Scirpoideae-Cypereae. Pflanzenr. 101(IV. 20): 1-671. f. 1-
65,
Monographic.
1938-40. Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie der Rhynchosporoideae. Repert. Sp.
Nov. 44: 1-32, (II) 65-101, (III) 161-195. 1938; (IV) 46: 13-32, (V)
65-76. 1939; (VI) 47: 101-119, (VII) 209-216. 1939; (VIII) 48:
49-72, (1X) 195-250. 1940.
Includes a few New Caledonian and Micronesian species.
Kiitzing, F. T.
1843. Phycologia generalis oder Anatomie, Physiologie, und Systemkunde der
Tange, i-xxxii, 1-458, f. 1-80.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1845-71. Tabulae phycologicae oder Abbildungen der Tange. 1-19: f. 1-1900.
1845-69; Index, 1-57. 1871.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1847, Diagnosen einiger neuen auslandischen Algenspecies, welche sich in der
Sammlung des Herrn Kammerdirectors Klenze in Laubach befinden.
Flora 30: 773-776.
Includes Hydracanthus fistulosus n. gen., n. sp. from the Marianas Islands.
1849. Species algarum. i-vi, 1-922,
Includes the Polynesian species.
Kuhn, M.
1868-69. Reliquiae Mettenianae s. Filices quaedam novae ex variis orbis terrarum
partibus collectae post mortem auctoris a Maximiliano Kuhn editae.
Linnaea 35: 385-394. 1868; 36: 41-169, 1869,
Includes many references to Polynesian species.
1869a. Filices: in Miquel, Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 4: 276-300.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 181
1869b. Filices Novarum Hebridarum. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 19: 569-586.
A systematic enumeration of 132 species.
1882a. Uebersicht tiber die Arten der Gattung Adiantum, Jahrb, Bot. Gart. Ber-
lin 1: 337-352.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1882b. Die Gruppe der Chaetopterides unter den Polypodiaceen: in Festschrift
zum 50 jahrigen Jubilaum der KGnigstadtischen Realschule zu Berlin.
321-348. pl. 1-2. Reprint 1-28. pl. 1-2.
Includes Aspleniopsis decipiens and several species of Trichogramme from New Cale-
donia and Fiji.
1889. Farne (Filicinae) und barlappartige Gewachse (Lycopodinae): in Die
Forschungsreise S. M. S, “Gazelle” in den Jahren 1874 bis 1876. 4(6):
Botanik 1-20. f. 1-3.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Kunkel, L. O.
1921. A possible causative agent for the mosaic disease of corn. Bull, Exp. Sta.
Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Bot. Ser. 3: 44-58. pl. 1-15. f. 1-2.
Possibly protozoan.
1922. Mosaic disease on a new grass host. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 26: 163. f. 1.
Includes a brief description of Chaetochloa (Setaria) verticillata.
1924a. Histological and cytological studies on the Fiji disease of sugar cane. Bull.
Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Bot. Ser. 3: 99-107. pl. 24-
30. f. 1.
1924b. Further studies on the intracellular bodies associated with certain mosaic
diseases. Bull. Exp. Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assoc. Bot. Ser. 3:
108-114. f. 1-2.
1924c. Studies on the mosaic of sugar cane. Bull. Exp, Sta. Hawaiian Sugar
Planters’ Assoc, Bot. Ser. 3: 115-167. f. 1-19.
Kunth, K. S&S.
1829-35. Révision des graminées publiées dans les Nova genera et species plan-
tarum de Humboldt et Bonpland; précedée d’un travail général sur la
famille des Graminées. 1-666. p/. 1-220. 1829-1835; Suppl. I-XLV. 1829.
Includes some Polynesian species. Also issued under title: ‘Distribution Methodique.”
This forms section of pt. VI, “Botanique,” of Humboldt, F. H. A., and Bonpland,
A. J. A., “Voyage fait aux Régions Equinoxiales du Nouveau Continent, fait en
1799-1804’, etc. For dates of issue see C. D. Sherborn, and B. B. Woodward in
Jour. Bot. 39: 205. 1901.
1833-50. Enumeratio plantarum omnium hucusque cognitarum, secundum familias
naturales disposita, adjectis characteribus, differentiis et synonymis, 1:
1-606. pl. 1-40. 1833; Suppl. 1-436. 1845; 2: 1-592, 1837; 3: 1-644.
1841; 4: 1-752. 1843; 5: 1-908. 1850.
Includes the then-known Polynesian species.
1839. Bemerkungen iber die Familie der Piperaceen. Linnaea 13: 561-726. Re-
print 1-166. 1840.
Includes some Polynesian species,
1840. Observations sur la famille des Piperacées. Ann. Sci. Nat. II.Bot. 14:
173-220.
Includes P. latifolium from the Marianas Islands.
182 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Kuntze, O.
1880. Revision von Sargassum und das sogenannte Sargasso-Meer. Bot. Jahrb.
1: 191-239. 1 pl. 1 map.
Lists various Polynesian species.
1885. Monographie der Gattung Clematis. Verh. Bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenb. 26:
83-202.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1891-98. Revisio generum plantarum vascularium omnium atque cellularium mul-
tarum secundum leges nomenclaturae internationales cum enumeratione
plantarum exoticarum in itinere mundi collectarum. 1: i-clv, 1-374.
1891; 2: 375-1011. 1891; 3(1): clvii-cccxx. 1893; 3(2): v-vi, 1-201,
1-576. 1898.
Largely nomenclatorial with many names changed; various Polynesian species listed,
including the author’s Hawaiian plants.
Kunze, G.
1834. Thrysopteris, eine neue Farrngattung. Linnaea 9: 506-508.
Thrysopteris elegans from Juan Fernandez.
1837. Analecta pteridographica, sive descriptio et illustratio Filicum aut novarum
aut minus cognitarum. i-viii, 1-50. p/. 1-30.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1840-51. Die Farrnkrauter in koloriten Abbildungen naturgetreu erlautert und
beschreiben von Gustav Kunze in Schkuhr’s Farrnkrauter, Supplement.
1: i-vi, 1-252. pl. 1-100. 1840-47; 2: 1-98. pl. 101-140. 1848-51.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1851. Oleandrae Cav. species in herbario suo servatas sciagraphice disposuit. Bot.
Zeit. 9: 345-349.
Includes O. sibbaldit from Tahiti.
Kurz, S.
1869a. On Pandanophyllum and allied genera, especially those occurring in the
Indian Archipelago. Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 38(2): 70-85.
See next entry.
1869b. Ueber Pandanophyllum und verwandte Gattungen, insbesondere solche, wel-
che im indischen Archipel vorkommen. Flora 52: 433-441.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1874. Note on the Indian species of Crataeva. Jour. Bot. 12: 193-196. pl. 147-
148.
C. religiosa listed from the Society Islands.
L
L.
1817. Review of “A Narrative of the Briton’s Voyage to Pitcairn’s Island.”
Am, Monthly Mag. 2: 14-23.
Includes references to plants from Marquesas Islands by common names. See
Shillibeer, J., 1817.
Labillardiére, J. J. H. de
1824-25. Sertum Austro-Caledonicum. [1-4] 1-83. pl. 1-80.
Includes descriptions of many new species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 183
Laing, R. M.
1901. A list of the seaweeds of Norfolk Island. Trans. Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 33:
299-301.
An enumeration.
1906. Appendix to list of seaweeds of Norfolk Island. Trans. Proc. New Zeal.
Inst. 38: 424.
A supplementary list.
1915. A revised list of the Norfolk Island flora, with some notes on the species.
Trans. Proc, New Zeal. Inst. 47: 1-39.
A list of 175 species with notes.
1916. The Norfolk Island species of Pteris. Trans. Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 48:
229-237. f. 1-5,
Critical notes on several species.
Lam, H. J.
1919. The Verbenaceae of the Malayan Archipelago, together with those from
the Malay Peninsula, the Philippines, the Bismarck Archipelago and the
Palau, Marianne and Caroline Islands. 1-370. pl. 1-3.
A critical consideration with keys, synonymy, etc.
Lam, H. J., and Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C.
1921. Revision of the Verbenaceae of the Dutch East Indies and surrounding
countries. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 3: 1-116, i-iii,
Includes some Polynesian species.
Lam, H. J.
1922. Notiz tber Vitex. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 5: 175-178.
Discusses V. hawatiensis Lam. as perhaps synonymous with V. mollis Kunth.
1924. Die Verbenaceae von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 24-29.
Nineteen species listed, none new.
1925. The Sapotaceae, Sarcospermaceae and Boerlagellaceae of the Dutch East
Indies and surrounding countries (Malay Peninsula and Philippine
Islands). Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 7: 1-289. f. 1-65.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1927. Further studies on Malayan Sapotaceae. I. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg
III. 8: 381-493. f. 1-29. 1 fold. table.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1932a. Beitrage zur Morphologie der Burseraceae insbesondere der Canarieae. II.
Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg 42: 97-226. pl. 11-16. (f. 54-134), f. 47-53,
135-138.
Contains “Ubersicht fiber die Burseraceen von Siid-Ost-Asien,” pp. 200-220, including
some data on Polynesian species.
1932b. The Burseraceae of the Malay Archipelago and Peninsula, with annota-
tions concerning extra-Malayan species, especially of Dacryodes, San-
tiria and Canarium. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 12: 281-561. f.
1-95.
Credits Canarium commune to the Caroline Islands (there introduced).
1934. Materials towards a study of the flora of the Island of New Guinea.
Blumea 1: 115-159. 3 maps.
General discussion with special bibliography covering the important botanical papers
appertaining to New Guinea. Included here because the New Guinea flora is related to
that of western Polynesia.
184 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Lam, H. J., and Meeuse, B. J. D.
1938. Monograph of the genus Nesoluma (Sapotaceae) a primitive Polynesian
endemic of supposed Antarctic origin. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 14: 127-
165. pl. 1-5.
Includes N. polynesicum, N. st.-johnianum, and N. nadeaudi spp. nov., with many
varieties.
Lam, H. J.
1939, On the system of the Sapotaceae, with some remarks on taxonomical
methods. Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerl. 36: 509-525. Reprinted in Med. Bot.
Mus. Herb. Univ. Utrecht 65: 509-525.
Discusses Baehni’s classification and mentions various Polynesian genera; see
Baehni, C. 1937.
1941a. Note on the Sapotaceae-Mimusopoideae in general and on the far-east-
ern Manilkara-alles in particular. Blumea 4: 328-358. f. 1-10.
Includes the Pacific species of Manilkara and Northiopsis.
1941b. Some notes on the distribution of the Sapotaceae of the Pacific region
Proc. Sixth Pacific Sci. Congr. 4: 673-683. f. 1-4.
A general discussion, the appendix consisting of an enumeration of the Pacific Basin
species.
1942. A tentative list of wild Pacific Sapotaceae except those from New Cale-
donia. Blumea 5: 1-46, f. 1-9.
A systematic treatment.
Lamarck, J. B. A. P. M. de
1783-1817. Encyclopédie méthodique. Botanique. 1: i-xiii, 1-752. 1783-85; 2:
1-774. 1786-88; 3: i-viii, 1-759. 1789-91; 4: i-vii, 1-764. 1797-98; 5:
i-viii, 1-748. 1804; 6: 1-786, 1804; 7: 1-731. 1806; 8: 1-879. 1808; Sup-
plément 1: i-xviii, 1-761. 1810; 2: 1-876. 1811; 3: 1-780. 1813; 4: 1-
731. 1816; 5: i-viii, 1-780. 1817.
Includes various Polynesian species. For dates of issue see Jour. Bot. 44: 319.
1906. Lamarck is the author of vols. 1 to 4, J. L. M. Poiret of the remainder.
1791-1823. Tableau encyclopédique et méthodique des trois régnes de la nature.
Botanique. 1: i-xvii, 1496. 1791-97; 2: 1-551. 1793-1818; 3: (incl.
Suppl.) 1-728. 1823. pl. 1-1000.
The four volumes of plates 1 to 1,000 bear the title pages “Recueil de Planches de
Botanique de la Encyclopédie’”’ and are all dated 1823. The plates were issued in parts
between 1791 and 1823 and were subsequently made up into four volumes of 250 plates
each. For dates of issue sce O. Kuntze, in Rev. Gen. Pl. 1: cxxxiii. 1891; Jour.
Bot. 44: 319. 1906. Lamarck is the author of vols. 1 and 2, J. L. M. Poiret of the
remainder.
Lamb, S. H.
1936. The trees of the Kilauea-Mauna Loa section, Hawaii National Park.
Nat. Hist. Bull. Hawaii Nat. Park 2: [1-5], 1-32.
Mimeographed popular data, introduction by J. E. Doerr, Jr.
1938. Wildlife problems in the Hawaiian National Park. Trans. Third N. Am.
Wildlife Conf. 597-602.
Not seen.
See also Robyns, W., and Lamb, S. H.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 185
Lambert, A. B.
1797. A description of the genus Cinchona, comprehending the various species
of vegetables from which the Peruvian and other barks of a similar
quality are taken. Illustrated by figures of all the species hitherto dis-
covered, to which is prefixed Professor Vahl’s dissertation on this
genus... i-ix, 1-54, [1]. pl. 1-13.
Includes C. corymbifera, native of Tongatabu.
1803-24. A description of the genus Pinus, illustrated with figures, directions
relative to the cultivation, and remarks on the uses of the several
species, 1: [i-iv], 1-98, [1-5]. pl. 1-43. 1803; 2: i-vi, 1-42, [1-3]. pl.
1-12. 1824; another edition, 1-183, index [1-4]. p/. 1-81. 1832.
Includes a description of Araucaria excelsa, native of Norfolk Island. This work
was published in many variable editions; for a discussion of these see Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 48: 439-466. 1930; The Bradley bibliography 2: 12. 1912; and Catalogue of the
library of the Arnold Arboretum 1: 408-409. 1914,
Lamson-Scribner, F. See Scribner, F. L.
Lanessan, J. L. de
1886. Les plantes utiles des colonies Francaises, ouvrage publié sous la direction
de J. L. de Lanessan. Annexé aux notices coloniales publiées a l’oc-
casion de l’exposition universelle d’Anvers en 1885. i-iv, 1-990.
Lists and describes numerous native and cultivated Polynesian plants.
Lang, M.
1925. La Nouvelle Calédonie, son climat, sa faune, sa flore, ses ressources natu-
relles et ses possibilités agricoles. i-xviii, 1-113. illus.
Includes notes on various plants (pp. 10-16).
Langeron, M.
1902. Le genre Aleurites (Euphorbiacées), systématique, anatomie, pharma-
cologie. 1-160. f. 1-52.
Includes a detailed consideration of A. moluccana and its forms, some Polynesian.
Langkavel, B.
1894. Flora und Fauna der Hawaiischen Inseln. Natur. 43: 294-296.
General notes.
Langsdorff, G. H. von, and Fischer, F. E. L.
1810-18. Plantes recueillies pendant le voyage des Russes autor du monde, expé-
dition dirigée par M. de Krusenstern, Icones filicum. 1-26, pl. 1-30.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Larsen, L. D.
1910a. Thielaviopsis and pineapples. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 2: 120-127. f. 1-2.
Description of two pineapple diseases caused by Thielaviopsis.
1910b. Pathological inspection on Hawaii. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 2: 265-266.
Notes on various sugarcane diseases.
1910c. Diseases of the pineapple. Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Exp, Sta. Path.
Phys. Ser. Bull. 10: 1-70, [1-2]. f. 1-36.
Discusses the fungi concerned.
191la. Further studies in pineapple disease. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 3:. 244-263. f.
1-11.
Description of various diseases of the pineapple.
186 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1911b. A fungus parasite of the cane mealy bug. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 4: 249-252,
f. 1-2.
Includes a description of a species of Aspergillus, parasitic on Pseudococcus
calceolariae.
1912a. The eye spot disease. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 7: 18-30. f. 1-5.
Cercospora sacchari on sugarcane.
1912b. A minor cane disease. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 7: 163-166. f. 1-2.
Cercospora vaginae on sugarcane.
1913a, A disease of potatoes in Hawaii. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 9: 400-409, f. 1-3.
A description of the disease caused by Sclerotia rolfsi.
1913b. Ring spot. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 9: 641-648. f. 1-5.
Includes descriptions of Leptosphaeria sacchari and Acrothecium lunatum on sugarcane.
Lauterbach, K.
1908. Beitrage zur Flora der Samoa-Inseln. Bot. Jahrb. 41: 215-238.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
1909. Die botanische Erforschung von Samoa in letzten Jahrzehnt. Jahresb.
Schles. Ges. Vater]. Cult. 86(2b) : 17-26.
A general summary.
1913. Die Ulmaceen Papuasiens nebst einer Revision der Trema-Arten des Mon-
sun-Gebietes, Bot. Jahrb. 50: 308-327. f. 1-2. 1 chart.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1921a. Die Rutaceen Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 508-512.
Five new species described.
1921b. Die Simarubaceen Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 513-514.
Considers the few known species.
1921c. Die Burseraceen Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 515.
An enumeration including Canarium palawense n. sp.
1921d. Die Anacardiaceen Mikronesiens. Bot, Jahrb, 56: 516-521. f. J.
Includes Buchanania palawensis n. sp. from Palau Islands.
192le. Die Rhamnaceen Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 524~—525.
Considers the few known species.
1921f. Die Lecythidaceen Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 527-528.
Two species of Barringtonia considered.
1924. Die Guttiferen Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 18-23. f. 1.
Includes four new species from the Caroline Islands.
1930. Die Vitaceen Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 63: 277,
Cissus trifolia and Leea brunoniana recorded from Yap.
See also Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K.
Law, J. S., and Judd, C. S.
1927. Hawaiian forest areas. Univ. Hawaii Agr. Studies. 1: 1-8. maps.
Not seen.
Lawrance, M.
1799-1800, Collection of passion flowers, drawn and coloured from nature. 15 col.
pls.
Includes Passiflora adiantifolia native of Norfolk Island.
Lechevalier, D. See Naumov, N. A., 1939.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 187
Lecomte, H.
1913. Eriocaulon nouveau de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Not. Syst. 2: 380.
E. longipedunculatum n. sp.
1916. Le genre Korthalsella et la tribu des Bifariées de van Tieghem. Bull. Mus.
Hist. Nat. [Paris] 22: 260-267.
Includes the Hawaiian species.
Lee, H. A., and Jennings, W. C.
1924. Bacterial red stripe disease of tip canes. Circ. Exp, Sta, Hawaiian Sugar
Planters’ Assoc, 42: 1-4. pl. 1-3.
A general consideration of the disease.
Lee, H. A., Martin, J. P., Purdy, H. A., Barnum, C. C., Weller, D. M., and
Jennings, W. C.
1925. Red-stripe disease studies. 1-99, f, 1-21.
A detailed consideration of this sugarcane disease. Published by the Experiment
Station of the Planters’ Association.
Lehmann, J. G. C.
1834-39. Muscorum hepaticorum nova genera et species novae. Ind. Schol. Gymn,
Hamb. 1834: 15-64. 1834; 1838-39: 1-41. 1838 [1839].
Includes Jungermannia australis n. sp. from Hawaii and J. subcomplicata and
J. diversifolia from the Marianas Islands.
Lemaire, C.
1848. Barringtonia speciosa, Fl. Serr, Jard. Eur. 4: 409-410. pil. 409.
Native of Polynesia.
1852a. Catalogue de coniféres connus jusqu’a ce jour. Jard. Fleur. 2: Misc. 25~
52.
A list only; includes a few species from Polynesia.
1852b. Araucaria Cookii, R. Br. Jard. Fleur. 2: Misc. 72-74. 1 f.
Native of New Caledonia.
1852c. Nouvelles espéces de Dammara, Jard. Fleur. 2: Misc. 111-113. 1 f.
Includes Dammara obtusa from New Hebrides, D. moorei from New Caledonia, and
D. macrophylla from Vanikoro Island.
1853. Araucaria columnaris (ou Cookii). Jard. Fleur. 4: pl. 393-94,
Native of New Caledonia.
1855. Nicotiana fragrans W. Hook. Ill. Hort, 2: Misc. 86.
Native of New Caledonia.
1856. Areca Catechu L. Ill. Hort. 3: Misc. 1-4. 1 pl. 1 f.
Range given as extending to the Caroline Islands.
1860. L’Arec sapide. Rev. Hort. 1960: 167-168.
The so-called Areca sapida of Norfolk Island said to be A. bavueri.
1864. Espéces du genre Cycas. III. Hort. 11: sub. pl. 405.1 f.
Includes a description and illustration of C. circinalis the range given as extending
to Polynesia.
1866. Phormium tenax foliis variegatis. Ill. Hort. 13: pl. 481. 1 f.
Native of Norfolk Island.
1868. Areca Baueri. Ill. Hort. 15: pl. 575.
Native of Norfolk Island.
188 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Lemée, A.
1929-43. Dictionnaire descriptif et synonymique des genres de plantes phanéro-
games, 1: i-xxi, 1-896. 1929; 2: i-xxvii, 1-998, 1930; 3: i-xxxx, 1-1084.
1931 ;4: i-xxxii, 1-1071. 1932; 5: i-xxxii, 1-1152. 1934; 6: i-xxxxvii,
1-1286. 1935; 7: i-viii, 1489. 1939; Suppl. 1-204. 1939; 8a: 1-273.
1941; 8b: vii—xii, 1-1105. 1943,
Descriptions of all accepted genera in alphabetic sequence.
Lemmermann, E.
1899, Planktonalgen. Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific (H. Schauinsland,
1896-97). Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen 16: 313-398. pl. 1-3.
Extensive notes with a summary of the known species of plankton algae.
1901. Silicoflagellatae. Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific. (H. Schauins-
land, 1896-97). Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 19: 247-271. pl. 10-11,
Includes some Polynesian species,
1903. Das Phytoplankton des Meeres. II Beitrag. Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen 17:
341-418.
A list of 580 species, with a bibliography.
1905. Die Algenflora der Sandwich-Inseln. Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem
Pacific. (H. Schauinsland, 1896-97). Bot. Jahrb. 34: 607-663. pl. 7-8.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
Lépine, J.
1857. Recherches sur quelques plantes alimentaires de Tahiti (Iles de la Société).
Bull. Soc. Bot. France 4: 1001-1006, 1012-1017.
General, with chemical analyses.
Lessing, C.
1831. Synantherae: in Chamisso & Schlechtendal, De plantis expeditione specu-
latoria Romanzoffhana observatis, Linnaea 6: 83-170. pl. 1-2, 209-260.
pl. 6, 501-528,
Includes some Hawaiian and Guam species.
Lettau, G.
1932, Monographische Bearbeitung einiger Flechtenfamilien. Repert. Sp. Nov.
Beih. 59: 1-96, pl. 1-3.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Léveillé, H.
1911. Plantae novae sandwicenses. Repert. Sp, Nov. 10: 120-124, 149-157.
Seventy-nine new species proposed. Most of these had been previously described; see
Rock, 1914,
1912-13a. Decades plantarum novarum LXXV-LXXIX. Repert. Sp. Nov. 10:
369-378, (LXXX-LXXXVI). 431-444, (LXXXVII-LXXXVIII). 473-
476, 1912; (LX XXIX). 11: 31-33, (XC-XCII). 63-67. 1912; (CXXVI).
12: 505-507. 1913.
Chiefly on China, but these parts contain new names for or descriptions of Hawaiian
species.
1912-13b. Quelques plantes introduites aux iles Sandwich. Bull. Géogr. Bot. 22:
22-24, 1912; 23: 56. 1913.
A list of 21 species.
1914. Revisio plantarum Hawaiensium. Repert. Sp. Nov. 13: 422.
A brief response to Rock’s criticism of his papers. See Rock, J. F., 1914.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 189
Léveillé, J. H.
1845. Champignons exotiques. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. Bot. 3: 38-60.
Includes Depazea celastrina n. sp. from New Caledonia and Lembosia tenella n. sp.
from Tahiti.
1846. Description des Champignons de I'herbier du Muséum de Paris. Ann. Sci.
Nat. III. Bot. 5: 249-304.
Includes Meliola moerenhoutiania from Tahiti.
1846-49, Champignons: in Gaudichaud, C., Voyage autour du monde... sur le
corvette la Bonite .. . 3: 164-204, 1846; Atlas, pl. 136-140. 1849,
Includes a few fungi from Hawaii.
Lever, R. J. A. W.
1931. Notes on coconut pests and noxious weeds in Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 4:
77-80.
Includes notes on Clidemia hirta, Lantana camara, L. crocea, and other weeds.
1938a. Some insect pests on the Tahitian chestnut. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9(1) : 22-23.
Inocarpus edulis mentioned as the host.
1938b. Derris in Melanesia. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9(2) : 25.
A general note.
1944. Recent revision of scientific names of some local insects and plants, Agr.
Jour. (Fiji) 15: 78.
A brief note on Stachytarpheta urticaefolia, Lantana camara var. aculeata, Mikania
micrantha, and Xanthium italicum.
1946. The distribution, status and control of noxious weeds in Fiji. Agr. Jour,
(Fiji) 17: 18-19.
A review of “Council Paper Number 35 for 1945” (not seen).
Levier, E.
1904. Contributo alla Briologia delle isole Hawaii (o Sandwich). Bull. Soc. Bot.
Ital. 1904: 7-25.
Contains “Musci Hawaiici, Quos Legit D. D, Baldwin et Determinavit V. F.
Brotherus,” 14-25, a list of 163 species.
Levring, T.
1941, Die Meeresalen der Juan Fernandez-Inseln: in Skottsberg, C. Natural
history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island Bot. 2: 601-670. pl. 49-53.
f. 1-30.
Includes the descriptions of about 20 new species, critical notes on others, and the
new genera Chondriella and Fernandosiphonia; bibliography.
1943a. Die Corallinaceen der Juan Fernandez-Inseln: in Skottsberg, C. Natural
history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island Bot. 2: 753-757. f. 1-2.
Critical notes on seven species, none new.
1943b, Einige Corallinaceen von der Oster-Inseln: in Skottsberg, C. Natural
history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island Bot, 2: 759-760.
Critical notes on three species, none new.
Lewton, F. L.
1912. Kokia: A new genus of Hawaiian trees. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 50(5):
1+4. pl. 1-5.
Two new species described.
Lewton-Brain, L.
1907, A lecture on rind disease of the sugar-cane. Hawaiian Sugar PI. Exp.
Sta. Div. Path. Phys. Bull. 7: 1-38, [1-6]. f. 1-16.
Considers Melanconium sacchari and other fungi.
700080—47—13
190 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1908. Red rot of the sugar-cane stem. Hawaiian Sugar Pl. Exp. Sta. Div. Path.
Phys. Bull. 8: 1-44, [1-2]. f. 1-15.
Considers the fungi concerned.
1909a. Plantation inspection on Hawaii. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 1: 11-14. f. 1.
Includes notes on various diseases affecting sugarcane.
1909b. The Maui forest troubles. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 1: 92-95. f. 1-2.
A brief general note.
Lewton-Brain L., and Derr, N.
1909. The bacterial flora of Hawaiian sugars. Hawaiian Sugar Pl. Exp. Sta.
Div. Path. Phys. Bull. 9: 1-36. f. 1-21.
Li, H. L.
1944. On Flemingia Roxburgh (1812), non Roxburgh (1803), versus Moghania
J. St. Hilaire (1813). Am. Jour. Bot. 31: 224-228.
St. Hilaire’s name is accepted and numerous species transferred; Moghania strobilifera
(Linn.) St. Hilaire (Flemingia strobilifera R. Br.), introduced and naturalized in
various parts of Micronesia and Polynesia.
Limpricht, W.
1928. Taccaceae. Pflanzenr. 92(1V. 42): 1-31. f. 1-5.
Monographic.
Lindau, G.
1915. Acanthaceae asiaticae. Repert. Sp. Nov. 13: 550-554.
Includes Pseuderanthemum jaluitense n. sp. from the Marianas Islands.
Lindberg, S. O.
1864. Upstallning af familjen Funariaceae. Ofvers. Vet. Akad. Foérh. (Stock-
holm) 21: 589-608.
Includes a few species from Polynesia.
Linden, J.
188la. Kentiopsis divaricata, Brongn. Ill. Hort. 28: 10-11. pl. 409.
Native of New Caledonia.
1881b. Plantes introduites et mises pour la premiére fois dans le commerce par
l’établissement J. Linden. Ill. Hort. 28: 15-16, 31-32, 63-64, 95-96.
A list giving data on introduction of various species, including some from Polynesia.
1883. Aralia Gemma Lind. Ill. Hort. 30: 27. pl. 477,
Native of New Caledonia.
Lindenberg, J. B. W., and Gottsche, K. M.
1840-51. Species Hepaticarum. [1:] i-vi. i-xxix, 1-164. p/, 1-33. 1840-44; [2:]
1-78. pl. 1-12. 1846; [3:] i-xii, 1-118. pl. 1-22. 1851.
Contains some Polynesian species. Published in 11 fascicles forming 3 volumes.
Lindenberg, J. B. W.
1844-47. Synopsis Hepaticarum. Conjunctis studiis scripserunt et edi curaverunt.
C. M. Gottsche, J. B. G, Lindenberg et C. G. Nees von Esenbeck. i-xxvi.
1-834.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Lindley, J.
1821. Observations on the natural group of plants called Pomaceae. Trans. Linn.
Soc. 13: 88-106. p/. 8-11.
Includes Osteomeles anthyllidifolia from Hawaii.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 191
1821-24. Collectanea botanica; or figures and botanical illustrations of rare and
curious exotic plants. pl. 1-41B, appendix [1-4].
Includes Securinega nitida native of Tahiti, Nelitris jambosella from Society Islands,
and Murucuja baueri n. sp. from Norfolk Island.
1824. A sketch of the principal tropical fruits which are likely to be worth
cultivating in England for the dessert. Trans. Hort. Soc. Lond. 5: 79-
126,
Includes notes on Spondias cytherea, native of the Society Islands.
1830-40. The genera and species of orchidaceous plants. i-xvii, 1-553. pl. 1-40.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1835a. Dracaena terminalis. Bot. Reg. 21: pl. 1749.
Native of Hawaii.
1835b. Dendrobium biflorum. Bot. Reg. 21: sub pl. 1756.
Native of Tahiti.
1838a. Cirrhopetalum Thouarsii. Bot. Reg. 24: pl. 71.
Recorded as extending to the Society Islands.
1838b. Ipomoea pendula. Bot. Reg. 26: Misc. 84-85.
Notes on this native of Norfolk Island.
1838c. Flora medica; a botanical account of all the more important plants used
in medicine in different parts of the world. i-xiii, 1656.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1841. Clianthus carneus. Bot. Reg. 27: pl. 51; Misc. 2-3.
Native of Norfolk Island.
1843a, Dendrobium macranthum. Bot. Reg. 29: sub pl. 28.
Native of ‘“‘Vanikoso”’ (Vanikoro) Island.
1843b. Cirrhopetalum Thouarsii. Bot, Reg. 29: sub pl. 49.
Recorded as occurring in Tahiti.
1844. Dendrobium. Bot. Reg. 30: Misc. 46-65.
A systematic enumeration, including many new species, some from Polynesia.
1849. Medical and economical botany. i-iv, 1-274. f. 1-363.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Lindley, J., and Paxton, J.
1850-84. Paxton’s flower garden. 1: i-iv, 1-194. pl. 1-36. f. 1-120. 1850-51; 2:
1-186. pl. 37-72. f. 121-232. 1851-52; 3: 1-178. pl. 73-108. f. 233-314.
1852-53 ; revised ed. by Thomas Baines. 1: i-iv, 1-195. pl. 1-36. f. 1-111.
1882; 2: 1-183. pl. 37-72. f. 112-195. 1883; 3: 1-179. pl. 73-108. f. 196-
265. 1884.
Includes some: Polynesian species. This was apparently republished in 1853 without
change.
Lindley, J.
1851. Notices of certain ornamental plants lately introduced into England. Jour.
Hort. Soc. 6: 258-273. f. A-D. ,
Includes some new species from New Caledonia.
1852. Dammara obtusa, Lindl. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur. 7: 274.
Introduced from New Hebrides; an abstract in French from Lindley, J., 1851.
1852-59. Folia Orchidacea. An enumeration of the known species of orchids.
[1-396]. 2 pl. 1 f.
Includes some Polynesian species. The treatment of each genus forms a separately
paged section, issued in nine parts. The dates of printing of each part are given in
the table of contents.
192 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1857-58. Contributions to the orchidology of India. No. 1. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot.
1: 170-190. 1857; (No. 2) 3: 1-63. 1858.
Includes Notiophrys commelynae, Phreatia tahitensis, Dendrobium involutum, and
D. prasinum n. spp. from Polynesia.
Linford, M. B.
1937. Capture and destruction of nematodes by Hawaiian field and garden fungi.
Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 30: 22-23.
A brief abstract.
1939, Potential agents of biological control of plant-parasitic nematodes, Bishop
Mus. Spec. Publ. 33: 23-24.
Several genera of fungi listed.
Lingelsheim, A. von
1930. Eine Oleacee Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 63: 279.
Linociera sessilifiora from Palau Island.
See also Pax, F., and Lingelsheim, A. von, 1906.
Link, H. F.
1821-22, Enumeratio plantarum horti regii botanici Berolinensis altera. 1: 1-458.
1821; 2: i-iv, 1-478. 1822.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1841a. Filicum species in horto regio botanico Berolinensi cultae. [1-2], 1-179.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1841b. Abietinae horti regii botanici Berolinensis cultae. Linnaea 15: 481-545. 1841.
Reprint 1-65. ‘
Includes Eutacta n. gen. from New Caledonia.
Linnaeus, C.
1753. Species plantarum, exhibentes plantas rite cognitas, ad genera relatas, cum
differentiis specificis, nominibus trivialibus, synonymis selectis, locis
natalibus secundum systema sexuale digestas. [1-10], 1-1200, [1-32].
1753; ed. 2, [1-14], 1-1684, [1-64]. 1762-63; ed. 3, [1-12], 1-1682. 1764.
Descriptions of all then-known species. Ed. 3 is practically a reprint of ed. 2. An
anastatic reprint of ed. 1 was issued by Junk in 1907, and a much better offset process
reprint was issued in Tokyo in 1934, with supplementary pp. 1-20 in Japanese. Later
editions are entered under their authors, Willdenow and Dietrich.
1754. Genera plantarum, eorumque characteres naturales secundum numerum,
figuram, situm, et proportionem omnium fructificationis partium. ed. 5,
i-xxxii, 1-500, [1-22].
Includes descriptions of all then-known genera; for earlier and later editions see
Pritzel, Thesaurus, No. 5411.
1758-59. Systema naturae, per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, gen-
era, species, cum characteribus differentiis synonymis, locis. Editio
decima, reformata 1: 1-824. 1758; 2: 825-1384. 1759.
The botanical part appears in vol.-2, under the title “Regnum Vegetabile”’; also in
ed. 11 (by J. J. Lange) 2: 826-1380, 1760; and in ed. 12, 23 1-736 [1-16]. 1767.
The 13th edition was by J. F. Gmelin. For data on earlier editions see E. Pritzel
Thesaurus No. 5404.
See also Richter, H. E., 1835-40.
Linnaeus, C. (filius)
1781. Supplementum plantarum systematis vegetabilium editionis xiii, Generum
plantarum editionis vi, et Specierum plantarum editionis i-xiv, 1-467.
Includes some Polynesian species. An offset facsimile reprint was issued in Japan
in 1936, with six supplementary pages of Japanese text.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 193
Linsley, L. N.
1935. Curious things about Guam; some useful trees, plants, and shrubs. Guam
Record. 12: 39-41, 96.
Popular information regarding various species; not seen.
Linton, A. M.
1933. Notes on.the vegetation of Penrhyn and Manihiki Islands. Jour. Polynes.
Soc. 42: 300-307. illus.
General notes.
Lister, A.
1894-1925. A monograph of the Mycetozoa, being a descriptive catalogue of the
species in the herbarium of the British Museum: 1-224. pl. 1-78. f. 1-51.
1894; ed. 2, revised by G. Lister, 1-302. pl. 1-200. f. 1-56. 1911; ed. 3, i-
xxxii, 1-296. pl. 1-222. f. 1-60. 1925.
Includes the Polynesian species.
Lister, G.
1922, Mycetozoa [of New Caledonia]. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 46: 94-96.
Ten species listed.
Livermore, K. See Handy, E. S. C., Pukui, M. K., and Livermore, K.
Lloyd, C. G.
1902. The Geastrae. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 1: 1-43. f. 1-80.
Includes Geaster velutinus from Samoa.
1905. The Lycoperdaceae of Australia, New Zealand and neighboring islands.
Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 1: 1-42. pl. 1-15. f. 1-49.
Includes various New Caledonian species.
1906a. The Nidulariaceae or “bird’s nest fungi.” Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 2: 1-
32. pl. 102-111. f. 1-20)
Includes a few Polynesian species,
1906b. The Tylostomeae. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 2: 1-28, pl. 74-85. f. 1-6.
Records Tylostoma leveilleanum from Hawaii.
1906-07. Concerning the phalloids. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 2: 293-301. pl. 91-
93. f. 131-135. 1906 ; 325-337. pl. 112-121. f. 160-163, 349-372. f. 167-192,
1907.
Records a few Hawaiian species.
1909. Synopsis of the known phalloids. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 3: 1-91. f. 1-107.
Includes a few Polynesian species. A separately paged pamphlet issued as a part of
the above volume of the ‘(Mycological Writings.”
1910a. Synopsis of the genus Hexagona. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 3: 1-46, f.
276-330. ‘.
Records a few Polynesian species.
1910b. Synopsis of the sections Microporus, Tabacinus and Funales of the genus
Polystictus. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 3: 49-70. f. 336-356.
Includes.a few Polynesian species.
1912. Synopsis of the stipitate polyporoids. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 3: 95-208.
f. 395-500.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1912-15. Letter no. 39. 1-8. 1912; (no. 46.) 1-8. 1913; (no. 58.) 1-8. 1915.
Includes some references to Polynesian species of fungi. Issued as separately paged
part of vol. 4 of ‘Mycological Writings.”
194 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1913. Synopsis of the stipitate stereums. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 4: 15-44. f.
531-564.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1915a. Synopsis of the section Apus of the genus Polyporus. Ind. Mycol. Writ.
Lloyd 4: 291-392. f. 631-706.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1915b. Synopsis of the genus Fomes. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 4: 211-288. f. 570-
610.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1919, Tremellaceous plants. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 5: 871-876. f. 1486-1496.
Includes T. samoensis from Samoa.
1924a. Notes on Hypocrea. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 7: 1256-1258, f. 2722-2738.
Includes Hypocrea peltata from Samoa. ;
1924b. Interesting fungi received from correspondents. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd
7: 1269-1286. f. 3070-3132.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1925. Noteworthy specimens received from correspondents. Ind. Mycol. Writ.
Lloyd 7: 1334-1341. f. 3070-3132.
Includes a few fungi from Tahiti.
Lloyd, C. G., and Aiken, W. H.
1934. Flora of Samoa. Bull. Lloyd Libr. 33: Bot. Ser. 4: (1-6), 1-113, (1-3).
illus.
General descriptions of common species; photographic illustrations based on Lloyd’s
1904-05 Samoan collections.
Loddiges, C.
1822. Tacca pinnatifida. Lodd. Bot. Cab. 7: pl. 692.
Native of the Society Islands.
Loesener, T.
1897. Uber die geographische Verbreitung einiger Celastraceen. Bot. Jahrb. 24:
197-201.
General in nature; records Perrottetia sandwicensis from Hawaii.
1901-08. Monographia Aquifoliacearum. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat.
Cur. 78: i-viii, 1-598. p/. 1-15. 1901; (II) 89: 1-314. f. 1-11. maps
1-3. 1908.
Monographic.
1911. Eine neue Gymnosporia aus Samoa. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 232-
233.
G. samoensis n. sp.
1921. Eine Aquifoliacee Mikronesiens. Bot. Jalirb, 56: 522-523.
Ilex mertensit var. volkensiana n. var. from Ponape (Caroline Islands).
1930a. Die Celastraceen Mikronesiens, Bot. Jahrb. 63: 272-273.
Includes Gymnosporia palauica n. sp. from Palau.
1930b. Die Hippocrateaceen Mikronesiens, Bot. Jahrb. 63: 274-276.
Includes Salicicratea kraemeri n. sp. from Palau.
Looser, G.
1927a. La zarzamora (Rubus ulmifolius Schott) en Juan Fernandez. Revis.
Chil. Hist. Nat. 31: 84-85.
A general note.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 195
1927b. Excursiones a Juan Fernandez. Revis. Universit. Univ. Catdl. Chile 12:
377-398. 3
Not seen.
1932, Vegetacién de la isla de Pascua. Revis. Chil. Hist. Geogr. 73: 157-160.
A general discussion.
1933. Sobre las CiateAceas chilenas y en especial sobre Lophosoria quadripinnata.
Ostenia 1933: 141-151. 1 pl. f. 1-4.
Three Juan Fernandez ferns in Lophosoria, Dicksonia, and Thrysopteris.
1935. Botanica miscelanea IV. Revis. Universit. Univ. Catdl. Chile 20: 561-574.
f. 1-3.
Includes extensive notes on Yunquea tensit and data on a few other Juan Fernandez
species.
1936. Los géneros Pteris, e Histiopteris y sus representantes Chilenos,_ 1-15.
f. 1-7.
Includes several Juan Fernandez species.
Loubiére, A.
1936. Sur la structure d’un bois silicifié de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 82: 620-624. f. 1-4.
Cedroxylon pancheri n. sp. of the Cretaceous; paleobotanical.
Lowe, E. J.
1856-72. Ferns: British and exotic. 1: i-x, 1-60. pl. 1-50. 1856; 2: 1-161. pl.
1-56; 3: 1-142. pl. 1-50. 1857; 4: 1-174. pl. 1-64. 1859; 5: 1-168. pi.
1-56. 1858; 6: 1-138. pl. 1-50. 1857; 7: 1-183. pl. 1-66. 1859; 8: 1-260.
pl 1-77. 1860. Reprinted 1861-64 and again in 1868; another reprint (not
seen) 1872.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1864-65. A natural history of new and rare ferns; containing species and varieties,
none of which are included in any of the eight volumes of “Ferns, British
and exotic’, amongst which are the new Hymenophyllums and
Trichomanes. i-viii, 1-192. pl. 1-72, tert f. Reprinted 1865.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Lucas, A. H. S.
1935. The marine algae of Lord Howe Island. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W, 60:
194-232. pl. 5-9. f. 1-7.
A general consideration with extensive notes on the various species, and descriptions
of some new ones.
Luerssen, C.
1871. Filices Graeffeanae. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Farnflora der Viti-, Samoa-,
Tonga- und Ellices Inseln. Schenk & Luerssen Mitt. Bot. 1: 57-312.
pl. 11-19. ii
A critical enumeration of 226 species with descriptions of new ones,
1873a. Ein Beitrag zur Farnflora der Palaos- oder Pelew-Inseln. Jour. Mus.
Godeffroy 1(1): 52-58.
A list of 42 species, none new.
1873b. Ueber die Farnflora der Cooks- oder Hervey-Inseln. Jour. Mus. Godeffroy
1(1): 59-62.
A list of 25 species, none new.
196 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1874. Die Farne der Samoa Inseln. Ein Verzeichniss der bis jetzt von den Schif-
fer-Inseln bekannten Gefasskryptogamen, nebst allgemeinen Bemerkun-
gen tiber die Systematik dieser Pflanzengruppe, Schenk & Luerssen Mitt.
Bot. 1: 345-415.
A critical enumeration of 153 species with notes.
1875. Gefasskrytogamen: in Wawra, H., Beitrage zur Flora der Hawaiischen
Inseln. Flora 58: 417-428, 433-440.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
1876a. Verzeichniss der Gefasskryptogamen welche Dr. H. Wawra auf seiner
Erdumsegelung mit der Fregatte “Donau” 1868-1871 und der Reise mit
den Prinzen Philipp und August von S. Coburg, 1872 und 1873 sammelte.
Flora 59: 225-230, 285-287, 289-302. .
Includes some Polynesian species.
1876b. Berichtigungen zu den in “Flora” 1875, No. 27 und 28 verdffentlichten
Gefasskryptogamen der Hawaischen Inseln. Flora 59: 302.
Corrections to the preceding papers.
1882. Ueber einige Hymenophyllaceen Neuhollands und Polynesiens. Bot. Cen-
tralbl. 9: 438-443.
Includes Hemiphlebium (Trichomanes) bimarginatum from Fiji and Samoa.
Liitje, O.
1906. Beitrag zu einer Landeskunde des Karolinen-Archipels, 1-117.
Includes general notes on the flora and a bibliography; an inaugural dissertation of
the University of Bonn.
Luetke, F. P.
1835-36. Voyage autour de monde . . . sur la corvette le Sénevine dans les années
1826-29, 1-2 (1835), 3 (1836) ; Atlas 1-38, pl. 1-51. maps 1-3. 1836.
Not seen; contains some illustrations of the vegetation and some notes on the plants
of the Caroline Islands; see Mertens, K. H., 1836.
Lydgate, J. M.
1873. A short synopsis of Hawaiian ferns. 1-14.
A key to the species, including a description of Davallia alexandri n. sp. The correct
spelling of the author’s name is Lydgate, given on the title page as Lidgate.
1881. Indigenous ornamental plants. Hawaiian Annual (1882) 8: 25-28.
Popular descriptions of selected species,
1882-83. Hawaiian woods and forest trees. Hawaiian Annual (1883) 9: 33-35.
1882 (1884) ; 10: 30-32. 1883.
Popular descriptions with comments on their usefulness.
1910. Endemic character of the Hawaiian flora. Hawaiian Annual (1911) 37:
53-58.
Speculations on origin and comments on distribution.
1919-21. Reminiscences of an amateur collector. Hawaiian Annual (1920) 46:
120-126. 1919 (1921) ; 47: 68-76. 1920; 48: 61-67. 1921 (1922).
Narrative of a collecting tour with Dr. Hillebrand.
Lyon, H. L.
1909. The forest disease on Maui. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 1: 151-159. f. 1.
An extract from a report on an unknown disease.
1910a. Cane diseases that may become epidemic in the Hawaiian Islands. Hawaiian
Pl. Rec. 2: 269-278. 1 f.
Notes on various diseases.
1910b.
1910c.
1910d.
191 1a.
191 1b.
1911c.
1912a.
1912b.
191 3a.
1913b.
1915a.
1915b.
1915c.
1915d.
1917.
1919a.
1919b.
1919c.
1920a.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 197
Leguminous plants for Hawaiian fields. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 3: 51-63. f. 1-7.
Includes notes on relative values of 24 species of leguminous plants.
A study of Iliau. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 3: 143-153. f. 1-11.
Includes descriptions of Melanconium iliau, the chief causal agent of the iliau disease
and the associated fungi, M. sacchari, Allontospora radicicola, and Gnomonia sacchari.
A new cane disease now epidemic in Fiji. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 3: 200-205.
f. 1-6.
A study of disease caused by Plasmodiophora brassicae.
Notes on the sugar industry of Fiji. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 4: 318-339. f. 1-6.
Includes data on cane diseases (pp. 330-339).
Sereh and yellow stripe disease. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 5: 69-75. f. 1-4.
A general description of these sugarcane diseases.
Some local problems in green soiling with additional notes on bean varieties.
Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 5: 200-210. f. 1-3.
Includes notes on eight species of leguminous plants and their resistance to Fusarium
and some other fungi.
A rind disease fungus. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 6: 218-219.
Diplodia cacacicola.
Iliau, an endemic cane disease. Hawaiian Sugar Pl. Exp. Sta. Div. Path.
Phys. Bull, 11: 1-31. pl. 1. f. 1-10.
Caused by Gnomonia iliau n. sp. The appendix, pp. 29-31, by N. A. Cobb.
Diseases of the jack bean. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 8: 284-289. f. 1-6.
Includes Septoria canavaliae, Gloesporium canavaliae, and Fusicoccum canavaliae.
New or noteworthy fungi on sugar cane. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 9: 600-603.
f. 1-4.
Includes Lophodermium sacchari n. sp. and Spegazzinia ornate.
The Australian leaf stripe disease of sugar cane. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 12:
257-265. f. 1-3.
A study of this disease, caused by Sclerospora sacchari, based on observations in Fiji.
Lahaina disease or root-rot. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 12: 297-304. f. 1-3.
A general description of this sugarcane disease.
A survey of the pineapple problems. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 13: 125-139. f. 1-9.
Includes notes on various diseases of pineapple.
An Hibiscus disease. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 13: 361-367. f. 1-4.
A species of Xylaria.
The pigeon pea. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 16: 402-410. 1 f.
Includes botanical notes on races and varieties of Cajanus indicus and its cultivation
in Hawaii.
A dangerous bindweed. Hawaiian Pl. Rec, 20: 248-249.
Convolvulus arvensis and methods of control.
A preliminary report on the root-rot organism. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 21: 2-8.
f. 1-5.
Includes notes on eight species of Chytridineae.
Some observations on the forest problems of Hawaii. Hawaiian Pl. Rec.
21: 289-300. f. 1-6.
A general discussion.
The kapoc or silk-cotton tree. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 22: 295-298. 3 f.
Includes botanical notes and data on cultivation.
198 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1920b. A sugar cane cancer-root. Aeginetia indica Roxb. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 23:
3 f.
A brief note.
1920c, Pahala blight. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 23: 193-198. f. 1-2.
See also Williams, W. L. S., 1920.
1921a. Three major cane diseases: Mosaic, sereh, and Fiji disease. Bull. Exp.
Sta. Hawaiian Sugar PI. Assoc. Bot. Ser, 3: 1-43. 1 pl. (frontisp.), f.
1-27. 159. f. 1-12.
A detailed consideration of the three diseases.
1921b, Fiji disease. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 24: 179-186, f. 1-7.
A general consideration. Probably a virus.
1922. Fig trees for Hawaiian forests. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 26: 78-87. ill.
Not seen.
1923. Forestry on Oahu. Hawaiian Pl. Rec, 27: 282-310. f. 1-20.
Largely statistical.
1924, The athel in Hawaii. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 28: 508-510.
Notes on Tamarix aphylla.
1927a. Exotic trees in Hawaii, Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 31: 163-169. f. I-4.
Botanical notes on Colvillea racemosa and Terminalia myriocar pa.
1927b. Further notes on stem galls of the sugar cane. Hawaiian Pl. Rec, 31:
249-273. f. 1-17.
_ 1927c. Botany in Hawaii. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 12: 10-11.
General notes.
1929. Ten years in Hawaiian forestry. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 33: 55-97. f. 1-21. 1
text map.
A general summary, including an enumeration of species with data on distribution and
cultivation.
1941. Polymorphic species in Hawaii. Proc. Sixth Pacific Sci. Congr. 4: 657.
Essentially a discussion of Fosberg’s views regarding Gouldia. See Fosberg, 1937c.
Lyons, A. B.
1890. Artificial key to the genera and species of Hawaiian ferns. Hawaiian
Annual (1891) 29: 76-87.
1896. Native plants of the Hawaiian islands, Hawaiian Annual (1897) 23: 55-70.
1899. What a botanist may see in Honolulu. Hawaiian Annual (1900) 26: 93-108.
Popular descriptions of various ornamental plants in Honolulu.
1900. Plant names, scientific and popular, including in the case of each plant
the correct botanical name in accordance with the reformed nomenclature,
together with botanical and popular synonyms . . . . 1-489.
Includes a few names for Polynesian species.
M
Macbride, J. F.
1918. New or otherwise interesting plants, mostly North American Liliaceae and
Chenopodiaceae, Contr. Gray Herb. 53: 1-22.
Includes the adoption of Madhuca in place of Bassia in the Sapotaceae, with M.
amicorum (A. Gray) Macbride (Bassia amicorum A. Gray) from Polynesia.
Macbride, T. H.
1926. A bit of Polynesian mycology. Mycologia 18: 125-13],
Lists two species of Stemonitis from Fiji (pp. 129-31).
AMIERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 199
Macbride, T. H., and Martin, G. W.
1934. The Myxomycetes. A descriptive list of the known species with special
reference to those occurring in North America. i-xi. 1-329, t. 1-21.
Monographic.
MacCaughey, V.
1912, Notes on some Honolulu palms. Hawaiian For. Agr. 9: 17-18. 1 f. 66-74.
f. 1-5, 79-82. f. 1-2.
General notes.
MacCaughey, V., and Emerson, J. S.
1913-14. The Kalo in Hawaii. Hawaiian For. Agr. 10: 186-193. 2 f. 225-231.
3 f. 280-288. 3 f. 315-323. 3 f. 349-358. 2 f. 1913; 11: 17-23, 44-51, 111-
123. 6 f. 201-216. 9 f.
Concerns the cultivated forms of Colocasia esculenta.
MacCaughey, V.
1915a. A biological survey of Oahu. Hawaiian For. Agr. 12: 23-33.
General.
1915b. Some common woody plants of the Oahu lowlands. Hawaiian For. Agr. 12:
290-292.
A reference list.
19l6a. The tree ferns of Hawaii. Am. Bot. 22: 1-9. f. 1-2.
Popular.
1916b. Vegetation of the Hawaiian summit bogs. Am. Bot. 22: 45-52.
Ecological.
1916c. The seaweeds of Hawaii. Am. Jour. Bot. 3: 474-479.
Popular.
1916d. The economic woods of Hawaii. Forest Quart. 14: 696-~7 16.
General.
1916e. An annotated reference list of the more common trees and shrubs of the
Konahuanui region. Hawaiian For. Agr. 13: 28-34.
A list with notes and local names.
1916f. Precinctive flora of the Waianae Mountains, Oahu. An annotated reference
list of seventy species and varieties. Hawaiian For. Agr. 13: 85-89,
Includes data on the distribution of the species listed. t
1916g. Coral reefs of the Hawaiian islands. Jour. Geogr. 14: 252-253.
General.
1916h. The forests of the Hawaiian islands. Plant World 19: 162-166. f. 1-2.
General.
19161. The orchids of Hawaii. Plant World 19: 350-355.
Three species considered in detail.
1916j. The genus Eugenia in the Hawaiian islands. Torreya 16: 260-267.
General.
1916k. Passifloras in the Hawaiian islands. Jour, Bot. 54: 363-368.
Popular notes on the introduced species.
19161. The wild flowers of Hawaii. Am. Bot. 22: 97-105, 131-135.
A popular discussion only.
1916m. The hau, an interesting tree of Hawaii. Hawaiian Annual’ (1917) 43:
108-112 2 f. aes"t
Hibiscus tiliaceus.
200 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1917a. The Oahu rain forest. Am. Forestry 23: 276-278. 5 f.
Popular.
1917b, Gunnera petaloidea Gaud., a remarkable plant of the Hawaiian islands.
Am. Jour. Bot. 4: 33-39.
Redescription and discussion.
1917c, The phytogeography of Manoa Valley, Hawaiian islands, Am. Jour. Bot.
4: 561-603. f. 1-14.
Ecological.
1917d. A survey of the Hawaiian land flora. Bot. Gaz. 64: 89-114. f. 1-5.
General.
1917e, Vegetation of Hawaiian lava flows. Bot. Gaz. 64: 386-420. f. 1-22.
Ecological.
1917f. An annotated list of the forest trees of the Hawaiian Archipelago. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 44: 145-157.
A list with brief notes; see Reck 1917e.
1917g. The guavas of the Hawaiian islands. Bull. Torr. Bot, Club 44: 513-524.
Popular.
1917h. Algae of the Hawaiian Archipelago. Hawaiian Annual (1918) 44: 129-155.
A list arranged by families and genera.
1917i. A rare fruit tree of Hawaii. Hawaiian For. Agr. 14: 97-98,
Diospyros ebenaster.
1917j. Lichen flora of the Hawaiian islands. Hawaiian For. Agr. 14: 303-304.
Brief general notes,
1917k. The mangrove in the Hawaiian islands, Hawaiian For. Agr. 14: 361-366.
Concerns the introduction and establishment of Rhizophora.
19171. The food plants of the ancient Hawaiians. Sci. Monthly 4: 75-80.
General.
1917m. The genus Artocarpus in the Hawaiian islands. Torreya 17: 33-49.
General.
1917n. The genus Annona in the Hawaiian islands, Torreya 17: 69-77,
General.
19170, American explorers of Hawaii, Mid-Pacif. Mag. 14: 281-285.
Not seen.
1918a. Algae of the Hawaiian Archipelago. Bot. Gaz. 65: 42-57, 121-149,
General, with a list of species.
1918b. An endemic Begonia of Hawaii. Bot. Gaz. 66: 273-275.
Hillebrandia sandwicensis.
1918c. The strand flora of the Hawaiian Archipelago. I, Geographical relations,
origin, and composition. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 45; 259-277, (II. Eco-
logical relations) 483-502.
Ecological.
1918d. The Hawaiian Kamani (Calophyllum inophyllum L.) Hawaiian For. Agr.
15: 69-73.
General.
1918e. An ecological survey of the Hawaiian Pteridophytes. Jour. Ecol. 6: 199-
219.
Considers 190 species.
1918f. The native bananas of the Hawaiian islands, Plant World 21: 1-12.
Popular,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 201
1918g. The genus Morinda in the Hawaiian flora. Plant World 21: 209-214.
Popular.
1918h. Endemic plants of Hawaii. Pritchardia. Plant World 21: 317-328.
General.
1918i, The Hawaiian Violaceae. Torreya 18: 1-11.
“A compilation of data on 11 species with descriptions.
1918j. The genus Gleichenia (Dicranopteris) in the Hawaiian islands. Torreya
18: 41-52.
A compilation of data on four species with descriptions.
1918k. The Hawaiian sumach. Torreya 18: 183-188.
A detailed description of Rhus semialata var, sandwicensis.
19181. The olona, Hawaii’s unexcelled fiber plant. Science IT. 48: 236-238.
Touchardia latifolia.
1918m. The Hawaiian lehua. Am. Forest. 24: 409-418. 10 f.
Metrosideros polymorpha,
1918n. A survey of the Hawaiian coral reefs. Am, Nat. 52: 409-438. f. 1-9.
Includes some general data on the flora and fauna of coral reefs.
1918-19. History of botanical exploration in Hawaii. Hawaiian For. Agr. 15:
388-396, 417-429, 508-510. 1918; 16: 25-28, 49-54. 1919.
Historical, with an appended bibliography.
1919a. Native and alien bananas of the Hawaiian islands. Mid-Pacif. Mag. 18:
454-459.
Not seen.
1919b. The pala or mule’s-foot fern, Marattia Douglasii (Presl) Baker, in the
Hawaiian Archipelago. Torreya 19: 1-8.
Includes a description and data on history and distribution of this species.
1920. Hawaii’s tapestry forests. Bot. Gaz. 70: 137-149. f. 1-6.
General.
McClelland, C. K.
1915. Grasses and forage plants of Hawaii. Hawaiian Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 36:
1-43. pl. 1-9.
General for the subject indicated.
McEldowney, G. A.
1930. Forestry on Oahu. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 34: 267-287. 31 f. 2 text maps.
A general discussion.
McFarland, J. H.
1935. The silversword of Hawaii. Hort. 13: 512. 1 f.
A popular account of Argyroxiphium macrocephalum,
MacFarlane, J. M.
1908. _Nepenthaceae. Pflanzenr. 36(IV. 111): 1-92. f. 1-19.
Monographic.
McGeorge, W. T.
1924. Lahaina disease, root-rot or plant failure. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 28: 468-472.
A general discussion.
202 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL. HERBARIUM
Macgillivray, J. i
1854, Letter from John Macgillivray, Esq., naturalist of H. M. Surveying-ship)
“Herald” commanded by Captain Denham; dated Sydney, March 3rd,
1854. Hook. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Miscel. 6: 353-363.
General notes on the vegetation of Lord Howe Island, Isle of Pines (New Caledonia),
and the New Hebrides, including Grevillea gillivrayi and Stenocarpus milnei n. spp.
(by Hooker) from the Isle of Pines. See Hooker, W. J., 1855b, for certain plates.
Macgregor, G.
1937, Ethnology of Tokelau Islands. Bishop Mus. Bull. 146: i-vi, 1-183. pl. 1-10.
f. 1-25.
Page 11, botany, contains a list of 37 local plant names with binomial equivalents.
McLean, O. G. See Frear, M. D., 1938.
Macrae, J. See Wilson, W. F., 1922.
Madelain, E., fils
1873. Du genre Croton, ses espéces, sa culture. Rev. Hort. 45: 312-314.
Includes brief descriptions of some Polynesian species.
Magenc, P.
1914, Les Badamiers. Etude pharmacographique du genre Terminalia L. Ann.
Mus, Colon. Marseille III 2: i-xii. 1-111. f. A-Z.
Includes T. glabrata from Polynesia.
Magnusson, A. H.
1940. Studies in species of Pseudocyphellaria. The Crocata-group. Act. Hort.
Gotob. 14: 1-36, f. 1-5.
Includes descriptions of P. mougeotiana (Del.) Vain., P. hawaiiensis n. sp., and
P. carpoloma (Del.) Vain. from Polynesia, and P. gilva (Ach.) Malme from Juan
Fernandez.
1941. New species of Cladonia and Parmelia from the Hawaiian Islands. Arkiv
Bot. 30 B (3): 1-9.
Descriptions of six new species of Cladonia and seven of Parmelia.
1942. Lichens of Nihoa and Necker Islands. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 25-41.
An enumeration with descriptions of several new species.
Magnusson, A. H., and Zahlbruckner, A.
1943-45, Hawaiian lichens. Arkiv Bot. 31 A (1): 1-96. 1943; (II) The families
Lecideaceae to Parmeliaceae. 31 A (6): 1-109. 1944; (III) The
families Usneaceae and Physciaceae. 32 A (2): 1-89. pl. 1-10. 1945.
Includes a review of recent publications on Pacific lichens and descriptions of many
new species.
Maiden, J. H.
1898. Observations on the vegetation of Lord Howe Island. Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. W. 23: 112-158. pl. 1-4.
Includes Cupania howeana n. sp.
1899, Some further observations on the vegetation of Lord Howe Island. Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 24: 381-384. pl. 32-33.
Critical notes on several species.
1901a. Notes on the botany of Pitcairn Island. Proc. Australas. Assoc. Adv. Sci.
8: 262-271.
A list with notes.
1901b. On one of the so-called honeysuckles of Lord Howe Island.’ Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S. W. 26: 156-159,
Guioa coriacea and its synonymy.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 203
1902, On a new Cryptocarya from Lord Howe Island, together with notes on
other plants from that island. Proc. Linn, Soc. N. S. W. 27: 347-351.
f. 15.
C. gregsoni n. sp.
1903. The flora of Norfolk Island. Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. W. 28: 692-785. pl. 38.
A critical enumeration of the known species with extensive notes.
1904. The botany of Funafuti, Ellice Group. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 29: 539-
556.
An enumeration with notes.
1914. Further notes on the botany of Lord Howe Island. Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. W. 39: 377-384. pl. 28.
A list with notes, including Plantago hedleyi n. sp.
Malaspina, A.
1885, Viaje politico-cientifico alrededor del mundo por las corbetas Descubierta
y Atrevida al mando de los capitanes de navio D. Alejandro Malaspina y
Don José de Bustamante y Guerra desde 1789 a 1794, i-xxxi, 1-681.
illus. 1 folded map.
A narrative of the “Malaspina Expedition,” the plants of which were studied by
Pres] and Cavanilles; nonbotanical, but includes important data on itineraries, The
cover title is: La vuelta al mundo por las corbetas Descubierta y Atrevida. . . . Intro-
duction by Pedro de Novo y Colson.
Malta, N.
1926. Die Gattung Zygodon Hook. et Tayl. Eine monographische Studie, Latv.
Univ. Bot. Darzi Darbi 1: 1-185. f. 1-104.
Includes the Polynesian species.
Mangelsdorf, A. J. See Gilmore, A. B., 1939.
Manguin, E.
1938. Contribution a la flore diatomique des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 85: 14-19. pl. 1-3.
A list with notes and a few new species.
Mann, A.
1907. Report of the diatoms of the Albatross voyages in the Pacific Ocean, 1888-
1904. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 10: i-viii. 221-442. pl. 44-54.
Includes many new species and a bibliography (pp. 394-419).
Mann, H.
1866a. [Denudation on the Hawaiian islands.] Proc. Bost. Soc, Nat. Hist. 10:
232-234.
General observations. .
1866b. Description of some new species of the genus Schiedea, and of an allied
new genus. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 10: 309-312,
Includes the descriptions of five new species of Schiedea, and a new genus Alsini-
dendron.
1866c. Revision of the Rutaceae of the Hawaiian Islands. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist. 10: 312-319.
Considers the genera Pelea, Melicope, Platydesma, and Zanthoxylum. This paper
and the preceding one were reprinted under the title “Revision of the Genus Schiedea
and of the Hawaiian Rutaceae,” pp. 309-319. 1866.
1866-71. Flora of the Hawaiian islands. Proc. Essex Inst. 5: 113-144. 1866; 161-
176. 1867 ; 233-248. 1868; 6: 105-112, 1871. Reprint, 1-88. no date, probably
1871.
A descriptive flora, Ranunculaceae to Araliaceae (part); no more published.
204 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1867a. On the crater of Haleakala, East Maui, Hawaiian islands. Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist. 11: 111-113.
Includes some botanical observations.
1867b. Enumeration of Hawaiian plants. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 7: 143-235.
A list of 667 species, many described as new.
1869a. Statistics and geographical range of Hawaiian (Sandwich Islands) plants.
Jour. Bot. 7: 171-183.
A list of species.
1869b, Notes on Alsinidendron, Platydesma, and Brighamia, new genera of Hawai-
ian plants with an analysis of the Hawaiian flora. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist. 1: 529-541. pl. 20-23.
Includes the descriptions of the genera indicated. The cover of the reprint bears
the title ‘Four New Genera of Hawaiian Plants”, but it includes also Brigham’s new
genus Hesperomannia.
Mansfeld, R.
1930, Eine Melastomatacee Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 63: 278.
Medinilla blumeana n. sp. from Palau Island.
See also Diels, L., and Mansfeld, R.
Marchand, L.
1869. Révision du groupe des Anacardiacées. 1-198. pl. 1-3.
Monographic, with particular reference to the genera.
Marcuse, A.
1894. Die Hawaischen Inseln. i-iv, 1-186. 34 pl. 6 f. 1 map.
Discusses the flora (pp. 133-139).
Markgraf, F.
1930. Die Apocynaceen von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 63: 280-287.
Includes some species from Palau and the Marianas Islands.
1934. Die Gattung Astronidium A. Gray. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12: 47-50.
Reinstates the genus Astronidium, reducing to it Naudiniella Krasser (Naudinia
Decne.), and transferring to it about eight Polynesian species of Astronia.
1936. Die Gliederung der asiatischen Tabernaemontanoideen. Notizbl. Bot. Gart.
Berlin 12: 540-552. f. 7.
Includes Pagiantha n. gen, from Fiji, with data on several Polynesian species in the
five genera recognized, restricting Tabernaemontana to America.
1938. Die Myristicaceen von Mikronesian: in L. Diels, Beitrage zur Flora von
Micronesien und Polynesian V. Bot. Jahrb. 69: 395-397.
Includes the few known species from the Palau and Caroline Islands, with key.
Martelli, U.
1904. Pandani Asiatici nuovi. Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1904: 298-305,
Includes some New Caledonian species.
1905. Pandanus, Nuove specie descritte da Ugolino Martelli. Webbia 1: 361-
371.
Includes P, whitmeeanus n. sp. native of Samoa; see Martelli, U., 1907, for com-
pletion of this reference.
1907. Pandanus. Nuove specie descritte da Ugolino Martelli. Manipolo II.
Webbia 2: 423-439,
Includes the descriptions of several new species from Polynesia.
1910. Nuove specie di “Freycinetia”. Webbia 3: 167-186.
Includes six species from New Caledonia.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 209
1910-13. Enumerazione delle “Pandanaceae”. Webbia 3: 307-327. 1910; 4: 5-105.
pl. 1-43.
Includes the then-known Polynesian species.
1912. Neue Pandanaceae Papuasiens. Bot. Jahrb. 49: 60-67.
Includes some species from the Caroline Islands.
1913. Pandanaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse .. .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 488-491. f. 5. Reprint 5: 46-49. f. 5.
Includes some Samoan species.
1914. Le specie e varieta nuove di “Pandanus” menzionate nella enumerazione
delle Pandanaceae. Webbia 4: 399-435.
Includes the descriptions of some new species from Polynesia.
1920. Pandanaceae: in Sarasin, F. & Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 116-119.
An enumeration with redescriptions of some species.
1926. A new species of Pandanus from Fanning Island. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
13: 145-146. pl. 12.
Pandanus hermsianus n. sp.
1929. “Pandanus odoratissimus” o “Pandanus tectorius”? Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital.
II 36: 328-337.
Nomenclatorial, with particular reference to the Polynesian type.
1930a. Fiji Pandanaceae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 12: 325-350. pl. 37-44.
An enumeration with notes and descriptions of new species.
1930b. Pandanaceae of Tonga. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 12: 351-362. pl. 45-46.
Includes some new species.
1930c. Two new varieties of Pandanus odoratissimus Linn. in the Hawaiian group.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 12: 363-368. pi. 47.
Two new Varieties described.
1931. Two Pandanaceae from the New Hebrides collected by S. F. Kajewski.
Jour. Arnold Arb. 12: 269-270.
Includes Freycinetia tannaensis n. sp.
1932a. Pandanaceae: in Guillaumin, Contribution to the flora of the New Hebrides.
Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 114. pl. 43.
A list with notes and descriptions.
1932b. Pandanaceae nuove dell’ Archipelago Marquesas. Mem. Soc. Tosc. Sci.
Nat. 42: 221-227. pl. 7-8. Reprint 1-9. pl. 7-8.
Includes Freycinetia delmasiana, F. hivaoensis, and Pandanus mendanensis n. spp.
1932c. “Pelagodoxa Henryana” Becc. palma delle isole Marquesas. Nuovo Giorn.
Bot. Ital. II. 39: 243-250. pl. 7-9. f. 1.
A detailed description, with illustrations. ;
1932d. L’Arcipelago della Societa e le sue Pandanaceae. Atti Soc. Tosc. Sci. Nat.
42: 111-117. Reprint, 1-7.
Includes a key to the local forms of Pandanus odoratissimus and P. pedunculatus.
1933a. La distribuzione geografica delle Pandanaceae. Atti Soc. Tose. Sci. Nat.
43: 190-209. Reprint, 1-22.
A general discussion with tabulated data; lists some Polynesian species.
1933b. Pandanaceae of Tahiti. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 17: 149-170. pl. 16-21.
Includes four new species from Tahiti.
1933c. Pandanaceae of Rarotonga. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 17: 171-186. pl. 22-25.
Includes the descriptions of three new species.
700080—47—14
206 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1934a, Generi, specie e varieta nuove di palme gerontogee della tribi: “Arecaceae”
lasciate ineditae dal Dott. O. Beccari ed ordinate a cura di U. Martelli.
Atti Soc. Tosc. Sci. Nat. 44: 114-176.
Includes some new species from Polynesia and Micronesia and new names for other
species.
1934b. Pandanaceae: in Kanehira, R., New or noteworthy trees from Micronesia.
V. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 48: 116-130, 163-164. f. 1-8.
Includes the descriptions of nine new species.
1934c. Samoan Pandanaceae. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 10(13): 1-24. f. 1-10.
Twelve species recognized, with a key.
1935a. I generi e le specie delle palme gerontogee della trib: delle “Arecaceae”.
Esposizione geografica secondo la monografia inedita del Dr. O. Beccari.
Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. II. 41: 693-723.
A list with tabulated distribution.
1935b. La sinonimia delle palme gerontogee della trib: delle Areceae. Nuovo
Giorn. Bot. Ital. II. 42: 17-88.
Alphabetical lists including the Polynesian species,
Martens, G. von
1866. Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost-Asien. Nach amtlichen Quellen. Bot.
Theil, Die Tange. 1-152. pi. 1-8.
Includes various Polynesian species of algae.
Martin, G. W. See Macbride, T. H., and Martin, G. W.
Martin, J. P.
1930a. Gumming disease of sugar cane, Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 34: 65-78. f. 1-8.
Includes the description of Bacterium vascularum, which causes the disease.
1930b. Chlorotic streak disease of sugar cane. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 34: 375-378. 1 pl.
History and description of this disease.
1931. Diseases, malformations and blemishes of sugar cane in Hawaii. Hawaiian
Pl. Rec. 35: 129-134.
Includes an enumeration of various diseases with their causal agents.
Martin, J. P., Carpenter, C. W., and Weller, D. M.
1932. Leaf scald disease of sugar cane in Hawaii. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 36: 145-
196. 1 pl. f. 1-23. 1 map. 1 table.
A detailed study of this bacterial disease.
Martin, J. P. See also Caum, E. L., and Martin, J. P.; Lee, H. A., Martin, J. P.,
Purdy, H. A. (and others); and Tattersfield, F., Martin, J. P., and Howes,
F. N.
Martius, K. F. P. von
1831-50. Historia naturalis Palmarum. Opus tripartitum, cujus volumen primum
Palmas generatim tractat, volumen secundum Brasiliae Palmas singulatim
descriptione et icone illustrat, volumen tertium ordinis, familiarum, gen-
erum characteres recenset, species selectas describit et figuris adumbrat
adjecta omnium synipsi. Accedunt tabulae CCVLV. 1: i-vi. i-exeviii.
pl. 1-55. 1831-50; 2: 1-152. pi. 1-101. 1823-37; 3: 153-350. pl. 102-180
1831-50.
The then-known Polynesian species are included in vol. 3.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 207
Massalongo, A. B.
1863. Sopra tre licheni della Nuova Zelanda. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou 36(1) : 254-
268. pl. 1-3.
Includes detailed description in Italian of Myxodictyon chrvysosticta, native of Juan
Fern4ndez and New Zealand.
Massee, G.
1889-90. A monograph of the Thelephoreae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 25: 107-155
pl. 45-47, 1889; (Part II) 27: 95-205. pl. 5-7. 1890.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1906a. Revision of the genus Hemileia, Berk. Kew Bull. 1906: 35-42 1 pl.
Includes references to Polynesian species.
1906b. Fungi exotici. V. Kew Bull. 1906: 255-258.
Includes Aposphaeria canavaliae n. sp. from Fiji.
See also Wakefield, E. M., Massee, G., and Cotton, A. D.
Masters, M. T.
1869. Davallia Mooreana, Masters, sp. n. Gard. Chron, 1869: 964. J f.
Recorded from New Hebrides.
1871. Contributions to the natural history of the Passifloraceae. Trans. Linn. Soc.
27: 593-645. t. 64-65.
Includes the reference of two Fijian species of Disemma to Passiflora,
1878. Xeronema Moorei, Br. et Gris. Gard. Chron. IT. 10: 8. f. 3.
Native of New Caledonia.
1892. List of conifers and taxads in cultivation in the open air in Great Britain
and Ireland. Jour. Roy. Hort, Soc. 14: 179-256.
Includes various Polynesian species with synonymy.
Mathieu, C.
1882-84. Die neuen Pflanzen des Jahres 1881. Gart. Zeit. Wittmack 1: 50-53.
1882; (. . .des Jahres 1882) 2: 190-192, 326-330, 403-406. 1883; (. . .
des Jahres 1883) 3: 163-164, 213-215, 1884.
Consists of the excerpts from original descriptions of new species, including a few
natives of Polynesia.
Mattic, F.
1940, Ubersicht der Flechtengattung Cladonia in neuer systematischer Anordnung.
Repert. Sp. Nov. 49: 140-168.
Includes a few references to Polynesian species.
Matue, Y.
1942, Systematic studies of the plankton organisms occurring in Iwayama Bay,
Palao. II. List of diatoms occurring in the bay. Palao Trop. Biol.
Stat. Studies 2: 521-525,
A list of 76 species.
Maxon, W. R.
1912. A new name for a Hawaiian fern. Am. Fern Jour, 2: 19-20. 1 f.
Polypodium. saffordit nom. nov. (P. minimum Brack., non Aubl.).
1913. A new genus of davallioid ferns. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 3: 143-144.
Sphenomeris with at least one species in Polynesia.
1923. Occasional notes on Old World ferns, I. Proc, Biol. Soc. Washington 36:
169-178,
Includes Tectaria setchellii and T. stearnsii n. spp. from Samoa and some new
B. names for other Polynesian species.
208 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1924. Report upon a collection of ferns from Tahiti. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.'12:
17-33. pl. 1-6.
An enumeration of Setchell and Parks collection, with descriptions of new species.
Mayor, A. G.
1921. Rose Atoll, American Samoa. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 60: 62-70.
Includes some notes on the vegetation.
Mayuranathan, P. V.
1938. The original home of the coconut. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 40: 174-
182.
Includes data on Polynesia.
Mazza, A.
1905-25. Saggio di Algologia Oceanica. Nuova Notar, 16: 85-89, 129-141. 1905;
17: 1-13, 41-56, 81-101, 129-150, 1906; 18: 1-36, 67-98, 126-152, 177-195.
1907; 19: 1-24, 49-66, 109-129, 153-170. 1908; 20: 6-18, 65-86, 113-135.
1909; 21: 1-27, 65-99, 125-152, 169-199. 1910; 22: 7-25, 53-80, 109-139,
157-171. 1911; 23: 1-24, 57-78, 109-122, 165-182. 1912; 24: 1-22, 57-85,
113-131, 157-174, 1913; 25: 1-34, 57-77, 141-162, 193-210. 1914; 26: 1-42,
49-75 ; 133-154, 181-206. 1915; 27: 1-53, 104-155, 169-215. 1916; 28: 70-
109, 176-239. 1917; 29: 1-34, 57-112. 1918; 30: 1-62. 1919; 31: 1-64, 93-
160. 1920; 32: 1-48, 73-132, 1921; 33: 1-31, 97-125. 1922; 34: 1-24.
1923; 35: 7-18. 1925. Reprint 1: 1, 1-528. 1905-11; 2: 529-1056. 1911-
16; 3: 1057-1584. 1916-22; 4: 1585-2096, 1922-26. .
Includes descriptions of and critical notes on 812 species of algae, some from Poly-
nesia. The last few parts bear the title: ‘“Aggiunte al Saggio Algologia.”
Mead, J. P.
1928a. The forests of the Fiji Islands. Quart. Jour. For. 7: 47-54.
A general description.
1928b. The forests of the Colony of Fiji. Legislative Council Paper 4: 1-47. 2
maps.
Includes many data regarding timber trees, with local and Latin names.
1933. A tour in Fiji, Malay. Forest. 2: 24-32, 61-71.
Notes on the country from a forester’s standpoint.
Meehan, T.
1881. Aralia elegantissima. Gard. Month. 23: 207. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands (actual place of origin doubtful).
1884, The Tonga plant. Gard. Month. 26: 340-341. 1 f.
Epipremnum mirabile, native of the South Sea Islands.
Meeuse, B. J. D. See Lam, H. J., and Meeuse, B. J. D.
Mehrlich, F. P., and Fitzpatrick, H. M.
1935. Dichotomophthora Portulacae, a pathogene of Portulaca oleracea. Mycol-
ogia 27: 543-550. f, 1-3.
A new genus and species of fungi from Hawaii.
Meisner, C. F.
1836-43. Plantarum vascularium genera secundum ordines naturales digesta
eorumque differentiae affinitates tabulis diagnosticis expositae. i-iv,
1-442; Pars altera, 1401.
Includes the then-known Polynesian genera.
1857a. Polygonaceae, DC. Prodr. 14: 1-186.
Monographic.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 209
1857b. ‘Proteaceae. DC. Prodr. 14: 209-482,
Monographic.
1857c. Thymelaeaceae. DC. Prodr. 14: 493-605,
Monographic.
1864a. Lauraceae. DC. Prodr, 15(1): 1-260.
Monographic.
1864b. Hernandiaceae. DC. Prodr. 15(1) : 261-265.
Monographic.
Menzies, A.
1909. Ascent of Mount Hualalai (An extract from A. Menzies’ journal of
Vancouver’s Voyage 1790-1794). Hawaiian Annual (1910). 36: 72-89.
Includes observations on the vegetation.
See also Wilson, W. F., 1920.
Mereschkowsky, C.
1902. On Polynesian diatoms. Scripta Bot. Hort. Univ. Petrop. 18: 19-164. pl. 4-6.
Lists with descriptions of new species from Samoa, Tahiti, Hawaii, and other parts
of the Pacific Ocean.
Merrill, E. D.
1914. An enumeration of the plants of Guam. Philip. Jour. Sci. 9: Bot. 17-155.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
1915. On the application of the generic name Nauclea of Linnaeus, Jour. Wash-
ington Acad. Sci. 5: 530-542.
Neonauclea is proposed for Nauclea, and the Polynesian species are transferred.
1919. Additions to the flora of Guam. Philip, Jour. Sci, 15: 539-544,
Includes two new species.
1920. Comments on Cook’s theory as to the American origin and prehistoric
Polynesian distribution of certain economic plants, especially Hibiscus
tiliaceus Linnaeus. Philip. Jour. Sci. 17: 377-384.
General.
1924. Bibliography of Polynesian botany. Bishop Mus. Bull. 13: 1-68.
A publication preliminary to Merrill, 1937a, containing more than 1,300 entries.
1928. Some Polynesian botanical problems of fundamental importance, Proc.
Third Pan-Pacific Sci. Congr. Tokyo 1: 889-893.
General.
1933. The generic name Parsonsia and the status of Parsonsia Helicandra Hooker
& Arnott. Brittonia 1: 233-237.
See Merrill, 1934b.
1934a, The gymnosperms of Malaysia, the Philippines, and Polynesia Proc. Fifth
Pacific Sci. Congr. 4: 3267-3271.
Phytogeographic.
1934b. Los nombres genéricos Parsonsia y Cuphea. Revist. Sudam. Bot. 1: 97-99.
Parsonia is retained for the apocynaceous genus and Cuphea for the lythraceous
genus, both having representatives in Polynesia.
1936.. Malaysian phytogeography in relation to the Polynesian flora.: in T. H.
Goodspeed, Essays on geobotany. 247-261.
A general discussion.
1937a. Polynesian botanical bibliography, 1773-1935. Bishop Mus. Bull. 144: 1
194,
The publication of which the present bibliography is an amplification, covering the
period from 1773 to nearly the end of 1936, containing about 2,600 entries. See also
Merrill, E. D., 1924.
210 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1937b. On the significance of certain Oriental plant names in relation to introduced
species. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 78: 111-146.
Concerns the significance of certain local plant names in the Indo-Malaysian-
Polynesian regions.
Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M.
1937. Reinstatement and revision of Cleistocalyx Blume (including Acicalyptus
A. Gray), a valid genus. of the Myrtaceae. Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 322-
343, pl. 215.
Twenty-one species recognized, with key, five in Fiji previously placed under
Acicalyptus, one in New Caledonia.
Merrill, E. D.
1939, A new species of Byttneria from Mangareva. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 14:
313-315. f. 1.
B. oligacantha n. sp.
1941. Man’s influence on the vegetation of Polynesia with special reference to
introduced species. Proc. Sixth Pacific Sci. Congr. 4: 629-639.
A general discussion.
Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M.
1941. A summary of Kentrochrosia Lauterbach and Schumann. Philip: Jour.
Sci. 76: 19-21.
K. carolinensis (Kopsia carolinensis) in the Caroline Islands and K. monocarpa
from New Hebrides.
Merrill, E. D.
1943. Emergency food plants and poisonous plants of the Islands of the Pacific.
War Dept. Techn. Man. 10-420: i-v, 1-149. f. 1-113.
A popular consideration of the subjects; records many vernacular names.
1945a. Ochrocarpos odoratus (Rafinesque) Merrill, a mew name for a much
named species, with a new species from Samoa. Jour. Arnold Arb. 26:
93-96. f. 1.
Ochrocarpos glaucus n. sp. from Samoa.
1945b. On the underground parts of Tacca pinnatifida J. R. & G. Forst. (1776)—=
Tacca leontopetaloides (Linn.) O. Kuntze. Jour. Arnold Arb. 26:
85-92. pl. 1-2.
A general consideration.
1945c. Plant life of the Pacific world. i-xv, 1-295. f. 1-276. MacMillan Company.
Fighting Forces edition, published by the Infantry Journal, Washington.
1-298. f. 1-276.
A series of essays on various aspects of the botany of the Pacific region, with
numerous illustrations of the more common species; selected bibliography by insular
groups. Also includes discussions of forests, mangrove vegetation, weeds, cultivated
plants, food plants, ecology and plant geography, vernacular names, and history of
botany and exploration.
Merrill, E. D., and Perry, M. L.
1945. Plantae Papuanae Archboldianae, XVI. Jour. Arnold Arb. 26: 229-266.
f. 1-11.
Includes Antirhea smithit from Fiji.
1946. Some additional records for the Guam flora. Jour. Arnold Arb, 27: 323-
325.
Seventeen species credited to Guam for the first time, 12 of the genera being also
new to the island; at least 12 of the species introduced ones.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 211
Merrill, E. D.
1946. Merrilleana; a selection from the general writings of Elmer Drew Merrill,
Sc.D., LL.D. Chron. Bot. 10: 131-393. slus.
Consists of republications, including Merrill, E. D., 1920, 1937b, and 1941, with
added biographical data and a bibliography of his writings.
Mertens, K. H.
1835. Notices [botaniques] sur les Iles Carolines: in Luetke, F. P., Voyage autour
du monde .. . sur la corvette Ja Séniavine. 3: 132-144, 337-352.
Not seen.
Metcalfe, C. R.
1935. The structure of some sandalwoods and their substitutes and of some other
little known scented woods. Kew Bull. 1935: 165-195. pl. 6-9.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Métraux, A.
1940. Ethnology of Easter Island. Bishop Mus. Bull. 160: i-vii, 1-432. pl. 1-7.
f. 158.
Pp. 12-18 include some data on plants.
Mettenius, G.
1856-59, Ueber einige Farngattungen. I. Polypodium. Abh. Senkenb. Ges. Frank-
furt 2: 1-138. pl. 1-3, 1857-59; (II. Plagiogyria) 2: 265-275. pl. 15. 1858;
(III. Pteris) 2: 276-284. pl. 16. 1858; (IV. Phegopteris und Aspidium)
2: 285-420. pl. 17, 18. 1858; (V. Cheilanthes) 3: 47-99, pl. 3, 1859;
(VI. Asplenium) 3: 100-254. pl. 3-6. 1859. Reprinted as follows: 1:
1-138. pl. 1-3. 1857; 2: 1-11. pl. 15. 1858; 3: 1-11. pl. 16, 1858; 4: 1-136.
pl. 17, 18. 1858; 5, 6: 1-120. pl. 3-6. 1859.
Includes various Polynesian species.
1861. Filices Novae Caledoniae a cl. Vieillard collectae. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV Bot.
15: 55-91, t. 3.
An enumeration of 139 species, many described as new; Hymenophyllaceae (pp.
88-91) by R. B. van den Bosch.
1870. Cryptogamae vasculares (Ophioglossaceen und Equisetaceen by J. Milde) :
in Fenzl, E., Reise der Oesterreichischer Fregatte Novara um die Erde
... Botanischer Theil. 1: 197-229.
A list including some Polynesian species.
See also Kuhn, M., 1868-69.
Meunier, E.
1917. La tétragone. Rev. Hort. 89: 282-283.
Tetragonia expansa extending to New Caledonia.
Meurisse, G.
1892, tude du genre Santalum L. Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 2: 1025-1027.
Ten species recognized, including three new ones from Hawaii.
Meyen, F. J. F.
1834-35. Reise um die Erde ausgefiihrt auf dem Kéniglich Preussischen Seehand-
lungs-Schiffe Prinzess Louise commandirt von Capitain W. Wendt in
den Jahren 1830, 1831, und 1832. 1: i-vili, 1493. 1 pl. 1 map. 1834, 2:
i-vi, 1-411.. 1 map, 1835.
A narrative, including original descriptions of various Hawaiian species.
1843. Observationes botanicas in itinere circum terram institutas. Beitrage zur
Botanik, gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde. Nova Acta Acad.
Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 19: Suppl. 1: 1-xxxii, 1-512. pl. 1-13.
Includes the descriptions of many new species from Hawaii and the Marianas
Islands. Largely prepared by specialists, who are entered separately in this bibliography.
For partial revision of the lichens see Mueller, J., 1883b.
212 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Meyen, J., and Flotow, J.
1843. Lichenes: in Meyen, F. J. F., Observationes botanicas ... Nova Acta
Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 19: Suppl. 1: 209-232. pl. 4.
Lists 70 species, some new, including various species from Hawaii and Guam. For
critical notes on these see Mueller, J, (Muell.-Arg.), 1883b.
Meyer, E.
1850. Hortus Regiomontanus seminifer anno 1850. Ann, Sci. Nat. III. Bot. 14:
349-350.
Reprinted description of Desmodium sandwicense n. sp. from Hawaii. Also reprinted
in Linnaea 24; 230. 1851.
Meyer, K. A.
1843a. Bemerkungen tiber die Gattungen der Daphnaceen ohne perigynische Schup-
pen, nebst einer Characteristik derselben. Bull. Phys. Math. Acad. Sci.
St. Pétersb. 1: 353-359. 1843. Reprint, 1-9.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1843b. Remarques sur les genres de Daphnacées sans écailles périgynes, et expo-
sition des caractéres de ces genres. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. Bot, 20: 45-53.
A French version of the preceding paper.
Meyer Drees, E.
1938. The genera Intsia and Pahudia (Legum.) in the Netherlands Indies. Bull.
Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 16: 83-102. f. 1-2.
Includes Intsia bijuga f. glabra n.f., extending to Polynesia.
Mez, C.
1902. Myrsinaceae. Pflanzenr. 9(IV. 236): 1-437.- f. 1-61.
Monographic.
1917. Novae species Panicearum. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 7: 45-78.
Includes P. elegantulum and P. patulum n. spp. from New Caledonia.
1920. Additamenta monographica 1919, III. Repert. Sp. Nov. 16: 410-425.
Includes Embelia vaupelii n. sp. from Samoa and Tapeinosperma acutangula n. sp.
from New Caledonia.
1921. Die Myrsinaceen Mikronesiens. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 535-539,
Includes eight new species.
1924. Digitaria marianensis. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 1.
A new species from the Marianas Islands (= D. latronum Henr.),
Mezger, K.
1926. Notes illustrées sur les bois de Nouvelle-Calédonie et sur les arbres qui les
fournissent. Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille IV 4(2): 1-29. pl. 1-81,
General; the illustrations are of botanical specimens.
Mialaret, T.
1897. Liile de Pins; son passé, son présent, son avenir; colonisation & ressources
agricoles. 1-222, [1]. map.
Pp. 71-95, “Exploitation Forestiére-Agriculture,” contains some botanical and eco-
nomic data.
Middleton, J. T.
1943. The taxonomy, host range and geographic distribution of the genus
Pythium. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 20(1) : 1-171. f.-1-17.
Considers some Polynesian species.
Miers, J.
1858. On the Winteraceae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. III 2: 33-48.
Includes Drimys fernandizianus n. sp. from Juan Ferndndez.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 213
1864-71. A complete monograph of the Menispermaceae. Contrib, Bot. 3: i-v,
1-402. pl. 88-154.
Monographic.
1870. On three new genera of the Verbenaceae from Chile and its adjacent
regions. Trans, Linn. Soc. 27: 95-110. pi. 26-28.
Includes Rhaphithamnus longiflorus n. sp. from Juan Fernandez.
1875. On the Barringtoniaceae. Trans. Linn. Soc. I]. Bot. 1: 47-118. pl. 10-18.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Miguel, D. G.
1887. Estudio sobre las islas Carolines, 1-207. illus.; atlas, maps 1-15.
Includes notes on the flora.
Milde, J.
1866. Das Genus Athyrium. Bot. Zeit. 24: 373-376.
Lists some Polynesian species.
1870a. Ueber Athyrium, Asplenium und Verwandte. Bot. Zeit. 28: 329-337, 345-
354.
Includes some Polynesian species.
-1870b. Ueber Todea und Leptopteris. Jahresb. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 48:
96-96. Republished in Bot. Zeit. 28: 470-471.
Mentions the Polynesian species.
Miller, C. D.
1927. Food values of poi, taro, and limu. Bishop Mus. Bull. 37: 1-25.
Colocasia and various algae.
1929. Food values of breadfruit, taro leaves, coconut, and sugar cane. Bishop
Mus. Bull. 64: 1-23.
Artocarpus, Colocasia, Cocos, and Saccharum.
Miller, C. D., Bazore, K., and Robbins, R. C.
1937. Some fruits of Hawaii, their composition, nutritive value and use. Hawaii
Agr. Exp. Sta, Bull, 77: 1-133. f. 1-16. 1937.
Issued January 1936, revised March 1937. Includes short descriptions of 22 tropical
and semi-tropical fruits. Not seen.
Mills, F. W.
1933-35. An index to the genera and species of Diatomaceae and their synonyms,
1916-32. 1-1726. portr. .
A multigraphed alphabetical list with literature references.
Mills, W.
1850. Musa’ Cavendishii in the Polynesian islands, Gard. Chron. 1850: 452.
Largely economic notes on this species, which is widely cultivated in Polynesia.
Milne, W.
1855. The voyage of H.M.S. Herald; being an extract of a letter from M. Milne,
dated Island of. Tanna, New Hebrides, December 4, 1854. Hook. Jour.
Bot. Kew Gard. Miscel. 7: 151-155.
Includes notes on the vegetation of Fiji and the New Hebrides.
1857. Excursion into the interior of Naviti Levue, the principal of the Feejee
Islands; being extracts of a letter from Mr. Milne, botanist of H. M. S.
Herald, during the survey of those Islands under Captain Denham, R.N.,
dated Island of Ovolau, Feejee, Oct. 7, 1856. Hook. Jour. Bot. Kew
Gard. Miscel. 9: 106-115.
A narrative, with observations on the vegetation.
214 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1859. On some of the plants used for food by the Fiji islanders. Edinb. New
Philos. Jour. II. 10: 151-153.
Not seen; see Milne, 1860b.
1860a. On the palms of the Feejee Islands, Edinb. New Philos. Jour. II. 12: 162.
Brief notes on four species.
1860b. On some of the plants used for food by the Feejee islanders. Trans. Bot.
Soc. [Edinb.] 6: 263-265.
General; probably a republication of Milne, 1859,
Miquel, F. A. W.
1843a. Genera et species Cycadearum viventium. Linnaea 17: 675-744.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1843b. Piperaceae: in Meyen, Observationes botanicas . . . Nova Acta Acad.
Leop.-Carol, Nat. Cur. 19: Suppl. 1: 483-495.
Includes Peperomia sandvicensis, P. latifolia, and P. gaudichaudii n. spp. from
Hawaii.
1843-44. Systema Piperacearum. i-iv, 1-575.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1846, Illustrationes Piperacearum. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur, 21:
Suppl. 1-87. pl. 1-92.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1847-48. Prodromus monographiae Ficuum. Lond. Jour. Bot. 6: 514-588. 1847; 7:
64-78, 109-116, 221-236, 425-442, 451-471. 1848.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1848, Revisio critica Casuarinarum. 1-84. pl. 1-12.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1861. Prodromus systematis Cycadearum. 1-36,
Monographic,
1865. Synopsis specierum Casuarinae. Flora 48: 17-24.
Includes C. equisetifolia from Polynesia.
1867. Annotationes de Ficus speciebus. Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 3: 260-300.
Includes various Polynesian species.
1868. Casuarineae. DC, Prodr. 16(2) : 332-344.
Monographic.
1870-71. Illustrations de la flore de !’Archipel Indien. i-x, 1-114. pl. 1-37.
Credits Hypolytrum latifolium to Fiji. Pp. 1-95. 1870; 97-110. 1871.
Mirande, R.
1920. Algues: in F, Sarasin, and J. Roux, Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 111.
Stigonema informe Kiitzing and S. ocellatum (Dillw.) Thuret.
Mitchell, A. L. See Fagerlund, G. O., and Mitchell, A. L.
Mitten, W.
1861-62. Musci et Hepaticae Vitienses. Bonplandia 9: 365-367. 1861; 10: 19, 1862.
A list with descriptions of new species.
1868. A list of the Musci collected by the Rev. Thomas Powell in the Samoa or
Navigator’s Islands. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 166-195. pl. 5-6.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
1871. Musci, Jungermanniae, Marchantieae: in Seemann, B. Flora Vitiensis, 378-
419. pl. 97-98.
A general descriptive account of the Fijian species with a summary of those known
from other parts of Polynesia.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 219
1882. Record of new localities of Polynesian mosses, with descriptions of some
hitherto undefined species. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 7: 98-104.
A list with descriptions of new species.
Miyoshi, M.
1927. Vegetation and natural monuments of the Hawaiian Islands. Home Dept.
Tokyo, Japan 1-38. 11 f.
Not seen; Japanese text.
Moldenke, H. N.
1937. A monograph of the genus Rhaphithamnus. Repert. Sp. Nov. 42: 62-82.
Two species recognized, R. venustus in Juan Fernandez.
1938. A monograph of the genus Petrea. Repert. Sp. Nov. 43: 1-48.
Includes P. volubilis as cultivated in Polynesia.
1942a. An alphabetic list of invalid and incorrect scientific names proposed in
the Verbenaceae and Avicenniaceae. 1-59.
Includes some Polynesian names; reproduced from typewritten copy.
1942b. A list showing the locations of the principal collections of Verbenaceae
and Avicenniaceae. 1-46.
Includes data on various Polynesian collectors; reproduced from typewritten copy.
1942c. The known geographic distribution of the members of thte Verbenaceae and
Avicenniaceae, 1-104.
Includes the Polynesian species; reproduced from the typewritten copy.
1945. The known geographic distribution of the members of the Verbenaceae and
Avicenniaceae, Supplement 3.. Castanea 10: 35-46. 1945; (Supplement 4)
Am. Jour. Bot. 32: 609-612. f. 1-2. 1945.
Includes Lantana camara var. albiflora n. var. from Oahu and lists various species
from Hawaii and Fiji.
1946. The known geographic distribution of the members of the Eriocaulaceae,
together with a checklist of scientific names proposed in this group. 1-62.
Reproduced from typewritten manuscript.
Montagne, J. F. C.
1835. Prodromus florae Fernandesianae, Pars Prima, sistens enumerationem plan-
tarum cellularium quas in Insula Juan Fernandez a Cl. Bertero collectas
describi edique curavit C. Montagne, D. M. Ann. Sci. Nat. II Bot. 3: 347-
356; 4: 86-99.
An enumeration with notes and descriptions of 153 species.
1842, Troisiéme centurie de plantes cellulaires exotiques nouvelles. Décades V,
VI, VII et VIII. Ann. Sci. Nat. II Bot, 18: 241-282. pl. 7.
Includes Parmelia (Physcia) papulosa n. sp. from Hawaii.
1842-45. Plantes cellulaires: in Hombron & Jacquinot, Voyage au Pdle Sud et
dans I’Océanie sur les corvettes |’Astrolabe et la Zélée executé par ordre
du roi pendant les années 1837-1838-1839-1840, sous le commandement
de M. J. Dumont d’Urville. Botanique 1: i-xiv, 1-349. pl. 1-20.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1843. Quatriéme centurie de plantes cellulaires exotiques nouvelles. Décades I-VI.
Ann, Sci. Nat. II. Bot. 19: 238-266. pl. 8-9; (Décade VII). 20: 294-306.
Includes various new Polynesian species.
1846. Cryptogames cellulaires, Algues, Lichens, Hépatiques et Mousses: in Gaudi-
chaud, C., Voyage autour du monde . . . sur la corvette la Bonite .. .
1: i-xi, 1-163, 205-314.
Includes some Hawaiian species.
«
216 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1848. Sixiéme centurie de plantes cellulaires exotiques nouvelles, Ann. Sci. Nat.
III, Bot. 10: 106-136. pl. 6.
Includes various mosses and fungi from Tahiti, some described as new.
1850-52. Plantas celulares: in Gay, C. Historia fisica y politica de Chile .
Botanica 7: 1-515. 1850; 8: 1-448. 1852.
Includes the Juan Fernandez species.
1856. Sylloge generum specierumque cryptogamarum quas in variis operibus
descriptas iconibusque illustratas, nunc ad diagnosim reductas, non-
nullasque novas interjectas, ordine systematico disposuit. i-xxiv, 1-498.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Montin, D. L.
1778. De Lepidio bidentato. Nova Acta Phys.-Med. Acad, Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur.
6: 324-327. pl. 5A.
Lepidum bidentatum n. sp. from Polynesia.
Montrousier, X.
1860. Flore de l’ile Art (prés de la Nouvelle-Calédonie), Mém. Acad. Sci. Lyon
IT. 10: 173-254,
An enumeration with the descriptions of new species. See Beauvisage, J., 1894,
1901, for reductions and critical notes; see also Guillaumin, A., and Beauvisage,
G., 1913.
Moore, C.
1869a. Lord Howe’s Island. Gard. Chron, 1869: 98.
General.
1869b. Vegetation of Lord Howe’s Island. Jour. Bot. 7: 299-304.
General.
1870. Sketch of the botany of Lord Howe’s Island. Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc.
[Edinb.]:10: 365-372.
General.
1872, Remarks on the botany of Lord Howe’s Island, Trans. Roy. Soc. N. S. W.
5: 29-34.
Not seen.
Moore, C., and Betche, E.
1893. Handbook of the flora of New South Wales. i-xxxix, 1-582.
Lord Howe and Norfolk Island plants are listed (pp. 518-521).
Moore, J. W.
1933. New and critical plants from Raiatea. Bishop Mus. Bull. 102: 1-53.
Includes the descriptions of about 80 new species and varieties in various families
of flowering plants and ferns.
1934. Taxonomic studies of Raiatean plants. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 10(19): 1-8.
Includes two new species, three new combinations, and a critical note on the nomen-
clature of Piper methysticum,
1940. New species of dicotyledonous spermatophytes from Tahiti. Occ. Pap.
Bishop. Mus. 16: 1-24. f, 1-14.
Descriptions of 14 new species in different genera.
Moore, S. le M.
1880, Alabastra diversa. Jour. Bot. 18: 1-8, pl. 206.
Includes Medinilla halogeton n. sp. from the Admiralty Islands and Astronia samoen-
sis n. sp. from Samoa.
1927. Two new species of Acanthaceae. Jour. Bot, 65: 13-14.
Includes Dicliptera whitmeei n. sp. from the Loyalty Islands.
See also Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 217
Moore, T.
1853.
1856.
On venation as a generic character in ferns with observations on the
genera Hewardia, J. Smith and Cionidium, Moore. Proc. Linn. Soc.
2: 210-212,
Includes Cionidium mooriit (Deparia moorii), native of New Caledonia.
New garden ferns.—No. xiv. Gard. Chron, 1856: 613. J f.
Thyrsopteris elegans Kunze (Panicularia berteri Colla), native of Juan Fernandez.
1857-62. Index Filicum; a synopsis, with characters of the genera, and an
1861.
1866.
1867.
1868.
1869a.
1869b.
1870a.
1870b.
1870c.
187 1a.
1871b.
1871c,
1871d.
1872a.
1872b.
1872c.
1872d.
1872e.
enumeration of the species of ferns with synonyms, references &c. i-clxii,
1-396, pl. 1-84.
The alphabetical index covers only the genera from Abacopteris to Goniophlebium.
New garden ferns. Gard. Chron, 1861: 696-697.
Includes description of Asplenium obtusilobum from New Hebrides.
Lomaria ciliata, Moore. Gard, Chron. 1866: 290.
Native of New Caledonia.
New garden plants. Fl. Pomol. 1867: 222-224. 1 f.
Includes an illustration of and notes on Acalypha tricolor from New Caledonia.
Doodia duriuscula, Moore, sp. n. Gard. Chron. 1868: 1114.
Native of New Caledonia.
New crotons. Fl. Pomol. 1868: 147-150. 2 f.
Notes on five species of Croton introduced from the South Sea Islands.
Lomaria ciliata. Fl. Pomol. 1869: 175. 1 f.
Native of New Caledonia.
Todea Wilkesiana. Fl. Pomol. 1870: 163-165. 1 f.
Native of Fiji.
New crotons or codiaeums. Fl. Pomol. 1870: 205-208. f. 1-2.
Notes on Codiaeum veitchianum. and C. undulatum, natives of the South Sea Islands.
Todea Wilkesiana, Brackenridge. Gard. Chron. 1870: 759. f. 148.
Native of Fiji; description and general note.
Pandanus Veitchii. Fl. Pomol. 1871: 177-178. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
Croton Hookeri. Fl. Pomol. 1871: 199-200. 1 f.
Native of. the South Sea Islands.
Dracaena magnifica. Fl, Pomol. 1871: 272-273. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
Asplenium schizodon n. sp. Gard. Chron. 1871: 1004. f. 223.
Native of New Caledonia. Description. reprinted in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 18:
Rev. Bibl. 164. 1871.
Davallia Mooreana. Fl, Pomol. 1872: 20-21. 3 f.
Occurs in the New Hebrides.
Dracaena regina, Fl. Pomol. 1872: 63-64. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
Croton variegatum multicolor. Fl. Pomol. 1872: 88-90. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
Croton variegatum interruptum. Fl, Pomol. 1872: 209-210. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
Pictures of palm trees. Kentia Canterburyana. Fl. Pomol. 1872: 254-255.
1 f.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
218 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1873a. Codiaeum (Croton) Weismanni. Fl. Pomol, 1873: 54-55. 1 f.
Said to be from the Pacific Islands.
1873b. Dracaena imperialis. Fl. Pomol. 1873: 224-225. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands,
1874a. Aralia Veitchii. FI. Pomol. 1874: 46. 1 f.
Native of New Caledonia.
1874b. Dracaena amabilis. Fl. Pomol. 1874: 75-76. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1874c. Croton volutum. Fl. Pomol. 1874: 138-139. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1874d. Croton spirale. Fl, Pomol. 1874: 211-212. 1 f.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1874e. Campsidium filicifolium. Fl. Pomol. 1874: 279-281. 1 f.
Native of Fiji.
1874f. Pleocnemia Leuzeana. Gard. Chron. II. 2: 354. f. 74.
Native of the Philippines, extending to Samoa and Fiji.
1875a. Croton ovalifolium. Fl, Pomol, 1875: 7-9. 1 f.
Native of the “South Sea Islands.’
1875b. Dracaenas—Baptistii and Hendersoni. Fl, Pomol. 1875: 53-54. 2-f.
Both natives of the “South Sea Islands.”
1875c. Artocarpus Cannoni, Fl. Pomol. 1875: 210-212. 1 f.
Native of the “South Sea Islands.”
1875d, Acalypha Wilkesiana marginata. Fl, Pomol. 1875: 283-284. 1 f.
Native of Fiji.
1876a. Croton majesticus. Fl. & Pomol. 1876: 52-53. 1 f.
Native of the “South Sea Islands.”
1876b. Croton imperialis. Fl. Pomol. 1876: 208-209. 1 f.
Native of New Hebrides.
1877a. Araucaria Goldieana. Fi. Pomol, 1876: 39-40. 1 f.
A brief note on this native of New Caledonia.
1877b. Aralia filicifolia, Fl. Pomol. 1877: 125-127. 1 f.
Native of the ‘“‘South Sea Islands.”
1877c, Sadleria cyatheoides. Gard. Chron. II. 7: 760. f. 123.
Native of Hawaii.
1878a. Sadleria cyatheoides. Fl. Pomol. 1878: 2-3. 1 f.
Native of Hawaii.
1878b. Phyllanthus roseo-pictus. Fl. Pomol. 1878: 13-14. 1 f.
Introduced from the “South Sea Islands.”
1878c. Microlepia hirta cristata. Fl. Pomol. 1878: 59. 1 f.
Native of the “South Sea Islands.”
1878d. Ixora Duffii. FI. Pomol. 1878: 76. 1 f.
Native of the Caroline Islands.
1878e. Selaginella Victoriae, Fl. Pomol. 1878: 90. 2 f.
Native of the ‘South Sea Islands.”
1878f. Fern sports. Gard. Chron. II. 9: 368-369. f. 61-64.
Includes Microlepia hirta cristata, native of the South Sea Islands.
1879a. Croton maculatus Katoni. Fl. Pomol. 1879: 27-28. 1 f.
Probably from the “South Sea Islands.”
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 219
1879b. Croton reginae. Fl. Pomol. 1879: 58-59. 1 f.
Native of the “South Sea Islands.”
1879c. Appendiculate crotons. FI. Pomol. 1879: 67-69. 3 f.
Includes Croton picturatus from New Hebrides and C. paradoxus from the “South
Sea Islands.”
1879d. Fern sports. Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. 5: 94-100. 4 f.
Includes Microlepia hirta cristata, native of the “South Sea Islands.’
1879e. Selaginella Victoriae. Gard. Chron, II. 11: 74. f. 8.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1879f. The Sandwich Islands cibotiums. Gard. Chron. II. 11: 430-431. f. 58-59.
494-495. f. 66-67.
Four species described.
1880a. Panax plumatum. Fl. Pomol. 1880: 92-93. 1 f.
Native of Polynesia.
1880b. Dicksonia Berteroana. FI. Pomol. 1880: 116-118. 1 f.
Native of Juan Fernandez.
188la. Ficus exsculpta. Fl. Pomol. 1881: 44-45. 1 f.
Native of the “South Sea Islands.”
1881b. Lastrea (Nephrodium) Richardsii, var. multifida nov. var. Gard. Chron.
II. 15: 104.
Native of New Caledonia.
1881c. New garden ferns. Gard. Chron. II. 15: 235, 267, 331-332.
Includes descriptions of six new Polynesian and New Caledonian species.
1881-85. Revue critique des plantes nouvelles de 1880. Belg. Hort. 31: 28-31.
1881; ( ... de 1881) 32: 23-36. 1882; (... de 1882) 33: 17-32. 1883;
(... de 1883) 34: 19-36, 1884; ( ... de 1884) 35: 60-78. 1885.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1882a. Nephrodium Rodigasianum, T. Moore. Il!l, Hort. 29: 27-28. pl. 442.
Native of Samoa.
1882b. Lastrea Hopeana. Gard. Chron. II 18: 744.
Native of Fiji.
1883a. Le Nephrodium Rodigasianum Th. Moore. Rev. Hort. Belg. 9: 153-154.
f. 15.
A general note on this native of Samoa.
1883b. Aralia Chabrieri. Fl, Pomol. 1883: 178-179, 1 f.
Native of New Caledonia.
1883c. Adiantum novae-caledoniae. Gard. Chron. II 19: 720.
Native of New Caledonia.
1883-84. Register of novelties. FI. Pomol. 1883: 57-62. 3 f. 92-95. 1883; 1884:
155-159. 1 f. 1884.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1884a. Kentia Lindeni. Fl. Pomol. 1884: 71-72. 1 f.
Native of New Caledonia.
1884b. Selaginella viridangula. Fl. Pomol. 1884: 141-142. 2 f.
Native of the “South Sea Islands.”
1886. Selaginella gracilis, n. sp. Gard. Chron. II, 25: 752.
Native of the “South Sea Islands.”
220 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1887. A decade of new Adiantums, Gard. Chron. III. 1: 41-42, 110-111, 447-448,
547.
Includes some supposedly Polynesian species.
See also Houlston, J., and Moore, T.
Moquin-Tandon, A.
1840. Chenopodearum monographica enumeratio. i-xi, 1-182.
Includes C. sandwicheum of Hawaii.
1849a. Salsolaceae. D. C. Prodr. 13(2): 41-219.
Monographic.
1849b. Amarantaceae. DC, Prodr. 13 (2): 231-424.
Monographic.
Morren, E.
1876. Note sur les Aerides cultivés, spécialement Aerides Fieldingi hort. Belg.
Hort. 26: 283-291. pl. 18-19.
Includes an enumeration of the species with A. thibautianum, native of Polynesia.
Mori, K. See Yamamoto, Y., Mori, K., and Fukuyama, N.
Morris, P. C.
1931, Early records of the introduction of trees and plants in Hawaii. Friend
150: 253-255,
Includes a list of plants introduced from Australia.
Morrison, A.
1897. New Hebrides. Gard. Chron. III. 21: 300. f. 102.
Includes notes on Agathis obtusa, native of Aneityum, New Hebrides.
1902, The natural features of the New Hebrides: in H. A. Robertson, The
martyr isle, Erromanga. 449-463.
Forms an appendix to Robertson’s work containing some account of the vegetation.
Morrison, G.
1903. The flora of Hawaii. Fl. Life 1903: 157-159. 2 f.
A short popular account.
Moseley, H. N.
1879, Notes by a naturalist on the Challenger, being an account of various ob-
servations made during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger round the
world, in the year 1872-1876 . . . i-xvi, 1-620. 2 pl. map. illus.
Includes some data on the vegetation of Polynesia.
Motoda, S.
1941, Plankton productivity of Iwayama Bay in Palao, South Seas. Palao Trop.
Biol. Stat. Studies 2: 219-238. f. 1-8. table 1-10.
In English,
Mueller, C.
1901. Genera muscorum Frondosorum, classes Schistocarporum, Cleistocarpor-
um, Stegocarporum complectentia, exceptis Orthotrichaceis et Pleuro-
carpis. i-vi, 1-474,
Includes those genera that extend to the Pacific region.
Mueller, F. von
1858-81. Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae 1 (1858-59) to 11 (1878-81).
Includes scattered references to Lord Howe Island plants, and to a few Polynesian
plants, some described as new.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 221
1872-95. Select plants readily eligible for industrial culture or naturalisation in
1873.
1875a.
1875b.
1875c.
1880.
188la.
1881b.
1882,
1883.
1884.
1885a.
1885b.
1885c.
Victoria with indications of their native countries and some of their
uses. Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Victoria 1: 249-422, 1872. Reprint
1-180. 1872; [ed. 2]. i-vii, 1-293, 1876; Indian [ed. 3]. i-ix, 1-394.
1880; N. S. Wales ed. [ed. 4]. i-ix, 1-403. 1881; American ed. [ed. 5]:
i-viii, 1-499, 1884; New Victorian ed. [ed. 6]: i-ix, 1-466. 1885;
ed. 7: i-ix, 1-517. 1888; ed. 8: i-viii, 1-594. 1891; ed. 9: i-xi, 1-654.
1895.
Includes some Polynesian species; the title varies; the original publication and ed.
1, 2, 5, and 6 not seen.
Contributions to the phytography of the New Hebrides and Loyalty Islands
from Mr. F. A. Campbell’s collections, 1-30.
A list with notes and with the description of new species. Reprinted from Campbell,
F. A., “A Year in the New Hebrides,” 1874. The reprint is undated, but my personal
copy has a dedication to Commander Brongniart in F. von Mueller’s handwriting, dated
December 1873.
Index omnium Insulae Howeanae plantarum, quas hactenus obtinui, ex-
clusis speciebus certe introductis. Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 9: 76-78.
A supplementary list.
[Note on Exocarpus phyllanthoides Endl., and other plants found in Nor-
folk Island.] Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 9: 169.
About 14 additional species listed.
Descriptive notes of a new Vaccinium from Samoa. Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc.
Tasmania 1875: 163-165. Reprint 1-5.
V. whitmeei n. sp., with a list of species in other groups.
A new tree from the New Hebrides. Southern Sci. Record 1: 149-150.
Aristotelia braithwaitei n. sp.
Remarks on a new jasmine from Samoa. Chem. Drug. Austral. Suppl. 4:
29. Reprint [1].
Jasminum betchei n. sp.
Record of some Orchideae from the Samoan islands. Southern Sci. Rec-
ord 1: 171-175. Reprint 1-4.
Includes Corysanthes betchei, Cryptostylis alismifolia, Bulbophyllum betchei, and B.
prenticet n. spp. from Samoa.
Observations on a Cycas indigenous to the Fiji Islands. Chem. Drug.
Austral. Suppl. 5: 34. Reprint [1].
Cycas seemanni. See next entry.
Notice sur un Cycas indigéne aux iles Fiji, Belg. Hort. 33: 182-185.
Cycas seemanni. A French version of the preceding item.
On some plants of Norfolk Island, with description of a new Asplenium.
Jour. Bot. 22: 289-290.
A. robinsonti n. sp. Republished in Bot. Centralbl. 20: 83. 1884.
Notes on some plants from Norfolk Island. Jour. Bot. 23: 353-354.
A short list with notes.
Record of an hitherto undescribed Calanthe from New Caledonia. South-
ern Sci. Record n. s. 1: .. ... Republished in Gard. Chron. II. 24: 679.
1885 and in Bot. Centralbl. 24: 212-213. 1885.
Calanthe langei n. sp. The reprint of the original paper consists of two pages.
Record of an additional New Caledonian Liparis. Southern Sci. Record
n.s. 1: ..... Reprinted in Bot. Centralbl. 22: 87-88,
Liparis layardi n. sp. <A reprint of the original paper consists of a single page,
December 1885.
700080—47—15
€
222 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1886a. Record of an undescribed Phajus from New Caledonia. Southern Sci.
Record n. s. 2: 263-264.
P. robertsii n. sp.
1886b. Observations on some Papuan and Polynesian Sterculiaceae. Vict. Nat. 3:
45-52,
Includes Sterculia oliganthera from New Caledonia.
1891. Notes on a rare pandanaceous plant. Vict, Nat. 7: 143-144. Reprinted in
Bot. Centralbl, 45: 123-124. 1891.
Pandanus hombronia (Hombronia edulis Gaudich.) of the Marianas Islands.
1938. Reliquiae Australienses. III. Repert. Sp. Nov. 43: 287-288.
Aristotelia braithwaitei, native of New Hebrides; said to be a posthumous work
edited by F. Fedde, but is only a reprint of Mueller, F. von, 1880.
See also Naudin, C., and Mueller, F. von, 1887.
Mueller, J. (Muell.-Arg.).
1863-65. Euphorbiaceae. Vorlaufige Mittheilungen aus dem fiir DeCandolle’s
Prodromus bestimmten Manuscript iiber diese Familie. Linnaea 32:
1-126. 1863; 34: 1-224. 1865.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1864. Neue Euphorbiaceen des Herbarium Hooker in Kew, auszugsweise vor-
laufig mitgetheilt aus dem Manuscript fiir DeCandolle’s Prodromus.
Flora 47: 433-441, 465-471, 481-487, 513-520, 529-540.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1865. Ueber Glochidion (Forst.). Flora 48: 369-380, 385-391.
A systematic enumeration, including some Polynesian species.
1866. Euphorbiaceae (excl. Euphorbia), DC. Prodr. 15(2) : 189-1286.
Monographic.
1870. Neue Apocyneen aus Neu-Caledonien. Flora 53: 168-172.
Descriptions of Heurckia n. gen. with H. semperflorens, two species of Alyxia, and
five species of Alstonia.
1881-90, Lichenologische Beitrage. Flora 64: 81-88, 100-112, 225-236. 1881; 65:
291-306, 316-322, 326-337, 397-402, 483-490, 499-505, 515-519. 1882; 66:
17-25, 243-249, 317-322, 330-338. 1883; 67: 283-289, 349-354, 396-402,
613-621. 1884; 68: 331-356, 503-518. 1885; 70: 56-64, 268-273, 316-322,
336-338, 423-429, 1887; 71: 17-25, 129-142, 195-208, 528-552. 1888; 72:
505-508. 1889; 73: 187-202. 1890.
Includes some Polynesian species. For index see Hue, A. M., 1899.
1883a. Die auf der Expedition der Gazelle yon Dr. Naumann gesammelten Flech-
ten. Bot. Jahrb. 4: 53-58.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1883b. Revisio Lichenum Meyenianorum i. e., Lichenium a cll. Meyen et Flotow in
Act. Acad, Leopold. Nat. Cur, 1843 XIX. Suppl. I. 209-232. editorum.
Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin 2: 308-319.
Includes Usnea barbata var. angulosa from Hawaii. See Meyen, F. J. F., 1843.
1884a. Lichenes Otaitenses a cl. G. Brunaud lecti et ab E. Roumeguére commu-
nicati. Rev. Myc. 6: 90-91.
A list of ten species, including Cora nitida n. sp. from Tahiti.
1884b. Lichenes nouveaux provenant de la Palestine, de Egypte, d’Othaiti, des
Kergulen, etc. Bibl. Univ. Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. III. 11: 634-635.
A short note on the results of lichenological investigations; see also the preceding
entry.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 223
1887a. Enumération de quelques Lichens de Nouméa. Recueillis par M. Théo-
phile Savés, communiqués par le Chevalier Roumeguére. Rev. Myc. 9:
77-82.
A list with descriptions of new species; ten species of fungi listed in a footnote.
1887b. Revisio lichenum australiensium Krempelhuberi. Flora 70: 113-118.
Sticta quercizans, native of Lord Howe Island, reduced to S. sinuosa v. macrophylla.
1889. Lichenes Sandwicenses a Dr. Hillebrand lecti, et a Prof. Askenasy commu-
nicati. Flora 72: 60-62.
A list of 37 species, with some new varieties.
1892-95. Lichenes exotici. Hedwigia 31: 276-288. 1892; 32: 120-136. 1893;
34: 27-38. 1895.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1893. Lichenes Neo-Caledonici a cl. B. Balansa in Nova Caledonia lecti, nec non
alii nonnulli ab aliis ibiden observati. Jour. Bot. Morot 7: 51-55, 92-94,
106-111.
An enumeration of 127 species, some new.
1896. Analecta australiensia. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 4: 87-96.
Includes Coccocarpia pellita var. mesomorpha, native of New Hebrides.
See also Heurch, H. van, and Mueller, J., 1871; Thtimen, F. von, and Mueller, J.
Mueller, K.
1845. Synopsis Macromitriorum hactenus cogitorum. Bot. Zeit. 3: 521-526, 539-
545.
Seventy-eight species considered, including a few from Polynesia.
1849-51. Synopsis muscorum frondosorum omnium hucusque cognitorum. 1: i-
viii, 1-812. 1849; 2: 1-772. 1850-51.
Includes the then-known Polynesian species.
1856. Monographische Kritik der Lycopodiaceen-Gattung Psilotum Sw. Bot. Zeit.
14: 217-227, 233-243. pl. 7.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1857. Decas muscorum Oceani Pacifici. Bot. Zeit. 15: 777-782.
Ten new species, mostly Polynesian.
1858-62. Additamenta nova ad Synopsin muscorum. Bot. Zeit. 16: 161-165. 1858;
20: 327-329, 337-339, 361-362.
Includes several new species from Polynesia.
1859. Supplementum novum ad Synopsin muscorum. Bot. Zeit. 17: 205-207, 219-
221.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1864. Manipulus muscorum novorum. Bot. Zeit. 22: 358-359.
Includes Macromitrium owahiense n. sp. from Hawaii.
1873. Musci Polynesiaci praesertim Vitiani et Samoani Graffeani. Jour. Mus.
Godeffroy 3(6): 51-90.
A critical enumeration of 126 species, many described as new.
1887. Sphagnorum novorum descriptio. Flora 70: 403-422.
Includes S. wheeleri n. sp. from Hawaii.
1889. Laubmoose (Musci Frondosi): in Die Forschungsreise S.M.S. “Gazelle”
... 4(5): Botanik 1-64.
Includes Cryphaea schleinitziana n. sp. and five other species from Fiji.
1896. Bryologia Hawaiica, adjectis nonnullis musci novis Oceanicis. Flora 82:
434-479,
A list of 146 species, many described as new.
224. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1897, Additamenta ad Bryologiam Hawaiicam. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 850-853.
Nine new species described from Hawaii.
1898. Symbolae ad Bryologiam Australiae, I]. Hedwigia 37: 76-171.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Mueller, K., and Brotherus, V. F.
1900. Musci Schauinslandiani, ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Moosflora der Paci-
fischen Inseln. Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific (H. Schauinsland
1896-97). Abh, Naturw. Ver. Bremen 16: 493-512.
A list with notes and with the descriptions of various new species from Hawaii.
Mueller, K.
1901. Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie der Gattung Scapania. Bull. Herb. Boiss.
II. 1: 593-614.
Nine species described, including 5. grossidens from Hawaii. See Stephani, F.,
and Mueller, K., 1897.
Miiller, W.
1917, Yap: in G. Thilenius, Ergebnisse der Siidsee Expedition 1908-1910. II. B
2(1): i-xviii, 1-230. illus.
Includes minor notes on economic plants.
Muir, F.
1921, The origin of the Hawaiian flora and fauna, Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 7:
143-146 (Proc. First Pan-Pacific Sci. Conference).
A general consideration, largely entomological.
Munro, G. C.
1932. The rotation and distribution of plants. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ, 20: 22-23.
A brief abstract.
1933. Preserving the rare plants of Hawaii. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 21: 26-27.
A brief discussion.
See also Forbes, C. N., and Munro, G. C.
Munro, W.
1868. A monograph of the Bambusaceae, including descriptions of all the species.
Trans. Linn. Soc. 26: 1-157. pl. 1-0.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Munz, P. A. :
1943. A revision of the genus Fuchsia (Onagraceae). Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
IV. 25: 1-105. pl. 1-16.
Monographic; includes F, cyrtandroides from Tahiti.
Murray, A.
1867. Dr. Hooker on insular floras. Gard. Chron. 1867: 152, 181-182.
Notes on Hooker’s conclusions, See Hooker, 1866, 1867.
Murray, J. A.
1784. Caroli a Linné equitis. Systema vegetabilium secundum classes, ordines,
genera, species, cum characteribus et differentiis. i-xx, 1-887, [1-17].
Ed. 14 of Linnaeus’ “Systema Vegetabilium,’”’ followed by ed. 15, i-xvi, 1-821. 1798.
N
Nadeaud, J.
1864. Plantes usuelles des Tahitiens. 1-52.
Not seen.
1873. Enumération des plantes indigénes de ile de Tahiti. i-v, 1-86.
A list of 508 species, with notes, local names, and descriptions of new species,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 225
1874. On the botany of Tahiti. Trans. Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 6: App. Ixvi-Ixxx.
Notes on the vegetation with many references to special species. The manuscript was
found among the papers of William Swainson, and its author unknown when published.
Rehder (Bradley Bibl. 1: 510. 1911) credits it to Nadeaud; it is probably a transla-
tion of some part of Nadeaud, 1864.
1897a. Note sur quelques plantes rares ou peu connues de Tahiti. Jour. Bot.
Morot 11: 103-120.
Includes descriptions of some new species and notes on previously described ones.
1897b. Le Maota de Tahiti (Cyrtosperma Merkusii). Jour. Bot. Morot 11: 259-
260.
A general note.
1897c. Le genre Hernandia aux iles de la Société. Jour. Bot. Morot 11: 288-
290.
Three species recognized, including H. temarit n. sp.
1898. Les Composées arborescentes de Tahiti. Jour. Bot. Morot 12: 117-118.
Notes on three species of Fitchia.
1899, Plantes nouvelles des Iles de la Société. Jour. Bot, Morot 13: 1-8.
Seven new species described, with notes on a few others.
Nakai, T.
1930. Notulae ad plantas Japoniae et Koreae XXXVIII. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 44:
7-40. f. 1-3.
Lists 31 species of Osmanthus, including a few from Hawaii and New Caledonia.
Nannfeldt, J. A.
1924. Revision des Verwandtschaftskreises von Centella asiatica (L.) Urb.
Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 18: 397-426. pl. 6-7, f. 1-2.
Includes Polynesian records of C. asiatica.
Naudin, C.
1849-53. Melastomacearum quae in Musaeo Parisiensi continentur monographi-
1850.
1852.
1854.
1857,
cae descriptionis et secundum affinitates, distributionis tentamen. Ann.
Sci. Nat. III. Bot. 12: 196-284. pl. 10-15. 1849; 13: 25-39, 126-159,
273-303, 347-362. pl. 5-8. 1849; 14: 53-76, 118-165. pl. 47. 1850; 15:
43-79, pl. 3-4, 276-345. pl. 12-15. 1851; 16: 83-246. pl. 18, 24-25. 1851;
17: 305-382. 1852; 18: 85-154, 257-294. pl. 3-6. Reprint 1-720. pl. 1-27.
1853.
Includes the then-known Polynesian species.
Le bananier de la Chine. Son importance comme plante économique, ses
produits dans les iles de la Polynésie. Rev. Hort. III 4: 526-532.
Includes data on cultivation and uses of Musa cavendishii, native of China but
introduced in Samoa and other Pacific Islands.
Plantes nouvelles ou peu connues introduites dans I’horticulture. Rev. Hort.
IV. 1: 203-211, 381-391.
Includes notes on Dammara obtusa, introduced from the New Hebrides and Arau-
caria columnaris from New Caledonia.
Revue du jardinage. Espéces et variétés récemment introduites en horti-
culture, Rev. Hort. IV. 3: 321-329.
Includes Clianthus puniceus var. magnificus, said to be a native of the Navigator
Islands (Samoa).
Un coup d’oeil sur la Nouvelle Calédonie, Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur, 12: 129-
133.
A general geobotanical sketch.
226 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1858. Description d’une nouvelle espéce du genre Bryonia. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV
Bot. 9: 396-398,
B. pancheri n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1859a. Essais d’une monographie des espéces et des variétés du genre Cucumis.
Ann, Sci. Nat. IV. Bot, 11: 5-87.
Contains data on some forms of C. pubescens from the South Sea Islands.
1859b. Revue des Cucurbitacées cultivées au muséum, en 1859. Ann. Sci. Nat.
IV. Bot. 12: 79-164. pl. 8-10.
Includes Cucumis pancherianus n. sp. and Bryonia pancheri from New Caledonia.
1862a. Espéces et variétés nouvelles de Cucurbitacées cultivées au muséum d’-
histoire naturelle, en 1860 et 1861. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 16: 154-199.
pl. 1-4, 13 f. B.
Includes Cucumis pancherianus and Luffa cylindrica minima from New Caledonia.
1862b. Cucurbitacées cultivées au muséum d’histoire naturelle en 1862; descrip-
tion d’espéces nouvelles et de quelques formes hybrides obtenues de
Plantes de cette famille. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 18: 159-208. pl. 8-11.
Includes Melothria pentaphylla n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1866a. Un coup d’oeil sur la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Hort. (37:) 146-147.
A general note compiled from Veitch, 1866.
1886b. Cucurbitacées cultivées au muséum d’histoire naturelle en 1866, Ann. Sci.
Nat. V. Bot. 6: 5-32,
Contains “Tableau Synoptique des Cucurbitacées,”” pp. 23-32, including at least two
Polynesian species.
Naudin, C., and Mueller, F. von
1887. Manuel de l’acclimateur ou choix de plantes recommandées pour I’agri-
culture, l'industrie et la médicine et adaptées aux divers climats de
Europe et de pays tropicaux. 1-565. fronttsp.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Naumov, N. A.
1939. Clés de Mucorinées, 1-137, i-xxxvi, 1-3. f. 1-82.
A French translation of ed. 2 of that work in Russian (not seen) with additional
notes by the author and the preface by P. Allorge. Published as vol. 9 of the “Encyclo-
pédie Mycologique” edited by P. Lechevalier. Includes Mortierella elasson from
Hawaii.
Naveau, R.
1928. Mousses critiques. Rev. Bryol. II. 1: 38-40.
A list of herbarium names, including some of New Caledonian species. For reduc-
tions see Dixon, H. N., 1929.
Neal, M. C.
1927. Flowering cycle in Honolulu. Hawaiian Annual (1928) 54: 49-61,
A generic consideration.
1928. In Honolulu gardens. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 13: i-iv, 1-327. pl. 1-27.
f. 1-68; ed. 2, i-iv, 1-336. pl. 1-27. f. 1-71. 1929,
Chiefly botanical in reference to locally cultivated plants, their names, characters,
uses, and origins,
1930. Hawaiian marine algae. Bishop Mus. Bull. 67: 1-84. f. 1-21.
General, but largely ecological; many of the forms considered are determined only to
the genus.
1934. Plants used medicinally: in Handy, E. S. C., et al. Outline of Hawaiian
therapeutics. Bishop Mus. Bull. 126: 39-49.
An annotated list, arranged alphabetically by vernacular names, with botanical equiv-
alents and references,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 227
1937a. South Point, Island of Hawaii. Parad. Pacif. 49(11): 17-18, 30.
Includes notes on the vegetation.
1937b. Bean trees of Hawaii. Parad. Pacif. 49(6): 21, 31. 3 f.
General notes.
1939a. A list of mosses and vascular plants collected on Mauna Kea, August, 1938.
Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 34: 13.
Not seen; apparently an abstract.
1939b,. The pink Tecoma tree, Parad. Pacif. 51(1): 14, 28. 1 f.
A note on Tecoma (Tabebuia) pentaphylla introduced in Hawaii.
1939c. Native Hawaiian Hibiscus. Parad. Pacif. 51(6): 11.
Popular notes on native species.
1939d. The vegetation of Lake Waiau, Hawaii. Parad. Pacif. 51(10): 7, 32. 1 f.
A general note.
1939. A list of mosses and vascular plants collected on Mauna Kea, August, 1935.
Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 34: 13.
Merely a summary of the total number of species collected without a list.
See also Hartt, C. H., and Neal, M. C.
Nees von Esenbeck, C. G.
1829, Agrostologia brasiliensis seu descriptio graminum in imperio brasiliensi huc
usque detectorum. i-ii, 1-608.
Includes some original descriptions of Polynesian species. This forms vol. 2, pt. 1
of Martius’ ‘Flora Brasiliensis.”’
1843a. Cyperaceae: in Meyen, F. J. F., Observationes botanicas . . . Nova Acta
Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 19: Suppl. 1: 53-124.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species, a few from Hawaii.
1843b. Gramineae: in Meyen, F. J. F., op. cit. 135-208.
Ten species of Hawaiian grasses are listed with notes and descriptions (pp. 169-172).
1847. Acanthaceae. DC. Prodr. 11: 46-519.
Monographic.
See also Lindenberg, J. B. W., 1844-47.
Nelmes, E.
1938. Notes of Carex. IIT. Three allied Pacific species. Kew Buil. 1938: 106-
110.
C. graeffeana confined to Fiji with samoensis n. var. in Samoa, the Philippine form
formerly referred here described as new, the third one considered being from Borneo.
Nessel, H.
1934. Neue Lycopodien, die von allen schon bekannten Arten durch ihren Habitus
ganz besonders abweichend und auffallend sind. Repert. Sp. Nov. 36:
177-193. pl. 170-177.
Includes Urostachys bonapartei n. sp. from Fiji, U. neocaledonicus n. sp. from New
Caledonia, and U. sprengeri n. sp. from Tahiti.
1935. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Lycopodium. Repert. Sp. Nov. 39: 61-
71. pl. 189-194.
Five species from Fiji are listed, including Urostachys kandavuensis n. sp. (pp. 66-68).
1939. Die Barlappgewachse (Lycopodiaceae). Eine beschreibende Zusammen-
stellung mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Varietaten und Formen.
i-viii, 1-404. 7 pl. f. 1-87. frontisp.
Monographic; illustrated by 258 individual figures.
228 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1940. Beitrége zur Kenntnis der Lycopodiaceen. Revis. Sudam. Bot. 6: 156-175.
pl. 7-19.
Consists of Latin diagnosis of species and varieties described as new in the preceding
entry, several in Lycopodium and Urostachys from Polynesia.
Nichols, C, F.
1893. Pele’s fernery. Science 22: 288-289. 4 f.
A popular account of some Hawaiian ferns.
Nicholson, G.
1885. Cook’s Araucaria (A. Cooki). Garden 28: 122-123, 1 f.
Native of New Caledonia.
Nicholson, W. E.
1942, Some hepatics from the Hawaiian Islands, Trav. Bryol. [13], fasc. 1: 142-
144,
Enumeration of previously unnamed collections.
Niedenzu, F.
1915-24. Malpighiaceae palaeotropicae. Arb. Bot. Inst. Akad. Braunsb. 6: 1-63.
1915; (II) Verz. Vorles. Akad. Braunsb, 1-19. 1924.
- A few references to Micronesian and New Caledonian species.
1928. Malpighiaceae. Pflanzenr. 91(IV. 141): 1-246. f. 1-24; 93(IV. 141): 247-
572. f. 25-41; 94(IV. 141): 573-870. f. 42-48.
Monographic.
Nightingale, G. T.
1835. Oceanic sketches ... With a botanical appendix by Dr. Hooker of Glasgow.
i-x, 1-132. illus.
Includes a list of ferns, by W. J. Hooker, in the botanical collection made by Mr.
Nightingale (pp. 127-132).
Nishiyama, S.
1941. [Fungi collected from Palao]. Hakubut. Zassi 38: 83-85.
In Japanese.
Nitschke, R.
1923. Die geographische Verbreitung der Gattung Acalypha. Bot. Arch, 4: 277-
317. map.
A list of the known species based on the work of Pax and Hoffmann.
Nordstedt, O.
1878. De Algis aquae dulcis et de Characeis ex insulis Sandvicensibus a Sv.
Berggren 1875 reportatis. Comment. Soc. Physiogr. Lund, 7: 1-24. pl.
1, 2.
An enumeration with notes and the descriptions of new species.
1888. Einige Characeenbestimmungen. I. Ueber einige Characeen im Herbarium
des K. botanischen Museums zu Berlin. Hedwigia 27: 181-196. pl. 6.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1896. Index desmidiacearum citationibus locupletissimus atque bibliographia.
1-310.
An alphabetical list of the known species with references,
1908. Index desmidiacearum . .. Supplementum. 1-149,
Supplementary to the preceding item.
Novo y Colson, P. de. See Malaspina, A., 1885.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 229
Nuttall, T.
1838. Ona new species of Tacca. Am. Jour. Pharm. 9: 305-306. 1 pl.
Tacca oceanica n. sp. from Hawaii; description repeated in Nuttall, 1866.
1843. Description and notices of new or rare plants in the natural orders Lobelia-
ceae, Campanulaceae, Vacciniaceae, Ericaceae, collected in a journey over
the continent of North America and during a visit to the Sandwich
Islands and upper California. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. II. 8: 251-272.
Includes the original descriptions of various Hawaiian species.
1866. On a new species of Tacca. Jour. Bot. 4: 261-263.
Republication of Nuttall, 1838, by Seemann, who extends the range of the species
to Tonga.
Nutting, C. C. See Wylie, R. B., 1924.
Nylander, W.
1857. Enumération générale des Lichens, avec l’indication sommaire de leur dis-
tribution géographique. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 5: 85-146; Sup-
plement, 332-339.
Includes the known Polynesian species.
1858a. Animadversiones circa Collemaceos quosdam. Flora 41: 337-338.
Lists a few species of Leptogium from Polynesia.
1858b. Expositio synoptica Pyrenocarpeorum. Mém. Soc. Acad. Maine-et-Loire 4:
5-88.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1858-63. Synopsis methodica Lichenum omnium hucusque cognitorum praemissa
introductione lingua Gallica tractata. 1: 1-430, i-iv, pl. 1-8. 1858-60; 2:
1-64. pl. 1. 1863.
A critical enumeration, including some Polynesian species.
1859. Lichenes in regionibus exoticis quibusdam vigentes exponit synopticis enu-
merationibus. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 11: 205-264.
Pp. 234-247 bear the subtitle “Lichenes Polynesienses”; an enumeration of 140 species,
some new.
1859b. Prodromus expositionis lichenum Novae Caledoniae. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV.
Bot. 12: 280-283.
A list of 26 species with notes, including Collema amphiurum n. sp.
1861. Expositio lichenum Novae Caledoniae. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 15: 37-54.
An enumeration of 104 species, some new.
1862. Expositio synoptica generis Coenogonii. Bot. Zeit. 20: 177-178.
Includes C. confervoides n. sp. from Tahiti.
1865. Enumeratio synoptica Sticteorum. Flora 48: 296-299.
A list of 61 species, some from Polynesia.
1867. Novae explorationes lichenium Neo-Caledoniae. Flora 50: 193-197.
A list.
1868a. Synopsis lichenum Novae Caledoniae. Bull. Soc, Linn, Normandie II. 2: 39-
140.
A list with notes and descriptions.
1868b. Conspectus synopticus Sticteorum. Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie II. 2: 498-
505.
A list with some Polynesian species.
1870. Recognitio monographica Ramalinarum. Bull, Soc. Linn, Normandie II. 4:
101-180.
Includes R. taitensis n. sp. from Tahiti.
230 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1885. Parmeliae exoticae novae. Flora 68: 605-615.
Includes some Polynesian species.
O
Ogura, Y.
1930. On the structure of Hawaiian tree ferns, with notes on the affinity of the
genus Cibotium. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 44: 467-478. f. 1-6.
Includes Cibotium hawaiense Nakai and Ogura n. sp.
1942, [Mangrove plants of East Asia.] (I) Bot. & Zool, 10: 145-149. f. lb;
(II) 233-237. f, 7-9.
Includes notes on the Micronesian mangrove species; Japanese text.
Ohwi, J.
1930-31. Contributiones ad Caricologiam Asiae orientalis (Pars prima). Mem
Coll. Sci. Kyoto Univ. B 5: 247-292; (Pars altera) B 6: 238-270. 1931.
Mentions a few Polynesian species.
1939. Two new species of Cyperaceae from the Caroline Islands. Acta Phytotax.
Geobot. 8: 67-69.
Carex kanehirae and Fimbristylis hatusimae n. spp. from Palau.
1941. Grasses of Micronesia. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 55: 537-552.
An enumeration of 75 species collected by Kanehira and Hatusima, including 5 new
species, 1 new variety, and 5 new combinations,
1942a. Micronesian Cyperaceae collected by Prof. R. Kanehira and Dr, S. Hatu-
sima. Journ. Jap. Bot. 18: 130-138,
An enumeration of 53 species, including 2 new species, 1 new variety, and 3 new
combinations,
1942b. Symbolae ad floram Asiae Orientalis (XVIII). Act. Phytotax. Geobot.
11: 249-265.
Includes Digitaria subhorizontalis n. sp. from Palau.
Okabe, M.
1941a. An enumeration of the plants collected in Marshall-Island. Jour. Jap. For.
Soc. 23: 261-272.
General notes in Japanese, with a list of species.
1941b. [Drugs used by the islanders of Palao.] Journ. Anthropol. Soc. Nippon
56: 413-426. f. 1-4.
In Japanese. Includes a list of 82 vegetable drugs.
1941c, [Edible plants in Palao Islands.] Sangy6d No Nany6 4: 2-9,
In Japanese.
1941d. [Reports on the vegetation of Palao Islands.] Sangyd No Nanyé 4: 9-18,
In Japanese.
1942. [A list of plants collected in East Caroline Islands.] Jour. Jap. For. Soc.
26: 1-20.
In Japanese.
Okamura, K.
1904. List of marine algae collected in Caroline Islands and Australia. Bot. Mag.
(Tokyo) 18: 77-96, f. 1-4.
A systematic and geographical enumeration.
1916. List of marine algae collected in Caroline Islands and Marianne Islands,
1915, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 30: 1-14. pl. 1. f. 1-9.
Includes Halarachnion calcareum n, sp.
1932.
1934,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPIIY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 231
The distribution of marine algae in Pacific waters. Rec. Oceanogr. Works
Japan 4: 30-150.
A list of 3,794 species with tabulation of their geographic distribution, 658 species
occurring in Polynesia; bibliography.
The distribution of marine algae in Pacific waters. Proc. Fifth Pacific Sci.
Congr. 4: 3133-3144.
A general consideration, with an extensive bibliography.
Oliver, D.
1861.
1866.
1877.
1881.
1883.
1889.
1894a.
1894b.
1896a.
1896b.
The natural order Aurantiaceae, with a synopsis of the Indian species.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 5: Suppl. 2: 1-44.
Includes some species that extend to Polynesia.
On Hillebrandia, a new genus of Begoniaceae. Trans. Linn. Soc. 25: 361-
363. pl. 46.
Native of Hawaii.
Eranthemum laxiflorum. Bot. Mag. 103: pl. 6336.
Native of the New Hebrides and Fiji.
Erythrospermum polyandrum Oliv. Hook. Ic. 14: 24. pl. 1333.
Native of Samoa.
Gardenia Storckii. Hook. Ic. 15: pl. 1448.
Native of Fiji.
Inocarpus edulis, Forst. Hook. Ic. 19: pl. 1837.
Native of Polynesia.
Ardisia megaphylla, Hemsl. Hook. Ic. 24: pl. 2316.
Native of Fiji.
Dizygotheca nilssoni, N. E. Br. Hook. Ic. 24: pl. 2323.
Native of New Caledonia.
Santalum fernandezianum F, Phil. Hook. Ic. 25: pl. 2430.
Native of Juan Fernandez.
Vavaea megaphylla, Wright, Hook. Ic. 25: pl. 2438.
Native of Fiji.
Oliver, W. R. B.
1910.
1911.
1917.
1929,
1935.
1942.
The vegetation of the Kermadec Islands. Trans. Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 42:
118-175. pl. 12-23. map.
Ecological, with an annoted list of species.
List of lichens and fungi collected in the Kermadec Islands. Trans. Proc.
New Zeal. Inst. 44: 86-87.
A list with notes.
The vegetation and flora of Lord Howe Island. Trans. Proc. New Zeal.
Inst. 49: 94-161. pl. 10-16. f. 1-3.
Ecological with an extensively annotated list of species.
A revision of the genus Dracophyllum. Trans. Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 59:
678-714. pl. 78-102.
Includes the few Polynesian species.
The genus Coprosma. Bishop Mus. Bull. 132: 1-207. pl. 1-59. f, 1--67.
Monographic; 90 species recognized.
New species of Coprosma from New Guinea and the Hawaiian Islands.
Rec. Dominion Mus. (New Zeal.) 1: 44-47. pl. 14. f. 1-2.
Includes C. skottsbergiana from Molokai, Hawaii.
232 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Ooststroom, §S. J. van
1934, A monograph of the genus Evolvulus. Med. Bot. Mus. Univ. Utrecht 14:
1-267.
Includes the few Polynesian species.
1938. The Convolvulaceae of Malaysia, I. Blumea 3: 62-94. 1 f.
Includes Cuscuta campestris, occurring in Polynesia.
1939. Two new species of Merremia from Fiji, representatives of a new section
Wavula (Convolvulaceae). Blumea 3: 263-266. f. 1.
M. pacifica and M. calyculata n. spp.
Orr, M. Y.
1944. The leaf anatomy of Podocarpus. Trans. Proc. Bot, Soc. Edinburgh 34:
1-54. pl. 1-2.
Includes the New Caledonian and Polynesian species.
Osborn, A.
1831. Agathis vitiensis Card. Chron. III 90: 458.
Native of Fiji; a general note.
Ostergaard, J. M. See Setchell, W. A., Hoffmeister, J. E., and Ostergaard, J. M.
Ostinelli, V.
1921. Fioritura e fruttificazione della Rhopalostylis sapida Wendl. et Drude
(Areca sapida Forst., Kentia sapida Mart.). Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 46:
19-20.
Description of flowers and fruits of this native of Norfolk Island.
Otero, J. J., and Cook, M. T.
1934. Partial bibliography of virus diseases of plants. Jour. Agr. Univ. Porto
Rico. 28: 1-410.
Lists various papers on virus diseases of Polynesian species.
1935-38. First supplement to partial bibliography of virus diseases. Jour. Agr.
Univ. Puerto Rico 19: 129-313. 1935; (Second supplement) 20: 741-818.
1936; (Third supplement) 22: 263-393. 1938,
Supplementary to the preceding item.
p
Paillieux, A., and Bois, D. ;
1884, Le potager d’un curieux; histoire, culture, et usages de 100 plantes comes-
tibles, exotiques, peu connues ou inconnues. Bull. Soc. Nat. Acclim.
France IV. 1: 44-75, 131-158, 259-288, 363-391, 465-492, 570-598, 653-
678, 728-747, 824-847, 896-913, 945-962. 1884. Reprint 1-294. 1885,
Includes some Polynesian species. Ed. 2 of 1892 has not been seen. For ed. 3 and
4 see Paillieux, A., and Bois, D., 1899, and Bois, D., 1927-37, respectively.
1899. Le potager d’un curieux, histoire, culture and usage de 250 plantes comes-
tibles peu connues ou inconnues, i-xvi, 1-678. f. 1-82.
Includes some species from Polynesia. This is ed. 3 of Paillieux, A., and Bois,
D., 1884.
Paine, R. W.
1934. The control of Koster’s curse (Clidemia hirta) on Taveuni. Agr. Jour.
(Fiji) 7(1) : 10-21. 1 pl. 2 folded charts.
Largely experimental results.
1940. Tangimauthia, a flower of Fiji. Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 11: 56.
Medinilla waterhousei.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 233
Palacky, J.
1882. Uber die Flora von Neu-Caledonien. Sitzber. Bohm. Gesell. Wiss. 1882:
186-188. 1882. Reprint 1-2. 1882.
Brief general notes.
Palla, E.
1907. Neue Cyperaceen II. Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 57: 424-425.
Includes Carex rechingeri n. sp. from Samoa.
1908. Cyperaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse .. .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 84: 450-455. Reprint 2: 66-71.
Includes some Samoan species.
Pampaloni, L. See Pampanini, R., and Pampaloni, L.
Pampanini, R.
1904. Une Cunoniacée nouvelle de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II.
4: 490.
Codia microcephala n. sp.
1905. Le Cunoniacee degli Erbari di Firenze e di Ginevra. Ann. di Bot. 2: 43-
106. pl. 5-7.
Includes various New Caledonian species.
Pampanini, R., and Pampaloni, L.
1905-06. Contribuzione alla conoscenza del genera Xanthostemon F, Muell. Nuovo
Giorn. Bot. Ital. II. 12: 673-688. 1905; 13: 121-137. f. 1-4.
Includes some species from New Caledonia.
Pampanini, R.
1908a. Il Lycopodium pseudosquarrosum Pamp. e le sue affinita. Bull. Soc. Bot.
Ital. 1908: 69-77.
The species is extensively discussed in relation to L. squarrosum.
190&b. Un nuovo Lycopodium: “L. pseudo-squarrosum” Pampanini, sp. n. Bull.
Soc. Tose. Ort. 33: 99-100. pl. 2.
Native of “Polinesia tropicale 0 le Isole della Sonda.”
Pancher, I.
1873. Description de l’Aralia tenuifolia de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Adansonia 10:
372-373.
1881. Notes sur la Nouvelle-Calédonie et sur sa flore, tirées de la correspondance
de feu M. Pancher. III. Hort. 28: 24-27.
General.
See also Sebert H., [and Pancher, I.].
Panzer, G. W. F.
1783. Beitrag zur Geschichte des ostindischen Brodbaums, mit einer systema-
tischen Beschreibung desselben, aus den altern sowohl als neuern Nach-
richten und Beschreibungen zusammengetragen. 1-45. pl. 1.
A reprint of “Beschreibung des ostindischen Brodbaums,” by G. W. F. Panzer,
in G. F. Christmann and G, W. F. Panzer, Vollstandiges Pflanzensystem. 10:
337-381. Pl. 76. 1783.
Papenfuss, G. F.
1943. Notes on algal nomenclature. II. Gymnosorus J. Agardh. Am. Jour. Bot,
30: 463-469. f. 1-15.
Pocockiella nom. nov., with P. variegata, is proposed for a widely distributed species
previously known chiefly as Padina, Zonaria, or Aglaozonia (A. pacifica).
234 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1944a. Notes on algal nomenclature III, Miscellaneous species of Chlorophyceae,
Phaeophyceae and Rhodophyceae. Farlowia 1: 337-346.
Includes Botryocladia skottsbergii n. comb. (Chrysymenia skottsbergii) from Juan
Fernandez.
1944b. Structure and taxonomy of Taenioma, including a discussion of the phy-
logeny of the Ceramiales. Madrofio 7: 193-214. pl. 23-24. f. 1.
T. perpusillum mentioned from Hawaii.
1945. Review of the Acrochaetium-Rhodochorton complex of the red Algae.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 18: 299-334,
Includes Rhodochorton subsimplex, native of Tonga.
1946. Structure and reproduction of Trichogloea Requienii, with a comparison of
the genera of Helminthocladiaceae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 73: 419-437,
f. 1-26,
Several Polynesian species mentioned and discussed.
Pardé, L.
1937. Les coniféres. 1-294. 26 f. 61 photogr.
Includes Araucaria excelsa from Norfolk Island and A. cookii from New Caledonia.
Parham, B. E. V.
1935, Wilt disease of “Yangona.” Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(1): 2-8.
A discussion of this disease of Macropiper [Piper] methysticum, its cause, and pos-
sible control measures.
1937a. Citrus diseases in Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(4): 22-24,
Notes on several diseases.
1937b. Poisonous plants of Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(4): 25-26,
Notes on various species.
1938a. New banana varieties for Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9(2): 12-14. f. 1-6.
A general consideration.
1938b. The history and distribution of Solanum Torvum Swartz in Fiji with notes
on the possibility of its control. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9(3): 2-5,
Gencral data.
1938-40. Notes on weeds in Fiji I. Agr, Jour. [Fiji] 9(3): 12. 1938; (II) 10:
21. 1939; (II1) 11: 83-84, (IV) 101-103. 1940.
Piper aduncum, Lythrum hyssopifolium, Urena lobata, and Cyperus rotundus.
1939a, List of plants introduced to Fiji by R. B. Howard and W. L. Wallace.
Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 10: 112-116,
Includes 46 species belonging to 24 families and 33 genera.
1939b. The sago palm—a valuable source of food. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 10: 21-23.
Metroxylon vitiensis,
1940. The control of weeds. Agr. Jour, [Fiji] 11: 51-52.
Includes references to Tribulus terrestris, Panicum maximum, C yherus rotundus,
Xanthium pungens, and Lantana camara.
1941. Dalo varieties from Rotuma Island (Colocasia esculenta (L.) Schott).
Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 12: 51-52,
: Lists 20 varieties under Fijian names,
1942a. Fijian plant names i-vi, 1-83. (Department of Agriculture, Suva, Fiji.)
An alphabetic list with binomial equivalents and a synopsis of Fijian plant families;
bibliography.
1942b, Some useful plants of the Fiji Islands, Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 13: 39-47; 69-75,
A compilation of useful data regarding a wide variety of subjects, compiled
primarily as an aid to service men, Reported to have been reissued in the form
of a separately paged bulletin, the latter not seen.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 235
1942c. Observations on plants received for identification, Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 13:
50-52.
Extensive notes on five native and introduced species.
1942d. Climbing plants suitable for camouflage. Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 13: 52.
A list with notes.
1942e. Weeds in Fiji IV. Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 13: 53-54.
Extensive notes on Hyptis pectinata and Elephantopus mollis; other numbers of
this series not seen.
1942f. Botanical note. Plant protection. (Notes from the Pathological Labora-
tory—III.) Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 13: 27-28.
Rhizopus artocarpi on Artocarpus integer, Albugo candida on Cruciferae, and
Phytophthora hibernalis on Citrus.
1944, Plant introduction 1933-1943. Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 15: 94-104.
Includes drugs, fibers, fodders, grasses, field crops, fruits, trees, and ornamental
plants; references.
1945a. Control of noxious weeds in Tailevu and Navua. Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 16:
71-75.
Includes ecological notes.
1945b. The “blue” grasses in Fiji. Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 16: 104-107.
Concerns species of Dicanthium, Amphilopis, Andropogon, and Ischaemum; references.
1946. Botanical notes. Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 17: 22-25.
Miscellaneous descriptive and economic notes on 6 local species; references.
Parham, H. B. R.
[1935] Names of a few Fijian plants and their botanical equivalents. 1-13.
An alphabetical list of about 360 native names with their binomial equivalents and
notes, supplementary to Wright, 1918.
1937. Valuable plants of Fiji. Pacific Islands Monthly 7: 41-42, 49-51.
Not seen.
1943. Fiji native plants with their medicinal and other uses. Polynesian Soc.
Mem. 16: i-xii. 1-160.
An alphabetical sequence of native plant names with binomial equivalents; many data
regarding uses are recorded.
Parham, W. L.
1929, List of plant names, Naivakasiga, Bua. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 2: 65.
A table of botanical, customary names (Wright's list), and Bua names with economic
notes. See Wright, C, Harold, 1918.
1937. The Fijians as agriculturists. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8 (3): 15-17.
A general note.
1938a. The wild tamarind (Leucaena glauca Benth.) Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9 (1): 18.
General notes.
1938b. Two useful trees. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9(2): 23-24.
Popular notes on Persea americana and Bixa orellana.
Parham, W. L., and Dakui, M.
1938. The yam. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9 (3): 12-13.
Dioscorea esculenta and D. pentaphylla.
Parham, W. L.
1939. Jerusalem artichoke (Helianthus tuberosus). Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 10: 34-35.
A short note.
236 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1941. Albizzia falcata — a. quick growing tree. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 12: 67-68.
A general note.
1942. Observations on pasture improvement. Agr. Jour. (Fiji) 13: 36-38.
Lists various plant species including weeds.
Paris, E. G.
1893-98, Index bryologicus sive enumeratio muscorum hucusque cognitorum ad-
junctis synonymia distributioneque geographica locupletissimis. Acct.
Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 46: i-x, 15-334. 1893; 49: 1-384. 1895; 50: 1-256.
1896; 51: 1-416. 1897. Reprint i-vi, 1-1379. 1894-98.
An alphabetical list with citations to literature, synonymy, and geographic distribution
of all known species.
1900. Index bryologicus sive enumeratio muscorum hucusque cognitorum adjunctis
synonymia distributioneque geographica locupletissimus. Supplementum
primum, 1-334.
Supplementary to the preceding.
1903-06. Index bryologicus sive enumeratio muscorum ad diem ultimam anni 1900
cognitorum adjunctis synonymia distributioneque geographica locupletis-
simus. Editio secunda 1: 1-384. 1903-1904; 2: 1-375. 1904; 3: 1-400.
1904-05; 4: 1-368. 1905; 5: 1-160, [1-31]. 1 map. 1906.
An amplification of the preceding two entries.
1906-10. Hépatiques de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Bryol. 33: 27-29. 1906;
35: 62. 1908; 37: 128-132. 1910.
A list based on identifications made by Stephani.
1909. Muscinées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Bryol. 36: 45.
Trichostomum f? aduncum n. sp. and ‘a list of 11 hepatics based on Stephani’s
determinations.
1910. Florule bryologique et hépaticologique de l’ile des Pins (Kunié). Rev.
Bryol. 37: 34—42.
A list with notes (New Caledonia).
Parkinson, S.
1768-83. [Drawings and sketches of plants made by S. Parkinson during Cook’s
first voyage (1768-71) . . . .].
Unpublished illustrations, including various Polynesian species, preserved in the
library of the British Museum, Natural History.
1773. A journal of a voyage to the South Seas, in his Majesty’s ship, the Endea-
vour, Faithfully transcribed from the papers of the late Sydney
Parkinson, draughtsman to Joseph Banks, Esq., on his late expedition
with Dr. Solander, round the world . . . i-xxiii, 1-212. pl. 1-27;
ed. 2. i-xxiii, 1-353. pl. 1-26. 2 maps. 1784.
~ Pages 37-50 concerning the useful plants of Tahiti translated into German and
republished in 1777. See Z.y 1774.
Parks, H. E.
1926. Tahitian fungi collected by W. A. Setchell & H. E. Parks. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bot. 12: 49-59.
A list of species with notes, none new.
Parlatore, F.
1868. Coniferae. DC. Prodr. 16(2): 361-521.
Monographic.
MERRILL-—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 207
Parris, G. K.
1938a. The diseases of truck crops in Hawaii. Ext. Bull. Hawaii Agric. Exp.
Sta. 33: 1-78. 42 f.
A popular work on the diseases of vegetables in Hawaii.
1938b. The reactions of introduced bean varieties to rust (Uromyces phaseoli
typica) in Hawaii. Pl. Disease Rep. 22: 424-428.
Mimeographed data, many varieties of beans tabulated.
1939a. A new disease of papaya. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 34: 25.
A brief abstract. .
1939b. A new disease of papaya in Hawaii, Proc. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 36: 263-265.
f. 1-3.
The suggestion is made that a virus disease is involved.
1940. A check list of fungi, bacteria, nematodes, and viruses occurring in
Hawaii, and their hosts. Pl. Disease Rep. Suppl. 121: 1-91.
Not seen. ,
1941. Diseases of taro in Hawaii and their control. With notes in field pro-
duction. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta. Cire. 18: 1-29. f. 1-3.
Discussion of the diseases and the methods of, their control.
1942. Eye-spot of Napier grass in Hawaii, caused by Helminthosporium
sacchari. Phytopath. 32: 46-63. f. 1-6.
A study of this disease of Pennisetum purpureum.
See also Kikuta, K., Whitney, L. D., and Parris, G. K.
Patouillard, N.
1887. Contributions a l’étude des champignons extra-européens. Bull. Soc. Myc.
France 3: 119-131. 1 f.
Includes Hypomyces caledonicus n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1887-1915. Champignons de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Myc. France 3:
168-178.. pl. 17, 1887; 24: 165-168. 1 f. 1908; 25: 129-134. 1909; 27:
34-38. 2 f. 329-333. pl. 9. 1911; 31: 31-35. 2 f. 1915.
Includes descriptions of many new species.
1889a. Fragments mycologiques. Jour. Bot. Morot 3: 256-259. 1889.
Includes Polyporus pachyphloeus n. sp. from Fiji.
1889b. Le genre Ganoderma. Bull. Soc. Myc. France 5: 64-80. pl. 10-11,
Includes some Polynesian species.
1896-1908. Champignons nouveaux ou peu connus. Bull. Soc. Myc.. France 12:
132-136. pl. 9. 1896; 14: 149-156. 1898; 24: 1-12. 3 f. 1908.
Includes some new species from Polynesia.
1902. Descriptions de quelques champignons extra-européens. Bull Soc. Myc.
France 18: 299-304. pl. 14.
Includes a few new species from New Caledonia.
1904. Descriptions de quelques champignons nouveaux des iles Gambier. Bull.
Soc. Myc. France 20: 135-138. f. 1.
Seven new species described.
1906a. Champignons recueillis par M. Seurat dans la Polynésie frangaise. Bull.
Soc. Myc. France 22: 45-62. pl. 1-2.
A list with notes and the descriptions of new species.
1906b. Un Mitremyces de la Nouvelle Calédonie. Ind. Mycol. Writ. Lloyd 2:
273-274. f. 117-119.
M. leratii n. sp.
700080—47—16
238 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
See also Bresadola, G., and Patouillard, N.; and Hariot P., and Patouillard, N.
Patouillard, N., and Hariot, P.
1906. Fungorum novorum decas secunda. Bull. Soc. Myc. France 22: 116-120. 1 f.
Includes Hypocrea incarnata n. sp. from Samoa.
1912, Fungorum novorum decas quarta. Bull. Soc. Myc. France 28: 280-284.
pl. 14.
Includes Clavariopsis pulchella from New Caledonia and Montagnella alyxiae from
Tahiti.
Pax, F.
1893. Uber die Verbreitung der siidamerikanischen Caryophyllaceae und die Arten
der Republica Argentina. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 1-35.
Includes Sagina hawatiensis n. sp. from Hawaii.
Pax, F., and Knuth, R.
1905. Primulaceae. Pflanzenr, 22(IV. 237): 1-386. f. 1-75. 2 maps.
Monographic.
Pax, F., and Lingelsheim, A. von
1906. Zwei neue Euphorbiaceen aus Neu-Kaledonien. Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 25-26.
Cleidion lutescens and Macaranga alchorneoides n. spp.
Pax, F.
1910a, Euphorbiaceae-Adrianeae, Pflanzenr, 44 (IV. 147, Il): 1-111. f. 1-35.
Monographic.
1910b. Euphorbiaceae-Jatropheae. Pflanzenr. 42(IV. 147): 1-148. f, 1-45.
Monographic.
Pax, F., and Hoffmann, K.
1911. Euphorbiaceae-Cluytieae. Pflanzenr. 47(IV. 147, III): 1-124. f. 1-35.
Monographic.
1912a. Euphorbiaceae-Gelonieae. Pflanzenr. 52(1V. 147. 1V): 1-41. f. 1-11.
Monographic.
1912b. Euphorbiaceae-Hippomaneae. Pflanzenr. S2(IV. 147. V): 1-319. f. 1-58.
Monographic.
1914. Euphorbiaceae-Acalypheae-Mecurialinae, Pflanzenr. 63(1V. 147, VII):
1-473. pl. 1 (map). f. 1-67.
Monographic.
19194 Euphorbiaceae-Acalypheae-Plukenetiinae-Epiprininae-Ricininae. Pflanzenr.
68(IV. 147, IX-XI): 1-134. f. 1-29.
Monographic.
1919b. Euphorbiaceae-Additamentum VI. Pflanzenr. 68(IV. 147. XIV):
Supplementary to preceding items.
1922, Euphorbiaceae-Phyllanthoideae-Phyllantheae. Pflanzenr. 81(IV. 147. XV):
1-349, f. 1-26,
Monographic.
1924. Euphorbiaceae-Crotonoideae- ~Acalypheae-Acalyphinae. Pflanzenr. 85(IV.
147, XVI) : 1-231. f. 1-3.
Monographic.
1928. Einige neue Euphorbiaceae. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: 383-386.
Includes Macaranga graeffeana n. sp. from Fiji.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 239
Paxton, J.
1836-38. New and beautiful plants, figured in the three leading botanical
periodicals, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 2: 77-79. 1836; 5: 42-47. 1838.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1843. Barringtonia speciosa. Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: 241-242. 1 pl. 1 f.
Native of the Pacific Islands.
1849. The Almug, or Algum tree of the ancients. Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 15: 109-
116. f. a-c.
Includes Santalum album occurring in Fiji and Marquesas Islands.
See also Lindley, J., and Paxton, J., 1850-84.
Pearson, W. H.
1922. Hepaticae [of New Caledonia]. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 46: 13-44. pl. 2-3.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
Peck, C. H.
1907. New species of fungi. Bull, Torr. Bot. Club 34: 97-104.
Includes Lepiota xylophila n. sp. from Hawaii.
Pereiro, A. Cabeza. Sec Cabeza Pereiro, A.
Pérez Arbelaez, E.
1928. Die natiirliche Gruppe der Davalliaceen (Sm.) Kfs., unter Berticksichtigung
der Anatomie und Entwicklungs-geschichte ihres Sporophyten. Bot. Abh.
Goebel 14: 1-96. f, 1-35.
Includes taxonomic data on some Polynesian genera and species.
Pergallo, H., and Pergallo, M.
1911. Diatomaceae marinae von dem Solomons-, Samoa-, und Hawaiinseln: in
Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse. . . . Denkschr.
Akad. Wiss, Wien 88: 3-11. pl. 1-2. Reprint 4: 3-11. pl. 1-2.
A list with descriptions of new species.
Pergallo, M. See the preceding authors.
Perkins, J. and Gilg, E.
1901. Monimiaceae. Pflanzenr. 4(IV. 101): 1-122. f. 1-28.
Monographie.
Perkins, J.
1911. Monimiaceae (Nachtrage). Pflanzenr. 49(IV. 101) : 1-67. f. 1-15.
Monographic; supplementary to the preceding item.
Perret, V.
1883. Catalogue de plantes utiles et d’ornement réunies dans les pépiniéres, jardins
et cultures d’essai de l’establissement de Koé (Nouvelle-Calédonie).
Jour. Soc. Centr. Hort. France III. 5: 334-338.
A list, chiefly exotic plants.
Perring, W.
1885. Iris (Moraea) Robinsoniana Moore et Mill. Gart. Zeit. Wittmack 4: 157-
158. f. 38.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
Perry, L. M. See Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M.
Persoon, C. H.
1805-07. Synopsis plantarum, seu enchiridium botanicum, complectens. enumera-
tionem systematicam specierum hucusque cognitarum, 1: i-xii, 1-546,
1805; 2: 1-657. 1806-07.
Includes the then-known Polynesian species,
240 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1827. Fungi: in Gaudichaud, C., Botanique du voyage ... sur les corvettes
l’Uranie et le Physicienne. 165-215.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Petch, T.
1914. The genera Hypocrella and Aschersonia (a preliminary note). Ann. Bot.
Gard. Peradeniya 5: 521-537.
Includes Aschersonia taitensis from Tahiti.
1921. Studies in entomogenous fungi II.—The genera Hypocrella and Ascher-
sonia, Ann, Bot. Gard. Peradeniya 7: 167-278. pl. 2-5.
Includes Aschersonia taitensis Mont. from Tahiti.
1931. Notes on entomogenous fungi, Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc. 16: 55-75. f. 1-4.
Includes a note on Metarrhizium anisopliae from Hawaii and Samoa.
Petermann,-G. L. See Richter, H. E., 1835-40.
Petersen, J. B.
1926. Marine Cyanophyceae from Easter Island: in Skottsberg, C., The natural
history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Bot. 461-463.
A list of five species with notes.
Petitmengin, M. See Bonati, G., and Petitmengin, M.
Petrak, F.
1927. Mykologische Notizen. Ann, Myc. 25: 193-343.
Includes a detailed description of Yoshinagella polymorpha from Hawaii.
Pfeiffer, H.
1921-22. Conspectus Cyperacearum in America meridonali nascentium. I, Genus
Heleocharis R. Br. (sub nomine incorrecto Eleocharis). Herbarium 1:
41-42, 53-56, 65-68. 1921; 85-88. 1922.
Includes a key to the recognized species, some of which extend to Juan Fernandez.
1925. Vorarbeiten zur systematischen Monographie der Cyperaceae-Mapanieae.
Bot. Arch. Mez 12: 446-472, pl. 1-3. f. 1.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1927. Oreobolus R. Br., eine merkwiirdige Cyperaceengattung. Repert. Sp. Nov.
23: 339-353. pl. 38.
Includes Lophoschoenus neocaledonicus from New Caledonia and Gahnia affinis and
Oreobolus furcatus from Hawaii.
Pfeiffer, K. G. L.
1873-74. Nomenclator botanicus. Nominum ad finem anni 1858 publici juris fac-
torum, classes, ordines, tribus, familias, divisiones, genera, subgenera vel
sectiones designantium enumeratio alphabetica adjectis auctoribus, tem-
poribus, locis systematicis apud varios, notis literariis atque etymologicis
et synonymis. 1: 1-1876. 1873-74; 2: 1-1698, 1874.
Concerns genera and other group names for the entire world.
Pfizer, E., and Kranzlin, F.
1907. Orchidaceae-Monandrae-Coelgyninae. Pflanzenr, 32(IV. 50. II B. 7): 1-169.
f. 1-54.
Monographic.
Philippi, F.
1881. Catalogus plantarum vascularium Chilensium. i-viii, 1-377.
Includes at least one species, Santalum album (p. 261), from Juan Fernandez.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 241
1892. El Arbol de sandalo de la isla de Juan Fernandez. Anal. Mus. Nac. Chile
9: Sec. Bot. 5-7. pl. 1.
Santalum fernandezianum.
Philippi, R. A.
1856a. Bemerkungen iiber die Flora der Insel Juan Fernandez. Bot. Zeit, 14: 625-
636, 641-650.
Lists 139 species, 28 described as new. This paper appeared in September 1856;
repeated in the next two entries.
1856b. Observationes sobre la flora de Juan Fernandez. Anal. Univ. Chile [13:]
157-169.
Spanish version of the preceding entry. This appeared November 30, 1856.
1857. Remarques sur la flore de Vile Juan Fernandez. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 7:
87-110.
French version of the preceding two entries.
1857-65. Plantarum novarum chilensium, centuria quarta. Linnaea 29: 1-47, (cen-
turia quinta) 48-95, (centuria sexta) 96-110. 1857-58; 30: 185-212.
1859-60; (centuriae inclusis quibusdam Mendocinis et Patagonicis) 33:
1-308, 1864-65.
Includes some Juan Fernandez species.
1865a. Descripcién de algunas plantas nuevas chilenas. Anal. Univ, Chile 26:
638-650.
Includes Lactoris fernandeziana from Juan Fernandez. The number is for May 1865;
see next entry.
1865b. Ueber zwei neue Pflanzen-Gattungen, Ein Schreiben an Hrn. Prof. u.
Director Dr, Edward Fenzl. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 15: 517-523.
t, 12-13.
Includes Lactoris fernandeziana from Juan Fernandez.
1872-73. Descripcién de las plantas nuevas incorporadas ultimamente en el herba-
rio chileno, Anal. Univ, Chile 41: 663-746. 1872; 43: 479-583. 1873.
Includes some Juan Fernandez species.
1873. Bemerkungen iiber die chilenischen Arten von Edwardsia. Bot. Zeit. 31:
737-744,
Includes the Juan Ferndndez species.
1876. El sdndalo de la isla de Juan Fernandez. Anal. Univ. Chile 48: 259-261.
A general note questioning Santalum as the source.
1895. Plantas nuevas chilenas de las familias que corresponderon al tomo IV de
la obra de Gay. Anal. Univ, Chile 90: 187-230. pl. 1.
Includes Wahlenbergia tuberosa, native of Juan Fernandez.
Piccone, A.
1885. Notizie preliminari intorno alle alghe della Vettor Pisani raccolte dal Sig.
C. Marcacci. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. 17: 185-188.
Mentions a collection made in Hawaii; see the following entries.
1886a. Nota sulle raccolte algologiche fatte durante il viaggio di circumnavi-
gazione compiuto dalla R. corvetta Vettor Pisani. Giorn, Soc. Let.
Conversaz. Sci. 10: — —.
A preliminary note on the collections considered in detail in the next two entries.
Reviewed in Notarisia 1: 150-151. 1886. The original not seen.
1886b. Alghe del viaggio di circumnavigazione della Vettor Pisani. 1-97. pl. 1-2.
Includes 30 species from Hawaii.
242 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1889. Nuove alghe del viaggio di circumnavigazione della Vettor Pisani. Reale
Accad, Lincei Mem. Cl. Sci. Fis. Math. Nat. IV. 6: 9-63. Reprint 1-57.
Includes 19 species from Hawaii.
Pickering, C.
1863-76. The geographical distribution of animals and plants. 1: 1-168, [1-44].
1863; 2: 1-524. 4 maps. 1876.
Includes various data on Polynesian species. Part I, ‘The History of the Introduc-
tion of Domestic Plants and Animals,” formed vol. 15 of the Wilkes United States
Exploring Expedition reports. The subtitle of Part 2 is: ‘Plants in Their Wild State.”
1879. Chronological history of plants: Man’s record of his own existence illus-
trated through their names, uses and companionship, i-xvi, 1-1222. portr.
Includes some Polynesian references.
Pierre, L.
1883, Enumeration des espéces du genre Garcinia: in his: Flore forestiére de la
Cochinchine 2: I-XL. pl. 81-92.
A general revision, including the few Polynesian species.
1890-91. Notes botaniques Sapotacées. 1-68.
Includes a few Polynesian references.
Pilger, R.
1903. Taxaceae. Pflanzenr. 18(IV. 5): 1-124. f. 1-24.
Monographic.
1920. Uber einige Gramineae der Skottsbergschen Sammlung von Juan Fernandez.
Repert. Sp. Nov. 16: 385-388.
Includes the descriptions of two new species.
1922. Ueber die Formen von Plantago major L. Repert. Sp. Nov. 18: 257-283.
Includes P, major var. paludosa f. longissima n. f£. from Hawaii.
1923. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Plantago. III. Repert. Sp. Nov. 19:
114-119,
Critical review of six Hawaiian species.
1936. Drei neue Arten von Plantago aus der Verwandtschaft von P. pachyphylla
Gray. Repert. Sp. Nov. 40: 237-239,
P. crajinai and P. melanochrous from Hawaii and P. rupicola from the Austral Islands.
1937, Plantaginaceae Pllanzenr. 102 (iv. 269): 1-466. f. 1-45.
Monographic.
Piper, C. V.
1917. Notes on Canavalia with descriptions of new species. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Washington 30: 174-178.
Includes C. microcarpa as Polynesian.
Piper, C. V., and Dunn, S. T.
1922. A revision of Canavalia. Kew Bull. 1922: 129-145. 1 map.
Sixteen Old World species recognized, with a key, including those of Polynesia.
Planchon, J. E.
1848. Sur les Ulmacées (Ulmacées et Celtidées de quelques auteurs) considérées
comme tribu de la famille des Urticées. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. Bot. 10:
244-341,
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1852. Araucaria columnaris, Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur. 7: 243-244. pl. 733-34.
Native of New Caledonia.
1853, Clianthus puniceus, var. magnificus. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur. 9: 57. pl. 879.
A new variety said to have been introduced from the Navigator Islands (Samoa).
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 243
Planchon, J. E., and Triana, J.
1860-62. Mémoire sur la famille des Guttiféres. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 13:
306-376. pl. 15-16. 1860; 14: 226-367. pl. 15-18. 1860; 15: 240-319. 1861;
16: 263-308. 1862. Reprint i-iv. 1-336. pl. 1-8. 1862.
Includes the Polynesian species.
Planchon, J. E.
1873. Ulmaceae. D. C. Prodr. 17: 151-210.
Monographic.
1877a. Pritchardia pacifica Seem. et Wendl. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur, 22: 1-2.
pl. 2262-63.
A general description and discussion; colored plate.
1877b. Araucaria excelsa, Rob, Br. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur, 22: 65-66. pl. 2304-05.
Native of Norfolk Island.
1880a. Dracaena (Cordyline) princess Margaret, Veitch. FI. Serr. Jard. Eur, 23:
13-15. pl. 2375-2376.
Introduced from the South Sea Islands.
1880b. Erythrina marmorata, Veitch. Fl. Serr. Jard. Eur. 23: 21-23. pl. 2379-
2380.
Introduced from the South Sea Islands.
1883. Eranthemum Cooperi, Hook. FI. Serr. Jard. Eur. 23: 293-295. pl. 2472.
Native of New Caledonia.
1887. Monographie des Ampélidées vraies. DC. Monog. Phan. 5: 305-654.
Monographic.
See also Decaisne, J., and Planchon, J. E.
Poellnitz, K. von
1933. Neue Portulaca-Arten. Repert. Sp. Nov. 33: 158-165.
Includes P, samoensis n. sp.
1934a. Monographie der Gattung Talinum Adans. Repert. Sp. Nov. 35: 1-34.
Includes T. paniculatum, an introduced species in Polynesia,
1934b. Versuch einer Monographie der Gattung Portulaca L. Repert. Sp. Nov.
37: 240-320.
Includes the Polynesian species,
1936. New species of Portulaca from Southeastern Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bishop
Mus. 12 (9): 1-6.
A list with notes and descriptions of new species and varieties.
Poiret, J. L. M. See Lamarck, J. B. A. P. M. de, 1783-1817 and 1791-1823.
Poisson, J.
1874. Les Elaéocarpées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Ill. Hort. 21: 15-17.
A short general consideration.
1876. Recherches sur les Casuarina et en particulier sur ceux de la Nouvelle-
Calédonie. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 10: 59-111. pl. 4-7.
Reprint 1-56. pl. 4-7.
1883. Deux plantes 4 recommander. Rev. Hort. 55: 225-226.
Includes Tecophilaea cyaneo-crocea, native of Juan Fernandez.
1900. Note sur le caoutchouc de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat.
(Paris) 6: 431-433. Reprint 1-3.
Ficus prolixa and Manihot glaziovii,
244 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Pope, W. T.
1910. Ornamental plant life of Hawaii. Hawaiian Annual (1911) 37: 71-88.
General; lists of palms, trees, vines, shrubs, and herbs.
1926a. Bananas of the Territory of Hawaii. Hawaiian Annual (1927) 53: 106-110.
General.
1926b. Unsettled variations of papaya. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 11: 25.
A brief note on Carica papaya.
1929. Manual of wayside plants of Hawaii, including illustrations, descriptions,
habits, uses and methods of control of such plants as have a wild nature
of growth, exclusive of ferns. 1-289, 1. t. 1-160.
A descriptive work covering chiefly introduced and naturalized plants.
Popenoe, W.
1920. Manual of tropical and subtropical fruits, excluding the banana, coconut,
pineapple, citrus fruits, olive and fig. i-xv, 1474. pl. 1-24. f. 1-62.
Discusses some species native of or cultivated in Polynesia.
Post, E.
1936, Systematische und pflanzengeographische Notizen zur Bostrychia-Calo-
glossa-Assoziation. Rev. Alg. 9: 1-84. f. 1-4.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1938-39. Weitere Daten zur Verbreitung des Bostrychietum II. Hedwigia 78:
202-215. 1938; (III) Arch. Protistenk. 93: 6-37. pl. 1-2. 1939,
Includes Bostrychia radicans, Caloglossa ogasawaraensis, and Dictyotopsis propagu-
lifera from Fiji. See Hedwigia 77: 11-19. 1937, for the first part.
1939. Bostrychia tangatensis spec. nov., eine neue Bostrychia der ostafrikanischen
Mangrove. Arch, Protistenk. 92: 152-156. f. 1.
Lists B. kelanensis from Fiji.
Posthumus, O.
1924. On some principles of stelar morphology. Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerl. 21:
111-296. f. 1-20.
Includes references to some Polynesian genera and species of ferns.
1936. On the systematical value of the stem anatomy in the Polypodiaceae.
Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerl. 33: 775-802.
Discusses some genera and species extending to Polynesia.
Potier de la Varde, R.
1912. Contribution a la florule de Taiti. (Description de deux espéces nouvelles).
Rev. Bryol. 39: 20-23, f. 1-2.
A list with descriptions of Weisia ? clavinervis and Bryum larminati n. spp.
1928. Fructification de Pterobryella vagapensis C. M. Rev. Bryol. II 1: 36-37. f. 1.
Native of New Caledonia.
Powell, T.
1868a, On various Samoan plants and their vernacular names. Jour. Bot. 6: 278-
285. 342-347, 355-370.
1868b. List of Samoan ferns collected and arranged according to Hooker’s
‘Species Filicum’. Jour. Bot, 6: 317-319, 340-342.
1877, On the nature and mode of use of the vegetable poisons employed by
the Samoan islanders. Jour, Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 55-60.
A discussion of the various species so used.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 245
Prain, D.
1904. The species of Dalbergia of south-eastern Asia. Ann. Bot. Gard. Calcutta
10(1): i-iii, i-iv, 1-114. pl. 1-91.
Includes the known Polynesian species. See Jackson, B, D., 1893-1938.
Prain, D., and Burkill, I. H.
1914. A synopsis of the Dioscoreas of the Old World, Africa excluded, with
descriptions of new species, and of varieties. Jour. As. Soc. Bengal
II, 10: 541.
In all, 107 species recognized, including those of Polynesia, with key and descriptions
of new species.
1936. An account of the genus Dioscorea in the East. Part I. The species
which twine to the left. Ann. Bot. Gard. Calcutta 14(1): i-iii, i-ii,
1-210, i-vi. pl. 1-11, 1-85,
Includes the known Polynesian species.
1939. An account of the genus Dioscorea in the East. Part II. The species
which twine to the right: with addenda to part 1, and a summary.
Ann, Bot. Gard. Calcutta 14(2): 211-528. pl. 86-150.
Includes the known Polynesian species. The text, pp. 211-428, and pls. 86-150
printed in 1939 but not yet distributed (August 1946). The only part seen is
pp. 427-528, of which there was a limited distribution in 1939,
Prantl, K.
1883. Systematische Uebersicht der Ophioglosseen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 1:
348-353.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1884. Beitrige zur Systematik der Ophioglosseen. Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin 3:
297-350. pl. 7-8.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
See also Engler, A., and Prantl, K., 1897-1908, and 192440.
Preissecker, K.
1910. Nicotiana: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . . .
Denkschr, Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 350-355. Reprint 3: 176-181.
Includes Samoan records.
Presl, K. B.
1825-36. Reliquiae Haenkeanae, seu descriptiones et icones plantarum, quas in
America meridionali et boreali, in insulis Philippinis et Marianis collegit
Thaddaeus Haenke. 1: i-xv, 1-356. pl. 1-48. 1825-30; 2: 1-152. pl. 49-72.
1831-36.
Includes the descriptions of various new species from the Marianas Islands. For
dates of issue see W. T. Stearn in Jour. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist. 1: 153-154. 1938.
1: i-xv. 1-84. 1825; 85-148. 1827; 149-206. 1828; 207-355. 1830; 23 1-56. 1831; 57-152.
1835,
1834. Repertorium botanicae systematicae . . . i-vili, 1-385,
Includes some Polynesian species.
1836a. Prodromus monographiae Lobeliacearum. 'Abh. Bohm, Ges. Wiss. n. ser.
4(9): 1-52. Reprint 1-52.
Lists various Polynesian species.
1836b. Tentamen Pteridographiae seu genera Filicacearum praesertim juxta vena-
rum decursum et distributionem exposita. Abh. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. IV. 5:
Reprint 1-290. pl. 1-12.
Includes some Polynesian species.
246 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1843. Hymenophyllaceae. Eine botanische Abhandlung. Abh. Bohm. Ges. Wiss.
V. 3: 93-163. pl. 1-12. Reprint 1-70. pl. 1-12.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1845. Supplementum tentaminis Pteridographiae, continens genera et species ordi-
num dictorum Marattiaceae, Ophioglossaceae, Osmundaceae, Schizaeaceae
et Lygodiaceae. Abh. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. V. 4: 261-380, Reprint 1-120.
Includes various Polynesian species.
1851. Epimeliae botanicae. Abh. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. V. 6: 361-624. pl. 1-15.
Reprint 1-264. pl. 1-15.
Descriptions of various ferns and seed plants, including some Polynesian species. The
title page of reprint in 1849, fascicle cover (back) 1851. For data on date of issue
see Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 22: 590 (footnote), 1906.
Preston, F. G. '
1923. Osteomeles anthyllidifolia. Gard. Chron, III. 73: 335. f. 160.
A general discussion of this Polynesian species.
Printz, H.
1940. Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie der Trentepohliaceen, Nyt. Mag.
Naturvid. 80: 137-210. pl. 1-32.
Includes a few Polynesian species of Trentepohlia and Phycopeltis.
Pritzel, G. A.
1847-77. Thesaurus literaturae botanicae omnium gentium inde a rerum botani-
carum initiis ad nostra usque tempora, quindecim millia operum recen-
sense, i-vili, 1-547, 1847-51; ed 2 [1] 1-576. 1872-77.
A bibliographical work covering most independently published botanical works issued
before 1872. Ed. 2 was reprinted by offset in 1924.
1855-66. Iconum botanicarum index locupletissimus. Verzcichniss der Ab-
bildungen sichtbar blithender Pflanzen und Farrnkrauter aus der
botanischen und Gartenliteratur des XVIII und XIX Jahrhunderts in
alphabetischer Folge zugesammengestellt. i-xxxi, 11183. 1855; Zweite
bis zu ende des Jahres 1865 fortgefiihrte Ausgabe. 1: i-xxi, 1-1183;
2: i-xiv, 1-298. 1866.
An alphabetical list of the illustrations of plants. See Stapf, 1929-31.
Privat-Deschanel, P.
1930, Océanie: in Géographie universelle (Edited by P. Vidal de la Blache
and L. Gallois) 10: 231-277. ¢ilus.
Includes a few data regarding plants of various parts of Micronesia. Pp. 1-68 of
the volume considers the Pacific Ocean as a whole, and some data included therein
apply to plants.
Pucci, A.
1887. Impatiens Hawkeri. Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort, 12: 286-290. 1 pl.
A colored plate and a description of this species said to be from the South Sea Islands;
the species came from New Guinea.
1895-96. Piante nuove. Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 20: 152-153, 337-338; 21: 246-247.
1896.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1896. Graptophyllum picturatum. Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 21: 200-201. 1 pi.
Said to be from the South Sea Islands.
1906. Il genere Musa. Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort, 31: 268-275.
Includes notes on M. fehi, native of Tahiti, and M. discolor, native of New Caledonia;
for other parts of this article see pp. 235-240 and 296-301.
Pukui, M. K. See Handy, E. S. C., Pukui, M. K., and Livermore, K.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 247
Purdy, H. A. See Lee, H. A., Martin, J. P., Purdy, H. A. (and others).
Putterlick, A.
1839. Synopsis Pittosporearum. [1-6], 1-30, [1-2].
Includes Pittosporum taitense n. sp. from Tahiti.
Puvilland, —
1878. Varia. Rev. Hort. 50: 400.
Includes notes on Xeronema moorei, native of New Caledonia; based on Masters,
M. T., 1878.
1879. Plantes nouvelles d’introduction anglaise. Rev. Hort. 51: 366-368.
Includes notes on Phvllanthus seemannianus, introduced from New Hebrides.
Pynaert, C.
1889. Quelques fougéres nouvelles. Rev. Hort. Belge 15: 230-234. f. 34-35.
Includes notes on and illustrations of Nephrolepis rufescens tripinnatifida, native of
Fiji.
1904. Areca Ilsemanni. Rev. Hort. Belge 30: 73. 1 t.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1905a. Les Araucaria néo-calédoniens. Rev. Hort. Belge 31: 109-110. 2 ¢.
Includes notes on A, rulei and A. goldieana.
1905b. L’Araucaria Niepraschki. Rev. Hort. Belge 31: 132. 1 ¢.
Probably a variety of A. rulei, native of New Caledonia.
1906. L’Araucaria de Cook (A. Cooki Br.) (A. columnaris Forster). Rev. Hort.
Belge 32: 82-84. f. 26.
Araucaria cooki var. aurea, a garden form, of this New Caledonian species.
Pynaert, E.
1878. L’Araucaria excelsa. Rev. Hort. Belge 4: 196-197. 1 ¢.
Native of Norfolk Island.
1884. Le Kentia (Grisebachia) Balmoreana (Wendl.). Rev. Hort. Belge 10:
42-44. f. 7
Native of Lord Howe Island. The specific name should be belmoreana.
1886a. L’Asplenium horridum Kaulfuss. Rev. Hort. Belge 12: 100-101. f. 16.
Native of Hawaii.
1886b. Impatiens Hawkeri. Rev. Hort. Belge 12: 272-274. f. 27.
General note on this species said to be native of Polynesia; actually the species
occurs in New Guinea.
1896. Lé Juania australis Drude. Rev. Hort. Belge 22: 4446.
Native of Juan Fernandez.
See also Kerchove de Denterghem, O., de, and Pynaert, E.
R
R.
1843. Sandal-wood. Gard. Chron. 1843: 132-133, 333-334.
Concerns certain Polynesian species of Santalum.
Radlkofer, L.
1878. Ueber Sapindus und damit in Zusammenhang stehende Pflanzen. Sitzber.
Math.-Phys. Kl. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen 8: 221-408.
Includes a description of S. ocahuensis.
1879a, Ueber Cupania und damit verwandte Pflanzen. Sitzber. Math.-Phys. K1.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen 9: 457-678.
Includes some Polynesian species,
248 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1879b. Ueber die Sapindaceen Hdllandisch-Indiens. Act. Congr. Internat. Bot.
Hort. Amsterdam 1877: 70-133, 216-254. Reprint 1-103.
Includes some species from New Caledonia.
1887. Ueber fischvergiftende Pflanzen. Sitzber. Math. Phys. Kl. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen 16: 379-416.
Includes a systematic list of plants, some natives of Polynesia.
1889. Zur Klarung von Theophrasta und der Theophrasteen, unter Uebertragung
dahin gerechneter Pflanzen zu den Sapotaceen und Solanaceen. Sitzber.
Math. Phys. Kl. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen 19: 221-281.
Includes notes on “‘Theophrasta sp.,” from Samoa (p. 261).
1890. Ueber die Gliederung der Familie der Sapindaceen. Sitzber. Math. Phys.
Kl, Acad, Wiss. Miinchen 20: 105-379.
Includes Alectryon macrococcus Radkl., a new name for Mahoe Hillebr., a native of
Hawaii, and Picrecardia n. gen. with P. resinosa n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1909. Ueber die Gattung Allophylus und die Ordnung ihrer Arten. Sitzber. Math.-
Phys. Kl. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen 38(2): 201-240.
Includes the Asiatic and Polynesian species, pp. 226-234.
1910. Sapindaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 305-306. Reprint 3: 131-132.
Includes some Samoan species.
Radlkofer, L., and Rock, J. F.
1911. New and noteworthy Hawaiian plants. Bot. Bull. Hawaii Board Agr. For.
1: 1-14. pl. 1-6.
Includes the descriptions of various new species.
Radlkofer, L.
1911. Sur le Cupania collina Panch. et Séb. Not. Syst. 2: 9-11.
Native of New Caledonia = Arytera collina Radlk.
1920. Gesamtiibersicht iiber die Sapindaceen Papuasiens. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 251--
316. f. 1-4.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1924. Sapindaceae oceanicae novae vel emendatae. Repert. Sp. Nov. 20: 27-42.
Includes description of some new species in Podonephelium, Cupaniopsis, and Arytera,
natives of Polynesia.
1931-34, Sapindaceae. Pflanzenr. 98(IV. 165): 1-1539. f. 1-46.
Monographic.
Rasdnen, V.
1943. Das System der Flechten. Ubersicht mit Bestimmungstabellen der
nattirlichen Flechtenfamilien, ihrer Gattungen, Untergattungen, Sektionen
und Untersektionen. Acta Bot. Fenn. 33: 1-82.
A total of 506 genera recognized, touching all parts of the world; key.
Rafarin, —
1875. Végétaux nouveaux. Rev. Hort. 47: 109-110.
Includes a short description of Asplenium schizodon, native of New Caledonia.
1877. Revue de quelques plantes nouvelles. Rev. Hort. 49: 35-38. f. 5-6, 87-90.
f. 13-14, 254-255. f. 43.
Includes short descriptions of various new species from New Caledonia and other
Pacific Islands,
Raffill, C. P.
1906. The genus Araucaria. Gard. Chron. III. 40: 352-353. f. 139-140.
Notes on A. cookii, A. balansae, A. rulei from New Caledonia, and A. excelsa from
Norfolk Island.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 249
Rafinesque, C. S.
1837-38. Flora Telluriana. Introd. et classific. ad mantissa synoptica 2000 nova
genera plantarum vel nov. ord. et spec. in orbis tellurianum. Determ.
coll. inv. obs. et descr. 1: 1-101. 1837; 2: 1-112. 1837; 3: 1-100. 1837;
4: 1-135, 1838.
Includes some Polynesian references. A facsimile reproduction was issued by the
Arnold Arboretum in 1946.
1838. Sylva Telluriana mantis. synopt. New genera and species of trees and shrubs
of North America, and other regions of the earth, omitted or mistaken
by the botanical authors and compilers, or not properly classified, now
reduced by their natural affinities to the proper natural orders and tribes.
Being a supplement to the Flora Telluriana. 1-184,
Contains a few new generic names and new binomials appertaining to Polynesia based
on previously published descriptions by other authors from that region. A facsimile
reproduction was issued by the Arnold Arboretum in 1943.
Raiqiso, F. C.
1936. Kau vula (Endospermum sp.) Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(2): 28.
A description with economic notes.
Ramirez, F.
1936. Mi ultimo viaje a Juan Fernandez. Revis. Chileno Hist. Nat. 39: 57-59.
Includes notes on various plants observed.
Rands, R. D. See Stevenson, J. H., and Rands, R. D.
Raper, K. B. See Thom, C., and Raper, K. B.
Rattray, J.
1888. A revision of the genus Aulacodiscus Ehrb. Jour. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1888:
337-385. pl. 5-7.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Rechinger, K., and Rechinger, L.
1906. Bericht tiber eine naturwissenschaftliche Reise nach den Samoa- und Salo-
monsinseln. QOesterr. Touristenklub Mitt. Sekt. Naturk. 18: 31-35.
A popular account with very little botanical data.
Rechinger, K.
1907-09. Plantae novae Pacificae. Repert. Nov. Sp. 4: 228-233. 1907; (II) 130-
133. 1908; (III) 6: 49-51. 1908; (IV) 325-328; (V) 7: 17-18; (VI)
168. 1909.
Includes the descriptions of many new species from Samoa.
1907-15. Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse einer wissenschaftlichen For-
schungsreise nach den Samoa-Inseln, dem Neuguinea Archipel, und den
Salomonsinseln von Marz bis Dezember, 1905. I. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss.
Wien 81: 197-317. pl. 1-3. (reprint 1-121). 1907; (II) 84: 385-562. pl.
1-6. 14 f. (reprint 1-178). 1908; (III) 85: 175-432. pl. 1-18. 34 f. (re-
print 1-258). 1910; (IV) 88: 1-65. pl. 1-3. f. 5. (reprint 1-65). 1911;
(V) 89: 443-708. pl. 1-9. f. 1-32. (reprint 1-266). 1913; (VI) 91: 139-
213. pl. 1-3. (reprint 1-75). 1915.
With the assistance of specialists: Reinbold, Foslie, Von Hohnel, Zahlbriickner,
Stephani, Brotherus, Palla, Bresadola, Von Keissler, Peragallo, and others. Part six
contains general indices to the entire work. Includes the descriptions of many new
species from Samoa.
1908a. Ueber eine botanische Forschungsreise nach den Samoa- und Salomons-
Inseln. Mitt. Naturw. Ver. Steiermark 44: 244-245,
Narrative of exploration.
250 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1908b. Samoa: in Karsten, G. & Schenk, H., Vegetationsbilder 6(1): [1-5]. pi.
1-6.
Illustrations and descriptions of the vegetation of Samoa.
See also Fleishmann, H., and Rechinger, K.
Rechinger, K. H. (filius).
1934, Die siid- und zentralamerikanischen Arten der Gattung Rumex. Vorarbeiten
zu einer Monographie der Gattung Rumex. III. Arkiv Bot. 26(3):
1-58. pl. 1-6. f. 1-15.
Includes five species from Juan Ferndndez with R. foliosus n. sp.
Rechinger, L. See Rechinger, K., and Rechinger, L., 1906.
Record, M.
1945. A collection of woody plants from Melanesia. Trop. Woods 81: 9-45.
An annotated enumeration, including some natives of Fiji, with a check list of local
names,
Record, S. J.
1932. Notes on tropical timbers. Trop. Woods 32: 1-6.
Includes a note on Alstonia spathulata from the Carolines.
Redinger, K.
1938. Restitution und kritische Revision der Flechtengattungen Enterographa
Fée und Sclerophyton Eschw. Repert. Sp. Nov. 43: 49-77. pl. 243.
Includes a few species from Hawaii and New Caledonia.
1940. Lichenes: in Hochreutiner, B. P. G., Plantae Hochreutineranae V. Candollea
8: 47-60.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Reed, M.
1907. The economic seaweeds of Hawaii and their food value. Ann. Rep. Hawaii
Agric. Exper. Sta. 61-88. pl. 4-7.
Regel, E. von
1859, Die Arten der Gattungen Dracaena und Cordyline, die in den Girten
Petersburg’s cultivirt werden, und deren Cultur im Zimmer und
Gewachshause. Gartenfl. 8: 326-336.
Includes an enumeration with a few natives of Polynesia.
1864, Cordyline australis Endl. Gartenfl. 13: 291-292. pl. 450.
Native of Norfolk Island.
1868. Tacca pinnatifida Forst. Gartenfl. 17: 162-163. pl. 582.
Native of the Society Islands.
1870. Anthurium aralifolium. Gartenfl. 19: 98-99. p/. 648.
Native of New Caledonia.
Regel, E. von, and others.
1870. Annotationes botanicae. Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Petrop. 1868: Suppl. 10-34.
Includes a redescription of Anthurium aralifolium, native of New Caledonia.
Regel, E. von
1872. Tecophilaea cyanocrocus Leyb. Gartenfl. 21: 97-98, pl. 718.
Native of Juan Fernandez.
1876. Baeckea parvula D.C. Gartenfl. 25: 356. pl. 886. f. 2.
Native of New Caledonia.
1888. Nephrolepis rufescens Prsl. var. tripinnatifida h. Veitch. Gartenfl. 37:
94-96, f. 24,
Introduced from Fiji.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 251
Rehder, A.
1911-18. The Bradley bibliography. A guide to the literature of the woody plants
of the world published before the beginning of the twentieth century.
Compiled at the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University under the
direction of Charles Sprague Sargent. Publ. Arnold Arb. no, 3, 1: i-xii,
1-566. 1911; 2: i-vi, 1-926. 1912; 3: i-x, 1-806. 1915; 4: i-xiii, 1-589.
1914; 5: i-xxxii, 1-1008. 1918.
A comprehensive bibliography of the subject.
Rehm, H.
1911. Ascomycetes novi. IV. Ann. Myc. 9: 363-371.
Includes Xylaria morchelliformis n. sp. from Hawaii.
Reichardt, H. W.
1866. Diagnosen der neuen Arten von Pilzen, welche die Novara-Expedition mit-
brachte. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 16: 373-376.
Includes five new species of fungi from Tahiti.
1868a. Orthorhynchium, eine neue Laubmoos-Gattung. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien
18: 115-116.
Native of Tahiti.
1868b. Diagnosen der neuen Arten von Laubmoosen welche die N ovara-Expedition
mitbrachte. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 18: 193-198.
Includes two new species from Tahiti.
1870. Fungi, Hepaticae et Musci frondosi: in Fenzl, E., Reise der Osterreichischen
Fregatte Novara um die Erde . . . Botanischer Theil 1: 133-196. pi.
20-36,
Includes some Polynesian species.
1877. Beitrag zur Kryptogamenflora der Hawaiischen Inseln. Sitzber. Akad.
Wiss. Wien 75: 553-582. Reprint 1-30.
A critical consideration of Wawra’s material, with descriptions of new species of
algae (by Grunow), fungi, hepaticae, and mosses.
1878. Beitrag zur Phanerogamenflora der Hawaiischen Inseln. Sitzber. Akad.
Wiss. Wien 76: 721-734. Reprint 1-14. 1878.
A list of grasses and sedges with notes and descriptions of new species based on
Wawra’s material,
Reiche, K.
1894-1911. Flora de Chile 1: 1-379, [1]. 1894-96; 2: 1-397. 1898; 3: 1-425, [1].
1899-1901; 4: 1-488, [1]. 1902-1905; 5: 1-463. 1910; 6: 1-176. 1911.
A general descriptive flora including the Juan Ferndndez species. Consists of sepa-
rately paged reprints of his “Estudios Criticos sobre la Flora de Chile”: Ann. Univ.
Chile 88 (1894). Vol. 6 was never completed.
Reichenbach, H. G. (filius)
1847-76. Orchidiographische Beitrage. Linnaea 19: 369-379. 1847; 20: 673-696.
1847; 22: 859-867. 1849; 25: 225-232. 1852; 41: 17-98. 1876.
Includes the descriptions of a few Micronesian and many New Caledonian species.
Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), and (Kranzlin, F.)
1858-1900. Xenia Orchidacea. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Orchideen. 1: 1-246.
pl. 1-100. 1858; 2: 1-232. pl. 101-200. 1862-74; 3: i-vi, 1-192, pl. 201-
300. 1878-1900.
Descriptions and illustrations of orchids from various parts of the world, including
some from Polynesia. Vol. 3 is by Kranzlin.
252 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Reichenbach, H. G. (filius).
1862. Dendrobium Mohlianum. Bonplandia 10: 334-335. p/. 16.
Native of Fiji.
1866. Aerides Thibautianum, Rchb. fil. Gard. Chron. 1866: 100
Thought to be native of Polynesia.
1868. Orchideae: in Seemann, B., Flora Vitiensis. 293-305. pl. 90-92.
A general consideration of the then-known species.
1876. Eria acutissima n. sp. Gard. Chron. II. 5: 567.
Native of the Sunda Islands, or ‘‘Polynesia or Philippines.’ Kranzlin (1910-11)
says its origin is unknown; probably not from Polynesia.
1877a. Dendrobium (Dendrocoryne) tipuliferum, n. sp. Gard. Chron. II. 7: 72.
Native of Fiji.
1877b. Dendrobium Petri, n. sp. Gard. Chron. II. 7: 107.
Native of Polynesia.
1877c. Spathoglottis Petri, n. sp. Gard. Chron, II. 8: 392,
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1877d. Two new orchids from Samoa collected by the Rev. S. J. Whitmee. Jour.
Bot. 15: 132-133.
Dendrobium dactylodes and Etoeria [Hetaeria] whitmeei, n. spp.
1878. Saccolabium mimus, n. sp. Gard. Chron. II. 9: 266.
Native of Polynesia.
1878-81. Orchideae Wilkesianae indescriptae. Otia Bot. Hamburg 1: 50-56. Re-
printed in Reichenbach Xen. Orch. 3: 27-32. 1881.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1882a. Orchideae describuntur II, Flora 65: 531-535.
Includes Calanthe bracteosa n. sp. from Samoa.
1882b. Calanthe bracteosa n. sp. Gard. Chron. II, 18: 712,
Native of Fiji.
1882c. Grammatophyllum elegans n. sp. Gard. Chron. II. 18: 776.
Native of the “South Sea Islands.”
1883. Spathoglottis pacifica. Gard. Chron. II. 19: 340,
Native of the Pacific Islands.
1883-86. New garden plants, Gard. Chron. II. 20: 166. 1883; IT. 26: 552-553, 1886.
Includes Calanthe anchorifera and Dendrobium inauditum n. spp. from Polynesia.
1886. Dendrobium (Dendrocoryne) inauditum, n. sp. Gard. Chron. II, 26: 552,
Native of Polynesia.
Reid, C. F.
1939, Bibliography of the Island of Guam. 1-202.
Not very complete in the botanical field. Published by the H. W. Wilson Co.
Reinbold, T.
1899. Meeresalgen. Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific (Prof. Dr. Schauins-
land 1896-97). Abh. Naturw. Ver. Bremen 16: 287-302.
A list with notes, including various species from Hawaii and Samoa.
1900. Meeresalgen von den Norfolk-Inseln. Nuov. Notar. 11: 147-153.
A list.
1901. Meeresalgen von den Karolinen (meist von Yap) welche Prof. Dr. Volkens
gesammelt hat. Hedwigia 40: 350-351.
A list.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 203
1907. Meeresalgen: (Phycochromophyceae, Chlorophyceae, Phaeophyceae, Rho-
dophyceae exklusive der nicht articulirten Corallinaceae): in Rechinger,
K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . . . Denkschr. Akad. Wiss.
Wien 81: 200-208. Reprint 1: 4-12.
Includes some Samoan species.
Reinecke, F.
1895a. Samoa. Jahresb, Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 73(2 b) : 66-80.
Includes notes on various plants and their uses.
1895b. Die Nutzpflanzen Samoas und ihre Verwendung. Jahresb. Schles. Ges.
Vaterl. Cult. 73(2 c): 22-46.
Notes on economic species.
1896-98. Die Flora der Samoa-Inseln. Bot. Jahrb. 23: 237-368. pl. 4-5. 8 f. 1896;
25: 578-708. pl. 8-13. 1 f. 1898.
With the assistance of specialists: Schmidle, Reinbold, Hennings, J. Mueller, Stephani,
Brotherus, Christ, and others. Lists with descriptions of new species,
1902a. Samoa. 1-312.
Not seen.
1902b. Die Vegetation der Samoa-Inseln mit Beriicksichtigung der pacifischen
Florengebiete. Verh. Ges. Deutsch. Naturf. Leipzig 73(II, 1): 221-223.
General for the subject indicated.
1903a. Die Samoa-Inseln und ihre Vegetation in pflanzengeographischer Beziehung.
Mitt. Perth. Geogr. Anstalt 49: 241-249.
General.
1903b. Die Vegetation der Samoa-Inseln. Prometheus 14: 725-729. f. 523-529
743-745. f. 544-549.
Descriptive.
1906. Pflanzengeographie Polynesiens. Mitt. Perth. Geogr. Anstalt 52: 281-284.
A general discussion.
Reissek, S.
1842. Monographische Erlauterung der Gattung Pennantia und Aufklarung ihrer
natirlichen Verwandtschaft. Linnaea 16: 337-346. pl. 12-13.
Includes Pennantia endlicheri from Norfolk Island.
Renault, F., and Cardot, J.
1901. Note sur le genre Taxithelium, R. Spruce. Rev. Bryol. 28: 109-112.
A list including the few Polynesian species.
1905. Musci exotici novi vel minus cogniti adjectis Hepatices quas elaboravit F.
Stephani. Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. Mém. 41(1): 1-148.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Rendle, A. B.
1899. A systematic revision of the genus Najas. Trans. Linn. Soc. II. Bot. 5:
379-444, t. 39-42.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1901. Najadaceae. Pflanzenr. 7(IV. 12): 1-21. f. 1-5.
Monographic.
700080—47—17
254 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M.
1921-22. A systematic account of the plants collected in New Caledonia and Isle
of Pines by Prof. R. H. Compton, M. A., in 1914. Part I. Flowering
plants (Angiosperms), Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 245-417. pl. 13-24, 1921;
Part II. Gymnosperms [ferns and mosses] 421-446. pl. 26-27. 1922;
Part III. Cryptogams (Hepaticae-Fungi) 46: 13-96. pl. 2-5. 1922.
A systematic enumeration with descriptions of many new species. Gymnosperms and
ferns by R. H. Compton; Musci by L. Thériot; fresh-water algae by N. Carter;
Charophyta by J. Groves; lichens by A. L. Smith; fungi by E. M. Wakefield; and
Mycetozoa by G. Lister.
Riccobono, V.
1906. Fruttificazione dell’ Howea Belmoreana. Boll. Ort. Bot. Palermo 5: 119-
121,
Includes some historical data on the introduction of this native of Lord Howe Island
and a description of its flowers.
1915. Araliacee coltivate all’ aperto in Sicilia. Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 40: 28-32.
Includes description and notes on Meryta denhami, native of New Caledonia.
Richard, A.
1833-34. Sertum Astrolabianum. Description des espéces nouvelles ou peu
connues, recueillies par M. Lesson jeune, chirurgien de la marine
royale, pendant la circumnavigation de la corvette l’Astrolabe 2: i-Ivi,
1-167. pl. 1-39.
Includes some Polynesian species. This is a part of the ‘Voyage de Découvertes de
l’Astrolabe . . . Pendant les Années 1826-29 sous la Commandement de Dumont
d@’Urville. Botanique.”
Richard, L. C.
1822, Mémoire sur une nouvelle famille de plantes, les Balanophorées. Mém.
Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 8: 404-435. pl. 19-21. Reprint 1-32. pl. 19-21.
Includes Balanophora fungosa from New Caledonia.
Richter, H. E.
1835-40. Caroli Linnaei systema, ‘genera, species plantarum uno volumine. Editio
critica adstricta, conferta, sive Codex botanicus Linnaeanus . . . i-xxxii,
1-1102. 1835; Index alphabeticus by G. L. Petermann. i-iv, 1-202. 1840.
A compilation and republication of all Linnaean descriptions.
Ridley, H. N.
1886. A monograph of the genus Liparis. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 22: 244-297,
Includes the Polynesian species.
1888. A revision of the genera Microstylis and Malaxis. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 24:
308-351.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1930. The dispersal of plants throughout the world, i-xx, 1-744. pl. 1-22.
Includes data on the vegetation of various Polynesian islands.
1934. Firmiana and Erythropsis. Kew Bull. 1934: 214-217.
Includes Firmiana diversifolia of Fiji.
1938. Notes on Xylocarpus. Kew Bull. 1938: 288-292.
Records X. granatum from Polynesia.
Riley, L. A. M.
1926. Notes on the flora of Rapa. Kew Bull. 1926: 51-56. 1 map.
Includes the descriptions of four new species.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 255
Ripperton, J. C., Goff, R. A., Edwards, D. W., and Davis, W. C.
1933. Range grasses of Hawaii. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 65: 1-58. f. 1-49.
General for the subject indicated.
Ripperton, J. C., and Hosaka, E. Y.
1942. Vegetation zones of Hawaii. Hawaii Agr. Exper. Sta. Bull. 89: 1-60.
2 maps. f. 1-7.
A general discussion with tabulated list of species. Climate, pp. 6-12, by S. B. Jones.
Ripperton, J. C. See also Chung, H. L., and Ripperton, J. C.; and Hosaka, E. Y.,
and Ripperton, J. C.; and Whitney, L. D., Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton,
j. Cc.
Robbins, R. C. See Miller, C. D., Bazore, K., and Robbins, C. R.
Robertson, H. A. See Morrison, A., 1902.
Roberty, G.
1937. Hypothéses sur l’origine et les migrations des cotonniers cultivés et notes
sur les cotonniers sauvages. Candollea 7: 297-360. pl. 17-28.
Includes Gossypium purpurascens var. taitense n. comb. (G. taitense) from Tahiti,
New Caledonia, Mascarene Islands, and Madagascar and var. religiosoides from Fiji.
1942. Gossypiorum revisionis tentamen. Candollea 9: 19-103. pl. 1.
Includes a few Polynesian references.
Robinson, B. L.
1910. Spermatophytes, new or reclassified, chiefly Rubiaceae and Gentianaceae.
Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 45: 394-412. Reprinted in Contr. Gray
Herb, 38: 394-412.
Contains new combinations in Bikkia and Timonius for a few New Caledonian and
Polynesian species.
1913. Revisions of Alomia, Ageratum, and Oxylobus. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci.
49: 438-491. Reprinted in Contr. Gray Herb. 42: 438-491.
Records Ageratum conysoides from Hawaii.
Robinson, C. B.
1911. Philippine Urticaceae. Philip. Jour. Sci. 6: Bot. 1-31. pl. 1-3.
Includes a photographic reproduction of the Polynesian type specimen of Elatostema
sessile.
Robinson, W. J.
1912-14. A taxonomic study of the Pteridophyta of the Hawaiian Islands. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 39: 227-248. pl. 18-20. 567-601. pl. 40-44. 1912;
40: 193-228. pl. 9-12. 1913; 41: 51-59. pl. 1-2. 1914.
A systematic consideration of the known species.
Robyns, W.
1938. A naturalist in the Hawaiian Islands. Bull. Cercle Alumni Fond. Univ.
Brux. 9: 124-139. illus.
Not seen.
Robyns, W., and Lamb, S. H.
1939, Preliminary ecological survey of the island of Hawaii. Bull. Jard. Bot.
Brux. 15: 241-293. f. 10-43.
Ecological.
Rock, J. F.
1909a, A new Hawaiian Scaevola (S. Swezeyana). Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 36:
645-646. f. 1.
From Oahu.
256
1909b.
1910.
191 la.
1911b.
1913a.
1913b.
1913c.
1913d.
1913e.
1914.
1915a.
1915b.
1916a.
1916b.
1916c.
1916d.
1916e,
1917a.
1917b.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
A new Hawaiian shrub. Hawaiian For. Agr. 6: 503.
Scaegola swezeyana n. sp. This is apparently a republication of Rock, J. F., 1909a.
Some new Hawaiian plants. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 37: 297-304. f. 1-5.
Pittosporum hosmeri, Sideroxylon rhynchospermum, Lysimachia glutinosa, and Du-
bautia waialealae n. spp.
Notes upon Hawaiian plants with descriptions of new species and varieties.
Col. Hawaii Bull. 1: 1-20. pl. 1-5.
Descriptions of five new species in various families and several varieties of Viola.
For republication of descriptions see Fedde, F., 1908-12.
Synopsis of the Hawaiian Flora. Hawaiian Annual (1912) 28: 82-91.
The indigenous trees of the Hawaiian islands. i-v, 1-518. pl. 1-215.
A general botanical treatment.
List of Hawaiian names of plants. Bot. Bull. Hawaii Board Agr. For. 2:
1-20.
An alphabetical list of native names with their binomial equivalents.
New species of Hawaiian plants. Col. Hawaii Bull. 2: 9-12, 39-47. pl. 9-12.
Includes descriptions of several new species, chiefly Campanulaceae. On the cover
the title appears as “Descriptions of New Species of Hawaiian Plants.”
Remarks on certain Hawaiian plants described by H. Léveillé in Fedde
Repertorium X. 10/14 (1911) 156-157. Col. Hawaii Bull. 2: 48-49.
Six species considered and reduced.
The ferns of Hawaii. Friend 71: 28-30, 40.
Not seen.
Revisio plantarum Hawaiiensium a Léveillé descriptarum. Repert. Sp. Nov.
13: 352-361.
Most of the new species from Hawaii proposed by Léveillé reduced to previously
described ones. See Léveillé, H., 1911, 1912-13.
Vegetation der Hawaii-Inseln. Bot. Jahrb, 53: 275-311.
Phytogeographical.
A new Hawaiian Cyanea. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 42: 77-78. pl. 1.
C. larrisonii n. sp. from Kauai.
The sandalwoods of Hawaii. A revision of the Hawaiian species of the
genus Santalum, Bot. Bull. Hawaii Board Agr. For. 3: 1-43. pl, 1-13.
A general taxonomic treatment; nine species recognized.
A new species of Pritchardia. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 43: 385- 387. pl, 21. f. 1.
P, beccariana n. sp. from Hawaii.
Palmyra Island, with a description of its flora. Col. Hawaii Bull, 4: 1-53.
pl. 1-20. 1 f. 1 map.
General observations and a list of species with notes. Also privately reprinted in
1916 with the same pagination.
Preliminary list of plants growing in Mrs. Mary E. Foster’s grounds, Nuu-
anu Avenue, Honolulu. Hawaiian For. Agr. 13: 113-123. pi. 1-4.
Mostly exotic species, many introduced by Hillebrand, whose home was this estate.
Some plants of Hawaii. Mid-Pacif. Mag. 11: 579-583. 3 f.
Botanical notes on various species.
The ornamental trees of Hawaii. i-v. 1-210. pl. 1-79.
A general botanical treatment.
Revision of the Hawaiian species of the genus Cyrtandra, section Cylindro-
calyces Hillebr. Am. Jour. Bot, 4: 604-623. f. 1-5.
Monographic.
1917c.
1917d.
1917e.
1917£.
1918a.
1918b.
1918c.
1918d.
1919a,
1919b.
1919c.
1919d.
1919e.
1920a.
1920b.
1920c.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 207
The Ohia Lehua trees of Hawaii. A revision of the Hawaiian species of
the genus Metrosideros Banks, with special reference to the varieties and
forms of Metrosideros collina (Forster) A, Gray subspecies polymorpha
(Gaud.) Rock. Bot. Bull. Hawaii Board Agr. For. 4: 1-76. pl. 1-31.
A taxonomic treatment; five species and numerous varieties recognized.
Notes on Hawaiian Lobelioideae, with descriptions of new species and vari-
eties. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 44: 229-239, pl. 9-16.
Thirteen species described.
Hawaiian trees—a criticism. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 44: 545-546.
Notes on MacCaughey. 1917¢.
Sandal wood in Hawaii. Mid-Pacif. Mag. 13: 356-359.
History and exploitation.
Cyrtandreae Hawaiienses, sect. Crotonocalyces Hillebr. Am. Jour. Bot, 5:
259-277. pl. 18-23.
Monographic.
Pelea and Platydesma. Bot. Gaz. 65: 261-267. f. 1.
A general consideration of the known Hawaiian species.
New species of Hawaiian plants. Bull, Torr. Bot. Club 45: 133-139. pl. 6.
Cyanea giffardiit, C. rollandioides, Rollandia angustifolia, Lobelia oahuensis, and
Straussia glomerata n. sp.
Trees recommended for planting. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 18: 414-421.
Includes notes on various species and their value for cultivation in Hawaii.
Cyrtandreae Hawaiienses, Sections Schizocalyces Hillebr. and Chaetocalyces
Hillebr. Am. Jour. Bot. 6: 47-68. pl. 3-8.
Monographic.
Cyrtandreae Hawaiienses, sect, Microcalyces Hillebr. Am. Jour. Bot. 6: 203-
216. pl. 29-32.
Monographic.
The arborescent indigenous legumes of Hawaii. Bot. Bull. Hawaii Board
Agr. For. 5: 1-53. pl. 1-18.
General.
The Hawaiian genus Kokia, a relative of the cotton. Bot. Bull. Hawaii
Board Agr, For. 6: 1-22. pl. 1-7.
A taxonomic treatment of the known forms of. Kokia.
A monographic study of the Hawaiian species of the tribe Lobelioideae,
family Campanulaceae. Mem. Bishop Mus, 7(2) : i-xvi, 1-394. pl. 1-217.
The leguminous plants of Hawaii, being an account of the native, intro-
duced, and naturalized trees, shrubs, vines, and herbs belonging to the
family Leguminosae. i-x, 1-234. pl. I-93.
Includes a key to the genera and descriptions of about 200 species. Published by |the
Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experiment Station.
The genus Plantago in Hawaii. Am. Jour. Bot. 7: 195-210, pl. 13.
Includes a key to the Hawaiian species and varieties.
The poisonous plants of Hawaii. Hawaiian For, Agr. 17: 59-62, 97-101.
General notes.
See also Beccari, O., and Rock, J. F., 1921; and Radlkofer, L., and Rock, J. F.,
1911.
Rodigas, E.
1882a.
Araucaria Miilleri, Ad. Brong. & A. Gris. Ill. Hort. 29: 73-74, pl. 449.
Native of New Caledonia.
258 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1882b. Kentia (Kentiopsis) Luciani Lind. Ill. Hort. 29: 77. pl. 451.
Native of New Caledonia.
1882c. L’Epipremnum mirabile Schott. Rev. Hort, Belge 8: 157. 1 pl.
Native of Fiji.
1884. Aralia monstrosa (B. S. Williams). Rev. Hort. Belge 10: 60. 1 pl.
Native of New Caledonia.
1889. Oxera pulchella Labill. Ill, Hort 36: 17-18. pl. 76.
Native of New Caledonia.
Roemer, J. J., and Schultes, J. A.
1817-30. Systema vegetabilium secundum classes, ordines, genera, species. Cum
characteribus, differentiis et synonymiis, Editio nova, speciebus inde ab
editione XV detectis aucta et locupletata. 1: i-xxviii, 1642, 1817; 2:
i-vill, 1-964. 1817; 3: i-vi, 1-584. 1818; 4: i-lx, 1-888. 1819; 5: i-viii,
i-lii, 1-632, (corrigenda) [1-6]. 1919; 6: 1-viii, i-lxx, 1-852, (corri-
genda) [1-5]. 1820; 7(1): i-xliii, 1-753, 1829; 7(2): i-iv, xlv-cvii,
755-1815. 1830. Ed. nov. 1-323. 1830; Mantissae in volumina I-III
curarunt Joseph August Schultes et Julius Hermann Schultes, filius 1:
i-vi, 1-386, 1822; 2: 1-388. 1824; 3; 1-717. 1827.
This is a new edition of Linnaeus’s “Systema Vegetabilium,’” appearing between ed.
15 (Murray) and ed. 16 (Sprengel).
Rohrbach, P.
1871-73. Beitrage zur Systematik der Caryophyllinen. III. Linnaea 37: 183-312.
Includes a few Juan Fernandez species.
Rolfe, R. A.
1883. Notes on Carruthersia and Voacanga. Jour. Bot. 21: 200-202.
Includes Melodinus vitensis from Fiji.
1889, Dendrobium Fairfaxii, Rolfe, n. sp. Gard. Chron. III. 3: 798-799,
Native of the New Hebrides.
1893-1922. New orchids: Decade 4. Kew Bull. 1893: 4-8. 1893; (13) 1895: 33-
37, (14) 191-195, (15) 281-285. 1895; (16) 1896: 44-47. 1806; (21-22)
1898; 192-199, 1898; (30) 1907: 128-132. 1907; (31) 1908: 68-73, (32)
412-416. 1908; (33) 1909: 61-66. 1909; (38) 1912: 131-135. 1912;
(48) 1921: 52-56. 1921; (49) 1922: 22-26, 1922.
Includes original descriptions of various Polynesian species.
1907. Donax and Schumannianthus. Jour. Bot. 45: 242-244,
Nomenclatural.
1912. Dendrobium imthurnii. Bot. Mag. 138: t. 8452.
Described from the New Hebrides.
1920. Metrosideros collina, Bot. Mag. 146: t. 8846.
Widely distributed in Polynesia.
Romell, L.
1928. Basidiomycetes from Juan Fernandez: in Skottsberg, C., The natural history
of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany 465-471. 1 f.
A list with nctes.
Rose, J. N. See Britton, N. L., and Rose, J. N.
Rosenstock, E.
1909. Filices novae, V. Repert. Sp. Nov, 7: 146-150.
Includes Asplenium tenuiculum n. sp. from New Caledonia.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 259
1910. Filices novae annis 1909 et 1910 a M. Franc et Le Rat in Nova Caledonia
lectae. Repert. Sp. Nov. 9: 71-76.
Eleven new species and varieties described.
1911. Felices novae a cl. Franc in Nova Caledonia collectae. Repert. Sp. Nov. 10:
158-163.
Twelve new species and varieties described; a continuation of the preceding.
1912a. Beschreibung neuer Hymenophyllaceae aus dem Rijks Herbarium zu Leiden.
Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden 11: 1-3.
Includes H. subdimidiatum n. sp. from New Caledonia.
1912b, Blechnum Francii Rosenst., ein neuer Wasserfarn. Repert. Sp. Nov. 12:
191-192.
Native of New Caledonia.
1917. Felices palaeotropicae novae herbarii Lugduno-Batavi. Med. Rijks Herb.
Leiden 31: 1-8.
Includes some new species from New Caledonia.
Rossbach, R. P.
1940, Spergularia in North and South America, Rhodora 42: 57-83. pl. 589.
f. 1-15, 105-143. pl. 590-592, 158-193. pl. 593-596, 203-213.
Monographic; includes at least one species from our area, S. confertiflora from Juan
Fernandez.
Rostafinski, J. T.
1874-75, Sluzowce (Mycetozoa) monographia. Pamiet. Towarz, Nauk Scislych
Paryzu 5(4): 1-215. 1874; 6(1) : 216-432. pl. 1-13. 1875.
Monographic.
1876. Dodatek I do monografii Sluzowcéw. Pamiet. Towarz. Nauk Scislych
Paryzu 8(4): 1-42. 1 pl.
Supplementary to the preceding; includes Chondrioderma berkeleyanum n. sp. from
Tahiti.
Roster, G.
1913-15. Le palme coltivate in piena aria nei giardini di Italia. Bull. Soc, Tosc.
Ort. 38: 194-200, 218-225. pl. 7,9. 1913; 39: 169-176, 191-193. 1914;
40: 32-43. 1915.
Includes descriptions of and notes on some Polynesian species.
1920-21. La resistenza al freddo; la identificazione e la nomenclatura delle palme
con elenco dei giardini d’Italia dove si coltivano all’ aria aperta, Bull.
Soc. Tosc. Ort. 45: 70-75. 1920; 46: 22-25. 1921.
Includes botanical notes and data on frost resistance on some natives of Polynesia.
Roth, G.
1911. Obersicht tiber die Gattung Calymperes. Hedwigia 51: 122-134.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1913. Nachtrag I zu Band I der aussereuropdischen Laubmoose von 1910-11.
Hedwigia 53: 81-98, pl. 1-2. 1 f.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Rougier, E.
1917. Tle de Christmas. Bull. Soc. Etud. Océan. 1: 25-30.
Includes a very few notes on plants.
1923-24. Maladies et médecines a Fiji. Bull. Soc. Etud. Océan. 7: 21-34. 1923;
8: 5-20. 1923; 9: 3-9. 1924.
The last part contains a list of plant binomials with local names for Fiji and pp. 7-9
a similar list for Tahiti.
260 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Roumeguére, C.
1882. Bouquet de cryptogames rapporté des iles de l’Océan Pacifique par M. J.
Remy, ancien voyageur du Muséum. Rev. Myc. 3: 94-96. pl. 29.
A short list; lichens determined by J. Mueller, fungi by Kalchbrenner, some described
as new.
Roux, J. See Sarasin, F., and Roux, J.
Ruhland, W.
1903. Eriocaulaceae. Pflanzenr. 13 (IV. 30): 1-294. f. 1-40.
Monographic.
Ruiz, H.
1940. Travels of Ruiz, Pavén, and Dombey in Peru and Chile (1777-1788).
With an epilogue and official documents added by Augustin Jésus Bar-
reiro. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 21: 1-372, 2 maps.
Scarcely pertains to the Polynesian region but does include the record of introduc-
tion of Platanus otahetianus (apparently Broussonetia papyrifera) from Tahiti into
Peru. English translation by B. E. Dahlgren from the unpublished Spanish manu-
script.
Russ, G. W.
1932, Notes on the distribution of Neowawraea. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 20:
6-7.
Not seen.
Ss
Saccardo, P. A.
1882-1931. Sylloge fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum 1 to 25: 1882-1931.
Includes redescriptions of the known species of fungi from all parts of the world.
Lithoprint reproduction, Edwards Brothers, 1945,
Sadebeck, R.
1897. Die wichtigeren Nutzpflanzen und deren Erzeugnisse aus den deutschen
Colonien. Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anstalt 14(3) : 1-138.
Includes data on some Polynesian economic plants.
1899. Die Kulturgewachse der deutschen Kolonien und ihre Erzeugnisse. i-xiii.
1-366. f. 1-127.
Includes data on Coelococcus carolinensis, C. vitiensis, and some other economic plants
from Polynesia.
Safert, E.
1919. Kusaie: in G. Thilenius, Ergebnisse der Stidsee Expedition 1908-1910.
II. 4(1) : i-xxviii, 1-298, illus.
Includes some data on economic plants.
Safford, W. E.
1902. Guam and its people. Am. Anthropol. n. ser. 4: 707-729. pl. 27-30.
Includes notes on the vegetation and the introduced plants. Republished with revisions
in Ann. Rep. Smiths. Inst. Append. 1902: 493-507. pl. 1-12. 1903.
1904. Extracts from the notebook of a naturalist on the island of Guam. Plant
World 7: 1-8. 1 f. 25-31, 53-60, 81-87. 1 f. 113-118, 141-146, 163-169,
189-195, 213-220, 237-245, 261-268, 285-298.
Includes many observations on the vegetation.
1905a. The useful plants of the island of Guam. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 9: 1-416.
pl. 1-70.
An alphabetical list with extensive notes, including various new names, the authors
of these being W. F. Wright and F. V. Coville. Includes a chapter on history of
exploration.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 261
1905b. Our smallest possession—Guam. Nat. Geogr. Mag. 16: 229-237. 5 pl.
Includes some data regarding plant life.
1910? A year on the Island Guam. An account of the first American administra-
tion, with notes on the physical geography, climate, flora and fauna of
the island, its history, and the character of its people. i-ix, 1-190. clus.
A repaged (numbering machine) reprint of Safford, W. E., 1904, with added title
page, table of contents, and introduction. No date is given for the reprint, but the
introduction refers to the original publication having appeared “‘several years ago’’ and
contains references to publications appearing in 1906. The only copy seen was presented
by the author to the Library of Congress in 1911.
1921. Cultivated plants of Polynesia and their vernacular names, an index to
the origin and migration of the Polynesians. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ.
7: 183-187 (Proc. First Pan-Pacific Sci. Congress 1920).
The philological evidence supporting the western origin of most of the plants cultivated
by the early Polynesians.
Sagot, P.
1886. Bananier Féhi, sa forme asperme et sa forme séminifére. Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 33: 317-326.
A general note.
St. John, H.
1931a. Pilea bisepala, St. John, new species. 42-45. f. 2.
A reprint from Wilder, G. P. “Flora of Rarotonga,’ Bishop Mus. Bull. 86: 42-45.
1931. The above title appears only on the reprint.
1931b. Additions to the flora of Niihau. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 9(14): 1-11.
pl. 1-3.
Includes the descriptions of several new species.
1932, Notes on Pritchardia. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 9(19) : 1-5.
Questions the value of certain characters used to differentiate Hawaiian species,
St. John, H., and Hosaka, E. Y.
1932a. Noxious weeds of the Hawaiian pineapple fields. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ.
20: 7.
An abstract; see next entry.
1932b. Weeds of the pineapple fields of the Hawaiian islands. Univ. Hawaii
Research Publ. 6: 1-196. 82 f.
Illustrations and popular descriptions of more than 80 of the commonest weeds of
Hawaii. ,
St. John, H.
1933. Lysimachia, Labordia, Scaevola, and Pluchea. Hawaiian plant studies—I.
Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 10(4) : 1-10. pl. 1. f. 1.
Critical notes on a few species, including Scaewosla skottsbergit n. sp.
1934, Panicum, Zanthoxylum, Psychotria, and Sicyos. Hawaiian plant studies—
2. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 10(12) : 1-7. f. 1-2.
Notes on various species, including Panicum pellitoides n. sp.
1935. Additions to the flora of Midway Islands. Hawaiian plant studies—III.
Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 11(14): 1-4.
Lists 17 species, mostly introduced weeds.
St. John, H., and Hosaka, E. Y.
1935. Hawaiian Panicum, Metrosideros, Sanicula, Lobelia, and Rollandia, Occ.
Pap. Bishop Mus. 11 (13): 1-18. pl. 1-2. f. 1-6.
Five new species and several varieties described.
262 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
St. John, H.
1936a, Transfer of the Papuan Gouldia to the genus Psychotria. Occ. Pap. Bishop
Mus, 12(7) : 1+. pl. 1.
P. papwana, with notes on one Polynesian species.
1936b. A revision of the Hawaiian species of Labordia described by H. Baillon.
Hawaiian plant studies—4. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus, 12(8): 1-11. pl. 1-4.
Critical notes on Baillon’s species, including L. baillonii n. sp.
St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R.
1936. Vegetation of Flint Island, Central Pacific. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 30: 21.
A brief abstract; see next entry for the full paper.
1937, Vegetation of Flint Island, Central Pacific. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 12(24):
1-4.
A brief descriptive statement with a list of 36 species.
1938. Identification of Hawaiian plants; a key to the families of Dicotyledons of
the Hawaiian Islands, descriptions of the families, and list of the genera.
Univ. Hawaii Occ. Pap. 36: 1-53.
St. John H., and Hosaka, E. Y.
1938. Notes on Hawaiian species of Lobelia. Hawaiian plant studies—5, Occ.
Pap. Bishop Mus. 14: 117-126. 1. f.
Deals chiefly with the varieties of L. gaudichaudii.
St. John, H.
1939a. New Hawaiian species of Clermontia, including a revision of the Cler-
montia grandiflora group. Hawaiian plant studies—6. Occ. Pap. Bishop
Mus. 15: 1-19. pl. 1-6.
Includes nine species and varieties.
1939b. New Hawaiian Lobeliaceae. Hawaiian plant studies—7, Occ. Pap. Bishop
Mus. 15: 21-35, pl. 1-7.
Seven new species and varieties described.
1939c, Jungles of Fiji. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 33: 24.
A six-line abstract, nonbotanical in spite of its title.
St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R.
1939. A new variety of Ruppia maritima (Ruppiaceae) from the tropical Pacific.
Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 15: 175-178. 1 f.
R. maritima var. pacifica n. var., with f. pacifica n.f. from Hawaii.
1940. Identification of Hawaiian plants: Part 2. A key to the families and
genera of the gymnosperms and of the monocotyledons of the Hawaiian
Islands, with descriptions of the families, Univ. Hawaii Occ. Pap. 41:
1-47,
A continuation of St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R., 1938,
St. John, H.
1940a. Hawaiian plants named by Endlicher in 1836. Hawaiian plant studies—8.
Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 15: 229-238,
A discussion of Endlicher’s previously overlooked new combinations, three of which
replace later binomials.
1940b. Ophioglossum, Rollandia, and Scaevola. Hawaiian plant studies—9, Occ.
Pap. Bishop Mus. 15: 351-359. f. 1.
Ophioglossum falcatum, Scaevola mollis £. trilobata n. f., and Rollandia humboldtiana
f. albida n. f.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 2638
1940c. Itinerary of Hugh Cuming in Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 16:
81-90. portr.
Lists the places that Cuming visited in Polynesia, with his plant numbers 1357-1433,
which should not be confused with the corresponding ones in Cuming’s later Philippine
collections.
1942a. Later travels and botanical studies of William Hillebrand. Chron. Bot. 7:
69-70.
Pertains to the preparation and publication Hillebrand’s “Flora of the Hawaiian
Islands.”
1942b. New combinations in the Gleicheniaceae and in Styphelia (Epacridaceae).
Pacific plant studies 1, Occas. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 79-84.
Includes an enumeration of the Gleicheniaceae of the eastern and ‘southern Pacific
Islands,
1943a. Distribution of Ophioglossum on islands of the Pacific Ocean. Pacific
plant studies 2. Occ. Pap, Bishop Mus. 17: 177-182. f. 1-2.
Seven species considered.
1943b. New Hawaiian species of Peperomia. Hawaiian plant studies 10.: Occ.
Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 171-175. f. 1-2.
Includes descriptions of Peperomia dextrolaeva and P. haupuensis n. spp., with
P. oahuensis first reported from Kauai. .
1944. Diagnoses of Hawaiian species of Pelea (Rutaceae). Hawaiian plant
studies 13. Lloydia 7: 265-274.
Brief preliminary descriptions of about 45 new species of Pelea and numerous new
varieties, all from Hawaii. :
1945a. Dryopteris, Deschampsia, Portulaca, Lupinus, Fagara, Stenogyne, and Du-
bautia, Hawaiian plant studies 12. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 72: 22-39.
Critical notes on various species with some new names, chiefly in minor categories.
1945b. Revision of Cardamine and related Cruciferae in Hawaii, and Nasturtium
in Polynesia. Pacific plant studies 3. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 18: 77-93.
f. 1.
One species of Nasturtium and three of Cardamine, including C, konaensis n. sp.
described.
1945c. Valid names in the Gleicheniaceae: Pacific plant studies no. 4. Am. Fern
Jour. 35: 87-89.
Dicranopteris sandwicensis Degener reduced to D. emarginata (Brack.) ‘W. J. Rob-
inson, with synonymy and discussion. . :
See also Eames, A. J., and St. John, H.
Sajé, K.
1906. Bilder aus Polynesien. Prometheus 17: 614-618. f. 487-488, 629-633. f.
494-498, 644-649. f. 502-507, 664-669. f. 513-518, 678-683. f. 522-523.
Includes notes on various plant species.
Sakurai, K.
1943, Beobachtungen iiber Japanische Moosflora. (XXVI) Bryoflora von Micro-
nesia (I). Bot. Mag. Tokyo. 57: 86-92. f. 1-14; (XXVII) Bryoflora von
Mikronesia (II). Bot. Mag. Tokyo. 57: 249-257. f. 1-19.
Includes one new genus and seven new species.
Salisbury, R. C.
1808. Some remarks on the plants now referred to Sophora, with characters of
the genus Edwardsia. Trans. Linn. Soc. 9: 296-300, pl. 26.
Includes Edwardsia chrysophylla n= gen. n. sp. from Hawaii.
264 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Salmon, E. S.
1902. Bryological notes. Jour. Bot. 40: 1-9. pl. 429.
Includes critical notes on some Polynesian species,
Salomon, C.
1877a. Ueber die Farngattung Gleichenia. Gartenfl. 26: 205-209.
Includes various species from the South Sea Islands.
1877b, Die Palmen nebst ihren Gattungen und Arten fiir Gewichshaus- und
Zimmer-Kultur. 1-6, 1-184. f, 1-22.
Contains a systematic enumeration and description of the genera and species includ-
ing some from Polynesia.
Salvoza, F. M.
1936. Rhizophora. Nat. Appl. Sci. Bull. Univ. Philip. 5: 179-237. pl. 1-9. f. 1-3.
1 map.
A general monographic treatment, eight species and several varieties recognized,
including the Polynesian forms.
Sambo, M. C.
1941, Classis lichenum clavis familiarum et generum. Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. IT.
48: 517-558.
All genera included; geographic ranges not indicated.
Sandstede, H.
1938. Erganzungen zu Wainio’s “Monographia Cladoniarum universalis” unter
besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Verhaltens der Cladonien zu Asahina’s
Diaminprobe. Repert. Sp, Nov. Beih. 103: 1-103. pl. 1-16.
Includes some references to Polynesian species.
1938-39. Cladoniaceae A. Zahlbr. I. Pflanzenar. 3: 63-71. maps 51-60. 1932;
(II) 4: 83-92. maps 61-70. 1938; (III) 4: 93-102. maps 71-80. 1939,
Includes data on distribution in Polynesia.
Santesson, R.
1942a, The South American Cladinae. Arkiv Bot. 30A (10) : 1-27. pl. 1-3. f. 1-3.
Includes Cladonia pycnoclada from Juan Fernandez.
1942b. The South American Menegazziae. Arkiv Bot. 30A (11): 1-35. pl. 1, 2.
f. 1, 2.
Includes Menegazzia sanguinascens from Juan Ferndndez and some transfers of
Hawaiian species of Parmelia to Menegazzia.
1944. Phycopeltis nigra Jennings, a misunderstood epiphyllous “alga”, Svensk.
Bot. Tidsk. 38: 243-248. f. 1-3.
The New Zealand Phycopeltis nigra is shown not to be an alga but a mixture of
two fungi, one of them Trichothallus hawaiiensis, which is figured,
Sarasin, F., and Roux, J.
1914-21. Nova Caledonia: Recherches scientifiques en Nouvelle Calédonie et aux
iles Loyalty. B. Botanique. Rédaction: Hans Schinz et A. Guillaumin.
1-311. pl. 1-8.
This paper has also a German subtitle: “Forschungen in Neu-Caledonien und auf
dem Loyalty-Inseln.” Prepared with the assistance of several specialists; the parts
entered separately in this biblography. Includes the descriptions of many new species.
Sarasin, F.
1917. Neu Caledonien und die Loyalty Inseln. Reise Erinnerungen eines Natur-
forschers. i-x, 1-281. 8 pl. f. 1-184. 1 map.
A narrative with notes on the vegetation.
Sauerbeck, F. See Jaeger, A., and Sauerbeck, F.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 260
Sauvageau, C.
1900-14. Remarques sur les Sphacélariacées. i-xii, 1-634. f. 1-128.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Sbarbaro, C.
1939, Aliquot Lichenes oceanici in Cook insulis (Tonga, Rarotonga, Tongatabu,
Eua) collecti. Archivio Bot. 15: 101-104.
Includes several new species and varieties.
Schaffner, J. H.
1931. Studies of Equiseta in European herbaria. Am. Fern Jour. 21: 90-102.
ply.
Discusses E. ramosissimum and E. debile, the latter extending to Fiji.
1932, Diagnostic key to the species of Equisetum. Am, Fern Jour. 22: 69-75,
122-128.
Twenty-three species characterized, including a record of E. debile from Fiji.
Schauer, J. C.
1847. Verbenaceae. DC. Prodr. 11: 522-700.
Monographic.
Schauinsland, H.
1809. Drei Monate auf einer Korallen-Insel (Laysan). 1-104.
General; briefly reviewed in Biol. Centralbl. 19: 622.
1900. Ein Besuch auf Molokai, der Insel der Aussatzigen. Abh, Naturw. Ver.
Bremen 16: 513-543. 11 pl. 1 f.
Includes observations on the flora.
Scheffer, R. H. C. C.
1874. Bijdragen uit het buitenland tot de kennis der flora van den Indischen
Archipel. Nat. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind. 34: 33-111.
Contains excerpts from the works by different authors, with notes on various Poly-
nesian species.
1876a. Enumération des plantes de la Nouvelle-Guinée, avec description des espéces
nouvelles. Ann. Jard. Bot, Buitenzorg 1: 1-60.
Includes Maniltoa grandiflora n. comb. (Cynometra grandiflora A. Gray) of Fiji.
1876b. Sur quelques palmiers du groupe des Arécinées. II. Ann, Jard. Bot.
Buitenzorg 1: 103-164. pl. 1-30.
Includes Drymophloeus filifera n. sp. from Fiji.
Schellenberg, G.
1923a. Die bis jetzt aus Neu-Guinea bekannt gewordenen Opiliaceae, Olacaceae
und Icacinaceae. Bot. Jahrb. 58: 155-177.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1923b. Die Connaraceen Papuasiens. Bot. Jahrb. 58: 178-181.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1924a. Die Connaraceae von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 17.
Connarus gaudichaudi from Palau.
1924b. Eine neue Icacinacee von den Palau-Inseln. Bot. Jahrb, 59: 17.
Urandra elliptica n. sp.
1938. Connaraceae. Pflanzenr. 103. (IV. 127): 1-326. f. 1-48.
Monographic.
Schiffner, V.
1889. Lebermoose (Hepaticae) mit Zugrundelegung der von Dr. A. C. M.
266 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Gottsche ausgefiihrten Vorarbeiten: in Die Forschungsreise S.M.S.
“Gazelle” ...4 (4) : Botanik 1-48. pl. 1-8.
Includes Ricciella linearis n. sp. and four other species from Fiji.
Schimper, W. P.
1865. Euptychium, muscorum Neocaledonicorum genus novum et genus Spiridens
revisum specieque nova auctum, Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat.
Cur. 32(7) : 1-10. pl, 1-3.
Includes New Caledonian and Polynesian species. The description of the Euptychium
is repeated in Bull. Soc. Bot. France 18: Rev. Bibl. 153-154. 1866.
1867. Nachtrag zu der Genus Spiridens (Vid. Vol. XXXII, P. 1) Spiridens
flagellosus Schpr. species nova descripta et iconibus illustrata). Nova
Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur, 33(5) : 1-6. pl. 4.
Native of Fiji.
Schindler, A. K.
1905. Halorrhagaceae. Pflanzenr. 23(IV. 225) : 1-133. f. 1-36,
Monographie.
1924. Uber einige kleine Gattungen aus der Verwandtschaft von Desmodium
Desv. Repert. Sp. Nov. 20: 266-286.
Includes a few Polynesian species in genera segregated from Desmodium.
1925-27. Desmodii generumque affinium species et combinationes novae. Repert.
Sp. Nov. 21: 1-21. 1925; (II) 22: 250-288. 1926; (III) 23: 353-362.
1927,
Includes some New Caledonian species of Arthroclianthus and the reduction of D,
bilosiusculum DC. to a variety of Meibomia limensis O. Ktze. of Hawaii and Tonga.
1928. Die Desmodiinen in der botanischen Literatur nach Linné. Repert. Sp. Nov.
Beih. 49: 1-37]
Includes the Polynesian species.
Schinz, H.
1914. Equisetales und Triruridaceae von Neu-Caledonia: in Sarasin, F., & Roux,
J., Nova Caledonia Bot, 1:59,
Equisetum ramosissimus Desf. and Sciaphila dolichostyla Schltr.
1920. Lycopodiales (Nachtrag) : in Sarasin, F. and Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot.
1: 112.
Lycopodium phlegmaria L.
1929. Ergebnisse der Reise von Dr. A. U. Daniker nach Neu-Caledonien und den
Loyalitatsinseln 1924-25, Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich 74: 50-98. f. 1-5.
Includes papers on lichens by Wainio, mosses by Thériot, ferns by C. Christensen,
and orchids by Krinzlin, entered separately in this bibliography.
See also Hackel, E., and Schinz, H.
Schkuhr, C.
1809. Vier und zwanzigste Klasse des Linné’schen Pflanzensystems oder Krypto-
gamische Gewachse. i-xiv. 1-212. 219 pl.
Describes some of Forster’s specimens and notes the occurrence of certain Polynesian
species. See also Kunze, G., 1840-51.
Schlechtendal, D. F. L. von
1861-62a. Betrachtungen tiber Hoplismenus. Linnaea 31: 263-313.
Includes a few Polynesian species (Oplismenus).
1861-62b. Ueber Setaria, P. B. Linnaea 31: 387-509.
Includes various species that extend to Polynesia.
See also Chamisso, L. C. A. von, and Schlechtendal, D. von.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 267
Schlechter, R.
1900. Monographie der Podochilinae. Mém. Herb. Boiss. 21: 1-78.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1903. Neue Kautschukbaume aus Neucaledonien. Tropenpfl. 7: 526-530. 1 f.
Alstonia diirckheimiana n. sp.
1905. Pflanzengeographische Gliederung der Inseln Neu-Caledonien. Bot. Jahrb.
36: 1-41.
Ecological.
1906. Neue Orchidaceen der Flora des Monsun-Gebietes. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II
6: 295-310. 453-472.
Includes the descriptions of several new species from Samoa and the New Hebrides.
1906-12. Orchidaceae novae et criticae Decas IV. Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 15-20,
(V) 45-51, (VI) 77-82, (VII) 106-111. 1906; (X) 316-321. 1907;
(XVIII) 9: 161-166, (XIX) 212-218, (XX) 281-287, (XXI) 289-294,
(XXIII-XXIV) 428-439. 1911; (XXV) 10: 248-254. 1911; (XXXV)
11: 41-47, 1912.
Includes the descriptions of various new species from Polynesia.
1907-08. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Flora von Neu Kaledonien. Bot. Jahrb. 39:
1-274. f. 1-23. 1907; 40: Beibl. 92: 20-45.
An enumeration with the descriptions of new species.
1908. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Asclepiadaceen des Monsun-Gebietes. Bot.
Jahrb. 40: Beibl, 92: 1-19. p/. 1-2.
Includes some new species from Polynesia.
1910-11. Revision der Orchidaceen von Deutsch-Samoa. Repert. Sp. Nov. 9:
82-96. 1910; 98-112. 1911.
. Eighty-two species considered, many described as new.
1921a. Die Orchidaceen von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 434-501. f. 1-3.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
1921b. Die Elaeocarpaceen von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 562-564.
Elaeocarpus kerstingianus and E, gibbonii n. spp. from the Caroline Islands.
1921c. Die Asclepiadaceen von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 565-569.
Includes Hoya schneei n. sp. from the Caroline Islands.
1921d. Die Scrophulariaceen von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 570-575.
A list with synonyms.
192le. Die Gesneraceen von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 576-577.
Cyrtandra palawensis n. sp. from Palau Islands.
1923. Corybas Salisb. oder Corysanthes R. Br.? Repert. Sp. Nov. 19: 18-24.
Nomenclatural; the Polynesian species of Corysanthes transferred to Corybas.
Schmid, W.
1937. Ergebnisse der Reise von Dr, A. U. Daniker nach Neu-Kaledonien und
den Loyalty-Inseln (1924/26). Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Callitropsis
araucarioides Compton. Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 47: 124-159. pl. 1-2.
f. 1-34. 1937. Reprinted in Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 153: 124-159.
pl. 1-2. f. 1-34. 1937,
A morphological and anatomical study of this native of New Caledonia.
Schmidle, W.
1897a. Algologische Notizen. IV. Einige neue und seltene Algen aus Polynesien,
Allg. Bot. Zeitschr, 3: 57-58.
Includes Lyngbya distincta from Hawaii.
268 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1897b. Zur Entwicklung einer Zygnema und Calothrix. Flora 84: 167-173. pl. 5.
Includes C. sandvicense from Hawaii.
1897c. Einige Baumalgen aus Samoa. Hedwigia 36: 277-287. pl. 6-9.
Four new species described.
1901. Einige Algen, welche Prof. Dr. Volkens auf den Carolinen gesammelt hat.
Hedwigia 40: 343-349. pl. 12.
A list with notes and the descriptions of new species.
Schmidt, O. C.
1923. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Codium Stackh. Bibl. Bot. 23(91) : 1-68.
f. 1-44.
Thirty-two species recognized, some Polynesian.
1924. Einige neue Selaginellen aus Westindien und Tahiti. Repert. Sp. Nov. 20:
155-158.
Includes S. setchellii n. sp. from Tahiti.
1928. Verzeichnis der Meeresalgen von Neu-Guinea und dem westlichen Oceanien.
Hedwigia 68: 19-86. 1 f.
A systematic enumeration of 484 species, many recorded from Samoa, Fiji, the
Marshall, Caroline, and Marianas Islands.
1930. Neue Arten der Gattung Selaginella von den Marquesas-Inseln. Repert.
Sp. Nov. 28: 236-238.
Three new species described.
Schnee, H. (editor).
1920. Deutsches Kolonial-Lexikon: 1: i-xxxi, 1-776. illus. 2: 1-698. illus. 3: 1-778.
allus.
Includes many signed articles, some on the vegetation.
Schneider, N.
1907. Les acalypha. Rev. Hort. 79: 357-359. f. 118-119.
Includes Acalypha musaica, A. obovata, and A. wilkesiana, natives of Polynesia.
Schott, H. W.
1856. Synopsis Aroidearum complectens enumerationem systematicam generum
et specierum hujus ordinis. 1-140.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1860. Prodromus systematis Aroidearum. 1-602.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1861-62. Aroideologisches. Bonplandia 9: 367-369. 1861; 10: 346-347. 1862,
Includes three new species from Fiji.
Schouw, J. F.
1835. Naturen paa Sydhavs-Oerne. Dansk Ugeskr. 6: 133-144.
Not seen.
1850. Index seminum in horto academico Hauniensi a. 1849 collectorum. 1-14.
Contains the original description of Leonurus intermedius Didrichsen (p. 14) from
Tahiti.
Schrank, F. P. von
1817-22. Plantae rariores horti academici Monacensis, descriptae et observa-
tionibus illustratae, 1: p/. 1-50. 1817-19; 2: pl. 51-100. 1819-22.
A large folio work consisting of colored plates accompanied by descriptive letterpress,
including Jacquinia aurantiaca said to be native of Hawaii.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 269
Schréter, C.
1922-23. Naturwissenschaftliche Skizzen von einer Reise um die Welt.
Merkbl. Volkshochschule Ztirich 1922-23.
Not seen; title from Schréter’s Bibliography.
Schréter, H., and Winkler, H.
1935-36. Monographie der Gattung Elatostema s.l. Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih, 83(1):
1-56. pl. 1-8. 1935; (Spezieller Teil) 82(2): 1-174. pl. 9-40. 1936,
Monographic.
Schroter, H.
Hawaii.
19 pages.
1938. Monographie der Gattung Procris. I. Repert. Sp. Nov. 45: 179-192; (II)
257-300.
Includes the Polynesian species.
Schultes, J. A. See Roemer, J. J., and Schultes, J. A.
Schultz, K. H. (Schultz-Bipontinus)
1856. Verzeichniss der Cassiniaceen welche Herr E. Jardin in den Jahren 1853-
58, auf den Inseln des Stillen Oceans gesammelt hat, Flora 39: 353-362.
Lists various species from Hawaii, Tahiti, and the Marquesas Islands, some described
as new.
Schulz, O. E.
1903. Monographie der Gattung Cardamine.
Includes the few Polynesian species.
1907. Erythroxylaceae. Pflanzenr. 29([V. 134): 1-176. f. 1-32.
Monographic.
1919-23. Cruciferae-Brassicaceae.
Raphaninae. Pflanzenr.
Bot. Jahrb. 32: 280-623. pi. 7-10.
Pars prima. Subtribus I. Brassicinae et II.
7O(1V. 105): 1-290. f. 1-35. 1919; (Pars
secunda. Subtribus III. Cakilinae, IV. Zillinae, V. Vellinae, VI. Savig-
nyinae, VII. Moricandiinae) 84(1V. 105): 1-100. f. 1-26. 1923.
Monographic.
1921. Eine Crucifere der Karolinen. Bot. Jahrb. 56: 507.
Brassica integrifolia var. timoriana.
1924. Cruciferae-Sisymbrieae. Pflanzenr. 86(IV. 105): 1-388. f. 1-74.
Monographic. -
1927. Cruciferae-Draba et Erophila.
Monographic.
Schulze, G. K. von
1934. Neue Arten der Gattung Hybanthus. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12: 108-
114,
Pflanzenr. 89(1V. 105): 1-396. f. 1-35.
Includes the description of H. agateoides, native of New Caledonia.
Schumann, K.
1888. Die Flora des deutschen Ost-Asiatischen Schutzgebietes. Bot. Jahrb. 9:
189-223.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1900. Musaceae. Pflanzenr. 1 (IV. 45) : i-vii, 1-45. f. 1-10.
Monographic.
Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K.
1901. Die Flora der deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Stidsee. i-xvi, 1-613. p/. 1-22.
map.
An enumeration with the descriptions of new species, including those of the Marianas,
Caroline, and Marshall Islands.
700080—47—18
270 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Schumann, K.
1902. Marantaceae. Pflanzenr. 11(1V. 48): 1-184. f. 1-23.
Monographic.
1904. Zingiberaceae. Pflanzenr. 20(IV. 46): 1-458. f. 1-52.
Monographic.
Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K.
1905. Nachtrige zur Flora der deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Siidsee (mit Aus-
schluss Samoas und der Karolinen). 1-446. pl. 1-14.
A continuation of Schumann and Lauterbach, 1901.
Schuster, J.
1932. Cycadaceae. Pflanzenr. 99(IV. 1): 1168. pl. 1-5. f. 1-20. map.
Monographic.
Schuster, K.
1931-36. Orchidacearum iconum index. Zusammenstellung der in der Literatur
erschienen Tafeln und Textabbildungen von Orchideen. Repert. Sp.
Nov. Beih. 60: 1-536 >
Includes Polynesian references. Incomplete.
Schwaegrichen, C. F.
1830. Species Muscorum frondosorum. i-xiv, 1-122.
Includes some Polynesian species. See also Hedwig, J., 1801-42.
Schweinfurth, C.
1943. An orchid novelty from Fiji. Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ. 11: 55-56.
Pseuderia smithiana var. amplifolia n. var.
Scribner, F. L.
1899. Notes on the grasses in the Bernhardi Herbarium collected by Thaddeus
Haenke, and described by J. S. Presl. Missouri Bot. Gard. Rep. 10:
35-59, pl. 1-54.
Includes critical notes on some of Presl’s species from the Marianas Islands.
Sebert, H., and [Pancher, I.]
[1874.] Notice sur les bois de la Nouvelle Calédonie suivie de considérations
générales sur les propriétés mécaniques des bois et sur les procédés em-
ployés pour les mesurer. Partie descriptive en commun avec M. Pancher,
ancien botaniste du gouvernement, 4 Noumea. i-viii, 1-276. pl. 1-11.
Includes a botanical consideration (pp. 166-267); many new species proposed.
Seemann, B.
1852. Notes on the Sandwich Islands. Hook. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:
335-341.
General observations on the vegetation.
1853a. Die Flora von Oahu. Bonplandia 1: 30-32.
General notes.
1853b. Die Flora von Oahu. Deutsch. Gart. Mag. 1853: 167-171.
General notes.
1853c. Narrative of the voyage of H. M. S. Herald during the years 1845-51,
under the command of Henry Kellett, R.N., C.B.; being a circumnaviga-
tion of the globe, and three cruises to the Arctic regions in search of
Sir John Franklin. 1: i-xvi. 1-322. frontisp., map; 2: i-vii. 1-295.
Includes observations on the plants of Hawaii (vol. 2, pp. 79-90).
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 271
1856. Popular history of palms and their allies, containing a familiar account of
their structure, geographical and geological distribution, history, prop-
erties, and uses, and a complete list of all the species introduced into
our gardens. i-xvi, 1-359. pl. 1-20. 1856; ed. 2. 1866.
Includes some Polynesian species; ed. 2 not seen; for German editions see next
entry.
1857. Die Palmen. Populare Naturgeschichte derselben und ihrer Verwandten;
nebst einem vollstandigen Verzeichniss aller bisher in unsre Garten
eingefiihrten Arten . .. unter Mitwirkung des Verfassers Deutsch be-
arbeitet von Dr. Carl Bolle. i-xii, 1-258. 7 pl.; ed. 2: i-x, 1-368. 7 pl. 1 f.
1863.
German editions of Seemann, B., 1856; includes data on Polynesia. Ed. 2 con-
tains “Synopsis Palmarum,” pp. 312-359, with various Polynesian species.
186la. Cyrtandra Pritchardii. Bonplandia 9: 364-365.
Native of Fiji.
1861b. Storckiella Vitiensis. Bonplandia 9: 363-364. pl. 6.
Native of Fiji.
1861c. Notes made during a government expedition to the Viti or Fiji Islands.
Gard. Chron. 1861: 599-600, 622-625, 649.
Includes notes on the vegetation.
1861d. Poisonous plants of the Viti or Fiji Islands. Gard. Chron. 1861: 697.
A general note, based on the next item.
186le. Die giftigen Pflanzen der Viti- oder Fiji-Inseln. Hamburg. Gart. Blumen-
zeit. 17: 437-442.
A general consideration.
1861-62. Plantae Vitienses. Bonplandia 9: 253-262. 1861; 10: 295-297. 1862.
A list of 916 species from Fiji.
1862a. Viti: An account of a government mission to the Vitian or Fijian Islands
in the years 1860-61. i-xv, 1-447. map.
A narrative; includes a list of plants.
1862b. Synopsis plantarum Vitiensium. Systematic list of all the Fijian plants
at present known. 1-17.
A separately paged reprint from the preceding entry; a list of scientific names with
many local equivalents.
1862c. On Antiaris Bennettii, a new species of upas-tree from Polynesia. Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. III. 9: 405-407.
Native of Fiji.
1862d. Antiaris Bennettii. Bonplandia 10: 3-4. pl. 7.
Native of Fiji.
1862e. Lindenia vitiensis. Bonplandia 10: 33-34. pl. 8.
Native of Fiji.
1862f. Smythea pacifica. Bonplandia 10: 68-70. pl. 9.
Native of Fiji.
1862g. Notizen tiber Siidsee-Pflanzen. Bonplandia 10: 153-155.
Critical notes on various species.
1862h. Ueber neue und verkannte Clerodendron-Arten. Bonplandia 10: 249-250.
Includes C. amicorum n. sp. from Samoa.
18621. Solanum anthropophagorum. Bonplandia 10: 274. pl. 14.
Native of Fiji.
1862j. Ueber die Compositen-Gattung Fitchia. Bonplandia 10: 294.
A short note on this Polynesian genus,
272 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1862k. Botryodendron Endl. = Meryta Forst. Bonplandia 10: 294-295.
Six species discussed.
18621. Pritchardia pacifica. Bonplandia 10: 309-310. pl. 15.
Native of Fiji.
1862m. Podocarpus dulcamara Seem. Bonplandia 10: 365-366.
Includes also P. vitiensis n. sp. from Fiji.
1862n. Pimia rhamnoides und Disemma caerulescens, zwei neue Siidsee-pflanzen.
Bonplandia 10: 366.
. Natives of Fiji and Tonga.
18620. Vegetable productions and resources of the Vitian or Fijian Islands.
Published as an appendix to a parliamentary paper entitled “Correspondence Relative
to the Fiji Islands.”” Not seen. Title from Bot. Mag. 90: sub. pi. 5424, 1864.
1863a. Podocarpus vitiensis, a new coniferous tree from the Viti Islands. Jour.
Bot. 1: 33-36. pl. 2.
1863b. The Solana of tropical Polynesia. Jour. Bot. 1: 206-211.
An enumeration of 15 species, some new.
1863c. On the genus Ceodes of Forster. Jour. Bot. 1: 244-246.
Ceodes reduced to Pisonia; two Polynesian species discussed.
1864a. The Cucurbitaceae of tropical Polynesia. Jour. Bot. 2: 47-52.
Eighteen species discussed.
1864b. New South Sea Island plants. Jour. Bot. 2: 70-77.
A list with eight new species.
1864-68. Revision of the natural order Hederaceae. Jour. Bot. 2: 235-250. 9 f.
289-309. 9 f. 1864; 3: 73-81. pl. 27. 173-181, 265-276, 361-363. pl. 41.
1865; 4: 293-299, 352-353. 1866; 5: 236-239. 1867; 6: 52-58, 129-142.
pl. 79. 161-165. pl. 80. 1868.
Includes the Polynesian species. See Seemann, B,, 1868a for reprint.
1865. On Faradaya, a new Australian genus. Jour. Bot. 3: 256-259,
Includes three species from Polynesia.
1865-73. Flora Vitiensis: A description of the plants of the Viti or Fiji Islands
with an account of their history, uses, and properties. i-xxxiii, 1-453.
pl. 1-100.
A general flora. Dates of issue: pp. 1-120 (1865); 121-196 (1866); 197-236 (1867);
237-324 (1868); 325-453 (1873, not 1869 as indicated on the signatures).
1868a. Revision of the natural order Hederaceae, being a reprint with numerous
additions and corrections of a series of papers published in the “Journal
of Botany” British and foreign. 1-107. 7 pl. 19 f.
Includes the Polynesian species. See Seemann, B., 1864-68.
1868b. On two genera of Smilacineae. Jour. Bot. 6: 193-194, pl. 81-83, 257-258.
Includes three new species of Pletosmilax (= Smilax) from Polynesia.
1870a. A new genus of Celastrineae from New Caledonia. Jour. Bot. 8: 68-69.
Phocea andersonii n. sp.
1870b. Pandorea austro-caledonica, Seem. Gard. Chron. 1870: 1085.
Native of New Caledonia and Lord Howe Island.
1880. List of Fijian plants: in Cooper, H. S., Coral lands. 1: 308-339,
A list with notes on some economic species. Apparently republication of Seemann,
1862b.
Selling, O. H. .
1942, The post-glacial vegetation history of the Hawaiian Islands. Acta Hort.
Gotob, 15: 31-34.
A preliminary report.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 273
1944, A new species of Schizaea from Melanesia, and some connected problems.
Svensk. Bot. Tidsk. 38: 207-225. pl. 1-3. f. 1-4.
Schizaea melanesica n, sp. observed from New Caledonia and Fiji.
Semper, H. A.
1873. Die Palau-Inseln im Stillen Ozean. 1-372.
General description; not seen.
Senn, H. A.
1939. The North American species of Crotalaria. Rhodora 41: 317-367. Reprint,
Contr. Gray Herb. 125: 317-367.
Cites the Hawaiian range of several introduced species and adjusts the nomenclature
of others, notably C. mucronata Desy. (C. striata DC., C. saltiana auctt., non Andr.).
Setchell, W. A.
1905. Limu. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 2: 91-113.
A list of Hawaiian names applied to algae, many with their binomial equivalents.
1914. The Scinaia assemblage. Univ. Calif. Bot. 6: 79-152. pl. 10-16.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1923. A reconnaissance of the vegetation of Tahiti, with special reference to that
of the reefs. Year Book Carnegie Inst. Washington 21: 180-187.
A general survey, with notes on the zonal distribution.
1924. American Samoa. Part 1. Vegetation of Tutuila Island; Part II. Ethno-
botany of the Samoans; Part III. Vegetation of Rose Atoll. Dept.
Marine Biol. Carnegie Inst. Washington 20: 1-275. pl. 1-37. f. 1-57.
Carnegie Institution Publ. 341. A systematic enumeration with notes and descrip-
tions of new species, general ecology, and economic uses of the plants.
1925-35. Notes on Microdictyon. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 13: 101-107. 1925; (II)
147-53. 1926; (III) 19: 129-139, p/. 13-15, 1935.
Includes critical notes on some Polynesian species.
1926a. Tahitian algae collected by W. A. Setchell, C. B. Setchell & H. E. Parks
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 12: 61-142. pl. 7-22.
A list with notes and descriptions of new species.
1926b. Tahitian Spermatophytes collected by W. A. Setchell, C. B. Setchell &
H. E. Parks. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 12: 143-240. pl. 23-36.
A list with notes and descriptions of new species.
1926c. Phytogeographical notes on Tahiti. I. Land vegetation. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bot. 12: 241-290, °
General.
1926d. Phytogeographical notes on Tahiti. II. Marine vegetation. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bot. 12: 291-324.
General.
Setchell, W. A., Hoffmeister, J. E., and Ostergaard, J. M.
1926. The Tonga expedition of 1926. Science II. 64: 440-442.
Includes some notes on the vegetation.
Setchell, W. A.
1928a. Migration and endemism with reference to Pacific insular floras. Proc.
Third Pan-Pacific Sci. Congr. Tokyo 1: 869-875.
General.
1928b. Coral reefs as zonational plant formations, Science II. 68: 119-121.
A general discussion.
1929. The genus Microdictyon. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 14: 453-588. f. 1-105.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
274 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1934. Marine plants and Pacific palaeogeography. Proc. Fifth Pacific Sci. Congr.
4: 3117-3131. f. I-11.
Considers the distribution of Polynesian marine phanerogams and algae.
Setchell, W. A., and Christophersen, E.
1935. Preliminary notes on Sarcopygme, a new rubiaceous genus from Samoa.
Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus, 11(5): 1-5.
Three species transferred from Sarcocephalus and Breonia.
Setchell, W. A.
1935a. Notes on Microdictyon. III. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 19: 129-139, pl. 13-15.
Includes critical notes on several Polynesian species,
1935b. Acroblastum vs. Polyplethia a complex of the Balanophoraceae. Univ.
Calif, Publ. Bot. 19: 141-158. pl. 16-19.
Acroblastum is accepted as a segregate from Balanophora with nine recognized
species, A. pallens in Tahiti and A. wilderi in Rarotonga.
1935c. Pacific insular floras and Pacific paleogeography. Am. Nat. 69: 289-310.
1 map.
A general discussion.
1935d. Some marine plants of southeastern Melanesia, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
21: 259-276. pl. 11-15.
Includes a few species of algae from the Santa Cruz Islands.
1937. The codiums of the Juan Fernandez Islands: in Skottsberg, C., Natural
history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island, Bot. 2: 587-600. pl. 34-48.
Includes the descriptions of two new species of Codium with notes on a few others.
1940. Some trabeculate codiums (including two new species). Proc, Nat. Acad.
Sci. 26: 443-448, f. 1-5.
Includes Codium phasmaticum n. sp. from Hawaii.
Seurat, L. G.
19-?, Vocabulaire des termes d’histoire naturelle (animaux et plantes) dans les
dialectes tahitien, tuamotu, mangarévien et marquisien. 1-28.
An alphabetical list of vernacular names, with scientific equivalents; bibliography.
Not seen; see Blake, S, F., and Atwood, A. C., 1942, p. 128.
1903. Observations sur la structure de l’ile Timoe (Crescent). 1-8.
Contains short lists of fauna and flora. Not seen; see Blake, S. F., and Atwood,
A. C., 1942, p. 126.
1904. Observations sur la structure, la faune et la flore de l’ile Marutea du Sud.
(Archipel du Tuamotu). 1-12.
Not seen; see Blake, S. F., and Atwood, A. C., 1942, p. 124.
1905. Flore économique de la Polynésie francaise. Bull. Soc. Nat. Acclim. France
51: 310-326, 355-359, 369-376.
General.
1906. Tahiti et les établissements francaise de ]’Océanie. 1-127. 6 pl. 8 f. 1 map.
General; includes notes on the vegetation (pp. 34-64).
Shear, C. L. See Clements, F. E., and Shear, C. L.; and Stevens, N, E., and
Shear, C. L.
Sherff, E. E.
1920-32. Studies in the genus Bidens. V. Bot. Gaz. 70: 89-109. pl. 11-14. 1920;
(VI) 76: 144-166. pl. 12-14. 1923; (VII) 81: 25-54. pl. iv. 1926;
(VIII) 85: 1-29. pl. 1-5. 1928; (1X) 86: 435-447, pl. 14-16. 1928; (X)
93: 213-220. 1932.
Includes various Hawaiian species.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 275
1925-35. New or otherwise noteworthy Compositae. (II) Bot. Gaz. 80: 367-389.
1932,
1933.
1934a.
1934b.
1934c.
1935a.
1935b.
1936a.
1936b.
1937a.
1937b.
1937c.
1938a.,
1938b.
pl. 19-22. 1925; (III) 88: 285-309. pl. 17-21. 1929; (IV) 89: 362-373.
1930; (VI) 91: 308-319; (VII) 92: 202-209, 1931; (VIII) 94: 589-597.
1933; (IX) 95: 78-103. 1933; (X) Am. Jour. Bot. 22: 705-710. pl. 1.
1935.
Includes descriptions of various new species and varieties from Hawaii.
Revision of the genus Cosmos. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 8: 401-447.
Includes C. sulphureus from the Marianas islands.
Some new or otherwise important Compositae of the Hawaiian islands.
Am, Jour. Bot. 20: 616-619.
Descriptions of new species and varieties of Dubautia and Railliardia.
A study of the genus Tetramolopium Nees (Family Compositae). Bot.
Gaz. 95: 498-502.
A consideration of the Hawaiian species, some described as new.
Some new or otherwise important Labiatae of the Hawaiian islands. Am.
Jour. Bot. 21: 698-701.
Includes the description of one species of Haplostachys and numerous new varieties
in several genera.
Some new or otherwise noteworthy members of the families Labiatae and
Compositae. Bot. Gaz. 96: 136-153.
Includes the description of various new species and varieties from Hawaii.
Revision of Tetramolopium, Lipochaeta, Dubautia, and Railliardia. Bishop
Mus. Bull. 135: 1-136. f. 1-43.
A general revision of the Polynesian species of these genera.
Revision of Haplostachys, Phyllostegia, and Stenogyne. Bishop Mus. Bull.
136: 1-101. f. 1-38.
A general revision of these three genera, with 5, 22, and 24 species, respectively,
and numerous varieties.
Additions to the genus Euphorbia L. and to certain genera of the Com-
positae. Bot. Gaz. 97: 580-609.
Includes the descriptions of a few new species and various new varieties of Hawaiian
Euphorbia.
Revision of the genus Coreopsis. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 11: 277-
475. f. 1-3.
Monographic; includes transfers of C. molokaiensis and some other Polynesian species
to the genus Bidens
Some Compositae of southeastern Polynesia (Bidens, Coreopsis, Cosmos,
and Oparanthus). Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 12(19): 1-19. pl. 1-6.
Includes a description of the new genus Oparanthus and new species and varieties
in other genera.
Certain new plants from Hawaii and Mexico. Am. Jour, Bot. 24: 88-90.
Includes Claoxylon helleri n. sp. and two new varieties of C, sandwicense from
Hawaii.
The genus Bidens. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 16: 1-709. pl. 1-189.
Monographic, 233 species recognized.
Revision of the Hawaiian species of Euphorbia L. Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 25: 1-94. pl. 2-11.
Twenty-one species with many varieties recognized.
Studies in the genus Labordia Gaud., with a new variety in Megalodonta
E. L. Greene. Am, Jour. Bot. 25: 579-589,
Includes several new species and varieties from Hawaii.
276
1939a.
1939b,
1939c.
1941a.
1941b.
1942a.
1942b.
1942c,
1943.
1944a.
1944b.
1945a.
1945b.
1946a.
1946b.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Genus Labordia. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 17: 445-546.
A general revision of this Hawaiian genus, 23 species and many varieties recognized.
Additional studies of the Hawaiian Euphorbiaceae. Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
Bot. Ser. 17: 547-576.
Critical notes and descriptions of new species and varieties in Claoxylon, Aleurites,
Drypetes, Phyllanthus, Antidesma, and Euphorbia.
Some new or otherwise noteworthy Labiatae and Compositae. Field Mus.
Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 17: 577-612.
Includes data, including new species and varieties, on Hawaiian Phyllostegia, Steno-
gyne, Lipochaeta, and Dubautia.
New or otherwise noteworthy plants from the Hawaiian Islands. Am. Jour.
Bot. 28: 18-31.
Consists of descriptions of new species and varieties in the. genera Pittosporum,
Phyllostegia, Stenogyne, Railliardia, Lipochaeta, and Bidens.
Additions to our knowledge of the American and Hawaiian floras. Field
Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 22: 407-441.
Descriptions of new species, varieties, and combinations in Pittosporum, Euphorbia,
Stenogyne, and Bidens.
Some recently collected specimens of Schiedea (Caryophyllaceae) and of
Mexican Compositae. Am. Jour. Bot. 29: 332-333.
Includes Schiedea haleakalensis Degener & Sherff, n. sp. from Hawaii.
Revision of the Hawaiian members of the genus Pittosporum Banks. Field
Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 22: 467-566, 574-580 (index).
The title on the cover reads “Hawaiian Pittospora.”
Some new or otherwise noteworthy Mexican Coreopsideae (genera Hetero-
sperma Cav. and Bidens L.) and a note on Xylosma hawaiiense Seem.
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 22: 567-573.
Drypetes Forbesiit Sherff reduced to Xylosma hawaiiense Seem.
Some additions to our knowledge of the genus Schiedea Cham. & Schlecht.
Am. Jour. Bot. 30: 606-608.
Several new species and more numerous new varieties described from Hawaii.
Some additions to our knowledge of the flora of the Hawaiian Islands.
Am. Jour. Bot. 31: 151-161. pl. 1-3.
Includes various new varieties in Schiedea, Alsinodendron, and Labordia, with new
binomials in Alsinodendron, a new generic name Argyrautia (A. Degeneri) for a
bigeneric hybrid, with description, and notes on representatives of other genera.
New or otherwise noteworthy American and Hawaiian Coreopsideae. Am.
Jour. Bot. 31: 277-281.
Includes one new species and two new varieties of Bidens from Hawaii.
Some additions to the genus Dodonaea L. (fam. Sapindaceae). Am. Jour.
Bot. 32: 202-214.
Dodonaea sandwicensis described as new with many new varieties and forms of D.
eriocarpa from Hawaii.
Revision of the genus Schiedea Cham. & Schlecht. Brittonia 5: 308-336.
Monographic, 19 species recognized in Tlawaii.
Remarks upon certain Hawaiian Labiatae and Compositae. Bull. Torrey
Club 73: 184-193.
Miscellaneous critical notes.
Some new or otherwise noteworthy dicotyledonous plants. Am, Jour. Bot.
33: 499-510.
Ten of the entities described or discussed, mostly new varieties, are from Hawaii;
new species are Silene degneri and Schiedea sarmentosa.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 277
Sherman, J.
1935. Useful trees of Guam. Guam Record. 11: 301-302.
Not seen.
Sherrin, W. R.
1938. Revision of the genus Spiridens: in Dixon, H. N., On a small collection
of mosses from New Guinea... Ann. Bryol. 10: 17-19.
Includes the Polynesian species of Spiridens,
Shillibeer, J.
1817. A narrative of the Briton’s voyage to Pitcairn’s Island. i-iii, 1-179[1-2].
18 pi.
Includes scattered references to economic plants; no binomials,
Simmonds, H. W.
1931-32. Noxious weeds and their control in Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 4: 29-31.
1931; 5: 18-20, 1932.
Notes on six species.
1932a. Biological control—progress report. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 5: 21-22.
Concerns chiefly Clidemia hirta and Lantana crocea.
1932b. Weeds in relation to agriculture. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 5: 58-62.
A general discussion of weeds and their control.
1933. Biological control_of Clidemia hirta. Agr. Jour, [Fiji] 6: 32-33.
1934. Biological control of noxious weeds, with special reference to the plants
Clidemia hirta (the curse) and Stachytarpheta jamaicensis (blue rat
tail). Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 7: 3-10. 1 pl.
Includes also notes on Lantana, Psidium, and Solanum.
1937. The biological control of the weed Clidemia hirta, commonly known in
Fiji as “the curse.” Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(3): 37-39.
Concerns the history and control of this introduced American species.
1938. The biological control of the weed Clidemia hirta commonly known in
Fiji as “the curse.” Trop. Agr. 15: 173-174.
Adapted from the preceding paper.
Simmons, H. G.
1905. Remarks about the relations of the floras of the Northern Atlantic, the
Polar Sea, and the northern Pacific. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 19(2) : 149-
194,
Includes tabulated data on distribution of algae in the ‘“‘north’? and ‘“‘warmer Pacific.”
Sims, J.
1807a. Jasminum simplicifolium. Bot. Mag. 25: pl. 980.
Here recorded from Tonga. ~
1807b. Cardiospermum Halicacabum. Bot. Mag. 26: pi. 1049.
Here recorded from Tahiti. .
1812. Ocimum scutellarioides. Bot. Mag. 35: pl. 1446.
Here recorded from Tanna, New Hebrides.
1814. Jacquinia aurantiaca. Bot. Mag. 40: pi. 1639.
Said to be native of the Sandwich Islands (Hawaii).
1819. Convolvulus Turpethum. Bot. Mag. 46: pl. 2093.
Here recorded from Tahiti.
1823a. Broussonetia papyrifera. Bot. Mag. 50: pl. 2358.
Here recorded from Tahiti.
1823b. Tetragonia expansa. Bot. Mag. 50: pl. 2362.
Here recorded from Tongatabu.
278 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1825. Herpestis Monnieria B portulacacea. Bot. Mag. 52: pl. 2557.
Here recorded from Polynesia.
1826. Gardenia florida var. ovalifolia. Bot. Mag. 53: pl. 2627.
Here recorded from the South Sea Islands.
Sinclair, I.
1885. The indigenous flowers of the Hawaiian islands. Forty-four plates, painted
in water colours and described. [p/. 1-44, descr. text].
Illustrations and descriptive text, no pagination, plates not numbered.
Singer, R.
1943. A monographic study of the genera Crinipellis and Chaetocalathus. Lilloa
8: 441-534. f. 1-6.
Includes descriptions of Crinipellis patouillardii and C. mirabilis n. spp. and C,
carecomoeis var. subelata n. var. from New Caledonia.
1945. The Laschia-complex (Basidiomycetes). Lloydia 8: 170-230. pl. 1-3.
Records several species of Campanella, Favolaschia, and Filoboletus from the Pacific
region.
Sjéstedt, L. G.
1924. Ein neues Sargassum von der Osterinsel: in Skottsberg, C., The natural
history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany 311-314. f. 1-5.
S. skotisbergii n. sp.
Skan, S. A.
1918. Melicytus ramiflorus. Bot. Mag. 144: pl. 8763.
Here described from Fiji.
Skottsberg, C.
1910a. Juan Fernandez-6arnas sandeltrad. Svensk. Bot. Tidskr, 4: 167-173. f. 1-2.
Santalum fernandezianum.
1910b. Vegetationsbilder von den Juan Fernandez-Inseln: in Karsten, G. & Schenk,
H., Vegetationsbilder 8(2): pl. 7-12.
Selected views of characteristic vegetation.
1914. Studien iiber die Vegetation der Juan Fernandez Inseln. Bot. Ergeb. der
Schwed. Exped. nach Patagonien und dem Feuerlande 1907-1909, IV.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. 51(9): 1-73. pl. 1-7. f. 1-12.
A general discussion of the vegetation, including descriptions of new species.
1917a. La expedicion cientifica sueca A las Islas Esporddicas de Chile 1916-17.
Informe preliminar sobre los resultados botanicos. Revis. Univ. Cérdoba
4: 110-115.
Not seen, probably compiled from the preceding item.
1917b. Den svenska Pacific-expeditionen 1916-17. Ymer. 37: 191-196, 336-338.
Includes brief data on the vegetation of Juan Fernandez.
1918a. The island of Juan Fernandez. Geogr. Rev. 5: 362-383. f. 1-20.
Includes notes on the vegetation.
1918b. Die schwedische Expedition nach den chilenischen Inseln im Grossen Ozean
1916/17. Mitt. Perth. Geogr. Anstalt 64: 74-76.
Includes data on the vegetation of Juan Fernandez.
1920-43. The natural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany 1-58.
pl. 1-5. 10 f. 1920; 59-240. pl. 6-20. 42 f. 1922; 241-448. pl. 21-27. 55 f.
1924; 449-550. pl. 28-33. 56 f. 1928; 551-762. pl. 34-54. 52 f. 1943.
The contributions of individual authors are here separately indexed.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 279
. 1922. The Phanerogams of Easter Island: in The natural history of Juan Fer-
nandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany 61-84. pl. 6-9. f. 1-2, 95-240. pl. 10-
20. f. 1-39.
A critical enumeration with notes and the descriptions of new species.
1924. Nagra i Goteborgs botaniska tradgard odlade Juan Fernandez-arter. Acta
Horti Gothob. 1: 256-258.
Notes on various Juan Fernandez species.
1925a. Juan Fernandez and Hawaii. Bishop Mus. Bull. 16: 1-47.
Phytogeographic.
1925b. Einige Bemerkungen tiber die alpinen Gefasspflanzen von Masafuera (Juan
Fernandez-Inseln). Verd6ffentl. Geobot. Inst. Ritbel Ziirich 3: 87-96.
A general discussion with a list of species.
1926-36. Vascular plants from the Hawaiian islands. I. Acta Horti Gothob. 2:
185-284. f. 1-9. 1926; (II.) 10: 97-193. f. 1-23. 1936.
A critical enumeration, including many new species, new varieties, and new names.
1927a. Iakttagelser G6ver blomningen hos Cyanea hortella (H. Mann) Rock. Acta
Horti Gothob. 3: 43-55. f. 1-16,
Extensive notes on a plant from Hawaii flowering in Gothenburg.
1927b. Einige Pflanzen von der Oster-Insel. Acta Horti Gothob. 3: 163-165.
A short list with notes.
1927c. Artemisia, Scaevola, Santalum, and Vaccinium of Hawaii. Bishop Mus.
Bull. 43: 1-89. pl. 1-8. f. 1-30.
Critical revision of the genera indicated.
1928a. The vegetation of Easter Island: in The natural history of Juan Fernandez
and Easter Island. 2: Botany 487-502. pl. 28-33.
Ecological.
1928b. Pollinationsbiologie und Samenverbreitung auf den Juan Fernandez-Inseln:
in The natural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany
503-547. f. 1-54.
General for the subject indicated.
1928c. On some arborescent species of Lobelia from tropical Asia. Acta Horti
Gothob. 4: 1-26. f. 1-31.
Includes a note on the affinity of the Hawaiian Lobeliaceae.
1928d. Remarks on the relative independency of Pacific floras. Proc. Third Pan-
Pacific Sci. Congr. Tokyo 1: 914-920.
A general discussion.
1929a. Notes on some recent collections made in the islands of Juan Fernandez.
Acta Horti Gothob. 4: 155-171. f. 1-17.
A list of critical notes and descriptions of new species.
1929b. Plant communities of the Juan Fernandez. Proc. Int. Congr. Plant. Sci.
1926. 1: 565-574.
Ecological.
1930a. Further notes on Pacific sandalwoods. Acta Horti Gothob. 5: 135-145.
f. 1-39.
Notes on various species, including Santaluwm marchionense n. sp.
1930b. Pollination and seed dispersal in the Juan Fernandez Islands. Proc. Fourth
Pac. Sci. Congr. Java 3: 395-399.
General.
1930c. The case of Juan Fernandez. Proc. Fourth Pacific Sci. Congr. Java 3:
401-403.
Concerns an attempt to establish a nature reserve.
280
1930d.
193la.
1931b.
193lc.
1932a.
1932b.
1932c.
1933a.
1933b.
1933c.
1934a.
1934b.
1934c,
1934d.
1935a.
1935b.
1936a.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
The geographical distribution of the sandalwoods and its significance.
Proc. Fourth Pacific Sci. Congr. Java 3: 435-442. f. 1-17. map.
Includes taxonomic data and a bibliography.
Remarks on the flora of the high Hawaiian volcanoes. Acta Horti Gothob
6: 47-65.
Concerns distribution and phytogeographical relationships. See Skottsberg, C.,
1931c.
Pipturi species hawaiienses novae. Acta Horti Gothob. 7: 1-5.
Six new species described.
The flora of the high Hawaiian volcanoes. Fifth Int. Bot. Congr. Combr.
Rep. Proc. 91-97.
Ecological and phytogeographical. See Skottsberg, C., 1931a.
Pipturus “albidus” outside the Hawaiian islands. Acta Horti Gothob. 7:
23-29. f. 1-18.
Includes P. polynesicus and P. naudeaudii n. spp.
Remarks on Pipturus argenteus and P. incanus of Weddell. Acta Horti
Gothob. 7: 43-63. f. 1-49.
Includes critical notes on various Polynesian forms.
Juan Fernandez-6arnas vaxtstramhallen. Mem, Soc. Fauna FI. Fennica 7:
248-254.
A general account of the vegetation.
Additional notes on Pipturus. Acta Horti Gotob. 8: 111-118. f. 1-13.
Includes data on some Polynesian species, and a new genus, Pseudopipturus.
Vaccinium cereum (L. fil.) Forst. and related species. Acta Horti Gotob.
8: 83-102. f. 1-66.
A critical consideration, with description of new species and varieties.
Myoporum in Rarotonga. Acta Horti Gotob. 8: 147-167. f. 1-48.
Includes M. wilderi n. sp.
Additional notes on Santalum and Vaccinium from the Pacific. Acta Horti
Gotob. 9: 185-192. f. 1-23.
Includes supplementary and critical notes on Mboore’s Raiatean species, with
reductions.
Astelia and Pipturus of Hawaii. Bishop Mus, Bull, 117: 1-77. pl, 1-38.
f. 1-32.
Six species of Astelia and 13 species of Pipturus recognized, with several varieties.
Le peuplement des iles pacifiques du Chili. [Mém.] Soc. Biogéogr. 4: 271-
280.
Concerns the flora of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island; phytogeographical.
Studies in the genus Astelia Banks et Solander. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl. III 14(2): 1-106. pl. 1-24. f. 1-272.
Monographic; 23 species of Astelia and 4 of Collospermum recognized.
Astelia, an Antarctic-Pacific genus of Liliaceae. Proc. Fifth Pacific Sci.
Congr. 3317-3323. f. 1-2.
A brief summary of 23 species of Astelia and 5 of Collospermum.
Notes on the vegetation in the Cumberland Bay caves, Masatierra, Juan
Fernandez Islands. Ecology 16: 364-374. f. 1-5.
An ecological discussion with a list of species.
Antarctic plants in Polynesia: in Goodspeed, T. H., Essays on geobotany
.... 291-310. f. 0.
A general discussion.
1936b.
1936c.
1937a.
1937b.
1937c.
1937d.
1938a.
1938b.
1938c.
1939a.
1939b.
1940a,
1940b.
1940c.
1941a.
1941b.
1941c.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 281
The arboreous Nyctaginaceae of Hawaii. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 30: 722-
743. f. 1-6.
Includes Ceodes umbellifera (with reproduction of its type), Heimerlia (n. gen.)
brunoniana, and Rockia sanwicensis.
Juan Fernandez-darnas havslagflora. 1-2.
A preliminary note, reprinted from “Nordiska (19 scandinaviska) naturforskarmétet
i Helsingfors 1936.”
Further notes on Vaccinium of Hawaii. Acta Horti Gotob. 12: 145-151.
f. 1-4.
Critical notes on five species; V’. calycinum fimbriata and V. reticulatum longiflora
described as new forms.
Further remarks on Hawaiian Artemisiae. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 51: 196-
202. f. 1-45.
Includes Artemisia kauaiensis n, sp. and critical notes on others.
Liliaceae of southeastern Polynesia, Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 13: 233-244.
f. 1-2.
Includes Astelia rapensis n. sp. and new varieties in Dianella.
Recent researches in Astelia B. and S, Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. New
Zeal. 67: 218-226. f. 1.
Includes data on distribution of Astelia and Collospermum in Polynesia.
Ericaceae and Santalaceae of southeastern Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bishop
Mus. 14: 31-43. f. 1-5.
Includes Exocarpus psilotiformis n. sp. from Rapa.
Geographical isolation as a factor in species formation, and its relation
to certain insular floras. Proc. Linn. Soc. 150: 286-292.
Includes data on the floras of Hawaii and Juan Ferndndez.
On Mr. C. Bock’s collection of plants from Masatierra (Juan Fernandez),
with remarks on the flowers of Centaurodendron. Acta Horti Gotob. 12:
361-373. f. 1-30.
Includes notes on a few species, but pertains chiefly to Centaurodendron.
A hybrid violet from the Hawaiian Islands. Bot. Not. 1939: 805-812. f.
1-6.
Viola luciae n. hybr. (V. mauiensis Mann. x V. robusta Hillebr.).
Remarks on the Hawaiian flora. Proc. Linn. Soc. 151: 181-186.
A general discussion.
Observations on Hawaiian violets. Acta Hort. Gotob. 13: 451-528. f. 1-46.
Eight species recognized and critically considered.
En exkursion till Hawaii-Gdarna Sommaren 1938. Ymer 1940: 1-22. f. 1-9.
Includes notes on the vegetation.
Nagra drag av den antarktiska kontinentens biologiska historia.- Norske
Vid. Selsk. Forhandl. 12: 45-55,
Includes notes on Polynesian elements of Antarctic origin.
Report on Hawaiian bogs. Proc. Sixth Pacific Sci. Congr. 4: 659-661.
Essentially ecological.
The flora of the Hawaiian Islands and the history of the Pacific basin.
Proc, Sixth Pacific Sci. Congr. 4: 685-707. f. 1-21.
A general discussion.
Heimerliodendron nov. nom. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 35: 364. Reprint [1].
Heimerlia Skottsb., native of Hawaii, is renamed Heimerliodendron, with a correc-
tion of the original description.
é
282 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1941d, Plant succession on recent lava flows in the Islaud of Hawaii, Gdoteborgs
Kungl. Vet.-Vitterh.-Samhalles Hand]. Sjat. Foljd. Ser. B. 1(8): 1-32.
pl. 1-10. f. 1-2.
A study of the vegetation of lava flows; ecological; not seen.
1941e. Report of the standing committee for the protection of nature in and around
the Pacific for the years 1933-1938. Proc. Sixth Pacif. Sci. Congr. 4:
499-546. (1940) 1941.
Contains many data regarding present vegetation on various Pacific islands, as well
as places of deposit of important collections of Polynesian botanical material.
1941f£. Marine algal communities of the Juan Fernandez Islands, with remarks on
the composition of the flora: in his Natural History of Juan Fernandez
and Easter Islands Bot. 2: 671-696. pl. 54.
Essentially ecological; contains a tabulated list of the species with their known
geographic distribution,
1942. Vascular plants from the Hawaiian Islands. III. Pteridophytes collected
during the Hawaiian bog survey 1938. Acta Horti Gotob. 15: 35-148.
f. 1-694.
Elaphoglossum parvisquameum described as new, with various new names in minor
categories in other genera.
1943a. Additional remarks to “Marine Algal Communities of the Juan Fernandez
Islands” in his “Natural History of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island”
2: 761-762. Supplementary to Skottsberg, C., 1941.
1943b. Dr. Sven Berggren’s collection of Hawaiian vascular plants. Bot. Not.
1943: 358-372.
An enumeration with notes on various species; no new names.
1944a. On the flower dimorphism in Hawaiian Rubiaceae. Arkiv Bot. 31A(4):
1-28. f. 1-95.
Includes studies of flowers of Kadua, Gouldia, Bobea, Straussia, Morinda, and sev-
eral other genera.
1944b, Vascular plants from the Hawaiian Islands. IV. Phanerogams collected
during the Hawaiian bog survey 1938. Acta Horti Gotob. 15: 275-531.
f. 1-556.
A systematic entimeration including eleven new species and many new varieties.
Piperaceae by T. G. Yuncker, Loranthaceae by B. H. Danser, Pittosporaceae and
Euphorbiae by E. E. Sherff.
1945a. The flower of Canthium. Arkiv Bot. 32A(5): 1-12. f. 1-43.
A detailed study largely based on the Polynesian Canthium odoratum.
1945b. The Juan Fernandez and Desventuradas Islands: in Verdoorn, F., “Plants
and Plant Science in Latin America.” 150-153.
General notes on the flora, largely ecological.
See also Christensen, C., and Skottsberg, C.; and Degener, O., and Skotts-
berg, C., 1937.
Sleumer, H.
1935. Revision der Gattung Pernettya Gaud. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12: 626-
655.
Includes P. rigida from Juan Fernandez.
1938a. Vermischte diagnosen. VI. Repert. Sp. Nov. 45: 9-20.
Includes Flacourtia mollipila n. sp., native of Fiji.
1938b. Die malesisch-pacifischen Xylosma-Arten. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 14:
288-297.
Twenty species recognized, with key.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 283
1939a. Revision der Ericaceen von Neu-Guinea. I. Die papuasisch-ozeanischen
Arten der Gattung Agapetes D. Don: in Diels, L., Beitrage zur Flora
von Papuasien XXIV. Bot. Jahrb. 70: 95-106.
Includes Agapetes vitiensis from Fiji.
1939b. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Proteaceen Papuasiens: in Diels, L., Beitrage zur
Flora von Papuasien XXIV. Bot. Jahrb. 70: 125-148.
Includes Grevillea micronesica from Palau.
1940. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Icacinaceen und Peripterygiaceen. Notizbl. Bot.
Gart. Berlin 15: 228-257.
Includes Merriiliodendron megacarpum with synonymy, occurring in the Marianas
Islands,
1942, Revision der Ericaceen von Neu-Guinea. V. Revision der papuasischen
Arten der Gattung Vaccinium L. in: Diels, L., Beitrage zur Flora von
Papuasien XX VI. Bot. Jahrb. 72: 216-269,
Includes Vaccinium whitmeei F. v. M. (V. antipodum Reinecke) from Samoa.
Slooten, D. F. von
1924. The Combretaceae of the Dutch East Indies. Bull. Jard. Buitenzorg
III, 6: 11-64. f. 1-5 map.
Includes a few Polynesian species,
1937. Die Verbreitung von Lumnitzera und einigen anderen Mangrovegewachsen.
Blumea Suppl. 1: 162-175. f. 1-7.
Includes notes on the Micronesian distribution of Lumnitzera littorea,
Smith, A. C.
1934. Plant collecting in Fiji. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 35: 261-280. f. 1-7.
A narrative of exploration with observations on the vegetation. See next two entries.
1935a. Botanical exploration of the Fiji Islands. Trop. Woods 41: 1-5.
A summary of the preceding entry.
1935b. Plant collecting in Fiji. Proc. Linn. Soc. 148: 5-7.
See preceding two entries.
1936-42. Fijian plant studies. Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 1-166. f. 1-83. 1936;
(II) Botanical results of the 1940-41 cruise of the Cheng Ho. Sargentia
1: i-iv, 1-143. f. 1-5. 1942.
Includes the descriptions of several new genera, many new species, and critical
notes on others; prepared with the assistance of various specialists,
1941. Notes on Old World Hippocrateaceae. Am. Jour. Bot. 28: 438-443.
Includes Salacia vitiensis n. sp. from Fiji and transfers of various New Caledonian
species from Salacia to Dicarpellum.
1941-44. Studies of Papuasian plants, III. Jour. Arnold Arb, 22: 343-374. 1941;
(VI) 25: 104-121, 271-298. 1944,
Includes Calophyllum vitiense Turr. from Fiji and Aceratium braithwaitei Schltr.
(Elaeocarpus kajewskit Guill.) from New Hebrides and transfers of New Caledonian
species of Antholoma to Sloanea.
1941-46. Studies of Pacific Island plants, (1) Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 68: 397-406.
1941; (II) Notes on the Pacific species of Piper. Jour. Arnold Arb.
24: 347-361. 1943; (III) New and noteworthy flowering plants from
Fiji. Bull Torr. Bot. Club 70: 533-549, 1943; (IV) Notes on Fijian
flowering plants. Jour. Arnold Arb. 26: 97-110. 1945; (V) New and
noteworthy flowering plants of Fiji. Jour. Arnold Arb. 27: 319-322.
1946,
Includes descriptions of new species, critical notes, etc., chiefly Fijian.
284. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1943. Taxonomic notes on the Old World species of Winteraceae. Jour. Arnold
Arb. 24: 119-164. f. 1-6.
Includes some New Caledonian species of Bubbia, Belliolum, Exospermum, and
Zygogynum,
1944, Reminiscences of fern collecting in Fiji: Am. Fern Jour. 34: 1-16. pl. 1-2.
General observations.
See also Bailey, I. W., and Smith, A. C.
Smith, A. L.
1922, Lichens [of New Caledonia]. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 46: 71-87.
Includes descriptions of some new species.
Smith, F. G.
1934. Diellia and its variations. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus, 10(16): 1-22. pl. 1-7.
f. 1-3.
A general study of the problem.
Smith, J.
1846. An enumeration of ferns cultivated in the Royal Gardens at Kew, in
December 1845; with characters and observations on some of the genera
and species. Comp. Bot. Mag. 72: 7-39.
Includes Adiantum setulosum n. sp. from Norfolk Island.
1857. Cultivated ferns; or a catalogue of exotic and indigenous ferns cultivated
in British gardens, with characters of the genera, principal synonyms,
etc, i-xii, 1-84.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1866. Ferns: British and foreign. Their history, organography, classification,
and enumeration [of the species of garden ferns] with a treatise on
their cultivation . . . i-xi, 1-412. 1 pl. f. 1-163. 1866; new and enlarged
ed. i-xv, 1-450. 1 pl. f. 1-163. 1877; another ed. 1896.
Includes some Polynesian species; the subtitles vary slightly. The edition of 1896
does not differ much from that of 1877.
1875. Historia filicum, an exposition of the nature, number and organography
of ferns . . . i-xiv, 1-429, pl. 1-29.
Includes various Polynesian species.
Smith, J. E.
1797. Botanical characters of some plants of the natural order Myrti. Trans.
Linn. Soc. 3: 255-288.
Includes Metrosideros villosa from Tahiti.
1802-20. [Botany] in Rees’ Cyclopedia. 1(1802)-39(1820).
The title of the work is: ‘‘The Cyclopedia; or Universal Dictionary of Arts, Sciences,
and Literature by Abram Rees.” It contains the original descriptions of some Polyne-
sian species in alphabetic sequence through all volumes, The title pages of all volumes
are dated 1819; for dates of issue of the individual volumes see Jackson, B. D.,
Jour. Bot. 34: 310-316. 1896.
Smith, J. G.
1906. The black wattle (Acacia decurrens) in Hawaii. Hawaii Agr. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 11: 1-16, pl. 1-3.
Includes data on cultivation and uses of this species introduced from Australia.
Smith, J. J.
1912a. Bulbophyllum Thou, Sect. Cirrhopetalum. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg II.
8: 19-29,
Includes B. baladeanum, B. layardii, and B, le-ratti from New Caledonia.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 285
1912b. Sarcanthus Lndl. und die nachstverwandten Gattungen. Nat. Tijdschr.
Nederl. Ind. 72: 79-115.
Includes S. nagerensis from Fiji and Pomatecalpa vaupelii from Samoa.
1934. Cystopus Lév. und Cystopus Bl. Acta Fauna FI. Univ. II. Bot. 1(14): 1-6.
Pristiglottis Cretz. & J. J. Sm. is proposed as a new generic name for Cystopus Blume
(1858), non Lév. (1847), and 20 species are transferred, including the few Polynesian
ones,
Smith, J. S.
1940. Preliminary tests on the seasoning of Kauri. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 11: 12-15.
Agathis vitiensis.
1941. Albizzia falcata. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 12: 67.
Brief report on its very rapid growth in Fiji.
Smith, S. C.
1943. Silversword—rare jewel of an Hawaiian crater. Nature Mag. 36: 31-32.
illus.
A popular account of Argyroxiphium, with reproduction of photographs of the plant.
Smith, W. G.
1871. Fungi: in Seemann, B., Flora Vitiensis. 421-423.
Seven species considered, with notes.
1874a. Croton majesticum. Floral Mag. 1874: pl. 103.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1874b. Phyllanthus nivosus. Floral Mag. 1874: pl. 120.
Native of New Hebrides,
1874c. Croton spirale. Floral Mag. 1874: pl. 126.
Introduced from the South Sea Islands.
1875a. Croton volutum. Flora Mag. 1875: pl. 154.
Native of the South Sea Islands.
1875b. Artocarpus Cannonii. Floral Mag. 1875: pl. 184.
Native of the Society Islands.
Snowden, J. D.
1935. A classification of the cultivated Sorghums, Kew Bull. 1935: 221-255.
Thirty-one species recognized, a few from Polynesia.
1936. The cultivated races of Sorghum. i—viii, 1-274, f. 1-35.
A general consideration.
Solander, D. C.
1769-82. Plantae Ins{ularum] Ocean[i] Pac[ifici]. Pp. 30.
Plantae Otaheitenses. Pp. 181.
Index speciminum plantarum Insulae Otaheitensis. Pp. 24.
Index ... plantarum Insulae Otaheite reliquarumque insularum Oceani
Pacifici. Pp. 32.
Catalogus plantarum Insulae Otaheite. Pp. 24.
Primitiae florae insularum Oceani Pacifici sive catalogus plantarum in
Otaheite, Eimeo, Otaha, Huaheine, & Ulaietea a. c. 1769 &c. Pp. 199-
380.
[Manuscript lists of plants collected . . . in the order in which they were
placed in drying books for carriage home]. Pp. 29.
These items form a part of Solander’s unpublished manuscripts in the library of the
British Museum, Natural History. They are based on material collected by Banks
and Solander during Captain Cook’s first voyage, 1768-71.
700080—47—19 . _
286 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Solereder, H.
1903. Uber Artocarpus laciniata Hort. und ihre Zugehorigkeit zu Ficus Cannonii
N. E. Brown. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 515-521.
Native of Polynesia.
Solms-Laubach, H.
1869. Chloranthaceae. DC. Prodr. 16(1) : 472-485.
Monographic.
1879. Monographia Pandanacearum. Linnaea 42: 1-110.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1901. Rafflesiaceae. Pflanzenr. 5(IV. 75): 1-19. f. 1-13.
Monographic.
Sonnerat, P.
1782, Voyage aux Indes Orientales et 4 la Chine, fait par ordre du roi, depuis
1774 jusqu’en 1781 . . . suivi d’observations sur le Cap de Bonne-
Espérance, les isles de France & de Bourbon, les Maldives, Ceylan,
Malacca, les Philippines & les Moluques, & des recherches sur l’histoire
naturelle de ces pays. 1: i-xv, [i-viii], 1-318. pl. 1-80; 2: i-viii, 1-298.
pl. 81-140; another edition 1: i-xxii, 1-340. pl. 1-2; 2: 1-376. pl. 1-2;
3: 1-362. 3 pl. 1782; nouvelle édition, revue et rétablie .. . augmentée
.. par M. Sonnini. 1: 1-12, xiii-xxviii, 1-372; 2: 1-445; 3: 1-413;
4: 1-489. 1806; Collection de planches pour servir au voyage aux Indes
Orientales et 4 la Chine. 1-8. pi. 1-140. 1806.
Includes Spondias cytherea, native of Tahiti. For German edition see next entry.
1783. Reise nach Ostindien und China, auf Befehl des K6nigs unternommen vom
Jahre 1774 bis 1781. 1: i-xii, 1-268. pl. 1-80; 2: i-x, 1-215. pl. 81-140.
A German edition of the preceding entry, translated by Johann Pezzl.
Soubeiran, J. L.
870. Note sur quelques produits [végétaux] de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Jour.
Pharm. Chimie 10: 242-244.
Not seen.
Sparhawk, W. N.
1944. Notes on forests and trees of the central and southwest Pacific area. 1-78.
Compiled mimeographed data with references to Samoa, Fiji, New Caledonia, New
Hebrides, and Micronesia,
Sparrman, A.
1780. Tres novae plantae, descriptae. Nov. Act. Soc. Sci. Upsal. II. 3: 190-195.
Includes Mimosa simplex from Tanna, New Hebrides.
Speare, A. T.
1912a. A fungus disease of the borer beetle. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 6: 121-126. f. 1, 2.
Includes descriptions of Metarrhizium anisoplice and Sterigmatocystis ferruginea.
1912b. Fungi parasitic upon insects injurious to sugar cane. Hawaiian Sugar PI.
Exp. Sta. Div. Path. Phys. Bull. 12: 1-62. pl. 1-6. f. 1-2.
Includes the descriptions of several new species of fungi from Hawaii.
1912c. Notes on Hawaiian fungi. I. Gibellula suffulta n. sp. Phytopath. 2: 135-137.
pl. 12.
Native of Hawaii.
1915-16. Weeds. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 12: 218-223. f. 1-4, (II) 312-318. f. 1-4,
(III) 400-404. f. 7-4. 1915; (1V) 13: 11-16. f. 1-3, (V) 81-86. f. 1-3,
(VI) 140-145. f. 7-3. 1916.
Includes botanical notes on various Hawaiian weeds.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 287
Sprague, T. A.
1907. A revision of Dubouzetia. Kew Bull. 1907: 125-128.
Five New Caledonian species recognized.
1910, Tristellateia australis. Bot. Mag. 136: pl. 8334.
Here described from the Solomon Islands and New Caledonia.
1914a. Hibiscus Waimeae. Bot. Mag. 140: pl. 8547.
Native of Hawaii.
1914b. Hibiscus Arnottianus. Kew Bull. 1914: 45-47.
Native of Hawaii.
1915. Emmenosperma Pancherianum Baill. Hook. Ic. 31: pl. 3027.
Native of New Caledonia.
1919. Dolichandrone and Markhamia. Kew Bull. 1919: 302-314.
D. spathacea is credited to New Caledonia.
1923. Apium leptophyllum. Jour. Bot. 61: 129-133.
A detailed discussion on origin, distribution, and synonymy; native of America, now
a weed in most warm countries including parts of Polynesia.
Sprague, T. A., and Summerhayes, V. 8.
1927. Santalum, Eucarya, and Mida. Kew Bull. 1927: 193-202. 1 map.
Includes Mida fernandeziana from Juan Fernandez.
Sprague, T. A.
1928-29. The correct spelling of certain generic names I. Kew Bull. 1928: 113-115,
(II) 285-296, (IIL) 337-365. 1928; (IV) 1929: 38-52, (V) 241-243. 1929.
Includes many genera occurring in Polynesia.
1944. A new species of Rapanea (Myrsinaceae) from Lord Howe Island. Proc.
Linn. Soc. 155: 288-290.
Rapanea mccomishii,
Sprengel, A.
1828. Tentamen supplementi ad Systematis vegetabilium Linnaeani editonem deci-
mam sextam. 1-35,
Supplementary to Sprengel, K., 1825-28.
Sprengel, K.
1807. Novarum plantarum ex herbario meo centuria, 1-58.
Republication of Beiler, 1807, without the latter’s name, appended to Sprengel, K.,
“Mantissa Florae Halensis’; includes four species from Tanna, New Hebrides.
1813-15. Plantarum minus cognitarum pugillus primus et secundus, 1: [1-9], 1-98.
1813; 2: 1-98. 1815.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1820-22. Neue Entdeckungen im ganzen Umfang der Pflanzenkunde. 1: i-iv,
1-452. pl. 1-3. 1820; 2: [1-6], 1-363. pi. 1-3. 1821; 3: [1-5], 1-409. 1822,
Includes a few references to Polynesian species.
1825-28. Caroli Linnaei Systema vegetabilium. Editio XVI. 1: i-vi, 1-922. 1825;
2: 1-939. 1825; 3: 1-936. 1826; 4(1}: 1-592. 1827; 4(2): (Curae pos-
teriores) 1-410. 1827; 5: 1-750. 1828.
Ed. 16 of Linnaeus’ “Systema vegetabilium.” Includes descriptions of Polynesian
species. See also Sprengel, A., 1828.
Sprenger, C.
1890. Phormium tenax. Lino o canapa della Nuova Zelanda. Bull. Soc. Tosc.
Ort. 15: 241-248.
Economic and agricultural notes on this native of Norfolk Island.
288 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1898. Araucaria Cookii R. Br. Gartenwelt 2: 295-296.
A general note on this native of New Caledonia.
Spring, A. F.
1838. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Lycopodien. Flora 21: 161-175.
Includes L, capillaceum from the Marianas Islands.
1841-43. Enumeratio Lycopodinearum, quas in ejusdem plantarum ordinis
monographia mox edenda descripsit A. Spring. Bull. Acad. Sci. Belg.
8: 511-522, 1841; 10: 225-235. 1843. Reprint 1-35. 1843.
Includes Selaginella laxa n. sp. from Tahiti.
1842-50. Monographie de la famille des Lycopodiacées. Mém. Acad. Sci.
Bruxelles 15: 1-110. 1842; 24: 1-358. 1850.
Monographic.
1846. Cryptogamae vasculares, Lycopodineae: in Gaudichaud, C., Voyage autour
du monde . . . sur le corvette la Bonite . . . 3: 315-344.
Includes some Hawaiian species of Lycopodium,
1870. Lycopodiaceae novae. Van Heurck Obs. Bot. 28-30.
Includes Selaginella viridangula n. sp. from Fiji.
Spruce, R. See Bescherelle, E., and Spruce, R., 1889.
Stancliff, J. O.
1923. Botanical notes from Tahiti. Am. Bot. 29: 3-6.
Popular notes.
1924. The taros of Tahiti and the Marquesas. Am. Bot. 30: 110-111.
Popular,
Stapf, O.
1906. Durandea magnifolia, Stapf. Hook. Ic. 29: 1-3. pl. 2822.
Considers 13 species, mostly Polynesian.
1909. The herbarium Savatier. Kew Bull. 1909: 148-150.
Concerns its content and history; includes some data on collection of L. Savatier in
Tahiti and in the Marquesas Islands.
1922. Cyrtococcum trigonum Stapf. Hook. Ic. 31: pl. 3096. 1-3.
Includes the transfer of certain species of Panicum that extend to Polynesia to
Cyrtococcum,
1929-31. Iconum botanicarum index Londinensis sive G. A. Pritzelii iconum
botanicarum index locupletissimus emendatus auctus et ad annum
MCMXX productus auspiciis sumtibusque regiae societatis horticulturae
Londinensis in tutela ac praesidio regii horti botanici Kewensis, 1: i-xx,
1-547, 1929; 2: 1-548. 1930; 3: 1-555. 1930; 4: 1-568. 1930; 5: 1-549.
1931; 6: 1-570. 1931.
An index to the published illustrations of plants. For supplement see Worsdell,
W. C., 1941.
Stappaert, de
1883. Le Davallia fijensis plumosa. Rev. Hort. Belge 9: 60. 1 pl.
Apparently a garden form of this native of Fiji.
Stebbins, G. L. See Babcock, E. B., and Stebbins, G. L.
Steenis, C. G. G. J. van
1927, Malayan Bignoniaceae, their taxonomy, origin, and geographical distribu-
tion. Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerl. 24: 787-1049. f. 1-18.
Includes the New Caledonian species,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 289
Steinbach, E.
1895. Die Marshall Inseln und ihre Bewohner. Verh. Ges. Erdk. Berlin 22:
449-488.
Includes notes on the vegetation.
Stephani, F.
1884. Die Gattung Radula, Hedwigia 23: 113-116, 129-137, 145-159, 161-163.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1885-86. Hepaticarum species novae vel minus cognitae. I. Hedwigia 24: 89-91.
pl. 1-2. 1885; (IV) 24: 246-250. 1886; (VII) 25: 202-208. pl. 1-2.
1886; (VIII) 25: 233-249. pl. 1-2. 1886.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1889, Hepaticae Australiae. I. Hedwigia 28: 128-135. pl. 3. 5 f. 155-175. pl. 4.
257-278.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1890. Die Gattung Lejeunea im Herbarium Lindenberg. Hedwigia 29: 1-23,
68-99, 133-142.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1893-96. Hepaticarum species novae. Hedwigia 32: 17-29, 137-147, 204-214,
315-327. 1893; 34: 43-65, 1895; 35: 73-140. 1896.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Stephani, F., and Mueller, K.
1897.. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Moosflora der Hawaiinseln.. Bull. Herb. Boiss.
5: 840-844.
“Hepaticae sandvicenses,” pp. 840-849 (Stephani). ‘‘Additamenta ad Bryologiam
Hawaiicam,” pp. 850-853 (Miiller).
Stephani, F.
1900-24. Species hepaticarum. 1: 1-413. 1900; 2: 1-615. 1906; 3: 1-693. 1906-09;
4: 1-824, 1909-12; 5: 1-1044. 1912-17; 6: 1-763. 1924.
Vols. 1 to 3 reprinted from Bull. Herb. Boiss. 6: 1896, to II 8: 1908. After 1908 all
parts issued independently.
1907. Hepaticae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 81: 288-299, Reprint 1: 92-103.
Includes some Samoan species.
1910. Hepaticae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . . .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 193-201. Reprint 3: 19-27.
Includes some Samoan species.
1911. Hepaticae Samoanae. II. Nachtrag: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und
zoologische Ergebnisse . . . Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 88: 32-35.
Reprint 4: 32-35.
A list.
1912. Hepaticae: in Hochreutiner, B. P. G., Plantae Hochreutineranae. Ann.
Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 15: 153-156.
Includes a few species from Hawaii and Samoa.
1914. Hepaticae von Neu-Caledonien: in Sarasin, F. & Roux, J., Nova Caledonia
Bot. 1: 17-19.
Aneura viridisstma and Acolea caledonica n. sp.
1915. Nachtrag zu den Hepaticae der Samoainseln: in Rechinger, K., Botanische
und zoologische Ergebnisse . . . Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 91:
165-166.
An enumeration, including descriptions of five new species.
290 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1920. Hepaticae (Nachtrag): in Sarasin, F. & Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot.
1; 110.
Includes Marchantia pileata and Fimbriaria drummondii.
See also Jack, J. B., and Stephani, F.
Steudel, E. G.
1821-24. Nomenclator botanicus enumerans ordine alphabetico nomina atque
synonyma tum generica tum specifica et a Linnaeo et recentioribus de
re botanica scriptoribus plantis phanerogamis imposita. 1: i-xvii, 1-900,
[1-5]. 1821; (Plantis cryptogamis) 2: i-xviii, 1-450. 1824.
A list of published binomials with synonyms.
1840-41. Nomenclator botanicus, seu: synonymia plantarum universalis, enumer-
ans ordine alphabetico nomina atque synonymia, tum generica tum
specifica, et a Linnaeo et a recentioribus de re botanica scriptoribus
plantis phanerogamis imposita. Editio secunda ex nova elaborata et
aucta. 1: 1-852. 1840; 2: 1-810. 1841.
An amplified edition of volume 1 of the preceding.
1850. Urticeae nondum descriptae. Flora 33: 257-261.
Includes several new species from Juan Fernandez.
1854-55, Synopsis plantarum glumacearum. 1: i-vii, 1-475. 1854-55; 2: 1-348.
1855.
Includes descriptions of all then-known species. For dates of issue see Rendle, A. B.
Jour. Bot. 37: 33. 1899, The secondary title of vol. 1 is: ‘Synopsis Plantarum
Graminearum”; that of vol. 2 is: “Synopsis Plantarum Cyperacearum et Affinium
Restiacearum, Eriocaulonearum, Xyridearum, Desvauxiearum, Juncearum.”
1856. Einige Beitrage zu der Chilesischen und Peruanischen Flora, hauptsachlich
nach den Sammlungen von Bertero und Lechler. Flora 39: 401-412,
417-426, 436-444.
Includes some Juan Fernandez species.
Stevens, F. L.
1925a. Notes on Hawaiian botany with special reference to the fungi. Trans.
Illinois Acad, Sci. 15: 115-118.
A brief general discussion.
1925b. Hawaiian fungi. Bishop Mus. Bull. 19: 1-189. pl. 1-10. f. 1-35.
An enumeration of the 393 species known in Hawaii with the descriptions of many
new species, host index, and bibliography.
1927-28. The Meliolineae I. Ann. Mycol. 25: 405-469. pl. 1-2. 1927; (II) 26:
165-384. pl. 1-6. 1928.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Stevens, N. E., and Shear, C. L.
1929. Botryosphaeria and Physalospora in the Hawaiian Islands. Mycologia 21:
313-320. f. 1.
Concerns B, ribis chromogena, P. fusca, and P, malorum.
Stevenson, J. A., and Cash, E. K.
1936. The new fungus names proposed by C. G. Lloyd. Bull. Lloyd Libr. 35:
(Mycol. Ser. 9): 1-209.
Includes the new binomials proposed by C. G. Lloyd without original indication of
their being new, some being for Polynesian species.
Stevenson, J. A., and Rand, R. D.
1938, An annotated list of the fungi and bacteria associated with sugar cane
and its products. Hawaiian Pl, Rec. 42: 247-313.
Includes numerous Polynesian records,
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 291
Stizenberger, E.
1867. Lecidea sabuletorum Florke und die ihr verwandten Flechten-Arten. Eine
Monographie. Nova Acta Acad. Leop,-Carol. Nat. Cur. 34 (2): 1-84.
pl. 1-3.
Includes L. cyrtelloides from Hawaii.
1868. De Lecanora subfusca ejusque formis commentatio. Bot. Zeit. 26: 889-902.
Includes several Polynesian species.
1895. Die Griibchenflechten (Stictei) und ihre geographische Verbreitung. Flora
81: 88-150.
Lists some Polynesian species.
Stockmayer, S.
1915. Nachtrag zu den Siisswasseralgen: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoolo-
gische Ergebnisse . . . Denkschr. Akad, Wiss. Wien 91: 167-168.
Includes some data on Samoan species.
Stokes, J.
1812. A botanical materia medica consisting of the generic and specific characters
of the plants used in medicine and diet, with synonyms, and references
to medical authors. 1: i-lxviii, 1-503; 2: 1-567; 3: 1-549; 4: 1-702. 1812.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Stokes, J. F. G.
1921. Fish poisoning in the Hawaiian islands with notes on the custom in
southern Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 7: 219-233. pl. 17-19.
Considers the plants used for this purpose.
Storck, J.
1862. Jacob Storck auf den Viti-Inseln. Bonplandia 10: 181-182.
A letter from Storck, a collector, to B. Seemann,
Storey, W. B. See Jones, W. W.
Strém, K. M.
1922, Freshwater algae from Juan Fernandez and Easter Island in Skottsberg,
C., The natural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany
85-93. 1 f.
A list with notes.
Stubbs, W. C.
1910. Report on the agricultural resources and capabilities of Hawaii. U. S.
Dept. Agr. Off. Stations Bull. 95: 1-100. pl. 1-27.
Includes data on cultivated species of plants in Hawaii.
Stuchbery, H. M.
1937.. Yanggara. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(3): 40-42.
Includes references to some species of grasses.
Studt, W.
1926. Die heutige und frithere Verbreitung der Koniferen und die Geschichte
ihrer Arealgestaltung. Mitt. Inst. Bot. Hamb. 6: 167-307. pl. 5-20.
Phytogeographic.
Sturtevant, E. L.
1919, Sturtevant’s notes on edible plants edited by U. P. Hedrick. i-vii, 1-686.
porir.
A posthumous publication including data on some Polynesian species.
292 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Suckling, J. J. C.
1939. The cultivation and hand-pollination of vanilla. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 10:
42-43,
Vanilla planifolia.
Suessenguth, K.
1936. Amarantaceae of southeastern Polynesia. Bishop Mus. Occ. Pap. 12(2):
1-10. f. 1-2.
Includes Achyranthes mangarevica n. sp. and notes on other species.
1938. Amarantaceen-Studien I. Amarantaceae aus Amerika, Asien, Australien.
Repert. Sp. Nov. 44: 36-48.
Includes Charpentiera obovata var. elliptica and Ch. obovata f. grandifolia from
Hawaii.
Sullivant, W. S.
1857. Notices of new species of mosses from the Pacific Islands. Proc. Am.
Acad. Arts Sci. 3: 73-81, 181-185.
Includes the descriptions of many new species from Polynesia.
1859. Musci. United States Exploring Expedition . . . under the command of
Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. 17: 1-32. pl. 1-26.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1874. Sandwich Island mosses collected by H. Mann and W. T. Brigham. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 5: 10-11.
An enumeration of 38 species, three new.
Summerhayes, V. S., and Hubbard, C. E.
1927. The grasses of the Fiji Islands. Kew. Bull. 1927: 18-44.
Includes descriptions of 59 species with a key.
Summerhayes, V. S.
1928. New Plants from the Seychelles. Kew Bull. 1928: 388-395.
Smythea pacifica Seem. of Polynesia is reduced to S. Janceata (Tul.) Summerh.
Summerhayes, V. S., and Hubbard, C. E.
1930. A supplement to the grasses of the Fiji Islands. Kew Bull. 1930: 252-265.
Supplementary to Summerhayes and Hubbard, 1927; includes Ischaemum
vitiense n. sp.
Summerhayes, V. S.
1932, Artocarpaceae: in Guillaumin, Contribution to the flora of the New Heb-
rides. Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 96-106.
1933a. Ficus glandifera. Hook. Ic. 32: pl. 3188.
Native of the New Hebrides.
1933b. Ficus nasuta. Hook. Ic. 32: pl. 3189.
Native of the Santa Cruz Islands.
1939. The genus Ficus in the Samoan Islands. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus, 15: 109-
118. f. 1.
Nine species recognized, with key, synonymy, etc., including F. samoensis n. sp.
1940. The genus Ficus (Moraceae) in southeastern Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bishop
Mus, 15: 227-228.
Three species recognized, none new.
See also Sprague, T. A., and Summerhayes, V. S.
Surridge, H. R.
1937a. The grasses Spartina Townsendii and S. brasiliensis in Fiji. Agr. Jour.
[Fiji] 8(3) : 22-23.
Economic notes.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 293
1937b. Trees ornamental and useful. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 8(4): 15-18.
Includes notes on 24 species.
1938a. “Duruka” (Saccharum). Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9(1): 24.
The local name “duruka” belongs to Saccharum spontaneum, not to Flagellaria indica.
1938b. The germination of teak seed, Tectona grandis. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 9(4):
23-24.
Surridge, H. R., and Parham, B. E. V.
1941. Botanical notes, 1. Leafy green vegetables in Fiji. Agr. Jour. (Fiji)
12: 76-77.
A list with notes.
Svedelius, N.
1924. On the discontinuous geographical distribution of some tropical and sub-
tropical marine algae. Arkiv Bot. 19(3) : 1-70. f. 1-14.
Includes some Polynesian references.
Svenson, H. K.
1929, Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis. Rhodora 31: 121-135. pl. 188,
152-163, 167-191. pl. 189, 199-219, pl. 190, 224-242. pl. 191. Reprinted
without change of pagination in Contr. Gray Herb. 86.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1939. Monographic studies in the genus Eleocharis—V. Rhodora 41: 1-19. pl. 537-
539. text maps 1-28, 43-77. pl. 540-545. text maps 29-52. Reprinted with-
out change of pagination in Contr. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. 85.
Includes several species extending to Polynesia and New Caledonia; a continuation
of Svenson, H. K., 1929.
1944. The New World species of Azolla. Am. Fern. Jour. 34: 69-84. Reprinted
without change of pagination in Contr. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. 100,
Includes A. caroliniana, introduced into Hawaii.
Swallen, J. R.
1936. Three new grasses from Polynesia. Jour, Washington Acad. Sci. 26: 177-
179.
New species in Eragrostis, Garnotia, and Aristida from Rapa, Raiatea, and Fiji.
Swartz, O.
1799. Dianome Epidendri generis Linn. Nova Acta Soc. Sci. Upsal. II, 6: 61-88.
pl. 1-5.
Includes some Polynesian species of Dendrobium.
1800. Afhandling om Orchidernes slagter och deras systematiska indelning
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. 21: 115-134, 202-254. pl. 1-3.
Includes some Polynesian species of Dendrobium,
1801-05. Genera et species Filicum ordine systematico redactarum adjectis synon-
ymis et iconibus selectis, nec non speciebus recenter detectis, et demum
plurimis dubiosis ulterius investigandis. Jour. Bot. Schrad. 2: 1-120.
1801. Reprinted in Ann, Bot. Konig & Sims 1: 422-489.
Includes descriptions of some new Polynesian species of ferns.
1805a. Genera and species of natural order of the Orchideae: in Koenig, C.,
Tracts relative to botany 121-214. pl. 2-8.
A republication of Swartz, O., 1800.
1805b. Genera et species Orchidearum systematice coordinatarium. Neu. Jour.
Bot. Schrad. 1: 1-108. pl. 1.
Includes Malaxis rheedii and Dendrobium crispatum from Polynesia.
294. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1806. Synopsis Filicum earum genera et species systematice complectens. Adjectis
Lycopodineis et descriptionibus novarum et rariorum specierum. i-xviil,
1-445. pl. 1-5.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Swingle, W. T.
1940a. Limnocitrus, a new genus, also new species of Wenzelia, Paramignya and
Atalantia (Rutaceae-Aurantioideae). Jour. Arnold Arb. 21: 1-24. pl. 1-4.
Includes Wenzelia kambarae n. sp. from Fiji.
1940b. New varieties and new combinations in the genera Clausena, Oxanthera,
and Triphasia of the orange subfamily Aurantioideae. Jour. Washington
Acad. Sci. 30: 79-83. f. 1-2.
Includes Oxanthera undulata comb. nov., native of New Caledonia.
1944. The botany of Citrus and its wild relatives of the orange subfamily
(family Rutaceae, subfamily Aurantioideae): in Webber, H. J., and
Batchelor, L. D., The citrus industry. 1: 129-474. f. 25-74.
Twenty-three genera recognized. Various Polynesian representatives are included.
Sydow, H. See Theissen, F., and Sydow, H.
Sydow, H., and Sydow, P.
1921. Die Pilze Mikronesiens aus der Sammlung Ledermann. Bot. Jahrb. 56:
430-432.
An enumeration, including a few new species.
Sydow, P., and Sydow, H.
1902-24, Monographia Uredinearum, seu specierum omnium ad hunc usque diem
cognitarum descriptio et adumbratio systematica. 1: i-xxxiv, 1-972.
pl, 1-45. 1902-04; 2: i-xix, 1-396. pi. 1-14. 1909-10; 3: 1-726. pl. 1-32.
1912-15; 4: i-iv, 1-671. 1923-24,
Monographic.
Sykes, R. A.
1931. Forestry in Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 4: 169-174.
A general discussion.
1933. The forests of the Colony of Fiji. Legislative Council Paper 9: 1-58.
2 maps.
General information regarding forestry conditions and important constituent tree
species.
Szyszylowicz, I. von
1885-86a. Zur Systematik der Tiliaceen I. Bot. Jahrb. 6: 427-457. 1885; (II)
7: 133-145. 1886.
Includes some New Caledonian references.
1885-86b. Tiliaceae generum monographia. Lipowate monografija rodzajow.
Rozpr. Sprawozd. Matem. Przyr. Akad. Um. Krakow 13: 207-303. pl.
2-5; 15: 48-75. pl. 2. 1886, Reprint 1-2: 1-99, pl. 2-5. 1885; 3: 1-28. 1885;
pl. 2, 1886.
A monographic study in Polish based on the preceding entry. Includes some New
Caledonia references.
T
T, C.R.
1937. General notes, Agr. Jour, [Fiji] 8(4): 46-47.
Tschaemum aristatum and I. rugosum.
Fc
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 295
T., W.
1915. Hibiscus Waimeae. Gard. Chron. III, 57:8. f. 1.
A general note; native of Hawaii.
Takahashi, M. See Whitney, L. D., Bowers, F. A. I., and Takahashi, M.
Takeda, H.
1915. Contributions to the knowledge of the Asiatic Polypodiums, with special
reference to the Chinese species. Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb. 8: 265-312.
Includes the Hawaiian forms of Polypodium lineare.
Tanaka, Takesi
1941. The genus Hypnea from Japan. Sci. Pap. Inst. Algol. Res. Fac. Sci. Hok-
kaido Imp. Univ. 2: 227-250. f. 1-21. pl. 53-54.
Includes some Micronesian species.
1944a. The Japanese species of Protoflorideae (1). Journ. Jap. Bot. 20: 217-224.
f. 1-5.
Includes Goniotrichum Alsidii from Ponape.
1944b. The Japanese species of Protoflorideae. Sci. Pap. Inst. Algol. Res. Fac.
Sci. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. 3: 79-97. f. 1-16.
Includes notes on some Micronésian species.
Tanaka, Tyézaburé
1928. Revisio Aurantiacearum. I. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 75: 708-715. Reprinted
in Mem, Tanaka Citrus Exp. Sta. 1(1): 39-46. 1932.
Includes Citrus vitiensis and C. upoluensis n. spp. from Fiji and Samoa.
1931. Notes on the Dutch Indian species of Rutaceae-Aurantieae (Revisio
Aurantiacearum-V). Med. Rijks Herb, Leiden 69: 1-13. Reprinted in
Contr. Herb. Taihoku Univ. 2(1931), same pagination.
Includes Micromelum minutum, native of the Friendly Islands.
Tashiro, Y.
1890. [Notes on a trip to some Pacific Islands.] Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 4: [125]-
[131], [168]-[172], [201]-[208]. pl. [6], (IV) [244]-[251].
Japanese text.
Tardieu-Blot, M. L. See Guillaumin, A., Camus, A., and Tardieu-Blot, M. L,
Tate, R.
1893. The geographic relations of the floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands.
Macleay Memorial Volume. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 205-221.
Phytogeographic.
Tattersfield, F., Martin, J. P., and Howes, F. N. i
1940. Some fish-poison plants and their insecticidal properties. Kew Bull. 1940:
169-180.
Includes Barringtonia asiatica and Derris trifoliata.
Taylor, T.
1846. New Hepaticae. Lond. Jour. Bot. 5: 258-284, 365-417.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1847. New lichens, principally from the herbarium of Sir William J.» Hooker.
Lond. Jour. Bot. 6: 148-197.
Includes some species from Polynesia.
Taylor, T. H. C.
1928. Investigations in Trinidad on a parasite for “Clidemia hirta.” Agr. Jour.
[Fiji] 1(2): 2-8.
Clidemia hirta described as a bad pest in Fiji.
296 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Taylor, W.
1900. List of palms in Hawaii. Hawaiian Annual (1901) 27: 29.
Tehon, L. R.
1935. A monographic rearrangement of Lophodermium. Univ. Illinois Bull.
32(51) : 1-151. t. 1-5. Illinois Biol. Monogr. 13: 231-381. pl. 1-5.
Includes the known Polynesian species,
Thaxter, R.
1896-1931. Contribution towards a monograph of the Laboulbeniaceae. Mem.
Am. Acad. Arts Sci. II. 12: 187-429. pl. 1-26. 1896; (2) 13: 217-469.
pl. 28-71. 1898; (3) 14: 309-424, pl. 1-10. 1924; (4) 15: 427-580.
pl. 1-24. 1926; (5) 16: 1-435. pl. 1-60, 1931.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1902. Preliminary diagnoses of new species of Laboulbeniaceae. Proc. Am. Acad.
Arts Sci. 38: 9-57. Reprinted in Contr. Crypt. Lab. Harvard Univ.
2(50): 9-57.
Includes descriptions of some new species from Hawaii.
1920. New Dimorphomycetae. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 55: 211-282, Reprinted
in Contr. Crypt. Lab. Harvard Univ. 3(87): 211-282.
Includes a few new species from Fiji.
Theissen, F., and Sydow, H.
1915. Die Dothideales, Kritisch-systematische Originaluntersuchungen. Ann. Myc.
13: 149-746. pl. 1-6,
Monographic.
Theissen, F.
1916. Verschiedene Mitteilungen. Ann. Myc. 14: 263-273. f. 1-6.
Includes Haplophyse oahuensis n. gen. n. sp. from Hawaii.
Theissen, F., and Sydow, H.
1917. Synoptische Tafeln. Ann. Myc. 15: 389-491. f. 1-38.
Includes Capnodium anonae, native of Polynesia.
Theissen, F.
1917, Mykologische Abhandlungen. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 66: 296-400.
1 pl. f. 1-14.
Includes Euthrypton globiferum from Hawaii, here described as a new genus.
1919, Neue Original-Untersuchungen von Ascomyceten. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges.
Wien 69: 1-24.
Includes Asterina samoensis (Dimerosporium Hennings) from Samoa.
Thellung, A.
1906. Die Gattung Lepidium (L) R. Br. Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Ges. Naturw.
41(1): 1-340. 12 f.
Includes the few Polynesian species.
Thériot, J.
1904. Mousses de la Nouvelle-Calédonie récoltées par le Dr. de la Combe. Bull.
Acad. Int. Géogr. Bot. 13: 85-86. pl. 1-2.
Includes descriptions of several new species.
1907. Diagnoses d’espéces et de variétés nouvelles de Muscinées. Bull. Acad. Int.
Géogr. Bot. 17: 306-308.
Includes some New Caledonian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 297
1908-11. Diagnoses d’espéces et de variétés nouvelles de mousses (5). Bull.
Acad, Int. Géogr. Bot. 18: 250-254. 1908; (6) 19: 17-24. 1909; (7)
20a: 96-104. 1910; (9) 21: 269-272, 1911.
Includes New Caledonian species; a change in the title of the preceding paper.
1911. Holomitrium vaginatum (Hook.) et espéces affines. Bull. Soc. Bot.
Genéve II. 3: 245-252. f. 1-7.
Recorded from Tahiti with a variety in New Caledonia.
1914. Musci de la Nouvelle Calédonie et des Iles Loyalty: in Sarasin, F. & Roux,
J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 21-32.
Forty-two species described, some new.
1920-21. Considérations sur le flore bryologique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et
diagnoses d’espéces nouvelles. Rev. Bryol. 47: 69-71. 1920; 48: 11-16,
22-28, 54-59. 1921.
Various new species described.
1922. Musci [of New Caledonia]. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 462-466.
An enumeration.
1927. Mousses récoltées dans l’ile Mas a Tierra (Juan Fernandez) en 1927, par
M. Gualterio Looser. Rev. Chil. Hist. Nat. 31: 256-259. f. 1.
A short list including Rigodium looseri n. sp.
1929. Neu-Caledonische Laubmoose: in Daniker, A. U., Ergebnisse der Reise
nach Neu-Caledonien. Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich 74: 52-55. 2 f. Re-
printed in Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zitrich 130: 52-55. 2 f.
Includes Bryum daenikeri and Ectropothecium nitidum n. spp.
1932. Liste et correction des fautes orthographiques ou autres erreurs contenues
dans le 2° édition des Musci de Brotherus, in Engler-Prantl, Die natir-
lichen Pflanzenfamilien. Rev, Bryol. II. 4: 170-185. 1931 (1932).
Includes at least one new name appertaining to a Polynesian species, Ptychomitrium
neocaledonicum, See Engler, A., and Pranti, K., 1924-40.
Thériot, J., Dixon, H. N., and Buch, H.
1934. Bryophyta nova (17-25). Ann. Bryol. 7: 157-162. 1 f.
Includes Microdus picquenoti n. sp. from Tahiti.
Thériot, J.
1936. Reliquiae Boissieranae, Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve 26: 76-91, 12 f.
Includes Isoptervgium longipes from Tahiti.
1937, Mousses de I’Ile de Paques. Rev. Bryol. Lichénol. II, 10: 74-77. f. 1-2.
A list of 11 species from Easter Island, two new.
1938. Sur une collection des mousses des Nouvelles-Hébrides (Mission E, Aubert
de la Rue, 1934). Rev. Bryol. Lichénol. IT. 10: 128-135. f. 1-4.
A list of 50 species with notes, four new.
Thiselton-Dyer, W. T. See Jackson, B. D., 1892-1938.
Thom, C., and Raper, K. B.
1945. A manual of the Aspergilli. i-ix, 1-373. f. 1-76.
Monographic; bibliography pp. 289-330.
Thompson, L. ;
1940. Southern Lau, Fiji: an ethnography. Bishop Mus. Bull. 162: i-iv, 1-228.
pl. 1-5. f. 1-21.
Includes some data on various economic plants.
Thrum, T. G.
1914, Flowering trees of Honolulu. Hawaiian Annual (1915) 41: 38-43.
Popular descriptions.
298 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1922. Leaf uses of the Hawaiians. Hawaiian Annual (1923) 49: 71-73.
General for the subject.
Thiimen, F. von, and Mueller, J. (Muell.-Arg.)
1889, Pilze und Flechten: in Die Forschungsreise $.M.S. “Gazelle”... 4(3):
Botanik 1-16.
Fungi by von Thiimen, lichens by Mueller (pp. 6-16); includes five species from
Fiji.
Thunberg, C. P.
1781-1801. Nova genera plantarum. 1-194.
A series of 16 doctorate dissertations prepared by Thunberg’s students under his
supervision, containing some Polynesian genera. The descriptions are credited to
Thunberg.
Thurston, J. B.
1886. Catalogue of trees, shrubs and foliage plants, at Thurmbirg, Suva, and St.
Helier’s, Tariuni, Fiji. 1-18,
Not seen.
Tieghem, P. van
1894a. Aciella, genre nouveau de la tribu des Elytranthées dans la famille des
Loranthacées. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 41: 433-440,
Seven new species from New Caledonia described.
1894b. Sur le groupement des espéces en genres dans les Loranthacées a calice
dialysépale et anthéres basifixes. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 41: 497-511.
Includes some Polynesian species,
1894c. Quelques compléments a J’étude des Loranthées 4 calice dialysépale et
anthéres basifixes ou Phenicanthémées. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 41:
533-550.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1894d. Sur les Loxanthera, Amylotheca et Treubella, trois genres nouveaux pour
la tribu des Elytranthées dans la famille des Loranthacées. Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 41: 257-269,
Includes Treubella forsteriana from Tahiti and T. vitiensis from Fiji.
1895. Sur le groupement des espéces en genres dans la tribu des Elytranthées de
la famille des Loranthacées, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 42: 433-449.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1896a. Korthasella, genre nouxeaux pour la famille des Loranthacées, Bull. Soc.
Bot. France 43: 83-87.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1896b. Sur le groupement des espéces en genres dans les Ginalloées, Bifariées,
Phoradendrées, et Viscées, quatre tribus de la famille des Loranthacées.
Bull. Soc. Bot. France 43: 161-194.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1900a. Sur le genre Erythrosperme considéré comme type d’une famille nouvelle
les Erythrospermacées, Jour. Bot. Morot 14: 125-129,
Morphological; mentions the Polynesian species.
1900b. Sur les dicotylédones du groupe des Homoxylées. Jour. Bot. Morot 14:
259-297, 330-361.
Includes data on various New Caledonia and Lord Howe Island species of Drimys,
Bubbia, Belliolum, Exospermum, and Zygogynum.
1907. Sur les Inovulées. Ann. Sci. Nat. IX. Bot. 6: 125-260.
Includes some Polynesian species of Balanophoraceae. For partial republication see
Fedde. F., 1909b.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 299
Tilden, J.
1901. Collection of algae from the Hawaiian islands. Hawaiian Annual (1902)
28: 106-113.
A list with brief descriptions.
1902. Algae collecting in the Hawaiian islands. Postelsia 133-175. pl. 14-18.
A popular account,
1904, Algae collecting in the Hawaiian islands. Hawaiian Annual (1905) 31:
131-145.
Narrative of a collecting tour with a list of common forms.
1910. Minnesota algae. Vol. 1: The Myxophyceae of North America and adjacent
regions including Central America, Greenland, Bermuda, the West Indies
and Hawaii. 1: 1-328. pl. 1-20.
Includes various Hawaiian species.
1920. Bibliography of the literature relating to the Pacific Ocean algae and to the
freshwater algae of countries bordering upon the Pacific Ocean. 1-58.
Bibliographic.
1921. The study of Pacific Ocean algae. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 7: 207-209.
(Proc. First Pan-Pacific Sci. Conference).
An abstract; general.
1928. The distribution of marine algae, with special reference to the flora of the
Pacific Ocean (A preliminary paper). Proc. Third Pan-Pacific Sci.
Congr, Tokyo 1: 946-953.
General.
1935. The Algae and their life relations i-xii, 1-550. f. 1-257.
Includes references to some Polynesian species.
Tongg, R. C. See Kuck, L. E., and Tongg, R. C.
Tokida, J.
1941. On some little known marine algae of Japan. (II). Bot. & Zool. 9: 49-56.
f. 1-2.
Includes notes on Bostrychia from Palau.
Tokioka, T.
1942a, Systematic studies of the plankton organisms occurring in Iwayama Bay,
Palao. I. Introductory notes, with some references to the surface water
temperature and the settling volume of plankton in the bay. Palao Trop.
Biol. Stat. Studies 2: 507-519. table 1-5, 1 f.
1942b. [Comparison of planktons from some coral lagoons in Palao]. Kagaku
Nany6d 4: 177-191. table 1-3. f. 1.
In Japanese. Includes a list of species.
Toni, G. B. de
1889-1924. Sylloge Algarum omnium hucusque cognitarum. 1: 1-12, i-cxxxix,
1-1315. 1889; 2(1): i-cxxxii, 1-490. 1891; 2(2): 491-817. 1892; 2(3):
819-1426; 2(4): 1-8, i-ccxiv, 1427-1556. 1894; 3: i-xvi, 1-638. 1895;
4(1): i-lxi, 1-386, [1-2.] 1897; 4(2) : 387-773, [1-2.] 1900; 4(3) : 775-
1521, [1-3.] Portr. 1903; 4(4) : 1523-1973;5: [1, 2.] i-xi, 1-767. 1924.
Includes descriptions of all then-known species. For a continuation see his 1937-39
reference.
1931-32. Bibliographia algologica universalis, seu repertorium totius litteraturae
phycologicae hucusque editae. i-ix, 1-436.
Covers authors Abbe to Bygrave, 686 in-all, with 2,735 titles of papers on algology.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
300
1937-39. Diagnoses algarum novarum post Sylloges editionem descriptarum. I.
Myxophyceae. Centuria I-II: Ivs, [1-8], 1-200. 1937; Cent. III-V:
lvs. 201-500, (bibliog. & index) 1-44, 1938; Cent. VI: lvs. 501-600. 1939.
Includes Lyngbya putealis var. Geitleri from Samoa. —
description is on a separate leaf, and each century is prepared for separate binding.
1939. Noterelle di nomenclatura algologica. IX. Quarto elenco di Missoficee
omonime. Archivio Bot. 15: 288-292.
Includes some Polynesian species; a continuation of Toni, G. B., 1889-1924, Each
Tothill, J. D.
1928. Notes on the prickly Solanum. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 1(3): 31-34.
Concerns means of control of S. torvum.
1929. Notes on pasture plants in Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 1(3): 12-15. 1 table.
Concerned with chemical analyses but has a list of species in the table.
Trécul, A.
1847. Mémoire sur la famille des Artocarpées. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. Bot. 8: 38-157,
t. 1-6.
Includes the few Polynesian species.
Trelease, W.
1884. Plants collected in Caroline Island by Dr. Dixon. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci
[Washington] 2: 88-90.
A list of species.
Trevisan, V. B. A.
1849. Caulerpearum sciagraphia. Linnaea 22: 129-144,
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Triana, J.
1871. Les Melastomacées. Trans. Linn. Soc. 28: 1-188. pl. 1-7.
Includes some Polynesian species.
See also Planchon, J. E., and Triana, J.
Trinius, C. B.
1821. Agrostographische Beytrage. Sprengel Neue Entdeck. 2: 33-94,
Includes Pennisetum articulare n. sp, from Nukuhiva.
1824. De graminibus unifloris et sesquifloris. Dissertatio botanica, sistens The-
oriae constructionis fioris graminei epcrisin, terminologiae novae rationes,
de methodo disquistiones, adjecta, generum ac specierum e tribu Uni- et
Sesquiflororum plurium synopsi. 1-314, [1-7]. pl. 1-5.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1826. De graminibus paniceis. Dissertatio botanica altera. 1-289.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1828-36. Species graminum iconibus et descriptionibus illustravit. 1: 1-248. pl.
1-120, 1828; 2: 1-244. pl. 121-240. 1829; 3: 1-244. pl. 241-360. 1836.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1830. Graminum genera quaedam speciesque complures definitionibus novis illus-
travit. Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. VI. 1: 54-93, 353-416. Reprinted in
Pres], Repert. Bot. 202-256. 1834.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1832. Andropogoneorum genera speciesque complures definitionibus novis illus-
travit. Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. VI. 2: 239-337. Reprinted in Pres,
Repert. Bot. 275-312, 1834.
Includes some Polynesian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 301
1834, Panicearum genera retractavit speciebusque compluribus illustravit. Mém.
Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. VI. 3(2): 89-355. 1 pl. Reprint. 1-267. ,
Includes some Polynesian species.
1840. [Genera Graminum] IV Oryzea. Mém Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. VI. 5(3):
167-188. Reprint 1-23.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Truffaut, G.
1891. Les Aralias de serre chaude. Rev. Hort. 63: 223-226. f. 52-56,
Includes notes on 15 species from New Caledonia, New Hebrides, and other South
Sea Islands, English translation in Garden 39: 565-566. 5 £.
Tryon, R. M., Jr.
1941. A revision of the genus Pteridium. Rhodora 43: 1-31. pl. 650-652. maps 1-3,
(11) 37-67. pl. 653. maps 4-11, Reprinted without change of pagination in
Contr. Gray Herb. 134.
Includes references to some Polynesian forms.
1942, A revision of the genus Doryopteris. Contr. Gray Herb. 143: 1-80. pl. 1-8.
maps 1-12.
Includes the few Polynesian species.
Tseng, C. K.
1944. Notes on the algal genus Taenioma. Madrojio 7: 215-226. pl. 25. f. 1.
T. perpusillum recorded from Tongatabu, Fiji, and the Friendly Islands.
Tsiang, Y
1934. Notes on the Asiatic Apocynales 2. Sunyat. 2: 89-202. pl. 21-35.
Includes data on a few New Caledonian species.
Tuckerman, E.
1862. Lichens. Rep. Wilkes U. S. Explor. Exped. 17: 113-152. pl. 1-2.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1867. Lichenes: in Mann, H., Enumeration of Hawaiian plants. Proc. Am. Acad.
Arts. Sci. 7: 223-235,
A list with new species.
Tulasne, L. R.
1851. Antidesmata et Stilaginellas, novum plantarum genus, recenset nonnullaque
de eis affinibus. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. Bot. 15: 180-266.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
Turbet, C. R.
1929. Lantana crocea. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 2: 34-35.
A correction of the identity of this species formerly called L. camara.
1931. Lantana poisoning of cattle in Fiji. Agr. Jour. [Fiji] 4: 24-29.
Lantana crocea is identified as the cause of the trouble.
Turczaninow, N.
1863. Verbernaceae et Myoporaceae nonnullae hucusque indescriptae, Bull. Soc.
Nat. Moscou 36(2): 193-227.
Includes the original description of Verbena nudifiora from Hawaii.
Turrill, W. B.
1915a. Pareugenia Imthurnii, Turrill. Hook. Ic. 31: pl, 3004.
Native of Fiji.
1915b. Kermadecia vitiensis Turrill. Hook. Ic, 31: pl. 3022.
Native of Fiji.
700080—47—20
302 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1915c. A contribution to the flora of Fiji. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 43: 15-39,
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
1916. Geissois Imthurnii Turrill. Hook. Ic. 31: pl. 3053.
Native of Fiji.
1924. Macaranga from Fiji. Kew Bull. 1924: 393.
M. magna Turrill, a new name for M. grandifolia Turrill, non Merrill.
Tuyama, T.
1938a. Neue Triuridaceae Micronesiens. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 52: 61-65. f. 1-4.
Andruris palawensis n. sp. from Palau Island.
1938b. Plants of Marcus Island. Jour. Jap. Bot. 14: 425-426, (Suppl.) 554.
A-list of 15 species; Japanese text.
1938c. Hetaeria Raymundi Schlechter: in Nakai, T., Ic. Pl. As. Orient. 2: 177-178.
pl. 66.
Native of Palau Island.
1939a. Crinum octobris Nakai et Tuyama: in Nakai, T., Ic, Pl. As. Orient. 3:
207-208. pl. 77. (1-2).
Perhaps from Micronesia, the description based on a living plant cultivated in Tokyo
“from one of the south sea islands.”
1939b. On Santalum boninense, and the distribution of the species of Santalum.
Jour. Jap. Bot. 15: 697-712. f. 1-3. 1 map.
The recognized species are tabulated, with the geographic distribution of each noted;
Japanese text.
1939-41. Orchidaceae novae Micronesicae. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 54: 52-59. f. 1-5.
1939; (II) 54: 261-272. pl. 2 f. 6, (III) 273- 280. pl. 3, f. 7, (Japanese
summary) 282-292, (IV) 295-298. f. 8-9, (Japanese summary) 319-
321. 1940; (V) Jour. Jap. Bot. 17: 505-523. f. 10-13. 1941.
Includes descriptions of many new species in various genera from various parts of
Micronesia, with notes on others.
1940a. Fragmenta florae Micronesiacae (I). Jour. Jap. Bot. 16: 194-205. f. 1-3.
An enumeration with descriptions of some new species.
1940b. Gymnosiphon Okamotoi Tuyama: in Nakai, T., Ic. Pl. As. Orient, 3: 327-
239, pl. 87.
Description of this new species from Palau Island.
1940c. On genus Haloragis and Micronesian species. Jour. Jap. Bot, 16: 273-
285. f. 1-6.
H. polauensts n. sp. from Palau Islands and H. chinensis var. yapensis n. var. from
Yap described.
1940d. [Notes on plants from the South Seas]. Jour. Jap. Bot. 16: 630-632.
Japanese text and title. Spathiphyllum funereum Tuyama (1940) is reduced to
S. micronesicum Hatusima (1939), and Vanilla ponapensis Kaneh. and Yamamoto
becomes Galeola ponapensis Tuyama. Numerous other Micronesian species are men-
tioned.
1941a, Nomina vernacula in insula Palau (Pelew), Caroline, Micronesia. (1)
Kagaku Nanyo 3: 135-151. fig. a-k; (II) 4: 15-34. pl. 1-3; (IIT) 97-107.
In Japanese. Includes a table of Japanese, Latin, and vernacular names.
1941b. [Vernacular and Japanese names of Palmae in Palau Islands. } Journ.
Jap. Bot. 17: 320-324.
In Japanese, with Latin and vernacular names.
1941c. [An abnormal form of an orchid]. Journ. Jap. Bot. 17: 429. 1 f.
Notes on specimen of Dendrobium with spurless flowers found in Truk; Japanese
text.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 303
1941d. Orchidaceae novae Micronesiacae. (V) Journ. Jap. Bot. 17: 505-523.
f. 10-13. .
Includes many new species, with a summary in Japanese.
1942a. [Miscellaneous notes on Japanese Digitaria.] Journ. Jap. Bot. 18: 6-21.
Critical notes in Japanese. Includes notes on Micronesian: species.
1942b. [A plant naturalized in Micronesia]. Journ. Jap. Bot. 18: 90.
A note on Ovxalis bahiensis.
1943. On Rumphius’ “Arbor ovigera” and the related species, with reference
to Hernandia sonora. Sigen-Kagaku-Kenkyusho Hékoku -1: 27-44.
f. 1-4. pl. 1-2.
Critical notes in Japanese and a summary in English, with Hernandia labyrinthica
n. sp. described from Rota, Marianas Islands,
1944. On Luisia teretifolia Guadichaud. Act. Phytotax. Geobot. 13: 282-285.
1 f.
A detailed description based on a living specimen from Rota.
U
Uittien, H.
1936. Studies in the Cyperaceae-Mapanieae I-V. Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerl. 33:
133-155, f. 1-3. Reprinted in Meded. Bot. Mus. Rijksuniv. Utrecht 26:
1936; same pagination.
Includes a revision of Thoracostachyum, pp. 133-140, crediting T. pandanophyllum to
the Palau Islands.
Underwood, L. M.
1893. Index Hepaticarum. Part 1—Bibliography. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 1-91.
Includes papers on Polynesia.
1898. American Ferns, I. The ternate species of Botrychium. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club 25: 521-541.
Includes B. daucifolium from the Society Islands and Samoa.
1905. The genus Alcicornium of Gaudichaud. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 32: 587-
596.
Includes A. bifurcatum from New Caledonia and Lord Howe Island.
1906. The genus Stenochlaena. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 33: 35-50. f. 1-10.
Includes S. milnei n. sp. from Polynesia.
1907. American ferns, VIII. A preliminary review of North American Gleiche-
niaceae. Bull. Torr. Bot, Club 34: 243-262. f. 1-10.
A key to the genera includes Stromatopteris, a native of New Caledonia.
Unruh, M.
1943. Monographie der Gattung Leucosyke Zoll. & Mor. Bot. Jahrb. 73: 191-
258. pl. 23-25, f. 1-10.
Monographic; includes the Polynesian species,
Uphof, J. C. T.
1942. A review of the species of Crinum. Herbertia 9: 63-84.
A systematic treatment, without keys.
Urban, I.
1896. Ueber einige Ternstroemiaceen-Gattungen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 14:
38-51.
Includes Ternstroemiopsis n. gen, based on Eurya sandwicensis of Hawaii.
304 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Utinomi, H.
1942. [Algae perforating the calcareous substance]. Kagaku Nanyo 5: 123-
128. 1 table. f. 1-5.
A general account in Japanese.
1945. Bibliographia Micronesica scientiae naturalis et cultus. i-iii. 1-3. 1-208.
Botany, pp. 1-21.
V
Vahl, M.
1790. Om slaegten Cinchona og dens arter. Skrivt. Naturh.-Selsk. 1(1): 1-25.
pl. 1-4.
Includes Cinchona corymbifera from Tongatabu; see Lambert, A. B., 1797, for
republication of this item.
1790-94. Symbolae botanicae, sive plantarum tam earum, quas in itinere, imprimis
orientali collegit Petrus Forskal, quam aliarum recentibus detectarum,
exactiores descriptiones nec non observationes circa quasdam plantas
dudum cognitas, 1: [1-4], 1-108. pl. 1-50. 1790; 2: 1-106. pl. 51-75.
1794,
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1805-06. Enumeratio plantarum vel ab iliis, vel ab ipso observatarum, cum
earum differentiis specificis, synonymis selectis et descriptionibus suc-
cinctis. 1: i-lx, 1-381. 1805; 2: i-viii, 1-423. 1806.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1810. Tilloeg til afhandlingen om slaegten Cinchona i Selskabets Skrivters forste
deels Iste hefte. Skrivt. Naturh-Selsk. 6: 23-83.
Includes Cinchona corymbifera, native of Tongatabu, See also Lambert, A. B.,
1797.
Vainio, E. A. (Wainio, E. A.)
1887-97. Monographia Cladoniarum universalis. Acta Soc. Fauna Fl. Fenn. 4:
1-509. 1887; 10: 1-498. 1894; 14: 1-268. 1897.
Monographic.
1921-23. Lichenes insularum Philippinarum III. Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn. A 15(6):
1-368, 1921; (IV) 19(35): 1-84. 1923.
Includes some species from the Marianas Islands.
1924. Lichens a W. A. Setchell et H. E. Parks in insula Tahiti a 1922 collecti.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 12: 1-15.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
1929, Neu-Caledonische Flechten: in Daniker, A. U., Ergebnisse der Reise nach
Neu-Caledonien. Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich 74: 50-52. Reprinted in
Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ, Ziirich 130: 50-52.
Usnea spinosissima Sticta ignambensis, and Lecidea epiochracea n. spp.
Valeton, T.
1886. Critisch Overzicht der Olacineae B. et H. [1-2], 1-280. pl. 1-6.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1902. Einige Notizen iiber neue und schon bekannte Arten der Gattung Genio-
stoma. Bull. Inst. Bot. Buitenzorg 12: 1-28. pl. 1.
Includes G. rupestre from Samoa.
1914a. Die Nyctaginaceae Papuasiens. Bot. Jahrb. 52: 101-103.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1914b. Rubiacées de ’herbier du Muséum. Not. Syst. 3: 53-55.
Includes Tarenna tahitensis n. sp. from Tahiti,
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 305
1930. Die Rubiaceen von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 63: 288-323.
An enumeration, with keys and descriptions of many new species.
Van Houtte, L. See Houtte, L. van
Van Heurck, H. See Heurck, H. van
Van Ooststroom, S. J. See Ooststroom, S. J. van
Van Zwaluwenberg, R. H. See Zwaluwenburg, R. H. van
Vatke, W.
1874. Notulae in Campanulaceas herbarii regii berolinensis. Linnaea 38: 699-735.
Includes some references to Hawaiian species.
1876. Descriptiones specierum novarum. Linnaea 40: 221-224,
Includes Cyrtandra hillebrandii n. sp. from Hawaii. This short paper is appended
to Vatke’s enumeration of Schimper’s Abyssinian plants.
Vaupel, F.
1908. Samoanische Farne. Verh. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 50: Ixxiii-Ixxv.
Brief general notes.
1910. Die Vegetation der Samoa-Insel. Vortrag mit einer grésseren Anzahl nach
Originalaufnahmen hergestellter Lichtbilder, von denen 6 auf Taf. I-III
wiedergegeben sind. Bot. Jahrb. 44: Beibl. 102: 47-58. p/. 1-3. Reprinted
in Ber. Zusammenk. Freien Ver. Pflanzengeogr. Syst. Bot. 47-58. pl. 1-3.
1910.
General notes on the vegetation.
Veitch, J. G.
1866. Extracts from the journal of Mr. J. G. Veitch during a trip to the Aus-
tralian Colonies and the South Sea Islands. Gard. Chron. 1866: 172, 195,
220, 243, 267, 291.
Includes observations on the vegetation of Samoa, Tonga, Fiji, and other island groups.
1875. The undetermined splendid novelties. Gard. Chron. II, 4: 159.
Includes descriptions of Araha elegantissima and Artocarpus laciniata from the
“South Sea Islands”, in the advertising pages.
Ventenat, E. P.
1803-05. Jardin de la Malmaison. 1: pl. 1-60. 1803-04; 2: pl. 61-120. 1804-05.
Contains descriptions of a few Polynesian species; the plates accompanied by un-
paged letterpress,
Verdoorn, F.
1928. Kritische Bemerkungen itber ostasiatische und ozeanische Frullania-Arten
aus dem subgenus Homotropantha (De Frullaniaceis III). Rev. Bryol. II.
1; 109-122. f. 1-11.
A key to the species of the subgenus Homotropantha,.
1930a. Die Frullaniaceae der Indomalesichen Inseln (De Frullaniaceis VII). Ann.
Bryol. Suppl. 1: 1-187. f. 1-304.
An enumeration, including various Polynesian species.
1930b. Revision der von Ozeanien angefihrten Frullaniaceae (De Frullaniaceis
VIII). Nederl. Kruidk. Arch. 1930: 155-175.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1934a. Studien iiber Asiatische Jubuleae (De Frullaniaceis XV-XVII).. Mit einer
Einleitung Bryologie und Hepaticologie ihre Methodik und Zukunft. i-xii,
1-231. f. 1-32. frontisp.
Includes various Polynesian species.
306 ' CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1934b. Revision der von Ozeanien, Australien und Neuseeland angefthrten Le-
jeuneaceae Holostipae (de Frullaniaceis XIV). Blumea 1: 216-240.
Fifty-nine species recognized including various Polynesian forms; many reductions.
1937. On some new collections of Asiatic and Oceanic Jubuleae (De Frullaniaceis
XVIII). Blumea Suppl. 1: 210-213.
A list of 40 species, with notes, 17 from Polynesia, none of the latter new. See also
Skottsberg, C., 1945b.
Verlot, B.
1855. L’Araucaria excelsa du jardin botanique d’Orléans. Rev. Hort. IV. 4: 215-
217.
Introduced from Norfolk Island.
Verona, O.
1931. Nuovi Micromiceti su Pandanacee. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. II. 38: 534-537.
f. 1-3.
Includes Phoma pandani n. sp. and Macrophoma pandani from the Marquesas Islands.
Vesque, J.
1889, Epharmosis, sive materiae ad instruendam anatomiam systematis naturalis.
Pars secunda. Genitalia foliaque Garcinearium et Calophyllearum. 1-30.
pl. 1-162. 2 charts.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1893. Guttiferae. DC. Monog. Phan. 8: 1-669.
Monographic.
1895. Revision du genre Eurya. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 42: 151-161.
Includes a key to the accepted species.
Vickery, J. W.
1937. Two new species and one new variety of Drimys Forst., with notes on the
species of Drimys and Bubbia Van Tiegh. of south-eastern Australia and
Lord Howe Island. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 62: 78-84. pl. 5. f. 1-2.
Includes Bubbia howeana from Lord Howe Island.
Vieillard, E.
1862a. Plantes utiles de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 16: 28-76.
Reprint 1-49.
Twenty-one species described.
1862b. Etudes sur le genre Oxera et Deplanchea. Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie
7: 88-97. Reprint 1-11.
Eleven species described.
Vieillard, E., and Deplanche, E.
1862-63. Essais sur la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Rev. Marit. Colon. 6: 52-85, 203-235,
475-498, 615-656. 1862; 7: 81-100. 1863. Reprint 1-150.
A general account, including data on economic plants.
Vieillard, E.
1865a. Plantes de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie 9: 332-348.
See next entry.
1865b. Notes sur quelques plantes de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Linn. Nor-
mandie 9: 392-394,
In this and the preceding paper, 21 new species are described. Reprinted togethes
under the former title 1-21, 1865.
1866. Notes sur quelques plantes intéressantes de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull.
Soc. Linn, Normandie 10: 92-112. Reprint 1-23.
About 20 new species described.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS . 3U7
1873. Etude sur les palmiers de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Linn. Nor-
mandie II 6: 226-232. Reprint 1-9.
Considers the genera Kentia, Chambeyronia, and Basselinia.
Viguier, R.
1905a. Sur les Araliacées du groupe des Polyscias. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 52: 285-
314.
Includes a key, many new species from New Caledonia, and Bonnierella n. gen. from
Tahiti.
1905b. Note sur le genre Dizygotheca. Jour. Bot. Morot 19: 21-27.
D. plerandroides n. sp. from New Caledonia, the diagnosis reprinted in Repert.
Nov. Sp. 3: 336. 1907.
1906. Recherches anatomiques sur la classification des Araliacées. Ann. Sci. Nat.
IX. Bot. 4: 1-210.
Includes many New Caledonian species, some new. For partial republication see
Fedde, F., 1908c.
1909. Nouvelles recherches sur les Araliacées. Ann. Sci. Nat. IX. Bot. 9: 305-405.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1912. Les Epacridacées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Assoc. Frang. Avanc. Sci.
Dijon 40: Notes et Mém. 1: 433-447.
Largely anatomical, includes keys to the species of Dracophyllum and Leucopogon,
Viguier, R., and Guillaumin, A.
1912, Les formes de jeunesse des Araliacées de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Not. Syst.
2: 255-262.
General notes on various species.
Viguier, R.
1925. Contributions a l'étude de la flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Araliacées.
Jour. Bot. Morot 23: 38-104.
A general revision with keys and descriptions. This concluding number of the
“Journal de Botanique’” was printed in 1914 but because of Morot’s death was not
distributed until June 1925.
See M. L. Green, Kew Bull. 1928: 155-156. 1928.
1930. La végetation de Tahiti. Archiv. Bot. Viguier 4: Bull. 85-92.
General notes compiled from Setchell, W. A., 1922b.
Vilmorin, [J. M.] P. L. de
1905. Hortus Vilmorinianus. Catalogue des plantes ligneuses et herbacées existant
en 1905 dans les collections de M. Ph. L. de Vilmorin et dans les cultures
de M. M. Vilmorin-Andrieux et C'*, 4 Verriéres-le-Buisson. Bull. Soc.
Bot, France 51: Append. i-xii, 1-371. pl. 1-28. f. 1-105. Reprint 1906.
Includes at least one species from Hawaii—Fragaria sandwicensts.
Virey, J. J.
1843, Remarques sur la flore économique des fles Marquises et de la Société.
Jour. Pharm. Chim. Paris III. 4: 298-301.
Not seen.
Virot, R.
1939. Equisse phytogéographique Néo-Calédonienne, Etud. Melanés. 1: 25-29.
A brief summary.
Vogel, T.
1836. Leguminosae, adjectis quas cl. Ehrenberg. in Hispaniola collegit. De plantis
expeditione speculatoria Romanzofhana. Linnaea 10: 582-603,
Includes some Hawaiian species.
308 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1843. Leguminosae: in Meyen, Observationes botanicas ... Nov. Act. Acad.
Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 19: Suppl. 1: 1-46.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Volkens, G.
1901a. Einige Ergebnisse einer Reise nach den Karolinen und Marianen. Verh.
XIII Deutsch. Geographentag. 167-179.
Includes notes on vegetation.
1901b. Ueber die Karolinen-Insel Yap. Verh. Ges. Erdk. Berlin 28: 62-76. pl. 1.
General including notes on vegetation.
1901c. Die Vegetation der Karolinen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der von
Yap. Bot. Jahrb, 31: 412-477. pl, 11-14.
A general consideration with an enumeration of the species, some new.
1901d. Skizzen von einer Reise nach den Karolinen und Marianen, Gartenfl. 50:
453-463.
Includes notes on vegetation. See also Verh. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 42: xx-xx1, 1901
[Ueberblick . . . seiner Reise . . .].
1903. Die Flora der Marshallinseln. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 4: 83-91.
A list with a few notes, no new species.
1904, [Die Vegetation der Marianen im Stillen Ozean]. Allg. Bot. Zeitschr, 1904:
61.
Abstract of an address given before the Botanischer Verein der Provinz Brandenburg.
1914. Beitrage zur Flora von Mikronesien. Bot. Jahrb. 52: 1-18.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species; Palmae by Beccari, Orchidaceae by
Schlechter, Balanophoraceae by Schlechter, Selaginella by Hieronymus. See Diels,
1921-31, for parts II, III, and IV.
Voronov, G. N.
1937. [The family Cunoniaceae and its possible importance for tanning purposes. ]
Bull. Appl. Bot. Pl. Breed, I. 2: 3-16.
In Russian with a brief English résumé; includes data on the distribution of the
family in Polynesia.
Vos, A. de
1875-83. Enumération méthodique des plantes nouvelles ou intéressantes qui ont
été signalées en 1874, Belg. Hort. 25: 29-62, 89-112, 1875; (. .. en 1875)
26: 88-104, 116-131, 147-160. 1876; (. .. en 1876) 27: 127-181. 1877;
(... en 1877) 28: 75-139. 1878; (. . . en 1878) 29: 101-135, 136-158.
1879; (... en 1879) 30; 98-160. 1880; (. .. en 1880) 31: 211-269, 1881;
(... en 1881) 32: 315-381. 1882. (. . . en 1882) 33: 319-385, 1883.
Includes brief descriptions with notes on some Polynesian species.
Vouaux, L.
1910. Descriptions de quelques espéces de champignons, Bull, Soc. Myc. France
26: 153-157.
Includes five new species from New Caledonia.
Vriese, W. H. de
1849-50. Analecta Goodenoviearum. Nederl. Kruidk, Arch, 2: 1-32, 137-171,
1849-50. Reprint 1-67. 1850.
Includes the few known Polynesian species. Pp. 1-32 (1849); 137-171 (1850).
Vriese, W. H. de, and Harting, P.
1853. Monographie des Marattiacées, d’aprés les collections du Musée impérial
de Vienne et celui de Paris, de Sir William Jackson Hooker, de M.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 309
Francois Delessert, de M. le Dr. F. Junghuhn de quelques principaux.
Jardins de l’Europe et celui de Buitenzorg a l’ile de Java, i-viii, 1-60.
pl. 1-9.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Vriese, W. H. de
1854. Goodenovieae ad auctoritatem Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis, Parisiensis,
illustr. Roberti Brownei, Guil. J. Hookeri, Joan. Lindleji, Franc. Lessertii,
Lud. Preissii, Ferd. Lud. Splitgerberi, aliorumque. Nat. Verh. Holl.
Maatsch. Wetensch, II 10: i-viii, 1-194. pl. 1-38.
Includes the Polynesian species.
W
W.
1885, Kentia. Sempervirens 14: 17-19, 2 f.
Includes the illustrations of K. robusta and K. Iuciani and notes on some other
natives of New Caledonia.
Wagner, R.
1914. Morphologische Bemerkungen iiber Pelagodendron vitiense Seem. Ann.
Naturhist. Hofmus, Wien 28: 40-47. f. 1-5.
Native of Fiji.
Wagner, W. H., Jr.
1945. Ferns on Pacific island coconut trees. Am. Fern Jour. 35: 74-76.
About 20 species listed.
Wainio, E. A. See Vainio, E. A.
Wakefield, E. M., Massee, G. and Cotton, A. D.
1916. Neucaledonische Pilze. Viert. Naturf. Ges. Ztirich 61: 628-631. Reprinted
in Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Ziirich 76: 628-631.
Ten new species described.
Wakefield, E. M.
1920. Fungi of New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands: in Sarasin, F. & Roux,
J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 87-108.
An enumeration with descriptions of new species.
1922. Fungi [of New Caledonia]. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 46: 88-93.
An enumeration, including Clavaria flabellata and Encoelia neocaledonica n. spp.
1931, Fungi exotici. XX VII. Kew Bull. 1931: 201-206.
Includes Cercospora didymochitonis n. sp. from Fiji.
Waldgrave, W.
1833. Extracts from a private journal kept on board of H.M.S. Seringapatam in
the Pacific, 1830. Jour. Roy. Geogr. Soc. 3: 168-196.
Includes data on the floras of Tongatabu, Tahiti, and the Marquesas Islands.
Waldron, G. C.
1927. The pink disease of pineapple fruits. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 12: 25-26.
A brief abstract.
Walker, E. H.
1945. Natural history in the armed forces; a résumé of some recent literature,
mostly botanical, of interest to servicemen. Sci. Monthly 61: 307-312.
Concerned mostly with the western Pacific; bibliography.
Walker-Arnott, G. A. See Hooker, W. J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A.
310 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Wallace, A. R.
1880. Island life, or the phenomena and causes of insular faunas and floras, in-
cluding a revision and attempted solution of the problem of geological
climates. i-xvii, 1-526. 1 map. 1880; ed. 2, i-xx, 1-563. tdlus. 1892.
Pertains in part to Polynesia.
Walpers, W. G.
1842-47, Repertorium botanices systematicae. 1: i-iv, 1-947. 1842; 2: i-viii,
1-1029. 1843; 3: i-xii, 1-002. 1844-45; 4: i-viii, 1821. 184448;
5: i-viii, 1-982. 1845-46; 6: i-viii, 1-834, 1846-47.
Includes redescriptions of various Polynesian species.
1843a. Cruciferas, Capparideas, Calycereas et Compositas quas Meyenius in orbis
circumnavigatione collegit, enumerat novasque describit: in Meyen,
F. J. F., Observationes botanicas . . . Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol.
Nat. Cur. 19: Suppl. 1: 247-296.
Includes the description of a few Hawaiian species,
1843b. Dicotyledoneae Thalamiflorae: in Meyen, F. J. F., op. cit. 297-424.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1848-71. Annales botanices systematicae, 1: i-vi, 1-1127. 1848-49; 2: 1-1125.
1851-52; 3: 1-1168. 1852-53; 4: i-viii, 1-959. 1857-58; 5: i-xiii, 1-966.
1858 ; 6: i-viii, 1-1309. 1861-65; 7: i-viii, 1-960. 1868-71.
A continuation of Walpers 1842-47
Walter, H.
1909. Phytolaccaceae, Pflanzenr, 39(IV. 83) : 1-154. f. 1-42.
Monographic.
Wangerin, W.
1910, Alangiaceae. Pflanzenr. 41(IV. 220b) : 1-25 f. 1-6.
Monographic.
Warburg, O.
1896. Ueber Verbreitung, Systematik, und Verwerthung der polynesischen Stein-
nuss-Palmen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 14: 133-144. pl. 10.
Includes Coelococcus carolinensis Dingl. of the Caroline Islands — C, amicarum
(Wendl.) Warb.
1897. Monographie der Myristicaceen. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur.
68: 1-680. pl. 1-25.
Includes some Polynesian species.
1899-1900. Monsunia. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Vegetation des Siid- und Ost-
asiatischen Monsungebietes. 1: i-viii, 1-207. pl. 1-11.
Includes a list of the Asiatic, Australian, and Polynesian species of Lycopodium
(pp. 98-99) and scattered references to Polynesian species of plants in other genera.
1900. Pandanaceae. Pflanzenr. 3(1V. 9): 1-97. f. 1-22.
Monographic.
1902. Niisse von Parinarium Hahlii Warb. Tropenpfl. 6: 370-371.
Here described as a new species from Ponape, from detached fruits only. See
Kanehira, R., 1940.
1905. Neu-Caledonische Ficus-Arten. Repert. Nov. Sp. 1: 78-82.
Eight new species described.
1921. Moraceae: in Sarasin, F. & Roux, J., Nova Caledonia Bot. 1: 245-246.
Includes Ficus mareénsis n. sp.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 311
Warnstorf, C.
1891. Beitrage zur Kenntnis exotischer Sphagna. Hedwigia 30: 127-178. pl. 14~
24,
Includes S. vitjianum Schimp. n. sp. from Fiji.
1895. Beitrage zur Kenntnis exotischer Sphagna. Allg. Bot. Zeitschr. 1: 115-117.
Includes Sphagnum recurviforme n. sp. from Fiji.
1900. Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Torfmoose. Bot. Centralbl. 82: 7-14.
39-45, 65-76.
Includes Sphagnum vulcanicum n. sp. from Hawaii and notes on a few other
Polynesian species.
1911. Sphagnales. Sphagnologia universalis. Pflanzenr, 51: i-iv, 1-546. f. 1-85.
Monographic.
Wasscher, J.
1941. The genus Podocarpus in the Netherlands Indies. Blumea 4: 359-481.
pl. 4, 5. f. 1-4.
Includes P. vitiensis of Fiji extending to the Bismarck Archipelago and New Guinea.
Watanabe, K.
1941. [A geobotanical opinion on Micronesia.] Hakubut. Zassi 38: 70-82.
In Japanese.
Watson, W.
1883. The palm, Veitchia Joannis. Gard. Chron. II. 20: 276.
A general note on this native of Fiji and the New Hebrides.
1884-93. Garden palms. Gard. Chron. II. 22: 426-427. 1884; 24: 362, 586-587,
748-750. 1885; 25: 12-13, 75. 1886; 26: 652-653. f. 128-129. 1886; III.
13: 332. 1893.
Includes some Polynesian species; for abstracts in French see André, E., 1885-87.
1888. Oxera pulchella. Garden 33: 510-511. 1 pi.
A colored plate of this native of New Caledonia, with a brief description.
1890. Kentia Forsteriana. Garden 38: 197. 1 f.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
1891a. The wedding flower (with a colored plate of Iris Robinsoniana). Garden
40: 312-313. pl. 825.
Native of Lord Howe Island. German translation in Gartenfl. 40: 642.
1891b. The genus Cycas. Gard. & For. 4: 113-114. f. 22.
Includes C. wndulata, native of Fiji.
1891c. Iris Robinsoniana. Gard. & For. 4: 352. f. 60.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
Watt, G.
1907. The wild and cultivated cotton plants of the world. A revision of the genus
Gossypium framed primarily with the object of aiding planters and in-
vestigators who may contemplate the systematic improvement of the
cotton staple. i-xiv, 1-406. f. 1-53.
Includes a description, illustration, and remarks on Gossypium taitense of Polynesia.
Watts, W. W.
1912. The ferns of Lord Howe Island. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S: W. 37: 395-403.
Includes Polystichum kingii n. sp. and a new variety of Asplenium bulbiferum.
1914, Additional notes on the ferns of Lord Howe Island. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
W. 39: 257-262.
Includes Polystichum whiteleggei n. sp.
312 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1915. Two Lord Howe Island Polypodia. Jour. Roy. Soc. N. S. W. 49: 385-388.
Polypodium pulchellum and P. howeanum n. spp.
See also Brotherus, V. F., and Watts, W. W.
Wawra, H. .
1872-73. Skizzen von der Erdumseglung S. M. Fregatte “Donau” (die
Hawaiischen Iseln). O6cester. Bot. Zeitschr. 22: 222-227, 259-265,
297-302, 332-335, 362-368, 397-405. 1872; 23: 23-29, 60-64, 94-99. 1873.
General notes.
1872-75. Beitrag zur Flora der Hawai’schen Iseln. Flora 55: 513-517, 529-533,
554-560, 562-569. 1872; 56: 7-11, 30-32, 44-48, 58-63, 76-80, 107-111,
137-142, 157-160, 168-176. 1873; 57: 257-265, 273-278, 294-300, 321-331,
362-368, 521-527, 540-543, 545-549, 562-569. 1874; 58: 145-150,
171-176, 184-192, 225-232, 241-252, 285-288, 416-428, 433-440. 1875.
An enumeration with the descriptions of numerous new species.
1883. Itinera principum S$. Coburgi. Die botanische Ausbeute von der Reisen
Ihrer Hoheiten der Prinzen von Sachsen-Coburg-Gotha. I. Reise der
Prinzen Philipp und August um die Welt (1872-1873). II. Reise der
Prinzen August und Ferdinand nach Brasilien (1879). 1: 1-xviii, 1-182.
pl. 1-39.
Includes Acacia koa and Pittosporum cauliflorum from Hawaii. For the second vol-
ume of this work see Beck, G. von, 1888a.
Webb, O.
1896. Le Graptophyllum picturatum Hort. Bull. Rev. Hort. Belge 22: 157.
1 pl.
Probably from the “South Sea Islands’’ but not necessarily from Polynesia.
Weber, F.
1915. Historiae muscorum hepaticorum prodromus. 1-160.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Weber van Bosse, A. :
1898. Monographie des Caulerpes. Ann. Jard. Bot, Buitenzorg 15: 243-401.
pl. 20-34.
Includes some Polynesian species of Caulerpa.
Weber van Bosse, A., and Foslie, M.
1904. The Corallinaceae of the Siboga Expedition. Siboga Exped. 61: 1-110.
pl. 1-16.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Weber van Bosse, A.
1910. Note sur les Caulerpa de Vile Taiti et sur un nouveau Caulerpa de la
Nouvelle-Hollande. Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. 2: 1-8. pl. 1-2. f. 1-5.
Lists some species from Tahiti.
1932. Algues: in Resultats scientifiques du voyage aux Indes Orientales
Néerlandaises de L. L. A. A. R. R. le Prince et la Princesse Léopold
de Belgique. 6(1): Algues. 1-27. pl. 1-5.
Includes a description of Ostreobium okamurai n. sp., native of Caroline and Mari-
anas Islands.
Weddell, H. A.
1854. Revue de la famille des Urticées. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 1: 173-212.
Includes the Polynesian species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 313
1856-57. Monographie de la famille des Urticées. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat.
Paris 9: 1-592. pl. 1-20.
Includes the Polynesian species.
1869. Urticaceae. DC. Prodr. 16(1): 32-235".
Monographic.
Wegener, G.
1903. Deutschland im Stillen Ozean; Samoa, Karolinen, Marshell-Inseln,
Marianen, Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land, Bismarck-Archipel und Salomo-
Inseln: in Scovel, A., Land und Leute; Monographien zur Erdkunde.
XV. 1-156. 1 folded map. f. 1-140.
Includes notes on the vegetation.
Weller, D. M. See Lee, H. A., Martin, J. P., Purdy, H. A., Barnum, C. C.,
Weller, D. M., and Jennings, W. C., and Martin, J. P., Carpenter, C. W., and
Weller, D. M.
Wendland, H.
1862. Beitrage zur Palmenflora der Siidseeinseln. Bonplandia 10: 190-200.
An enumeration with description of new species,
Wendland, H., and Drude, O.
1875. Palmae Australasicae. Praecedit dissertatio de Arecinarum generibus
gerontogeis. Linnaea 39: 153-237. pl. 1-4.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Wendland, H.
1878. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Palmen. Bot. Zeit. 36: 113-118.
Includes Sagus amicarum n. sp. from Polynesia.
Wentworth, C. K.
1925. The desert strip of West Molokai. Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist.
11(4) : 41-56. f. 1-10,
Ecological.
Wenzig, T.
1874. Pomariae Lindley. Neubearbeitet von Theodor Wenzig. Linnaea 38:
1-206.
Includes Osteomeles anthyllidifolia from Hawaii.
Weston, W. H., Jr.
1929. A new Sclerospora from Fiji. Phytopath. 19: 961-967. f. 1.
S. northi n. sp.
Weymouth, C.
1904. Note on the Hawaiian Islands. Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. 28: 552-553.
Brief general notes, chiefly on cultivated species.
Wheeler, H. M.
1935. Studies on Nicotiana II. A taxonomic survey of the Australian species.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 18: 45-68,
Includes N. debneyi from New Caledonia and Lord Howe Island and N, fragrans
from Tonga.
Wheeler, L. C.
1939. Notes on the genus Aleurites. Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ. 7: 119-122.
Concerns Aleurites moluccana Wild. and its varieties.
314 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
White, C. T., Wilson, E. H., and Guillaumin, A.
1926. Ligneous plants collected in New Caledonia by C. T. White in 1923. Jour.
Arnold Arb. 7: 74-103.
A list with notes and the descriptions of some new species.
Whitelegge, T.
1892. List of twenty species of mosses collected at Lord Howe Island. Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. S. W. II. 7: 277.
Includes seven new species.
Whitney, L. D., and Hosaka, E. Y.
1936. New species of Hawaiian Panicum and Eragrostis. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus.
12(5): 1-6. f. 1-2.
Panicum konaense and Eragrostis niihauensis n. spp.
Whitney, L. D.
1937a. A new species of Hawaiian Eragrostis. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 13:
75-76. f. 1.
E, fosbergii n. sp. from Oahu.
1937b. A new species of Garnotia from Rarontonga. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 13:
77-78. f. 1.
G. rarotongensis n. sp.
1937c. A new lawn grass for Hawaii. Parad. Pacific 49(1): 24. 1 f.
Digitaria henryi, native of Formosa and southern China.
1937d. Some facts about taro, Hawaii's staff of life. Parad. Pacif. 49(3): 15, 30.
Reprint 14.
Colocasia esculenta.
1937e. A new species of Trisetum and a new variety of Panicum imbricatum
from the Hawaiian Islands. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 13: 171-173. f. 1-2.
Trisetum inaequale n. sp. and Panicum imbricatum var. orcoboloides n. var.
Whitney, L. D., Bowers, F. A. I., and Takahashi, M.
1939. Taro varieties in Hawaii. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 84: 1-86. 1 pl.
f. 1-5.
Includes descriptions of 84 varieties of Colocasia esculenta.
Whitney, L. D., Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C.
1939. Grasses of the Hawaiian ranges. Hawaii Agr. Exp, Sta. Bull. 82: 1-148.
f. 1-81.
Includes descriptions of 103 grasses and tabulates 239 as occurring in Hawaii, with
botanical and common names, places of origin, and dates of introduction for the
exotic species.
See also Kikuta, K., Whitney, L. D., and Parris, G. K.
Wilcox, E. V., and Holt, V. S.
1913. Ornamental Hibiscus in Hawaii. Hawaii Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 29: 7-60.
pl. 1-16.
Largely horticultural.
Wildeman, E. de
1912. Les bananiers: culture, exploitation, commerce, systématique du genre
Musa. Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille II. 10: 286-362.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Wilder, G. P.
1907. Fruits of the Hawaiian islands in three volumes, Vol. 1. Illustrated by
thirty-six half-tone plates with descriptions of same. 1-77. pl. 1-36.
Vols. 2 and 3 not published; see next entry.
1911.
1917.
1928.
1930.
1931.
1934.
MERRILL—-BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 315
Fruits of the Hawaiian islands (revised edition, including Vol. 1. 1906
[1907]}. Illustrated by one hundred and twenty-one half-tone plates with
descriptions of same. 1-247. pl. 1-121.
Nearly all the species illustrated and described are of exotic origin; see preceding
entry.
Hibiscus development in Hawaii. Hawaiian Annual (Thrum) (1918)
44: 86-89.
Horticultural.
The breadfruit of Tahiti. Bishop Mus, Bull. 50: 1-83. p/. 1-39.
A detailed consideration of 27 varieties (under local names) of Artocarpus communis.
Some observations on the flora of Rarotonga. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ.
16: 16. (Proc. Hawaii. Acad. Sci.)
Abstract.
Flora of Rarotonga. Bishop Mus. Bull. 86: 1-113. p/. 1-8. f. 1-3.
A list of the species with notes, and descriptions of a few new ones by St. John,
Christophersen, Setchell, and Merrill.
The flora of Makatea. Bishop Mus. Bull, 120: 1-49, pt. 1-5. f. 1.
A descriptive list of plants with native names and uses, including a description of
Planchonella grayana St. John (Sapota? vitiensis A. Gray).
Wilkins, W. H.
1934. Studies in the genus Ustulina with special reference to parasitism. I.
Introduction, survey of previous literature and host index. Trans. Brit.
Mycol. Soc. 18: 320-346,
Includes U. yulgarts and U. zonata from Fiji.
Willdenow, C. L.
1797-1830. Caroli a Linné species plantarum exhibentes plantas rite cognitas ad
genera relatas cum differentiis specificis . . . Editio quarta .. . 1:
i-xxxi, 1-1568. 1797; 2: 1-1340. 1799; 3(1-2): 1-1474. 1800; 3(3):
1476-2409. 1803; 4: 1-1157. 1805; 5(1): i-xxxx, 1-542. 1810; 5(2):
i-xiv, 1-22. (1830); 6(1): i-xv, 1-128, i-xix. 1824; 6(2): i-vi, 1-128.
1824.
This is ed. 4 of Linnaeus’s “Species Plantarum.”
1809-13. Enumeratio plantarum horti regii botanici Berolinensis continens descrip-
tiones omnium vegetabilium in horto dicto cultorum. i-vi. 1-1099. 1809;
Supplementum post mortem autoris (editum a von Schlechtendal) i-x,
1-70. 1813.
Includes some Polynesian species.
Wille, N.
1913. Neue Siisswasseralgen von den Samoa-Inseln. Hedwigia 53: 144-147.
Eleven species described, some new.
1915. Siisswasseralgen von den Samoainseln, Hawaii den Salomoninseln und
Ceylon, gesammelt von Dr. K. Rechinger, 1914: in Rechinger, K.,
Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse ... Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien
91: 141-162, pl. 1-3.
A systematic enumeration, including descriptions of several new species.
Williams, B. S.
1868. Select ferns and lycopods: British and exotic. Comprising descriptions of
900 species and varieties accompanied by directions for their management
316 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
in the tropical, temperate and hardy fernery; with illustrations. i-viii.
1-343. 15 t. Ed. 2, i-viii, 1-353. 25 t. 1873.
Includes some Polynesian and New Caledonian species. The title of the ed. 2 is
somewhat different from that of the first.
Williams, F. N.
1896. A revision of the genus Silene, Linn. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 32: 1-196.
Includes S. cryptopetala and S. alexandri, natives of Hawaii.
Williams, L. O.
1938a. Orchid studies, IV. The orchids of the Fiji Islands. Bot. Mus. Leafl.
Harvard Univ. 5: 105-142. 1 pl.
A critical enumeration of all known species, with synonymy, several described as new.
1938b. Orchid studies, IX. Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ. 6: 137-141.
Includes Malaxis margaretae n. comb. from the Austral Islands and Grammato-
phyllum elegans and Sarcanthus nagarensis from Fiji.
1939. Orchid studies, X. Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ. 7: 137-148.
Includes the descriptions of four new species from Samoa, Ponape, and Fiji, with
critical notes on other Polynesian species.
1941a. A new Acanthophippium from Fiji. Am. Orch. Soc. Bull. 10: 169. pi. 6.
Acanthophippium vitiense n. sp.
1941b. A new Liparis from Fiji. Am. Orch. Soc. Bull. 10: 201. pl. 7.
Liparis orbiculata n. sp.
Williams, R. S.
1915. Mosses of the Philippine and Hawaiian islands collected by the late John B,
Leiberg. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 42: 571-577.
Includes Hymenostomum ovale and Claopodium hawaiense n. spp. from Hawaii.
Williams, W. L. S.
1920. Pahala blight investigations. Hawaiian Pl. Rec. 23: 199-207. 9 f.
Concerns the cause and control of this sugarcane disease; see Lyon, H. L., 1920c.
Willis, J. C.
1919. The floras of the outlying islands of New Zealand and their distribution.
Ann. Bot. 33: 267-293. 2 f. (maps).
Concerns the floras of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands.
1936. Some further studies in endemism. Proc. Linn. Soc. 148: 86-94.
An abstract, including data on the Hawaiian flora tabulated from Hillebrand.
Wilson, E. H. See White, C. T., Wilson, E. H., and Guillaumin, A.
Wilson, J.
1799. A missionary voyage to the southern Pacific Ocean, performed in the years
1796, 1797, 1798, in the ship Duff . . . [1-10] i-c. 1-395. 6 pl. 7 maps.
General narrative; includes notes on plants of Tahiti under their native names
(pp. 369-376).
Wilson, J. B. -
1882. Report on the present state and future prospects of Lord Howe Island . . .
Vegetation by J. Duff; not seen.
Wilson, W. F.
1919. David Douglas, botanist at Hawaii. 1-83.
Biographical data compiled from various sources,
1920. Hawaii Nei 128 years ago, by Archibald Menzies. i-viii, 1-199. ilus.
Menzies’ journal covering his explorations in Hawaii, 1792-1794, with notes.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 317
1922. With Lord Byron at the Sandwich Islands in 1825; being extracts from the
MS. diary of James Macrae, Scottish botanist. 1-75, illus.
Narrative of exploration.
Wimmer, E.
1929. Studien zu einer Monographie der Lobelioideen (Lobelioideae IV). Repert.
Sp. Nov. 26: 1-20. pl. 71-72.
Includes Clermontia rockiana n. sp. from Hawaii.
1943, Campanulaceae-Lobelioideae. Pflanzenr. — (IV. 276b): — —.
Monographic; includes the Polynesian species. Not seen.
Winkler, H. See Schréter, H., and Winkler, H.
Witasek, J.
1908. Solani generis species et varietates novae. Repert. Nov. Sp. 5: 163-166.
Six new species described, mostly from Polynesia.
1910. Solanaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 342-350. f. 24. Reprint 3: 168-176.
f. 24.
1913, Solanaceae: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 601-602. Reprint 5: 159-160.
A list with notes.
Witt, H. C. D. de
1941. Notes on the genera Intsia and Pahudia (Legum.), Bull. Jard. Bot. Buiten-
zorg. III, 17: 139-154, f. 1, 2.
Records Intsia bijuga as occurring in Fiji and the Marianas Islands.
Witt, O. N.
1873. Bericht tiber die Untersuchung zweier Diatomaceen-Gemische. Ein Beitrag
zur Kenntniss der Flora der Siidsee. Jour. Mus, Godeffroy 1(1) : 63-70.
pl. 8,
Includes a list of Tahitian species, many described as new.
1874. Ueber Siidsee-Diatomaceen. II Folge. Jour. Mus. Godeffroy 1(4) : 111-116.
pl. 15,
Nine species described, some new; supplementary to the preceding entry.
Wocke, E. von
1897. Lycopodium squarrosum Forst. Gartenwelt. 2: 63-65. 1 f.
Native of Polynesia.
Wodehouse, R. P.
1935. Pollen grains, their structure, identification and significance in science and
medicine. i-xiii, [I], 1-574. pl. 1-14. f. 1-123.
Includes references to a few Polynesian species.
Wohltmann, F.
1904. Pflanzung und Siediung auf Samoa. Beih. Tropenpfl. 5: i-v, 1-164, pl. 1-20.
9 f. 2 maps.
Includes many data on economic plants.
Wolff, H.
1913. Umbelliferae-Saniculoideae, Pflanzenr, 61(1V. 228): 1-305. pl. 1 f. 1-42.
Monographic.
1927. Umbelliferae-Apioideae-Ammineae-Carinae, Ammineae novemjugatae et
genuinae, Pflanzenr. 90(IV. 228) : 1-398. f. 1-26.
Monographic.
700080—47—21
318 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Woodford, C. M.
1895. The Gilbert Islands. Geogr. Jour. 6: 325-350. 1 map.
Includes a list of the plants.
Woolnough, W. G.
1903. The continental origin of Fiji. Proc. Linn. Soc. N, S, W. 28: 457-496.
pl. 22-34,
Largely geological; bibliography.
Worsdell, W. C.
1941. Index Londinensis to illustrations of flowering plants, ferns and fern allies.
Supplement for the years 1921-35; prepared under the auspices of the
Royal Horticultural Society of London at the Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew, under the direction of Arthur W. Hill. Part 1 (A-H):
[1-4], 1-497; Part 2 (I-Z): 1-515.
A supplement to Stapf, O., 1929-31.
Wright, C. Harold
1918. A list of Fijian plant names. Dep. Agr. Fiji Bull. 9: 1-10.
A list of aboriginal names with their binomial equivalents. Issued also as Bull. 10
with two additional pages of errata and addenda. See Parham, 1935.
Wright, Charles Henry
1910. Xeronema Moorii. Bot. Mag. 136: pl. 8342.
Native of New Caledonia.
1918. Howea Belmoreana. Bot. Mag. 144: pl. 8760.
Native of Lord Howe Island.
1930. Ferns collected in Fiji by Sir Evrard im Thurn, K.C.M.G. Kew Bull. 1930:
343-348.
A list of about 60 species, none new.
Wulff, E. V.
1932-43, Vvedenie v istoricheskuiti geografii rastenii, Bull, Appl. Bot. Pl. Breed.
Suppl. 52: 1-356, f. 1-141.
In Russian, with an extensive English summary, English translation by Elizabeth
Brissenden as: An introduction to historical plant geography. i-xv. 1-223, f. 1-35.
1943. Chronica Botanica Co.
1944, Istoricheskaia geografiia rastenii; istoriia flor zemnogo shara. [Historical
plant geography; history of the floras of the world.] i-xix, 1-545.
f. 1-64.
A comprehensive work in Russian, including some data on the history of the flora
of Polynesia.
Wycoff, E.
1913. Bibliography relating to the flora of Oceania. Bibl. Contrib. Lloyd Library
1: 469-490.
A partial bibliography, including Malaysia, the Philippines, Australia, and New
Zealand, with comparatively few entries for Polynesia.
Wylie, R. B.
1923a. Botanical notes on Fiji and New Zealand. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 30: 45-54.
f. 1-4.
Includes general observations on Fiji plants.
1923b. Notes on introduced plants. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 30: 333-336.
Observations on introduced plants in the Fiji Islands.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 319
1924. Some experiences of a botanist in Fiji. Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist.
10(5): 142-153.
General observations; forms chapter 8 of C. C. Nutting and others, “Tiji-New
Zealand Expedition.”
Y
Yamada, Y
1926. The phyto-geographical relation between the Chlorophyceae of the Mari-
annes, Carolines and Marshall Islands and those of the Malay Archi-
pelago, Australia and Japan. Proc, Third Pan-Pacific Sci. Congr. Tokyo
1: 964-966.
Includes a tabulated list of species with their distribution.
1930. Une nouvelle espéce d’Udotea du Pacifique: Udotea Geppi sp. nov. Rev.
Alg. 5: 140-142. f. 1-3.
From the Caroline and Friendly Islands.
1931. Notes on Laurencia, with special reference to the Japanese species. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Bot. 16: 185-310. pl. 1-30. f. 1-20.
Includes a few Polynesian species.
1938. The species of Liagora from Japan. Sci. Pap. Inst. Alg. Res. Fac. Sci.
Hokkaido Univ. 2: 1-34. pi. 1-15, f. 1-22.
Includes L. pinnata from the Palau Islands and some other species extending to
Polynesia.
1941. [Species of Halimeda in the South Sea]. Kagaku Nanyo 4: 108-121. f. I-
15.
An enumeration of seven Micronesian species, with one new species and two new
forms; Japanese text.
1942. Notes on Sargassum from the southern parts of Japan. (1) Journ. Jap.
Bot. 18: 369-381. f. 1-8.
Includes notes on Micronesian species.
1944a. New Caulerpas and Halimedas from Micronesia. Sci. Pap. Inst. Algol.
Res. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. 3: 27-29. pl. 1-5.
Includes three new species, one new variety, and two new forms.
1944b. A list of the marine algae from the atoll of Ant. Sci. Pap. Inst. Algol. Res.
Hokkaido Imp. Univ. 3: 31-45. pl. 6-7.
An enumeration of 42 species, including 7 new species, from the Ant Atoll near
Ponape.
Yamamoto, Y.
1933. Species novae ochidacearum ex insula Ponape (Micronesia), Trans. Nat.
Hist. Soc. Formosa 23: 20-23. f. 1-2. Reprinted in Contr. Herb. Taihoku
Univ. 28: 20-23. f. 1-2.
Arundina kanehirae and Vanilla ponapensis n. spp.
1937. Index Taihokensis IIT, 1935. Contr. Lab. Syst. Bot. Taihoku Univ. 1: i-vi,
1-60. map.
A list of the names of higher plants published in Japan in 1935, including Micro-
nesian species. Reprinted from ‘‘Kudoa-gakkwai.”
1938. A phytogeographic view of Menispermaceae (and a list of the eastern
Asiatic species of Menispermaceae). Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa
28: 303-324. 2 maps.
Includes a tabulation of Polynesian species.
Yamamoto, Y., Mori, K., and Fukuyama, N.
1939. General index to the scientific and Japanese names of plants recorded in
320 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
the 2nd series (No. 41-60) of contributions from the herbarium of
Tahoku imperial university. Suppl. Contr. Herb. Taihoku Univ. 2: 1-35.
Includes the Micronesian names.
Yamamoto, Y.
1940. Materials for a flora of the south-eastern Asia, I], An enumeration of the
mangrove plants, excluding herbs, climbers, epiphytes, and the lower
forms of plant life, from the Dutch Indies. Jour. Soc. Trop. Agr. 12:
157-169. f. 1-7. Reprinted in Contr. Herb. Taihoku Univ. 63: 157-169.
f. 1-7.
Includes Acrostichum aureum from Micronesia; abstracted in Japanese, pp. 167-169.
Yates, L. G.
1887. Notes on Hawaiian ferns compiled from the works of Hooker, Baker,
Bailey and others. 1-15.
A compiled list of the then-known species.
Yendo, K.
1905. A revised list of Corallinae. Jour. Coll. Sci. Univ. Tokyo 20(12): 1-46.
Contains a synoptical key to the genera and a list of species, including Cheilosporum
spectabile from the Friendly Islands.
Yuncker, T. G.
1932. The genus Cuscuta. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 18: 113-331. f. 1-158.
Monographic,
1933a. Revision of the Hawaiian species of Peperomia. Bishop Mus. Bull. 112:
1-131. f. 1-38.
Monographic; 33 species recognized.
1933b. A revision of the Hawaiian species of Peperomia. Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ.
21: 18-19.
Apparently an abstract of the preceding entry.
1934. Some botanical aspects of the Hawaiian islands. Torreya 34: 29-36.
General and ecological.
Yuncker, T. G., and Gray, W. D.
1934, Anatomy of Hawaiian Peperomias. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 10(20): 1-19:
f. 1-60.
Detailed anatomical studies of 14 species and varieties.
Yuncker, T. G.
1937a. Observations on the teratology of the genus Peperomia. Occ. Pap. Bishop
Mus. 13: 5-9. f. 1-2.
Brief notes on 23 Polynesian species.
1937b. Three additional species of Peperomia in Hawaii. Occ. Pap. Bishop
Mus. 13: 161-165. f. 1-2.
P. pololuana, P. kalihiana, n. spp., and P. pellucida (L.) HBK.
1938. Revision of the Micronesian species of Peperomia. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus.
14: 7-25. f. 1-9.
Thirteen species recognized, with key.
1943a. Botanizing on Niue Island. Torreya 42: 121-128. 1 pl.
A general account.
1943b. New Fijian Peperomias. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 17: 215-220. f. I-3.
Peperomia nandarivatensis, P. nandalana, and P. nodosa described as new with
notes on other species.
MERRILL—BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PACIFIC ISLANDS 321
1943c. The flora of Niue Island. Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 1-126. pil. 1-4. f. 1-3.
In all, 459 species and varieties recognized and provided with brief descriptions,
a few described as new. About half of these represent introduced species,
1945. Plants of the Mauna Islands. Bishop Mus. Bull, 184: 1-73. map.
Three small islands, a part of eastern (American) Samoa. A critical list with cita-
tions of specimens, notes, etc. In all groups 421 species listed.
Zz
zZ.
1774. Die Pfianzen der Insel Outahitée, aus der Parkinsonischen Reisebeschrei-
bung gezogen und mit Anmerkungen erlautert. Naturf. 4: 220-258.
pl. 2-3.
A German translation of Parkinson’s notes on the plants of Tahiti. See Parkinson,
1773.
Zahlbruckner, A.
1888. Beitrag zur Flora von Neu-Caledonien, enthaltend die von A. Grunow im
Jahre 1894 daselbst gesammelten Pflanzen. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus.
Wien 3: 271-292. pl. 12-13.
An enumeration, including Argophyllum grunowit, Scaevola beckii, and Stenocarpus
grunowtt n. spp.
1889. Eine bisher unbeschriebene Sapotacee Neu-Caledoniens. Oecester. Bot.
Zeitschr, 39: 287-288.
Lucuma baillonit n. sp.
1891. Ueber einige Lobeliaceen des Wiener Herbariums. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus.
Wien 6: 430-445. f.1.
Includes Trematocarpus n. gen. from Hawaii.
1893. [Uber die Gattung Trematocarpus]. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 43: 6-7.
A short note on this Hawaiian genus.
1896. Lichenes Mooreani. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 11: 188-196.
Includes Sticta mooreana and Parmelia stramineonitens n. spp., natives of Lord
Howe Island.
1897. Stromatopogon, eine neue Flechtengattung. Ann, Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien.
12: 99-102. pl. 2.
S. baldwinti n. sp., native of Hawaii.
1903-32. Neue Flechten. Ann. Myc, 1: 354-361. 1903; (VI) 10: 359-384. 1912;
(VII). 12: 335-345. 1914.
Includes various Polynesian species.
1904-16. Schedae ad “Kryptogamas exsiccitas” editae a Museo Palatino Vindo-
bonensi. Centuria X-XI. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 19: 379-427. 2 f.
1904; (Centuria XII-XIII) 20: 311-358. 1905. Reprint 1-48. 1905;
(Centuria XIV) 21: 204-227. 1906; (Centuria XV-XVI) 22: 81-123.
1907-08; (Centuria XVII) 23: 213-236. 1909. (Centuria XVIII) 24:
269-292, 1910; (Centuria XIX) 25: 223-252. 1911; (Centuria XXII)
28: 121-149. 1914; (Centuria XXIII) 29: 454-481. 1915; (Centuria
XXIV) 30: 197-225, 1916.
Includes various Polynesian species.
1907. Die Flechten der Samoa-Inseln: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoolo-
gische Ergebnisse . . . Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 81: 222-287. pl. 2.
Reprint 1: 26-91. pi. 2.
A list with notes and descriptions.
322 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1911. Flechten des Neuguinea-Archipels, der Hawaiischen Inseln und der Insel
Ceylon: in Rechinger, K., Botanische und zoologische Ergebnisse . . .
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 88: 12-31. Reprint 4: 12-31.
A list with notes and descriptions.
1921-34. Catologus lichenum universalis. 1: 1-696. 1921-22; 2: 1-815. 1922-24;
3: 1-899. 1924-25; 4: 1-754. 1926-27; 5: 1-814. 1927-28; 6: 1-618. 1929-
30; 7: 1-784. 1930-31; 8: 1-612. 1931-32; 9: 1-606. 1933-34.
Includes all known species.
1924. Die Flechten der Juan Fernandez Inseln: in Skottsberg, C., The natural
history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. 2: Botany 315-408. pi.
24-25,
A critical consideration of the known species, some new.
1928. Die Flechten der Osterinsel, nebst einem Nachtrag zu der Flechtenflora
von Juan Fernandez: in Skottsberg, C., The natural history of Juan
Fernandez and Easter Island 2: Botany 449-460.
A list with notes and the descriptions of new species.
See also Magnusson, A. H., and Zahlbruckner, A.
Zahn, E. von
1909. Davallia, Gartenfl. 58: 397-404. f. 29-36, 420-425. f. 37-44.
Includes D. fijiensis, native of Fiji, with varieties.
Zaneveld, J. S.
1940. The Charophyta of Malaysia and adjacent countries. Blumea 4: 1-223.
f. 1-21, 2 folded maps.
Includes distribution references to the Pacific region.
Zeh, W.
1912. Neue Arten der Gattung Liagora. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 268-273.
Includes L. nitidula n. sp. from Fiji.
Zeiller, R.
1889. Note sur quelques empreintes végétales des couches de charbon de la Nou-
velle-Calédonie. Bull. Soc. Geol. France III. 17: 446-447.
Paleobotanical.
Zemann, M.
1907-08. Studien zu einer Monographie der Gattung Argophyllum Forst. Ann.
Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 22: 270-291. pl. 8-10. f. 1-4.
Contains the descriptions of seven species from New Caledonia, including A. lati-
folium n. sp.
Zschokke, T. C.
1930. A manual for the tree planters in the Hawaiian Islands. Univ. Hawaii Ext.
Serv. Bull. 9: 1-50. tlus,
Not seen.
1933. Poisonous plants now in Hawaii. Univ. Hawaii Agr. Ext. Serv. Bull.
49: — —.
Not seen; abstracted in Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 241: 19-20. 1933.
Zwaluwenburg, R. H. van
1941. Canton Island. Hawaiian Pl. Rec, 45: 15-24, f. 1-9.
Eighteen plant species listed.
1942. Notes on the temporary establishment of insect and plant species on Canton
Island. Hawaiian Pl, Rec. 46: 49-52. f, 1.
Lists a few plant species.
A SUBJECT INDEX TO ELMER D. MERRILL’S
“A BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
ISLANDS OF THE PACIFIC”
By EGBERT H. WALKER
INTRODUCTION
A worker usually goes to a bibliography to find what has been pub-
lished on a given subject. Less often does he search there to find what
a particular author has written. Since most bibliographies are arranged
alphabetically and then chronologically by author, they are thus actually
adapted directly to the needs of the fewer consultants. Arrangement of
the entries in a large bibliography by subject rather than by author, on
the other hand, is difficult, because of the complexity of subjects and the
extensive overlapping of treatments. Hence, most extensive bibliogra-
phies need supplementary subject indices in order to adapt them to the
needs of the greater number of users. The following subject index has
been prepared to meet this need, a need that has tremendously increased
with the focusing of the world’s attention on the western Pacific Islands
as a result of the late war.
The foundation of this index is the information given in the titles
and annotations in Dr. Merrill’s bibliography. The attempt has. been
made to bring out and to make available, as far as practicable, all the
subjects there indicated. However, it does not pretend to be more com-
prehensive or precise than are those data.
Some of the headings in this index are arranged alphabetically, some
geographically, and some systematically. This combination of an alpha-
betical and nonalphabetical arrangement is adopted in order to direct the
user to as much material on a given subject as is possible. Some titles
of articles are vague and comprehensive, and the material covered by
them is so diverse and inclusive that it cannot all be revealed in a short
title and annotation. Other titles are short, clear, and specific or are
easily clarified by an annotation. It is easy to index the subject or sub-
jects dealt with in the second type of paper. However, much more com-
plete and exact information on the same subject may be recorded in
some work with an indefinite and comprehensive title than in a paper
with a precise title. This subject index has, therefore, been designed,
in so far as possible, to direct the user toward this hidden information.
An explanation of the general plan of the index will be valuable to
the users. The scheme of dividing material into the three Sections, I—
323
324 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
General, [I—Regional, and I1I—Systematic, not only is used in the pri-
mary divisions but also is extended to lesser subdivisions. The main
headings used under Section J—General are not names of geographic
entities or Latin or scientific names of plants or plant groups, as will
be seen by scanning the marginal headings in boldface type on pages
326 to 333. The alphabetical arrangement of these headings has a disad-
vantage in that it dissociates related subjects. For example, Cultivated
plants is related to Food plants, Economic plants, and Agriculture;
therefore an investigator making an extensive search for material on
any given subject must search under related headings in this alphabeti-
cal sequence.
Section II—Regional is subdivided into the three generally recognized
main divisions of the Pacific Islands—Polynesia, Micronesia, and Mel-
anesia. Island groups and nonassigned separate islands are recognized
as seem appropriate, in the absence of any standard or universally adopted
arrangement. The subsidiary index beginning on page 403 may be re-
ferred to for overcoming the drawbacks of the nonalphabetic arrangement
of geographic headings. The degree of subdivision of material dealing
with the separate geographic units, such as Cook Islands, the Hawaiian
Islands, Fiji, and Loyalty Islands, is not entirely uniform but depends
upon the amount and character of the material to be so classified. The
great quantity of material on Hawaii necessitates extensive subdivision,
in which the main categories General, Regional (or Subdivisions), and
systematic are again used. However, there is no need for such sub-
division of the material on the Cook Islands, because of the small num-
ber of references; the incidental annotations placed in parentheses after
the author—date—letter are sufficient. Other variations will be apparent
and should cause no confusion.
Section I1I—Systematic begins with the comprehensive systematic
treatments, such as world floras and taxonomic treatments of similar
scope, which include references to Pacific botany or are essential in this
connection. Following these preliminary references, the material in-
cluded is subdivided first into the Myxomycetes, Schizomycetes,
Algae, Fungi, Lichens, Bryophyta, Pteridophyta, Gymnospermae, and
Angiospermae,’ essentially in accordance with the system presented in
the 1936 edition of A. Engler’s “Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien,” a
guide that has also been followed in preparing this index in other alloca-
tions of material. Under each of these main headings the material is
again divided according to the headings General, Regional, and Sys-
tematic. The subdivisions under the third of these, namely, Systematic,
varies in the different groups according to what seems likely to be the
most useful. Thus the Fungi are divided into Phycomycetes, Ascomy-
1The heading Spermatophyta was omitted as unessential and unnecessarily complicating the
matter of typography.
WALKER—-SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 320
cetes, Basidiomycetes, and Fungi Imperfecti, with the next subordinate
category containing an alphabetical sequence of generic and family names
combined. The seed-plant references, however, after subdivision into
Gymnospermae and Angiospermae, are all assigned to families, these ar-
ranged alphabetically. Genera under these families are given marginal
recognition following the general works dealing with the family as a
whole, if the bulk of material justifies it; otherwise, they are recognized
in the parenthetical annotations only.
It is recommended that the user of this index seek for the desired
information under the most specific heading first, and then look under
progressively less specific headings. Thus, for example, one desiring
information on the sweet potato, /pomoea batatas, common throughout this
region, must first check the references to that species under “Jpomoea”’
on page 377. Then he must scan successively the references to the genus
Ipomoea as a whole, to the Convolvulaceae, and to the Angiospermae.
One should then go to the still more general headings in Section I—
General, since Ipomoea batatas is a widely cultivated plant and the
desired information might be found in this section, either under Culti-
vated plants, Economic plants, or Food plants. Thus one proceeds
from the specific to the general.
The same method is recommended in using Section II]—Regional,
where one should proceed from the smaller geographic unit to the
greater.
A few cautions: The parenthetical annotations in the index appear-
ing after the authors—dates—letters are suggestive only. When in doubt
as to their meaning or comprehensiveness, one must naturally consult
the references in the body of the bibliography. Limited attention has
been paid to synonymy; hence one looking for material on a particular
species or genus should also look under the synonyms that have been
used by various writers. There are listed in Section II—Regional among
the references to a specific island or island group only systematic papers
dealing with a specific taxonomic entity in a broad or comprehensive
way. For example, O. Degener’s paper (1932) containing a key to the
Hawaiian species of Bidens is included under Section I]—Hawaiian
Islands—Systematic treatments of specific groups—Angiospermae—
Compositae, but E. E. Sherff’s paper (1941d), containing a few new
species, varieties, or combinations of Hawaiian Bidens species, is not
included. The latter, however, is found in Section IJI—Systematic—
Angiospermae—Compositae Bidens. More care has naturally been given
some groups than others, because of their seemingly greater importance.
It is impossible, however, to anticipate the needs of all users. Numerous
cross references have been added in significant places to guide users to
additional sources of information and to avoid unnecessary repetition.
326 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
SECTION I—GENERAL
Agriculture: Jeanneney, A., 1894 (New Caledonia) —Parham, W. L., 1937 (Fiji).
See also Cultivated plants; Economic plants; Floristic and general descriptions;
etc.
Anatomy, wood: See Woods and wood anatomy.
Ant (myrmecophilous) plants: Beccari, O., 1884-86.
Bibliographies: Anonymous, 1944 (s.w. Pacific) —Bailey, E., 1887 (Hawaii)—
Bartlett, H. H., 1940 (Wilkes exped—U. S. Explor. Exped.).—Bay, J. C., 1909
(of bibliographies).—Blake, S. F., & Atwood, A. C., 1942 (floras).—Cheel, E.,
1906 (lichens).—Christensen, C., 1905-34 (Pteridophyta).—Collins, F. S., 1912
(Wilkes exped—U. S. Explor. Exped.).—Hallberg, S. 1940 (Skottsberg).—
Hasskell, D. C., 1942 (U. S. Explor. Exped.).—Hyde, C. M., 1885 (Hawaii).—
Jackson, B. D., 1881 (“Guide Bot. Lit.”) ; 1882 (econ. bot.).—Krempelhuber, A.
von, 1867-72 (lichens).—Lam, H. J., 1934 (New Guinea).—Lemmermann, E.,
1903 (phytoplankton).—Levring, T., 1941 (Juan Ferndndez algae).— McCaughey,
V., 1918-19 (Hawaii).—Merrill, E. D., 1924, 1937a, 1945c (Polynesian bot.).—
Okamura, K., 1932, 1934 (algae).—Otero, J. J., & Cook, M. T., 1934, 1935-38
(virus diseases)—Parham, B. E. V., 1942a (Fiji) —Pritzel, G. A., 1847-72
(“Thesaurus”) ; 1855-66 (“Icones.”).—Rehder, A., 1911-18 (woody pl.).—Reid,
(”. F., 1939 (Guam).—Tilden, J., 1920 (algae) —Toni, G. B. de, 1931-32, 1937-39
(algae).—Utinomi, H., 1945 (Micronesia) —Walker, E. H., 1945 (nat. hist. for
servicemen ).—Wycoff, E., 1913 (Oceania). —Merrill, E. D., 1946 (Merrill).
Biographies: See Collectors, Collections, Explorers, and Expeditions.
Camouflage: Parham, B. E. V., 1942d (climbing plants).
Collections, specific: See next heading. ~
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions*?: Bryan, E, H. 1933 (early
Hawaiian botanists).—Fournier, P., 1932 (French missionary naturalists).—
Skottsberg, C., 194le (depositories of collections).
“ALBATROSS” VoYAGE: Mann, A., 1907 (diatoms).
“ASTROLABE,” VOYAGE oF: Hombron, J. B., and Jacquinot, C. H., 1845-55.—
Montagne, J. F. C., 1842-45 (enum, cryptogams).—Richard, A., 1833-34.
AUBERT DE LA Rug, E.: Guillaumin, A., 1935, 1937 (New Hebrides).
Banks, J.: Britten, J., 1905.—Parkinson, S., 1773.
BarcLtay: Bentham, G., 1843.
BAUuER, F.: Endlicher, S. L., 1833b (Norfolk Island).
“BEAGLE,” VoyAGE or: Darwin, C., 1839, 1860.
Beccart, O.: Kanehira, R., 1936a (portrait).
BreecHeEy, Capt. F. W. See “Blossom,” Voyage of.
Bertero, M. D.: Colla, L., 1833-36 (Juan Fernandez).
“Bossom,” VoyaGE oF: Beechey, F. W., 1831 (narrative) —Hooker, W. J., and
Walker-Arnott, G. A., 1830-41 (botany).
Bock C.: Skottsberg, C., 1938 (Masatierra in Juan Fernandez).
“BONITE,” VoYAGE OF: Gaudichaud, C., 1846-66.
“Bounty” Expepition : E., M., 1938.
“BRITON” VoyaceE: L., 1817 (to Pitcairn Island).—Shillibeer, J., 1817.
CampneELL, F. A.: Mueller, F. von, 1873 (New Hebrides, Loyalty Islands).
“CHALLENGER” Expepition: Baker, J. G., 1876c (ferns).—Hemsley, W. B., 1885b
(report insular floras).—Moseley, H. N., 1879 (notes).
“CuenG Ho”: Degener, O., 1943b (Fiji, narrative).—Smith, A. C., 1936-42 (Fiji
plants).
CopurG, Prince S.: Beck, G. von, 1888a.—Wawra, H. 1883.
? Those who have written about their own voyages and collections are not usually listed here.
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY oat
Comrrton, R. H.: Compton, R. H., 1922 (Isle of Pines).—Rendle, A. B., Baker,
E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22 (New Caledonia, Isle of Pines.)
Corte, A.: Hooker, W. J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A., 1830-41 (“Bot. Beechey’s
Voy.”).
Cook, Cart. JAMEs: Parkinson, S., 1768-83.
“CogumLLe,” VoyacE oF: Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. M., 1827-29 (enum. crypto-
gams).—Brongiart, A. T., 1829-34.
Cumine, H.: St. John, H., 1940c (itinerary).
CunnincHaM, A.: Heward, R., 1842 (biogr.).
DANIker Expepition (New Caledonia and Loyalty Islands): Christensen, C.,
1932,—Daniker, A. U., 1931, 1932-33.—Schinz, H., 1929.
Douctas, D.: Douglas D., 1914 (journal) —Hooker, W. J., 1836 (memoirs ).—
Wilson, W. F., 1919 (biogr.).
DRAKE DEL CaAsTILLo: Jouan, H., 1896 (French Polynesia).
“EnpEAvoR,” VOYAGE OF: Parkinson, S., 1773 (journal).
“EuGENIE,” VoYAGE oF: Angstrom, J., 1872, 1873, 1875, 1876 (bryophytes).
Forster, G.: Forster, G., 1797.—Forster, J. R., and G., 1776, 1779.
Freycrnet, L. pe: Gaudichaud, C., 1824, 1826-30.
“GAZELLE,” VOYAGE OF: Engler, A., 1886, 1889a, 1889b.—“‘Gazelle”’ Expedition,
1889.—Kuhn, M., 1889 (ferns).
Hatusima, S.: Ohwi, J., 1942a (Cyperaceae Micronesia).
Heptey, C.: Hedley C., 1896-1900 (Funafuti, Ellice Isl.).
“HERALD,” VoyacE oF: Milne, W., 1855 (Fiji, New Hebrides).
HILcesranp, W.: St. John, H., 1942a.
Hinps, R. B.: Bentham, G., 1843 (Fiji, New Hebrides, New Ireland, New
Guinea).
HocureutTineEr, B. P. G.: Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1912-43.
JEANNENEY: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. 11); 1914-45 (pt. LXXIX).
Kajewskl, S. F. (New Hebrides, Santa Cruz): Ames, O., 1932a (Orchidac.)—
Guillaumin, A., 1931-33 (enum.).
Kaneuira, R.: Ohwi, J., 1942a (Cyperaceae Micronesia).
KawacoE, S.: Kawagoe, S., 1919 (enum.).
KorzenuE, O. von: Chamisso, L. C. A. von, 1821, 1830, 1836. —Chamisso, L. C. A.
von, and Schlechtendal, D. von, 1826-35.—Vogel, T., 1836.
KRUSENSTERN, DE (Russian voyage) : Langsdorff, G. H. von, and Fischer, F. E.
L., 1810-18 (ferns).
LaRus, E. AuBERT DE: See Aubert de La Rue, E.
Lay, G. T.: Hooker, W. J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A., 1830-41 (“Bot. Beechey’s
Voy.”).
Lesson, A.: Richard, A., 1833-34 (“Astrolabe”).
Levat: Guillaumin, A., 1919-29 (New Hebrides).
Levier Herparium: Jatta, A., 1903-05 (lichens).
LinpvEN, J.: Linden, J., 1881 (introductions).
MataspPina, A.: Malaspina, A., 1885.
MartTELLI, U.: Kanehira, R., 1936a.
Merritt, E. D.: Merrill, E. D., 1946.
MeyEN, F. J. F.: Meyen, F. J. F., 1843.
“Novara,” VoyacE or: Fenzl, E., 1867-70.
ParkINson, S.: Parkinson, S., 1773.
Parks, H. E.: Copeland, E. B., 193lb (ferns Rarotonga).—Setchell, W. A.,,
1926b (Tahiti).
“PHYSICIENNE,” VoYAGE OF: Gaudichaud, A., 1826-30.
RECHINGER, K.: Rechinger, K., 1907-15.
328 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Remy, J.: Roumeguére, C., 1882 (cryptogams).
RoMANzor¥ Expepition. See Kotzebue, O. von.
SAVATIER: Stapf, O., 1909 (hist. contents herb.)
SEEMANN, B.: Gray A., 1862a (Fiji).
“SERINGAPATAM,” VOYAGE OF: Waldgrave, W., 1833 (journal, Tonga Island,
Tahiti, Marquesas).
SETCHELL, W. A., and C. B.: Setchell, W. A., 1926b (Tahiti).
SxkorrsserG, C.: Hallberg, S., 1940 (bibliog.).
SoLanper, D. C.: Britten, J., 1905.—Parkinson, S., 1773.
“SULPHUR,” VOYAGE oF: Bentham, G., 1844-45.
“TuscAN,” VoyacE oF: Bennett, F. D., 1840.
U. S. Exptortne Expenition (“Wilkes Expedition”) : Bartlett, H. H., 1940 (hist.
of reports on coll.).—Brackenridge, W. D., 1854-55 (ferns).—Collins, F. S.,
1912 (bibliog.)—Cooley, M. E., 1940 (places visited).— Gray, A., 1854-57;
186la (Compositae) ; 1861b (Lobeliac., Goodeniac.) ; 1861-62; 1877.—Haskell,
D. C., 1942 (exped., publ.).
“URANIE,” VoYAGE or: Gaudichaud, C., 1826-30.
“VENUS,” VoyYAGE OF: Decaisne, J., 1846-64.
ViLMorIN, Pu. L. dE: Vilmorin, [J. M.] P. L. de, 1905 (cat. coll.),
WILKEs Expenition. See U. S. Exploring Expedition.
“ZELEE,” VoyacE oF: Hombron, J. B., and Jacquinot, C. H., 1845-55.—Montagne,
J. F.C, 184245 (enum. cryptogams).
SEE ALSO History of botany and botanical exploration; and under Section II—
Polynesia—Hawaiian Islands—General ; Melanesia—Fiji Islands; Melanesia—
New Caledonia; and in Section III—Algae—General; Fungi—General;
Lichens—General ; Bryophytes—Musci—General; and Pteridophyta—General.
Coral reefs or islands: Bryan, E. H., 1941, 1942.—Christophersen, E., 1927b (plant
life) —Howe, M. A., 1912—McCaughey, V., 1916g, 1918n (Hawaii).—Setchell,
W. A., 1923 (Tahiti) ; 1928b (phytogeogr.).
See also Section III—Algae—Systematic—Rhodophyceae—Corallinaceae.
Cultivated plants: Degener, O., 1945a (tropical) —Hemsley, W. B., 1878, 1879a
(distrib.).—Merrill, FE. D., 1945c.
See also Economic plants; Food plants; etc.; and under Section II—Polynesia—
Hawaiian Islands—General.
Diseases. See Hosts and their diseases and Virus diseases.
Drug plants. See Medicinal plants.
Ecology: See Section I—Phytogeography; Section II—Polynesia—Hawaiian
Islands—Phytogeography and ecology; and Section ITI—Algae—General—
Phytogeography and ecology.
Economic plants: Anonymous, 1893 (Tahiti).—Bennett, G., 1832b (Hawaii). —
Berland, L., and others, 1934 (peopling Pacific Islands).—Biilow, W., von, 1896
(Samoa).—Chase, F. M., 1942 (algae).—Cordemoy, C. J. de, 1899 (gums,
resins).—Cox, L. M., 1926 (Guam).—Cuzent, G., 1860, 186la, (Tahiti).—
Daenzer, F. G., 1834 (Euphorbiaceae). —Degener, O., 1945a (tropical ).—Duchesne,
FE. A., 1836.—Finsch, O., 1887, 1893 (Micronesia) —Guil!aumin, A., 1923 (French
Polynesia).—Harvey, W. H., 1857 (Fiji).—Heckel, E., 1892, 1913 (New Cale-
donia).—Henry, C., 1922 (Marquesas).—Hill, A. F., 1939a, 1942 (names) .—
Horne, J., 1881 (Fiji)—Hubert, C. 1912 (fruits).—Jackson, B. D., 1882
(bibliog.).—Jouan, H., 1865 (origin) ; 1874, 1876 (general) ; 1882 (pl. introd.) ;
1884 (peopling Pacif. islands).—Judd, A. F. 1933 (ancient Hawaii)—Jumelle,
H., 1901 (general).—Lanessan, J. L. de, 1886 (general).—Lindley, J., 1849 (econ.
bot.).—Merrill, E. D., 1920 (origin, distrib.).—Miller, C. D., 1927 (algae).—
Miiller, W., 1917 (Yap).—Naudin, C., and Mueller, I, von, 1887 (agr. industry) —
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 329
Parham, B. E. V., 1942b, 1944 (Fiji) —Parham, H. B. R.,, 1937, 1943 (Fiji).—
Parham, W. L., 1929 (Fiji).—Perret, V., 1893 (New Caledonia).—Pickering, C.,
1863-76 (distrib.) ; 1879 (history).—Reed, M., 1907 (algae).—Reinecke, F. 1895b
(Samoa). Sadebeck, R., 1897, 1899 (German colonies).—Safert, E., 1919
(Kusaie).—Safford, W. E., 1905 (Guam); 1921 (origin).—Seemann, B., 186le,
18620, 1880 (Fiji).—Setchell, W. A., 1924 (Samoa).—Seurat, L. G., 1905 (French
Polynesia).—Soubeiran, J. L., 1870.—Thompson, L., 1940 (s. Lau in Fiji).—
Vieillard, E., 1862a (New Caledonia).—Vieillard, E., and Deplanche, E., 1862-63
(New Caledonia).—Virey, J. J., 1843 (Marquesas, Society Islands) —Wohltmann,
F., 1904 (Samoa).
See also specific headings as: Agriculture, Cultivated plants, Fiber plants, etc.
Epiphytes: Hosokawa, T., 1943a (Ponape, Micronesia).
Expeditions, specific: See collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions.
Explorers: See collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions.
Fiber plants: Blackmann, L. G., 1903 (Hawaii).—Bryan, E. H., 1933 (Hawaii).—
Home, E., 1847 (cloth).—McCaughey, V., 1918 (Hawaii).—Parham, B. E. V.,
1944 (Fiji).
Floras, enumerations, and list of Pacific or South Sea plants as a whole: Drake
del Castillo, E., 1886-92.—Endlicher, S. L., 1837.
For floras, enumerations, and lists of smaller regions see Section IT.
Floristic and general descriptions: See Collectors, collections, explorers, and ex-
peditions; Phytogeography; and in Section II under various regional names.
Food plants: Anonymous, 1942a (emergency).—Bennett, G., 1832d (Tahiti).—
Bois, D., 1927-37 (monogr.).—Bryan, E. H., 1933 (Hawaii).—Chase, F. M., 1942
(algae).—Coster, S. E. H., 1938 (Fiji) —Chung, H. L., and Ripperton, J. C.,
1929 (oriental vegetables in Hawaii) —Cranwell, L. M., and others, 1943 (em-
ergency).—Forster, G., 1786a, 1797—Henry, C., 1922 (Marquesas).—Harwood,
L. W., 1938 (native, Fiji) —Heuze, G., 1899.—Jouan, H., 1875.—Jumelle, H.,
1910 (tuberous).—Lepine, J., 1857 (Tahiti) —MacCaughey, V., 1917 1 (of ancient
Hawaiians).—Merrill, E. D., 1943 (emergency) ; 1945c (general).—Miller, C. D.,
1927 (algae); 1929 (food values).—Milne, W., 1859, 1860b (native, Fiji).—
Okabe, M., 1941c (Palao Is.).—Paillieux, A., and Bois, D., 1884, 1899 (monogr.).
—Parham, B. E. V., 1944 (introd. Fiji) —Popenoe, W., 1920 (fruits) —Reed, M.,
1907 (algae).—Sturtevant, E. L., 1919 (notes).—Surridge, H. R., and Parham,
B. E. V., 1941 (vegetables, Fiji).—Wilder, G. P., 1907, 1911 (fruits).
Fossil plants: See Paleobotany.
Forage plants: Jacques, C., 1940a (New Caledonia).—McClelland, C. K., 1915
(Hawaii).—Parham, B.E.V., 1944 (Fiji) —Parham, W. L., 1942 (Fiji).—Rip-
perton, J. C., Goff, R. A., Edwards, D. W., and Davis, W C., 1933 (Hawaii).—
Tothill, J. D., 1929 (Fiji).
Forests and forestry: Baker, J. R., and Baker, L., 1936 (seasons in rain forests in
.New Hebrides).—Merrill, E. D., 1945c (general).
See also under Section II—Polynesia—Hawaiian Islands—General; Micronesia—
General; Melanesia—Fiji.
Galls: Docters van Leeuwen, W. M., 1922 (on Broussaisia arguta).—Howard, C.,
1916-25, 1921 (New Caledonia) ; 1922-23 (Oceania, etc.).
Gums: Cordemoy, C. J. de, 1899.
History of botany and botanical exploration: Bryan, I°. H., 1928b (Hawaii) .—
Colby, J. A., 1934 (plant hunting).—Farlow, W. G., 1916 (algae).—Forbes, C. N.,
1913c (Hawaii) —Howe, S. E., 1943 (exploration).—MacCaughey, V., 19170,
1918-19 (Hawaii).—Merrill, E. D., 1941 (man’s influence on vegetation); 1945c
(general).—Pickering, C., 1863-76; 1879 (chronol. hist. pl.).—Safford, W. E.,
330 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1905a (Guam).—Skottsberg, C., 194le.—Tilden, J., 1921 (algae).
See also Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions.
Hosts and their diseases: Parris, G. K., 1940 (Hawaii).
ARTOCARPUS INTEGER: Parham, B. E. V., 1942£ (Phytophthora hibernalis).
Banana (Musa paradisiaca) (Musaceae): Carpenter, C. W., 1919 (freckle or
black spot disease).
BROUSSAISIA ARGENTEA (Saxifragaceae): Docters van Leeuwen, W. M., 1922
(galls).
CHAETOCHLOA (SETARIA) VERTICILLATA (Gramineae): Kunkel, L. O., 1922 (mo-
saic disease).
Crrrus (Rutaceae) : Parham, B. E. V., 1937a, 1942f (Fiji).
Corn (Zea mais) (Gramineae): Kunkel, L. O., 1921 (mosaic disease).
Crops In Hawau, Truck: Parris, G. K., 1938a.
CRUCIFERAE: Parham, B. E. V., 1942f (Albugo candida, Fiji).
Hisiscus (Malvaceae) : Lyon, H. L., 1915d (Xylaria).
Insects: Larsen, L, D., 1911b (Aspergillus on Pseudococcus calceolariae).—
Petch, T., 1914, 1921 (Aschersonia taitensis) ; 1931 (Metarrhizium anisopliae).
—Speare, A. T., 1912a (M. anisopliae and Sterigmatocystis ferruginca on borer
beetle) ; 1912b (on sugar cane insects).
LecuMINosaE: Lyon, H. L., 1911c (resistance to Fusarium, etc.) ; 1913a (diseases
of jack bean).—Parris, G. K., 1938b (Uromyces phaseoli on beans in Hawaii).
Macroprrper (PIPER) METHYSTICUM (Piperaceae): Parham, B. E. V., 1935 (wilt
disease).
NematopEs: Linford, M. B., 1937, 1939.
PANDANACEAE: Verona, O., 1931 (Phoma, Macrophoma).
Papaya (Carica papaya) (Caricaeae) : Parris, G. K. 1939a.
PENNISETUM PURPUREUM (Gramineae): Parris, G. K., 1942 (Helminthosporium
sacchari).
PINEAPPLE (Ananas sativa) (Bromeliaceae) : Carpenter, C. W., 1920b (Pythium).
—Carter, W., 1939 (distrib. yellow spot).—Cobb, N. A., 1907.—Larsen, L. 1).,
1910a, 1910c, 1911la—Lyon, H. L., 1915¢—Waldron, G. C., 1927 (pink disease).
PORTULACA OLERACEA (Portulacaceae): Mehrlich, F. P., and Fitzpatrick, H. M.,
1935 (Dichotomophthora).
Porato (Solanum tuberosum) (Solanaceae): Carpenter, C. W., 1920a, 1913a (in
Hawaii).
SUGARCANE (Saccharum officinarum) (Gramineae): Agee, H. P., 1915 (lahaina
disease).—Carpenter, C. W., 1921, 1928-34 (root rot) ; 1940 (streak disease).—
Caum, E. L., 1919 (Phyllosticta hawatiensis) ; 1920; 1921 (checklist).—Cobb,
N. A., 1906, 1909.—Doty, R. E., 1920 (yellow stripe).—Edgerton, C. W., 1913
(stem rot).—Kunkel, L. O., 1924a (Fiji disease) ; 1924b, 1924c (mosaic disease).
—Larsen, L. D., 1910; 1912a (eye spot); 1912b (Cercospora vaginae) ; 1913b
(ring spot).—Lee, H. A., and Jennings, W. C., 1924 (bacterial red stripe). —
Lee, H. A., Martin, J. P., and others, 1924 (red stripe).—Lewton-Brain, L.,
1907 (rind disease) ; 1908 (red rot); 1909a—Lewton-Brain, L., and Doerr,
N., 1909 (bacterial flora)—Lyon, H. L., 1910a, 1910c, 1910d, 1911a, 1911b,
1912a, 1912b, 1913b, 1915a, 1915b, 1919b, 1920b, 1920c, 1921a, 1927b.—Martin,
J. P., 1930a, 1930b, 1931.—Martin, J. P., Carpenter, C. W., and Weller, D. M.,
1932 (leaf scald).—Masters, M. T., 1921b (Fiji disease) —McGeorge, W. T.,
1924 (lahaina disease).—Stevenson, J. A., and Rands, R. D., 1938 (list fungi,
bacteria ).—Williams, W. L. S., 1920 (pahala blight).
Taro (Colocasia esculenta) (Araceae): Parris, G. K., 1941.
TOURNEFORTIA (Boraginaceae) : Cummins, G. B., 1937-43.
Illustrations: Anonymous, 1845 (vegetation).—Bois, D., 1896-—Cavanilles, A. J.,
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 331
1791-1801.—Delessert, B., 1820-46.—Drake del Castillo, E., 1886-92.—Duchesne,
E. A., 1836-46—Geel, P. C. van, 1828-32—Harvey, W. H., 1847-49 (algae).—
Herder, F. von., 1885.—Hooker, W. J., 1836-1940.—Kittlitz, F. H. von, 1844-45,
1861 (vegetation).—Kiitzing, F. T., 1845-71 (algae).—Lindley, J., and Paxton,
J., 1850-84.—Merrill, E. D., 1945¢ (common species).—Parkinson, S., 1768-83.—
Pritzel, G. A., 1855-66 (index).—Saj6, K., 1906.—Schrank, F. P. von, 1817-22.—
Stapf, O., 1929-31 (“Index Londinensis”).—Worsdell, W. C., 1941 (index).
See also under Section I]I—Pteridophyta—General.
Indices and nomenclators: Brigham, W. T., 1900 (Pacific islands).—Christensen,
C., 1905-34 (“Index Filicum”).—Dalla Torre, C. G. de, and Harms, H., 1900-07
(“Genera Siphonogamarum”).—Hobbs, W. H., 1945 (classification of islands) .—
Hue, A. M., 1899 (lichens).—Jackson, B. D., 1893-1938 (“Index Kewensis”).—
Lyons, A. B., 1900 (“Plant names”).—Pritzel, G. A., 1855-66 (“Iconum botani-
carum”).—Sprague, T. A., 1928-29 (spelling generic names).—Stapf, O., 1929-
31 (“Index Londinensis”).—Steudel, E. G., 1821-24, 1840-41 (“Nomenclator
botanicus”).
Institutions, records or collections of specific: See under Miscellaneous notes and
descriptions ; Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions ; and other headings.
Introduced and naturalized plants: See under Section I[]—Polynesia—Hawaiian
Islands; and Melanesia—Fiji.
Introduction or origin of plants: Guillaumin, A., 1942 (New Caledonia).— Jouan,
H., 1865, 1882, 1884.—Linden, J., 1881b—Merrill, E. D., 1937b, 1941.—Mueller, F.
von, 1872-95 (to Australia).—Pickering, C., 1863-76.
See also Economic plants; and Phytogeography; and in Section III under in-
dividual species, especially Palmae—Cocos nucifera—Coconut palm.
Keys for determination of families: Guillaumin, A., 1943b (New Caledonia) .—
St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R., 1938, 1940 (Hawaii).
Leaf uses by Hawaiians: Thrum, T. G., 1922.
See also various Floras under Section II.
Leis, plants used in: Brown, E. D. W., 1931.
Mangroves: Kariyone, T., 1927—MacCaughey, V., 1917k (Hawaii).—Merrill,
E. D., 1945c.—Ogura, Y., 1942 (Micronesia) —Slooten, D. F. van, 1937.— Yama-
moto, Y., 1940.
Medicinal plants: Daenzer, F. G., 1834 (Euphorbiac.) —Duchesne, E. A., 1836-46.—
Forster, G., 1786a.—Handy, E. S. C., Pukui, M. K., and Livermore, K., 1935
(Hawaii).—Jumelle, H., 1901.—Jussieu, A. de, 1824 (Euphorbiaceae).—Kaaiaka-
manu, D. M., and Akina, J. K., 1922 (Hawaii).—Lindley, J., 1838c, 1849 (medi-
cal flora).—Naudin, C. and Mueller, F. von, 1887 (manual).—Neal, M. C., 1934
(Hawaii).—Okabe, M., 1941b (Palao Is.)—Parham, H. B. R., 1943 (Fiji) —
Rougier, E., 1923-24 (Fiji). —Stokes, J., 1812.
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Anonymous, 1871 (Gt. Brit. 1870) ; 1892-
1939 (“Decades Kew.”).—Bailey, L. H., 1916 (“Nomencl. transf.”).—Baillon, H.,
1868-79—Blume, C. L., 1849-56 (“Mus. Bot. Lugd.—Bat.”).—Brown, F. B. H.,
1930a.—Bull, W., 1875.—Degener, O., 1945.—Druce, G. C., 1914, 1917 (nomen-
clature).—Fedde, F., 1908b, 1908-12—Forster, G., 1780.—Forster, J. R., and
G., 1776, 1779.—Gandoger, M., 1918-19.— Gill, W. W., 1889.—Hornemann, J. W.,
1813-19 (“Hort. bot. Hafniensis”).—Jardin, &., 1875—Knuth, P., 1898-1905
(“Handb. Bliithenbiol.”).—Link, H. F., 1821-22 (“Enum. pl. hort. bot. Berolin.”).
—Mathieu, C., 1882-84.—Moore, T., 1881-85, 1883-84.—Mueller, F, von, 1872-95.—
Paxton, J., 1836-38.—Presl, K. B., 1851—Pucci, A., 1895-96.—Rafarin,—, 1877.—
Rafinesque, C. S., 1837-38, 1838.—Sajo, K., 1906—Scheffer, R. H. C. C., 1874.—-
Seemann, B., 1862g, 1864b—Smith, J. E., 1802-20—Sprague, T. A., 1928-29 (spell-
ing generic names).—Sprengel, K., 1813-15, 1820-22.—Thunberg, C. P., 1781-1801
3032 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
(“Nov. gen. pl.”).—Ventenat, E. P., 1803-05—Vos, A. de, 1875-83 (“Enum.
method.” ).—Walpers, W. G., 184247 (“Repert. Bot, Syst.”); 1848-71 (Ann.
bot. syst.”).—Warburg, O., 1899-1900 (“Monsunia”).—Willdenow, C. L., 1809-13
(“Enum, pl. hort. bot. Berolin.”).
See also Illustrations; and similar headings in Section I; also under various
headings in Sections II and III.
Monuments in Hawaii, natural: Miyoshi, M., 1927.-
Nomenclators: See Indices and nomenclators.
Organizations and institutions, Polynesian plants or specimens of specific: See
under Miscellaneous notes and descriptions; Collectors, collections, explorers,
and expeditions; and other headings.
Ornamental plants: See under Section II—Polynesia—Hawalian Islands—General.
Paleobotany: Crié, L., 1889 (French Polynesia).—Ettinghausen, C. von, 1861
(leaf skeletons); 1864 (ferns)—Guillaumin, A., 1919 (New Caledonia).—
Loubiére, A., 1936 (Cedroxylon, New Caledonia). —Zeiller, R., 1889 (New Cale-
donia).
Paleogeography: Setchell, W. A., 1934.—Wolff, E. V., 1944.
Photographs: Daniker, A. U., 1939 (New Caledonia).
See also illustrations,
Phytogeography: Andrews, E. C., 1941 (origin of flora). —Anonymous, 1892 (origin
of flora).—Balansa, B., 1873 (New Caledonia).—Berg, L. S., 1930 (northern
elements).—Brown, E, D. W., 1932 (Malayan elements in ferns in se. Poly-
nesia)—Brown, F. B, H., and Brown, E. D. W., 1933.—Campbell, D. H.,
1916 (problems) ; 1943 (continental drift) —Christ, H., 1910 (ferns).—Christen-
sen, C., 1920 (number of species).—Copeland, E. B., 1939b, 1941a (ferns from
Antarctica).—Drude, O., 1884, 1890, 1897 (handbook).—Engler, A., 1882
(monogr.).—Grisebach, A. H. R., 1872, 1877-78, 1880 (monogr.).—Guillaumin,
A., 192la, 1928, 1929a, 1934a, 1934b—Guillemard, F. H. H., 1894.—Gulick, A.,
1932.—Hallier, H., 1912.—Harris, J. A. 1938 (plant sap).—Hayek, A., 1926
(monogr.).—Heckel, E., 1892 (zones, New Caledonia).—Hemsley, W. B., 1885c
(dispersal) —Hill, A. W., 1929 (problems).—Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1928.—
Hooker, J. D., 1867——Hosokawa, T., 1934c, 1935b (Marianas, Bonin Islands).—
Kanehira, R., 1935d, 1941 (Micronesia).—Kny, L. 1867.—Merrill, E. D., 1928
(problems) ; 1936 (Malaysia—Polynesia) ; 1945c.—Mueller, F. von, 1873 (Loyalty
Islands and New Hebrides).—Munro, G, C., 1932.—Reinecke, F., 1903a (Samoa) ;
1906 (Polynesia). —Ridley, H. N., 1930 (dispersal).—Schlechter, R., 1905 (New
Caledonia).—Schouw, J. F., 1835.—Setchell, W. A., 1928a, 1928b, 1934, 1935¢.—
Simmons, H. G., 1905 (algae).—Skottsberg, C., 1928d, 1936a, 1938b, 1940c, 1941b.—
Tashiro, Y., 1890 (voyage).—Tate, R., 1893 (New Hebrides) —Virot, R., 1939
(New Caledonia) —Wallace, A. R., 1880 (“Island life’”).—Watanabe, K., 1941
(Micronesia).—Woolnough, W. G., 1903 (continental origin of Fiji).—Wulff,
E. V., 1932-43, 1944 (historical) —Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chlorophyceae).
See also under Section I1]—Polynesia—Hawaiian Islands—General.
Plankton: Lemmermann, E., 1899, 1901, 1903.
PaLau IsLANp: Matue, Y., 1942.—Motoda, S., 1941—Tokioka, T., 1941a, 1942b.
Poisonous plants: Arnold, H., 1931, 1944 (Hawaii).—Chevalier, A., 1937 (fish
poisons, insecticides).—Duchesne, E. A., 183646.—Merrill, E. D., 1943.—Par-
ham, B. FE. V., 1937b (Fiji).—Powell, T., 1877 (Samoa) —Radlkofer, L., 1887 (fish
poisons).—Rock, J. F., 1920c (Hawaii) —Seemann, B., 1861d (Fiji).—Stokes,
J. F. G, 1921 (fish poisons, Hawaii).—Tattersfield, F., Martin, J. P., and Howes,
F. N., 1940 (fish poisons).—Zschokke, T. C., 1933a, 1933b (Hawaii).
Pollen: Wodehouse, R. P., 1935.
Preservation (Conservation) of plants in Hawaii: Munro, G. C., 1933.
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 300
Quarantine in Hawaiian Islands, plant: Ehrhorn, E. M., 1921.
Resins: Cordemoy, C. J. de, 1899.
Rubber: Jumelle, H., 1898.—Poisson, J., 1900 (New Caledonia).
Scented woods: Metcalfe, C. R., 1935 (structure).
Seed dispersal: Guppy, H. B., 1903-06.—Judd, C. S., 1936 (Hawaii) —Ridley, H. N.,
1930.—Skottsberg, C., 1930b (Juan Fernandez).
Systematic treatments of a world-wide nature, comprehensive: See introductory
references at beginning of Section IIJ.—Systematic.
Tanning plants: Voronov, G. N., 1937.
Trees: See under Section II—Polynesia—Hawaiian Islands—General ; Micronesia—
General; and Melanesia—Fiji.
Vernacular names: Beaglehole, E., and P., 1938 (Pukapuka—Danger Islands) .—
Christian, F. W., 1897 (Ponape).—Christophersen, E., 1935 (Samoan).—
Duchesne, E. A., 1836-46 (French).—Fagerlund, G. O., and Mitchell, A. L., 1914
Hawaiian).—Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (part XXI) (French, New Caledonia).—
Guillaumin, A., Camus, A., and Tardieu-Blot, M. L., 1936 (Easter Island).—
Guppy, H. B., 1897 (Polynesian).—Hambruch, P., 1932 (Ponape).—Judd, A. F.,
1933 (Hawaiian) —Kramer, A., 1929 (Palau).—Lyons, A. B., 1900 (“Plant
names”).—Merrill, E. D., 1937b (significance), 1943 (food and poisonous pl.) ;
1945¢ (significance).—Parham, B. E. V., 1942a (Fijian).—Parham, H. B. R.,
1935, 1943 (Fijian) —Parham, W. L., 1929 (Fijian).—Powell, T., 1868a (Sa-
moan).—Record, M., 1945 (Melanesian woody pl.).—Rock, J. F., 1913b
(Hawaiian) —Safford, W. E., 1921 (cult. pl. Polynesia).—Seurat, L. G., 19—?
(Polynesia).—Tuyama, T., 194la, 1941b (Palau Is. Carolines, Micronesia).—
Wright, C. Harold, 1918 (Fijiian).
See also under Section I[]J—Fungi—General.
Virus diseases: Cook, M. T., 1935 (host index).—Lyon, H. L., 192ib (Fiji disease).
—Otero, J. J., and Cook, M. T., 1934, 1935-38 (bibliography).—Parris, G. K.,
1939b (papaya) ; 1940 (check list, Hawaii).
Voyages: See Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions.
Weeds: Barnes, A. C., 1930 (Fiji) Greenwood, W., 1943, 1944 (Fiji) —Lever,
R. J. A. W., 1946 (Fiji).—Merrill, E, D., 1945c (general). —Parham, B. E. V.,
1938-40, 1942e, 1945a (Fiji) —Parham, W. L., 1942 (Fiji) —St. John, H., and
Hosaka, E. Y., 1928a, 1928b, 1932a, 1932b (Hawaii).—Simmonds, H. W., 1931-32
(Fiji) ; 1932b (control).
Woods and wood anatomy: Auld, W., and Baldwin, D. D., 1890 (Hawaiian
woods).—Brown, F. B. H., 1922 (Hawaiian trees).—Burgerstein, A., 1908
(Samoan woods).—Loubiére, A., 1936 (silicified wood, Cedroxylon, New Cale-
donia).—Lydgate, J. M., 1882-83 (Hawaiian) —MacCaughey, V., 1916d
(Hawaiian).—Metcalfe, C. R., 1935 (sandalwood, scented woods).—Mezger, K.,
1926 (New Caledonia). —Rehder, A., 1911-18 (“Bradley bibliog.”).—Sebert, H.,
{and Pancher, I.] [1874] (New Caledonia).
Woody plants, bibliography of: Rehder, A., 1911-18 (“Bradley bibliog.”).
SECTION II—REGIONAL
POLYNESIA
Bartram, E. B., 1940 (enum. Musci se. Polynesia) —Brown, E. D. W., 1932
(Indo-Malayan ferns in Polynesia) —Brown, E. D. W., and Brown, F. B. H.,
193la, 1931b (syst. treat. ferns).—Brown, F. B. H., 1932 (Dicotyledons).—Bryan,
E. H., 1941, 1942 (veg. Amer. Polynesia).—Bureau, E., 1895 (notes French Poly-
700080—47—22
334 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
nesia).—Copeland, E. B., 1938a (enum. ferns).—Diels, L., 1921-30 (lists, etc.) —
Drake del Castillo, E., 1891 (general) ; 1893 (flora French Polynesia).—Forster,
G., 1786b (flora).—Fosberg, F. R., 1937a (enum. Rubiaceae se. Polynesia).—
Guillaumin, A., 1923 (econ. pl.).—Hosokawa, T., 1943b (general).—Jouan, P.,
1896 (Drake del Castillo in French Polynesia).—Patouillard, N., 1906a (fungi
French Polynesia). —Privat-Deschanel, P., 1930 (general).—Reinecke, F., 1902b
(general) ; 1906 (phytogeogr.).—Schnee, H., 1920 (encyclopaedic).—Schumann,
K., 1888 (crit.).—Seurat, L. G., 1905 (econ. pl.).—Sparhawk, W. N., 1944 (for-
ests, trees, centr. and sw. Pacific).—Veitch, J. G., 1866 (journal).
Austral Islands = Tubuai Islands.
Cook Islands: Luerssen, C., 1873b (list ferns).
Maneaia: Dickie, G., 1875 (list algae).
MANIKIKI: Cranwell, L. M., 1933 (list).—Linton, A. M., 1933 (veg.).
Raroronca: Cheeseman, T. F., 1903 (flora).—Christensen, C., 1920 (phyto-
geogr.).—Copeland, E. B., 1931b (Park’s fern coll.)—Hemsley, W. B., 1884
(list).—Jatta, A., 1903-05 (lichens Levier coll.) —Martelli, U., 1933c (Pandana-
ceae).—Sbarbaro, C., 1939 (lichens).—Skottsberg, C., 1933c (Myoporum).—
Wilder, G. P., 1930 (notes) ; 1931 (flora).
Danger Islands—PuKapuka: Beaglehole, E., and Beaglehole, P., 1938 (local
names).
Easter Island: Borgesen, F., 1924 (marine algae).—Brotherus, V. F., 1924a,
1924b (enum. Musci).—Christensen, C., and Skottsberg, C., 1920b (list ferns) .—
Fries, T. C. E., 1922 (Gasteromycetes).—Fuentes, F., 1913 (list).—Guillaumin,
A., Camus, A., and Tardieu-Blot, M. L., 1936 (list)—Hemsley, W. B., 1885b
(general).—Herzog, T., 1942 (list foliose Hepaticae)—Hicken, C. M., 1913
(ferns).—Knoche, W., 1919 (cult. pl.).—Levring, T., 1943b (Corallinaceae).—
Looser, G., 1932 (descr. veg.).—Meétraux, A., 1940 (ethnology).—Petersen, J. B.,
1926 (Cyanophyceae).—Skottsberg, C., 1920-43 (nat. hist.) ; 1922 (enum.) ; 1927b
(list) ; 1928a (ecol.) ; 1934c (phytogeogr.)—Strom, K. M., 1922 (freshwater al-
gae).—Thériot, J., 1937 (list Musci).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1924, 1928 (lichens).
Ellice Islands: Howe, M. A., 1912 (coral reefs).
Funaruti: Barton, E. S., 1900 (crit. algae).—Foslie, M., 1900a (calcareous
algae).—Hedley, C., 1896-1900 (notes) —Luerssen, C., 1871 (enum. ferns).—
Maiden, J. H., 1904 (enum.).
Equatorial Islands. See Line Islands.
Friendly Islands. See Tonga Islands.
Hawaiian Islands:
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
GENERAL
Bibliographies: Bailey, E., 1887—Hyde, C. M., 1885—MacCaughey, V., 1918-19.
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions: Bryan, E. H., 1933. (pioneer
botanists).
BEECHEY’sS VoyAGcE. See “Blossom,” Voyage of.
BERGGREN, SVEN: Skottsberg, C., avs Cenumn.).
“BLossoM,” VoyAGE OF: Hooker, . J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A., 1830-41
(enum. ).
“Donau”: Wawra, H., 1872-73 (general descr.).
Douctas, D.: Douglas, D., 1914 (journal).—Hooker, W. J., 1836.
FREYCINET, L. DE: Gaudichaud, C., 1824 (n. gen., n. spp.).
“HERALD,” VOYAGE oF: Seeman, B., 1853c (narrative).
HILLesranD, W.: Lydgate, J. M., 1919-21 (narrative).
HocuHReEvuTINER, B. P. G.: Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1912-43 (enum. coll.).
KorzEBuE, O. von: Chamisso, L. C. A. von, 1821, 1830 (crit.).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 330
Macrag, J.: Wilson, W. F., 1922 (narrative).
MENZIES, A.: Wilson, W. F., 1920 (journal).
MEYEN, F. J. F.: Meyen, F. J. F., 1834-35 (narrative) ; 1843 (enum.).
ROMANZoFF ExpepITIon : Chamisso, L. C. A. von, and Schlechtendal, D. von, 1826-
35 (enum.).
U. S. Exprorinc Expepition : Gray, A., 1857 (n. gen., n. spp.) ; 1877.
Coral reefs: MacCaughey, V., 1916g, 1918 n.
Cultivated plants: Beaumont, J. H., 1939 (fruits, nuts)—Brigham, W. T., 1906
(fruits).—Crawford, D. L., 1937 (crops).—Handy, E. S. C., 1940 (“Hawaiian
planter”).—Miller, C. D., and Bazore, D., 1937 (fruits) —Neal, M. C., 1928.—
Rock, J. F., 1916d.—Stubbs, W. C., 1910.—Weymouth, C., 1904.
Economic plants: Bennett, G., 1832b.—Judd, A. F., 1933 (ancient).
Fiber plants: Blackman, L. G., 1903.—Bryan, E. H., 1933—MacCaughey, V., 19181.
Floras, enumerations, and lists (exclusive of those of specific collections, for which
see Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions): Brigham, W. T., 1868b
(summary).—Bryan, E. H., 1928a (guide to groups); 1934 (statistics).—Caum,
E. L., 1930a (list Molokini) ; 1936 (list Lehua, Kaula Islands) .—Christophersen,
E., and Caum, E. L., 193la (enum. Leeward Islands).—Degener, O., 1932-40, 1937
(“Flora Hawaiiensis”) (also 1926, 1930a, 1932a, 1932b).—Fagerlund, G. O., and
Mitchell, A. L., 1944 (checklist Hawaii Nat. Pk.) —Forbes, C. N., 1913a (list,
Kahoolawe, Molokini) ; 1913b (enum., Niihau).—Heller, A. A., 1897 (enum.).—
Hillebrand, W., 1888a (flora).—Judd, C. S., 1921b (trees, Kilauea Nat. Pk.).—
Kraebel, C. J., 1922 (list, Mauna).—MacCaughey, V., 1916e (list, woody pl. Kona-
huanui); 1916f (list, Waianae Mtns.); 1917f (list, trees).—Mann, H., 1866-71
(flora, incomplete) ; 1867b (enum.); 1869a (list) ; 1869b (crit.)—Pope, W. T.,
1929 (manual, wayside pl.).—Rock, J. F., 1911b (synopsis).—Skottsberg, C., 1926—
36 (enum.).—St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R., 1938, 1940 (keys to families) .—
Skottsberg, C., 1944b (bog survey).—Wawra, H., 1872-75 (enum.).
Floristic and general descriptions: Anonymous, 1920.—Brigham, W. T., 1868c.—
Bryan, E. H., 1933.—Bryan, W. A., 1915, 1921.—Campbell, D. H., 1892-93.—
Chamisso, L. C. A. von, 1862.—Degener, O., 1930b (Hawaii Nat. Pk.) —Ellis, W.,
1829-31.—Farquhar, J. K. M. L., 1900.—Forbes, C. N., 1921—Hemsley, W. B.,
1885b.—Hitchcock, A. S., 1917a, 1917b, 1919.—Hoffmann, E. G., 1931.—Jouan,
H., 1873.—Langkavel, B., 1894.—Lyons, A. B., 1896 (native plants).—Mann, H.,
1866a (denudation).—Marcuse, A., 1894.—Morrison, G., 1903—Robyns, W., 1938.
—Schroter, C., 1922-23.—Seemann, B., 1852.—Skottsberg, C., 1939b, 1940b.—
Weymouth, C., 1904.—Yuncker, T. G., 1934.
See also Phytogeography and ecology.
“Flowers,” popular treatments of: Frear, M. D., 1938.—Inn, H., 1944.—Kuck,
L. E., and Tongg, R. C., 1943.—MacCaughey, V., 1916].
Food plants: Bryan, E. H., 1933—Chung, H. L., and Ripperton, J. C., 1929
(oriental vegetables) —MacCaughey, V., 19171 (of ancient Hawaiians).—Wilder,
G. P., 1907, 1911 (fruits).
Forage plants: McClelland, C. K., 1915.—Ripperton, J. C., Goff, R. A., Edwards,
D. W., and Davis, W. C., 1933.
Forests and forestry: Bryan, L. W., 1932 (Hilo forest reserve) ; 1939 (forestry) .—
Clarke, F. L., 1875 (decadence).—Giffard, W. M., 1918 (water supply).— Hall,
W. L., 1904, 1916 (descr.).—Judd, C. S., 1919b (forestry) ; 1927a, 1927b, 1929b,
1941.—Law, J. S., and Judd, C. S., 1927 (locations).—Lewton-Brain, L., 1909b,
(problems in Maui).—Lyon, H. L., 1909 (diseases) ; 1919c (forest problems) ;
1923 (Oahu); 1929 (forestry).—MacCaughey, V., 1916h (general) ; 1917a (rain
forests) ; 1920 (tapestry forests) —McEldowney, G. A., 1930 (Oahu).
History of botanical exploration: Bryan, E. H., 1928b.—Forbes, C. N., 1913c.—
MacCaughey, V., 19170, 1918-19.
Introduced and naturalized plants: Babbitt, S. C., 1940 (trees Honolulu).—Bryan,
W. A., 1915.—Bryan, L. W., 1939 (trees).—Forbes, C. N., 191la.—Fosberg, F. R.,
1937b (immigrant) —Léveillé, H., 1912-13b.—Morris, P. C., 1931 (early records).
Leaf uses: Thrum, T. G., 1922.
Mangroves: MacCaughey, V., 1917k.
Medicinal plants: Handy, E. S. C., Pukui, M. K., and Livermore, K,, 1935,.—
Kaaiakamanu, D. M., and Akina, J. K., 1922.—Neal, M. C., 1934.
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of plants: Bishop, M. B., 1940.—Bracken-
ridge, W. D., 1886.—Caum, E. L., 1930b.—Forbes, C. N., 1909-20.—Fosberg,
F. R,, 1936-42.—Léveillé, H., 1911, 1912-13a—Lyon, H. L., 1927c.—Radlkofer,
L., and Rock, J. F., 1911.—Rock, J, F., 1911a, 1913c, 1913d, 1914, 1916e.—Sherff,
E. E., 1946.—St. John, H., 1940a.
336 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Monuments, natural: Miyoshi, M., 1927.
Ornamental plants: Frear, M. D., 1929 (trees).—Hoffmann, E. G., 1931.—
Lydgate, J. M., 1881 (indigenous)—Lyons, A. B., 1899.—Sinclair, I. 1885
(colored drawings).—Pope, W. T., 1910.—Rock, J. F., 1917a (trees). —Thrum,
T. G., 1914 (trees).
Phytogeography and ecology: Baldwin, P. H., 1940 (floral zones).—Brown,
F. B. H., 1921 (origin) —Campbell, D. H., 1918, 1919 (origin) ; 1920; 1928
(Australian element); 1932; 1933.—Christensen, C., 1920 (tabulation spp.).—
Egler, F. E., 1939a (veg. zones) ; 1942 (arid veg.).—Forbes, C. N., 1911b, 1914
(pl. invasion of lava).—Fosberg, F. R., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1938 (bog).—Harris,
J. A., 1934 (plant sap).—Hartt, C. H., and Neal, M. C., 1940 (Mauna Kea).—
Hillebrand, W. 1888b (pl. formations).—Hosaka, E. Y., 1937b (Kipapa Gulch) ;
1937c (phytogeog. Oahu).—Judd, C. S., 193la, 1931b (endemic flora).—Lydgate,
J. M,, 1910 (endemic flora)—MacCaughey, V., 1916b (summit bogs); 1917d
(land flora); 1917e (lava flows); 1918c (strand).—Mann, H., 1869a (range) —
Muir, F., 1921 (origin).—Ripperton, J. C., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1942 (veg. zones) —
Robyns, W., and Lamb, S. H., 1939 (ecol. survey).—Rock, J. F., 1915a.—Selling,
O. H., 1942 (post-glacial hist.) —Skottsberg, C., 1925a; 193la, 193lc (flora of
volcanoes) ; 1938b (isolation) ; 1941a (bogs) ; 1941b; 1941d (lava flows ).—Went-
worth, C. K., 1925 (desert, W. Molokai).—Willis, J. C., 1936 (endemism).
See also Floristic and general descriptions.
Poisonous plants: Arnold, H. L., 1931, 1944.—Rock, J. F., 1920c.—Stokes, J. F. G.,
1921 (fish poisons).—Zschokke, T. C., 1933.
Preservation of plants: Munro, G. C., 1933.
Quarantine, plant: Ehrhorn, E. M., 1921.
Seed dispersal: Judd, C. S., 1930.
Trees: Anonymous, 1930 (common) ; 1938 (list, Hawaii Nat. Pk.) —Auld, W., and
_ Baldwin, D, D., 1890 (indigenous).—Babbitt, S. C., 1940 (imported, Honolulu ).—
Bryan, L. W., 1939 (introduced).—Frear, M. D., 1929 (cultivated).—Hoffmann,
E. G., 1931—Hosmer, R. S., 1912 (street trees).—Judd, C. S., 1921 (Kilauea Nat.
Pk.) ; 1923 (familiar) ; 1933 (ancient).—Lamb, S. H., 1936 (Hawaii Nat. Pk.).—
Lydgate, J. M., 1882-83 (forest).—MacCaughey, V., 1915b (common).—Morris,
P. C., 1931 (records of introduction).—Neal, M. C., 1937b (“bean trees” ).—Rock,
J. F., 1913a (indigenous) ; 1917a (ornamental) ; 1918d (for planting).—Thrum,
T. G, 1914 (flowering).—Zschokke, T. C., 1930 (manual for planters).
Vernacular names: Fagerlund, G. O., and Mitchell, A. L., 1944—Judd, A. F,,
1933.—Rock, J. F., 1913b.
Weeds: Speare, A. T., 1915-16.—St. John, H., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1932a, 1932b
(of pineapple fields).
Woods: Auld, W., and Baldwin, D. D., 1890.—Brown, F. B. H., 1922.—Lydgate,
J. M., 1882-83—MacCaughey, V., 1916d.
SUBDIVISIONS
Hawaii, Island of: Bryan, L. W., 1932 (Hilo for. res.) —Forbes, C. N., 1911b
(ecol. lava, Mauna Loa).—Judd, C. S., 1921b (trees Kilauea Nat. Pk.).—
Menzies, A., 1909 (Mt. Hualalai).—Neal, M. C., 1937a (veg. S. Point) ; 1939d
(Lake Waiau).—Robyns, W., and Lamb, S. H., 1939 (ecol. survey) —Skotts-
berg, C., 1941d (ecol. lava).
Hawair NATIONAL PARK: Anonymous, 1938 (list).—Baldwin, P. H., 1940 (floral
zones).—Degener, O., 1930b (guide).—Fagerlund, G. O., and Mitchell, A. L.,
1944 (checklist) —Lamb, S. H., 1936 (trees) ; 1938 (wildlife).
Mauna Kea: Hartt, C. H., and Neal, M. C., 1940 (ecol.).—Kraebel, C. J., 1922
(list) ; Neal, M. C., 1939a, 1939e (lists).
Kahoolawe: Forbes, C. N., 1913a (list).
Lanai: Fosberg, F. R. 1936c (plant collecting).
Leeward Islands: Christophersen, E., and Caum, E. L., 1931 (enum. etc.).
LaysaNn IsLanp: Bitter, G., 1900 (list).—Schauinsland, H., 1899 (descr.).
Minway Istanp: Anonymous, 1942b.—St. John, H., 1935 (additions to flora).
Maui: Alexander, J. M., 1883 (west).—Mann, H., 1867a (east).
Molokai: Schauinsland, H., 1900 (descr.).—Wentworth, C. K., 1925 (desert strip).
Molokini: Caum, E. L., 1930a (list). —Forbes, C. N., 1913a (list).
Niihau: Forbes, C. N., 1913b (enum.).—St. John, H., 1931b (additions).
Kauta IsLanp: Caum, E. L., 1936 (list).
LeHua IsLtanp: Caum, E. L., 1936 (list).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 337
Oahu: Egler, F’. E., 1939a (veg. zones).—Fosberg, F. R., & Hosaka, E. Y., 1938
(bog).—Hosaka, E. Y., 1937a, 1937b, 1939 (Kipapa Gulch, list) ; 1937¢ (ecol.).
—Judd, C. S., 19292 (map).—Lyon, H. L., 1923 (forestry).—MacCaughey, V.,
1915a (survey); 1915b (woody pl.); 1916e (list, Konahuanui); 1916£ (list,
Waianae Mts.); 1917a (rain forest); 1917c (phytogeogr. Manoa valley) .—
McEldowney, G. A., 1930 (forestry). —Seemann, B., 1853a, 1853b (notes).
HonoLutu: Babbitt, S. C., 1940 (imported trees).—Hosmer, R. S., 1912 (street
trees).—Judd, C. S., 1923 (familiar trees).—Lyons, A. B., 1899 (popular notes).
Neal, M. C., 1928 (gardens), 1927 (flowering).—Rock, J. F., 1916d (Foster’s
garden).—Thrum, T. G., 1914 (flowering trees).
SYSTEMATIC TREATMENTS OF SPECIAL GROUPS
Myxomycetes: Davis, W. C., and Allen, O. N., 1932 (Oahu).
Algae: See under Section III—Algae—Regional.
Fungi: See under Section [I1]—Fungi—Regional.
Lichens: See under Section III—Lichens—Regional.
Bryophyta: See under Section II1]—Bryophytes—Regional; Hepaticae—Regional ;
Musci—Regional. .
Pteridophyta: See under Section III—Pteridophyta—Regional—Polynesia.
Gymnospermae: St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R., 1940 (key).
Angiospermae: Fosberg, F. R., 1934 (key to Monocotyledonae).—St. John, H., and
Fosberg, F. R., 1938 (key to fam. Dicotyledonae) ; 1940 (key to fam. Mono-
cotyledonae).
ANNONACEAE: MacCaughey, V., 1917n.
ARALIACEAE: Krajina, V., 1931 (Cheirodendrum).
BRoMELIACEAE: Collins, T. L., 1937 (wild pineapples).
CARICACEAE: Jones, W. W., 1941 (papaya).
CARYOPHYLLACEAE: Mann, C., 1866c (Schiedea).
ComposiTAE: Degener, O., 1932c (Bidens).—Forbes, C. N., 1918 (Lagenophora).
—Keck, D. D., 1936a, 1936b (Argyroxiphium).—Skottsberg, C., 1927c
(Artemisia).
CypErRACEAE: Reichardt, H. W., 1878 (list).
EupHorBIACcEAE: Sherff, E. E., 1938a (Euphorbia).
GERANIACEAE: Fosberg, F. R., 1936a (Geranium).
GESNERIACEAE: Rock, J. F., 1917b, 1918a, 1919a, 1919b (Cyrtandra).
GoopENIACEAE: Skottsberg, C., 1927c (Scaevola).
GRAMINEAE: Gilmore, A. B., 1939 (sugar manual)—Hitchcock, A. S., 1922
revis.).—Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C., 1939 (of ranges).—Reichardt,
H. W., 1878 (list)—Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C., 1939 (of ranges).
HALOoRAGIDACEAE: Krajina, V., 1930a (Gunnera).
LEGUMINOSAE: Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C., 1944 (of ranges).—Lyon,
H. L., 1910b (cult.)—Rock, J. F., 1919c (arborescent) ; 1920a (revis.).
LoBELIACEAE: Rock, J. F., 1919e (monogr.).
MAtvacEAE: Lewton, F. L., 1912 (Kokia).—Rock, J. F., 1919d (Kokia).—Wil-
cox, E. V., and Holt, V. S., 1913 (Hibiscus).—Wilder, G. P., 1917 (Hibiscus).
MoraAcEaE: MacCaughey, V., 1917m (Artocarpus).
MusaceEaAE: MacCaughey, V. 1919a.
MyrtacEAE: MacCaughey, V., 1916) (Eugenia) ; 1917g (Psidium).—Rock, J. F.,
1917c (Metrosideros).
NYCTAGINACEAE: Skottsberg, C., 1936b (arboreous).
PatMaE: Judd, C. S., 1916 (introd.).—Taylor, W., 1900 (list).
PASSIFLORACEAE: MacCaughey, V., 1916k (Passiflora).
PIPERACEAE—Peperomia: Candolle, C. de, 1913a.—Yuncker, T. G., 1933a, 1933b.—
Yuncker, T. G., and Gray, W. D., 1934.
PLANTAGINACEAE: Rock, J. F., 1920b (Plantago).
RHIZOPHORACEAE: MacCaughey, V., 1917k (mangroves).
RuTACEAE; Mann, H., 1866c.
SANTALACEAE—Santalum: Bennett, G., 1832b—Rock, J. F., 1916a, 1917£.—
Skottsberg, C., 1927c. _
VACCINIACEAE: Skottsberg, C., 1927c (Vaccinium).
VIOLACEAE—Viola: Becker, W., 1916—MacCaughey, V., 1918i—Skottsberg, C.,
1940a (taxon.).
338 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Horne Islands—Futuna IsLAnp: Burrows, E. G., 1938 (econ. pl.).
Johnson Island: Christophersen, E., 1931c (descr., enum.).
Juan Fernandez: Anonymous, 1894b (sandalwood).—Bertero, C. J., 1830 (gen-
eral).—Christensen, C., 1920 (phytogeogr.).—Colla, L., 1833-36 (rare pl.) ;
1833-37 (misc.)—Douglas, D., 1914 (author’s coll.).—Gay, C., 1833 (notes).—
Goodspeed, T. H., 1941 (general) —Hutchinson, J., 1917 (general).—Johow,
F. R. A, 1893b (cult. pl.).—Jussieu, A. L., de, 1833 (general).—Looser, G.,
1927b, 1935 (notes).—Philippi, R. A., 1857-65, 1872-73 (n. spp.).—Ramirez, F.,
1936 (notes).—Skottsberg, C., 1910b (illustr. veg.) ; 1914, 1917a, 1917b, 1918a,
1918b (notes) ; 1920-43 (nat. hist.) ; 1924 (notes) ; 1925a (phytogeogr.) ; 1925b
(alpine pl.) ; 1928b, 1930b (pollination, seed dispersal) ; 1929a (recent coll.) ;
1929b (ecol.); 1930c (reservation); 1932c (general); 1934c (phytogeogr.) ;
1935b (ecol.) ; 1936c (notes) ; 1938b (phytogeogr.) ; 1938 (Bock’s coll.) ; 1945b
(ecol.).
FLORAS, ENUMERATIONS AND Lists: Gay, C., 1845-54 (flora)—Hemsley, W. B.,
1884 (list) —Hooker, W. J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A., 1832-41 (contr. fl.) —
Johow, F. R. A., 1896 (enum. etc.).—Philippi, R. A., 1856a (list)— Reiche,
K., 1894-1911 (flora).—Steudel, E. G., 1856 (contr. fl.).
SYSTEMATIC AND GENERAL TREATMENTS OF SPECIAL GROUPS:
CELLULAR CRYPTOGRAMS: Montagne, J. F. C., 1835, 1850-52.
MYXOMYCETES: Fries, R. E., 1920.
ALGAE: See under Section III—Algae—Regional.
FUNGI: See under Section I[I—Fungi—Regional.
LICHENS: Zahlbruckner, A., 1924, 1928,
RRYOPHYTA: Brotherus, V. F., 1924, 1926b (enum. Musci).—Evans, A. W., 1930
(list thallose Hepaticae). —Herzog, T., 1942 (list foliose Hepaticae).—Thériot,
J., 1927 (Looser’s coll.)
PTERIDOPHYTA: Christensen, C., 1910b (Skottsberg’s coll.).—Christensen, C.,
and Skottsberg, C., 1920a (list).—Johow, F. R. A., 1893a (list, crit.).
SPERMATOPHYTA: Clarke, C. B., 1900 (Cyperaceae).—Pilger, R., 1920 (Gra-
mineae).
Kermadec group: Cheeseman, T. F., 1888 (enum.).—Gepp, A., and Gepp, E. S., 1911b
(enum, algae).—Hooker, J. D., 1857 (Raoul Island).—Oliver, W. R. B., 1910
(ecol., list); 1911 (lichens, fungi).
Line Islands: Christophersen, E., 1927a (veg. lists, Equatorial Islands).—Fosberg,
F. R., 1936b (Vostok Island) —Hemsley, W. B., 1884 (report Fanning Island),
1885b (Malden Island).—Linton, A. M., 1933 (Penrhyn).—Rock, J. F., 1916c
Palmyra Island).—Rougier, E., 1917 (Christmas Island).—St. John, H., and
Fosberg, F. R., 1936, 1937 (descr., list, Flint Island) —Trelease, W., 1884 (list,
Caroline Island).
Marquesas Islands: Bescherelle, E., 1895a (bryophytes, Nukahiva) ; 1898c (Hepati-
cae).—Bonaparte, R., 1918b (Henry’s fern coll.) —Brown, E. D. W., 1930 (note
on ferns).—Brown, E, D. W., and Brown, F. B. H., 193la, 1931b (taxon. ferns).
—Brown, F. B. H., 1928 (Cornaceae) ; 1930 (monocots); 1931, 1935 (flora).—
Drake del Castillo, E., 1893 (flora) —Henry C., 1918, 1922 (notes).—Jardin, f..,
1857, 1858, 1862 (enum.).—L., 1817 (“Briton’s” voy.).—Seurat, L. G., 19—? (ver-
nacular names).—Stancliff, J. O., 1924 (taro).—Virey, J. J., 1843 (econ. pl.) —
Waldgrave, W., 1833 (observations).
Niuafoou Island (between Samoa and Fiji): Howe, M. A., 1932 (list algae).
Niue Island: Yuncker, T. G., 1943a (general) ; 1943c (flora).
Pascua Island — Easter Island.
Paumotu Archipelago = Tuamotu Islands.
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 339
Phoenix Islands: Bryan, E. H., 1939.—Zwaluwenburg, R. H. van, 1941, 1942 (Can-
ton Island).
Pitcairn Island: Barrow, J., 1833 (list) —E., M., 1938 (‘““Bounty” exped.).—Hemsley,
W. B., 1855 (general) —L., 1817 (“Briton’s” voy.).—Maiden, J. H., 190la (list,
notes).—Shillibeer, J., 1817 (“Briton’s” voy.).
Rotuma Island: Bennett, G., 1832a (notes).
Samoa: Anonymous, 1917 (vegetation, literature).—Betche, E., 1881 (vegetation) —
Bulow, W. von, 1896 (econ. pl.)—Burgerstein, A., 1908 (anat. woods).—
Christophersen, E., 1934b (exploration).—Cretzoiu, P., 1934 (misc. spp.).—
Finsch, O., 1887 (econ. pl.).—Guilfoyle, W. R., 1869 (narrative).—Kramer,
A. F., 1902-03 (monogr.).—Lauterbach, K., 1909 (exploration) —Lloyd, C. G.,
and Aiken, W. H., 1934 (descr. illustr.)—Mayor, A. G., 1921 (Rose Atoll). —
Powell, T., 1868a (notes, vernacular names); 1827 (plant poisons).—Rech-
inger, K., 1907-09 (n. spp.); 1908a (exploration); 1908b (illustrations) .—
Rechinger, K., and Rechinger, L., 1906 (journey).—Reinecke, F., 1895a, 1895b
(econ. pl.) ; 1902a, 1902b, 1903a, 1903b (vegetation, phytogeography, etc.).—
Sparhawk, W. N., 1944 (forests, trees).—Vaupel, F., 1910 (vegetation).—
Veitch, J. G., 1866 (journal).—Wegener, G., 1903 (general) —Wohltmann, F.,
1904 (econ. pl.).—Yuncker, T. G., 1945 (list, Mauna Island).
FLORAS, ENUMERATIONS, AND LISTS: Christophersen, E., 1935-38 (flowering pl.).
—Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1912-43 (author’s coll.).—Lauterbach, K., 1908
(enum.).—Rechinger, K., 1907-15 (results of expedition).—Reinecke, F., 1896—
98 (enum.).—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K., 1901 (flora).—Setchell, W.
A., 1924 (enum., Amer. Samoa, Rose Atoll, Tutuila Island).
SYSTEMATIC AND GENERAL TREATMENTS OF SPECIAL GROUPS:
ALGAE: See under Section ITI—Algae—Regional—Polynesia.
FUNGI: See under Section I[]—Fungi—Regional—Polynesia.
LICHENS: See under Section III—Lichens—Regional Polynesia.
BRYOPHYTA: See under Section IJ]—Bryophyta—Hepaticae—Regional; and
Musci—Regional.
PTERIDOPHYTA: See under Section I]]—-Pteridophyta—Regional.
SPERMATOPHYTA: Martelli, U., 1934c (Pandanaceae).—Mueller, F., von, 1881b
(Orchidaceae).—Schlechter, R., 1910-11 (Orchidaceae).—Summerhayes, V.
S., 1939 (Ficus).
Society Islands: Angstrém, J., 1873, 1875 (Andersson’s bryophyte coll. Eimeo).—
Bartram, E. B., 1931 (list Musci Raiatea Island).—Bescherelle, £., 1898c (enum.
Hepaticae).—Copeland, E. B., 1932a (enum.).—Drake del Castillo, E., 1887a
(phytogeogr.) ; 1893 (flora).—Ellis, W., 1829-31 (descr.).—-Guillemin, J. B. A.,
1836-37 (enum.).—Henry, T., 1928 (“flora”).—Hooker, W. J., and Walker-
Arnott, G. A., 1830-41 (bot. Beechey voy.).—Martelli, U., 1932d (Pandana-
ceae).—Moore, J. W., 1933, 1934 (crit. Raiatea)—Nadeaud, J., 1897c
(Hernandia) ; 1899 (n. spp.).—Solander, D.C., 1769-82 (enum. pl. various
islands).—Virey, J. J., 1843 (econ. pl.).
Tauit1: Angstrom, J., 1873, 1875 (Andersson’s bryophyte coll.).—Anonymous,
1893 (econ. pl.).—Bennett, G., 1832d (edible, timber pl.).—Bescherelle, E.,
1895a, 1898a, 1901 (Bryophyta).—Bonaparte, R., 1918a (list ferns).—Brotherus,
V. F., 1924c (Setchell’s and Parks’ Musci coll.).—-Butteaud, E., 1891 (enum.).
—Cuzent, G., 1857, 1860, 186la (general, econ. pl.).—Darwin, C., 1860 (ob-
servations).—Delessert, B., 1848 (narrative voy.).—Fries, E., 1851 (fungi).—
Guillemin, J. B. A., 1836-37 (enum.).—Henry, T., 1928 (ancient).—Jardin, E.,
1860 (suppl. to Guillemin).—Lépine, J., 1857 (food pl.).—Lloyd, C. G., 1925
(fungi).—Martelli, U., 1933b (Pandanaceae).—Maxon, W. R., 1924 (enum.
ferns).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1848 (Fungi, Musci)—Moore, J. W., 1940 (n.
340 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
spp.).—Mueller, J., 1884a, 1884b (lichens Brunaud’s coll.).—Nadeaud, J., 1864
(common pl.) ; 1873 (enum.); 1874 (notes); 1897a (crit.)—Parkinson, S.,
1773 (journal of voy.).—Parks, H. E., 1926 (Setchell’s and Parks’ fungi) —
Potier de la Varde, R., 1912 (list Musci).—Reichardt, H. W., 1866, 1870
(fungi Novara exped.).—Setchell, W. A., 1923 (veg. reefs, etc.) ; 1926a, 1926b
(enum. Setchell and Parks coll.) ; 1926c, 1926d (phytogeogr.).—Seurat, L. G.,
19—? (vernacular names).—1906 (general).—Solander, D. C., 1769-82 (enum.).
—Stancliff, J. O., 1923 (popular notes) ; 1924 (taro).—Viguier, R., 1930 (gen-
eral).—Waldgrave, W., 1833 (journal) —Weber van Bosse, A., 1910 (Caul-
erpa).—Wilson, J., 1799 (general).—Vainio, E, A., 1924 (lichens Setchell and
Parks’ coll.).—Z., 1774 (econ. pl.).
Tokelau or Union Islands: Macgregor, G., 1937 (ethnology).
Tonga or Friendly Islands: Anonymous, 1917 (notes, literature).—Burkill, I, H.,
1901 (enum. Vavau Island).—Christensen, C., 1920 (phytogeogr.).—Grunow, A.,
1873 (algae Graffe coll.).—Guilfoyle, W. R., 1869 (bot. tour) —Hemsley, W. B.,
1894 (flora) —Luerssen, C., 1871 (“Filices Graeffeanae”)—Martelli, U., 1930b
(Pandanaceae).—Setchell, W. A., Hoffmeister, J. E., and Ostergaard, J. M.,
1926 (notes).—Veitch, J. G., 1866 (journal).—Waldgrave, W., 1833 (notes,
Tongatabu).
Tuamotu Islands: Bescherelle, &., 1895a (bryophytes Mangareva) —Drake del Cas-
tillo, E., 1893 (flora Gambier Islands).—Henry, T., 1928 (flora).—Patouillard, N.,
1904 (fungi).—Seurat, L. G., 1903 (lists Timoe or Crescent Island) ; 1904 (South
Marutea) ; 19-? (vernacular names, Tuamotan, Mangarevan).—Wilder, G. P.,
1934 (flora Makatea).
Tubuai Islands—Rapa IsLanp: Riley, L. A. M., 1926 (crit.).
Wallis Islands: Burrows, E. G., 1938 (econ. pl. Uvea).—Drake del Castillo, E.,
1893 (flora).
MICRONESIA
. GENERAL
Bibliography: Utinomi, H., 1945,
Economic plants: Finsch, O., 1887, 1893.
Floras, enumerations, and lists: Diels, L., 1921-30 (contr. to flora).—Hosakawa, T.,
1934-44 (contr. to flora).—Kanehira, R., 193la, 1931b (enum. woody pl.) ; 1932
(forest trees) ; 1933 (flora) ; 1935c (enum.).—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K.,
1901, 1905 (enum.).—Tuyama, T., 1940a (enum.).—Volkens, G., 1914 (enum.).—
Yamamoto, Y., 1937 (lists).
Floristic and general descriptions: Hayata, B., 1926.—Hosokawa, T., 1943b.—
Privat-Deschanel, P., 1930.—Schnee, H., 1920 (encyclopaedic).
Forests: Kanehira, R., 1915 —Sparhawk, W. N., 1944.
See also Trees.
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of plants: Kanehira, R., 1932-38 (trees) ;
1935a, 1935b.—Kanehira, R., and Hatusima, S., 1939-40 (trees). —Koidzumi, G.,
1916-17.—Schumann, K., 1888.—Yamamoto, Y., Mori, K., and Fukuyama, N.,
1939 (index to contr. Taihoku Univ.).
Phytogeography: Kanehira, R., 1935d, 1941—Watanabe, K., 1941.
Trees: Kanehira, R., 193la, 1931b, 1932, 1932-38.—Kanehira, R., and Hatusima, S.,
1939-40.—Sparhawk, W. N., 1944.
SUBDIVISIONS
Caroline Islands: Anonymous, 1885 (general).—Cabeza Pereiro, A., 1895-96 (gen-
eral, enum., Ponape).—Chamisso, L. C, A. yon, 1821, 1830 (voyage).—Christian,
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 341
F, W., 1897 (general, Ponape) ; 1899 (general). —Fukuyama, N., 1939 (Orchi-
daceae of Kusaie)—Gulick, L. H., 1858a, 1858b (general, econ. pl. Ponape).—
Hambruch, P., 1932 (general, vernacular names Ponape).—Hemsley, W. B.,
1885b (general) —Hosokawa, T., 1935d, 1937a (syst.); 1937b (enum.,
phytogeogr. Truk); 1943a (epiphytes Ponape).—Kanda, C.,, 1942, 1944
(marine algae).—Kramer, A., 1929 (local names, Palau).—Lam, H. J., 1919
(Verbenaceae).—Liitje, O., 1906 (general).—Luetke, F. P., 1835-36 (voyage).
—Markgraf, F., 1930 (Apocynaceae Palau Islands).—Mertens, K. H., 1835
(voyage).—Matue, Y., 1942 (diatoms Palau).—Miguel, D. G., 1887 (general).
—Motoda, S., 1941 (plankton Palau).—Mieller, W., 1917 (econ. pl. Yap).—
Nishiyama, S., 1941 (fungi Palau).—Okabe, M., 1941b (drugs Palau); 1941c
(food pl. Palau) ; 1941d (veg. Palau) ; 1942 (list east Carolines).—Safert, E.,
1919 (econ. pl. Kusaie)—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K., 1901 (flora).—
Semper, K., 1873 (descr. Palau Islands).—Tokioka, T., 1942a, 1942b (plankton
Palau) —Tuyama, T., 194la, 1941b (vernacular names Palau).—Volkens, G.,
190la (voyage) ; 1901b (descr. Yap); 1901c (descr. enum., espec. Yap); 1901d
(voyage)—Wegener, G., 1903 (general) —Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chlorophyceae,
phytogeog.) ; 1944b (marine algae Ant Atoll near Ponape).
Gilbert Islands: Dixon, H. N., 1927 (bryophytes).—Woodford, C. M., 1895 (descr.,
list).
Marcus Island: Bryan, W. A., 1903 (notes).—Tuyama, T., 1938b (lists).
Marianas Islands: Chamisso, L. C. A. von, 1821, 1830 (voyage).—Cavanilles, A. J.,
1801-02 (enum. collection, Malaspina exped.).—Gaudichaud, C., 1824 (n. gen.
Freycinet’s exped.).—Hemsley, W. B., 1885b (general) —Hosokawa, T., 1934b
(hist., phytogeogr., list) ; 1934c, 1935b (phytogeog.).—Kanehira, R., 1934 (voy-
age n. part); 1936c (Rota Island) ; 1936b (palms).—Lam, H. J., 1919 (Ver-
benaceae).—Markgraf, F., 1930 (Apocynaceae).—Meyen, F. J. F., 1843 (enum.
Meyen Coll.).—Presl, K. B., 1825-36 (crit.)—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach,
K., 1901, 1905 (floral). —Volkens, G., 1901a, 1901d, 1904 (descr.).—Wegener, G.,
1903 (general).—Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chlorophyceae, phytogeog.).
Guam: Ames, O., 1914 (Orchidaceae).—Bryan, E. H., 1931 (pl. assoc.) ; 1936-
41 (taxon.).—Chamisso, L. C. A. von, and Schlechtendal, D. von, 1826-35 (crit.).
—Cox, L. M., 1926 (econ. pl.).—Linsley, L. N., 1935 (popular notes).—Merrill,
E. D., 1914, 1919 (enum.).—Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M., 1946 (additions
to flora).—Reid, C. F., 1939 (bibliog.).—Safford, W. E., 1902, 1904 (observa-
tions, introduced pl.); 1905a (useful pl.); 1905b, 1910 (nat. hist. notes).—
Sherman, J., 1935 (useful trees).
Marshall Islands: Betche, B., 1884 (general) —Engler, A., 1897 (list).—Hager, C.,
1885 (general).—Hemsley, W. B., 1885b (general).—Koidzumi, G., 1915 (enum.
Jaluit Island).—Okabe, M., 1941a (enum.).—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K.,
1901, 1905 (flora). —Steinbach, E., 1895 (general).—Volkens, G., 1903 (list, notes).
—Wegener, G., 1903 (general).—Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chlorophyceae, phytogeogr.).
Wake Island: Christophersen, E., 1931c (enum.).
SYSTEMATIC TREATMENTS OF SPECIAL GROUPS
Algae. See under Section III—Algae—Regional.
Fungi: See under Section I[I—Fungi—Regional.
Lichens: See under Section III—Lichens—Regional.
Bryophyta—Musci: Brotherus, V. F., 1901 (Caroline Islands). —Dixon, H. N.,
1927 (Gilbert Islands) ; 1943 (records Caroline Islands, Marianas Islands).—
Sakurai, K., 1943.
Pteridophyta: See under Section I1]—Pteridophyta—Regional.
342 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Spermatophyta:
ANACARDIACEAE: Lauterbach, K., 1921d.
APocyNACEAE: Markgraf, F., 1930.
ASCLEPIADACEAE: Schlechter, R., 1921c.
BALANOPHORACEAE: Hosokawa, T., 1934d.
CoMPOSITAE: Kitamura, S., 1941.
CoNNARACEAE: Schellenberg, G., 1924a.
CYPERACEAE: Kiikenthal, G., 1924—Ohwi, J., 1942a.
GESNERIACEAE: Schlechter, R., 1921e.
GRAMINEAE: Hosokawa, T., 1935c—Ohwi, J., 1941.
HIpPPoOcRATEACEAE: Loesener, T., 1930b.
LrecyTHIDACEAE: Lauterbach, K., 1921f.
MoraceaE: Diels, L., 1938.
MyrisTIcAcEAE: Markgraf, F., 1938.
MyrsINAcEAE: Mez, C., 1921.
MyrrtackEaE: Diels, L., 1921c.
OrcHIDACEAE: Ames, O., 1914 (Guam).—Fukuyama, N., 1939 (Kusaie Island
in Carolines).—Schlechter, R., 1921a.
PALMAE: Kanehira, R., 1936b.,
PANDANACEAE: Martelli, U., 1934b.
RHAMNACEAE: Lauterbach, K., 192le.
RusiAceaE: Fosberg, F. R., 1940b.
RUTACEAE: Lauterbach, K., 1921a.
SCROPHULARIACEAE: Schlechter, R., 1921d.
VERBENACEAE: Lam, H. J., 1919, 1924.
VITACEAE: Lauterbach, K., 1930.
MELANESIA, NEW GUINEA, ETC.’
Finsch, O., 1887 (econ. pl.).—Fosberg, F. R., 1940a (enum.).—Record, M.,
1945 (enum. woody pl., vernacular names).—Reinecke, F., 1902b (descr.).—
Schumann, K., 1888 (‘FI deutsch, Schutzgeb.”).—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach,
K., 1901, 1905 (flora).
Admiralty Islands: Hemsley, W. B., 1884 (enum.).
Bismarck Archipelago: Finsch, O., 1893 (notes).—Lam, H. J., 1919 (Verbenaceae).
Fiji Islands:
AGRICULTURE: Parham, W. L., 1937.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Parham, B. E. V., 194la.
COLLECTORS, COLLECTIONS, EXPLORERS, AND EXPEDITIONS: Askenasy, E., 1889 (algae
“Gazelle” exped.).—Bentham, G., 1843 (Hind’s coll.) —Degener, O., 1943b
(“Cheng-Ho” exped.).—Gray, A., 1857 (U. S. Explor. Exped.) ; 1861c, 1862a
(Seemann’s coll.).—Milne, W., 1855 (voy. “Herald”).—Smith, A. C., 1936-42
(voy. “Cheng Ho’).—Storck, J., 1862 (letter).—Veitch, J. G., 1866 (journal).
Cora REEFS: Howe, M. A., 1912 (algae).
Economic PLANTS: Harvey, W. H., 1857.—Horne, J., 1881—Parham, B. E. V.,
1942b, 1944, 1946.—Parham, H. B. R., 1937, 1943.—Parham, W. L., 1929.—See-
mann, B., 186le, 18620, 1880.—Thompson, L., 1940 (southern Lau).
FLorAS, ENUMERATIONS, AND Lists: Bentham, G., 1843 (Hinds and Barclay coll.).
—Gibbs, L. S., 1909 (montane fl.).—Horne, J., 1881 (list).—Parham, B. E. V.,
1942a (list of spp., synopsis of families) —Record, M., 1945 (woody pl.).—
8 Not all Melanesia is covered in this bibliography. See the introduction to the bibliography,
page 2. The references here listed to excluded regions appear in the bibliography because of
their incidental references to the included area.
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 343
Seemann, B., 1861-62, 1862a, 1862b (lists) ; 1865-73 (“FI. Vitiensis”); 1880
(list) —Smith, A. C., 1936-42 (“Cheng Ho” voy.).—Thurston, J. B., 1886
(catalogue trees, shrubs).—Turrill, W. B., 1915c (enum.).
FLORISTIC AND GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS: Graeffe, E., 1869.—Guilfoyle, W. R., 1869.
—Guppy, H. B., 1903-06 (Vanua Levu).—Harvey, W. H., 1857.—Hinds, R. B.,
1842.—Horne, J., 1881—Im Thurn, E., 1912—Mead, J. P., 1933—Milne, W.,
1855; 1857 (Naviti Levu).—Seemann, B., 1861¢c—Smith, A. C. 1934, 1935a,
1935b.—St. John, H., 1939c (jungles).—Wylie, R. B., 1923a, 1924.—Veitch, J.
G., 1866.
Foop PLANTs: Coster, S. E. H., 1938.—Harwood, L. W., 1938 (native).—Milne,
W., 1859, 1860b (used by natives).—Parham, B. E. V., 1944 (introduced).—
Surridge, H. R., and Parham, B. E. V., 1941 (vegetables).
ForacE: Tothill, J. D., 1929 (pasture pl.).
FORESTS AND FORESTRY: Mead, J. P., 1928a, 1928b, 1933—Sparhawk, W. N., 1944.
—Sykes, R. A., 1931. 1933.
INTRODUCED PLANTS: Jack, H. W., 1936 (mahogany).—Harvey, C., 1941b (in
1939-40).—Parham, B. E. V., 1939a (by Howard and Wallace), 1942c, 1944.—
Wylie, R. B., 1923b.
MEDICINAL PLANTS: Parham, H. B. R., 1943.—Rougier, E., 1923-24.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF PLANTS: Anonymous, 1886c, 1887.—
Baker, J. G., 1883—Engler, A., 1889b.—Gillespie, J. W., 1930-32.—Gray, A.,
1857, 1861c, 1862a.—Parham, B. E. V., 1942c, 1946—Smith, A. C., 1941-46.
Oricin : Woolnough, W. G., 1903 (continental).
Polsonous PLANTS: Parham, B. E. V., 1937b.—Seeman, B., 1861d.
SYSTEMATIC AND GENERAL TREATMENT OF SPECIAL GROUPS:
ALGAE: Grunow, A., 1873 (list marine) —Schmidt, O. C., 1928 (enum.).
FUNGI: Parham, B. E. V., 1942f.—Smith, W. G., 1871—Thiimen, F. von, and
Mueller, J., 1889.
LICHENS: Crombie, J. M., 1871 (enum.).
BRYOPHYTA: Bartram, E. B., 1936, 1944 (enum., Musci).—Dixon, H. N., and
Greenwood, W., 1930 (enum. Musci).—Jack, J. B., and Stephani, F., 1894
(enum. Hepaticae).—Mitten, W., 1861-62, 1871 (Bryophyta) —Mueller, K.,
1873 (Graeffe’s coll.) ; 1889 (“Gazelle” voy.).
PTERIDOPHYTA: Baker, J. G., 1879 (Horne’s coll.) ; 1886m (Thurston’s coll.).—
Carruthers, W., 1869 (flora).—Copeland, E. B., 1929a (manual).—Luerssen,
C., 1871 (enum.).—Smith, A. C., 1944 (notes).—Wright, Charles Henry, 1930
(Im Thurn’s coll.).
SPERMATOPHYTA: Burret, M., 1935 (Palmae).—Martelli, U., 1930a (Pandana-
ceae).—Milne, W., 1860a (Palmae).—Parham, B. E. V., 1945b (“blue”
grasses).—Stuchbery, H. M., 1937 (Gramineae).—Summerhayes, V. S., and
Hubbard, C. E., 1927, 1930 (Gramineae).—Williams, L. O., 1938a (Orchi-
daceae).
TREES : Goodser, W. E., 1937.—Sparhawk, W. N., 1944.—Surridge, H. R., 1937b.
VERNACULAR NAMES: Parham, B. E. V., 1942a—Parham, H. B. R., 1935, 1943.--
Parham, W. L., 1929.—Wright, C. Harold, 1918.
WEeEps: Barnes, A. C., 1930.—Greenwood, W., 1943, 1944.—Lever, R. J. A. W.,
1946.—Parham, B. E. V., 1938-40, 1942e, 1945a.—Simmonds, H. W., 1931-32.
Isle of Art (near New Caledonia) : Montrousier, X., 1860 (enum.).
Isle of Pines: Compton, R. H., 1922 (enum. author’s coll.) —Guillaumin, A., 191la
(list); 1911-44 (enum. Jeanneney’s coll.).—Macgillivray, J., 1854 (notes).—
Mialaret, T., 1897 (general). —Paris, E. G., 1910 (list bryophytes).—Rendle, A. B..,
Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22 (enum. Compton’s coll.).
344 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
Lord Howe Island:
FLorAS, ENUMERATIONS, AND Lists: Hemsley, W. B., 1896.—Maiden, J. H., 1914.—
Moore, C., and Betche, E., 1893--Mueller, F. von, 1875a.—Oliver, W. R. B.,
1917 (ecol. list).
FLORISTIC AND GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS: Macgillivray, J., 1854—Maiden, J. H.,
1898, 1899.—Moore, C., 1869a, 1869b, 1870, 1872—Mueller, F. von, 1858-81.—
Willis, J. C., 1919.—Wilson, J. B., 1882.
PHYTOGEOGRAPHY: Tate, R., 1893.
SYSTEMATIC AND GENERAL TREATMENTS OF SPECIAL GRouPS: Brotherus, V. F., and
Watts, W. W., 1915b (enum. Musci).—Cheel, S., 1912-14 (Lichens—Stictaceae).
—Lucas, A. H. S., 1935 (marine algae). —Watts, W., 1912, 1914 (enum. ferns).
—Whitelegge, T., 1892 (list Musci).
Loyalty Islands: Becherer, A., 1937 (Bergeret’s fern coll.).—Bonaparte, R., 1914a,
1915b (enum. ferns).—Christensen, C., 1932 (ferns Daniker exped.).—Daniker,
A. U., 1931, 1932-33 (enum, author’s coll., descr. veg.) —Guillaumin, A., 191lla
(list). —Hackel, E., and Schinz, H., 1914 (Gramineae) —Harmand, J., 1914
(enum. lichens).—Kranzlin, F., 1914 (Orchidaceae).—Mueller, F. von, 1873
(phytogeog.).—Sarasin, F., 1917 (descr.)—Sarasin, F., and Roux, J., 1914-21
(revisions.)—Schinz, H., 1929 (Daniker’s coll.) —Thériot, J., 1914 (Musci).—
Wakefield, E. M., 1920 (enum. fungi).
New Caledonia:
AGRICULTURE; Jeanneney, A., 1894.
COLLECTORS, COLLECTIONS, EXPLORERS, AND EXPEDITIONS: Guillaumin, A., 191144
(various collectors in pts. XIX, XXVII, XXXII-XXXIII, XLI-XLIII, XLV,
XLIX, LIII, LIX, LXII, LXVI, LXVIII, LXXI, LXXV-LXXXI,
LXXXIII-LXXXV).
BOUGIER: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. XVI).
COMPTON, R. H.: Compton, R. H., 1922——Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and
Moore, S. le M., 1921-22.
crigs: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. XII).
DANIKER, A. U.: Daniker, A. U., 1931, 1932-33.—Schinz, H., 1929,
FETSCHERIN: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. VI).
FRANC, I.: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pts. XX, XXII, XXXI, XXXIV,
XXXVII-XXXIX, XLIV, XLVITI, L, LII, LV-LVI, LX, LXI, LXV,
LXIX, LXXII).
GODEFROY: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pts. LVIII, LX XXII).
GRUNOW, A.: Zahlbruckner, A., 1888.
JEANNENEY, A.: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. II), 191445 (pt. LX XIX).
KIENER: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. ITI).
LEENHARDT: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pts. LXXIII-LXXIV).
LEQUERRE: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. XXV).
LE RAT: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pts. VII, [XVIII], XXVI, XXX, XL,
XLVI, LI, LVII, LXIII-LXIV, LXVII).
MEZGER: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. XLVI).
MONTROUZIER: Beauvisage, G., 1894, 1901—Guillaumin, A., and Beauvisage,
G., 1913.
PENNEL: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. I).
SAVES, T.: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. V).
viroT: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. LXX).
WHITE, Cc. T.: White, C. T., Wilson, E. H., and Guillaumin, A., 1926.
Economic PLANTS: Heckel, E., 1892, 1913.—Perret, V., 1883.—Poisson, J., 1900
(rubber).—Soubeiran, J. L., 1870.—Vieillard, E., 1862a—vVieillard, E., and
Deplanche, E., 1862-63.
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 345
FLORAS, ENUMERATIONS, AND LISTS: Guillaumin, A., 191la (catalogue).—Mezger,
K., 1926 (woody pl.).—Montrousier, X., 1860 (Isle of Art).—Sarasin, F.,
and Roux, J., 1914-21.—Schlechter, R., 1907-08.—-Sebert, H., [and Pancher, I.],
[1874] (woody pl.).
See also Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions.
FLorIsTIC AND GENFRAL DESCRIPTIONS: Abbay, R., 1877.—Balansa, B., 1872a
(Mount Humboldt).—Bernard, A., 1895.—Boothby, M. R., 1944 (lowlands) .—
Brongniart, A. 1865a—Cornu, M., 1865.—Daniker, A. U., 1929.—Guilfoyle,
W. R., 1869.—Heckel, E., 1892 (Prony Bay).—Jeanneney, A., 1894 (agricul-
ture).—Lang, M., 1925.—Macgillivray, J., 1854—Naudin, C., 1857, 1866a.—
Palacky, J., 1882—Pancher, I., 1881—Sarasin, F., 1917.—Vieillard, E., and
Deplanche, E., 1862-63.
ForacE: Jacques, C., 1940a.
Forests: Sparhawk, W. N., 1944.
Gatts: Houard, C., 1916-25, 1921.
INTRODUCED PLANTS : Guillaumin, A., 1942.
KEYS FOR DETERMINATION OF FAMILIES: Guillaumin, A., 1943b.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF PLANTS: Biarillet, F., 1873.—Bonati,
G., and Petitmengin, M., 1907—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864-71, 1868-71.
—Brongniart, A., 1874a—Cretzoiu, P., 1934.—Frauenfeld, G. von, 1867.—
Guillaumin, A., 1909-13, 1921b, 1943b—Heckel, G., 1912—Hochreutiner, B.
P. G, 1910.—Labillardiére, J. J. H. de, 1824-25.—Lindley, J., 1851.—Rafarin,
—, 1877.—Vieillard, E., 1865a, 1865b, 1866.
PALEoBOTANY: Guillaumin, A., 1919 (summary).—Loubiére, A., 1936 (Ced-
roxylon pancheri).—Zeiller, R., 1889.
PHorocRAPHS: Daniker, A. U., 1939.
PHYTOGEOGRAPHY: Balansa, B., 1873.—Guillaumin, A., 1921a, 1929b.—Heckel, E.,
1892 (zones).—Schlechter, R., 1905.—Virot, R., 1939.
SYSTEMATIC AND GENERAL TREATMENTS OF SPECIAL GROUPS:
MYXOMYCETES: Lister, G., 1922,
ALGAE: See under Section III—Algae—Regional—Melanesia.
FUNGI: See under Section II[]—Fungi—Regional—Melanesia.
LICHENS: See under Section III—Lichens—Regional—Melanesia.
BRYOPHYTA: See under Section III—Bryophyta—Regional; Hepaticae—Re-
gional; Musci—Regional— Melanesia.
PTERIDOPHYTA: See under Section I]]—Pteridophyta—Regional—Melanesia.
SPERMATOPHYTA: Baillon, H., 1890-91 (Sapotaceae) ; 1891b (Aquifoliaceae—
Phelline) —Balansa, B., 1872b (Gramineae).—Beccari, O., 1920, 1921b
(Palmae).—Bitter, G., 192la (Solanaceae).—Brongniart, A., 1861 (Viola-
ceae—A gation) ; 1873, 1874b (Palmae) ; 1875 (Pandanaceae).—Brongniart,
A., and Gris, A., 186la (Umbelliferae—Myodocarpus) ; 1862 (Saxifraga-
ceae, Cunoniaceae) ; 1864a (Epacridaceae) ; 1865b (Myrtaceae) ; 1866a (Con-
iferae) ; 1866b (Symplocos) ; 1869, 187la (Coniferae) ; 1872 (Cunonia).—
Bureau, E., 1862 (Bignoniaceae) ; 1869-72 (Artocarpaceae).—Candolle, C.
de, 1920 (Piperaceae).—Dubard, M., 1906a (Nepenthaceae).—Guillaumin, A..,
1911 (Citrus); 1914-45, 1946 (revis, nearly 50 fam. and gen.); 1916
(Eugenia) —Heckel, E., and Schinz, H., 1914 (Gramineae).—Heckel, E.,
191la (Lantana).—Jacques, C., 1939 (Paspalum).—Kerchove de Denterghem,
O. de, 1877 (Araucaria).—Kranzlin, F., 1914, 1928b, 1929b (Orchidaceae) .—
Martelli, U., 1920 (Pandanaceae).—Poisson, J., 1876 (Casuarina).—Pynaert,
C., 1905a (Araucaria).—Steenis, C. G, G. J. van, 1927 (Bignoniaceae).—
Vieillard, E., 1873 (Palmae).—Viguier, B., 1912 (Epacridaceae), 1925
346 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
(Araliaceae).—Viguier, R., and Guillaumin, A. 1912 (Araliaceae).—-War-
burg, O., 1921 (Moraceae).
VERNACULAR NAMES (French): Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (part XXI).
Woops: Mezger, K., 1926.—Sebert, H., [and Pancher, I.], [1874].
New Guinea: Bentham, G., 1843 (enum. Hinds and Barclay’s coll.).—Brause, G.,
1920 (Ledermann’s fern coll.) —Burret, M., 1928 (Palmae).—Diels, L., 1922
(Myrtaceae).—Finsch, O., 1893 (descr., econ. pl.).—Harms, H., 1920-21
(Araliaceae).—Hinds, R. B., 1842 (fl. descr.).—Lam, H. J., 1934 (discussion,
bibliog.).—Martelli, U., 1912 (Pandanaceae).—Rechinger, K., 1907-15 (enum.
author’s coll.).—Scheffer, R. H. C. C.,, 1876a (enum.).—Schellenberg, G., 1923a
(Opiliaceae, Olacaceae, Icacinaceae) ; 1923b (Connaraceae).—Sleumer, H., 1942
(Ericaceae).—Valeton, T., 1914a (Nyctaginaceae)—Zahlbruchner, A., 1911
(lichens Rechinger exped.).
New Hebrides: Ames, O., 1931, 1932 (Orchidaceae).—Aubert de la Rue, E., 1937
(general).—Baker, J. R., and Baker, I., 1936 (seasons).—Bentham, G., 1843
(enum. Hinds, Barclay coll. from Tanna).—Biehler, J. F. T., 1807 (n. spp.).—
Brotherus, V. F., and Watts, W. W., 1915a (list Musci).—Copeland, E. B., 1932b
(enum. ferns).—Cretzoiu, P., 1934 (n. spp.).—Danser, B. H., 1934 (Loranthaceae).
—Davillé, E., 1895 (general) —Guilfoyle, W. R., 1869 (descr.). —Guillaumin, A.,
1919-29 (enum. Levat’s coll.) ; 1929a (phytogeogr.) ; 1931-33 (enum. Kajewski’s
coll.) ; 1934a (phytogeogr.) ; 1935, 1937 (enum. Aubert de la Rue’s coll.) ; 1938
(fl. Espiritu Santo Island). —Hinds, R. B., 1842 (descr.).—Hitchcock, A. S., 1932
(Gramineae).—Jeanpert, E., 1911 (list ferns).—Kajewski, S. F., 1930 (descr.).—
Kuhn, M., 1869b (enum. ferns).—Manguin, E., 1938 (diatoms).—Martelli, U.,
1931, 1932a (Pandanaceae).—Milne, W., 1855 (voy. “Herald”).—Morrison, A.,
1897, 1902 (general).—Mueller, F. von, 1873 (list, phytogeogr.).—Schlechter, R.,
1906 (Orchidaceae). —Sparhawk, W. N., 1944 (forests).—Sprengel, K., 1807 (n.
spp.).—Summerhayes, V. S., 1932 (Artocarpaceae).—Thériot, J., 1938 (list
Musci).
See also Santa Cruz.
New Ireland: Bentham, G., 1843 (enum.).—Hinds, R. B., 1842 (descr.).
Norfolk Island: Backhouse, J., 1843 (notes).—Carne, J. E., 1885 (list) —Cunning-
ham, A., 1842 (notes, list) —Downing, C. T., 1862 (econ. pl.).—Endlicher, S. L.,
1833b (flora, Bauer coll.) —Laing, R. M., 1901, 1906 (list marine algae); 1915
(list seed pl.); 1916 (ferns) —Maiden, J. H., 1903 (enum.).—Moore, C., and
Betche, E., 1893 (handbook).—Mueller, F. von, 1875b, 1884, 1885 (lists, notes).
—Reinbold, T., 1900 (list marine algae) —Tate, R., 1893 (phytogeogr.).—Willis,
J. C, 1919 (descr. flora).
Philip Island (San Cristoval, Solomon Islands): Cunningham, A., 1842 (notes,
list).
Santa Cruz Islands: Ames, O., 1932a, 1933 (enum. Orchidaceae).—Copeland, E. B.,
1931 (Kajewski’s fern coll. Vanikoro Island).—Fosberg, F. R., 1940a (enum.).—
Setchell, W. A., 1935d (marine algae).
Solomon Islands: Beck, G, von, 1888b (enum. Stewart atolls) —Hemsley, W. B.,
1894 (notes).—Keissler, K. von, 1909 (fungi).—Rechinger, K., 1907-15 (enum.
author’s coll.) ; 1908a (descr. voyage).—Rechinger, K., and Rechinger, L., 1906
(descr. voyage).—Stockmayer, S., 1915 (enum, algae).—Wille, N., 1915 (enum.
algae).
SECTION II—SYSTEMATIC
COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENTS
Baillon, H., 1867-95 (“Hist. pl.”).
Bentham, G., and Hooker, J. D., 1862-83 (“Gen. pl.”).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 347
Candolle, A., and Candolle, C. de, 1878-96 (‘“Monogr. phan. prodr.”).
Candolle, A. P., de, 1818-21 (“Reg. veg. syst. nat.’’).
Candolle, A. P., Candolle, A., and Candolle, C. de, 1824-74 (“Prodr. syst. nat.
reg. veg.’”).
Dietrich, A., 1831-33 (“Linné sp. pl.’”).
Dietrich, D. N. F., 1839-52 (“Synop. pl.”).
Don, G., 1831-38 (Gen. hist. dichlamyd. pl.”).
Endlicher, S. L., 1836-50 (“Gen. pl.”).
Engler, A., 1892-1936 (“Syllabus .. .”).
Engler, A., 1900 (“Pflanzenreich” ).
Engler, A., and Prantl, K., 1887-1908, 1892-1936, 1924-40 (“Pflanzenfamilien”).
Gmelin, J. F., 1791 (‘“Linné syst. nat.”).
Kunth, K. S., 1833-50 (“Enum. pl.”).
Kuntze, O., 1891-98 (“Revis. gen. pl.”).
Lamarck, J. B. A. P. M. de, 1783-1817 (“Encycl. méth. bot.”) ; 1791-1823 (“Tab.
encycl. méthod.”).
Lemée, A., 1929-39 (“Dict. descr. syn. gen. pl. phanerog.’’).
Linnaeus, C., 1753 (“Sp. pl.”); 1754 (“Gen. pl.”); 1758-59 (“Syst. nat.”).
Linnaeus, C., (fil.), 1781 (“Suppl. pl. syst. veg.’).
Meisner, C. F., 1836-43 (“PI. vase. gen.”).
Murray, J. A., 1784 (Linnaeus’ “Syst. reg.”, ed. 14).
Persoon, C. H., 1805-07 (“Synop. pl.”).
Pfeiffer, K. G. L., 1873-74 (“Nomencl. bot.”).
Presl, K. B., 1834 (“Repert. bot. syst.”).
Richter, H E., 1835-40 (“Linn. syst. gen. sp, pl.”).
Roemer, J. J., and Schultes, J. A., 1817-30 (“Syst. veg.’’).
Sprengel, A., 1828 (“Tent. suppl. syst. veg. Linn.”),
Sprengel, K., 1825-28 (“Linn. syst. veg.”).
Vahl, M., 1790-94 (“Symb. bot.) ; 1805-06 (“Enum. pl.”).
Willdenow, C. L., 1797-1830 (“Linn. sp. pl.”).
CELLULAR CRYPTOGAMS
Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. M., 1827-29 (enum. “Coquille” voy.).—Keissler, K.
von, 1923 (misc. descr.).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1835 (Juan Fernandez) ; 1842-45
(“Astrolabe” and “Zélée” voy.) ; 1843 (misc. descr.) ; 1850-52 (Juan Fernandez) ;
1856 (“Sylloge gen. sp. . . .”).—Roumeguére, C., 1882 (Remy coll.).—Schkuhr,
C., 1809 (monogr.).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1904-16 (“Sched. ad Kryptog. exsicc.”).
SCHIZOMYCETES
Lewton-Brain, L., and Derr, N., 1909 (on Hawaiian sugars).—Martin, J. P.,
1930a (gumming disease of sugar cane—Bacterium vascularum) —Parris, G. K.,
1940 (check list). —Stevenson, J. H., and Rands, R. D., 1938 (associated with
sugar cane).
MYXOMYCETES (Slime molds)
Davis, W. C., and Allen, O. N., 1932 (Oahu, Hawaii).—Fries, R. E., 1920
(Juan Fernandez).—Lister, A., 1894-1925 (monogr.).—Lister, G., 1922 (New
Caledonia).—Macbride, T. H., 1926 (Stemonitis, Fiji) —Macbride, T. H., and
Martin, G. W., 1934 (monogr.).—Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S.
le M., 1921-22 (Compton’s New Caledonia, Isle of Pines coll.).—Rostabinski,
J. T., 1874-75, 1876 (monogr.).
348 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
ALGAE
GENERAL
Bibliographies: Lemmermann, E., 1903 (phytoplankton).—Levring, T., 1941 (Juan
Fernandez).—Okamura, K., 1932, 1934—Tilden, J., 1920.—Toni, G. B. de, 1931~
32, 1937-39.
Calcareous algae: Utinomi, H., 1942. See also Coral reefs.
Collectors, collections, expeditions and voyages:
“ALBATROSS”: Mann, A., 1907 (diatoms).
“BoniITE”: Montagne, J. F. C., 1846.
“CHALLENGER”: Dickie, G., 1876a, 1876b.
Ga.tsorF, P.S.: Howe, M. A., 1934 (Hawaii).
“GAZELLE”: Askenasy, E., 1889.
GraerreE, E.,: Grunow, A., 1873.
Mose.ey, H. N.: Dickie, G., 1876b, 1877.
“Novara” ExpepITIoN: Grunow, A., 1867, 1872.
Parks, H. E. (See Setchell).
PrussIAN ExpepItIoN: Martens, G. von, 1866.
“PHYSICIENNE’: Agardh, K. A., 1827.
RECHINGER ExPepITION: Stockmayer, S., 1915.—Wille, N., 1915.
ScHAUINSLAND, H.: Lemmermann, E., 1899, 1901, 1905.—Reinbold, T., 1899,
SETCHELL and ParKs: Setchell, W. A., 1926a.
“S1p0GA” EXpepITION: Weber van Bosse, A., and Foslie, M., 1904.
U. S. ExpLorine Exrepition: Bailey, J. W., and Harvey, W. H., 1862—Harvey,
W. H., 1860.
“UrANIE”’: Agardh, K. A., 1827.
“Vetror PIsAnr’: Piccone, A., 1885, 1886a, 1886b, 1889.
Wo tte, Francis: Drouet, F., 1939 (Myxophyceae).
Coral reefs: Christophersen, E., 1927b (plant life)—Howe, M. A., 1912—Mac-
Caughey, V., 1916g (Hawaii).—Setchell, W. A., 1923 (Tahiti); 1928b (phyto-
geogr.). See also Algae—Systematic—Rhodophyceae—Corallinaceae.
Distribution: See Phytogeography.
Ecology. See Phytogeography and ecology.
Economic and edible algae: Chase, F. M., 1942—Miller, C. D., 1927.—Reed, M.,
1907.
Edible: See preceding entry.
Exploration and study in Pacific: Farlow, W. G., 1916.—Tilden, J., 1921.
Illustrations: Harvey, W. H., 1847-49.—Kiitzing, F. T., 1845-71.
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Foslie, M., 1907b—-Mazza, A., 1905-25
(“Saggio Alg. Ocean.”).—Schmidle, W., 1897a.—Toni, G. B. de, 1937-39 (“Diagn.
alg. nov.”).
Phytogeography and ecology: Kanda, C., 1944 (near Palau),—Okamura, K., 1932,
1934 (distrib.).—Setchell, W. A., 1934 (paleogeogr.)—Simmons, H. G., 1905.—
Skottsberg, C., 1941f, 1943a (marine communities Juan Fernandez).—Svedelius,
N., 1924.—Tilden, J., 1928 (distrib.)—Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chlorophyceae).
Plankton algae: Lemmermann, E., 1899, 1901, 1903—Matue, Y., 1942.—Motoda, S.,
1941.—Tokioka, T., 1941a, 1941b.
Systematic treatments, lists, etc.: See under Algae—General—Collectors, collec-
tions, explorers, and expeditions; and at the beginning of Algae—Systematic.
Textbooks: Kiitzing, F. T., 1843—Tilden, J., 1935.
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 349
REGIONAL
POLYNESIA
Cook Islands—Mancata: Dickie, G., 1875 (list).
Easter Island: Bérgesen, F., 1924 (list, marine) —Levring, T., 1943b (Corallii-
naceae).—Petersen, J. B., 1926 (Cyanophyceae).—Strém, K. M., 1922 (fresh-
water).
Ellice Islands: Howe, M. A., 1912 (coral reefs).
Funarvuti: Barton, E. S., 1900 (crit.).—Foslie, M., 1900a (calcareous).
Hawaiian Islands: Braun, A., 1849 (Characeae). —Chamberlain, J. E., 1880 (list) —
Chase, F. M., 1942 (edible) —Howe, M. A., 1934 (list, Galtsoff coll.) —Lemmer-
mann, E., 1905 (enum, Schauinsland coll.) —MacCaughey, V., 1916c (seaweeds) ;
1916g (coral reefs); 1917h, 1918a (list) —Neal, M. C., 1930 (ecol., marine) —
Nordstedt, O., 1878 (fresh-water and Characeae).—Piccone, A., 1889 (n. spp.).
—Reed, M., 1907 (economic).—Reichardt, H. W., 1877 (Wawra’s coll.).—Rein-
bold, T., 1899 (list Schauinsland coll.).—Setchell, W. A., 1905 (Hawaiian names) .—
Stockmayer, S., 1915 (fresh-water).—Tilden, J., 1901, 1902, 1904 (lists, accounts) ;
1910 (Myxophyceae).—Wille, N., 1915 (fresh-water).
Juan Fernandez: Levring, T., 1941 (marine algae); 1943a (Corallinaceae).—
Setchell, W. A., 1937 (Codium).—Skottsberg, C., 1941f, 1943a (marine algal
communities).—Strém, K. M., 1922 (fresh-water).
Kermadec Islands: Gepp, A., and Gepp, E. S., 1911b (enum.).
Niuafoou (between Samoa and Fiji): Howe, M. A,, 1932 (list).
Samoa: Esmarch, F., 1910-11 (Cyanophyceae).—Grunow, A., 1873 (list Graeffe
coll.).—Reinbold, T., 1899 (Schauinsland coll.) —Schmidle, W., 1897c (“Baumal-
gen”).—Stockmayer, S., 1915 (enum.).—Wille, N., 1913 (fresh-water); 1915
(enum.).
Society Islands—Tauitt: Brand, F., 191la (crit.).—Setchell, W. A., 1923 (coral
reefs) ; 1926a (list Setchell and Parks coll.) ; 1926d (phytogeogr.).—Weber van
Bosse, A., 1910 (Caulerpa).
Tonga or Friendly Islands: Grunow, A., 1873 (list Graeffe coll.).
MICRONESIA
Caroline Islands: Kanda, C., 1942 (Palau).—Okamura, K., 1904, 1916 (lists).—
Reinbold, T., 1901 (list, mostly Yap).—Schmidle, W., 1901 (lists).—Schmidt,
O. C., 1928 (enum.).—Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chlorophyceae) ; 1944b (list Ant Atoll).
Marianas Islands: Braun, A., 1849 (Characeae).—Groves, J., 1921 (Guam Charo-
phyta) —Okamura, K., 1916 (list)—Schmidt, O. C., 1928 (enum.).—Yamada, Y.,
1926 (Chlorophyceae).
Marshall Islands: Schmidt, O. C., 1928 (enum.).—Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chloro-
phyceae).
MELANESIA
Fiji Islands: Askenasy, E., 1889 (“Gazelle” exped.)—Grunow, A., 1873 (list,
marine).—Howe, M. A., 1912 (coral reefs).—Schmidt, O. C., 1928 (enum.).
Isle of Pines: Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22 (enum.
Compton’s coll.).
Lord Howe Island: Lucas, A. H. S., 1935 (marine).
New Caledonia: Carter, N., 1922 (freshwater).—Gepp, A., 1922 (marine).—
Groves, J., 1922 (Charophyta).—Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M.,
1921-22 (enum. Compton’s N. Cal., Isle of Pines coll.).
New Hebrides: Manguin, E., 1938 (diatoms).
700080—47—23
350 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Norfolk Island: Laing, R. M., 1901, 1906 (list, marine).—Reinbold, T., 1900 list,
marine).
Santa Cruz Island: Setchell, W. A., 1935d (marine).
Solomon Islands: Stockmayer, S., 1915 (enum.),—Wille, N., 1915 (enum.).
SYSTEMATIC
Agardh, J. G., 1848-76 (“Spec. gen. and ord.”) ; 1880-90 (“Till alg. syst.”) 1891-
99 (“Anal alg.”).—Kiitzing, F, T., 1843 (“Phycol. gen.”) ; 1849 (“Spec. alg.”).
-—Okamura, K., 1932 (list.)—Schmidt, O. C., 1928 (enum. W. Pacif.).—Toni,
G. B. de, 1889-1924 (“Sylloge alg.”).
CHLOROPHYCEAE
Yamada, Y., 1926 (phytogeogr.).
Avrainvillea (Copracear) : Howe, M. A., 1907.
Characeae: Allen, T. F., 1887 (Nitella muthnatae).—Braun, A., 1849 (Marianas,
Hawaii).—Groves, J., 1921 (Guam), 1922 (New Caledonia).—Nordstedt, O.,
1878 (Hawaii) ; 1888 (Berlin herb.).—Zaneveld, J. S., 1940 (monogr.)
Chlorodesmis tahitensis (CoptAceAE) : Brand, F., 1911b.
Cladophoraceae: Brand, F., 1905 (n. spp. Hawaii).
Codiaceae: Gepp, A., and Gepp, E. S., 191la (“Siboga” exped.).—Schmidt, O. C.,
1923 (Codium).—Setchell, W. A., 1937 (Codium in Juan Fernandez) ; 1940 (C.
phasmaticum),
Desmidiaceae: Nordstedt, O., 1896, 1908 (index).
Dictyosphaeria (VALONIACEAE) : Crosby, C. M., 1903 (Hawaii).
Flabellarieae: Gepp, A., and Gepp, E. S., 191la (monogr.).
Halimeda (Coptacear): Barton, E. S., 1900 (lava), 1901 (revis.).—Howe, M. A,
1907 (discoidea)—Yamada, Y., 1941 (enum. Micronesia); 1944a (n. spp.).
Macrodictyon: (VALONIACEAE): Gray, J. E., 1866b (n. gen.).
Microdictyon (VALONIACEAE): Gray, J. E., 1866a, 1866b (velleyanum, montagne).
Setchell, W. A., 1925-35 (crit.) ; 1929 (revis.) ; 1935a (crit.).
Nitella: See under Characeae.
Ostreobium okamurai (PHYLLOSIPHONIACEAE): Weber van Bosse, A., 1932.
Phycopeltis (CHROOLEPIDACEAE): Printz, H., 1940 (monogr.).—Santesson, R., 1944
(nigra).
Trentepohliaceae: Printz, H., 1940 (monogr.).
Udota (CopraceaE): Gepp, A. and Gepp, E. S., 191la (monogr.).—Yamada, Y.,
1930 (geppit).
BACILLARIACEAE (Diatoms)
Allen, W. E., 1936 (surface plankton N. Pacific).—Bailey, J. W., 1853 (list,
U. S. Exploring Exped.).—Castracane degli Antelminelli, F, 1886 (‘Challenger”
exped.).—Greville, R. K., 1863, 1863-66, 1866 (new, crit. spp.).—Grunow, A.,
1872 (“Novara” exped.).—Harvey, W. H., and Bailey, J. W., 1853-55 (n. spp.
U. S. Exploring Exped.).—Hustedt, F., 1942 (freshwater, Hawaii).—Kitton, F.,
1888 (n. spp. Biddulphia, Fiji)—Manguin, E., 1938 (New Hebrides).—Mann,
A., 1907 (“Albatross” exped.).—Matue, Y., 1942 (list Palau).—Mereschkowsky,
C., 1902 (Samoa, Tahiti, Hawaii, etc.).—Mills, F. W., 1933-35 (index gen.,
spp.).—Peragallo, H., and Peragallo, M., 1911 (Rechinger exped., Samoa,
Solomons, Hawaii).—Witt, O. N., 1873, 1874 (n. spp. Tahiti, etc.).
EUGLENINEAE
Trachelomonas: Deflandre, G., 1926-27 (monogr.).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 301
PHAEOPHYCEAE
Grunow, A., 1873 (Phaeosporeae, Fucoideae).
Caulerpa (CAULERPACEAE): Trevisan, V. B. A., 1849——Weber van Bosse, A., 1898
(monogr.) ; 1910 (Tahiti) —Yamada, Y., 1944a (n. spp. micronesia).
Padina variegata (DicryoTacEaAE) : Papenfuss, G. F., 1943.
Pocockiella (DictyoTacEaE): Papenfuss, G. F., 1943.
Sargassum (Fucacear): Grunow, A., 1915-16 (n. spp.).—Kuntze, O., 1880
(revis.).—Sjéstedt, L. G., 1924 (skottsbergiit)—Yamada, Y., 1942 (notes).
Sphacelariaceae: Sauvageau, C., 1900-14 (monogr.).
RHODOPHYCEAE
Grunow, A., 1873 (Florideae).
Astrochaetium (CERAMIACEAE?): Papenfuss, G. F., 1945 (review).
Bostrychia (RHODOMELACEAE): Post, E., 1936 (taxon.) ; 1938-39 (radicans) ; 1939
(Relanensis.)—Tokida, J., 1941 (Palau, Carolines).
Botryocladia skottsbergii (RHODYMENIACEAE): Papenfuss, G. F., 1944a.
Caloglossa (DELESSERIACEAE): Post, E., 1936 (taxon., distrib.) ; 1938-39 (ogasa-
waraensis).
Cheilosporum spectabile (CoRALLINACEAE): Yendo, K., 1905.
Chondriella (CHONDRIELLACEAE): Levring, T., 1941.
Chrysymenia skotisbergii (RHODYMENIACEAE): Papenfuss, G. F., 1944a.
Corallina chinensis: Harvey, W. H., 1847-49.
Corallinaceae: Decaisne, J., 1842 (Hawaii).—Foslie, M., 1900a (Funafuti) ; 1907a
(Samoa).—Howe, M. A., (coral reef formation).—Levring, T., 1943a (Juan
Fernandez) ; 1943b (Easter Island).—Weber van Bosse, A., and Foslie, M., 1904
(“Siboga” exped.).—Yendo, K., 1905 (list).
Dictyotopsis propagulifera (INCERT. SED.): Post, E., 1938-39.
Fernandosiphonia (RHODOMELACEAE): Levring, F., 1941.
Galaxaura (CHAETANGIACEAE): Butters, F. K., 1911.—Chou, R. C.-Y., 1945.
Gelidiella acerosa (GELIDIACEAE): Feldmann, J., and Hamel, G., 1934.
Goniotrichum alsidii (BANGIACEAE): Tanaka, Takesi, 1944a.
Griffithsia (CERAMIACEAE): Abbott, I. A., 1946 (Hawaii).
Halarachnion calcareum (NEMASTOMACEAE) : Okamura, K., 1916.
Helminthocladiaceae: Papenfuss, G. F., 1946 (crit.).
Hypnea (HypnaceaE): Tanaka, Takesi, 1941 (Japan).
Laurencia (RHODOMELACEAE): Yamada, Y., 1931.
Liagora (HELMINTHOCLADIACEAE): Abbot, I. A., 1945 (Hawaii).—Butters, F. K.,
1911.—Zeh, W., 1912—Yamada, Y., 1938 (pinnata, etc.).
Lithothamnion (CoRALLINACEAE) : Dickie, G., 1877 (imbricatwm, mamillare) —
Hedrich, F., 1901 (Paris Mus.).
Marchesettia spongioides (SPHAEROCOCCACEAE) : Hauck, F., 1882.
Melobesieae: Foslie, M., 1900b (n. spp. Lithophyllum), 1900c (revis.).—Hedrich,
F., 1901 (Melobesia pacifica).
Protoflorideae (section of Florideae): Tanaka, Takesi, 1944a, 1944b.
Rhodochorton (CERAMIACEAE?): Papenfuss, G. F., 1945 (review).
Scinaia (CHAETANGIACEAE) : Setchell, W. A., 1914.
Taenioma (DELESSERIACEAE): Papenfuss, G. F., 1944b (taxon.).—Tseng, C. K.,
1944 (perpusillum).
Trematocarpus (SPHAEROCOCCACEAE): Zahlbruckner, A., 1893.
Trichogloea (HELMINTHOCLADIACEAE): Butters, F. K., 1903—Papenfuss, G. F.,
1946 (requienit).
302 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
MYXOPHYCEAE (Blue-green algac)
Drouet, F-., 1939 (Wolle’s coll. Hawaii).—Esmarch, F., 1910-11 (n. spp. Samoa).—
Petersen, J. B., 1926 (Easter Island) .—Tilden, J., 1910 (Hawaii).—Toni, G, B. de,
1937-39 (n. spp.).
Calothrix sandvicense (RIVULARIACEAE): Schmidle; W., 1897b.
Entophysalis samoensis (ENTOPHYSALIDACEAE) : Gardner, N. L., 1927.
Lyngbya (OscILLatorIAcEAE): Schmidle, W., 1897a (distincta) —Toni, G. B. de,
1939 (putealis).
Mastigocoleus obtusus (STIGONEMATACEAE) : Geitler, L., 1925.
Oscillatoriaceae: Gomont, M., 1892 (monogr.).
Rosaria ramosa (StIGONEMATACEAE); Geitler, L., 1925.
Skujaella (OsciLLatortaceaE): Fremy, P., 1941 (revis.).
Stigonema (STIGONEMATACEAE): Mirande, R., 1920 (n. spp., New Caledonia).
Trichodesmium (OscILLATORIACEAE): Fremy, P., 1941 (revis.).
CLASS UNCERTAIN
Hydracanthus fistulosus: Kiitzing, F. T., 1847 (Marianas Islands).
FUNGI
GENERAL
Aquatic: Indé, K., 1941.
Collectors, collections, expeditions and voyages:
“CHALLENGER” Expepition: Berkeley, M. J., 1877.
Cuamisso, L, C. A. von: Ehrenberg, C. G., 1820.
Compton, R. H.: Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22
(New Caledonia, Isle of Pines).
Darwin, C.: Berkeley, M. J., 1842a.
GaupIcHAun, C.: Léveillé, J. H., 1846-49—Persoon, C. H., 1827.
“GAZELLE” ExpepiTION: Thiimen, F. von, and Mueller, J., 1889 (Fiji).
LEDERMANN, C.: Sydow, H., and Sydow, P., 1921 (Micronesia).
MeyeN, F, J. F.: Klotzsch, J. F., 1843.
“Novara” Expepition: Reichardt, H. W., 1866, 1870.
Parks, H, E.: Parks, H. E., 1926 (Tahiti).
RECHINGER, K.: Keissler, K. von, 1910.
Saves, T.: Mueller, J., 1887a (Nouméa, New Caledonia).
SETCHELL, W. A.: Parks, H. E., 1926 (Tahiti).
SEURAT: Patouillard, N., 1906a (French Polynesia).
U. S. Exprorinc Expepirion (Witkes Expenition) : Berkeley, M. J., and Curtis,
M. A., 1851.—Curtis, M. A., and Berkeley, M. J., 1862.
Wawra, H.: Reichardt, H. W., 1877.
Hosts: See Section I—Hosts and their diseases.
Luminous: Haneda, Y., 1942.
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Lloyd, C. G., 1912-15, 1924b—Macbride
T. H., 1926.—Patouillard, N., 1896-1908, 1902. ,
Names proposed by C. G. Lloyd: Stevenson, J. A., and Cash, E. K., 1936,
Nematodes, capture of: Linford, M. B., 1937 (Hawaii) ; 1939.
REGIONAL
POLYNESIA
Patouillard, N., 1906a (French Polynesia).
Easter Island: Arwidsson, T., 1940 (parasitic)—Fries, T. C. E., 1922 (Gas-
teromycetes).
Ré
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 303
Hawaiian Islands: Bessey, E. A., 1943 (crit.)—Burt, E, A., 1923 (list higher
fungi).—Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M., 1895 (n. spp.).—Fries, E., 1851 (n.
spp.).—Keissler, K. von, 1910 (micromycetes) ; 1920-27 (n. spp.).—Léveillé, J. H.,
1846-49 (Gaudichaud exped.).—Parris, G. K., 1940 (check list). —Reichardt, H.
W., 1877 (Wawra’s coll.).—Stevens, F. L., 1925a, 1925b (enum.)
Juan Fernandez: Arwidsson, T., 1940 (parasitic)—Berkeley, M. J., 1839-41.—
Fries, T. C. E., 1922 (Gasteromycetes).—Keissler, K. von, 1928a, 1928b.—Romell,
L., 1928 (Basidiomycetes).
Kermadec Islands: Oliver, W. R. B., 1911 (list).
Samoa: Bresadola, G., and Patouillard, N., 1901—Hohnel, F. von, 1907.—Keissler,
K. von, 1909, 1910.
Society Islands—Tauitt: Fries, E., 1851.—Lloyd, C. G., 1925——Montagne, J. F. C.,
1848.—Parks, H. E., 1926 (Setchell and Parks coll.).—Reichardt, H. W., 1866
(“Novara” exped.).
Tuamotu Islands—GAMBIER IsLANDS: Patouillard, N., 1904.
MICRONESIA
Graff, P. W., 1917 (Guam).—Hennings, P., 1897 (Marshall Islands); 1901
(Caroline Islands) —Imazeki, R., 1941 (enum. higher fungi).—Keissler, K. von,
1920-27 (Marianas Islands) —Kobayasi, Y., 1937c (hist. investigations) ; 1937-39
(enum.).—Nishiyama, S., 1941 (Palau, Carolines).—Sydow, H., and Sydow P.,
1921 (Ledermann’s coll.).
MELANESIA
Fiji Islands: Parham, B. E. V., 1942£—Smith, W. G., 1871—Thtmen, F, von, and
Mueller, J., 1889.
Loyalty Islands: Wakefield, E. M., 1920 (enum.).
New Caledonia: Crié, L., 1874.—Hariot, P., and Patouillard, N., 1903.—Patouillard,
N., 1887-1915.—Vouaux, L., 1910.—Wakefield, E. M., 1920, 1922—Wakefield,
E. M., Massee, G., and Cotton, A. D., 1916.
Solomon Islands: Keissler, K. von, 1909.
SYSTEMATIC
Clements, F. E., and Shear, C. L., 1931 (genera).—Saccardo, P. A. 1882-1931
(“Sylloge fungorum”).
MYXOMYCETES
See before ALGAE
PHYCOMYCETES
Naumoy, N. A., 1939 (key to Mucorinaceae).
Albugo candida: Parham, B. E. V., 1942f (on Cruciferae, Fiji),
Allomyces: Emerson, R., 1941 (taxon.).
Chytridineae: Lyon, H. L., 1919b.—Carpenter, C. W., 1940.
Mortierella elasson: Naumov, N. A., 1939.
Phytophthora hibernalis: Parham, B. E. V., 1942£ (on Citrus, Fiji).
Plasmodiophora brassicae: Lyon, H. L., 1910d (cane disease in Fiji).
Pythium: Carpenter, C. W., 1920b; 1921 (butleri) ; 1928-34 (root of sugarcane).
—Middleton, J. T., 1943 (taxon. distrib.).
Rheosporangium aphanodermatus: Carpenter, C. W., 1921 (root rot of Hawaiian
sugarcane).
Rhizopus artocarpi: Parham, B. E. V., 1942f (Fiji).
i= .
304 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Sclerospora: Lyon, H. L., 1915a (sacchari sugarcane disease in Fiji). —Weston,
W. H., jr., 1929 (northi n. sp., Fiji).
ASCOMYCETES
Cash, E. K., 1938 (New Hawaiian Discomycetes).—Keissler, K. von, 1928a (Juan
Fernandez) .—Kobayasi, Y., 1941 (monogr. Cordyceps and allies).
Asterina: Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M., 1897 (sphaerelloides).—Theissen, F.,
1919 (samoensis).
Asterineae: Arnaud, G., 1918, 1921-23, 1925, 1930, 1931.
Atichia: Cotton, A. D., 1914.
Botryosphaeria ribis: Stevens, N. E., and Shear, C. L., 1929.
Capnodium anonae: Theissen, F., and Sydow, H., 1917.
Cordyceps: Kobayasi, Y., 1941 (monogr.).
Corynelia uberata: Arnaud, G., 1930.
Daldinia: Child, M., 1932 (revis.).
Dimerosporium samoense: Hennings, P., 1894.—Theissen, F., 1919.
Dimorphomycetae: Thaxter, R., 1920.
Dothideales: Theissen, F., and Sydow, H., 1915 (monogr.),
Dothidella yapensis: Hennings, P., 1902.
Euthrypton globiferum: Theissen, F., 1917.
Gnomonia: Lyon, H. L., 1910c, 1912b (sugar cane disease).
Haplophyse oahuensis: Theissen, F., 1916.
Hypocrea: Lloyd, C. G., 1924a (peltata).—Patouillard, N., and Heriot, P., 1906
(incarnata).
Hypomyces caledonicus: Patouillard, N., 1887.
Laboulbeniaceae: Thaxter, R., 1896-1931 (monogr.) ; 1902 (n. spp.).
Lembosia tenella: Léveillé, J. H., 1845.
Leptosphaeria sacchari: Larsen, L, D., 1913b.
Lophodermium: Lyon, H. L., 1913b (sacchari).—Tehon, L. R., 1935 (monogr.).
Meliola: Bornet, E., 1851 (moerenhoutiana).—Gaillard, A., 1892 (monogr. ).—
Léveillé, J. H., 1846 (moerenhoutiana).
Meliolineae: Stevens, F. L., 1927-28 (monogr.).
Mycosphaerella striatiformans: Cobb, N. A., 1906.
Montagnella alyxiae: Patouillard, N., and Hariot, P., 1912.
Physalospora: Stevens, N. E., and Shear, C. L., 1929 (fusca, malorum),
Sphaerella trichomanes: Cooke, M. C., 1885.
Sphaeria feejeensis: Berkeley, M. J., 1842b.
Squamotubera: Hennings, P., 1903 (n. gen.).
Trichothallus hawatiensis: Santesson, R., 1944.
Ustulina: Wilkins, W. H., 1934 (vulgaris, sonata).
Xylaria: Lyon, H. L., 1915d (Hibiscus disease) —Rehm, H., 1911 (morchellt-
formis).
Yoshinagella polymorpha: Petrak, F., 1927.
BASIDIOMYCETES
Imazeki, R., 1941 (enum. higher fungi Micronesia).—Lloyd, C. G., 1912 (synop.
polyporoids).—Romell, L., 1928 (Juan Fernandez).—Singer, R., 1945 (Laschia-
complex).
Agaricus: Berkeley, M. J., 1842b (n. spp. Fiji, Tahiti).
Calocera: Kobayasi, Y., 1939b (monogr.).
Campanella: Singer, R., 1945.
Clathrus trilJobatus: Cobb, N. A., 1906.
OF
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY Bi15)
Clavaria flabellata: Wakefield, E. M., 1922.
Clavariopsis: Kobayasi, Y., 1937b.—Patouillard, N., and Hariot, P., 1912 (pulchella).
Corticium subsphaerosporum: Keissler, K. von, 1928b.
Crinipellis: Singer, R., 1943 (monogr.).
Dacrymyces: Kobayasi, Y., 1939a (monogr.).
Dictyophora: Fischer, E., 1914 (New Caledonia).
Encoelia neo-caledonica: Wakefield, E. M., 1922.
Favolaschia: Singer, R., 1945.
Femsjonia: Kobayasi, Y., 1939b (monogr.).
Filoboletus: Singer, R., 1945.
Fomes: Imazeki, R., 1941 (n. sp.).—Lloyd, C. G., 1915b (synopsis).
Ganoderma: Patouillard, N., 1889b (syst.).
Gasteromycetes: Fries, T. C. E., 1922—Kobayasi, Y., 1937a (distrib.).
Geaster: Lloyd, C. G., 1902.
Guepinia: Kobayasi, Y., 1939b (monogr.).
Hemileia: Massee, G., 1906a (revis.).
Hexagona: Berkeley, M. J., 1842a (fasciata).—Lloyd, C. G., 1910a (synop.).
Holtermannia: Kobayasi, Y., 1937b (crit.).
Ithyphallus coralloides: Cobb, N. A., 1906.
Lepiota rylophila: Peck, C. H., 1907.
Lloydella: Bresadola, G., and Patouillard, N., 1901.
Lycoperdaceae: Lloyd, C. G., 1905 (Australia, New Zealand, etc.).
Mitremyces: Patouillard, N., 1906b (New Caledonia).
Nidulariaceae: Lloyd, C. G., 1906a (syst.).
Phallales: Lloyd, C. G., 1906-07 (crit.) ; 1909 (synop.).
Pleurotus /ux: Hariot, P., 1892.
Polyporus: Cooke, M. C., 1878 (enum.).—Lloyd, C. G., 1915a (synop. sect. Apus).
—Patouillard, N., 1889a (pachyphloeus).
Polystictus: Lloyd, C. G., 1910b (synop.). -
Puccinia: Cummins, G. B., 1935 (parksiana) ; 1937-43 (molokaiensis).
Sphacelotheca monilifera: Clinton, G. P., 1902.
Stereum: Lloyd, C. G., 1913 (synop. stipitate spp.).
Thelephoreae: Massee, G., 1889-90,
Tremella samoensis: Lloyd, C. G., 1919.
Tylostoma leveilleanum: Lloyd, C. G., 1906b.
Uredineae: Keissler, K. von, 1928a (Juan Fernandez).—Sydow, P., and Sydow, H.,
1902-24 (monogr.).
Uredinopsis: Faull, J. H., 1938 (taxon., distrib.).
Uredo: Cummins, G. B., 1937-43 (wakensis).
Uromyces phaseoli: Parris, G. K., 1938b (on beans).
Volvaria bresadolae: Imai, S., and Aizawa, T., 1942.
FUNGI IMPERFECTI
Keissler, V. von, 1928a (Juan Fernandez).
Arcothecium /unatwim: Larsen, L. D., 1913b.
Aposphaeria canavaliae: Massee, G., 1906b.
Aschersonia taitensis: Petch, T., 1914, 1921. .
Aspergillus: Larsen, L. D., 191lb (on cane mealy bug).—Thom, C., and Raper,
K. B., 1945 (manual).
Cercospora: Larsen, L. D., 1912a (sacchari) ; 1912b (vaginae).—Wakefield, E. M.,
1931 (didymochitonts).
Depazea celastrina: Léveillé, J. H., 1845.
Dichotomophthora portulacae: Mehrlich, F. P., and Fitzpatrick, H. M., 1935.
356 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Diplodia cacacicola: Lyon, H. L., 1912a.
Fusarium: Lyon, H. L., 19!1c (on Leguminosae in Hawaii).
Fusicoccum canavaliae: Lyon, H. L., 1913a.
Gibellula suffulta: Speare, A. T., 1912c.
Gloeosporium canavaliae: Lyon, H. L., 1913a.
Helminthosporium sacchari: Parris, G. K., 1942.
Macrophoma pandani: Verona, O., 1931.
Melanconium: Lewton-Brain, L., 1907 (sacchari). —Lyon, H. L., 1910c (iliau,
sacchari),
Metarrhizium anisopliae: Petch, T., 1931.—Speare, A. T., 1912a.
Phoma pandani: Verona, O., 1931.
Phyllosticta hawatiensis: Caum, E. L., 1919.
Sclerotia rolfsi: Larsen, L. D., 1913a.
Septoria canavaliae: Lyon, H. L., 1913a.
Spegazzinia ornata: Lyon, H. L., 1913b.
Sterigmatocystis ferruginea: Speare, A. T., 1912a.
Thielaviopsis: Larsen, L, D., 1910a.
Thyrsidium botryosporium: Keissler, K. von, 1922.
LICHENS
GENERAL
Bibliographies: Cheel, E., 1906.—Krempelhuber, A. von, 1867-72.
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions:
BALANSA, B.: Mueller, J., 1893 (New Caledonia).
“BonitE”’: Montagne, J. F. C., 1846.
Brunaup, G.: Mueller, J., 1884a, 1884b (Tahiti).
“CHALLENGER” EXPEDITION: Crombie, J. M., 1877.
Compton, R. H.: Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22 (New
Caledonia, Isle of Pines).
“GAZELLE” EXPEDITION: Mueller, J., 1883a—Thtmen, F. von, and Mueller, J., 1889
(Fiji).
Hittepranp, W.: Mueller, J., 1889 (Hawaii).
Hocureutiner, B. P. G.: Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1912-43.
Hooker, W. J.: Taylor, T., 1847.
LevieR: Jatta, A., 1903-05.
Meyen, F. J. F.: Meyen, J., and Flotow, J., 1843.—Mueller, J., 1883b.
“Novara” ExpepItIon: Krempelhuber, A. von, 1870.
Parks, H. E.: Vainio, E. A., 1924 (Tahiti).
PIONNIER: Harmand, J., 1911-12 (New Caledonia).
Saves, T.: Mueller, J., 1887a (Nouméa, New Caledonia).
SETCHELL, W. A.: Vainio, E. A., 1924 (Tahiti).
U. S. Exprorinc Exprepirion (Wilkes Expedition) : Tuckerman, E., 1862.
Wawra, H.: Krempelhuber, A. von, 1877 (Hawaii).
Index: Hue, A. M., 1899.
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Bouly de Lesdain, M., 1909-37,—-Gyelnik,
V., 1935.—Hue, A. M., 1890-92, 1898-1901, 1906-12—Krempelhuber, A, von, 1873.
—Mueller, J., 1881-90; 1892-95.—Rechinger, K., 1940.—Zahlbruckner, A., 1903-32.
REGIONAL
POLYNESIA
Cook Islands: Jatta, A., 1903-05 (Levier coll. Rarotonga).—Sbarbaro, C., 1939
(crit. Tonga, Rarotonga, Tongatabu, Eua).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 307
Easter Island: Knowlton, F. H., 1888 (n. spp.) —Zahlbruckner, A., 1924, 1928
(crit., list).
Hawaiian Islands: Keissler, K. von, 1920-27—Krempelhuber, A. von, 1877
(Wawra coll.) —MacCaughey, V., 1917j—Magnusson, A. H., 1942 (enum. Nihoa,
Necker Islands)—Magnusson, A. H., and Zahlbruckner, A., 1943-45 (syst.).—
Montagne, J. F. C., 1846 (“Bonite” exped.).—Mueller, J., 1889 (Hillebrand
coll.).—Tuckerman, E., 1867 (enum.).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1911 (Rechinger
exped.).
Juan Fernandez: Zahlbruckner, A., 1924, 1928 (crit. list).
Kermadec Islands: Oliver, W. R. D., 1911 (list).
Samoa: Cheel, E., 1912-14 (Stictaceae).—Jatta, A., 1903-05 (Levier’s coll.).—
Zahlbruckner, A., 1907 (Rechinger exped.).
Society Islands—Tahiti: Mueller, J., 1884a, 1884b (Brunaud coll.).—Vainio, E. A.,
1924 (Setchell and Parks coll.).
MICRONESIA
Graff, P. W., 1917 (list, Guam).—Jatta, A., 1903-05 (Levier coll. Ponape).—
Keissler, K. von, 1920-27 (crit. Marianas Islands).—Vainio, E. A., 1921-23 (crit.
Marianas).
MELANESIA
Fiji Islands: Crombie, J. M., 1871 (enum.).
Lord Howe Island: Cheel, S., 1912-14 (Stictaceae).
Loyalty Islands: Harmand, J., 1914 (enum.).
New Caledonia: Cheel, E., 1912-14 (Stictaceae).—Cotton, A. D., 1920 (crit.).—
Harmand, J., 1911-12 (Pionnier coll.) ; 1914 (enum.).—Mueller, J., 1887a (list
Nouméa); 1893 (enum.).—Nylander, W., 1859b, 1861, 1867, 1868 (list, enum.
synop.).—Smith, A. L., 1922 (crit.).—Vainio, E. A., 1929 (n. spp.).
New Guinea: Zahlbruckner, A., 1911 (Rechinger exped.).
SYSTEMATIC
Acharius, E., 1810 (“Lichenographia universalis”); 1814 (“Synop. method.
Lichenum”).—Lettau, G., 1932 (monogr. various fam.).—Nylander, W., 1857
(enum. gen. lichens) ; 1858-63 (“Synop. method. Lichenum’”) ; 1859a (“Lichenes
in reg. exot.”).—Rasanen, V., 1943 (“Syst. Flechten”).—Sambo, M. C., 1941 (key
fam., gen.).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1921-34 (“Cat. lichenum univ.”).
Cladonia (CLADONIACEAE): Magnusson, A. A., 1941 (n. spp. Hawaii).—Mattic, F.,
1940 (synop.).—Sandstede, H., 1938 (monogr.).—Santesson, R., 1942a (C.
pycnoclada) —Vainio, E. A., 1887-97 (monogr.).
Cladoniaceae: Sandstede, H., 1938-39 (monogr.).
Coccocarpia pellita (PANNARIACEAE): Mueller, J., 1896.
Coenogonium (CoENOGONIACEAE): Nylander, W., 1862 (synop.).
Collema amphiurum (CoLLEMACEAE): Nylander, W., 1859b.
Cora nitida (HYMENOLICHENES): Mueller, J., 1884a.
Crocynia (CHRYSOTHRIEACEAE): Hue, A. M., 1924 (monogr.).
Cyanisticta sandwicensis (SticrAcEAE): Gyelnik, V., 1931b.
Enterographa (CHIODECTONACEAE): Rechinger, K., 1938 (revis.).
Goniothecium subglobosum: Cooke, M. C., 1889.*
Lecanora (LECANORACEAE) : Stizenberger, E., 1867 (crit.).
Lecidea (LectpEAcEAE): Stizenberger, E., 1867 (cyrtellotdes).—Vainio, E, A., 1929
(epiochracea).
4 Although stated to be a “fungus,” this genus 1s based on a lichen, according to Nannfeldt.
K
308 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Leptogium (CoLLEMACEAE): Nylander, W., 1858a.
Lichenoconium (Fam.?): Keissler, K. von, 1933.
Menegazzania (PARMELIACEAE) : Santesson, R., 1942b (crit.).
Nephroma (PELTIGERACEAE): Gyelnik, V., 193la (crit.).—Inumaru, S., 1939
(tomentellus).
Myxodictyon (LECANOoRACEAE): Massalongo, A. B., 1863.
Parmelia (PARMELIACEAE): Gyelnik, V., 1938 (n. forms).—Hillmann, J., 1939
(reticulata) ; 1940 (tinctoria, nigrociliata)—Magnusson, A. H., 1941 (n. spp.
Hawaii).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1842 (papulosa) —Nylander, W., 1885 (n. spp.).—
Santesson, R., 1942b (transfers).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1896 (stramineonitens).
Pertusaria (PERTUSARIACEAE): Erichsen, C. F. E., 1936 (havaiiensts).
Pilophorus (CLADONIACEAE): Fries, T. M., 1857, 1858 (monogr.).
Pseudocyphellaria (SricraceaE): Magnusson, A. H., 1940 (crit., n. spp.).
Pyrenocarpus (PyRENOPSIDACEAE): Nylander, W., 1858b (synop.).
Ramalina (UsNeaAceaAE): Asahina, Y., 1939 (pacifica)—Nylander, W., 1870
(monogr.).
Sclerophyton (CHIODECTONACEAE): Rechinger, K., 1938 (revis.).
Stereocaulon (CLADONIACEAE): Dodge, C. W., 1929 (revis.).—Fries, T. M., 1857,
1858 (monogr.).
Sticta (SticrAckAE): Mueller, J., 1887b (quercizans)—Nylander, W., 1865, 1868b
(synop., enum.).—Stizenberger, E., 1895 (crit. geogr.).—Vainio, E. A., 1929
(ignambensis).
Stictaceae: Cheel, E., 1912-14 (n. spp.).
Stromatopogon (ARTHONIACEAE): Zahlbruckner, A., 1897.
Usnea (USNEACEAE): Mueller, J., 1883b (barbata).—Vainio, E. A., 1929 (spino-
sissima).
BRYOPHYTA
GENERAL
Horikawa, Y., 1934-35, 1936 (enum., e. Asia).—Mueller. K., 1898 (enum. Aus-~
tralia).—Reichardt, H. W., 1870 (“Novara” exped.).—Renault, F., and Cardot, J.,
1905 (descr. by Stephani).—Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M.,
1921-22 (Compton’s coll. New Caledonia, Isle of Pines) —Salmon, E. S., 1902
(crit.) —Weber, F., 1915 (prodromus).
REGIONAL
Fiji Islands: Mitten, W., 1861-62 (general) ; 1871: (list).
Hawaiian Islands: Angstrém, J., 1872 (Andersson’s coll. voy. “Eugenies’”).—
Baldwin, D. D., 1876 (list).—Levier, E., 1904 (Baldwin’s coll., etc.).—Mueller, K.,
1896, 1897 (enum., n. spp.).—Stephani, F., and Mueller, K., 1897 (crit.).
Isle of Pines: Paris, E. G., 1910 (list).—Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore,
S. le M., 1921-22 (Compton’s coll.).
Marquesas Islands—NukKAniva IsLANp: Bescherelle, E., 1895a.
Micronesia: Sakurai, K., 1943.
New Caledonia: Bescherelle, E., 1873 (enum.).—Brotherus, V. F., 1905-10 (enum.).
—Cardot, J., 1908 (crit.)—Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M.,
1921-22 (Compton’s coll.).
Society Islands—Tanitt: Angstrém, J., 1873 (enum. Andersson’s coll.).—
Bescherelle, £., 1895a, 1898a, 1901 (enum.).
Tuamotu Islands—Mancareva IsLanp: Bescherelle, £., 1895a.
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 309
HEPATICAE
GENERAL
[Britton, E. G.], 1907 (Mitten coll.) —Gottsche, K. M., 1857 (Paris herb.).—
Horikawa, Y., 1944 (crit.).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1846 (“Bonite” exped.).—
Schiffner, V., 1889 (“Gazelle” exped.).—Stephani, F., 1885-86, 1889, 1893-96.
—Taylor, T., 1846.
REGIONAL
Easter Island: Herzog, T., 1942 (list, foliose).
Fiji Islands: Jack, J. B., and Stephani, F., 1894 (enum.).—Schiffner, V., 1889
(n. spp.).
Hawaiian Islands: Austin, C. F., 1869 (n. spp.) ; 1874a (Mann and Brigham coll.) ;
1874b (Hillebrand coll.) ; 1876 (n. spp.) ; 1879 (crit.)—Campbell, D. H., 1927
(collecting). —Cooke, J. C. M., 1907 (taxon. Trigonantheae).—Evans, A. W., 1891
(enum.) ; 1899-1900 (taxon. Jubuloideae).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1846 (“Bonite”
exped.).—Nicholson, W. E., 1942 (various coll.).—Reichardt, H. W., 1877
(Wawra’s coll.).—Stephani, F., 1912 (n. spp.).
Juan Fernandez: Evans, A. W., 1930 (list thallose spp.) —Herzog, T., 1942 (list
foliose spp.).
Marquesas Islands: Bescherelle, £., 1898c (list). —Bescherelle, E., and Spruce, R.,
1889 (n. spp.).
New Caledonia: Bescherelle, £., and Spruce, R., 1889 (n. spp.).—Paris, E. G.,
1906-10, 1909 (list).—Pearson, W. H., 1922 (enum.).—Stephani, F., 1914, 1920
(n. spp.).
Samoa: Jack, J. B., and Stephani, F., 1894 (enum.).—Stephani, F., 1907, 1910, 1911,
1915 (enum., n. spp.).
Society Islands: Bescherelle, £., 1898 (enum.).
SYSTEMATIC
Lindenberg, J. B. W., and Gottsche, K. M., 1840-51 (“Species Hepaticarum”).—
Lindenberg, J. B. W., 1844-47 (“Synopsis Hepaticarum”).—Stephani, F., 1900-24
(“Species Hepaticarum”).—Underwood, L. M., 1893 (“Index Hepaticarum”).—
Verdoorn, F., 1937 (crit. Jubuleae).
Acolea caledonica (JUNGERMANNIACEAE): Stephani, F., 1914.
Acromastigum (JUNGERMANNIACEAE): Evans, A. W., 1900 (n. gen.); 1934
(revis.).
Aneura viridissima (JUNGERMANNIACEAE) : Stephani, F., 1914.
Drepanolejeunea (LEJEUNEACEAE): Herzog, T., 1939 (crit.).
Dumortiera (MARCHANTIACEAE) : Evans, A, W., 1919 (revis.).
Fimbriaria drummondiit (MARCHANTIACEAE) : Stephani, F., 1920.
Frullaniaceae: Verdoorn, F., 1930a (revis. Indomalayan Islands) ; 1930b (Oceania
spp.) ; 1934a (revis, Jubuleae).
Frullania (FRULLANIACEAE): Bescherelle, £., 1898c (jacquinoti).—Verdoorn, F.,
1928 (revis. subgen. Homotropantha).
Hymenophytum (JUNGERMANNIACEAE) : Evans, A. W.,, 1925 (taxon.).
Jubuloideae (tribe) (JUNGERMANNIACEAE): Evans, A. W., 1899-1900 (Hawaii) —
Verdoorn, F., 1934a (Jubuleae) ; 1937 (crit.).
Jungermannia (JUNGERMANNIACEAE): Austin, C. F,, 1879 (mauii).—Lehmann,
J. G. C., 1834-39 (n. spp.).
Lejeuneaceae: Verdoorn, F., 1934b (revis. Holostipae).
Lejeunea (LEJEUNEACEAE): Stephani, F., 1890 (Lindenberg herb.).
360 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Marchantia (MARCHANTIACEAE): Hooker, W. J., 1837e (trichocephala) —Stephani,
F., 1920 (pileata).
Madotheca rockii (JUNGERMANNIACEAE): Keissler, K. von, 1923.
Megaceros (ANTHOCEROTACEAE) : Khanna, L. P., 1944 (crit.).
Microlejeunea ponapensis (JUNGERMANNIACEAE): Horikawa, Y., 1934-35.
Physiotium (JUNGERMANNIACEAE) : Jack, J. B., 1886 (monogr.).
Plagiochila (JUNGERMANNIACEAE): Carl, H., 1931 (monogr.).—Dugas, M., 1929
(taxon.).—Herzog, T., 1938 (n. spp. Fiji).
Radula (JUNGERMANNIACEAE): Castle, H., 1937-39 (revis.).—Stephani, F., 1884
(taxon.),
Ricciella linearis (RicciAcEAE): Schiffner, V., 1889.
Scapania grossidens (JUNGERMANNIACEAE): Mueller, K., 1901.
Steetzia baldwinit (JUNGERMANNIACEAE) ; Austin, C. F., 1879.
Taxilejeunea (LEJEUNEACEAE): Eifrig, H., 1937 (monogr. Indomalayan).
Trigonantheae (tribe) (JUNGERMANNIACEAE): Cooke, J. C. M., 1907 (Hawaii).
MUSCI
GENERAL
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions:
Anpersson, N. J.: Angstrém, J., 1875, 1876 (Tahiti, Eimeo).
AUBERT DE LA Rug, A.: Thériot, J., 1938 (New Hebrides).
Batowin, D. D.: Brotherus, V. F., 1904 (Hawaii).
Bisnop Museum: Bartram, E. B., 1933b (Polynesia).
BricHaM, W.T.: Sullivant, W. S., 1874 (Hawaii).
“BoniTe” ExpepITIoN: Montagne, J. F. C., 1846.
Compr, Dr. dela: Thériot, J., 1904 (New Caledonia).
Danixker, A. U.: Thériot, J., 1904 (New Caledonia).
“GAZELLE” EXPEDITION: Mueller, K., 1889 (Fiji).
GraerreE, E.: Mueller, K., 1873 (Fiji, Samoa).
Hocureutiner, B. P.G.: Cardot, J., 1912 (Hawaii).
LererG, J. B.: Williams, R. S., 1915 (Hawaii, Philippines).
Looser, G.: Thériot, J., 1927 (Juan Fernandez).
Mann, H.: Sullivant, W. S., 1874 (Hawaii).
Mirren, W.: [Britton, E. G.], 1907 (Polynesia).
Parks, H. E.: Brotherus, V, F., 1924c (Tahiti).
PoweELL, T.: Mitten, W., 1868 (Samoa).
RecuHINGER, K.: Brotherus, V. F., 1908a, 1908b, 1913 (Samoa, Hawaii).
SCHAUINSLAND, H.: Mueller, K., and Brotherus, V. F., 1900.
SETCHELL, W. A.: Brotherus, V. F., 1924c (Tahiti).
U.S. ExpLorinc Expepition (WILKEs ExpebITIoNn): Sullivant, W. S., 1859.
Wawra, H.: Reichardt, H. W., 1877 (Hawaii).
Geography: Herzog, T., 1926.
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Bartram, E. B., 1945.—Duby, J. E., 1875.—
Fleischer, M., 1905.—Hooker, W. J., 1818-20.—Mitten, W., 1882.—Mueller, K.,
1857.—Roth, G., 1913.—Sullivant, W. S., 1857.
REGIONAL
POLYNESIA
Bartram, E. B., 1940 (enum., se. Polynesia).
Easter Island: Brotherus, V. F., 1924a, 1924b (enum.).—Thériot, J., 1937 (list).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 361
Hawaiian Islands: Bartram, E. B., 1933a, 1939 (manual); 1942 (enum, bog
survey ).—Brotherus, V. F., 1904 (Baldwin’s coll.) ; 1913 (Rechinger exped.) ; 1927
(enum.).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1846 (“Bonite” exped.).—Neal, M. C., 1939a, 1939e
(Mauna Kea).—Reichardt, H. W., 1877 (Wawra’s coll.).—Sullivant, W. S., 1874
(Mann and Brigham’s coll.).—Williams, R. S., 1915 (Leiberg’s coll.).
Juan Fernandez: Brotherus, V. F., 1924, 1926b (enum.).—Thériot, J., 1927
(Looser’s coll.).
Samoa: Brotherus, V. F., 1908a, 1908b (Rechinger’s coll.) —Mitten, W., 1868
(Powell’s coll.).—Mueller, K., 1873 (Graeffe’s coll.).
Society Islands—RataTEA: Bartram, E. B., 1931 (list).
Tahiti: Angstrom, J., 1875 (Andersson’s coll.) —Brotherus, V. F., 1924c (Setchell
and Park’s coll.).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1848 (crit.).—Potier de la Varde, R., 1912
(list, n. spp.).—Reichardt, H. W., 1868b (n. spp.).
MICRONESIA
Brotherus, V. F., 1901 (Caroline Islands).—Dixon, H. N., 1927 (Gilbert Islands) ;
1943 (records Caroline, Marianas Islands).—Sakurai, K., 1943 (crit.).
MELANESIA
Fiji Islands: Bartram, E. B., 1936 (enum.) ; 1944 (additions).—Dixon, H. N., and
Greenwood, W., 1930 (enum.).—Mueller, K., 1873 (enum. Graeffe’s coll.) ; 1889
(“Gazelle” exped.).
Isle of Pines: Compton, R. H., 1922.
Lord Howe Island: Brotherus, V. F., and Watts, W. W., 1915b (enum.).—Hampe,
E., 1869-74 (n. spp.) —Whitelegge, T., 1892 (list).
Loyalty Islands: Thériot, J., 1914.
New Caledonia: Compton, R. H., 1922. (enum.).—Dixon, H. N., 1929 (crit.).—
Naveau, R., 1928 (crit.).—Paris, E. G., 1909 (n. spp.) —Thériot, J., 1904 (Combe’s
coll.) ; 1907, 1908-11 (n. spp.) ; 1914, 1922 (enum.) ; 1929 (Daniker’s coll.).
New Hebrides: Brotherus, V. F., and Watts, W. W., 1915a (list).—Thériot, J.,
1938 (list).
SYSTEMATIC
Bartram, E. B., 1933b (enum, coll. in Bishop Mus.).—Bridel, S. E., 1797-1819
(“Muscologia recentiorum”); 1826-27 (“Bryologia universa”).—Fleischer, M.,
1914-22 (“revis . . . Mueller’s Laubmoos-Gattungen”).—Hedwig, J., 1801-42
(“Species muscorum”),—Jaeger, A., and Sauerbeck, F., 1870-80 (“Genera et
species muscorum”).—Muelier, C., 1901 (“Genera muscorum”).—Mueller, K.,
1849-51, 1858-62, 1859 (“Synopsis muscorum”).—Paris, E. G., 1893-98, 1900, 1903-
06 (“Index bryologicus”).—Schwaegrichen, C. F., 1830 (“Species muscorum”).
Acrocladiopsis (PLAGIOTHECIACEAE) : Cardot, J., 1914 (taxon.).
Bescherellia clegantissima (CyrtopopaAcEaE): Duby, J. E., 1873.
Bryineae: Kindberg, N. C., 1888-91 (enum.).
Bryum (Bryaceae): Brotherus, V. F., 1931 (samoanum).—Potier de la Varde, R.,
1912 (larminait).
Calomnion (CALOMNIACEAE): Bescherelle, £., 1898e (reduction of Nadeaudia).
Calymperes (CALYMPERACEAE): Bescherelle, E., 1895b (revis.)—Roth, G., 1911
(review).
Campylopus tubulosus (DIcRANACEAE): Bartram, E. B., 1942.
Claopodium hawaiense (THUIDIACEAE) : Williams, R. S., 1915,
Cryphaea schleinitziana (CRYPHAEACEAE): Mueller, K., 1889,
Dicranella subpycnoglossa (DicRANACEAE): Brotherus, V. F., 1931.
362 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Euptychium (PTeropryaAckaE): Schimper, W. P., 1865.
Fissidentaceae: Jaeger, A., 1869 (enum.).
Floribundaria samoana (METEORIACEAE): Brotherus, V. F., 1931.
Funariaceae: Lindberg, S. O., 1864 (revis.).
Holomitrium: (DicraNnaceaE): Thériot, J., 1911 (vaginatum et aft.).
Homalia densa (NECKERACEAE): Boswell, H., 1892.
Hymenostomum ovale (PotttAceaz): Williams, R. S., 1915.
Hylophila beruensis (PottiAceaE) : Dixon, H. N., 1927.
Hypopterygiaceae: Kindberg, N. C., 1901 (revis.).
Isopterygium Jongipes (HypNAcEAE): Thériot, J., 1936.
Macromitrium (OrTHOTRICHACEAE) : Mueller, K., 1845 (synop.) ; 1864 (owahiense).
Microdus picquenoti (DicrANACEAE): Thériot, J., Dixon, H. N., and Buch, H.,
1934,
Nadeaudia (CALoMNIACEAE): Bescherelle, £., 1898d (schistostegiella) : 1898e (re-
duced to Calomnion).
Orthorrhynchium (PTERopRYACEAE): Reichardt, H. W., 1868a.
Pterobryella (PreropryaceaE): Bescherelle, £., 1878a, 1878b (n. spp.).—Potier
de la Varde, R., 1928 (vagapensis).
Pterobryopsis urvilleanum (PTEROBRYACEAE): Dixon, H. N., 1937.
Ptychomitrium neocaledonicum (PTYCHOMITRIACEAE) : Thériot, J., 1932.
Raphidostegium tegeticula (SEMATOPHYLLACEAE) : Boswell, H., 1892.
Rhacopilum pacificum (RHACOPILACEAE) : Bescherelle, £., 1898b.
Rigodium Jooseri (LEMBOPHYLLACEAE) : Thériot, J., 1927.
Sphagnales: Warnstorf, C., 1911 (monogr.).
Sphagnum (SpHAGNACEAE): Cardot, J., 1897 (catalogue).—Mueller, K., 1887
(wheelert).—Warnstorf, C., 1891 (vitjianum) ; 1895 (recurviforme) : 1900 (vul-
canicunt),
Spiridens (SpirmeNTACEAE): Dixon, H. N., 1938 (revis.).—Greville, R. K., 1850a
(balfouriana).—Schimper, W. P., 1865, 1867 (revis.).—Scherrin, W. R., 1938
revis.),
Splachnobryum pacificum (SPLACHNACEAE): Dixon, H. N., 1928.
Taxithelium (HypnaceaE): Renualt, F., and Cardot, J., 1901.
Thamnium (NECKERACEAE): Kindberg, N. C., 1902.
Thysanomitrium wmbellatum (DIcRANACEAE): Dixon, H. N., 1922.
Trichostomaceae: Hilpert, F., 1933 (revis.).
Trichostomum aduncum (TRICHOSTOMACEAE): Paris, E. G., 1909,
Weisia clavinervis (PoTTIAcear) : Potier de la Varde, R., 1912.
Zygodon (ORTHOTRICHACEAE): Malta, N., 1926 (monogr.).
PTERIDOPHYTA
GENERAL
Anatomy, stem: Posthumus, A., 1924, 1936.
Bibliography: Christensen, C., 1905-34.
Coconut trees, ferns on: Wagner, W. H., Jr., 1945.
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions:
Berceret: Becherer, A., 1937 (New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands).
CAVANILLES: Christensen, C., 1937a (revis.).
“CHALLENGER” EXPEDITION: Baker, J. G., 1876c.
Cuamisso, L. C. A. von: Kaulfuss, G. F., 1824.
Cosurc, S.: Luerssen, C., 1876a, 1876b (Polynesia).
Compton, R. H.: Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22 (New
Caledonia, Isle of Pines).
WALKER—-SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 363
Criss, M.: Jeanpert, E., 1912 (New Caledonia).
Daniker, A. U.: Christensen, C., 1929a (New Caledonia) ; 1932 (New Caledonia,
Loyalty Islands).
Faure, U.: Bonaparte, R., 1915a (Hawaii).—Copeland, E. B., 1914 (Hawaii).
Franc, I.: Bonaparte, R., 1915c (New Caledonia).—Rosenstock, E., 1910, 1911
(New Caledonia).
“GAZELLE” VoyAGE: Kuhn, M., 1889.
GERMAIN: Christ, H., 1899a (New Caledonia).
GraeErre, E.: Luerssen, C., 1871 (Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, Ellice Islands).
Henry, C.: Bonaparte, R., 1918b (Marquesas).
HocurevuTiner, B, P.G.: Christ, H., 1912.
Horne, J.: Baker, J. G., 1879 (Fiji).
Im TuHurn, E.: Wright, Charles Henry, 1930 (Fiji).
KajewskI, S. F.: Copeland, E. B., 1931a (Santa Cruz Islands).
KRUSENSTERN, DE: Langsdorff, G. H. von, and Fischer, F. E. L., 1810-18 (illustr.).
LEDERMANN, C.: Brause, G., 1920 (Papua).
MettTentus, G.: Kuhn, M., 1868-69 (“Reliq. Metten.”).
Mevyen, F, J. F.: Goldmann, I., 1843 (Hawaii).
NIGHTINGALE, G. T.: Hooker, W. J., 1835.—Nightingale, G. T., 1835.
ParKE, Davis & Co. HERBARIUM: Farwell, O. A. 1931.
Parks, H. E., ANp Parks, S. T.: Copeland, E. B., 1931b (Rarotonga).—Maxon,
W. R., 1924 (Tahiti).
Rat, Le: Jeanpert, E., 1911 (New Caledonia, New Hebrides).—Rosenstock, E.,
1910 (New Caledonia).
Rock, J. F.: Copeland, E. B., 1916 (Hawaii).
SARASIN, F.: Bonaparte, R., 1915d (New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands).
SETCHELL, W. A.: Maxon, W. R., 1924 (Tahiti).
SKotTtTsBerc, C.: Christensen, C., 1910b (Juan Fernandez).
SMITH, JAMES, HERBARIUM OF: Alston, A. H. G., 1933.
Swartz, O., HERBARIUM OF: Christensen, C., 1910a.
TuHursTON, J. B.: Baker, J. G., 1886m (Fiji).
U. S. Exprortnc Expepirion (WILKES ExpepItTIion): Brackenridge, W. D.,
1854-55.
VIeEILLARD, M.: Bonaparte, R., 1918a (Tahiti).—Mettenius, G., 1861 (New
Caledonia).
Wawr,a, H.: Luerssen, C., 1876a, 1876b (Polynesia).
WHITMEF, S. J.: Baker, J. G., 1876a, 1876b (Samoa).
Fossil: Ettinghausen, C. von, 1864.
Illustrations, works consisting mainly of: Hooker, W. J., and Greville, R. K.,
1829-31 (“Icones filicum”)—Hooker, W. J., 1844-64 (“Species filicum”) ; 1854a
(“Century of ferns”); 1859 (“Filices exotica”) ; 1860-61 (“Second century”) ;
1861-62 (“Gard. ferns’)—Kunze, G., 1837 (“Anal. pterid.”) ; 1840-51 (colored
illustr.). —Langsdorff, G. H. von, and Fischer, F. E. L., 1810-18 (Krusenstern
exped.).
Indexes and nomenclators: Christensen, C., 1905-34 (“Index filicum”).—Moore,
T., 1857-62 (“Index filicum”’).
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Baker, J. G., 1891 (n. spp. since 1874).—
Bernhardi, J. J., 1801.—Bonaparte, R., 1915-21 (“Océanie”).—Bryan, E. H., 1933
(tree ferns).—Christensen, C., 1925b (New Caledonia).—Copeland, E. B., 1931c
(n. spp.).—Hieronymus, G., 1918-19 (crit.).—Houlston, J., and Moore, T., 1851
(cult.) —Kuhn, M., 1869a (crit.)—Lowe, E. J., 1864-65 (“new and rare’”).—
Moore, T., 188lc (new garden spp.).—Presl, K. B., 1851 (“Epimel. bot.”).—
364 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Rosenstock, E., 1917 (New Caledonia).—Smith, J., 1857, 1866 (cult. spp.) ; 1875
(Hist. filicum”) .—Williams, B. S., 1868 (select).
Phytogeography: Brown, E. D. W., 1932 (Malayan element in s. e. Polynesia) .—
Christ, H., 1910 (“Geogr. Farne”’).—Copeland, E. B., 1939b, 194la (from
Antarctica).
REGIONAL
POLYNESIA
SOUTHEASTERN PoLyNeEsIA: Brown, E. D. W., 1932 (Indo-Malayan element) .—
Brown, E. D. W., and Brown, F. B. H., 193la, 1931lb (syst. treat.).—Copeland,
E. B., 1938a (enum.).
Cook or Hervey Islands: Copeland, FE. B., 193lb (Parks’ coll. Rarotonga).—
Luerssen, C, 1873b (list).
Easter Island: Christensen, C., and Skottsberg, C., 1920b (list) —Hicken, C. M.,
1913 (crit.).
Ellice Islands: Luerssen, C., 1871 (enum.).
Hawaiian Islands: Bailey, E., 1883 (synop.).—Bonaparte, R., 1915a (Faurie’s
coll.).—Bryan, E. H., 1933 (tree).—Chaney, G. L., 1880 (notes).—Christensen, C.,
1925a (list).—Copeland, E. B., 1914 (Faurie’s coll.) ; 1916 (Rock’s coll.).—Derby,
C., 1875 (list).—Fosberg, F. R., 1942 (uses).—Fowler, R. L., 1940a, 1940b (key,
enum., Kilauea—Mauna Loa).—Goldman, I., 1843 (Meyen’s coll.) —Heller, A. A.,
1897 (enum,).—Luerssen, C., 1875, 1876b (enum.).—Lydgate, J. M., 1873 (synop.).
—tLyons, A. B., 1890 (key).—MacCaughey, V., 19l6a (tree ferns) ; 1918e (ecol.
survey) ; 1918) (Gleichenia).—Nichols, C. F., 1893 (popular).—Robinson, W. J.,
1912-14 (syst. treatment).—Rock, J. F., 1913e (notes).—Skottsberg, C., 1942 (coll.
on bog survey) .—Yates, L. G., 1887 (list).
Juan Fernandez: Christensen, C., 1910b (Skottsberg’s coll.).—Christensen, C., and
Skottsberg, C., 1920a (list).—Johow, F. R. A., 1893a (list, crit.).
Marquesas Islands: Bonaparte, R., 1918b (Henry’s coll.).—Brown, E. D. W., 1930
(note).—Brown, E. D. W., and Brown, F. B. H., 193la, 1931b (syst.).
Samoa: Alston, A. H, G., 1943 (revis. Selaginella).—Baker, J. G., 1876a, 1876b
(Whitmee’s coll.).—Brause, G., 1922 (n. spp.).—Christensen, C., 1941, 1943
(revis).—Luerssen, C., 1871 (“Filices Graeffeanae”) ; 1874 (enum.).—Powell, T.,
1868b (list).—Vaupel, F., 1908 (general notes).
Society Islands: Bonaparte, R., 1918a (list, Tahiti) —Copeland, E. B., 1932a
(enum.).—Maxon, W. R., 1924 (enum. Tahiti coll.).
Tonga Islands: Luerssen, C., 1871 (“Filices Graeffeanae”).
MICRONESIA
Christensen, C., 1937a (revis. Cavanille’s coll, Marianas Islands).—Hosokawa, T..,
1935-36 (enum.).—Ito, H., 1938 (list, Caroline Islands) ; 1941 (enum. Humata
spp.).—-Luerssen, C., 1873a (list Palau Island).
MELANESIA
Fiji Islands: Baker, J. G., 1879 (J. Horne’s coll.) ; 1886m (Thurston’s coll.).—
Carruthers, W., 1869 (flora).—Copeland, E. B., 1929a (manual).—Luerssen, C.,
1871 (enum.).—Smith, A. C., 1944 (reminiscences).—Wright, Charles Henry,
1930 (1m Thurn’s coll.).
Isle of Pines: Compton, R. H., 1922 (enum.).
Lord Howe Island: Watts, W., 1912, 1914 (enum.).
Loyalty Islands: Becherer, A., 1937 (Bergeret’s coll.)—Bonaparte, R., 1914a,
1915b (enum.).—Christensen, C., 1932 (Daniker, exped.).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 365
New Caledonia: Becherer, A., 1937 (Bergeret’s coll.).—Bonaparte, R., 19l4a
(enum. Filicales) ; 1914b (Lycopodiales) ; 1915b (list) ; 1915c (I. Franc’s coll.) ;
1915d (Sarasin’s coll.)—Bosch, R. B. van den, 186la (Hymenophyllaceae) —
Christ, H., 1899a (Germain’s coll.).—Christensen, C., 1925b (crit.) ; 1929a, 1932
Daniker’s coll.).—Compton, R. H., 1922 (author’s coll.).—Copeland,, E. B., 1929b
(crit.).—Fournier, E., 1869, 1873a (enum.) ; 1873b (general) ; 1874 (phytogeogr.).
—Hieronymus, G., 1914a (Selaginellaceae).—Jeanpert, E., 1911 (le Rat’s coll.) ;
1912 (Crib’s coll.).—Mettenius, G., 1861 (Vieillard’s coll.).—Rosenstock, E., 1910,
1911 (Franc’s and le Rat’s coll.) ; 1917 (n. spp.).
New Guinea—Papua: Brause, G., 1920 (Ledermann coll.).
New Hebrides: Copeland, E. B., 1932b (enum.).—Jeanpert, E., 1911 (list.)—Kuhn,
M., 1869b (enum.).
Norfolk Island: Laing, R. M., 1916.
Santa Cruz Islands—Vanikoro: Copeland, E. B., 1931 (Kajewski’s coll.).
SYSTEMATIC
Christ, H., 1897 (“Farnkrauter der Erde”’).—Christensen, C., 1905-34 (“Index
filicum”) ; 1929b (revis. Cochlidiinae, “Drymoglossinae”).—Desvaux, A, N., 1827
(“Prodr. fougéres”).—Ettinghausen, C. von, 1864 (taxon., geol., venation, etc.).—
Feé, A. L. A., 1844-66 (“Mém ... fougéres’”).—Greville, R. K., and Hooker,
W. J., 1831-33 (“Enum. filicum”).—Hedwig, J., 1799-1803 (“Filicum gen. et
sp.”).—Hooker, W. J., 1838-42 (‘‘Gen. filicum”) ; 1844-64 (‘‘Sp. fil.”) —Hooker,
W. J., and Baker, J. G., 1865-74 (“Synop. fil.”).—Link, H. F., 184la (in Berlin
garden).—Lowe, E. J., 1856-72 (“Ferns: Brit. and exot.”).—Moore, T., 1857-62
(“Index filicum”).—Presl, K. B., 1836b, 1845 (“‘Tent. pterid.”).—Swartz, O., 1801-
05 (“Gen. et sp. filicum”) ; 1806 (“Synop. filicum”).
CERATOPTERIDACEAE
Ceratopteris: Benedict, R. C., 1909 (revis.).
CYATHEACEAE
Bommer, J. E., 1873 (review taxon.).—Delchevalerie, G., 1868 (crit.).—Keyserling,
A., 1873 (in Bunge’s herb.).—MacCaughey, V., 1916a (tree ferns, Hawaii).—
Ogura, Y., 1930 (tree, ferns, Hawaii).
Alsophila: Anonymous, 1903c (excelsa, lunulata)—Delchevalerie, G., 1868
(excelsa).
Balantium thyrsopteroides: Fournier, E., 1876f.
Cibotium: Krajina, V., 1938b (st.-johnit)—Moore, T., 1879f (Hawaii).—Ogura,
Y., 1930 (hawaiense).
Cyathea: Anonymous, 1903c (medullaris) —Baker, J. G., 1874 (macarthurt) —
Copeland, E. B., 1911 (n. spp. Samoa) ; 1939a (n. spp.).—Domin, K., 1930 (list).—
Fournier, E., 1876d (nigra).
Dicksonia: Baker, J. G., 1886c (chamissoi).—Looser, G., 1933 (Juan Fernandez).
Fourniera funebris: Fournier, E., 1876f.
Hemitelia: Baker, J. G., 1872 (moorei) —HOlscher, J., 1898 (samoénsts).
Lophosoria: Looser, G., 1933 (Juan Fernandez).
Thrysopteris: Boodle, L. A., 1915 (elegans).—Kunze, G., 1834 (elegans) .—Looser,
G., 1933 (Juan Fernandez).—Moore, T., 1856 (elegans).
EQUISETACEAE
Baker, J. G., 1887a (handbook).—Mettenius, G., 1870 (“Novara” voy.).
Equisetum: Becherer, A., 1929 (debile).—Schaffner, J. H., 1931 (ramosissimum,
debile) ; 1932 (key).—Schinz, H., 1914 (ramosissimum).
700080-—47—24
366 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
GLEICHENIACEAE
St. John, H., 1942b (enum. Pacific).
Dicranopteris: Ching, R. C., 1940b.—St. John, H., 1945c.
Gleichenia: Baker, J. G., 1886a (moniliformis) ; 1886b (milnei).—Becherer, A.,
1936 (crit.).—Ching, R. C., 1940b (subdivision into genera).—Judd, S. C., 1937
(linearts) —MacCaughey, V., 1918) (Hawaii).—Salomon, C., 1877a (crit.).
Stromatopteris: Underwood, L. M., 1907 (key).
HYMENOPHYLLACEAE
Bosch, R. B., van den, 1859 (synop.); 186la (New Caledonia); 1861b, 1861c
(crit.) ; 1861-63 (n. spp. suppl. synop.).—Copeland, E. B., 1938c (taxon.).—G., 1904
(cult.).—Goddijn, W. A., 1913-19 (synop).—Presl, K. B., 1843 (taxon.).
Gonocormus samoensis: Copeland, E. B., 1940.
Hemiphlebium: Luerssen, C., 1882 (bimarginatum).
Hymenophyllum: Baker, J. G., 1886e (baldwinit).—Copeland, E. B., 1938b (revis.).
—Eaton, D. C., 1879a (baldwinii) —Lowe, E, J., 1864-65 (n. spp.).—Rosenstock,
E., 1912a (subdimidiatum).
Trichomanes: Baker, J. G., 1867 (n. spp.) ; 1886f (powellii) —Copeland, E. B., 1933
(monogr.).—Hooker, W. J., 1845b (polyanthos) —Lowe, E. J., 1864-65 (n. spp.).—
Luerssen, C., 1882 (bimarginatum).
LYCOPODIACEAE
Baker, J. G., 1887a (handbook).—Bonaparte, R., 1914b (New Caledonia, Loyalty
Islands). —Greville, R. K., and Hooker, W. J., 1832 (enum.).—Herter, W., 1912
(list).—Kuhn, M., 1889 (“Gazelle” voy.).—Nessel, H., 1939 (monogr.).—Spring,
A. F., 1842-50 (monogr.).—Williams, B. S., 1868 (misc.).
Lycopodium (incl. Urostachys): Brown, N. E., 1881 (squarrosum).—Herter, W.,
1908 (haeckelti) ; 1909 (revis. Urostachys).—Krasser, F., 1898 (cernuum, capil-
laceum).—Nessel, H., 1934, 1935, 1940 (n. spp.).—Pampanini, R., 1908a, 1908b
(pseudosquarrosum, squarrosum).—Schinz, H., 1920 (phlegmaria) —Spring, A. F.,
1838 (capillaceum) ; 1846 (Gaudichaud voy.).—Warburg, O., 1899-1900 (list) —
Wocke, E. von, 1897 (squarrosum).
MARATTIACEAE
Vriese, W. H. de, and Harting, P., 1853 (monogr.).
Angiopteris: Becherer, E., 1936 (crit.)—Hieronymus, G., 1919b (crit.) —Hoffman,
G. F., 1796 (evecta).
Marattia: Fournier, E., 1876g (attenuata).—MacCaughey, V., 1919b (douglasit).
MARSILEACEAE
Baker, J. G., 1886n (synop. Rhizocarpeae) ; 1887a (handbook Rhizocarpeae).
Marsilea villosa: Forbes, C. N., 1920.
OPHIOGLOSSACEAE
Clausen, R. T., 1938a (monogr.).—Mettenius, G., 1870 (“Novara” voy.).—Prantl,
K., 1883, 1884 (taxon.).—St. John, H., 1940b.
Botrychium daucifolium: Hooker, W. J., 1862b.—Underwood, L. M., 1898.
Ophioglossum: Clausen, R. T., 1938b (petiolatum)—St. John, H., 1940b (fal-
catum) ; 1943a (distrib.).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 367
OSMUNDACEAE
Leptopteris: Milde, J., 1870b (crit.).
Todea: André, E., 1875d (witlkesiana).—Anonymous, 1894a (moorei).—Baker,
J. G., 1873a (n. sp.) ; 1887c (moorei).—Gower, W. H., 1887b (wilkesiana) —
Milde, J., 1870b (crit.) —Moore, T., 1870a, 1870c (wilkestana).
POLYPODIACEAE
Benedict, R. C. 1911 (genera of Vittarieae) —Bernhardi, J. J., 1802 (crit. gen.
aff. Asplenium).—Ching, R. C., 1940a (classification).—Copeland, E. B., 1929c
(oriental genera) ; 1941b (classification) .—Keyserling, A., 1873 (in Bunge’s herb.).
—Kuhn, N., 1882b (revis. Chaetopterides).—Pérez Arbelaez, E., 1928 (crit.
“Davalliaceae”).—Posthumus, O., 1936 (stem anatomy).
Acrostichum: Baker, J. G., 1887b (thomsoni).—Yamamoto, Y., 1940 (aureum).
Adiantum: Anonymous, 1882d, 1895 (aneitense).—Baker, J. G., 1886h (mono-
sorum).—Christensen, C., 1937b (palaoense).—Keyserling, A., 1875 (monogr.).—
Kuhn, M., 1882a (revis.).—Moore, T., 1883c (novae-caledontae) ; 1887 (n. spp.).—
Smith, J., 1846 (setulosuim).
Alcicornium: Underwood, L. M., 1905 (revis.).
Antrophyum: Greville, R. K., 1850b (grevillit)—Hieronymus, G., 19l6a (novae-
caledoniae).
Aspidium: André, E., 1880b (obliqguum)—Eaton, D. C., 1879b (boydiae).—
Hdlscher, J., 1898 (leuzeanum).—Kohler, E., (moorei).—Mettenius, G., 1856-59
(revis.).
Aspleniopsis decipiens: Kuhn, M., 1882b.
Asplenium: Anonymous, 188la (baptisti) —Baker, J. G., 1873a (n. sp.); 1886)
(pteridoides) —Bernhardi, J. J., 1802 (crit.).—Brown, N. E., 1887 (falcatum) .—
Hieronymus, G., 1919a (crit., n. spp.) —Hooker, W. J., 1831 (nidus); 1854b
(novae-caledoniae) ; 1854£ (obtusilobwm).—Koch, K., 1870 (fernandestanum) —
Mettenius, G., 1856-59 (revis.)—Milde, J., 1870a (crit.)—Moore, T., 1861
(obtustlobum) ; 1871d (schizodon) —Mueller, F. von, 1884 (robinsonit) —Pynaert,
E., 1886a (horridum).—Rafarin, 1875 (schizodon).—Rosenstock, E., 1909 (tenut-
culum).—Watts, W. W., 1912 (bulbiferum).
Athyrium: Copeland, E. B., 1939a (n. spp.).—Hemsley, W. B., 1879b (scandici-
num ).—Milde, J., 1866, 1870a (crit.).
Blechnum: Christensen, C., 1939 (phanerophlebium)—Hooker, W. J., 1837g
(pubescens) —Rosenstock, E., 1912b (francit).
Campium: Copeland, E. B., 1928 (crit.).
Cheilanthes lidgatti: Baker, J. G., 1886i.
Cionidium moorti: Moore, T., 1853.
Coniogramme pilosa: Hieronymus, G., 1916b.
Cyclophorus: Wagner, W. H., 1945 (adnascens = lanceolatus).
Cyrtomium: Christensen, C., 1930 (revis.).
Cystopteris douglasii: Hooker, W. J., 1854b.
Davallia: Anonymous, 1878a (fijtensis)—Baker, J. G., 1886g (botrychiotdes) ;
18860 (hymenophylloides) ; 1886p (pallida). —Gower, W. H., 1887a (foentculacea).
Lydgate, J. M., 1873 (alexandri) —Masters, M. T., 1869, 1872a (mooreana) —
Stappaert, de, 1883 (fijiensis) —Zahn, E. von, 1909 (fijtensis).
Deparia: Anonymous, 1852 (moorii) —Baker, J. G., 1872, 1886d (nephrodioides) —
Hooker, W. J., 1852b, 1852d (moortt).—Moore, T., 1853 (moorit).
Dicksonia berieroana: Moore, T., 1880b.
Diellia: Smith, F. G., 1934 (crit.).
Doodia: Christensen, C., and Skottsberg, C., 1920b (paschalis)—Moore, T., 1868
(duriuscula).
368 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Doryopteris: Tryon, R. M., Jr., 1942 (revis.).
Dryopteris: Ballard, F., 1937 (parkstt, microsora) —Ching, R. C., 1936-38 (crit.).—
Hicken, C. M., 1913 (espinosai).—St. John, H., 1945a (crit.).
Elaphoglossum: Christ, H., 1899b (monogr.).—Krajina, V., 1938a (n. spp.).—
Skottsberg, C., 1942 (parvisquameum).
Goniophlebium: Copeland, E. B., 1939a (n. spp.).
Grammitis (Selliguea) caudiformis: Copeland, E. B., 1939a (n. spp.) ; 1940 (feet).
—Hooker, W. J., 1862a.
Histiopteris: Looser, G., 1936 (Juan Fernandez).
Humata: Alston, A. H. G., 1933 (banksit).—It6, H., 1941 (trukensis).
Hymenolepis: Becherer, A., 1936 (crit.).
Lastrea: Guilmot, C., 1880 (richardsii).—Moore, T., 188lb (richardsti) ; 1882b
(hopeana).
Lepisorus elongaius: Ching, R. C., 1933.
Leptogramma africana: Ching, R. C., 1936.
Lomagramma: Holttum, R. E., 1937b (monogr.).
Lomaria: Christensen, C., 1939 (phanaerophlebium) —Fournier, E., 1876b (gigan-
tea) ; 1876£ (spp. from New Caledonia) ; 18761 (neo-caledonica) 1876) (ciliata) —
Moore, T., 1866, 1869b (ciliata).
Lomariopsis: Holttum, R. E., 1932 (n. spp.) ; 1937a (brackenridget).
Lygodictyon forsteri: Anonymous, 1882.
Microlepia hirta: Briickner, V., 1880.—Moore, T., 1878c, 1878f, 1879d.
Nephrodium: Baker, J. G., 1886k (prenticet) ; 18861 (tripartitum).—Gower, W. H.,
1888 (rodigasianum, cyatheoides).—Moore, T., 1882a, 1883a (rodigasianum).
Nephrolepis rufescens: Pynaert, C., 1889.—Regel, E. von, 1888.
Niphobolus: Giesenhagen, K., 1901 (monogr.).
Nothochlaena: Gower, W. H., 1887c (distans) ; 1893 (enum.).—Hooker, W. J.,
1854e (distans).
Oleandra: Alderwerelt van Rosenburgh, C. R. W. K. van, 1922 (whitmeet).—
Greville, R. K., 1848 (sibbaldit).—Kunze, G., 1851: (sibbaldit).
Panicularia berteri: Moore, T., 1856.
Phegopteris: Mettenius, G., 1856-59 (revis.).
Plagiogyria: Mettenius, G., 1856-59 (revis.).
Pleocnemia Jeuseana: Moore, T., 1874f.
Pleopeltis elongata: Ching, R. C., 1933.
Polybotrya: Holttum, R. E., 1938 (crit.).
Polypodium: Copeland, E. B., 1940 (lepidum).—Hicken, C. M., 1913 (fuentesi).—
Hieronymus, G., 1905 (crit. n. spp.).— Hooker, W. J., 1854c (pellucidum) ; 1837b
(myriocarpum).—Maxon, W. R., 1912 (saffordii, minimum) .—Mettenius, G., 1856-
59 (revis.).—Takeda, H., 1915 (lineare)—Watts, W. W., 1915 (pulchellum,
howeanum).
Polystichum: Ching, R. C., 1934 (revis.).—Christ, H., 1893 (aculeatum).—
Espinosa, M. R., 1934 (fuentesit). —Watts, W. W., 1912 (kingii) ; 1914 (white-
legget).
Pteridium: Tryon, R. M., Jr., 1941 (revis.).
Pteris: Agardh, J. G., 1839 (revis.).—Copeland, E. B., 1939a (n. spp.).—Hierony-
mus, G., 1914c, 1914d (crit.)—Hooker, W. J., 1854g (endlicheriana) ; 1860a
(quadriaurita) ; 1860b (cretica).—Laing, R. M., 1916 (Norfolk Island).—Looser,
G., 1936 (Juan Fernandez) .—Mettenius, G., 1856-59 (revis.).
Sadleria cyutheoides: Geert, A. van, 1879.—Moore, T., 1877c, 1878a.
Selliguea: See Grammiatts,
Sphenomeris: Maxon, W. R., 1913 (n. gen.).
Stenochlaena: Underwood, L. M., 1906 (revis.).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 369
Tapeinidium: Copeland, E. B., 1939a (n. spp.).
Tectaria: Maxon, W. R., 1923 (crit., n. spp.).
Teratophyllum: Holttum, R. E., 1938 (crit.).
Trichogramme: Kuhn, M., 1882b (n. spp.).
PSILOTACEAE
Psilotum: Mueller, K., 1856 (monogr.).
SALVINIACEAE
Baker, J. G., 1886n, 1887a (synop., handbook Rhizocarpeac).
Azolla caroliniana: Svenson, H. K., 1944 (Hawaii).
SCHIZAEACEAE
Ligodictyon forsteri: Anonymous, 1882e.
Lygodium: Anonymous, 1905 (cult.).—Diels, L., 1905 (hians).
Schizaea melanesica: Selling, O. H., 1944.
Ugena: Canavilles, A. J., 1801 (crit.).
SELAGINELLACEAE
Baker, J. G., 1887a (handbook).—Hieronymus, G., 1913 (Samoa); 19lda (New
Caledonia).—Kuhn, M., 1889 (“Gazelle” voy.).—Spring, A. F., 1846 (Gaudichaud
voy.).
Selaginella: Alston, A. H. G., 1934 (kanehirae) ; 1943 (Samoa).—Baker, J. G.,
1868 (wallichit) ; 1883-85 (synop.).—Hieronymus, G., 1902, 1912, 1914b (n. spp.).—
Moore, T., 1878e, 1879e (victoriae); 1884b (viridangula) ; 1886 (gracilis) —
Schmidt, O. C., 1924, 1930 (n. spp.).—Spring, A. F., 1841-43 (lara); 1870
(viridangula).
GYMNOSPERMAE
Compton, R. H., 1922 (New Caledonia, Isle of Pines).—Merrill, E. D., 1934a
(phytogeogr.).
CYCADALES
Candolle, A. de, 1868a (monogr.).—Miquel, F. A. W., 1843a (living spp.) ; 1861
(monogr.).—Schuster, J., 1932 (monogr.).
Cycas: B., Z., 1881: (wndulata).—Braun, A., 1876 (seemannsi) —Kanehira, R., 1938b
(Micronesia).—Lemaire, C., 1864 (circinalis) —Watson, W., 1891b (undulata).
CONIFERAE
Brongniart, A., & Gris, A., 1866a, 1869, 1871a (New Caledonia).—Brown, R. 1869;
1872, 1875 (distrib.).—Endlicher, S. L., 1847 (synop.)—Gordon, G., 1858
(monogr.).—Masters, M. T., 1892.—Lemaire, C., 1852a (list cult. spp.).—Pardé,
L., 1937 (monogr.).—Parlatore, F., 1868 (monogr.).—Studt, W., 1926 (distr.).
ARAUCARIACEAE
Araucaria: André, E., 1875a (balansae) ; 1875b (rulei) —Anonymous, 1861. (rulet) ;
1884 (miilleri) ; 1888 (excelsa, cookt).—Barsali, E., 1909 (New Caledonia).—Ben-
370 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
net, H., 1888 (excelsa) —Don, D., 1841 (crit.).—Heckel, E., 1901—Hooker, W. J.,
1852a.—Kerchove de Denterghem, O. de, 1877 (New Caledonia) —Lambert, A. B.,
1803-24 (excelsa).—Lemaire, C., 1852b (cooku) ; 1853 (columnaris).—Moore, T.,
1877a (goldteana).—Naudin, C., 1852 (columnaris) —Nicholson, G., 1885 (cookt).
—Pardé, L., 1937 (excelsa, cooki)—Planchon, J. E., 1852 (columnaris) ; 1877b
(excelsa).—Pynaert, C., 1905a (New Caledonia); 1905b (niepraschki, rulet) ;
1906 (cooki, columnaris).—Pynaert, E., 1878 (excelsa) —Raffill, C., 1906 (notes ).—
Rodigas, E., 1882 (miilleri) —Sprenger, C., 1898 (cooki).—Verlot, B., 1855 (ex-
celsa),
Eutacta [—Araucaria]: Carriére, E. A., 1866a, 1866b—Link, H. F., 1841b (New
Caledonia).
CUPRESSACEAE
Callitris: Dimmer, R. A., 1914.
Callitropsis araucarioides: Schmid, W., 1937.
Agathis (Dammara):
lanceolata: Anonymous, 1891b.
macrophylla: Hooker, W. J., 1852c.—Lemaire, C., 1852c.
obtusa: Lindley, J., 1852—Morrison, A., 1897.—Naudin, E., 1852.
vitiensis: Anonymous, 1914.—Clark, J. J., 1913—Goodser, W. E., 1937.—Osborn,
A., 1831.—Smith, J. S., 1940.
Dammara. See Agathis.
PODOCARPACEAE
Masters, M. T., 1892 (list cult. spp.).—Pilger, R., 1903 (monogr.).
Acmopyle: Florin, R., 1940.—Kubart, B., 1922.
Podocarpus: Anonymous, 1886a (vitiensis)—Goeze, E., 1886 (vitiensis) —Hooker,
J. D., 1902 (pectinata)—Orr, M. Y., 1944 (leaf anatomy).—Seemann, B., 1862m
(dulcamara) ; 1863a (vitiensis).—Wasscher, J., 1941 (vitiensis).
TAXACEAE
Masters, M. T., 1892 (list cult. spp.).—Pilger, R., 1903 (monogr.).
GNETALES
Brown, R., 1869, 1872, 1875 (distrib. ).
ANGIOSPERMAE
Brown, F. B, H., 1930b (Marquesas, monocots).—Fosberg, F. R., 1934 (Hawaii
monocots fam. key).—Guillaumin, A., 191445 (New Caledonia Fluviales—pt.
XLVI, monocots—pt. LX XVII).
ACANTHACEAE
Nees von Esenbeck, C, G., 1847 (monogr.).
Dianthera: Baillon, H., 1890 (crit.).
Diforstera: Baillon, H., 1890 (crit.).
Dicliptera: Britten, J., 1907 (frondosa).—Moore, S. le M., 1927 (whitmeei).
Eranthemum: André, E., 1879e (schomburgkii) —Brown, N. E., 1890.—Dombrain,
H, H. 1864 (tuberculatum).—Hooker, J. D., 1896a (reticulatum) —Hooker, W. J.
1863 (tuberculatum) ; 1864b (cooperi).—Oliver, D., 1877 (/axiflorum).—Planchon,
J. E., 1883 (coopert).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 371
Graptophyllum picturatum: Pucci, A., 1896.—Webb, O., 1896.
Pseuderanthemum: Bailey, L. H., 1940b (atropurpureum).—Lindau, G., 1915
(jaluitense).
AIZOACEAE
Fenzl, E., 1836, 1839 (monogr. “Mollugineen”).
Tetragonia expansa: Anderson, J., 1822.—Anonymous, J., 1908b.—Meunier, E.,
1917,—Sims, J., 1823b.
ALANGIACEAE
Bloembergen, S., 1939 (revis. Alangium) .—Wangerin, W., 1910 (monogr.).
AMARANTHACEAE
Fosberg, F, R., 1941 (crit. Amaranthus tricolor).—Moquin-Tandon, A., 1849b
(monogr.).—Suessenguth, K., 1936 (sw. Polynesia) ; 1938 (Charpentiera obovata),
AMARYLLIDACEAE
Baker, J. G., 1878 (synop. Hypoxidaceae) ; 1888 (handb.).—Herbert, W., 1837
(monogr.)
Campynemanthe: Baillon, H., 1893.
Crinum: Ancona, C. d’, 1886 (pedunculatum).—Baker, J. G., 1881 (synop.).—
Tuyama, T., 1939a (octobris).—Uphof, J. C. T., 1942 (taxon.)
Tecophilaea cyanocrocus: Anonymous, 1882a—Poisson, J., 1883.—Regcl, E. von,
1872.
ANACARDIACEAE
Andrews, H. C., 1810a (Schinus dentata).—Barkley, F. A., 1942 (key to genera) ;
1944 (monogr. Schinus).—Beaumont, J. H., 1939 (Mangifera, Hawaii). —Candolle,
A. P. de, 1825d (monogr. Terebinthaceae).—Engler, A., 1881 (morphol., distrib.
Rhus, etc.) ; 1883a (monogr.).—Field, B. L., 1938 (Anacardium occidentale) —
Judd, C. S. 1918 (Rhus semialata)—Lauterbach, K., 1921d (Micronesia).—
Lindley, J., 1824 (Spondias cytherea).—MacCaughey, V., 1918k (Rhus semtalata).
—Marchand, V., 1869 (revis.) —Sonnerat, P., 1782 (Spondias cytherea).
ANNONACEAE
Baillon, H., 1867-68 (Oxymitra obtusata).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1824c (monogr.).
—Gray, A., 1852b (Richella) —Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pts. XXXI, LVI) (New
Caledonia). —MacCaughey, V., 1917n (Anona, Hawaii).
APOCYNACEAE
Candolle, A. de, 1844d (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pts. LIX, LXXXIII)
(revis. New Caledonia) —Heurck, H. van, and Mueller, J., 1871 (n. spp.).—
Markgraf, E., 1930 (Micronesia) ; 1936 (revis. Tabernaemontanoideae).—Tsiang,
Y., 1934 (revis. Apocynales).
Alstonia: Bennett, G., 1867 (edulis) —Brown, R., 1811-47 (costata).—Mueller,
J., 1870 (New Caledonia).—Record, S. J., 1932 (spathulata) —Schlechter, R., 1903
(diirckheimiana).
Alyxia: Cunningham, A., 1834 (daphnoides) ; 1835 (synop.),
Bleekeria (—Ochrosia): Koidzumi, G., 1923.
Gynopogon: Baillon, H., 1889a (New Caledonia).
372 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Huerckia: Mueller, J., 1870 (n. gen.).
Kentrochrosia: Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M., 1941 (summary).
Kopsia carolinensis: Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M., 1941.
Melodinus: Baillon, H., 1889b (New Caledonia). —Rolfe, R. A., 1883 (vitiensts).
Parsonsia: Merrill, E. D., 1933, 1934b (crit.).
Podochrosia balansae: Baillon, H., 1888b.
Lepinia: Decaisne, J., 1849, 1852b (taitensis) —Hosokawa, T., 1943a (conspectus).
Pteralyxia: Caum, E. L., 1933a (n. spp. Hawaii).
Thenardia: Baillon, H., 1888c (crit.).
AQUIFOLIACEAE
Baillon, H., 1875 (Sphenostemon) ; 1891a (Oncotheca®) ; 1891b (Phelline) —Guil-
laumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LI) (revis. Ilicaceae, New Caledonia).—Loesener, T.,
1901-08 (monogr.) ; 1921 (Micronesia).
ARACEAE
Engler, A., 1879 (monogr.); 1905, 1908, 1911, 1912-13, 1920 (monogr.).—Guil-
laumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLV) (New Caledonia).—Hatusima, S., 1939 (n. spp.
Micronesia).—Schott, H. W., 1856, 1860 (syst.) ; 1861-62 (n. spp. Fiji).
Anthurium aralifolium: Regel, E. von, 1870.—Regel, E. von, and others, 1870.
Colocasia: Coster, S. E. H., 1938 (Fiji) Harwood, L. W., 1938 (Fiji) —Hill,
A. F., 1939b (nomenclature).—Hooker, J. D., 1894d (antiquorum).—Kikuta, K.,
Whitney, L. D., and Parris, G. K., 1938 (seeds, seedlings).—MacCaughey, V., and
Emerson, J. S., 1913-14 (cult, Hawaii) —NMiller, C. D., 1927, 1929 (food value).—
Parham, B. E. V., 1941 (varieties, Rotuma Island, Fiji names).—Parris, G. K.,
1941 (diseases of taro).—Stancliff, J. O., 1924 (taro, Tahiti, Marquesas).—
Whitney, L. D., Bowers, F. A. I., and Takahashi, H., 1939 (Hawaii).—Whitney,
L. D., 1937d (Hawaii).
Cyrtosperma merkusii: Nadeaud, J., 1897b.
Epipremnum mirabile: Anonymous, 1882c.—Brown, N. E., 1882a, 1882b, 1882c.—
J{ackson], J. R., 1882.—Meehan, T., 1884.—Rodigas, E., 1882c.
Rhaphidophora: Anonymous, 1882b (vitiensis)—Engler, A., and Krause, K., 1921
(palauensis).
Spathiphyllum funereum: Tuyama, T., 1940d (reduced, micronesicum).
ARALIACEAE
Baillon, H., 1878a (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1830b (monogr.).
—Decaisne, J., and Planchon, J. E., 1854 (crit.). —Fedde, F., 1908c¢ (crit.).—Gray,
A., 1855a (n. genera).—Guillaumin, A., 1912 (New Caledonia).—Harms, H., 1913a
(Samoa) ; 1920-21 (Papua).—Seemann, B., 1864-68, 1868a (revis. Hederaceae).
—Viguier, R., 1905a (new entities) ; 1906 (anatomy) ; 1909 (crit.); 1925 (New
Caledonia). —Viguier, R., and Guillaumin, A., 1912 (crit. New Caledonia).
Aralia:® André, E., 1875c (vetichit); 1877a (elegantissima, gracillima) ; 1879a
(reginae); 1898 (balfouriana).—B., 1865 (guilfoylei)—Carri¢re, E. A., 1874a
(veitchit).—Duren, E. de, 1876 (clegantissima).—Fournier, E., 18/6a (elegantis-
sima) ; 1876c (filictfolia) ; 1876h (wveitchii) —Grilli, M., 1886 (reginae) —Linden,
J., 1883 (gemma)—Meehan, T., 1881 (elegantissima)—Moore, T., 1874a
(elegantissima) ; 1877b (filicifolia) ; 1883b (chabriert).—Pancher, 1., 1873 (tenui-
5 The exact position of Oncotheca is uncertain. See discussion in Loesener, T., 1901-08, p. 517.
6 None of these actually represent Aralia; most of the species belong in Nothopanax.—-E. D.
MERRILL.
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 33
folia)—Rodigas, E., 1884 (monstrosa) —Truffaut, G., 1891 (notes 15 spp.).—
Veitch, J. H., 1875 (elegantissima).
Botryodendron: Seemann, B., 1862k (<=Mertya).
Cheirodendron: Krajina, V., 1931 (Hawaii).
Delarbrea (?) spectabilis: André, E., 1878b.
Dizygotheca: Oliver, D., 1894b (nilssoni) —Viguier, R., 1905b (plerandroides).
Meryta:" André, E., 1879¢ (sonchifolia) —Borzi, A., 1906 (denhami).—Harms, H.,
1936 (crit.) —Hemsley, W. B., 1903b (denhamz) —Hooker, J. D., 1871 (latifolia).
—Riccobono, V., 1915 (denhami).—Seemann, B., 1862 (=Botryodendron).
Panax: Brown, N. E., 1883 (fruticosum) —Carriére, E. A., 1874b (sessiliflorum).—
Decaisne, J., and Planchon, J. E., 1854 (forstert).—Hooker, J. D., 1885 (murrayt).
Moore, T., 1880a_(plumatum).
Polyscias pinnata: Decaisne, J., and Planchon, J. E., 1854.
Schefflera kraemeri: Harms, H., 1908.
ARISTOLOCHIACEAE
Duchartre, P., 1864 (monogr.).
ARTOCARPACEAE
See Moraceae
ASCLEPIADACEAE
Baillon, H., 1889¢ (Stephanotis, New Caledonia).—Britten, J., 1898 (crit., Hoya).
—Decaisne, J., 1844 (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXIV) (New
Caledonia).—Schlechter, R., 1908 (crit.) ; 1921¢ (Micronesia).—Tsiang, Y., 1934
(revis. Apocynales).
AVICENNIACEAE
Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C., 1921 (revis.).—Moldenke, H. N., 1942a (list) ;
1942b (collections) ; 1942c, 1945 (distrib.).
BALANOPHORACEAE
Eichler, A. W., 1873 (monogr.).—Fedde, F., 1909 (n. spp. New Caledonia).—
Hosokawa T., 1934d (Micronesia).—Richard, L. C., 1822 (taxon.).—Tieghem,
P. van, 1907 (crit.).
Acroblastum: Fawcett, W., 1886 (pallens).—Setchell, W. A., 1935b (crit.).
Balanophora: Fawcett, W., 1886 (hillebrandtii) —Hooker, J. D., 1856 (crit.).—
Hosokawa, T., 1934d (mariannae).—Setchell, W. A., 1935b (crit.).
Hachettea: Baillon, H., 1880a (n. gen.).
Polyplethia: Setchell, W. A., 1935b (crit.).
BALANOPSIDACEAE
Baillon, H., 1871c (n. spp., Balanops, New Caledonia).
BALSAMINACEAE °
Impatiens hawkeri: Anonymous, 18&86b.—B., T., 1887.—Carriére, E. A., 1887.—
H., E., 1886.—Pucci, A., 1887—Pynaert, £., 1886b.
7 These mostly belong in Nothopanax.—E. D. Merniie.
8 This family is represented in the area covered by this bibliography only by the introduced
and cultivated Impatiens balsamina Linn. In horticultural literature’ J. hawkeri is credited to
the “South Sea Islands.” It came from New Guinea, or neighboring islands, and does not
occur in Micronesia or in Polynesia.—E. D. MerriLt.
374 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
BARRINGTONIACEAE
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LIV) (New Caledonia).—Knuth, R., 1939 (monogr.
Barringtoniaceae only)—Lauterbach, K., 1921£ (Micronesia).—Miers, J., 1875
(monogr. Barringtoniaceae).
Barringtonia: Blume, C. L., 1851 (speciosa, racemosa) —Heckel, E., 1885 (inter-
media).—Hooker, J. D., 1894a (samoensis)—Lemaire, C., 1848 (spectosa).—
Paxton, J., 1843 (speciosa).—Tattersfield, F., Martin, J. P., and Howes, F. N.,
1940 (asiatica).
BEGONIACEAE
Anonymous, 1908a.—Hooker, J. D., 1887b—MacCaughey, V., 1918h (Hillebrandia
sandwicensis).—Oliver, D., 1866 (Hillebrandia).
BIGNONIACEAE
Andrews, H. C., 1800a (Bignonia pandorana).—Anonymous, 1878b (Campsidium
filictfolium) —Bureau, E., 1862 (New Caledonia) ; 1864 (monogr.).—Guillaumin,
A., 1914-45 (pt. XXXVIII) (New Caledonia).—Moore, T., 1874e (Campsidium
filicifolium).—Neal, M. C., 1939b (Tecoma pentaphylla) —Seemann, B., 1870b
(Pandorea austro-caledonica)—Sprague, T. A., 1919 (Dolichandrone, Mark-
hamia).—Stennis, C. G. A. J. van, 1927 (revis., Malaya).—Vieillard, E., 1862b
(Deplanchea).
BIXACEAE
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. VI) (New Caledonia) —Parham, W. L., 1938b
(Bixa orellana).
BOERLAGELLACEAE
Lam, H. J., 1925 (revis., Dutch E. Indies).
BOMBACACEAE
Baillon, H., 1871b (Maxwellia).—Lyon, H. L., 1920a (silk cotton tree).
BORAGINACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1845-46 (monogr.).—Cummins, G. B., 1937-43 (rusts on
Tournefortia).—Jacques, C., 1940b (Tournefortia argentea).—Johnston, I. M.,
1935 (Messerschmidia argentea); 1937 (Heliotropium anomalum).
BROMELIACEAE
Baker, J. G., 1889 (monogr.).
Ananas: Collins, T. L., 1937 (wild spp. Hawaii). See also in Index I Hosts and
their diseases—Pineapple.
BURMANNIACEAE
Jonker, F. P., 1938 (monogr.).—Tuyama, T., 1940b (Gymnosiphon okamotot).
BURSERACEAE
Blackie, W. J., 1932b (Canarium vitiense).—Engler, A., 1883b (monogr.).—
Guillaumin, A., 191445 (pt. XLIX) (New Caledonia).—Lam, H. J., 1932a
morphol.) ; 1932b (Malaya).—Lauterbach, K., 1921c (Micronesia).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 375
CACTACEAE
Britton, N. L., 1919-23 (monogr.).
CALYCERACEAE
Walpers, W. G., 1843a (n. spp. Hawaii).
CAMPANULACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1830 (monogr. Campanulaceae) ; 1839a (monogr. Lobeliaceae).
—Gray, A., 1861b (U. S. Explor. Exped.).—Nuttall, T., 1843 (n. spp. Hawaii).
Presl, K. B., 1836a (monogr. Lobeliaceae).—Rock, J. F., 1913c (n. spp. Cam-
panulaceae) ; 1917d, 1919e (crit. monogr. Hawaii Lobeliaceae).—St. John, H.,
1939a, 1939b (n. spp. Hawaii).—Vatke, W., 1874 (crit. Hawaii Campanulaceae).
—Wimmer, E., 1943 (monogr. Lobeliaceae).
Apetahia raiateensis: Baillon, H., 1882.
Brighamia: Mann, H., 1869b (n. gen.).
Clermontia rockiana: Wimmer, E., 1929.
Cyanea: Forbes, C. N., and Munro, G. C., 1920 (baldwinii) —Rock, J. F., 1915b,
1918c (n. spp.).—Skottsberg, C., 1927a (hortella).
Lobelia: Croizat, L., 1941a (gaudichaudii) —Fosberg, F. R., and Hosaka, E. Y,,
1938 (gaudichaudit) —Rock, J. F., 1918c (oahuensis).—St. John, H., and Hosaka,
E. Y., 1935, 1938 (crit. Hawaii) —Hosaka, E. Y., and Degener, O., 1938 (n.
vars.).—Skottsberg, C., 1928 (arborescent spp. trop. Asia).
Rollandia: Rock, J. F., 1918c (angustifolia) —St. John, H., and Hosaka, E. Y.,
1935 (crit. Hawaii).—St. John, H., 1940b (humboldtiana).
Trematocarpus: Hemsley, W. B., 1892a (crit.) —Zahlbruckner, A., 1891 (n. gen.).
Wahlenbergia: Hooker, J. D., 1875.—Philippi, R. A., 1895 (tuberosa).
CANNACEAE
Kranzlin, F., 1912 (monogr.).
CAPPARIDACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1824e (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLII) (New
Caledonia).—Kurz, S., 1874 (Crataeva religiosa) —Walpers, W. G., 1843a (n.
spp.)
CARICACEAE
Carica papaya: Beaumont, J. H., 1939 (Hawaii).—Jones, W. W., and others, 1941
(Hawaii).—Parris, G. K., 1939a (disease).—Pope, W. T., 1926b (variations).
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Mann, H., 1869b (crit.)—Rohrbach, P., 1871-73 (Juan Fernandez).
Alsinodendron: Mann, H., 1866b (revis.).—Sherff, E., 1944a (n. spp. Hawaii).
Schiedea: Caum, E. L., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1936 (kealiae).—Endlicher, S. L.,
1833a.—Fenzl, E., 1839 (lgustrina)—Hooker, W. J., 1844 (nuttalliit) —Mann,
H., 1866b (revis.) —Sherff, E. E., 1942a (haleakalensis) ; 1943, 1944a (n. spp.) ;
1945 (revis.) ; 1946 (sarmentosa).
Sagina hawatiensis: Pax, F., 1893.
Silene: Sherff, E. E., 1946 (degneri) —Williams, F. N., 1896 (revis.).
Spergularia: Rossbach, R. P., 1940 (monogr.).
376 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
CASUARINACEAE
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXVII) (New Caledonia) —Hosokawa, T., 1934e
(equisetifolia).—Miquel, F. A. W., 1848 (revis.) ; 1865 (synop.); 1868
(monogr.).—Poisson, J., 1876 (crit.).
CELASTRACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1825a (monogr.).—Ettinghausen, C. von, 1857 (Elaeodendron
curtipendulum).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXI) (New Caledonia) .—Loe-
sener, T., 1897 (distrib.) ; 1911 (Gymnosporia samoensis) ; 1930a (G. palauica).
—Seemann, B., 1870a (Phocea).
CHENOPODIACEAE
Aellen, P., 1929, 1933 (crit.).—Bunge, A., 1880 (phytogeogr.).—Moquin-Tandon,
A,, 1840 (monogr. Chenopodium) ; 1849a (monogr. Salsolaceae).
CHLORANTHACEAE
Cordemoy, C. J. de, 1862-63 (monogr.).—Solms-Laubach, H., 1869 (monogr.).
COMBRETACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1828 (monogr.).—Exell, A. W., 1936 (n. spp. Terminalia).
—Lyon, H. L., 1927a (Terminalia myriocarpa).—Magenc, P., 1914 (pharmacol.
Terminalia) —Slooten, D. F. van, 1924 (revis., Dutch East Indies) ; 1937 (distrib.
Lummnitsera).
COMMELINACEAE
Clarke, C. B., 1881 (monogr.).
COMPOSITAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1836-38 (monogr.).—Gray, A., 1849 (n. spp. Hawaii) ; 186la
(U. S. Explor. Exped.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXIIT) (New Caledonia) .—
Kitamura, S., 1941 (Micronesia).—Lessing, C., 1831 (Synantherae Romanzoff
exped.).—Schultz, K. H., 1856 (Cassiniaceae coll. E, Jardin).—Sherff, E. E,
1925-35, 1934c, 1946a (crit., n. spp. Hawaii).
Acanthospermum: Blake, S. F., 1921 (revis.).
Ageratum conyzoides: Robinson, B. L., 1913.
Argyautia: Sherff, E. E., 1944a (n. gen.).
Argyroxiphium: Gray, A., 1849 (macrocephalum) ; 1852a (revis.).—Hooker, J. D.,
1837a (sandwicense).—Keck, D. D., 1936a (monogr.) ; 1936b (popular).—McFar-
land, J. H., 1935 (macrocephalum).—Smith, S. C., 1943 (popular).
Artemisia: Skottsberg, C., 1927c (revis. Hawaii) ; 1937b (crit.).
Aster sandwicensis: Hieronymus, G., 1900.
Balbisia: Candolle, A. P. de, 1833 (n. gen.).—Decaisne, J., 1834 (monogr.).
Bidens: Degener, O., 1929 (note); 1932c (key Hawaii).—Sherff, E. E., 1920-32
(crit. Hawaii) ; 1936, 1937a (crit.) ; 1937c (monogr.) ; 1941a 1941b, 1944b (n. spp.
Hawaii). .
Centaurodendron: Bock, C., 1936 (flowers).—Skottsberg, C., 1938c.
Coreopsis: Sherff, E. E., 1936b (revis.) ; 1937a (n. spp.).
Cosmos: Sherff, E. E., 1932 (revis.) ; 1937a (n. spp.).
Dendroseris macrophylla: Don, D., 1832-—Hooker, J. D., 1878b.
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 377
Dubautia: Fosberg, F. R., 1938-43 (n. spp.).—Keck, D. D., 1936 (transfers) .—
Rock, J. F., 1910 (waialealae) —Sherff, E. E., 1933 (n, spp.) ; 1935a (revis.) ;
1939c (n. spp.).—St. John, H., 1945a (crit.).
Elephantopus mollis: Parham, B. E. V., 1942e.
Emilia: Garabedian, S., 1924 (revis.),
Fitchia: Drake del Castillo, E., 1887b, 1898 (crit.).—Hooker, J. D., 1845 (n. gen.).—
Nadeaud, J., 1898 (Tahiti) —Seemann, B., 1862} (crit.).
Helianthus tuberosis: Parham, W. L., 1939,
Hesperomannia: Brigham, W. T., 1868a—Mann, H., 1869b,
Lagenophora: Forbes, C. N., 1918 (synop., Hawaii).
Lipochaeta: Sherff, E. E., 1935a (revis.) ; 1939c, 1941a (n. spp.).
Mikania micrantha: Caum, E. L., 1940.—Lever, R. J. A. W., 1944.
Oparanthus: Sherff, E. E., 1937a (n. gen.).
Pluchea: St. John, H., 1933 (crit, Hawaii).
Raillardia: Hooker, J. D., 1865 (ciliolata). —Keck, D, D., 1936a (transfers) .—
Sherff, E. E., 1933 (n. spp.) ; 1935a (revis.) ; 1941a (n. spp.).
Rea: Decaisne, J., 1833 (n. gen.).
Remya: Drake del Castillo, E., 1887b (n. gen.).
Robinsonia: Candolle, A. P. de, 1833 (n. gen.).—Decaisne, J., 1834 (monogr.).
Senecio Jautus: Kloos, A. W., Jr., 1940.
Tetramolopium: Sherff, E. E., 1934a, 1935a (revis. Hawaii).
Wilkesia gymnoxiphium: Gray, A., 1849, 1852a.
Xanthium: Lever, R. J. A. W., 1944 (italicum).—Parham, B. E, V., 1940 (pungens).
Youngia: Babcock, E. B., and Stebbins, G. L., 1937 (monogr.).
Yunquea tenzit: Looser, G., 1935.
CONNARACEAE
Schellenberg, G., 1923b (Papua) ; 1924a (Micronesia) ; 1938 (monogr.),
CONVOLVULACEAE
Choisy, J. D., 1833, 1837, 1845 (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXIV)
(revis. New Caledonia).—Hallier, H., 1897-99 (general).—Ooststroom, S. J. van,
1938 (Malaya).
Calonyction bona-nox: House, H. D., 1904.
Convolvulus: Caum, E. L., 1918, 1933b (arvensis) —Lyon, H. L., 1919a (arvensis).
Sims, J., 1819 (turpethum).
Cuscuta: Choisy, J. D., 1841 (sandwicensis).—Engelmann, G., 1859, 1860 (monogr.).
—Ooststroom, S. J. van, 1938 (campestris) —Yuncker, T. G., 1932 (monogr.).
Evolvulus: Ooststroom, S. J. van, 1934 (monogr.).
Ipomoea:
batatas (sweet potato): Coster, S. E. H., 1938—Courtet, H., 1909.—Dixon, R. B.,
1932.—Friederici, G., 1936.—Harwood, L. W., 1938.—Hornell, J., 1946 (origin in
Oceania).
gracilis: House, H. D., 1907.
pendula: Lindley, J., 1838b.
Merremia: Ooststroom, S. J. van, 1939 (n. spp. Fiji).
CORNACEAE
Brown, F. B. H., 1928 (Marquesas and vicinity) ; 1926, 1928 (Lautea=C. orokia) —
Gray, A., 1855b, 1862b (Rhytidandra). See also Alangiaceae.
318 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
CORYNOCARPACEAE
Hemsley, W. B., 1903a (revis. Corynocarpus),
CRUCIFERAE
Brown, F. B. H., and Brown, E. D. W., 1926 (Lepidium bidentoides) —Candolle,
A. P. de, 1824d (monogr.).—Montin, D, L., 1778 (Lepidium bidentatum) —Schulz,
O. E., 1903 (monogr. Cardamine); 1919-23 (monogr. Brassicaceae) ; 1921
(Brassica integrifolia) ; 1924 (monogr. Sisymbrieae) ; 1927 (monogr. Draba,
Eriophila) —St. John, H., 1945b (revis. Cardamine, Nasturtium, Hawali).—
Thellung, A., 1906 (monogr. Lepidium.)—Walpers, W. G., 1843a (n. spp.).
CUCURBITACEAE
Cogniaux, A., 1881 (monogr.) ; 1908 (n. spp. Melothria, Samoa) ; 1910 (Samoa,
New Guinea, Solomon Islands) ; 1916 (monogr.).—Cogniaux, A., and Harms, H.,
1924 (monogr.).—Dodge, E. S., 1943——Eames, A. J., and St. John, H., 1943
(Lagenaria siceraria). —Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLIV) (New Caledonia).—
Huftchinson, J., 1942 (Alsomitra, Neoalsomitra) —Naudin, C., 1858 (Bryonia
pancheri); 1859a (monogr. Cucumis); 1859b (Cucumis panchert, Bryonia
pancheri); 1862a (Cucumis pancheri, Luffa cylindrica); 1862b (Melothria
pentaphylla) ; 1866b (n, spp.).—St. John, H., 1934 (crit. Stcyos, Hawaii) .—See-
mann, B., 1864a (tropical Polynesia).
CUNONIACEAE
André, E., 1880a (Geissois racemosa).—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1862 (New
Caledonia) ; 1872 (Cunonia, New Caledonia).—Don, D., 1830 (monogr.).—Engler,
A., 1870 (monogr. Belangera, Weinmannia) —Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LVI)
(revis. New Caledonia) ; 1921c (Vesselowskya serratifolia). —Pampanini, R., 1904,
1905 (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Turrill, W. B., 1916 (Getssois imthurnt) —
Voronov, G. N., 1937 (tanning, distrib.).
CYPERACEAE
Beetle, A. A., 1944 (crit. Scirpeae).—Béckeler, O., 1868-77 (Berlin herb.) ; 1875
(n. spp. Samoa and Tongatabu) ; 1878 (n. spp. Hawaii, New Caledonia) —Clarke,
C. B., 1898 (distrib.) ; 1901 (Juan Fernandez) ; 1908 (n, spp.) ; 1909 (illus. ).—
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. L) (New Caledonia). —Kiikenthal, G., 1909 (monogr.
Caricoideae) ; 1920 (n. spp. Hawaii); 1924 (Micronesia) ; 1935-36 (monogr.
Cypereae) ; 1938-40 (monogr. Rhynochosporoideae).—Nees von Esenbeck, C. G.,
1843a (n. spp. Hawaii).—Palla, E., 1908 (Samoa).—Ohwi, J., 1942a (enum.
Micronesia).—P feiffer, H., 1925 (monogr. Mapanieae).—Reichardt, H, W.., 1878
(Hawaii).—Steudel, E. G., 1854-55 (synop.).
Carex: Boott, F., 1846 (paleata) ; 1858-67 (illus.) —Kiikenthal, G., 1909 (monogr.).
—Nelmes, E., 1938 (crit.)—Ohwi, J., 1930-31, 1939 (crit.)—Palla, E., 1907
(rechingert).
Cyclocampe arundinacea: Hooker, J. D., 1883b.
Cyperus: Béckeler, O., 1875-80 (n. spp. Hawaii).—Clarke, C. B., 1884 (crit.).—
Parham, B. E. V., 1938-40, 1940 (rotundus).
Eleocharis: Blake, S. T., 1939 (monogr. Australia, N. Zealand). —Pfeiffer, H.,
1921-22 (conspectus).—Svenson, H. K., 1929, 1939 (monogr.),
Fimbristylis: Beck, G. von, 1888b (faulensis) —Ohwi, J., 1939 (hatusimae).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 319
Gahnia: Benl, G., 1940a (revis.) ; 1940b (crit.).—Pfeiffer, H., 1927 (affinis).
Hypolytrum /atifolium: Hooker, J. D., 1877a—Miquel, F. A. W., 1870-71.
Isolepis: Beetle, A. A., 1945 (crit.).
Lophoschoenus neocaledonicus: Pfeiffer, H., 1927.
Mariscus: Fernald, M. L., 1923 (crit.).
Oreobolus: Pfeiffer, H., 1927 (revis.).
Pandanophyllum: Kurz, S., 1869a, 1869b (crit.).
Scirpodendron ghaeri: Boerlage, J. G., 1895.
Scirpus: Beetle, A. A., 1941-42 (crit.).
Thoracostachyum: Uittien, H., 1936 (revis.).
Uncinia douglasii: Clarke, C. B., 1883b.
DEGENERIACEAE
Bailey, I. W., and Smith, A. C., 1942 (n. fam. Degeneriaceae, n. gen. Degeneria).
DILLENIACEAE
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864e (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Candolle, A. P.
de, 1824b (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. IX) (New Caledonia).—
Hooker, J. D., 1873a (Hibbertia baudouinii).
DIOSCOREACEAE
Dioscorea: Burkill, I. H., 1923 (Tahitian yams).—Caum, E. L., and Martin, J. P.,
1936-37 (cult. Hawaii) —Harwood, L. W., 1938 (cult. Fiji) —Jumelle, H., 1910
(edible). —Knuth, R., 1924 (monogr.); 1936 (hebridensis).—Parham, W. L.,
and Dakui, M., 1938 (yams).—Prain, D., and Burkill, I. H., 1914 (synop.) ;
1936, 1939 (taxon.).
DROSERACEAE
Diels, L., 1906 (monogr.).—Hamet, R., 1906 (Drosera neo-caledonica); 1907
(crit.).
EBENACEAE
Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C., 1936-38 (revis. Malaya).—Candolle, A. de,
1844c (monogr.).—Fosberg, F. R., 1939d (Diospyros ferrea).—Guillaumin, A.,
1914-45 (pts. XIII, XIV) (Diospyros, Maba, New Caledonia).—Hiern, W. P.,
1873 (monogr.) ; 1877 (Maba samoensis) —MacCaughey, V., 1917i (Diospyros
ebenaster).
ELAEOCARPACEAE
Baillon, H., 1861 (Antholoma).—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1861b, 1863c,
1865e (New Caledonia).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pts. VIII, XLI) (New Cale-
donia).—Kanehira, R., 1916 (Elaeocarpus kanehirac).—Knuth, R., 1940 (n. spp.
New Caledonia).—Mueller, F. von, 1880, 1938 (Aristoteha braithwaiter) —
Poisson, J., 1874 (New Caledonia).—Schlechter, R., 1921b (Micronesia) .—
Smith, A. C., 1941-44 (crit.)—Sprague, T. A., 1907 (revis. Dubouzetia).
EPACRIDACEAE
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864a, 1865e (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Candolle,
A. P. de, 1839c (monogr.).—Fosberg, I’. R., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1938 (Styphelia
tameiameiae)—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LX VIT) (revis. New Caledonia) .—
380 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Nuttall, T., 1843 (crit.).—Oliver, W. R. B., 1929 (revis. Dracophyllum) .—St.
John, H., 1942b (n. comb. Styphelia).—Viguier, R., 1912 (New Caledonia).
ERICACEAE (excl. VACCINIACEAE)
Decaisne, J., 1855 (Pernettya rigida) —Skottsberg, C., 1938a (se. Polynesia).—
Sleumer, H., 1935 (Pernettya rigida) ; 1939a (revis. Agapetes).
ERIOCAULACEAE
Lecomte, H., 1913 (Eriocaulon longipeduculatum).—Moldenke, H. N., 1946 (list,
distrib.).—Ruhland, W., 1903 (monogr.).
ERYTHROXYLACEAE
Schulz, O. E., 1907 (monogr.).
ESCALLONIACEAE
Engler, A., 1870 (monogr. Escallonia).
EUCRYPHIACEAE
Bausch, J., 1938 (revis.).
EUPHORBIACEAE
Baillon, H., 1858 (monogr.); 1861-622 (Phyllantheae New Caledonia); 1861-
62b (New Caledonia); 1873-74 (crit.).—Croizat, L., 1941b (revis. Plukene-
tiinae) ; 1944 (crit. Fiji) —Daenzer, F. G., 1834 (economic spp.).—Guillaumin,
A., 1914-45 (pt. XXVI) (New Caledonia).—Jablonszky, E., 1915 (monogr.).—
Jussieu, A. de, 1824 (medicinal spp.)—Klotzsch, J. F., 1860 (crit.).—Mueller,
J., 1863-65 (syst.); 1864 (n. spp.) ; 1866 (monogr.).—Pax, F., 1910a, 1910b.—
Pax, F., and Hoffmann, K., 1911, 1912a, 1912b, 1914, 1919a, 1919b, 1922, 1924
(monogr.).—Sherff, E. E., 1939b (crit. Hawaii).
Acalypha: Croizat, L., 1944 (insulana).—Hooker, J. D,, 1899 (hispida).—Jumelle,
H., 1897 (vedeliana)—Moore, T., 1867 (tricolor); 1875d (wilkesiana).—
Nitschke, R., 1923 (distrib.) —Schneider, N., 1907 (cult. spp.).
Aleurites: Blackie, W. J., 1936.—Judd, C. S., 1919a (moluccana).—Langeron, M.,
1902 (monogr.).—Sherff, E. E., 1939b (crit.).—Wheeler, L. C., 1939: (moluccana).
Antidesma: Beck, G. von, 1888 (wawraeanum).—Sherff, E. E., 1939b (crit.
~ _Hawaii).—Tulasne, L. R., 1851 (crit.).
Claoxylon: Sherff, E. E., 1937b, 1939b (crit., n. spp.).
Cleidion: Croizat, L., 1944 (leptostachywm).—Pax, F., and Lingelsheim, A. von,
1906 (lutescens).
Cleistanthus micranthus: Croizat, L., 1945a.
Codiaeum. See Croton.
Croton (including Codiaeum of horticulturists and Croton, sensu stricto): André,
E., 1867, 1872a, 1872c, 1872d (cult. spp.)—Anonymous, 1881b, 1881c (cult. spp.).
—Croizat, L., 1945a (Croton! parhamii).—Dombrain, H. H., 1868 (maximus).—
Falkoner, W., 1873a (cult. spp.).—Geiseler, E. F., 1807 (monogr. Croton/).
—Houtte, L. van, 1873a, 1873b (variegatum).—Madelain, E., fils, 1873.—
Moore, T., 1869a, 1870b, 1871b, 1872c, 1872d, 1873a, 1874c, 1874d, 1875a, 1876a, 1876b,
1879a, 1879b, 1879c (various cult. spp.).—Smith W. G., 1874a, 1874c, 1875a (cult.
spp.).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 381
Drypetes: Sherff, E. E., 1939b, 1942c (crit.).
Endospermum: Raiqiso, F. C., 1936 (Fiji).
Euphorbia: Boissier, E., 1860 (descr. spp.) ; 1862 (monogr.); 1866 (illustr.).—
Croizat, L., 1938, 1941c (crit.).—Forbes, C. N., 1913b (stokesii).—Johnston, I. M.,
1923 (deppeana).—Sherff, E. E., 1936a (n. spp.) ; 1938a, 1939b, 1941b (revis.
Hawaii ).—Skottsberg, C., 1944b (enum. Hawaii).
Fontainea pancheri: Heckel, E., 1872.
Glochidion: Croizat, L., 1943 (crit.)—Mueller, J., 1865 (enum.).
Longetia: Baillon, H., 1865-66 (descr.).
Macaranga: Jumelle, H., 1897 (ctdeliana).—Pax, F., and Hoffmann, K., 1928
(graeffeana).—Pax, F., and Lingelsheim, A. von, 1906 (alchorneoides).—Turrill,
W. B., 1924 (grandiflora, magna).
Manihot: Harwood, L. W., 1938 (Fiji).—Poisson, J., 1900 (glaziovit).
Neoguillauminia: Croizat, L., 1938, 1941c (n. gen., crit.).
Neowawraea: Judd, C. S., 1932b—Russ, G. W., 1932 (distrib.).
Phyllanthus: André, E., 1878¢ (nivosus).—Baillon, E., 1861-62a (New Caledonia).
—Croizat, L., 1943 (crit.)—Moore, T., 1878b (roseo-pictus) —Puvilland,—.,1879
(seemannianus).—Sheriff, E. E., 1939b (crit. Hawaii).—Smith, W. G., 1874b
(nivosus).
Ramelia codonostylis: Croizat, L., 1941b.
Securinega: Croizat, L., 1945b (samoana).—Lindley, J., 1821-24 (nitida).
Stillingia pacifica: Croizat, L., 1944.
FLACOURTIACEAE
Briquet, A., 1898a (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1825c (monogr.
Samydeae).—Clos, D., 1855 (monogr.); 1857 (revis.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45
(pt. LXVI) (revis. New Caledonia).—Oliver, D., 1881 (Erythrospermum poly-
andrum).—Sherff, E. E., 1942c (Xylosma hawaiiense).—Sleumer, H., 1938a (Fla-
courtia mollipila) ; 1938b (taxon. Xylosma).—Tieghem, P. van, 1900a (Erythro-
Spermum).
FLAGELLARIACEAE
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A. 186lc (crit.).—Christophersen, E., 1930, 1931b
(Joinvillea). —Hooker, J. D., 1855 (crit.) ; 1883a (Flagellaria gigantea) —Surridge,
H. R., 1938a (Flagellaria indica).
GENTIANACEAE
Grisebach, A. H. R., 1838, 1845 (monogr.) ; 1853 (Schenkia).
GERANIACEAE
Fosberg, F. R., 1936a (Hawaii).—Hooker, W. J., 1837£ (Geranium cuneatum).—
Knuth, R., 1912 (monogr.).
GESNERIACEAE
Baillon, H., 1888a (Periomphale).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1845.—Clarke, C. B., 1883a
(monogr. Cyrtandraceae).—Schlechter, R., 192le (Micronesia).
Cyrtandra: Hosokawa, T., 1935a (distrib.)—Kranzlin, F., 1928c (futunae).—
Rock, J. F., 1917b, 1918a, 1919a, 1919b (Hawaii ).—Seemann, B., 186la (pritchardi).
—Vatke, W., 1876 (hillebrandit).
700080—47—25
382 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
GOODENIACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1839b (monogr. Goodenovieae).—Gray, A., 1861b (U. S. Explor.
Exped.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. II) (New Caledonia).—Krause, K., 1912
(monogr.).—Vriese, W. H, de, 1849-50, 1854 (monogr. Goodenovieae).
Scaevola: Diels, L., 1921d (frutescens) —Nuttall, T., 1843 (n. spp. Hawaii).—
Rock, J. F., 1909a, 1909b (swezeyana).—St. John, H., 1933 (crit, Hawaii).—
Skottsberg, C., 1927c (revis. Hawaii).—St. John, H., 1940b (mollis) —Zahlbruck-
ner, A., 1888 (beckit),
GRAMINEAE
Andersson, N. J., 1856 (monogr. Andropogoneae).—Balansa, B., 1872b (cat. New
Caledonia).—Camus, A., 1922 (crit.).—Camus, E. G., 1913 (monogr. Bambusaceae).
Fligge, J., 1810 (monogr.).—Fosberg, F. R., 1939b (crit.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-
45 (pt. LXVIIT) (revis. New Caledonia).—Hackel, E., 1889a (monogr, An-
dropogoneae) ; 1907, 1913 (Samoa).—Hackel, E., and Schinz, H., 1914 (New
Caledonia, Loyalty Islands).—Harvey, C., 194la (pasture, Fiji) —Henrard, J. T.,
1940-41 (crit.).—Hitchcock, A. S., 1922 (revis. Hawaii) ; 1932 (New Hebrides).—
Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C., 1939 (Hawaiian ranges).—Hosokawa, T., 1935c
(enum. Micronesia).—Kunth, K. S., 1829-35 (revis.) —McClelland, C. K., 1915
(grasses, forage, Hawaii).—Munro, W., 1868 (monogr. Bambusaceae).—Nees von
Esenbeck, C. G., 1829 (Brazil) ; 1843b (Hawaii).—Ohwi, J., 1941 (enum. Micro-
nesia).—Parham, B. E. V., 1944 (introd. Fiji); 1945b (“blue” grasses, Fiji).—
Pilger, R., 1920 (Juan Fernéndez).—Reichardt, H. W., 1878 (Hawaii).—
Ripperton, J. C., Goff, R. A., Edwards, W. D., and Davis, W. C., 1933 (range,
Hawaii).—Scribner, F. L., 1899 (Marianas).—Steudel, E. G., 1854-55 (synop.).—
Stuchbery, H. M., 1937 (Fiji).—Summerhayes, V. S., and Hubbard, C. E., 1927,
1930 (Fiji).—Trinius, C. B., 1824 (Agrostideae) ; 1826 (Paniceae) ; 1828-36 (illus.,
descr.) ; 1830 (n. spp.) ; 1832 (Andropogoneae) ; 1834 (genera, Paniceae) ; 1840
(genera).—Whitney, L. D., Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C., 1939 (Hawaiian
ranges).
Agrostis rockii: Hackel, E., 1911-12.
Amphilopis: Parham, B. E. V., 1945b (Fiji).
Andropogon: Hackel, E., 1885 (obliquiberbis).—Parham, B, E. V., 1945b (Fiji).
Aristida: Henrard, J. T., 1926-33 (revis.) ; 1929-33 (monogr.).—Swallen, J. R.,
1936 (n. spp.).
Axonopus affinis: Chase, A., 1938 (Hawaii).
Brachiaria reptans: Gardner, C. A., and Hubbard, C. E., 1938.
Capillipedium spicigerum: Blake, S. T., 1944.
Chaetochloa verticillata: Kunkel, L. O., 1922 (descr., mosaic disease).
Chloris divaricata: Hosaka, E. Y., 1936.
Cymbopogon refractus: Camus, A., 1928.
Cyrtococcum trigonum: Stapf, O., 1922.
Deschampsia: St. John, H., 1945a (Hawaii).
Dicanthium: Parham, B. E. V., 1945b (Fiji).
Digitaria: Hackel, E., 1901 (crit.)—Henrard, J. T., 1930, 1934 (n. spp.).— Mez, C.,
1924 (martanensis)—Ohwi, J., 1942b (subhorizontalis)—Tuyama, T., 1942a
(crit.).—Whitney, L. D., 1937¢ (henryi Hawaii).
Eragrostis: Fosberg, F. R., 1939b (crit.).—Jedwabnick, E., 1924 (conspectus).
—Swallen, J. R., 1936 (n. spp.).—Whitney, L. D., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1936
(nithauensis) —Whitney, L. D., 1937a (fosbergii).
Erianthus maximus: Grassl, C. O., 1946.
Eulalia: Camus, A., 1922 (crit.).
Garnotia: Swallen, J. R., 1936 (n, spp.).—Whitney, L. D., 1937b (rarotongensis).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 383
Isachne: Hackel, E., 1889b (comata).
Ischaemum: Parham, B. E. V., 1945b (Fiji).—T., C. R., 1937 (aristatum, rugosum).
Lepturus: Camus, A., 1923 (crit.).
Ophiuros monostachyus: Hubbard, C. E., 1936.
Oplismenus: Houtte, L. van, 1867 (imbecillis) —Schlechtendal, D. F. L. von, 1861-
62a (revis.).
Panicum: Gardner, C. A., and Hubbard, C. E., 1938 (reptans).—Hackel, E., 1901
(subgen. Solitaria).—Hitchcock, A. S., 1933 (ramosius).—Hosaka, E. Y., 1942
(carteri).—Mez. C., 1917 (n. spp. Hawaii).—Parham, B. E. V., 1940 (maximum).
—St. John, H., 1934 (Hawaii).—St. John, H., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1935 (Hawaii).
—Stapf, O., 1922 (transfers)—Whitney, L. D., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1936
(konaense).—Whitney, L. D., 1937e (imbricatum).
Paspalum: Jacques, C., 1939 (New Caledonia).
Pennisetum: Parris, G. K., 1942 (disease of purpureum).—Trinius, C. B., 1821
(articulare).
Pholiurus: Camus, A., 1923 (crit.).
Poa siphonoglossa: Hackel, E., 1911-12.
Saccharum: Andersson, N. J., 1855.—Gilmore, A. B., 1939 (Hawaii sugar manual) .—
Grassl, C. O., 1946 (robustum).—NMiller, C. D., 1929 (food, sugar cane).—Sur-
ridge, H. R., 1938a (spontaneum). See also Index I—Hosts and their diseases—
Sugarcane.
Schizachyrium: Camus, A., 1924 (New Caledonia).—Schlechtendal, D. F. L. von,
1861-62b (syst.).
Sorghum: Hubbard, C. E., 1938 (leiocladum, etc.).—Snowden, J. D., 1935, 1936
(cult, spp.).
Spartina: Surridge, H. R., 1937a (Fiji).
Thaumastochloa: Hubbard, C. E., 1936 (n. gen.).
Tragus australianus: Blake, S. T., 1941.
Trisetum inaequale: Whitney, L. D., 1937e.
Zea mais: Kunkel, L. O., 1921 (mosaic disease).
GUTTIFERAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1824k (monogr.).—Lauterbach, K., 1924 (Micronesia),—Mac-
Caughey, V., 1918d (Calophyllum inophyllum).—Merrill, E. D., 1945a (Ochro-
carpus glaucus, odoratus).—Pierre, L., 1883 (revis.. Garcinia) —Planchon, J. E.,
and Triana, J., 1860-62 (revis.).—Smith, A. C., 1941-44 (Calophyllum vitiense) —
Triana, J., 1860-62 (revis.).—Vesque, J., 1889 (Garcinia, Calophyllum); 1893
(monogr.).
HALORRHAGACEAE
Candolle, A. de, 1868b (monogr. Gunnereae).—Krajina, V., 1930a (Gunnera in
Hawaii).—MacCaughey, V., 1917b (G. petaloidea)— Schindler, A. K., 1905,
(monogr.).—Tuyama, T., 1940c (Halorragis, Micronesia).
HERNANDIACEAE
Hooker, J. D., 1870a (Hernandia moerenhoutiana)—Meisner, C. F., .1864b
(monogr.).—Nadeaud, J., 1897c (Hernandia, Society Islands).—Tuyama, T., 1943
(labyrinthica).
HIPPOCRATEACEAE
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XIX) (New Caledonia).—Loesener, T., 1930b (Micro-
nesia).—Smith, A. C., 1941 (crit. Salacia, Dicarpellum).
384 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
HYDROCHARITACEAE
Ascherson, P., 1867-68, 1871, 1875a, 1875b, 1876a, 1876b (“sea grasses” ).—Balfour,
I., 1878b (Halophila).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLVI) (Fluviales, New
Caledonia) .—Setchell, W. A., 1934 (distrib.).
HYDROPHYLLACEAE
Brand, A., 1913 (monogr.).—Choisy, J. D., 1846 (monogr. Hydroleaceae).—Gray,
A., 1870 (Nama sandwicensis).
ICACINACEAE
Baillon, H., 1874 (Lasianthera austro-caledonica).—Handa, T., 1940 (Lophopy-xis
bentaptera).—Howard, R. A., 1940-43 (crit., revis. Citronella, Medusanthera).—
Reissek, S., 1842 (monogr. Pennantia).—Schellenberg, G., 1923a (New Guinea) ;
1924b (Urandra elliptica) —Sleumer, H., 1940 (Merrilliodendron megacarpum).
IRIDACEAE
Baker, J. G., 1877a, 1892 (monogr.).
Iris robinsoniana: Anonymous, 1891a.—Bennett, G., 1872—Carpentier, —, 1872.—
Hooker, J. D., 1892a.—Perring, W., 1885.—Watson, W., 1891a, 1891c.
JUNCACEAE
Buchenau, F., 1906 (monogr.).
LABIATAE
Bentham, G., 1831 (Romanzoff exped.) ; 1832-36 (monogr.).—Briquet, J., 1898b
(monogr.).—Epling, C., 1935 (synop. S. Amer.); 1941 (crit. Hawaii, Juan
Fernandez).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXI) (New Caledonia).—Junell, S.,
1934 (morphol.).—Sherff, E. E., 1934b, 1934c, 1946a (crit. Hawaii).
Amethystea: Bocquillon, M. H., 1861: (crit.).
Coleus: Dombrain, H. H., 1867a (gibsonit) ; 1867b (veitchii).
Haplostachys: Sherff, E. E., 1935b (revis.).
Hyptis: Epling, C., 1936 (distrib.).—Parham, B. E. V., 1942e (pectinata).
Leonurus intermedius: Schouw, J. F., 1850.
Lepechinia hasiaia: Epling, C., 1941.
Ocimum scutellarioides: Sims, J., 1812.
Phyllostegia: Bitter, G., 1900 (variabilis) —Hosaka, E. Y., and Degener, O., 1938
(yamaguchiu) —Sherff, E. E., 1935b (revis.); 1939c (crit.); 194la (n. spp.
Hawaii).
Stenogyne: Bentham, G., 1877 (rotundifolia) —Degener, O., 1943a (sherffti) —
Hooker, J. D., 1877b (rotundifolia). —St. John, H., 1945a (crit. Hawaii).—Sherff,
E. E., 1935b (revis.) ; 1939c, 1941a, 1941b (crit.).
LACTORIDACEAE
Philippi, R. A., 1865a, 1865b (Lactoris fernandeziana).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 385
LAURACEAE
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XVII) (New Caledonia).—Maiden, J. H., 1902
(Cryptocarya).—Meisner, C. F., 1864a (monogr.).—Parham, W. L., 1938b (Persea
americana).
LECYTHIDACEAE
See Barringtoniaceae
LEGUMINOSAE
Bazilevskaja, N. A., 1930 (syst. Sophoreae).—Bentham, G., 1875 (revis. Mimoseae).
—Candolle, A. P. de, 1825e (monogr.).—Desvaux, A. N., 1826 (revis. Coro-
nillieae) —Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XL) (New Caledonia).—Harms, H., 1911
(New Caledonia).—Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C. 1944 (of Hawaiian
ranges).—Lyon, H. L., 1910b (for Hawaiian fields) ; 1911c (disease resistance) .—
Neal, M. C., 1937b (trees Hawaii).—Rock, J. F., 1919c, 1920a (Hawaii) —Vogel,
T., 1836 (Romanzoff exped.) ; 1843 (Meyen exped.).
Acacia: Judd, C. S., 1920a (koa).—Smith, J. C., 1906 (decurrens). —Wawra, H.,
1885 (koa).
Albizzia: Fournier, E., 1860-61, 1865 (crit.).—Parham, W. L., 1941 (falcata). —
Smith, J. S., 1941 (falcata).
Aniotum: Fosberg, F. R., 1939e (—Jnocarpus).
Arthroclianthus: Baillon, H., 1870 (sanguineus).—Hochreutiner, B, P. G., 1909
(monogr.).
Cajanus indicus: Lyon, H. L., 1917 (Hawaii).
Canavalia: Piper, C. V., 1917 (microcarpa).—Piper, C. V., and Dunn, S, T., 1922
(revis.).
Cassia: Bentham, G., 1871 (revis.).—Judd, C. S., 1932b (gaudichaudii),
Clianthus: Lindley, J., 1841 (carneus).—Naudin, C., 1854 (puniceus).— Planchon,
J. E., 1853 (puntceus).
Colvillea racemosa: Lyon, H, L., 1927a.
Crotalaria: Senn, H. A., 1939 (N. Amer.).
Cynometra grandiflora: Scheffer, R. H.C. C., 1876a.
Dalbergia: Prain, D., 1904 (revis.).
Derris: Blackie, W. J., 1932a (uliginosa) —Lever, R. J. A. W., 1938b (Melanesia) .—
Tattersfield, F., Martin, J. P., and Howes, F. N., 1940 (trifoliata).
Desmodium: Bentham, G., 1865 (pycnostachyum).—Desvaux, A. N., 1826 (revis.).—
Harms, H., 1931b (polycarpum)—Meyer, E., 1850 (sandwicense).—Schindler,
A. K., 1924, 1925-27 (segregated genera) ; 1928 (crit.).
Edwardsia: Ker, J. B., 1823 (chrysophylla).—Philippi, R. A., 1873 (Juan Ferndn-
dez).—Salisbury, R. C., 1808 (chrysophylla).
Erythrina: Anonymous, 1874b (parcelliti) —Dombrain, H. H., 1873b (parcellii).—
Judd, C. S., 1920b (monosperma).—Krukoff, B. A., 1939 (crit.).—Planchon, J. E.,,
1880b (marmorata).
Flemingia strobilifera: Li, H. L., 1944.
Inocarpus: Fosberg, F. R., 1939e (crit.) ; 1941 (fagiferus).—Lever, R. J. A. W.,
1938a (edulis).—Oliver, D., 1889 (edulis).
Intsia bijuga: Meyer Drees, E., 1938.—Witt, H. C. D. de, 1941.
Kingiodendron flatycarpum: Burtt, B. L., 1936a.
Leucaena glauca: Parham, W. L., 1938a.
Lupinus: St. John, H., 1945a (crit. Hawaii).
Maniltoa grandiflora: Harms, H., 1902.—Scheffer, R. H. C. C., 1876a.
Mimosa simplex: Sparrman, A., 1780.
Moghania strobilifera: Li, H. L., 1944.
4
386 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Pachyrrhizus: Clausen, R. T., 1945 (monogr.).
Pterocarpus australis: Ettinghausen, C. von, 1854 (leaf nervation).
Pueraria thunbergiana: Agee, H. P., 1920.
Sophora chrysophylla: Ker, J, B., 1823.
Storkiella: Baillon, H., 1869 (crit.) —Seemann, B., 1861d (witiensis).
Tephrosia purpurea: Chevalier, A., 1937.
LEMNACEAE
Hegelmaier, F., 1868 (monogr.).
LILIACEAE
Baker, J. G., 1875 (revis. Asparagaceae) ; 1876d (revis. Anthericeae, Eriosper-
meae).—Candolle, A. de, 1878 (monogr. Smilaceae).—Skottsberg, C., 1937¢ (crit.
se. Polynesia).
Arthropodium neo-caledonicum: Baker, J. G., 1877b, 18774.
Astelia: Skottsberg, C., 1934b, 1934d, 1935a, 1937c, 1937d.
Collospermum: Skottsberg, C., 1937d (distrib.).
Cordyline (See also Dracaena): André, E., 1874e (denstcoma).—Baker, J. G.,
1873b (synop.).—Hooker, J. D., 1860 (cult. spp.).—Regel, E. von, 1859, 1864 (cult.
spp.).
Dianella: Skottsberg, C., 1937c (n. varieties).
Dracaena (See also Cordyline): Anonymous, 1903a, 1903b—André, E., 1872a,
1872b, 1872e, 1874b, 1874d, 1878a.—Delaire, L., 1872.—Dombrain, H. H., 1872a,
1872b, 1873a—Hooker, W. J., 1828b.—Koch, K., 1867 (revis.).—Lindley, J., 1835a.
—Moore, T., 1871c, 1872b, 1873b, 1874b, 1875b.—Planchon, J. E., 1880a.—-Regel,
E, von, 1859,
Phormium tenax: Faujas-de-Saint-Fond, B., 1812—Hooker, W. J., 1832b—
Lemaire, C., 1866.—Sprenger, C., 1890.
Pleiosmilax: Seemann, B., 1868b.
Smilax trukensis: Hosokawa, T., 1937b.
Xeronema moortt: André, E., 1877d.—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864¢.—
Masters, M. T., 1878—Puvilland, —, 1878—Wright, Charles Henry, 1910.
LINACEAE
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXXII) (New Caledonia).—Stapf, O., 1906
(Durandea).
LOBELIACEAE
See Campanulaceae.
LOGANIACEAE
Baillon, H., 1880b, (n. spp. Geniostoma) ; 1880c (Labordieae) ; 1880d (New Cale-
donia).—Bentham, G., 1856 (Geniostoma crassifolium).—Candolle, A. de, 1845
(monogr.).—Gilg, E., 1934 (n. spp. Marianas).—Gilg, E., and Benedict, C., 1921
(revis, Micronesia, Polynesia).—Gray A., 1860b (crit.) —Guillaumin, A., 1914-45
(pt. XXV) (New Caledonia).—Hill, A. W., 1911, 1917 (revis. Strychnos).—
Hosokawa, T., 1937b (Fagraea sair). —Klett, W., 1924 (revis. genera) —St. John,
H., 1933, 1936b (crit. revis. Hawaii)—Sherff, E. E., 1938b, 1939a, 1944a (crit.
Hawaii).—Valeton, T., 1902 (revis. Geniostoma).
LORANTHACEAE
Baillon, H., 1862 (syst.).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1830c (monogr.).—Danser, B. H.,
1929 (taxon.) ; 1931 (Neth. E. Indies) ; 1933, 1934, 1936 (crit. revis.).—Skottsberg,
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 387
C., 1944b (Hawaii).—Tieghem, P. van, 1894b, 1895, 1896b (crit.).
Aciella: Tieghem, P. van, 1894a (n. spp.).
Amyema: Danser, B. H., 1931-(bamleri) ; 1934 (samoensis).
Korthalsella: Lecomte, H., 1916 (crit.).—Tieghem, P. van, 1896a (n. gen.).
Loranthus: Tieghem, P. van, 1894¢ (crit.).
Treubella: Tieghem, P. van, 1894d (n. spp.).
LYTHRACEAE
Bacigalupi, R., 1931 (taxon. Cuphea).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1828b (monogr.).—
Koehne, E., 1880-85 (monogr.) ; 1903 (monogr.).—Merrill, E. D., 1934b (Cuphea
vs. Parsonsia).—Parham, B. E. V., 1938-40 (Lythrum hyssopifolium).
MAGNOLIACEAE
Baillon, H., 1866-67b (Zygogynum).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXIX) (New
Caledonia).
MALPIGHIACEAE
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXX) (New Caledonia).—Niedenzu, F., 1915-24
(crit.) ; 1928 (monogr.).—Sprague, T. A., 1910 (Tristellateia australis).
MALVACEAE
Baker, E. G., 1890-93 (synop.).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1824f (monogr.).—Guillau-
min, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXII) (New Caledonia).—Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1902 (n.
spp.).
Abutilon: Christophersen, E., 1934a (n. spp.).
Gossypium: Chevalier, A., 1939 (taitense).—Dass,.C. M., 1937 (hybrid, Fiji).—
Roberty, G., 1937 (taitense, purpurascens) ; 1942 (revis.).—Watt, G., 1907 (revis.).
Hibiscus: Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1900 (revis.).—Hooker, J. D., 1891 (venustus) .—
Lyon, H. L., 1915d (Xylaria disease)—MacCaughey, V., 1916m (tiliaceus).—
Merrill, E, D., 1920 (tiliaceus).—Neal, M. C., 1939c (popular, Hawaii).—Sprague,
T. A., 1914a (waimeae) ; 1914b (arnottianus) —T., W., 1915 (waimeae).—Wilcox,
E. V., and Holt, V. S., 1913 (ornamental Hawaii) —Wilder, G, P., 1917 (develop-
ment in Hawaii).
Kokia: Lewton, F. L., 1912 (n. gen.).—Rock, J. F., 1919d (taxon.).
Sida: Gandoger, M., 1924 (key).
Urena lobata: Parham, B. E. V., 1938-40 (weed Fiji).
MARANTACEAE
Rolfe, R. A., 1907 (Donaxr, Schumannianthus).—Ko6rnicke, F. A., 1862 (monogr.,
Phrynium dichotomum).—Schumann, K., 1902 (monogr.).
MELASTOMACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1828c (monogr.).—Cogniaux, A., 1891 (monogr.).—Naudin, C.,
1849-53 (monogr.).—Triana, J., 1871 (monogr.).
Astronia: Moore, S. le M., 1880 (n. spp.).
Astronidium: Markgraf, F., 1934 (revis.).
Clidemia hirta: Kermack, J., 1928—Lever, R. J. A. W., 1931.—Paine, R. W.,
1934.—Simmonds, H. W., 1932a, 1933, 1934, 1937, 1938.—Taylor, T. H. C., 1928
(control, Fiji).
388 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Medinilla: Mansfeld, R., 1930 (blumcana).—Moore, S. le M., 1880 (n. spp.).—
Paine, R. W., 1940 (waterhousei).
Melastoma: Bois, D., 1910 (normale).—Hooker, W. J., 1856 (denticulatum).
MELIACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1824m (monogr.).—Candolle, C. de, 1878 (monogr.) ; 1903
1906 (n. spp.); 1912 (Samoa).—Gray, A., 1855b (Vavaea).—Guillaumin, A.
1914-45 (pt. XXXV) (New Caledonia).—Hemsley, W. B., 1907b (Dysoxylum
pachyphyllum) —Jack, H. W., 1935 (mahogany, Fiji).—Jussieu, A. L. de, 1830
(syst.).—Oliver, D., 1896b (Vavaea megaphylla).—Ridley, H. N., 1938 (Xvylo-
carpus granatum).
MENISPERMACEAE
Diels, L., 1910 (monogr.); 1913 (Samoa); 1920 (New Caledonia); 192la
(Pachygone ledermannti).—Miers, J., 1864-71 (monogr.).—Yamamoto, Y., 1938
(phytogeogr., list).
MONIMIACEAE
Baillon, H., 1868 (Hedycarya); 1873 (Nemuaron).—Candolle, A. de, 1868c
(monogr.).—Gray, A., 1866 (Hedycarya).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXIII)
(New Caledonia).—Perkins, J., and Gilg, E., 1901 (monogr.).—Perkins, J., 1911
(suppl. monogr.).
MORACEAE (including ARTOCARPACEAE)
Bureau, E., 1869-72 (New Caledonia) ; 1873 (monogr.).—Diels, L., 1938 (Micro-
nesia).—Fosberg, F. R., 1940a (Melanesia).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt.
LXXV) (crit. New Caledonia).—Summerhayes, V. S., 1932 (New Hebrides) .—
Trécul, A., 1847 (revis.).—Warburg, O., 1921 (New Caledonia).
Antiaris bennettii: Seemann, B., 1862c, 1862d.
Artocarpus: André, 1879d (cannoni) —Chevalier, A., 1940 (communis) —Christian,
F. W., 1897 (varieties of breadfruit).—-Forster, G., 1784a, 1784b (incisa).—Fos-
berg, F. R., 1939e (crit.) ; 1941 (communis, incisa)—Hooker, W. J., 1828 (in-
ctsa).—Houtte, L. van, 1875 (cannoni)—MacCaughey, V., 1917m (Hawaii).—
Miller, C. D., 1929 (food value of breadfruit)—Moore, T., 1875c¢ (cannom).—
Panzer, G. W. F., 1785 (breadfruit) —Smith, W. G., 1875b (cannoni).—Solereder,
H., 1903 (laciniata) —Veitch, J. H., 1875 (laciniata).—Wilder, G. P., 1928 (bread-
fruit, Tahiti).
Broussonetia papyrifera: Ruiz, H., 1940 (introduction, Tahiti to Peru) —Sims, J.,
1823a (Tahiti).
Ficus: Brown, N. E., 1888 (“cannom”’).—Diels, L., 1938 (Micronesia).—Jumelle,
H., 1898 (prolixa).—Lyon, H. L., 1922 (for Hawaii).—Miquel, F. A. W., 1847-
48 (monogr.) ; 1867 (crit.)—Moore, T., 188la (exsculpta).—Poisson, J., 1900
(prolixa).—Solereder, H., 1903 (cannontt)—Summerhayes, V. S., 1933a (glandi-
fera); 1933b (nasuta) ; 1939 (syst. Samoa); 1940 (se, Polynesia).—Warburg,
O., 1905, 1921 (n. spp. New Caledonia).
Sitodium: Fosberg, F. R., 1939e (= Artocarpus).
MUSACEAE
Baker, J. G., 1893 (synop.).—Joret, H., 1888 (ornamental, economic).—Schumann,
K., 1900 (monogr.).
Musa: Anonymous, 1890b (seemanni).—Auld, W., and Jaeger, A., 1889 (Hawaiian
varieties).—Baker, J. G., 1894 (crit.).—Carpenter, C., 1919 (diseases).—Coster,
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 389
S. E. H., 1938 (agr. notes).—Hooker, J. D., 1901b (oleracea).—MacCaughey,
V., 1918f, 1919a (Hawaii).—Mills, W., 1850 (cavendtshii).—Naudin, C., 1850
(cavendishti) —Parham. B. E. V.. 1938a (Fiji) —Pope, W. T., 1926a (Hawaii).—
Pucci, A. 1906 (crit.)—Sagot, P., 1886 (feht)—Wildemann, E. de, 1912
(monogr.).
MYOPORACEAE
Bennett, G., 1832b (Myoporum tenuifolium)—Guillaumin, A., 1914-44 (pt. LXIT)
(New Caledonia).—Kranzlin, F., 1910 (M. cuneifolium, tubiflorum); 1929a
(monogr.).—Skottsberg, C., 1933c (Rarotonga).
MYRICACEAE
Canacomyrica: Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LVII) (n. gen. New Caledonia).
MYRISTICACEAE
Candolle, A. de, 1857a (monogr.).—Markgraf, F., 1938 (Micronesia). —Warburg,
O., 1897 (monogr.).
MYRSINACEAE
Candolle, A. de, 1834, 1841, 1844a, (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LX)
(revis. New Caledonia).—Hosaka, E. Y., 1940 (revis. Myrsine, Suttonia, Rapanea
Hawaii).—Mez, C., 1902, 1920 (monogr.) ; 1921 (Micronesia).—Oliver, D., 1894a
(Ardisia megaphylla) —Sprague, T. A., 1944 (Rapanea mecomishit).
MYRTACEAE
Berg. O., 1854 (revis. C. Amer. spp.).—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864c, 1865b,
1865e, 1866c (crit. n. spp. New Caledonia).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1828d, 1841
(monogr.).—Diels, L., 1921¢ (Micronesia) ; 1922 (Papua).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-
45 (pts. XXXIV, LIII) (New Caledonia).
Acicalyptus: Gray, A., 1855a (n. gen.).—Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M., 1937
(revis.).
Baeckia: Andrews, H. C., 1810b (virgata) —Regel, E. von, 1876 (parvula).
Cleistocalyx: Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M., 1937 (revis.).
Cloézia: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1863d.
Eugenia: Guillaumin, A., 1916 (revis. New Caledonia).—Kanehira, R., 1916
(ponapense).—MacCaughey, V., 1916j (Hawaii).
Fremya: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1863b (New Caledonia).—Houllet, E., 1865
(aurantiaca).
Leptospermum ciliatum: Gugerli, K., 1939.
Metrosideros: MacCaughey, V., 1918m (polymorpha).—Rolfe, R. A., 1920 (col-
lina).—Rock, J. F., 1917c (revis.).—Smith, J. E., 1797 (villosa).—St. John, H.,
and Hosaka, E. Y., 1935 (n. spp.).
Nelitris (Decaspermum) jambosella: Lindley, J., 1821-24.
Paraeugenia imthurnii: Turrill, W. B., 1915a,
Pleurocalyptus: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1867b (New Caledonia).
Psidium: MacaCughey, V., 1917g (Hawaii).—Simmonds, H. W., 1934.
Purpureostemon: Gugerli, K., 1939.
Schizocalyx: Heckel, E., 1911b (New Caledonia).
Spermolepis: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1863d, 1867a (crit.)—Heckel, E., 1911b
(New Caledonia).
390 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Tristaniopsis: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1863b (New Caledonia).
Xanthomyrtus pergracilis: Diels, L., 1922.
Xanthostemon: Pampanini, R., and Pampaloni, L., 1905-06 (crit.).
NAJADACEAE
Braun, A., 1864 (revis. Najas).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLVI) (Fluviales,
New Caledonia).—Rendle, A. B., 1899 (revis. Najas) ; 1901 (monogr.).
NEPENTHACEAE
B., 1904 (Nepenthes vieillardii) —Dubard, M., 1906a (New Caledonia); 1828
(Neth. E. Indies) —Hemsley, W. B., 1906 (N. phyllamphora).—Hooker, J. D.,
1873b (monogr.).—MacFarlane, J. M., 1908 (monogr.).
NYCTAGINACEAE
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1861d (Vieillardia austro-caledonica).—Choisy,
J. D., 1849 (monogr.)—Heimerl, A., 1913a (Calpidia) ; 1913b (Calpidia, Rockia) ;
1913c (Samoa) ; 1937 (Polynesia) — Seemann, B., 1863c (Coedes vs. Pisonia).—
Skottsberg, C., 1936b (arboreous spp. Hawaii); 1941c (Heimerlia, Heimerlio-
dendron).—Valeton, T., 1914a (Papua).
OLACACEAE
Candolle, A, P. de, 18241 (monogr.).—Schellenberg, G., 1923a (New Guinea).—
Valeton, T., 1886 (revis.).
OLEACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1844 (monogr. Jasmineae).
Jasminum: Andrews, H. C., 1800b (gracile) —B., 1905 (didymum, simplicifoliwm).
—Bailey, L. H., 1940a (crit.).—Guillaumin, A,, 191445 (pt. III) (New Guinea) —
Hooker, J. D., 1878a (didymum).—Ker, J. B., 1822 (gracile) ; 1824 (simplict-
folium)—Knoblauch, E., 1936 (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Mueller, F. von, 188la
(betchet) —Sims, J., 1807a (simplicifolium).
Linociera sessiliflorum: Lingelsheim, A. von, 1930.
Notelaea: Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXXII) (New Caledonia).—Knoblauch, E.,
1936 (crit.).
Osmanthus: Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXXII) (New Caledonia).—Knoblauch,
E., 1936.—Nakai, T., 1930 (crit.).
ONAGRACEAE
Fuchsia cyrtandroides: Munz, P. A., 1943.
OPILIACEAE
Schellenberg, G., 1923a (New Guinea).
ORCHIDACEAE
Ames, O., 1914 (Guam) ; 1932a, 1933 (New Hebrides, Santa Cruz).—Atherton,
F. C,, 1933 (cult. Hawaii).—Fleischmann, H., and Rechinger, K., 1910 (Samoa).—
Fosberg, F. R., 1940a (Melanesia).—Fukuyama, N., 1939 (n. spp. Kusaie Island) .—
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXV) (key New Caledonia).—Hemsley, W. B.,
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 391
1885a (distrib.) —Horaninow, P., 1862 (crit.)—Kranzlin, F., 1886 (“Gazelle”
exped.) ; 1893 (crit.) ; 1901-04 (monogr.) ; 1909 (n. spp. Samoa); 1910-11, 1911
(monogr.) ; 1914, 1928a, 1928b, 1929b, 1932 (New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands) .—
Lindley, J., 183040 (gen., spp.) ; 1852-59 (enum.).—MacCaughey, V., 1916i
(Hawaii) —Mueller, F, von, 1881b (Samoa) —Pfitzer, E., and Kranzlin, F., 1907
(monogr. Coelogyninae).—Reichenbach, H. G. (fil.), 1847-76, 1858-1900 (n. spp.) ;
1868 (Fiji); 1878-81 (Wilkes exped.).—Rolfe, R. A., 1893-1922 (n. spp.).—
Schlechter, R., 1900 (monogr. Podochilinae) ; 1906, 1906-12 (n. spp.) ; 1910-11
(revis. Samoa); 1921la (Micronesia).—Schuster, K., 1931-36 (index illus.).—
Tuyama, T., 1939, 1941d (crit. Micronesia) —Williams, L. O., 1938a (enum. Fiji) ;
1939 (n. spp. Samoa, Ponape, Fiji).
Acanthophippium vitiense: Williams, L. O., 1941a.
Acianthus: Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XV) (revis. New Caledonia).—Kranzlin
F., 1894-95 (cymbalariaefolius).
Acriopsis: Fukuyama, N., 1938 (n. sp.).
Aeranthus sphenochilus: Kranzlin, F., 1928a.
Aérides: Morren, E., 1876 (enum. cult. spp.).—Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), 1866
(thibautianum),
Agrestophyllum drakeanum: Kranzlin, F., 1903.
Anectochilus: Fosberg, F. R., 1938-43 (n. spp.).
Arundina kanehirae: Yamamoto, Y., 1933.
Bulbophyllum: Ames, O., 1922 (nigroscapum)—Smith, J. J., 1912a (sect.
Cirrhopetalum).
Calanthe: Finet, E. A., 1899 (balansae).—Mueller, F. von, 1885b (langei) .—
Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), 1882a, 1882b (bracteosa) ; 1883-86 (anchorifera).
Chiloschista: Diels, L., and Mansfeld, R., 1932 (n. spp.).
Cirrhopetalum: Hooker, J. D., 1892b (thouarsti) —Hooker, W. J., 1846 (thouarsii).
—KraAnzlin, F., 1894-95 (layardi) —Lindley, J., 1838a, 1843b (thouarsii) —Smith,
J. J., 1912a (sect. of Bulbophyllum).
Coelogyne /ycastroides: Kranzlin, F., 1894-95.
Corybas: Schlechter, R., 1923.
Corysanthes: Schlechter, R., 1923.
Cymbidium triste: Hooker, W. J., 1839.
Cystopus: Smith, J. J., 1934.
Dendrobium: Finet, E. A., 1903a, 1903b (enum. Paris herb.) —Fukuyama, N.,
1937a (n. spp. Micronesia).—Hooker, W. J., 1861 (linguaeforme).—Kranzlin, F.,
1894-95 (mooreana) ; 1922 (vitiense)—Lindley, J., 1835b (biflorum); 1843a
(macranthum) ; 1844 (enum.) ; 1857-58 (n. spp.).—Reichenbach, H. G. (filius),
1862 (mohlianum) ; 1877a (tipuliferum) ; 1877b (petri); 1877d (dactylodes) ;
1883-86, 1886 (inauditum).—Rolfe, R. A., 1889 (fairfaxti) ; 1912 (imthurnit) —
Swartz, O., 1799, 1800, 1805a (crit.); 1805b (crispatum)—Tuyama, T., 1941c
(spurless).
Dipodium freycinetioides: Fukuyama, N., 1937c.
Epipactis: Eaton, A. A., 1908 (crit.).
Eria acutissima: Reichenbach, H. G., (filius), 1876.
Etoeria. See Hetaeria.
Galeola ponapensis: Tuyama, T., 1940d.
Grammatophyllum elegans: Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), 1882c_——Williams, L. O.,
1938b.
Hetaeria: Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), 1877d (whitmeet)—Tuyama, T., 1938c
(raymundt).
Liparis: Finet, E, A., 1908 (chalandet) —Fukuyama, N., 1938 (n. sp.).—Mueller,
F. von, 1885c (layardi).—Ridley, H. N., 1886 (monogr,).—Williams, L. O., 1941b.
392 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Luisia ferettfolia: Tuyama, T., 1944.
Malaxis: Ridley, H. N., 1888 (revis.).—Swartz, O., 1805b (rheedit).—Williams,
L. O., 1938b (margaretae).
Microstylis: Fukuyama, N., 1938 (n. sp.).—Kranzlin, F., 1922 (platychila) —-Rid-
ley, H. N., 1888 (revis.).
Microtatorchis: Fukuyama, N., 1937a (n. sp.).
Nervilia: Fukuyama, N., 1937b, 1940 (n. spp.).
Notiophrys commelynae: Lindley, J., 1857-58.
Oberonia iridifolia: Hooker, W. J., 1850.
Odontochilus upoluensis: Kranzlin, F., 1922.
Pelma neo-caledonicum: Finet, E. A., 1909.
Phajus robertsti: Mueller, F., 1886a.
Phreatia fahitensis: Lindley, J., 1857-58.
Pomatocalpa vaupelti: Smith, J. J., 1912b.
Pristiglottis: Smith, J. J., 1934 (crit.).
Pseuderia smithiana: Schweinfurth, C., 1943.
Saccolabium mimus: Reichenbach, H. G., (filius), 1878.
Sarcanthus nagarensis: Smith, J. J., 1912b—Williams, L. O., 1938b.
Serapias: Eaton, A. A., 1908 (crit.).
Serapiastrum: Eaton, A. A., 1908 (crit.).
Spathoglottis: Hooker, J. D., 1878 (petri); 1888a (vietllardit) —Reichenbach,
H. G., (filius), 1877c (petri) ; 1883 (pactfica).
Taeniophyllum: Fukuyama, N., 1937a (n. spp.).
Trichochilus neo-ebudicus: Ames, O., 1932b.
Vanilla: Suckling, J. J. C., 1939 (planifolia) —Tuyama, T., 1940d (ponapensis).—
Yamamoto, Y., 1933 (fponapensts).
OROBANCHACEAE
Lyon, H. L., 1920b (Aeginetia indica).
OXALIDACEAE
Oxalis: Calder, C. C., 1919 (corymbosa or martiana).—Knuth, R., 1919 (novae-
caledoniae) ; 1930 (monogr.).—Tuyama, T., 1942b (bahiensis).
PALMAE
André, E., 1885-87 (cult.).—Beccari, O., 1914 (n. spp. Samoa, Fiji); 1918
(Lepidocaryeae) ; 1920 (New Caledonia) ; 1921a (Corypheae) ; 1921b (New Cale-
donia) ; 1924 (n. spp. Micronesia) ; 1931 (Corypheae).—Brongniart, A., 1873,
1874b (New Caledonia).—Burret, M., 1928a (crit.) ; 1935a (n. spp. Fiji) ; 1935b
(crit.) ; 1940 (in Bishop Mus.).—Hooker, J. D., 1884 (cult. Kew).—Judd, C. S.,
1916 (algaroba, royal palm, Hawaii)—Kanehira, R., 1936b (Micronesia).—
Kerchove de Denterghem, O. de, 1878 (monogr.).—MacCaughey, V., 1912 (Hono-
lulu) —Martelli, U., 1934a, 1935a, 1935b (crit. Areceae).—Martius, K. F. P. von,
1831-50 (monogr.).—Milne, W., 1860a (Fiji) —Rock, J. F., 1917e (crit.).—
Roster, G., 1913-15 (cult. Italy) ; 1920-21 (frost resistant).—Salomon, C., 1877b
(enum. cult.).—Seemann, B., 1856, 1857 (history) —Taylor, W., 1900 (list
Hawaii).—Tuyama, T., 1941b (vernacular names Palau).—Vieillard, E., 1873
(New Caledonia).—Watson, W., 1884-93 (cult.).—Wendland, H., 1862 (enum.
crit.).—Wendland, H., and Drude, O., 1875 (enum., crit.).
Areca: Buyssens, A., 1898 (tlsemanni).—Hooker, J. D., 1868 (bauert) —Jack,
H. W., 1936 (catechu) —Jan, S. R., 1937 (catechu) —Lemaire, C., 1856 (catechu) ;
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 393
1860 (sapida, baueri) ; 1868 (baueri).—Ostinelli, V., 1921 (sapida).—Pynaert, C.,
1904 (tlsemanni).
Balaka: Bailey, L. H., 1935 (n. spp.).
Basselinia: Vieillard, E., 1873 (New Caledonia).
Calamus vitiensis: Beccari, O., 1908.
Chambevronia: Vieillard, E., 1873 (New Caledonia).
Carpoxylon: Burret, M., 1932 (crit.).
Clinostigma: Beccari, O., 1910 (n. spp.).
Cocos nucifera: Beccari, O., 1917b (origin).—Chiovenda, E., 1923 (origin) .—
Edmondson, C. H., 1941 (viability)—Mayuranathan, P. V., 1938 (origin) .—
Miller, C. D., 1929 (food value).
Coelococcus carolinensis: Dingler, H., 1887—Sadebeck, R., 1899.—Warburg, O.,
1896.
Colpothrinax: Bailey, L. H., 1940c (crit.).
Cyphokentia: André, E., 1879b (robusta) —Brongniart, A., 1873 (New Caledonia).
—Eepoel, A. van, 1895 (lindeni).
Cyphosperma: Beccari, O., 1910 (n. spp.).
Denea: ‘Cook, O. F., 1926 (n. gen.) ; 1927 (crit.).
Drymophloeus filifera: Scheffer, R. H.C. C., 1876b.
Eupritchardia: Bailey, L. H., 1933, 1940c (crit.)—Cook, O. F., 1915 (crit.).
Exorrhiza wendlandiana: Hooker, J. D., 190la.
Goniocladus: Burret, M., 1940 (n. gen.).
Goniosperma: Burret, M., 1935 (n. gen.).
Gulubia: Beccari, O., 1910 (n. spp.).
Howea (see also Kentia): André, E., 1897 (belinoreana).—Anonymous, 1890a
(belmoreana).—Bailey, L. H., 1939 (belmoreana, forsteriana) —Beccari, O., 1913
(revis.) —Cook, O. F., 1927 (crit. cult.) —Hooker, J. D., 1888b (belmoreana) —
Riccobo10, V., 1906 (belmoreana).—Wright, Charles Henry, 1918 (belmoreana).
Juania: Drude, O., 1878 (n. gen.).—Pynaert, E., 1896 (australis).
Kajewskia: Burret, O., 1932 (crit.).
Kentia (see also Howea): Ancona, C. d’, 1884 (belmoreana).—André, E., 1877b
(lindeni).—Beccari, O., 1913 (revis.)—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864£ (New
Caledonia).—Brongniart, A., 1873 (New Caledonia).—Cook, O. F., 1926 (forsteri-
ana); 1927 (cult. California) —D., A., 1873 (canterburyana, forsteriana).—
Edwart, A., 1872 (forsteriana).—Eepoel, A. van, 1895 (lindeni) —Fournier, E.,
1876e (gracilis)—Geert, A. van, 1887 (Lord Howe Island).—Houtte, L. van,
1873c (canterburyana).—Kerchove de Denterghem, O. de, and Pynaert, E., 1885
(cult.).--Moore, T., 1872e (canterburyana) ; 1884a (lindeni) —Pynaert, E., 1884
(belmoreana).—Rodigas, E., 1882b (Juctana).—Vieillard, E., 1873 (New Cale-
donia).—-W., 1885 (crit.).—Watson, W., 1890 (forsteriana).
Kentiopsis:: André, E., 1884b (macrocarpa).—Brongniart, A., 1873 (n. spp. New
Caledonia).—Linden, J., 188la (divaricata) —Rodigas, E., 1882b (Juciani).
Licania: Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XII) (n. spp. New Caledonia).
Metroxylon vitiensis: Parham, B. E. V., 1939b.
Pelagodoxa: Bois, D., 1917, 1919, 1924 (henryana).—Burret, M., 1928b (meso-
carpa).—-Cuny, L., 1924 (henryana) —Martelli, U., 1932c (henryana).
Pinanga nticronesica: Kanehira, R., 1936b.
Pritchardia: André, E., 1874a (pacifica) ; 1874c (grandis) ; 1879f (macrocarpa) ;
1883 (vuylstekcana).—Anonymous, 1874a (grandis).—Bailey, L. H., 1933 (crit.).
—Beccari, O., 1889, 1907, 1913 (syst.).—Beccari, O., and Rock, J. F., 1921:
(monogr.).—Caum, E. L., 1930b (n. spp. Hawaii)—Cook, O. F., 1915 (crit.).—
Devansaye, A. de la, 1876 (grandis) —Drude, O., 1887 (thurstoni) —MacCaughey,
394 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
V., 1918h (Hawaii).—Planchon, J. E., 1877a (pacifica).—Rock, J. F., 1916b
(beccariana).—Seemann, B., 18621 (pacifica).—St. John, H., 1932 (crit.).
Pritchardiopsis: Beccari, O., 1910 (n. spp.).
Rhopalostylis: Beccari, O., 1917a (crit.).—Ostinelli, V., 1921 (sapida).
Sagus amicarum: Wendland, H., 1878.
Styloma: Bailey, L. H., 1933 (crit.).—Cook, O. F., 1915 (crit.).
Taveunia: Burret, M., 1935 (n. gen.).
Veitchia: André, E., 1883b, 1884a (joannis) Anonymous, 1883a, 1883b, 1897
(joannis).—Houtte, L. van, 1873c (canterburyana).—Watson, W., 1883 (joannis).
PANDANACEAE
Brongniart, A., 1875 (New Caledonia).—Martelli, U., 1910-13 (enum.); 1912
(Caroline Islands); 1913 (Samoa); 1914 (n. spp.); 1920 (New Caledonia) ;
1930a (Fiji) ; 1930b (Tonga) ; 1931, 1932a (New Hebrides) ; 1932b (Marquesas) ;
1932d (Society Islands) ; 1933a (distrib.) ; 1933b (Tahiti) ; 1933c (Rarotonga) ;
1934b (Micronesia) ; 1934c (Samoa).—Solms-Laubach, H., 1879 (monogr.).—
Verona, O., 1931 (new diseases) —Warburg, O., 1900 (monogr.).
Barrqtia pancheri: André, E., 1877c.
Freycinetia: Gouas, L., 1857 (cult.).—Martelli, U., 1910 (n. spp.).
Hombronia edulis: Mueller, F. von, 1891.
Pandanus: Balfour, I., 1883 (jaskei); 1878a (enum.)—G., 1872 (enum.).—
Hosokawa, T., 1937b (fatyanion).—Kanehira, R., 1935e, 1936a, 1936-38 (Micro-
nesia).—Kayser, P. A., 1934 (Naauru).—Koch, K., 1870 (decorus).—Martelli,
U., 1904 (New Caledonia) ; 1905 (whitmeeanus) ; 1907 (n. spp.) ; 1926 (Fanning
Island); 1929 (odoratissimus vs. tectorius); 1930c (odoratissimus Hawaii) .—
Moore, T., 187la (veitchii).
PAPAVERACEAE
Fedde, F., 1909a (monogr.).—Friedel, J., 1933, 1934 (Oceanopapaver neo-cale-
donicum).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXVIII) (New Caledonia).
PASSIFLORACEAE
Masters, M. T., 1871 (crit.).
Disemma: Hooker, W. J., 1845a (aurantia).—Seemann, B., 1862n (caerulescens).
Murucuja baueri: Lindley, J., 1821-24.
Passiflora: Andrews, H. C., 1803 (aurantia)—Exell, A. W., 1925 (samoensis) .—
Ker, J. B., 1817 (adiantifolia) —MacCaughey, V., 1916k (Hawaii).—Lawrance,
M., 1799-1800 (adiantifolia).
PHILYDRACEAE
Caruel, T., 1881 (monogr.).—Hooker, J. D., 1873e (Philydrum glaberrimum).
PHYTOLACCACEAE
Walter, H., 1909 (monogr.).
PIPERACEAE
Candolle, C. de, 1866 (n. spp.) ; 1869 (monogr.) ; 1898 (n. spp. Tahiti, Hawaii) ;
1910, 1913a (Samoa) ; 1916, 1920 (New Caledonia) ; 1921 (n. spp.) ; 1923 (key).
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 399
—Fosberz, F. R., 1940a (Melanesia).—Kunth, K. S., 1839 (crit.); 1843-44
(revis.) ; 1846 (illus.).—Skottsberg, C., 1944b (Hawaii).
Macropiper; See Piper.
Methysticum methysticum: Farwell, O. A., 1917-19.
Peperomia: Candolle, C. de, 1908 (n. spp. New Hebrides) ; 1912 (n. spp. Hawaii) ;
1913a (revis. Hawaii) ; 1917 (subpallescens).—Hooker, W. J., 1837d (margariti-
fera).—Miquel, F. A. W., 1843b (n. spp. Hawaii).—St. John, H., 1943b (crit.
Hawaii).--Yuncker, T. G., 1933a, 1933b (revis. Hawaii).—Yuncker, T. G., and
Gray, W. D., 1934 (anat. Hawaii spp.).—Yuncker, T. G., 1937a (teratology) ;
1937b (n. spp. Hawaii) ; 1938 (revis. Micronesia) ; 1943b (n. spp. Fiji).
Piper: Bennett, G., 1832c (methysticum).—Farwell, O, A., 1917-19 (esculentum) —
Home, E., 1847 (methysticum).—Jan, S. R., 1937 (betle).—Kunth, K. S., 1840
(latifolium).—Moore, J. W., 1934 (methysticum).—Parham, B. E. V., 1935
(disease of methysticum) ; 1938-40 (aduncum).—Smith, A. C., 1941-46 (crit.).
PITTOSPORACAE
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LVIIT) (New Caledonia).
Pittosporum: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864d (n. spp. New Caledon*a).—
Burkill, I. H., 1898 (spathaceum).—Dubard, M., 191la (heckeli) —Guillaumin,
A., 191445 (pt. LVIII) (revis. New Caledonia).—Putterlick, A., 1839 (synop.).
—Rock, J. F., 1910 (hosmeri) —Sherff, E. E., 1941a, 1941b (crit.) ; 1942b (revis.).
—Skottsberz, C., 1944b (Hawaii).—Wawra, H., 1883 (cauliflorum).
PLANTAGINACEAE
Barnéoud, F. M., 1845 (monogr.).—Decaisne, J., 1852a (monogr.).—Pilger, R.,
1923 (crit. Plantago Hawaii); 1922 (P. major); 1936 (n. spp. Plantago) ; 1937
(monogr.).—-Rock, J. F., 1920b (Plantago Hawaii).
PLATANACEAE
Platanus ofahetianus: Ruiz, H., 1940 (—Broussonetia papyrifera—Moraceae).
PLUMBAGINACEAE
Boissier, E., 1848 (monogr.).
POLYGALACEAE
Chodat, R., 1390-93 (monogr.).
POLYGONACEAE
Danser, B. H., 1927 (Neth. E. Indies). —Guillaumin, A., 1914—45 (pt. XLVII) (New
Caledonia).—Meisner, C. F., 1857a (monogr.).—Rechinger, K. H. (filius), 1934
(Rumex Juan Fernandez).
PORTULACACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1828e (monogr.),.—Fenzl, E., 1836, 1839 (monogr.).—Mehrlick,
F. P., and Fitzpatrick, H. M., 1935 (pathogene).
Portulacca: Egler, F. E., 1937 (cyanosperma) ; 1938 (caumit, villosa) .—Poellnitz,
K. von, 1933 (samoensis) ; 1934b (monogr.) ; 1936 (list se. Polynesia).
Talinum: Poellnitz, K. von, 1934a (monogr.).
396 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
POTAMOGETONACEAE
Ascherson, P., 1867-68, 1871, 1875a, 1875b, 1876a, 1876b (“‘sea-grasses” ).—Ascher-
son, P., and Graebner, P., 1907 (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLVI)
(Fluviales New Caledonia).—St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R., 1939 (Ruppia
maritima).—Setchell, W. A., 1934 (distrib.).
PRIMULACEAE
Duby, J. E., 1844 (monogr.).—Pax, F., and Knuth, R., 1905 (monogr.).—Rock,
J. F., 1910 (Lysimachia glutinosa).—St. John, H., 1933 (crit. Lysimachta Hawaii).
PROTEACEAE
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1863a, 1865a, 1871c (New Caledonia).—Brown, R.,
1810 (New Caledonia).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XX XIX) (New Caledonia).
—Meisner, C. F., 1857b (monogr.).
Garniera: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1871b.
Grevillea: Hooker, W. J., 1855b (gillivrayi) —Macgillivray, J., 1854 (gillivrayt).—
Sleumer, H., 1939b (micronesica).
Kermadecia.vitiensis: Turrill, W. B., 1915b.
Lomatia milnei: Hooker, W. J., 1855b.
Macadamia: Beaumont, J. H., 1939 (introd. Hawaii).
Stenocarpus: Brown, R., 1810 (forsteri) —Macgillivray, J., 1854 (milnet)—
Zahlbruckner, A., 1888 (grunowit).
RAFFLESIACEAE
Hooker, J. D., 1873c (monogr. “Cytinaceae”).—Solms-Laubach, H., 1901
(monogr.).
RANUNCULACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1824a (monogr.).—Kuntze, O., 1885 (monogr. Clematis).
RHAMNACEAE
Braid, K. W., 1925 (revis. Alphitonia).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1825b (monogr.).—
Fosberg, F. R., 1938-43 (n. spp. Gouania).—Guillaumin, A. 1914-45 (pt. XX)
(New Caledonia).—Lauterbach, K., 192le (Micronesia).—Seemann, B., 1862f
(Smythea pacifica).—Sprague, T. A., 1915 (Emmenosperma pancherianum) —
Summerhayes, V. S., 1928 (Smythea pacifica, lanceolata).
RHIZOPHORACEAE
Bentham, G., 1859 (synop. Legnotideae).—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 186le
(crit. Crossostylis)—Guillaumin, A., 191445 (pt. I) (New Caledonia).—
Kariyone, T., 1927 (mangroves) .—MacCaughey, V., 1917k (Rhizophora, Hawaii).
—Salvoza, F. M., 1936 (monogr. Rhizophora). See also in Section I—Mangroves.
ROSACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1825£ (monogr.).
Acaena: Bitter, G., 1911, 1912 (monogr.).
Fragaria sandwicensis: Vilmorin, [J. M.] P. L. de, 1905.
Osteomeles anthyllidifolia: Hooker, J. D., 1894c.—Lindley, J., 1821.—Preston,
F, G., 1923—Wenzig, T., 1874.
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL’S BIBLIOGRAPHY 401
Phaleria).—Gray, A., 1865 (n. spp.).—Knuth, P., 1898-1905 (Phaleria acuminata).
—Meisner, C. F., 1857c (monogr.).—Meyer, K. A., 1843a, 1843b (crit. Daphnaceae).
TILIACEAE
Baillon, H., 187la (Solmsia).—Burret, M., 1926-36 (syst.) ; 1940 (Bishop Mus.
coll.).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1824h (monogr.).—Jussieu, A. L. de, 1804 (revis.
Grewia).—Szyszylowicz, I. von, 1885-86a, 1885-86b (monogr.).
TRIURIDACEAE
Giesen, H., 1938 (monogr.).
Andruris palawensis: Tuyama, T., 1938a.
Sciaphila: Fedde, F., 1908a (aneitensis) —Hemsley, W. B., 1907a (aneitensis) —
Schinz, H., 1914 (dolichostyla).
TYPHACEAE
Graebner, P., 1900 (monogr.).
ULMACEAE
Lauterbach, K., 1913 (Papua).—Planchon, J. E., 1848 (syst.) ; 1873 (monogr.).
Trema: Lauterbach, K., 1913 (revis.).
UMBELLIFERAE
Baillon, H., 1878a (crit.)—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 186la (Myodocarpus) ;
1865d (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Buwalda, F., 1936 (Hydrocotyle vulgaris).—
Domin, K., 1908 (monogr. Centella).—Nannfeldt, J. A., 1924 (revis. Centella) —
Sprague, T. A., 1923 (Apium leptophyllum).—St. John, H., and Hosaka, E. Y.,
1935 (Sanicula Hawaii).—Wolff, H., 1913, 1927 (monogr.).
URTICACEAE
Blume, C. L., 1849-56 (taxon.).—Guillaumin, A., 191445 (pt. LXXVI) (New
Caledonia).—Planchon, J. E., 1848 (syst.).—Steudel, E. G., 1850 (n. spp.).—
Weddell, H. A., 1854 (review) ; 1856-57, 1869 (monogr.).
Elatostema: Robinson, C. B., 1911 (sessile) —Schréter, H., and Winkler, H.,
1935-36 (monogr.).
Fleurya glaberrima: Beck, G, von, 1888b.
Leucosyke: Unruh, M., 1943 (monogr.).
Pilea bisepala: St. John, H., 193la.
Pipturus: Krajina, V., 1930b (n. spp.).—Skottsberg, C., 1931b, 1932a (n. spp.) ;
1932b, 1933a (crit.) ; 1934b (Hawaii).
Procris: Schroter, H., 1938 (monogr.).
Pseudopipturus: Skottsberg, C., 1933a.
Touchardia /atifolia: MacCaughey, V., 19181.
VACCINIACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1839d (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXXX)
(Vaccinium New Caledonia) —Hooker, W. J., 1837c (V. cereum).—Klotzsch,
J. F., 1851 (n. spp. Hawaii) —Mueller, F. von, 1875c (V. whitmeei).—Nuttall, T.,
1843 (n. spp.).—Skottsberg, C., 1927c (revis. Hawaii) ; 1933b (V. cereum) ; 1934a,
1937a (crit.).—Sleumer, H., 1942 (revis. Vaccinium Papua).
402 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
VERBENACEAE
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXXIII) (New Caledonia).—Junell, S., 1934
(morphol.)—Lam, H. J., 1919 (revis.); 1924 (Micronesia) —Lam, H. J., and
Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C., 1921 (Neth. E. Indies and vicinity).—Moldenke,
H. N., 1942a (names); 1942b (collections); 1942c, 1945 (distrib.).—Schauer,
J. C., 1847 (monogr.).
Clerodendron: Seemann, B., 1862h (amicorum).
Faradaya: Seemann, B., 1865.
Lantana camara (crocea): Fosberg, F. R., 1937d.—Heckel, E., 1911la—Kermack,
J., 1928.—Lever, R. J. A. W., 1931, 1944—Parham, B. E. V., 1940.—Simmonds,
H. W., 1932a, 1934.—Turbet, C. R., 1929, 1931.
Nesogenes euphrasioides: Hemsley, W. B., 1913.
Oxera: Bocquillon, M. H., 1861 (crit.) ; 1861-63 (revis.)—Carriére, E. A., 1890
(pulchella).—Credner, A. von, 1888 (pulchella).—Dubard, M., 1906b (revis.) ;
1907 (crit.).—Fenzl, E., 1843 (crit.)—Hooker, J. D., 1887a (pulchella). —Jarry-
Desloges, R., 1940 (pulchella).—Rodigas, E., 1889 (pulchella).—Vieillard, E.,
1862b (crit.).—Watson, W., 1888 (pulchella).
Petrea: Moldenke, N. H., 1938 (monogr.).
Premna faitensis: Anonymous, 1882b.
Rhaphithamnus: Miers, J., 1870 (longiflorus).—Moldenke, H. N., 1937 (monogr.).
Stachytarpheta: Lever, R. J. A. W., 1944 (urticaefolta).—Simmonds, H. W., 1934
(jamatcensis).
Tectona grandis: Surridge, H. R., 1938b (germination, Fiji).
Verbena nudiflora: Turczaninow, N., 1863.
Vitex: Lam, H. J., 1922 (crit.).
VIOLACEAE
Becker, W., 1916 (Viola Hawaii).—Brongniart, A., 1861 (Agation New Caledonia,
Fiji) —Cretzoiu, P., 1941 (Hybanthus caledonicus)—Gingens [Lassaraz, F. C. J.]
de, 1826 (Viola chamissoniana, trachelufolia).—Gray, A., 1852b (Agatea, Isoden-
dron).—Guillaumin, A., 191445 (pt. LXX) (crit. New Caledonia) —Mac-
Caughey, V., 19181 (Hawaii).—Rock, J. F., 19lla (n. varieties).—Schulze, G. K.
von, 1934 (Hybanthus agateoides).—Skan, S. A., 1918 (Melicytus ramiflorus) —
Skottsberg, C., 1939a (/uctae) ; 1940a (Hawaii).
VITACEAE
Lauterbach, K., 1930 (Micronesia).—Planchon, J. E., 1887 (monogr. Ampe-
lidaceae).
WINTERACEAE
Burtt, B. L., 1936b (crit. Bubbia, Drimys)—Dandy, J. E., 1934 (transfers).—
Hutchinson, J., 1921 (taxon.).—Miers, J., 1858 (crit.).—Smith, A, C., 1943 (crit.).
—Tieghem, P. van, 1900b (crit.)—Vickery, J. W., 1937 (crit. Drimys, Bubbia).
ZINGIBERACEAE
Anonymous, 1873 (Alpinia vitiata). —Burvenich, F., 1877 (A. vittata) —Gagnepain,
F., 1913 (Samoa).—Horaninow, P., 1862 (monogr.).—Jan, S. R., 1938 (Curcuma
longa). —Schumann, K., 1904 (monogr.).
ZYGOPHYLLACEAE
Candolle, A. P. de, 1824n (monogr.).
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL REFERENCES TO
GEOGRAPHIC NAMES
[This list includes some names that do not appear as headings]
Admiralty Islands, 342.
American Samoa (Samoa), 339.
Ant Atoll (Caroline Islands), 341.
Austral Islands = Tubuai Islands.
Bismarck Archipelago, 342.
Canton Island (Phoenix Islands), 339.
Caroline Island (Line Island), 338.
Caroline Islands, 340, 349, 353.
Christmas Island (Line Islands), 338.
Cook Islands, 334, 349, 356, 364,
Crescent Island (Tuamotu Islands), 340.
Danger Islands, 334.
Easter Islands, 334, 349, 352, 357, 359, 360,
364.
Eimeo Island (Society Islands), 339.
Ellice Islands, 334, 349, 364.
Equatorial Islands. See Line Islands.
Espiritu Santo Island (New Hebrides),
364.
Eua, 356.
Fanning Island (Line Islands), 338.
Fiji Islands, 342, 349, 353, 357, 358, 359,
361, 364.
Flint Island (Line Islands), 338.
Friendly Islands. See Tonga Islands.
Funafuti, 334.
Futuna Island, 338.
Gambier Islands (Tuamotu Islands), 340,
353.
Gilbert Islands, 341, 361.
Guam, 341, 353, 357.
Hawaii, Island of, 336.
Hawaii National Park, 336.
Hawaiian Islands, 334, 349, 353, 357, 358,
359, 361, 364.
Hervey Islands. See Cook Islands.
Hilo (Hawaii, Island of), 336.
Honolulu, 337.
Horne Islands, 338.
Hualalai, Mount (Hawaii, Island of), 336.
Humboldt, Mount (New Caledonia), 345.
Isle of Art, 343.
Isle of Pines, 343, 349, 358, 361, 364, 369.
Jaluit Island (Marshall Islands), 341.
Johnson Island, 338.
Juan Fernandez, 338, 349, 353, 357, 359,
361, 364.
Kahoolawe, 336.
Kaula Island, 336.
Kermadec group, 338, 349, 353, 357.
Kilauea (Hawaiian Islands), 364.
Kilauea National Park (Hawaii, Island
of), 336,
Kipapa Gulch (Oahu), 337,
Konahuanui (Oahu), 337.
Kusaie (Caroline Islands), 341.
Lanai, 336.
Lau, Southern (Fiji Islands), 342.
Laysan Island, 336.
Leeward Islands, 336.
Lehua Island, 336.
Line Islands, 338. ©
Lord Howe Island, 344, 349, 357, 361, 364.
Loyalty Islands, 344, 353, 357, 361, 364.
Makatea Island (Tuamotu Island), 340.
Malden Island (Line Islands), 338.
Mangaia (Cook Islands), 334, 349.
Mangareva (Tuamotu Islands), 340, 358.
Manikiki, 334.
Manoa Valley (Oahu), 337.
Marcus Island, 341.
Marianas Islands, 341, 349, 353.
Marquesas Islands, 338, 358, 359, 364.
Marshall Islands, 341, 349, 353.
Marutea, South (Tuamotu Islands), 340.
Maui, 336.
Mauna Island (Samoa), 339.
Mauna Kea, 336.
Mauna Loa (Hawaii, Island of), 336, 364.
Melanesia, 342, 349, 353, 361, 364.
Micronesia, 340, 349, 353, 357, 358, 361, 364.
Midway Island, 336,
Molokai, 336.
Molokini, 336.
Naviti Levu (Fiji), 343.
Necker Islands (Hawaiian Islands), 357.
New Caledonia, 344, 349, 353, 357, 358, 359,
361, 363, 364, 365, 369.
New Guinea, 342, 346, 357, 365.
New Hebrides, 346, 349, 361, 365.
New Ireland, 346.
Nihoa Islands (Hawaiian Islands), 357.
Niihau, 336.
Niuafoou Island, 338, 349.
403
404
Niue Island, 338.
Norfolk Island, 346, 350, 365.
Nukahiva (Marquesas Islands), 338, 358.
Oahu, 337.
Palau Islands (Caroline Islands), 341.
Palmyra Island (Line Islands), 338.
Pascua Island = Easter Island.
Paumotu Archipelago = Tuamotu Islands.
Penrhyn (Line Islands), 338.
Philip Island (San Cristoval), 346,
Phoenix Islands, 339.
Pitcairn Island, 339,
Polynesia, 333, 349, 352, 356, 360, 364.
Ponape (Caroline Islands), 340, 341.
Prony Bay (New Caledonia), 345.
Pukapuka, 334.
Raiatea Island (Society Islands), 339, 361.
Raoul Island (Kermadec group), 338.
Rapa Island (Tubuai Islands) , 340,
Rarotonga, 334, 356.
Rose Atoll (Samoa), 339.
Rota Island (Marianas Islands), 341.
Rotuma Island, 339.
Samoa, 339, 349, 353, 357, 359, 361, 364.
San Cristoval, 346.
Santa Cruz Islands, 349, 350, 365.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Society Islands, 339, 349, 353, 357, 358, 359,
361, 364.
Solomon Islands, 346, 350, 353.
South Point (Hawaii, Island of), 336.
Stewart Atolls (Solomon Islands), 346.
Tahiti, 339, 349, 353, 358, 361.
Tanna (New Hebrides), 346.
Timoe Island (Tuamotu Islands), 340.
Tokelau Islands, 340,
Tonga Islands, 340, 349, 356, 364.
Tongatabu (Tonga Islands), 340, 356,
Truk (Caroline Islands), 341.
Tuamotu Islands, 340, 353, 358.
Tubuai Islands, 340.
Tutuila Island (Samoa), 339.
Union Islands, 340.
Uvea (Wallis Islands), 340.
Vanikoro (Santa Cruz Islands), 365.
Vanua Levu (Fiji Islands), 343.
Vavau Island (Tonga Islands), 340.
Vostok Island (Line Islands), 338.
Waianae Mountains (Oahu), 337.
Waiau, Lake (Hawaii, Island of), 336.
Wake Island, 341.
Wallis Islands, 340.
Yap (Caroline Islands), 341.
vv U. S. Government Printing Office : 1947—700080
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
VotumeE 30, Parr 2 «vor Sg
tg ~
‘ \,
MARL? 19438. ~~}
Its ab te jerth i]
fi}
, ape
OBSERVATIONS ON THE GRASS°FLORA
OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS
By L. T. BURCHAM
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
Unitrep States NATIONAL HERBARIUM
VotumeE 30, Part 2
OBSERVATIONS ON THE GRASS FLORA
OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS
By L. T. BURCHAM
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. 5. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C,
Price 30 cents
ISSUED MAR 101948
BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
I
CONTENTS
Page
Introduction._______._-------------------------------------------- 405
Guadalcanal, British Solomon Islands______._.-_-----..---..--.------ 405
Goodenough Island, Territory of Papua____-------------------------- 409
New Britain, Bismarck Archipelago__-___----------------------------- 416
Pavuvu Island, Russell Islands_....-.-.----------------------------- 422
Peleliu Island, Palau Islands__._._--.----------- eee eee 429
Okinawa Shima, Ryukyu Archipelago___--_-------------------------- 435
New Caledonia_____-.---------- .---------------------------------- 447
Index___...------------------------------------------------------ v
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATES Followlng page
1. East coast of Goodenough Island____-_---------------------------- 408
2. Haiwali Village, Goodenough Island._..-_-.---.-------------------- 408
3. Native laborers, Goodenough Island____.-.---...------------------ 408
4, Savanna, Goodenough Island______.-.-.-.------------------------ 408
5. Grassland, Cape Gloucester, New Britain...-..-.------------------ 416
6. Saccharum spontaneum on Cape Gloucester, New Britain........-..-. 416
7. The airfield, Peleliu Island__-__..-.--- wan enn ene 432
FIGURES Page
1. Oplismenus aristulatus___...-------------------------------------- 419
2. Lepturus cinereus__-.-------------------------------------------- 423
3. Map of Peleliu Island, Palau Islands_----_------------------------ 430
4, Fruiting habits of Thuarea involuta__._.-------------------------- 442
OBSERVATIONS ON THE GRASS FLORA OF
CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS
By L. T. Burcaam
INTRODUCTION
Tur grasses discussed in this paper were collected on islands of the
South and Western Pacific between November 1942 and July 1945,
while I was on duty with the United States Marine Corps. Areas
represented include Guadalcanal, British Solomon Islands; Good-
enough Island, Territory of Papua; New Britain, Bismarck Archi-
pelago; Pavuvu Island, Russell Islands; Peleliu Island, Palau Islands;
Okinawa Shima, Ryukyu Archipelago; and two species from New
Caledonia. Although a reasonable attempt was made to obtain a
complete representation of grasses from each locality, collecting was
done during periods when active combat operations were in progress,
except for Goodenough and Pavuvu Islands. This handicap, to-
gether with the difficulty of obtaining driers and caring for specimens
at such times, at least partly explains why the collections from some
areas were not more extensive.
This collection of 104 numbers includes representatives of 9 tribes,
45 genera, and 72 species. The species were identified by Mrs. Agnes
Chase, research associate, division of grasses, U. S. National Herba-
rium, whose suggestions and assistance in the preparation of this
paper are gratefully acknowledged. A complete set of the specimens
is deposited in the National Herbarium. Isotypes of the new species
are in the herbarium of the University of California.
All localities and altitudes were determined, on the ground, from the
best military topographic maps available; local place names used are
as given on those maps. The areas of occurrence are condensations
of the “known range” as determined from specimens in the National
Herbarium, supplemented in a few instances by statements of qualified
authorities.
GUADALCANAL, BRITISH SOLOMON ISLANDS
The island of Guadalcanal, located in latitude 10°S., longitude 160°
E., is the second largest of the British Solomon Islands. The name
Guadalcanal is a corruption of the original Guadaleanar, meaning ‘‘a
dry river bed,” from the city of that name in Spain, for which the
island was named.
405
MAR 1 1 1948
406 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
The Kavo Range, with the highest peak just over 8,000 feet, forms
a mountainous backbone dominating the southern half of the island;
from this range the land slopes abruptly toward the south and more
gently toward the north, here forming a relatively broad coastal plain,
Generally, the topography is steep, and coral outcrops along much of
the northern shoreline indicate a relatively recent rise above sea level.
The climate is that typical of the hot, humid tropics—an average
annual temperature of 82° F., and annual rainfall ranging between 94
and 180 inches. Although the period between January and March is
considered the rainy season, and from June through August the dry
season, there is really but little difference between monthly rainfall
records of these periods on much of the island.!
Soils personally examined were mostly in coastal areas, over coral
outcrops; they were shallow and texture varied from sand to adobe
clay, and in several instances clayey soils had an appreciable amount
of peaty material in the upper 3 or 4 inches. There was no oppor-
tunity to investigate soils farther than about 5 miles inland.
The original vegetation of this island consisted of tropical rain-
forest on the uplands, extending down to the seacoast in most of the
ravines, particularly on south and west slopes of ridges. These
forests contain several varieties of teak, two or three so-called “‘ma-
hoganies,’’ and a species of ebony, which are of some commercial
importance.!| There are some swamps along the coasts where man-
grove (/thizophora sp.) is dominant. In recent years much of the
coastal plain has been cleared for coconut plantations.
In all I spent 11 days on Guadalcanal in 1942, during which time
the collection was made, but combat conditions then prohibited an ex-
tensive examination of terrain and vegetation. During 1944 and
1945 I spent about 15 additional days on the island and was able to
make more extensive observations, but no further collections. A
considerable portion of the northwest coast I observed from a plane at
low altitude.
GRASSES COLLECTED
Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn. Fruct. et Sem. 1: 8. 1788.
Cynosurus indicus L. Sp. Pl. 72. 1753. India.
Common throughout tropics and subtropics of both hemispheres.
East bank Lunga River, about half a mile from mouth; altitude
5 to 10 feet; Burcham 73, December 8, 1942. In silty river overwash.
Annual, in open clumps; associated with EKehinochloa colonum, Paspa-
lum conjugatum, and other grasses. Occasional in this vicinity.
1 Personal conversation with Maj. Martin Clemens, A. I. F., formerly assistant district officer at Aola,
Guadalcanal.
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 407
Paspalum conjugatum Berg. Act. Helv. Phys. Math. 7: 129. pl. 8.1762. Surinam.
Warm regions of America; introduced in Eastern Hemisphere;
common in East Indies, Philippines, and Pacific Jslands.
East bank Lunga River, about half a mile from mouth; altitude
5 to 10 feet; Burcham 72, December 8, 1942. In silty river over-
wash. Stoloniferous perennial; flowering culms suberect, to 2 feet
tall; associated with Echinochloa colonum, Eleusine indica, and other
grasses. Occasional to common; economic value uncertain, appar-
ently grazed to some extent locally by plantation cattle.
Panicum cambogiense Balansa, Journ. de Bot. 4: 142. 1890. Cambodia.
Panicum reticulatum Thwaites, in Trimen, Journ. Bot. 23: 271. 1885. Not P.
reliculatum Torr. 1852 or Griseb. 1857. Ceylon.
Panicum cruciabile Chase, Journ. Arnold Arb. 20: 309. 1939. Based on P.
reticulatum Thwaites.
Ceylon, Burma, Cambodia, Philippines, and New Guinea.
South side Henderson Field; altitude 20 feet; Burcham 74, December
8, 1942. Margin of rain-forest, one-fourth mile east of Lunga River;
east slope, adobe-clay soil underlain with coral at shallow depths.
Coarse, erect perennial, to 6 feet tall; culms and sheaths hirsute with
coarse white hairs, irritating to the skin, associated with bamboos,
Convolvulaceae, and trailing herbs. Rare to occasional.
Echinochloa colonum (L.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2: 209. 1833.
Panicum colonum L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 2: 870. 1759. Jamaica.
Tropics and subtropics of both hemispheres.
East bank Lunga River, about half a mile from the mouth; altitude
5 to 10 feet; Burcham 71, December 8, 1942. Decumbent annual,
growing with Paspalum conjugatum, Eleusine indica, and other grasses,
along banks of river, in silty river overwash. Common; apparently
grazed by plantation cattle.
Imperata exaltata (Roxb.) Brongn. in Duperrey, Bot. Voy. Coquille 2 (2): 101.
1831.
Saccharum exaltatum Roxb. Fl. Ind. 1: 249. 1820. India.
India, Malay Peninsula, Philippines, Borneo, New Guinea.
South side Henderson Field; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 69, December
8, 1942. Grassland, one-fourth mile east of Lunga River; on moist,
peaty clay, underlain with coral fragments at 10 to 12 inches. Robust,
erect perennial with stout, scaly rhizomes; leaves mostly in a basal
tuft; appears to reproduce primarily by vegetative means. Associated
with Themeda australis and trailing herbaceous plants. Moderately
abundant and widespread, this and the following being the two
dominant species throughout the majority of grasslands at low ele-
vations. Economic use here. not known.
408 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Themeda australis (R. Br.) Stapf, in Prain, Fl. Trop. Afr. 9: 420. 1919.
Anthistiria australis R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 1: 200. 1810. Australia.
Australia; New Guinea.
South side Henderson Field; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 68, December
7, 1942. Grassland, one-fourth mile east of Lunga River; clay loam,
underlain with coral at 4 to 6 inches. Perennial, in clumps to 5 feet
tall; associated with Imperata ezaltata, trailing herbs, and sometimes
with small shrubs or in borders of rain forests. Widely distributed and
abundant in low-elevation grasslands, growing under a wide variety
of soil and moisture conditions.
Polytoca macrophylla Benth. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 19: 52. 1881. Louisiade
Archipelago.
New Guinea and adjacent islands; introduced in Hawaii.
South side Henderson Field; altitude 30 feet; Burcham 70, December
8, 1942. Margin of rain-forest, one-fourth mile east of Lunga River;
peaty clay underlain with coral at 6 to 8 inches. Coarse, erect peren-
nial, in clumps to 6 feet tall; with Themeda australis, bamboos, and
trailing herbs. Occasional, in margins of rain-forest in part shade.
Although this collection comprises only a portion of the grass
flora of Guadalcanal, it does include representative species of two
characteristic habitats.
Open spots along river margins are characterized by such grasses as
Echinochloa colonum and Eleusine indica and by such moisture-
loving species as Paspalum conjugatum, which are presumably acci-
dental introductions since the advent of white men there. Though
not represented ia the collection, Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.)
Beauv. was also observed along streams, as well as in several other
areas where it formed almost pure stands on sandy soils, particularly
near the coast.
Dominant species of low-altitude grasslands are Themeda australis
and Jmperata exaltata, in varying proportions. On exposed, stony,
and well-drained slopes, where soils are generally of coarser texture,
Themeda australis tends to form almost pure stands; in flatter areas,
where soils are less well-drained and more clayey, Imperata exaltata
is the dominant species, with Themeda australis definitely a sub-
ordinate. Panicum cambogiense and Polytoca macrophylla represent
species observed associated with these grassland dominants along
borders of the rain forest, where they appear restricted to habitats
of part shade. <A species of Stenotaphrum was observed but not
collected; it was locally abundant in rain-forest margins, in vicinity
of the coast just east of Cape Esperance.
Grasslands tend to be restricted to north and east slopes of ridges,
here in the Southern Hemisphere the slopes of higher insolation; to
PLATE 1
30
CONTR. NAT. HERB., VOL.
PUUPBALS O} ABM OAIS Osa] sad
SlSelOJ-UlVI Oe A
AOJOq
ml
l
ole
(oyoyd sdioy SULIRTY SF) [RLWOQ) "p ivjsseis ate)
O|$ pasodxNe Uo tsAvo][vA urvoeds ay) jo Auvw 3
UNIOT phos JO oul] ota dAOge solo] ssoul ,, Udi po
BP Yst
OQNVIS| HONONAGOOSD 4O LSVOD 1SVvq
JIL
iT
|
os oy
2 91
} Oo) UMOp SUIPUd] Xa
sytuuuins uleqyunow
2
PLATE
VOL. 30
HERB
CONTR. NAT
ONV1S]
(o1 mya sduo dy ouliryy
HONOCNAGOOND AOVTTIA
*sdooly iq p
“Sy [PP YO)
UOL] Sossess
IW MIYH
CONTR. NAT. HERB., VOL 30 PLATE 3
ISLAND
~S. Marine C
Ios
QO =e
D2 2Y
O Le
25 2
Wow
QO _ —
9 Bae
O .s
0 7a
f wk
Wises
e Foe
Gage
q< FU
Jo 7 se
Ww Doe
> SS
a Ee
Zsn07
re
‘abe
K gs
= 4a
Ste
= oo
=
ne %
Boda
Leg
Los
i
~ sv
= oO
ZYo
BO
5°83
= =~
PLATE 4
CONTR. NAT. HERB., VOL. 30
Sool] panvljoj-
oy. sl ‘ds ppal
asdevds ‘poylieq-olly a oy J,
jjom ated ysour syd 40; *
uayf Iof[ ‘Pe
Ll
(coroyd sd
‘ds pipaadiy pure sept
I¢
ONV1S]| HSNONSA0COD ‘VNNVAWS
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 409
flatter areas which are the seaward extensions of ridges; and to rocky,
well-drained slopes. Soils of grassland areas are much shallower
than under rain-forests. These factors of soil, insolation, and drainage
appear to be the principal determinants between rain-forest and
grassland in any given area.
GOODENOUGH ISLAND, TERRITORY OF PAPUA
The Territory of Papua comprises the southeastern part of the
island of New Guinea together with the adjacent offshore island
groups. Goodenough Island is one of three principal islands of the
D’Entrecasteaux group, located off the northeast coast of the main-
land of New Guinea and separated from it by Ward Hunt Strait;
it lies about 20 miles northeast of Cape Vogel, in approximately
latitude 9°15’ S. and longitude 150°15’’ E. Goodenough is also
known as Morata Island.
The island is of voleanic origin with high mountains located about
two-thirds of the distance from northeast to southwest. The tallest
peak, Mount Whyalla, has an elevation of 8,419 feet; this is also the
highest island mountain in the Territory of New Guinea. Mount
Nimadao, Mount Stella, and at least five other peaks in this back-
bone reach above 7,000 feet. From this rugged chain the terrain
falls off sharply to the coastline on the north, west, and south sides.
On the northeast an undulating, well-drained plain extends 4 to 5
miles from the base of the mountains to the coast. Mountain canyons
are geologically rather young, being very narrow and V-shaped as
well as having steep gradients. As soon as streams reach the coastal
plain they tend to meander to a considerable extent; some of them
have made marked changes of course in the recent past. Heavy
rains in the hills, which are practically of daily occurrence, often
manifest themselves in abrupt rises in the streams—the north branch
of Malauna Creek was observed to rise 2 feet in less than 15 minutes
at a point approximately 3 miles from its source in the hills.
The climate is humid-tropical, characterized by average annual
temperatures of about 80° F. and by an annual rainfall of 100 to 150
inches. December to April are the rainiest months, but high moun-
tains and the small size of the island minimize usual “‘wet”’ and “dry”
season distinctions.
Virtually all the area of the northeast coastal plain is covered with
boulders of all sizes, up to many tons. These rocks are chiefly
basaltic, with considerable amounts of quartz intruded—and the
whole strongly metamorphosed. Soils weathered from these are
almost invariably shallow, sandy to loamy in texture, and with much
organic matter in the first few inches; in some grasslands the surface
layer is almost peaty.
410 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
The vegetation pattern is very similar to that found on other tropi-
cal islands throughout the Southwest Pacific. Mountain summits are
clothed with “moss” forest above the line of cloud formation. Below
are rain-forests extending down to the seacoast along many stream
valleys (pl. 1). On much of the coastal plain, and on exposed north
and east slopes to about 3,000 feet elevation, these forests give way
to savanna or grassland. Much of the coastline has a narrow fringe
of mangrove (Rhizophora sp.). A relatively insignificant area in
vicinity of the coast has been cleared for coconut plantations, but
for the most part this island had been scarcely touched by white men
before the war.
I was on Goodenough Island from October 21 to December 15,
1943, and during this time explored much of the northeast portion of
the island on foot.
GRASSES COLLECTED
Eragrostis distans Hack. [Publ.] Bur. Gov. Lab. Philippine Islands 35: 81. 1906.
Luzon, Philippine Islands.
Okinawa and Philippine Islands to New Guinea.
Haiwali village; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 123, November 14,
1943. Grassland, 2 miles inland on coastal plain; well-drained sandy
loam, with much organic matter. Tufted annual with shallow roots,
to 2 feet tall, associated with Digitaria microbachne, Paspalum
scrobiculatum var. bispicatum, Apluda mutica, Manisuris rottboellioides,
Sorghum nitidum, Imperata sp., Themeda sp., and other grasses.
Occasional in this locality.
Centotheca latifolia (Osbeck) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 141. 1820. Presumably based
on Holcus latifolius Osbeck; Cenchrus lappaceus L. cited as synonym.
Holcus latifolius Osbeck, Dagbok 247. 1757, China.
Cenchrus lappaceus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1488. 1762. India.
Centotheca lappacea Desv. Journ. de Bot. Desv. 1: 71. 1818.
Tropical Asia, East Indies, South Pacific Islands; Queensland,
Australia; west tropical Africa.
Near Haiwali village; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 118, November
12, 1943. Margin of tropical rain-forest, 2 miles inland on coastal
plain; among metamorphic boulders, on thin soil containing much
leaf mold. An erect, broad-leaved perennial, to 3 feet tall;
occasional, in forest glades and along forest margins.
Garnotia mezii Janowski in Mez, Repert. Sp. Nov. Fedde 17: 86. 1921; 18: 27.
1922. Kaiser Wilhelmsland, New Guinea.
Previously known only from the mainland of New Guinea.
Malauna Creek; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 127, November 27,
1943. Between boulders and bordering banks of creek, 2 miles in-
land; soil shallow, sandy, moist to wet. An erect, tufted perennial
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 4]]1
with slender culms, simple or branching from the lower nodes, to 30
inches tall; associated with Paspalum cartilagineum, P. orbiculare,
Panicum nodosum, and Alloteropsis semialata. Occurs sparingly.
Arundinella lasiostoma Schum. in Schum. & Lauterb. Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb.
Siidsee 174. 1901. New Guinea.
New Guinea; Bismarck Archipelago.
Near Nubuali village; altitude 80 feet; Burcham 132, December 5,
1948. Savanna; light sandy soil with much organic matter in the
first 4 inches, underlain with sand and gravel somewhat stratified by
water deposition. A coarse, tufted perennial without rhizomes,
arising from a woody rootstock; erect, to 5 feet tall; associated with
Mamsuris rottboellioides, Sorghum nitidum, Imperata sp., Themeda
sp., trailing herbs, and occasional trees—these being typical savanna
plants in this area. Fairly common.
Digitaria microbachne (Presl) Henr. Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden 61: 13. 1930.
Panicum microbachne Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1: 298. 1830. Source unknown,
probably Philippines.
India and Malay Peninsula to China, Japan, Philippines, and
Melanesia.
Haiwali village; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 120, November 14, 1943.
Grassland, 2 miles inland on coastal plain; well-drained sandy loam.
Perennial, in spreading clumps to 2} feet tall, or creeping and rooting
at the nodes. For associated grasses see Hragrostis distans, above;
occurs occasionally in clearings and grasslands.
Paspalum cartilagineum Pres], Rel. Haenk. 1: 216. 1830. Luzon, Philippines.
India and Malay peninsula to Philippines, Guam, New Guinea,
Samoa, and Tahiti.
Malauna Creek; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 129, November 27,
1943. Between boulders and along stream banks, 2 miles inland; soil
scanty, sandy, moist to wet. An erect, robust perennial; culms few
or solitary, to 5 feet tall. Associated with Garnotia mezii, Paspalum
orbiculare, Panicum nodosum, and Alloteropsis semialata. Occasional
along stream beds and banks; economic value unknown.
Paspalum orbiculare G. Forst. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 7. 1786. Society Islands.
Paspalum scrobiculatum var. orbiculare Hack. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 6: 233.
1885.
Malay Peninsula and China to Formosa, East Indies, New Guinea,
New Caledonia, and Polynesia.
Malauna Creek; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 130, November 27,
1943. Stream bed and banks. Robust perennial, in compact bunches,
leaves mostly basal, ascending. Occasional, in grasslands and in
forest along streams; economic value not known.
412 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Paspalum paniculatum L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 2: 855. 1759. Jamaica.
American tropics; widely introduced in Old World tropics.
Two miles west of Haiwali village; altitude 700 feet; Burcham 134,
December 11, 1943, Scanty soil among boulders in dense secondary
erowth near village; occasional. Coarse perennial with hirsute
sheaths, rather broad flat blades, and a many-flowered panicle with
minute spikelets.
Paspalum scrobiculatum L. var. bispicatum Hack. in Merrill, Publ. Bur. Sci.
Manila No. 5: 86. 1912. Luzon, Philippines.
New Guinea and Goodenough Island.
Haiwali village; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 122, November 14, 1943.
Grassland, 2 miles inland on coastal plain. Rather slender tufted
perennial, about 15 inches tall, with two racemes of brownish spikelets.
Panicum nodosum Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1: Suppl. IX. 18380.
Panicum multinode Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1: 308. 18380. Not P. multinode
Lam. 1798. Luzon, Philippines.
Hemigymnia multinodis Stapf, in Prain, Fl. Trop. Afr. 9: 742. 1920. Based
on P. multinode Presl.
Ottochloa nodosa Dandy, Journ. Bot. 69: 55. 1931. Based on Panicum
nodosum Kunth.
India to southern China, Philippines, East Indies, and New Guinea.
Malauna Creek; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 128, November 27,
1943. Sballow sandy soil between boulders along banks of stream,
2 miles inland. Creeping perennial, rooting at nodes; culms slender,
mostly simple; inflorescence a spreading terminal panicle. Asso-
ciated with Garnotia mezii, Paspalum cartilagineum, P. corbiculare,
and Alloteropsis semialata. Occasional.
Cyrtococcum patens (L.) A. Camus, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) 27: 118. 1921.
Panicum patens L. Sp. Pl. 58. 1753. India.
Panicum radicans Retz. Obs. Bot. 4: 18. 1786. Canton, China.
Panicum carinatum Presl, Rel. Haenk 1: 309. 1830. Luzon, Philippines.
Throughout tropical Asia, East Indies, Philippines, and New
Guinea,
Dense secondary growth, 2 miles west of Haiwali village; altitude
700 feet; Burcham 135, December 11, 1943. Trailing perennial,
rooting at nodes; here associated with Paspalum paniculatum, Rhaphis
aciculata, and shrubby species of secondary growth, in shallow soil
among boulders. Occasional.
Alloteropsis semialata (R. Br.) Hitche. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 12: 210. 1909.
Panicum semialatum R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 192. 1810. Australia.
Alloteropsis distachya Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1: 344. pl. 47. 1830. Luzon, Philip-
pines, but source erroneously given as California.
Tropical regions of the Eastern Hemisphere.
CONTR. NAT. HERB., VOL. 30 PLATE 8
HETEROSPATHE ELATA SCHEFF.
Photograph taken on Guam in 1945 by Albert Vatter.
CONTR. NAT. HERB., VOL. 30 PLATE 9
TRISTIROPSIS OBTUSANGULA RADLK.
Fruits (above) and habit (below). Photographs taken on Guam in 1945. by
Russell L. Steere.
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 413
Malauna Creek; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 131, November 27,
1943. Two miles inland, among boulders in stream bed and along the
banks; scant, sandy soil, moist to wet. Coarse perennial, culms a
few together, erect, to 4 feet tall; with Garnotia mezui, Paspalum
cartilagineum, P. orbiculare, and Panicum nodosum. Occasional;
economic value not known.
Setaria pallidifusca (Schumach.) Stapf & Hubb. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930: 259,
1930.
Panicum pallide-fuscwum Schumach. Beskr. Guin. Pl. 78. 1827. Guinea,
Africa.
Africa; India, Java, Sumatra, and New Guinea (probably intro-
duced in Asia and Pacific islands).
Haiwali village; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 125, November 22,
1943. Two miles inland on coastal plain; well-drained sandy loam.
Weedy annual, to 4 feet tall; occasional about buildings of native
village and into surrounding grassland; probably introduced. _
Setaria palmifolia (Koen.) Stapf, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 42: 186. 1914,
Panicum palmifolium Koen. Naturforscher 23: 208. 1788.
Panicum plicatum Willd. Enum. Pl. 1033. 1809. Not P. plicatum Lam. 1791.
Asia.
Tropicel Asie through Pacific islands to Polynesia.
Malauna Creek; altitude 150 feet; Burcham 133, December 11,
1943. One mile west of Haiwali village; shallow soil among boulders
along stream banks. Observed also in old clearings, about native
villages, and along borders of rain forest. Coarse, erect perennial;
culms few together or in small tufts, 2 to 6 feet tall; blades broad,
lanceolate, very finely plicate. Occurs sparingly; young shoots are
sometimes used as food by the natives.
Apluda mutica L. Sp. Pl. 82. 1753. India.
Apluda varia Hack. subsp. mutica Hack. in DC. Monogr. Phan. 6: 198. 1889.
India to Japan, Philippines, New Guinea, and New Caledonia.
Haiwali village; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 119, November 14,
1943. Grassland, 2 miles inland on coastal plain; well-drained sandy
loam, with much organic matter in surface layer. Trailing perennial,
rooting and branching freely at nodes, the slender culms intertwined
among the tall grassland species; spikelets pale green, with a whitish
bloom when young. Associated here with Eragrostis distans, Digi-
taria microbachne, Paspalum scrobiculatum var. bispicatum, Setaria
pallidifusca, Manisuris rottboellioides, Sorghum nitidum, Themeda sp.,
and Imperata sp.
Manisuris rottboellioides (R. Br.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 779. 1891.
Ischaemum rottboelliodes R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 205. 1810. Tropical
Australia.
Rottboellia ophiuroides Benth. F]. Austral.-7: 514. 1878. Based on Ischaemum
roitboellioides R. Br.
-414 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Philippines, New Guinea, Australia.
Haiwali village; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 124, November 14, 1943.
Grassland, 2 miles inland on coastal plain; well-drained sandy loam
soil, with much organic matter in the surface layer. An erect, robust
perennial to 8 feet tall; associated with same grasses as the preceding.
This species is the dominant grass throughout the savanna type, and
in much of the grassland on this island. Widely used by natives for
thatching houses, in common with other savanna and grassland
species. (Pls. 2, 3.)
Sorghum nitidum (Vahl) Pers. Syn. Pl. 1: 101. 1805.
Andropogon serratus Thunb. Fl. Japon. 41. 1784. Japan.
Helcus nitidus Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 102. 1791.
Southeast Asia to Japan, Melanesia, and Australia,
Haiwali village; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 121, November 14, 1943.
Grassland, 2 miles inland on coastal plain; well-drained sandy loam
soil, with much organic matter in the surface layer. Coarse, erect
perennial, to 6 feet tall; occasional throughout the savanna type.
Rhaphis aciculata (Retz.) Desv. Opusc. 69. 1831.
Andropogon aciculatum Retz. Obs. Bot. 5: 22. 1789. Amboina,
Chrysopogon aciculatus Trin. Fund. Agrost. 188. 1820.
Widespread in tropical Asia, Philippines, Micronesia, Melanesia,
Polynesia, and Australia.
Abandoned native village, 2 miles west of Haiwali; altitude 700
feet; Burcham 136, December 11, 1943. Shallow soil among boulders,
mostly about bases of coconut palms scattered through encroaching
secondary growth. Sod-forming perennial with erect, slender flower-
ing culms to 2 feet tall; fairly common on suitable sites.
Polytoca macrophylla Benth. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 19: 52. 1881. (See page 408.)
Haiwali village; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 126, November 22, 1943,
Margin of rain forest, 2 miles inland on coastal plain; among large
boulders, on thin soil containing much leaf mold. Common to abun-
dant along borders of the rain forest, in part shade. This grass was
commonly mistaken for some variety of Indian corn (Zea mays L.) by
our troops.
This collection includes all species of grasses encountered on
Goodenough Island, except the following: Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn.,
observed about native villages and other inhabited places; Imperata
sp. and Themeda sp., abundant in low altitude grassland and savanna
types; and a tufted bunchgrass, of which only vegetative parts were
in evidence, which was the dominant species of grasslands above some
1,500 to 2,000 feet elevation. No native bamboos were observed on
the portion of the island investigated.
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 415
Five habitats are represented by these grasses. It is remarkable
how few species are common to two or more habitats.
Within the environs of native villages (pl. 2) and about plantation
buildings one finds mostly Rhaphis aciculata and Eleusine indica,
which throughout the Pacific islands seem to be associated with
activities of man. To a lesser extent occurs Setaria pallidifusca,
which appears to be a recent introduction that is spreading into
surrounding grasslands to a limited degree; and Setaria palmifolia, a
native grass that is occasionally used for food.
Areas of secondary growth are characterized by well-drained,
shallow to moderately deep soils and by dense shade. These areas
have been cleared from mature rain-forest by the natives for gardens;
after a few years’ use they are permitted to revert to forest again and
during the intervening years are exceptionally dense tangles of shrubs,
small to medium-sized trees, and intertwining vines. In such habitats
Rhaphis aciculata was occasional to common; Paspalum paniculatum,
Cyrtococcum patens, and Setaria palmifolia were found occasionally.
These grasses are manifestly losing out in competition with woody
species which will eventually return such areas to rain forest, if not
further disturbed by man.
The banks and beds of streams running through the rain-forest
provide habitats varying from moist to wet and from part to full
shade. Soils are sandy, mostly very shallow, and with but little
humus. Here are found such moisture- and shade-loving species as
Garnotia mezii, Paspalum cartilagineum, P. orbiculare, Panicum
nodosum, Alloteropsis semialata, and Setaria palmifolia. These grasses
were all occasional to rare in areas investigated.
Margins of the rain-forest, and small glades within it, are character-
istically well drained, in part shade, and with shallow to moderately
deep soils. Centotheca latifolia and Setaria palmifolia are occasional
but widespread in these habitats; Polytoca macrophylla is occasional
to abundant but on this island is restricted to margins of the forest.
In a number of instances Polytoca macrophylla and Manisuris rott-
boellioides were found in juxtaposition along margins of the rain forest;
the division between their habitats appeared always to be at a point
where M. rottboellioides would remain in full sunshine and where P.
macrophylla would be in part shade.
Areas in which grasses are dominant are invariably habitats of full
sun, with major slope orientations to the north and east, and for the
most part well drained (pls. 3, 4); soils vary from quite shallow to
about 30 inches in depth—on the coastal plain, frequently with
alternating layers of sand and gravel from water deposition; on the
tidges, with outcrops of metamorphic or volcanic rock.
Much of the coastal plain is savanna (pl. 4). The dominant grasses
416 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
are Manisuris rottboellioides, Imperata sp., and Themeda sp., in that
order of abundance. Together these three would account for 90 to
95 percent of the vegetation. Minor species collected from savanna
areas were Arundinella lasiostoma and Apluda mutica, both relatively
common; Hragrostis distans, Digitaria microbachne, Paspalum orbi-
culare, and Sorghum nitidum occur as occasional but widely distributed
species. A few trailing herbs, chiefly Leguminosae and Convolvu-
laceae, are found among these grasses. The principal tree is a species
of white-barked, sparse-foliaged lezume—the trees invariably scattered
through the savanna type, giving it its characteristic aspect, but not
observed to grow in rain forest.
Apart from the savanna, which is here confined to the coastal plain,
there are considerable areas of grassland, both on the coastal plain
and on mountain slopes. In lowland areas the species composition is
essentially the same as in savanna: Manisuris rotiboellioides, Imperata
sp., and Themeda sp. are generally in that order of abundance—some-
times they are in approximately equal proportions; again with a pre-
ponderance of Imperata sp. or of Themeda sp. On clayey and poorly
drained soils there is a tendency toward more Imperata sp.; on ex-
posed, rocky ridges Themeda sp. becomes dominant. Of associated
species Hragrostis distans, Arundinella lasiostoma, Digitaria micro-
bachne, Paspalum orbiculare, Apluda mutica and Sorghum nitidum
were found to vary from occasional to common, and to be relatively
widespread throughout the type; Setaria pallidifusca was observed
occasionally in vicinity of native villages.
In mountain areas it was observed that, as one ascends, first the
Imperata sp. disappears from the grassland type at elevations of about
1,000 feet; then the Themeda sp. at elevations between 1,500 and
2,000 feet, leaving as dominant a tufted bunchgrass, of which only
vegetative parts were in evidence at this time.
NEW BRITAIN, BISMARCK ARCHIPELAGO
New Britain, the principal island of the Bismarck Archipelago, is a
narrow, crescent-shaped body of land located in latitude 4°15’’ to
6°15’’ S. and between longitude 148°15’’ and 152°15’" KE. The Ger-
mans, who occupied New Britain prior to 1914, called this island Neu-
Pommern (New Pomerania), and it is so labeled on maps dated prior
to the early 1920’s.
The island is about 370 miles in length, and the greatest width is
about 60 miles; the land area has been estimated at 13,000 square
miles. Topography is mountainous, with a range of high, rugged
peaks running its entire length; the highest have been estimated at
around 7,500 feet. Volcanos are common throughout the island,
and evidences of their recent activity are plentiful. From the interior
PLATE 5
CONTR. NAT. HERB., VOL. 30
Coroyd sduoy ouuepy SG [epyO) “duisary
2} Soysoono[fyy odey . : st ‘oloy purys oind JE UB SULIO] S89p101)/20G]104 STANSTUD IY
p ou, \ lop Ss AJOA Sl dojsoonojsy odeyd Jo AVUISIA oY] UL pUR[sseID oy} fO YINGY
NIVLIYGQ MAN YSLSSADNO1ND AdvD ONY 1IssvyeD
PLATE 6
30
HERB, VOL
CONTR. NAT
“yped Loo] | O7 pue
“IIYSOINO|L) odey UO Sc
*SlU]ND OYI[poot *Yorya
i
Y lw SBOle «
OOl) UBDLI.
pola Ut
1
OOU,
)
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 417
mountains the terrain slopes steeply toward the coast; short, swift
rivers, in narrow canyons with steep gradients, further accentuate the
ruggedness of the terrain.
There is no essential difference between the climate of New Britain
and that of New Guinea or the Solomons. Wet and dry seasons are
somewhat more sharply defined, however, and the central mountain
chain results in seasons on the opposite coasts being reversed—north
and west coasts having a rainy season during the northwest monsoon,
from about September to March, while on the south and east coasts
the rainy season is during the southeast monsoon, between March and
September. Further, it is reported that rainfall on the south coast is
considerably heavier than on the north: Arawe, on the south coast,
has received as much as 300 inches of rain annually, while at Cape
Gloucester, on the north coast, annual rainfall was 150 to 200 inches.?
Annual temperatures, averaging about 80° F., are lower than for some
of the neighboring islands, but relative humidity is generally high,
resulting in a less agreeable climate.
Soils personally examined on New Britain varied from sandy loams
to clay; mostly they were moderately deep, with a surface layer heavily
humified to a depth of 1 foot or more. Bedrock is mostly basaltic;
much of the Willaumez Peninsula in vicinity of Talasea is underlain
with black obsidian.
This combination of deep, fertile soils and a warm, humid climate
has produced a luxuriant vegetation. The major portion of New
Britain is forested with a very complex array of tree species, with
some stands of hardwoods of commercial importance.
“Moss” forests occur on the mountains, extending down to about
2,500 fect elevation in some places (e. g., the saddle between Mount
Talawe and Mount Tangi in western New Britain). The lower fringe
of moss forest coincides roughly with the lower limits of cloud forma-
tion; it is indicated by a great many lichens and epiphytic mosses on
tree trunks and limbs and by a marked increase in ferns and mosses on
the forest floor. The moss forest proper typically has a thick ground
cover of mosses and decayed vegetation, partially concealing the
trunks and branches of many fallen trees. Footing is very uncertain,
reminiscent of northern sphagnum bogs. Trees persisting from the
rain-forest are heavily overgrown with mosses, lichens, and other
epiphytes. Condensation of moisture from the clouds is practically
continuous; chilling winds are frequent; the gloomy, depressing sur-
roundings are further accentuated by silence, for mammals, birds, and
insects are virtually absent. The wide diversity of plant species
and forms makes this a most interesting formation.
2 Conversations with Lt. W. G. Wiedemann, RANVR, formerly missionary at Arawe and Sag Sag, New
Britain, for a period of 8 years,
758187—48 2
418 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Much of the coastline is bordered with swamps of mangrove
(Rhizophora sp. and Brugwera sp.), and nipa palm (Nipa fruticans)
occurs limitedly near the mouths of some rivers. Small areas of
grassland are scattered throughout the coastal region, the largest being
in the vicinity of Cape Gloucester. Coconut plantations are frequent
along the coast, occupying a considerable area near Rabaul; there are
some plantations of coffee and cacao, these being recent introductions
that have been comparatively successful. Most plantations are
planted to grass, or a species of legume, as a cover crop; cattle are
grazed to keep the cover crop under control. As a whole, these
cultivated areas comprise only an insignificant portion of the island;
the vegetative cover can be considered as basically untouched by
activities of men.
I was on this island between December 26, 1943, and May 4, 1944.
Though I had opportunity to examine thoroughly the entire western
end of the island and the north coast as far eastward as Talasea, com-
bat conditions prevented the collection and preservation of any but a
few botanical specimens.
GRASSES COLLECTED
Cyrtococcum oxyphyllum (Hochst.) Stapf in Hook. Icon. Pl. 31: 3096. 1922.
Panicum oryphyllum Hochst. ex Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 1: 65. 1854. East
Indies.
Panicum pilipes Nees & Arn. ex Buse, in Miquel, Pl. Jungh. 376. 1854. Java.
Cyrtococcum pilipes A. Camus, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) 27: 118. 1921.
India to Philippines, East Indies, Melanesia, and Polynesia.
Bitokara Mission, Talasea; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 139, April
22,1944. Abandoned native garden; well-drained sandy loam, weath-
ered from obsidian and other volcanic rocks. Creeping perennial,
rooting freely at the nodes; associated with Paspalum sp., Oplismenus
composiius, and O. aristulatus. Occasional to common in abandoned
gardens and along forest trails.
Oplismenus compositus (L.) Beauv. Ess. Agrost. 54. 1812.
Panicum compositum L. Sp. Pl. 57. 1753. Ceylon.
India and south China to Formosa, Philippines, East Indies, New
Guinea, and Pacific Islands.
Bitokara Mission, Talasea; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 137, April
22, 1944. Same soil and associates as preceding species. Creeping
perennial, rooting freely at the nodes; blades erect, broad, short, and
thin; sheaths loosely hispid; flowering culms solitary, erect, to 18
inches tall; spikelets sparsely appressed-pilose. Moderately abund-
ant in old gardens and along forest trails, in partial to full shade.
Differs from typical specimens of Oplismenus compositus in the
longer hairs on the sheaths and the sparsely pilose spikelets.
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 419
Oplismenus aristulatus Burcham, sp. nov. Fig. 1.
Perennis, reptans; culmi decumbentes, nodibus ramosi, subglandu-
losis; vaginae minute glandulosae, ciliatae, apice auriculatae; ligula
lacerata, circa 0.5 mm. longa; laminae patentes vel suberectae, 4.5-9.8
em. longae, 1-1.5 cm. latae, lanceolatae, planae, subglabratae; pani-
cula erecta, longa exserta, 3.5-8.5 cm. longa; rachis 14 mm. longa,
angulis breviter ciliata; spiculae densae pilosae, 3-4.5 mm. longae,
teretes, subsessiles; glumae subaequales, 1.5-2.5 mm. longae, 5—ner-
viae; lemma fertile indurata, 5-nervia, aristato summo, arista 0.4—0.6
mm. longa; fructus 2.5 mm. longus.
Ficure 1.—Oplismenus aristulatus, Spikelet and fruit, X 10. (Type.)
Creeping perennial, rooting at nodes; culms decumbent, branching
freely from the nodes, the branches 25 to 40 cm. tall, slightly glandular
throughout; nodes glabrous; sheaths close, minutely glandular, mostly
shorter than internodes, ciliate, the summit notched; ligule membra-
naceous, lacerate, about 0.5 mm. long; blades spreading or ascending,
4.5 to 9.8 cm. (mostly 5 to 8 cm.) long, the upper longer than the lower,
1 to 1.5 cm. wide, lanceolate, constricted at base, flat, thin, and soft-
textured when green, nearly glabrous, slightly roughened on the upper
420 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
surface and margins; panicle erect, long-exserted, terminal on the
branches or occasionally axillary, 3.5 to 8.5 em. (mostly 5 to 6.5 em.)
long, the axis flexuous, glabrous or nearly so; racemes 4 to 8, the lower
somewhat distant; rachis 1 to 4 mm. (mostly about 3 mm.) long,
angled, short-ciliate on the angles; spikelets 3 to 13, densely pilose,
3 to 4.5 mm. long (excluding awns), terete, subsessile, solitary or in
pairs, in two rows crowded on one side of the rachis; glumes about
equal, half as long as the spikelet, 5-nerved, pilose, entire, awned from
the tip, the awns slightly reddish, somewhat flattened, that on
the first glume 6 to 10 mm. long, on the second 2 to 3 mm. long;
sterile lemma longer than glumes or fruit, long-pilose on the upper
half, entire, short-awned from the rounded tip, enclosing the hyaline
palea; fertile lemma boat-shaped, indurate, 5-nerved, awned from
the tip, the awn 0.4 to 0.6 mm. long, the firm margins of the lemma
clasping the indurate, nerveless palea; fruit about 2.5 mm. long, hard,
plump, and shining.
Type: Burcham 138, collected April 22, 1944, along forest trail near
an abandoned garden, Bitokara Mission, Talasea, New Britain; alti-
tude 50 feet; deposited in the United States National Herbarium,
No. 1865731. Growing on well-drained sandy loam, weathered from
obsidian and other volcanic rocks. Associated with Paspalum sp.,
Cyrtococcum oxyphyllum, Oplismenus compositus, other grasses, and
woody species. Common in abandoned gardens, forest glades, and
along trails.
This species differs from Oplismenus undulatifolius (Ard.) Roem. &
Schult. and from OQ. hirtellus (L.) Beauv. in the slightly larger, much
hairier spikelets and in the awn-tipped fertile lemma, the awn 0.4
to 0.6 mm. long; it further differs from O. hirtellus in the nearly glab-
rous foliage, the smaller blades, shorter racemes, and the short rachis,
short-ciliate only on the angles.
Saccharum spontaneum L. Mant. Pl. 2: 183. 1771.
Tropical Asia through Pacific islands to Polynesia.
Cape Gloucester; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 142, May 2, 1944.
Open grassland, southeast of No. 2 Airstrip; well-drained sandy loam,
with much organic matter in the topsoil. A robust perennial; culms
erect, to 6 feet tall. Here an occasional clump, associated with
Manisuris sp., Andropogon micranthus, Imperata sp., and Themeda
sp.; elsewhere forming dense, pure stands on well-drained soils,
Ischaemum digitatum Brongn. in Duperrey, Voy. Coquille Bot. 2 (2): 70, pl. 18,
1831. Buru Island, Moluccas.
Borneo, Moluccas, New Guinea, Philippines.
Waru village, Talasea; altitude 750 feet; Burcham 140, April 23,
1944. Coconut plantation; well-drained sandy loam, weathered
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 421
from basaltic rocks. Stoloniferous perennial; flowering culms erect,
to about 30 inches tall; associated with Paspalum sp. Abundant in
this locality.
Andropogon micranthus Kunth, Rév. Gram. 1: 165. 1829. Based on Holcus
parviflorus R. Br., not A. parviflorus Roxb. 1820.
Holcus parviflorus R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 199. 1810. Australia,
Sorghum parviflorum Beauv. Ess. Agrost. 132, 165, 178. 1812.
Anatherum parviflorum Spreng. Syst. Veg. 1: 290. 1825.
Capillipedium parviflorum Stapf in Prain, Fl. Trop. Afr. 9: 169. 1917.
India to Korea, Japan, Philippines, Sumatra, Java, and New
Guinea; Africa.
Cape Gloucester; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 141, May 2, 1944.
Same habitat as Saccharum spontaneum, above. Wiry, erect peren-
nial, in small clumps, to 3 feet tall; associated with Imperata sp.,
Saccharum spontaneum, Manisuris sp., and Themeda sp. Locally
abundant throughout grasslands.
The collection from this island is so fragmentary that no adequate
discussion of the grass flora can be based on these specimens. There-
fore, only general observations are presented.
Much of the grassland in the vicinity of Cape Gloucester is very
similar to that of Goodenough Island, both in topography and in
species composition (pl. 5). It occurs primarily on well-drained areas
that receive much direct sunlight; configuration of the terrain varies
from gently rolling to mountainous. Dominant species were also
the same: Manisuris rottboellioides, Themeda sp., and Imperata sp., in
approximately that order of abundance, with Manisuris rottboellioides
accounting for 60 to 75 percent of the vegetation in many instances.
Saccharum spontaneum and Andropogon micranthus were collected as
associated species; Sorghum nitidum and Paspalum sp. also were noted
occasionally.
Saccharum spontaneum occurred as pure stands over considerable
areas; the culms were thick and reedlike, frequently an inch or more in
diameter, and to 15 feet tall (pl. 6). In places where natives had
burned this grass in hunting wild pigs there remained “islands” of
such old grass; between them the young growth would be 4 to 5 feet
tall. This was the only locality in the Pacific islands where I found
concrete evidence of natives having used fire in the grasslands.
A word of explanation regarding the term “kunai grass,” so widely
used during the war, is appropriate. Strictly speaking, it refers to
Imperata cylindrica var. koenigit, “kunai” supposedly being a corrup-
tion of koenigii. By extension, then, it is loosely applied to all species
of Imperata. However, in many parts of the Solomons, New Guinea,
and New Britain the native word for either grass or grassland is simply
422 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
“kunai.’”” Thus the term “‘kunai grass” came to be widely used by our
troops in the same manner—to designate any area of coarse tropical
grasses, without regard to species.
PAVUVU ISLAND, RUSSELL ISLANDS
Pavuvu Island, in the group of small islands known as the Russell
Islands, is located in approximately latitude 9° S. and longitude
159° HK. It lies about 35 miles northwest of Cape Esperance, Guadal-
canal, within the larger group known as the British Solomons. On
some early maps the group now commonly known as the Russells is
marked simply “Pawuwu Island”; it is comprised of two larger
islands—Pavuvu and Banika Islands—and a number of smaller ones.
The smaller islands are low-lying, recently raised coral reefs; the
two principal islands are mountainous in the interior with a fringe of
raised coral reefs in evidence in vicinity of the coasts. On Pavuvu
Island the highest mountain is some 1,600 feet in elevation—from this
and a number of other peaks in the interior the land slopes precipi-
tately nearly to the shoreline. Numerous ravines on the mountain
sides, together with irregularities of the raised reefs in coastal areas,
give an irregular drainage pattern and terrain that is very dissected
indeed.
The hot, humid tropical climate is very similar to that of the
Solomon group generally; annual rainfall ranges between 94 and 150
inches; average temperatures are 80° F. to 82° F. the year around,
with but little diurnal variation.
The soils of Pavuvu are mostly shallow, with coral outcrops and a
considerable admixture of loose coral rock in coastal areas; as one
progresses inland the coral is replaced by rocks of volcanic origin,
apparently basaltic in the areas observed. Near the coast soil tex-
tures are clays and clay loams, frequently with a considerable ad-
mixture of well-decayed organic matter in the immediate surface
layer. In inland areas there was a noticeable tendency toward
coarser textures in soils weathered from volcanic material.
The native vegetation of Pavuvu Island is tropical rain-forest, with
a narrow fringe of mangrove (hizophora sp.) swamps along the
immediate coast. About 1910-1915 considerable tracts of land at
lower elevations were cleared and planted to coconuts. The usual
practice of underplanting the coconut trees with a cover crop and then
controlling it by grazing cattle has been followed here. At present
a few thousand acres of the northwestern part of Pavuvu, as well as
Ficure 2.—Lepturus cinereus. Plant, X 14; summit of sheath; 3 segments of spike, side
view; back of spikelet sunken in rachis; two views of floret, one showing back of lemma,
the other the prolonged rachilla and rudimentary floret; two views of caryopsis, showing
hilum and scutellum, all & 10. (Type.)
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 423
\y
4
tee
Fisure 2.—(See opposite page for legend).
424 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
the whole of some smaller offshore islands, are given over to coconut
plantations. Otherwise the native vegetation has been scarcely
disturbed.
I spent in all six months on Pavuvu Island, during the period May
1944 to early March 1945, and thus had opportunity for a considerable
investigation of the grass flora of the area.
GRASSES COLLECTED
Eragrostis amabilis (L.) Wight & Arn. ex Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey Voy. 251.
1841.
Poa amabilis L. Sp. Pl. 68. 1753. India.
Poa plumosa Retz. Obs. Bot. 4: 20. 1786. East Indies.
Eragrostis plumosa Link, Hort. Berol. 1: 192. 1827.
Tropics and subtropies of both hemispheres; introduced in the
Americas.
East side Hooper Bay; sea level; Burcham 186, Vebruary 8, 1945.
Margin of swamp; shallow, poorly drained clay soil. Small annual
with semiprostrate culms, forming open clumps. Occasional, on
moist to well-drained sites in vicinity of the seacoast.
Centotheca latifolia (Osbeck) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 141. 1820. (See p. 410.)
Kast side Hooper Bay; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 166, November
14, 1944. Coconut plantation; in part shade, on thin clay soil along
a coral ledge. Associated with Rhaphis acieulata, Axonopus com-
pressus, Lepturus cinereus, Kyllinga brevifolia, and Fimbristylis annua.
Rare, this being the only specimen observed on the island; an unusual
location for this grass—probably a relict from the nearby rain-forest.
Lepturus cinereus Burcham, sp. nov. Fig. 2.
Perennis, reptans, colore cinerea; culmi decumbentes, graciles,
nodibus omnibus ramosi, glabri; vaginaec glabrae, apice minute auricu-
Jatae; ligula nulla; laminae plerumque patentes, 2.8-4.5 em. longae,
3-3.8 min. latae, subacquales, lanceolatae, planae, rigidae, evidenter
nervatae, utrinque glaberrimae; spicae pergraciles, ramos terminantes,
2.3-5 em. longae, basi inclusae; glumae acuminatae non aristatae,
articulis racheos vix longiores vel usque ad }4 longiores.
Creeping perennial, rooting at the nodes, occasionally forming a
moderately dense turf; culms decumbent, slender, branching from all
nodes, branches 4 to 7 cm. long, glabrous throughout; nodes glabrous
throughout; sheaths loose, glabrous, open, mostly shorter than the
internodes, margins hyaline, especially at the summit, the summit
notched; ligule lacking; blades mostly spreading, occasionally sub-
erect, 2.8 to 4.5 cm. (mostly 3 cm.) long, 3 to 3.8 mm. (mostly 3 mm.)
wide, markedly uniform in size, lanceolate, flat, rigid, and plainly
nerved, entirely glabrous on both surfaces, margins scaberulous; both
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 425
sheaths and blades conspicuously pale gray in color (even in growing
specimens) giving the herbage an ashy hue; spike very slender, terete,
terminal on the branches, 2.3 to 5 cm. (mostly 3 to 4 cm.) long, the
lower portion partly enclosed in the sheath; rachis slender, glabrous,
disarticulating at maturity; spikelets sessile, embedded in the rachis
and falling with the joints; first glume wanting except in the terminal
spikelet, second glume closing the cavity flush with the surface,
indurate, nerved, acuminate but not awned, from scarcely longer to
one-third longer than the rachis joints; lemma hyaline, 3-nerved,
shorter than the glume; palea hyaline, a little shorter than the
lemma, the rachilla-joint prolonged and bearing a rudimentary floret.
Type: Burcham 169, collected November 14, 1944, on coral ledge
along margin of swamp, east side of Heoper Bay, Pavuvu Island,
Russell Islands; altitude 5 feet; deposited in the United States National
Herbarium, No. 1866460. Growing here on well-drained, very shal-
low clay soil; also observed on poorly drained sites near standing
water in the swamp. Associated with Rhaphis aciculata, Aronopus
compressus, Centotheca latifolia, Digitaria microbachne, Kyllinga
brevifolia, Fimbristylis annua, and with several broadleaf herbs and
shrubs throughout the area observed. Common to abundant on
suitable sites locally, occasionally forming a moderately dense turf
over small areas. Observed only in this locality.
This differs from other species of Lepturus in the notched summits
of the sheaths, absence of the ligule, and particularly in the marked
uniformity in size and shape of the small, lanceolate blades; also in
their being plainly nerved and entirely glabrous on both surfaces.
The color of the herbage, a pale ashy gray, is distinctive in both
growing and dried specimens. Further differences are the slenderness
of the spike, the lower portion being partly enclosed in the sheath,
and the fact that the acuminate glumes are not awned and are pro-
portionately shorter than in other species of the genus.
Sporobolus elongatus R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 170. 1810. Australia.
India to Japan, Philippines, East Indies, Melanesia, and Polynesia.
East side Hooper Bay; sea level; Burcham 187, February 8, 1945.
Margin of swamp, on shallow, poorly drained clay soil. Perennial;
culms solitary or a few together; foliage dark green; panicle spikelike,
somewhat nodding, often interrupted. Occasional to common,
mainly on moist to wetsites,in association with other grasses; rather
widely distributed, yet forming only an insignificant proportion of the
ageregate.
Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn. Fruct. et Sem. 1: 8. 1788. (See p. 406.)
East side Hooper Bay; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 162, November
14, 1944. Coconut plantation; well-drained clay soil, underlain with
426 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
coral at a depth of about 1 foot. Occasional on this island, about
habitations and among other grasses.
Digitaria microbachne (Presl) Henr. Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden 61: 13. 1930,
(See p. 411.)
Kast side Hooper Bay; altitude 20 feet; Burcham 170, February 4,
1945. Coconut plantation; very shallow, well-draimed clay soil on a
coral outcrop. Associated with other grasses; observed only in this
locality.
Axonopus compressus (Sw.) Beauv. Ess. Agrost. 12. 1812.
Milium compressum Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Occ. 24. 1788. Jamaica.
Paspalum compressum Raspail, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. 5: 3801. 1825.
Tropics and subtropics of Western Hemisphere; sparingly introduced
in tropics of Eastern Hemisphere.
East side Hooper Bay; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 160, November 10,
1944. Coconut plantation; well-drained, shallow clay soil underlain
with coral. Stoloniferous perennial with erect flowering culms; to
about 18 inches tall; abundant in coconut plantations throughout the
Russell Islands. <A turf-forming grass, apparently introduced as a
cover crop. Here, with Rhaphis aciewata, which is likewise abundant,
it provides excellent year-long grazing for the semiwild cattle that are
used to keep plantations free of objectionable plant growth.
Paspalum orbiculare G. Forst. F). Ins. Austr. Prodr. 7. 1786. (See p. 411.)
East side Hooper Bay; sea level; Burcham 185, February 8, 1945.
Brackish swamp; shallow soil underlain with coral. Occasional
throughout the island, on very moist to moderately well-drained sites.
Paspalum vaginatum Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Oce. 21. 1788. Jamaica.
Paspalum littorale R. Br. Prodr, Fl. Nov. Holl. 188. 1810. Australia.
Paspalum distichum L. var. vaginatum Sw. ex Griseb. Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 541.
1864,
Tropic and subtropic coasts of both hemispheres.
Kast side Hooper Bay; sea level; Burcham 167, November 14, 1944.
In standing water of brackish swamp; soil mucky. <A low, stolonif-
erous, rhizomatous perennial, forming a matted turf. Abundant in
brackish swamps and along beaches, growing in standing water as
well as on better drained sites.
Panicum reptans L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 2: 870.1759. Jamaica.
Urochloa reptans Stapf, in Prain, Fl. Trop. Afr. 9: 601. 1920.
Tropics and subtropics of both hemispheres.
East side Hooper Bay; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 163, November
14, 1944. Coconut plantation; well-drained clay soil, underlain with
coral at a depth of about 1 foot; Burcham 164, on well-drained clay
loam along edge of rain forest. Decumbent annual, forming spread-
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 427
ing clumps, rooting freely at the lower nodes. Occurs occasionally,
in association with other grasses, on well-drained soils.
Echinochloa colonum (L.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2: 209. 1833. (See p. 407.)
East side Hooper Bay; sea level; Burcham 168, November 14, 1944.
Brackish swamp; soil poorly drained. A few small, widely spreading
clumps growing among Paspalum vaginatum, in one of the drier
portions of the swamp; the only specimens observed on the island.
Thuarea involuta (G. Forst.) Roem. & Schult. Syst. Veg. 2: 808. 1817.
Ischaemum involutum G. Yorst. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 73. 1786. Society
Islands.
Malay Peninsula to Japan, Philippines, Guam, New Caledonia,
and Polynesia.
Peninsula southwest of Pepesala Bay; altitude 5 feet; Burcham
184, February 7, 1945. Coconut plantation; well-drained clayey
soil among coral outcrops near the shore, well above high water,
extending 50 to 75 yards inland. Creeping perennial, rooting at
the nodes, forming a moderately dense turf; flowering culms borne
erect when in bloom, reflexed and among the herbage when mature.
Associated with Axonopus compressus, Rhaphis aciculata, Vernonia
cinerea, and Hemigraphis sp. Common in this locality, the only
place observed on this island. (For fruiting habits see fig. 4.)
Imperata exaltata (Roxb.) Brongn. in Duperrey, Voy. Coquille Bot. 2 (2): 101.
1831. (See p. 407.)
East side Hooper Bay; altitude 15 feet; Burcham 165, November
14, 1944. Small, new clearing in rain forest; well-drained clay loam
with considerable organic matter in soil. Associated with Axonopus
compressus, Rhaphis aciculata, Eleusine indica, herbs, and shrubs.
Only specimens observed on this island.
Rhaphis aciculata (Retz.) Desv. Opusc. 69. 1831. (See p. 414.)
East side Hooper Bay; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 158; November
10, 1944. Coconut plantation; well-drained clay soil, underlain
with coral at a depth of about 1 foot. Abundant in coconut planta-
tions throughout the island; probably introduced as a cover crop, in
admixture with Azonopus compressus. Grazed to a considerable
extent by plantation cattle, mostly before flowering culms appear.
The species enumerated above are believed to comprise a com-
plete representation of the grasses, exclusive of bamboos, occurring
on Pavuvu Island at this time. Some clumps of bamboos were
observed at low altitudes in the rain forest, but collections could not
be made.
428 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
The two dominant grasses are Aronopus compressus and Ithaphis
aciculata, which have apparently been intentionally introduced as a
cover crop for the coconut plantation. Together they account for
about 98 percent of the grass flora of the island, in the proportions
of three parts Azxonopus and one part Lhaphis. They occupy
the better sites almost exclusively; other grasses occur either as
infrequent specimens or on areas where these two cannot successfully
compete. Except for these the grass most widely distributed about
the island is Sporobolus elongatus; the manner of its occurrence,
widespread but forming only an insignificant part of the aggregate,
suggests that it was accidentally introduced when the cover crop
was planted.
Perhaps only five species can be considered as “native” grasses.
Of these, Centotheca latifolia was observed only once, a few culms
within the coconut plantation removed a short distanee from the
edge of the rain forest. As this grass habitually occurs only in forest
glades it may be either a relict from the time when the rain forest
was cleared or a stray from the margin of the present forest, although
not observed there. Paspalum vaginatum was localized along the
seashore and in brackish swamps within about 200 yards of the
beach. It was probably established along the shore originally and
has extendéd its range into the swamp since the forest was cleared.
The same applies to Paspalum orbiculare except for its being somewhat
more widely distributed, owing to its adaptability to a variety of
sites. The other two species, Thuarea involuta and Lepturus cinereus,
were localized near the coast, mostly on very thin soils over coral
outerops, or jn crevices in the coral. Their original ranges have
probably been extended locally in competition with Aronopus com-
pressus and Rhaphis aciculata, which do not thrive on such sterile
areas.
The remaining six species found on this island seem to be recent
accidental introductions. Hragrostis amabilis was localized near the
coast; Hleusine indica was localized mainly near habitations but had
spread about the plantations to a limited extent. Digitaria micro-
bachne occurred in one area on poor soil—it appeared to be a new
introduction on drier areas. <A few clumps of Lchinochloa colonum
were found among Paspalum vaginatum in a brackish swamp, ap-
parently a recent introduction there. Panicum reptans and /mperata
evaliata appeared to be recent invaders on better soils and drier sites.
The fact that these plantations had been unattended since late in
1941 has no doubt been a contributory factor in enabling many of
these invading grasses to gain a foothold on the island.
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 429
PELELIU ISLAND, PALAU ISLANDS
Peleliu Island is in the southern part of the Palau (or Pelew) Islands;
this group of small islands, of which only seven are inhabited, is the
easternmost of the Carolines. Peleliu (Japanese spelling ‘Periryw’’)
is located in latitude 7° N. and longitude 134°12”’ E.
The northern islands of the Palau group are of volcanic origin; in
the south, including Peleliu, they are recently raised coral reefs.
Peleliu Island, about 6 miles long by 2 miles wide, is roughly the shape
of a gigantic lobster claw (see map, fig. 3); there is a fringing reef
along the east coast and a barrier reef lying from one-half to one mile
offshore on the west. Maximum elevations, found in the chain of
coral hills in the northern and western part of the island, are about
200 feet. There is but scant evidence of weathering of the coral; in
most places the hills retain much of the appearance and configuration
of under-water reefs—this results in steep, jagged ridges, sharp cliffs,
and many enclosed depressions similar to those seen on reefs still
covered with water, with nothing suggesting or resembling the usual
drainage pattern. Aside from these hills the land is mostly flat and
poorly drained, much of the eastern portion being swamps, and the
south end having been leveled to construct the airfield.
The islands of this group have a tropical oceanic climate. Annual
rainfall averages about 140 inches, with May to December the rainiest
months. The average annual temperature ranges between 80° F,
and 82° F.; there is but little seasonal or diurnal variation, the maxi-
mum daily temperatures ranging from 85° F. to 89° F. Prevailing
winds, though variable, are mainly from the southerly direction, and
from light to moderate in intensity. Clear days are usually with a
small proportion of cloud; this, combined with the cooling effect of
the prevailing winds, produces a climate that is relatively agreeable.
There is nowhere any considerable depth of soil, the single minor
exception being along the west side, where wave action has piled a
stretch of sandy soil—never more than a few hundred yards wide—
along the base of the ridge of coral hills. These shallow soils, mostly
sandy or sandy loam, are usually mixed with broken coral or frag-
ments of sea shells; the consistency and light color indicate recent
weathering and little humus. In the eastern portion of the island,
where soils have been formed by deposition in the swampy area,
there is a small but noticeable content of organic matter.
The soils can scarcely be considered fertile. Although there was a
moderately heavy tree cover on most of the island, trees were small in
comparison with the usual tropical forest; their nourishment has been
drawn mainly from pockets of soil in crevices of the coral. Ridges
originally had a complete cover of rain-forest; there were extensive
swamps of mangrove (Ihizophora sp.) in tidal flats of the eastern
430 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
portion. At the south end (Ngarmoked Island) and along the south
part of the east coast were some small areas where Casuarina equiseti-
folia was dominant. Coconuts had been planted along most of the
west coast, particularly north of the dirfield, and on the islands lying
off the east coast (Ngabad Island). Gardens for vegetables had been
attempted in a few areas, but their products were only mediocre.
I was on Peleliu Island from September 15, 1944, through October
27, 1944, and during this time covered approximately 70 percent of the
island’s area at least once, mostly on foot.
AKARAKORO POINT
Z NGABAD
ISLAND
on Oe
NGARMOKED
ISLAND
este LEGEND PELELIU ISLAND
Coral hinestona ridges PALAU ISLANDS
X Coconuts
ae Mangroves
v Swamp 1000, O 1000 2000 3000
° Collecting socal ties ~~ yards ——
LT Bvecnas
Ficure 3.—Map of Peleliu Island, Palau Islands.
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 43]
GRASSES COLLECTED
Eragrostis amabilis (L.) Wight & Arn. ex Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey Voy. 251.
1841. (See p. 424.)
North-central Peleliu; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 147, October 3,
1944. Near buildings of Radio Direction Finder station, 500 yards
north of Ngardololok; shallow sandy soil underlain with coral. Asso-
ciated with Lepturus repens, Eleusine indica, Digitaria longissima,
Paspalum conjugatum, Cenchrus echinatus, and small shrubs. Occa-
sional, in vicinity of habitations.
Centotheca latifolia (Osbeck) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 141. 1820. (See p. 410.)
Eastern Peleliu; altitude 20 feet; Burcham 149, October 3, 1944.
Margin of swampy area in rain forest, 800 yards due south of N gardo-
lolok. Associated with Paspalum conjugatum and Schizmatoglottis sp.
Noted occasionally in forest glades and along swamp margins.
Lepturus repens (G. Forst.) R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 207. 1810.
Rottboeliia repens G. Forst. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 9. 1786. South Pacific
Islands.
Widespread on island coasts, Ceylon to Formosa, Philippines, Bis-
marck Archipelago, New Guinea, Micronesia, and Polynesia; Queens-
land, Australia.
North central Peleliu; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 143, September 25,
1944. About buildings of RDF station, 500 yards north of Ngardo-
lolok; shallow sandy soil underlain with coral. Widely creeping
perennial, often forming a turf on small areas; associated species same
as Hragrostis amabilis, above. Occasionai to abundant, and widespread
about the island; particularly luxuriant in the deeper sandy soils of
Negabad Island.
Zoysia tenuifolia Willd. ex Trin. Mém. Acad. St. Petersb. VI. Sci. Nat. 2 (1):
96. 1836. Mascarene Islands.
Osterdamia tenuifolia Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 781. 1891.
Japan; Polynesia.
North coast Peleliu; altitude 5 feet; Burcham 154, October 17, 1944.
About buildings of Radio Station, 1 mile southwest of Akarakoro
Point; fine sandy soil. Low perennial with creeping rhizomes and
very fine leaves, forming a thick turf. Only locality observed;
apparently introduced.
Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn. Fruct. et Sem. 1: 8. 1788. (See p. 406.)
North central Peleliu; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 146, September
25, 1944. About buildings of RDF station, 500 yards north of
Ngardololok; shallow sandy soil, underlain with coral. Associated
with Eragrostis amabilis, Lepturus repens, Digitaria longissima, Pas-
432 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
palum conjugatum, Cenchrus echinatus, and shrubs. Common about
the island, mostly near habitations.
Digitaria longissima Mez, Repert. Sp. Nov. Fedde 18: 26. 1922.
Digitaria kanehirae Ohwi, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 55: 543. 1941.
New Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, Palau (Peleliu).
North-central Peleliu; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 150, October 5,
1944. About buildings of RDF station, 500 yards north of Ngardolo-
lok; shallow sandy soil, underlain with coral. Stoloniferous, prostrate
perennial, tending to form a moderately thick turf; associated with
same grasses as the preceding species. Occurs occasionally.
Digitaria chinensis Hornem. Hort. Hafn. Suppl. 8. 1819. China.
Digitaria propinqua Gaudich, in Freye. Voy. Uranie Bot. 410. 1826. Not D.
propinqua Beauv. 1812. ‘Timor.
Panicum timorense Kunth, Rév. Gram. 1: Suppl. 1X. 1830. Based on Digitaria
propinqua Gaudich.
Digitaria timorensis Balansa, in Morot, Journ. de Bot. 4: 138. 1890.
India to Japan, Philippines, East Indies, and Polynesia.
North coast Peleliu; altitude 10 feet; Burcham 156, October 25,
1944. Secondary growth near road, 1,600 yards southwest of Akara-
koro Point; poorly drained sandy soil. Stoloniferous perennial,
forming a partial turf, with erect inflorescences, to 10 inches tall;
associated with Paspalum orbiculare and shrubby species of the
secondury growth, Occasional.
Digitaria microbachne (Pres!) Henr. Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden 61: 13. 1930,
(See p. 411.)
Near Asias, central Peleliu; altitude 30 feet; Burcham 153, October
15, 1944. Near buildings, on well-drained, shallow soil containing
much broken coral. Associated with Eragrostis amabilis, Eleusine
indica, Cenchrus echinatus, and Rhaphis aciculata. Occasional about
the island.
Paspalum conjugatum Berg. Act. Helv. Phys. Math. 7: 129. pl. 8. 1762. (See
p. 407.)
North-central Peleliu; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 145, September 25,
1944. About buildings of RDF station, 500 yards north of Negardolo-
lok; shallow sandy soil, underlain with coral, Associated with
Eragrostis amabilis, Lepturus repens, Eleusine indica, Digitaria
longissima, Cenchrus echinatus, and small shrubs. Occasional and
widespread; more prevalent in moist areas.
Paspalum orbiculare G. Forst. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 7. 1786. (See p. 411.)
North coast Peleliu; altitude 10 feet; Burcham 155, October 25, 1944,
Secondary growth near road, 1,600 yards southwest of Akarakoro
7
PLATE
30
ONTR. NAT. HERB., VOL
Cc
Wel
“Lt
DOI
t
“SNIDU
IVAUT I
7
> tl] O UO
ONVW 1S]
: tee) JOUTS
Nid ‘OANWIse!lY SHL
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 433
Point; poorly drained sandy soil. Associated with Digitaria chinensis
and shrubby species of the secondary growth. Only specimen observed
on the island.
Paspalum vaginatum Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Occ. 21. 1788. (See p. 426.)
East coast Peleliu; sea level; Burcham 148, October 3, 1944. Along
seacoast, 1,400 yards southeast of Ngardololok; in crevices of coral
rock just above high-water mark. Only vegetative parts in evidence;
associated with a small rush (Juncaceae) and near Casuarina equi-
setifolia and Pandanus sp. Rare; a few clumps noted also along a
sandy beach on the north coast.
Pennisetum purpureum Schumach. Beskr. Guin. Pl. 64. 1827. Guinea, Africa.
Tropical Africa; introduced into cultivation in American and
Old World Tropics; Hawaii, Guam.
North coast Peleliu; sea level; Burcham 157, October 26, 1944.
Garden area, 1,000 yards southwest of Akarakoro Point; poorly
drained sandy soil. Very coarse, robust perennial, in dense clumps t«
about 7 feet tall; associated with Eleusine indica, Paspalum conju-
gatum, and Cenchrus echinatus. Only locality observed; apparently
cultivated.
Cenchrus echinatus L. Sp. Pl. 1050. 1753. Jamaica, Curagao. .
Common weed in American Tropics; sparingly introduced in Hawaii,
Philippines, and Polynesia.
North-central Peleliu; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 144, September 25,
1944. RDF station, 500 yards north of Ngardololok; shallow sandy
soil, underlain with coral. Low annual, in small clumps; inflorescence
a spike of bristly burs; associated with Eragrostis amabilis, Lepturus
repens, Eleusine indica, Digitaria longissima, and Paspalum conju-
gatum. Most abundant and widely distributed grass on the island.
Ischaemum intermedium Brongn. in Duperrey, Voy. Coquille Bot. 2 (2): 78. 1831.
Onlan, Caroline Islands.
Philippines, Malay Peninsula, Java, Caroline Islands, Bismarck
Archipelago.
North-central Peleliu; altitude 20 feet; Burcham 151, October 5,
1944. Swamp, 600 yards northeast of Ngardololok; growing in shal-
low standing water; soil mucky, mixed with coral fragments. Creep-
ing perennial, with erect flowering culms, to 2 feet tall; associated
with Centotheca latifolia, Schizmatoglottis sp., and Polygonum sp.
Moderately abundant in swampy or very moist areas.
Rhaphis aciculata (Retz.) Desv. Opuse. 69. 1831. (See p. 414.)
Near Asias, central Peleliu; altitude 30 feet; Burcham 152, October
14, 1944. Near buildings on well-drained, shallow soil containing
coral fragments. Associated with Eragrostis amabilis, Eleusine indica,
758187—48——4
434 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Digitaria microbachne, and Cenchrus echinatus. Observed only in this
locality.
* * * * *
The 15 grasses enumerated above comprise all the species observed
on Peleliu Island and are believed to be a complete representation of
the grass flora, exclusive of bamboos. Bamboos, evidently introduced,
occurred only about buildings.
There is no area of natural grassland on Peleliu Island. The nearest
approach was on the airfield, which since construction has been in-
vaded by several of the more aggressive, apparently introduced species
(pl. 7). The average density of this vegetation would run not more
than 20 to 30 percent. The dominant species here was Cenchrus
echinatus, the most abundant grass encountered on the island; it was
associated primarily with Hleusine indica, and to a lesser extent with
Eragrostis amabilis, Digitaria longissima, and D. microbachne. These
same species were found together, in varying proportions, in vicinity
of most human habitations on the island.
Zoysia tenuifolia and Pennisetum purpureum are evidently recent
introductions; the former probably being an accidental introduction,
while the latter was found planted in a garden. Rhaphis aciculata
was collected from the vicinity of buildings in the village of Asias,
the manner of its occurrence suggesting an attempt at use for a lawn
grass. Paspalum conjugatum occurs in limited abundance on a wide
variety of sites practically throughout the island.
Grasses that may be regarded as “native” are of very scattered
occurrence, because of the considerable disturbance of the vegetation
on this small island by man’s activities. The most widespread species
are Lepturus repens, particularly abundant in the coconut plantations
of Ngabad Island, and to a lesser extent in the portion of the island
north of Ngardololok; and Ischaemum intermedium, widely distributed
and moderately abundant in swampy areas. Centotheca latifolia and
Digitaria chinensis occur occasionally on suitable sites. Paspalum
vaginatum was encountered in two areas, both localized along the coast
where salt water provided a favorable habitat; only one specimen of
Paspalum orbiculare was found on the entire island. Activities of
our troops on this island, involving concentration of large numbers of
men and quantities of materials on such a small area, will doubtless
result in a further reduction in the abundance of the grass flora, both
native and introduced.
Native vegetation had been disturbed to a major extent prior to our
arrival, both by the activities of man and by typhoons which de-
stroyed portions of the forest, especially one reported as occurring
about 1933-1935. Remains of trees uprooted at that time were still
in evidence, chiefly in the southeastern part of the island. Virtually
BURCHAM-——GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 435
all vegetation was denuded from the western and southern portions by
our operations. However, configuration of the terrain and nature of
the coral bedrock are such that this denudation should produce no
erosion problems; as a matter of fact, the net result of these activities
should be to accelerate soil formation.
OKINAWA SHIMA, RYUKYU ARCHIPELAGO
Okinawa Shima, or Okinawa Island, is the largest of 55 islands
comprising the Ryukyu Archipelago, which forms an arc of small
stepping stones between Formosa and southern Japan. This group
has been variously called the Ryukyu Retto (‘“Retto’’ being the
Japanese equivalent of ‘“Archipelago”’), the Riu Kiu, the Liu Kiu, the
Luchu, the Loochoo, and the Nansei Islands. The central part of
Okinawa is located in approximately latitude 33°30’ N. and longitude
128° E. and is about 400 miles from the mainland of Asia across the
Fast China Sea.
Despite the rugged character of the terrain there is no mountain
system on the island. Mainly it consists of coral reefs raised above
the ocean’s surface in small plateaus and isolated hills; some volcanic
rocks were encountered, primarily in the southeastern part and on the
Motobu Peninsula, but these were distinctly in the minority. Though
weathering has progressed farther than on any of the other coral
islands visited in the Pacific, much of the configuration of a coral reef
is still retained, with little semblance of what we are accustomed to
regard as a “normal” drainage pattern. Frequent outcrops of bare
coral rock, sheer cliffs along seacoasts and watercourses, and terracing
of the fields all further accentuate the irregularities of the topography
of this island.
Lying in about the same latitude as Miami, Fla., Okinawa enjoys a
similar subtropical climate. Most of the annual rainfall of 84 inches
falls between May and October. The average annual temperature of
71° F. ranges from a high of 96° F. to winter temperatures of 38° F.;
natives said that frosts were unknown to them. Prevailing southerly
winds temper the extremes of climate to an appreciable extent and
occasionally whip up to typhoons of destructive force, such as the ones
that occurred in September and October 1945.
The people are of mixed ancestry —probably descending from the
Ainus, a short-statured, hairy, Mongoloid race originally inhabiting
the southern islands of Japan. There has been much intermingling
with the Chinese and Japanese, since about 650 A. D., and to a lesser
extent with Malays and Koreans. Although the largest island in the
Ryukyu Archipelago, Okinawa is but 70 miles long and has an average
width of about 7 miles. On this small area there is an average of 900
758187—48——3
436 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
persons per square mile—in quite vivid contrast to the relatively
uninhabited islands of the Southwest Pacific. Moreover, the northern
part is but sparsely settled, the major portion of the total population
living in the southern two-thirds of the island. This dense population
has dictated utilization of every available square foot of ground.
Soils are mostly clays or clay loams, dull red to bright red in color,
friable, and moderately deep (on the order of 2 to 6 feet). Based on
crops observed in the fields, productivity of these soils would rate
above average. Without terracing, the intensive cultivation to which
this rough, broken terrain has been subjected would result in erosion
at a highly accelerated rate; on cultivated lands there is virtually no
evidence of erosion as other than a natural geologic process. In a
number of timbered areas the ground was bare or nearly so, the soil
hard and compacted, with sheet and gully erosion in evidence.
Several hundred years of settlement and intensive cultivation have
greatly modified the natural vegetation of this island. The higher
hills and rougher ground are forested with pine (Pinus massoniana
Lam.); on the Motobu Peninsula and elsewhere on the northern
third of the island occur some stands of Cryptomeria japonica. These
forests show evidence of heavy use—close cutting and grazing—and
have apparently been artificially propagated to a considerable extent.
Rough outcrops of coral are common throughout the island; these are
usually vegetated with clumps of Cycas circinalis and a few scattered
pines as dominants, and an understory of shade-loving shrubs, herbs,
and grasses. For the most part plants occurring in waste places
about habitations and fields are those widely distributed in associa-
tion with man’s activities. Those occurring on the frequent unculti-
vated coral outcrops, and io rougher, forested hills are probably fairly
representative of native species originally occupying the island.
I was on Okinawa between April 1, 1945, and July 22, 1945, and
during this time visited the area from Yontan Airfield to the south
end of the island and spent about 15 days on the Motobu Peninsula
in the north.
GRASSES COLLECTED
Eragrostis distans Hack. [Publ.] Bur. Gov. Lab. Philippine Isl. 35: 81. 1906.
(See p. 410.)
Okinawa and Philippine Islands to New Guinea.
This specimen differs from description of the type as follows: (1) It
is perennial; (2) it occasionally bears fertile branches; and (3) the
florets have a distinct purplish hue, evident in both growing and dried
specimens.
Inubi; altitude 70 feet; Burcham 211, April 18, 1945. West side of
valley, 100 yards north of village; well-drained silty clay soil. Peren-
nial, growing in tight clumps; erect flowering culms to about 20 inches
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 437
tall; florets purplish. Associated with Imperata cylindrica, Miscan-
thus sinensis, and Spiranthes sinensis. Moderately abundant.
Lepturus repens (G. Forst.) R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 207. 1810. (See p. 431.)
Motobu Peninsula; sea level; Burcham 227, July 11, 1945. One
mile north of Nakasoni, 1,000 yards east of Oi-Kawa River; on coral
outcrops along the coast. Associated with Sporobolus virginicus,
Zoysia tenuifcl’a, Digitarra henryi, Paspalum vaginatum, and Thuarea
involuta. Occasional.
Alopecurus aequalis Sobol. Fl. Petrop. 16. 1799. Greece.
Alopecurus fuluus J. E. Smith in Sowerby, English Bot. 21. pl. 1467. 1805.
England.
Circumpolar Eurasia and America; Siberia, China, Japan, mountains
of India.
Inubi; altitude 60 feet; Burcham 194, April 12,1945. 100 yards east
of village; clay soil of rice paddies. Low perennial, growing in open
clumps in fallow rice paddy; common in standing water and wet
places.
Sporobolus elongatus R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 170. 1810. (See p. 425.)
Inubi; altitude 60 feet; Burcham 195, April 12, 1945. 100 yards east
of village; moist clay soil. In small clumps along sodded terraces be-
tween rice paddies; associated with Digitaria violascens, Paspalum
cartilagineum, Panicum repens, Sacciolepis indica, and Ischaemum
crassipes var. aristatum. Common; this species and its associates
given here are the ones most frequently encountered in the protective
turf, which is maintained on terraces about the fields.
Sporobolus virginicus (L.) Kunth, Rév. Gram. 1: 67. 1829.
Agrostis virginica L. Sp. Pl. 63. 1753. Virginia.
Tropics and subtropics of both hemispheres.
Motobu Peninsula; sea level; Burcham 230, July 13, 1945. One
mile north of Nakasoni, 1,000 yards east of Oi-Kawa River; coral out-
crops along coast. - A low, rhizomatous perennial; flowering culms
erect, panicle spikelike; associated with Lepturus repens, Zoysia tenut-
folia, Digitaria henryi, Paspalum vaginatum, and Thuarea involuta.
Occasional near seashore, on coral outcrops and sandy beaches.
Zoysia matrella (L.) Merr. Philippine Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 230. 1912,
Agrostis matrella L. Mant. Pl. 2: 185. 1771. Malabar, India.
Zoysia pungens Willd. Ges. Naturf. Freund. Berlin Neue Schrift. 3: 441. 1801.
Malabar Coast, India.
Osterdamia matrella Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 781. 1891.
India and Malay Peninsula to Java, Japan, Philippines, and Yap.
Hanja; altitude 250 feet; Burcham 221, June 27, 1945. Northeast
outskirts of village; coral outcrops in cultivated field. Low, creeping
438 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
perennial, with rhizomes; blades dark green, wiry, sharply pointed;
inflorescence erect; associated with Sporobolus elongatus and Sacciolepis
indica. Occasional; also noted along cart roads and on sodded
terraces.
Zoysia tenuifolia Willd. ex Trin. Mém. Acad. St. Petersb. VI. Sci. Nat. 2 (1):
96. 1836. (See p. 431.)
Motobu Peninsula; sea level; Bureham 228, July 11, 1945. One
mile north of Nakasoni, 1,000 yards east of Oi-Kawa River; coral out-
crops near seashore. Associated with Lepturus repens, Sporobolus
virginicus, Digitaria henryi, Paspalum vaginatum, and Thuarea involuta,
Occurs occasionally,
Leptochloa filiformis (Lam.) Beauv. Ess. Agrost. 71, 161, 166. 1812.
Festuca filiformis Lam. Tabl. Eneycl. 11191. 1791. South America.
Temperate and tropical Americas; sparingly introduced in southern
Asia, Java, Philippines, Mozambique.
Hanja; altitude 250 feet; Burcham 219, June 26, 1945. Northeast
outskirts of village; well-drained clay soil. Slender annual, in small
open clumps; inflorescence an open, elongated panicle; collected
from a cultivated field. Occasional.
Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 1: 85. 1805.
Panicum dactylon L. Sp. Pl. 58. 1753. Southern Europe.
Capriola dactylon Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 764. 1891. Based on Panicum
dactylon LL.
World-wide, in temperate and tropical regions.
Hanja; altitude 250 feet; Burcham 223, June 27, 1945. Northeast
outskirts of village; clay soil. Low, stoloniferous and rhizomatous
perennial; associated with Sporobolus elongatus, Digitaria sanguinalis,
Sacciolepis indica, and Isachne globosa. Occasional to common,
mostly on sodded terraces between fields.
Digitaria henryi Rendle, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 36: 323. 1904.
China and Indo-China to Formosa, Philippines, and Samoa,
Motobu Peninsula; sea level; Burcham 225, 226, July 11, 1945.
One mile north of Nakasoni, 1,000 yards east of Oi-Kawa River;
crevices of coral outcrops along seashore. Creeping perennial, with
broad, flat blades mostly about 3 inches long; associated with
Lepturus repens, Sporobolus virginicus, Zoysia tenuifolia, Thuarea
involuta, and Ischaemum murinum. A second specimen from. this
locality, Burcham 226, has flat, rigid, harsh blades not exceeding | inch
in length. Occurs occasionally,
Digitaria sanguinalis (L.) Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2. 1: 52. 1772.
Panicum sanguinale 1. Sp. Pl. 57. 1753. Southern Europe.
Paspalum sanguinale Lam. Tabl. Eneycl. 1: 176. 1791.
Syntherisma sanguinalis Dulac, Fl. Haut. Pyr. 77. 1867.
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 439
World-wide, in temperate and tropical regions.
Hanja; altitude 250 feet; Burcham 222, June 27, 1945. Northeast
outskirts of village; clay soil along drainage ditch, occasionally covered
with standing water. Low, semiprostrate annual forming dense
clumps; associated with Sporobolus elongatus, Cynodon dactylon,
Sacciolepis indica, and Isachne globosa. Observed occasionally, in
fallow fields and waste places.
Digitaria violascens Link, Hort. Berol. 1: 229. 1827. Brazil.
Panicum violascens Kunth, Rév. Gram. 1: 33. 1829.
Paspalum chinensis Nees, in Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey Voy. 231. 1836.
China.
Digitaria chinensis A. Camus, Not. Syst. Lecomte 4: 48. 1923. Not D.
chinensis Hornem. 1819.
Southeastern Asia, East Indies, Philippines; introduced in American
tropics and subtropics.
Inubi; altitude 60 feet; Bureham 197, April 12, 1945. 100 yards
east of village; clay soil of terraces between rice paddies. Annual, or
perenniil in favorable locations; tending to form a turf along terraces;
associated with Sporobolus elongatus, Paspalum cartilagineum, Panicum
repens, Sacciolepis indica, and Ischaemum crassipes var. aristatum.
Occasional to common.
Inubi; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 205, April 12, 1945. 300 yards
northeast of village; pine forest; in spreading clumps, growing on
clay loam spoil from a recently excavated cave.
Eriochloa villosa (Thunb.) Kuntze, Rev. Gram. 1: 30. 1829.
Paspalum villosum Thunb. Fl. Japon, 45. 1784. Japan.
China, Japan.
Motobu Peninsula; altitude 75 feet; Burcham 233, July 14, 1945.
One mile north of Nakasoni, 1,000 yards east of Oi-Kawa River;
cultivated field, well-drained clay loam soil. Annual, forming small,
spreading clumps; common volunteer in cultivated fields.
Paspalum conjugatum Berg. Act. Helv. Phys. Math. 7: 129. pl. 8. 1762. (See p.
407.)
Inubi; altitude 150 feet; Burcham 209, April 14, 1945. 600 yards
northeast of village; well-drained clay soil near native house. Occa-
sional, mostly near habitations.
Paspalum orbiculare G. Forst. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 7. 1786. (See p. 411.)
Inubi; altitude 60 feet; Burcham 196, April 12, 1945. 100 yards
east of village; clay soil. Common on sodded terraces separating rice
paddies; associated with Sporobolus elongatus, Digitaria violascens,
Panicum repens, Sacciolepis indica, and Ischaemum crassipes var.
aristatum.
440 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Inubi; altitude 90 feet; Burcham 204, April 12, 1945; 200 yards
east of village; well-drained clay loam; occasional small erect clumps
in understory of pine forest.
Paspalum vaginatum Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Occ. 21. 1788. (See p. 426.)
Motobu Peninsula; sea level; Burcham 231, July 14, 1945. East
bank of Oi-Kawa River, 1,000 yards north of Nakasoni; sandy soil
along estuary. Occasional, along estuaries and seashore, within in-
fluence of salt water.
Cyrtococcum patens (L.) A. Camus, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Paris) 27: 118. 1921.
(See p. 412.)
Motobu Peninsula; altitude 75 feet; Burcham 234, July 14, 1945.
One mile north of Nakasoni, 1,000 yards east of Oi-Kawa River;
well-drained clay soil. Tending to form a dense cover, in full shade
of Pinus massoniana, Pandanus tectorius, and Acacia sp. Locally
abundant on favorable sites.
Panicum repens L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 87. 1762. Southern Europe.
Tropical and subtropical coasts of both hemispheres.
Inubi; altitude 70 feet; Burcham 214, April 28, 1945. 200 yards
northeast of village; clay soil. Robust perennial, with many stout
rhizomes; occasional among other grasses on terraces between rice
paddies.
Sacciolepis indica (L.) Chase, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 21: 8. 1908.
Aira indica L, Sp. Pl. 2; in errata, after index, 1753. India.
Panicum indicum L. Mant. 2: 184. 1771.
Hymenachne indica Buse ex Miquel, Pl. Jungh. 377. 1854.
India to Korea, Japan, Philippines, Malay Peninsula, East Indies,
New Guinea, and Fiji.
Inubi; altitude 100 feet; Burcham 206, April 12, 1945. 300 yards
northeast of village; well-drained clay loam under pine forest; a
few small clumps on spoil from a recently excavated cave. Inubi;
altitude 70 feet; Burcham 213, April 28, 1945; 200 yards northeast
of village; clay soil of terraces, and in rice paddies. Slender annual;
culms single or a few together, mostly erect; glumes purplish at tips.
Occasional, along terraces and in fallow rice paddies.
Isachne globosa (Thunb.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 778. 1891.
Milium globosum Thunb. Fl. Japon. 49. 1784. Japan.
Isachne australis R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 1: 196. 1810. Australia.
India and China to Philippines, East Indies, New Guinea, and
Australia.
Hanja; altitude 250 feet; Burcham 218, June 11, 1945. Northeast
edge of village; clay soil of drainage ditch, covered with standing
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 44]
water part of time. Annual; culms trailing to erect, rooting at nodes;
sheaths with bristles which appear to assist the grass in climbing.
Common, in standing water or wet to moderately dry sites.
Oplismenus formosanus Honda, Repert. Nov. Sp. Fedde 20: 361. 1924. Formosa.
Formosa; Okinawa.
Inubi; altitude 90 feet; Burcham 212, April 21, 1945. East side
of village; clay soil in overgrown native garden. Creeping perennial,
rooting freely at nodes; flowering culms erect, spikelets glabrous,
purple; in full shade of bamboo, bananas, and other cultivated plants.
Occasional, in moist, shady spots.
Echinochloa hispidula (Retz.) Keng, Sinensia 11: 413. 1940.
Panicum hispidulum Retz. Obs. Bot. 5: 18. 1789. India.
India and China.
Inubi; altitude 70 feet; Burcham 215, April 28, 1945; 200 yards
northeast of village; clay soil of rice paddies. Coarse annual, growing
mostly in semidry rice paddies—sometimes in standing water;
associated with Alopecurus aequalis and Sacciolepis indica. Occasional
to common, on wet sites.
Setaria geniculata (Lam.) Beauv. Ess. Agrost. 41, 169, 178. 1812.
Panicum geniculatum Lam. Encycl. 4: 727. 1798. Guadeloupe.
Tropics and subtropics of both hemispheres.
Inubi; altitude 85 feet; Burcham 202, April 12, 1945. 100 yards
east of village; well-drained clay soil. Slender perennial, with slightly
involute blades and spikelike infloresecence; in pine forest, associated
with Paspalum cartilagineum, Imperata cylindrica, Miscanthus sinensis,
Pogonatherum paniceum, Cymbopogon tortilis, Pinus massoniana,
Spiranthes sinensis, and Vaccinium wright. Rare.
Thuarea involuta (G. Forst.) Roem. & Schult. Syst. Veg. 2: 808. 1817. (See p. 427.)
Motobu Peninsula; sea level; Burcham 229, July 12, 1945. One
mile north of Nakasoni, 1,000 yards east of Oi-Kawa River; sandy
beach, just above high water. Associated with Lepturus repens,
Sporobolus virginicus, Zoysia tenuifolia, Digitaria henryi, and Ischae-
mum murinum. Occasional to rare, in vicinity of the seashore.
Imperata cylindrica (L.) Beauv. Ess. Agrost. 8, 165, 166,177. pl. 5. f. 1. 1812.
Lagurus cylindricus L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 2: 878. 1759. [Southern France.]
Tropics and subtropics of Eastern Hemisphere.
Inubi; altitude 75 feet; Burcham 200, April 12, 1945. 100 yards
east of village; well-drained clay loam with some coral outcrops.
Perennial, with rhizomes; leaves mostly basal, erect; flowering culms
erect, to about 20 inches tall. Associated with Paspalum cartilagineum,
442 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Miscanthus sinensis, Pogonatherum paniceum, Cymbopogon sp., Pinus
massoniana, Spiranthes sinensis, and Vaccinium wrightti. Occasional
to common in understory of pine type; common to abundant in fields
and waste places,
en
7
Fira
Ficure 4.—Fruiting habits of Thuarea involuta. a, Typical inflorescence, about time of
fertilization. b, Seed in “milk” stage, first and second joints bent about 90°, pushing seed
down among leaves. c, Mature seed, second joint below seed bent nearly 180°, thrusting
seed down into litter at base of plant. d, Inflorescence shortly after fertilization; bract
beginning to fold over, enclosing seed. ¢, Seed in “milk” stage, second joint below seed
bent about 90°, pushing it down among the leaves. f, Mature seed. Second joint below
seed bent nearly 180°, seed thereby resting on ground surface near base of plant. X 34.
Miscanthus sinensis Anderss. Ofv. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Foérh. 12: 166. 1856.
China.
Eastern Asia; introduced in eastern United States.
Inubi; altitude 75 feet; Burcham 198, April 12, 1945. Same soil
and associates as preceding species. Robust perennial, in large clumps;
numerous leaves mostly basal; flowering culms erect, 4 to 6 feet
tall. Common to abundant along streams, margins of fields, and rocky
outcrops. Panicles are persistent on the plant after seed has been
cast; local inhabitants gather these with a portion of the long culm
attached and bind them into small brooms, which are used extensively.
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 443
Microstegium vimineum (Trin.) A. Camus, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon 68: 201. 1921.
Andropogon vimineus Trin. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. VI. Math. Phys. Nat.
2: 268. 1832. Nepal, India.
Microstegium willdenowianum Nees, in Lindl. Nat. Syst. Bot. 447. 1836.
Nepal, India.
Pollinia imberbis Nees var. willdenowiana Hack. in DC. Monogr. Phan.
6:178. 1889.
Eulalia viminea Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 775. 1891.
Pollinia viminea Merr. Enum. Philipp. Pl. 1: 35. 1922,
India to China, Japan, and Philippines; sparingly introduced in
eastern United States.
Motobu Peninsula; altitude 35 feet; Burcham 236, July 14, 1945.
One mile north of Nakasoni, 1,000 yards east of Oi-Kawa River;
coral outcrop along face of cliffs. Spreading perennial, with very
slender branching clums, rooting at nodes; inflorescence of ascending
tacemes (inflorescence abnormal in this specimen, probably diseased).
Occasional, in part shade.
Spodiopogon kawakamaii Hayata, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 21: 54. 1907. (Ex descrip-
tion.) Formosa.
Formosa, Okinawa.
Motobu Peninsula; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 232, July 14, 1945.
East bank of Oi-Kawa River, 1,000 yards north of Nakasoni. Tall
perennial, with coarse, broad blades, mostly basal; flowering culm
erect, panicle nodding. A single small clump, growing in a handful
of decaying vegetable matter, mostly pine needles, on the bare top
of a concrete burial vault. Obviously introduced.
Pogonatherum paniceum (Lam.) Hack. Allg. Bot. Zeitschr. 12: 178. 1906.
Saccharum paniceum Lam. Encyel. 1: 595. 1785; Tabl. Encyel. 1: 155. pl. 40.
f. 3.1791, East Indies.
Pogonatherum saccharoideum Beauv. Ess. Agrost. 176. pl. 11. f. 7. 1812.
India to Japan, Philippines, New Guinea, Australia.
Inubi; altitude 90 feet; Burcham 207, April 12, 1945. 400 yards
east of village; well-drained clay soil along intermittent stream.
Low perennial, forming small, tight clumps; understory of pine
type. Associated with Paspalum cartilagineum, Imperata cylindrica,
Miscanthus sinensis, Cymbopogon sp., Pinus massoniana, Spiranthes
sinensis, and Vaccinium wrightii. Locally common to abundant.
Apluda mutica L. Sp. Pl. 82. 1753. (See p. 413.)
Naha-Yonabaru highway; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 224, July 9,
1945. South of highway, 600 yards east of Kokuba; well-drained
clay soil along stream. Associated here with Pogonatherum paniceum
and Andropogon micranthus; observed occasionally.
Ischaemum crassipes (Steud.) Thell. var. aristatum Nakai, Bot. Mag. Tokyo
37: 121. 1923 (in Japanese); Nakai in Honda, op. cit. 38: 53. 1924. Korea.
Korea, Japan, Formosa, Ryukyu Islands.
444 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Inubi; altitude 60 feet; Burcham 210, April 18, 1945. 100 yards
east of village; moist clay soil. Perennial, with short rhizomes,
forming open clumps; associated with Sporobolus elongatus, Digitaria
violascens, Paspalum cartilagineum, Panicum repens, and Sacciolepis
indica. Occasional, in turf of rice paddy terraces.
Ischaemum murinum G. Forst. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prod. 73. 1786. Tana, New
Hebrides.
Tana; Samoa.
This specimen differs from description of the type in having nodes
that are entirely glabrous. The species is but little known, from
widely separated localities.
Motobu Peninsula; sea level; Burcham 235, July 14, 1945. One
mile north of Nakasoni, 1,000 yards east of Oi-Kawa River; coral
outcrops along the beach. Low, tufted perennial with stoloniferous
tendency; inflorescence an erect, digitate spike disintegrating at
maturity; here with Lepturus repens, Sporobolus virginicus, Zoysia
tenuifolia, Digitaria henryi, and Thuarea involuta. Common here;
only locality observed.
Rottboellia exaltata L. f. Nov. Gram. Gen. 40. pl. 1. 1779. India.
India to China, East Indies, Philippines, and New Guinea; Africa;
sparingly introduced in American tropics.
Naha-Yonabaru highway; altitude 50 feet; Burcham 217, June 10,
1945. 1,000 yards east of Kokuba, 300 yards south of highway;
well-drained clay soil. Coarse, erect annual, in small open clumps;
here a volunteer in a field of sweet potatoes. Occasional.
Arthraxon hispidus (Thunb.) Makino var. eryptatherus (Hack.) Honda, Bot.
Mag. Tokyo 39: 277. 1925.
Arthrazon ciliaris subsp. langsdorfit var. cryptatherus Hack. in DC. Monogr.
Phan. 6: 355, 1889. Japan.
India to Japan; sparingly introduced in eastern United States.
Motobu Peninsula; altitude 65 feet; Burcham 237, July 15, 1945.
One mile north of Nakasoni, 1,000 yards east of Oi-Kawa River;
coral outcrops along face of cliff. Semiprostrate annual, rooting at
nodes, with short, broad blades, and digitate inflorescence. Occasional
here; also observed as volunteer in fallow fields.
Andropogon micranthus Kunth, Rév. Gram. 1: 165. 1829. (See p. 421.)
Naha-Yonabaru highway; altitude 25 feet; Burcham 216, June 9,
1945. 1,000 yards east of Kokuba; well-drained clay soil along
stream banks. In small tussocks; with other grasses and a small
bamboo. Occasional, along streams.
Cymbopogon tortilis (Presl) A. Camus, Rev. Bot. Appl. Agr. Colon. 5: 206. 1925.
Anthistiria tortilis Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1: 347. 1830. Luzon, Philippines.
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 445
Andropogon hamatulus Nees, in Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey Voy. 244. 1838.
Macao, China.
Cymbopogon hamatulus A. Camus, Rev. Bot. Appl. Agr. Colon. 1: 284. 1921.
Indo-China to Japan, Formosa, and Philippines.
Inubi; altitude 75 feet; Burcham 201, April 12, 1945. 100 yards
east of village; well-drained clay soil with some coral outcrops. Tufted
perennial, flowering culms erect, to 20 inches tall (specimen from
plants of previous season, no spikelets left). Associated with Pas-
palum cartilagineum, Imperata cylindrica, Miscanthus sinensis, Pogo-
natherum paniceum, Pinus massoniana, Spiranthes sinensis, and
Vaccinium wrightti. Most abundant grass in the pine understory.
Rhaphis aciculata (Retz.) Desv. Opusc. 69. 1831. (See p. 414.)
Hanja; altitude 250 feet; Burcham 220, June 26, 1945. Northeast
outskirts of village; well-drained clay soil, along a cart road; associated
with Cynodon dactylon, Isachne globosa, and Echinochloa hispidula.
Rare; only locality observed on the island.
The species enumerated above comprise all the grasses observed on
Okinawa, with exception of Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) Beauv.,
observed on Motobu Peninsula while enroute to the airport for
- departure from the island, and of bamboos in cultivation about the
houses. They are not, however, presumed to be a complete repre-
sentation of the grass flora of the island, as much of its area was not
visited.
For the most part these are grasses widely distributed throughout
the world; in turn, they were widely distributed about the island,
with minor exceptions. There is a conspicuous number of northern
species on the island. Doubtless the strong Asiatic and Japanese
floristic elements are in part accounted for by the long history of
colonization by Chinese and Japanese.
The greatest number of species was collected from the understory
of the pine forest. This is to be expected, since these probably have
been disturbed less than other areas, hence they retain a greater
number of native plants, plus introduced species which have certainly
invaded the forests to some extent. The pine type collection was
made on the west slope of the ridge east of Inubi, about 1 mile inland
from the east coast of the island. This ridge runs from northwest to
southeast, varying from 60 to 150 feet in elevation; the soil is well-
drained clay loam, weathered from coral and basaltic rocks—outcrops
of coral are frequent and of basalt occasional. The dominant species
is Pinus massoniana Lam., which on this area averages about 40 feet
in height, varies from seedlings to some 20 inches in DBH,? and forms
an open stand in which the crowns of the trees do not quite make a
closed canopy. The understory, of ferns, grasses, broadleaf herbs,
3 DBH—Diameter at breast height, 4.5 feet above the average ground level.
446 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
and low shrubs in about that order of abundance, is quite open, and
2 to 3 feet high, except for some taller shrubs. Of eight grasses col-
lected in this type, Cymbopogon tortilis was most abundant; Miscan-
thus sinensis was common to locally abundant; Pogonatherum pani-
ceum was locally abundant along drainage lines. Jmperata cylindrica
was common in forest margins, having apparently invaded from adja-
cent fields and coral outcrops. Setaria geniculata, Digitaria violascens,
and Sacciolepis indica were rare in this type, the last two being en-
countered only once and on recently exposed mineral soil.
Terraces between the small fields serve a dual function— preventing
erosion and providing paths for traveling. They are narrow earth
embankments, in many cases but little wider than a human foot,
grown over with grasses which form a protective sod that is never
broken and giving every evidence of careful tending. The grasses on
these terraces are thus in a state of semicultivation, serving a very
definite purpose in the economy of these people. In rice paddies and
similar very moist fields the species occurring on terraces were mainly
Sporobolus elongatus, Digitaria violascens, Paspalum cartilagineum,
and Panicum repens. In well-drained or dry fields the terrace grasses
were Sporobolus elongatus, Zoysia matrella (very limitedly), Paspalum
cartilagineum, and Imperata cylindrica.
The forested areas and terraces about the fields provide the majority
of grazing for domestic livestock—mainly goats and a few horses and
cows. Goats were tethered along terraces and permitted to feed
while the fields were being worked; apparently they were also allowed
to roam at large in woodlands during the day, with the smaller children
serving as herders. Horses and cows were kept confined for the most
part, but occasionally pastured in woodlands and on the uncultivated
coral outcrops. |
Seven grasses were collected from coral outcrops and sandy beaches
along a short stretch of seacoast on the Motobu Peninsula. The most
common was /schaemum murinum, a relatively little-known species.
Others were Lepturus repens, Sporobolus virginicus, Zoysia tenuifolia,
Digitaria henryi, Paspalum vaginatum, and Thuarea involuta; these are
widespread grasses typical of seacoasts and beach areas throughout
the tropics, and of occasional occurrence in this locality.
When collecting specimens of Thuarea involuta on Pavuvu Island
I noted that the inflorescence was erect when in bloom and that
mature seeds were always on reflexed culms among the herbage, near
the surface of the soil. The fruiting habits of this grass have been
discussed at some length elsewhere, with chief emphasis on the dis-
tribution of its seeds by sea currents.4 Obviously the interesting
habit of “self-planting” the seeds would be equally important in
* Nieuwenhuis-Uexkiill, Margarete, Die Schwimmvorrichtung der Friichte von Thuarea sarmentosa
Pers. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg 18: 114-123. pls. 14, 15. 1902. .
BURCHAM—GRASS FLORA OF CERTAIN PACIFIC ISLANDS 447
maintaining it, once it has become established on a favorable site,
While I was on Okinawa, I studied the grass in the field as fully
as its limited occurrence there would permit. I observed that after
fertilization of the flower the bractlike rachis bearing the pistillate
spikelet at its base folds over and forms a corky protective covering
enclosing the seed. In addition, the fertile branch exhibits a strong
positive geotropism, recurving at one or more nodes immediately
below the seed in such a manner that when mature the seed is among
the dead herbage and duff at the base of the plant, and at or very
near the surface of the soul. The drawings in figure 4, from sketches
made on the spot, illustrate this habit. Apparently the seed does
not begin to germinate until the corky covering has disintegrated to a
considerable extent, and this is hastened by its being planted among
the decaying vegetable matter. Since the seeds are not readily
detached from this plant they are thus provided with the optimum
conditions of moisture and soil available on that site, thereby assuring
the perpetuation of the grass in a locality which has proved favorable
to it.
NEW CALEDONIA
Although only two specimens were collected on New Caledonia,
they are included because these species, from this island, were not
previously represented in the United States National Herbarium.
Stenotaphrum secundatum (Walt.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 794. 1891.
Ischaemum secundatum Walt. Fl. Carol. 249. 1788. South Carolina.
Stenotaphrum americanum Schrank, Pl. Rar. Hort. Monac. pl. 98. 1822.
Tropics and subtropics of America; sparingly introduced in Hawaii,
Austral and Society Islands, Polynesia, and Australia.
Noumea; altitude about 25 feet; Burcham 67a, November 26, 1942.
Stoloniferous perennial; flowering culms erect with spikelets embedded
in one side of the corky, flattened rachis. Observed occasionally,
near buildings and in waste places in the city.
Bothriochloa decipiens (Hack.) C. E. Hubb, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1934: 444.
1934.
Andropogon pertusus Willd. var. decipiens Hack. in DC. Monogr. Phan. 6;
483. 1889. Queensland, Australia.
Andropogon decipiens Domin. Biblioth. Bot. 20 (85): 266. 1915.
Queensland and New South Wales, Australia; introduced (?) in
New Caledonia.
Camp Goettge (2% miles south of Noumea); altitude 5 feet; Burcham
67, November 26, 1942. Grassland, 100 yards inland from seashore;
growing on west slope, in adobe clay soil underlain with coral. Low,
creeping perennial; flowering culms erect, inflorescence one to several
digitate spikelike racemes. Associated with other grasses and a few
trailing herbs. Locally abundant, and closely grazed by cattle.
INDEX
{Synonyms in italics,
Page
Acacia sp___.___--.----------- 440
Agrostis matrella__.....-..---- 437
virginica___.-.------------ 437
Altra indica_.........--------- 440
Alloteropsis distachya__.___-_-- 412
semilata__..________ 411, 412, 415
Alopecurus aequalis__...._..- 437, 441
fulvus_....--.--------.--. 487
Anatherum parviflorum_____---- 421
Andropon aciculatum___.__-__- 414
decipiens____.__-_---_---- 447
hamatulus_....-.----_---- 445
micranthus- ____ 420, 421, 443, 444
pertusus var. dectpiens____-_ 447
serratus___.....--.------- 414
vimineus__~.__------------ 443
Anthistiria australis_......----- 408
tortilis...2...--..-------- 444
Apluda mutica______ 410, 413, 416, 443
varia subsp. mutica_.-___-- 413
Arthraxon ciliaris subsp. langs-
dorfit var. cryptatherus_____-- 444
hispidus var. cryptatherus__ 444
Arundinella lasiostoma______-_ 411, 416
Axonopus compressus-- _------- 424,
425, 426, 427, 428
Bismarck Archipelago____._____ 416
Bothriochloa decipiens_________ 447
British Solomon Islands_--_-__- 405, 422
Bruguiera sp____._.._-____-___-- 418
Capillipedium parviflorum___-_-- 421
Capriola dactylon__._....--__-- 438
Casuarina equisetifolia_______ 430, 433
Cenchrus echinatus__ 431, 432, 433, ae
Cenchrus lappaceus____.__._.--
Centotheca lappacea__...-..---
latifolia. _._..._..-_-__.-- 410,
415, 424, 425, 428, 431, 433, 434
Chrysopogon aciculatus ween eee 414
Cryptomeria japonica__._______ 436
Cycas circinalis..........----- 436
Cymbopogon hamatulus_______- 445
-- eee eee eee 443
Cynadon dastylon we--n-- 438, 439, 445
Cynosurus tndicus_____.__.-_-- 406
Cyrtococcum oxyphyllum____ 418, 420
patens___-..-..---- 412, 415, 440
pilipes_....._.__-__-.--_-- 418
Dactyloctenium aegyptium___ 408, 445
D’Entrecasteaux Islands. =. 2 _- 409
Page numbers of principal entries in boldface]
Page
Digitaria chinensis __ 432, 433, 434, 439
henryi_____ 437, 438, 441, 444, 446
kanehirae___...------_---- 432
longissima_-_--_-_- 431, 432, 433, 434
microbachne____________ 410, 411,
413, 416, 425, 426, 428, 432, 434
propingua..-------------- 432
sanguinalis_____._._-_____ 438
tamorensig___..-___--_---- 432
violascens_ _____ 437, 439, 444, 446
406,
407, 408, 427, 428
hispidula____._._._______- 441, 445
Eleusine indica. 406, 407, 408, 414, 415,
425, 427, 428, 43i, 432, 433, 434
Eragrostis amabilis a aa------- ee 424,
428, 431, 432, 433, 434
distans_-_._- 410, 411, 413, 416, 436
plumosa___._.-.---------- 424
Eriochloa villosa____...-_-___- 439
Eulalia viminea___.....------- 443
Festuca filiformis........------ 438
Fimbristylis annua__--_--_--_- 424, 425
Garnotia mezii__ 410, 411, 412, 413, 415
Goodenough Island___________- 409
Guadaleanal___._-.----2----_- 405
Hemigraphis sp___.____._____- 427
Hemigymnia multinodis______-- 412
Holcus latifolius_._.......-_---- 410
nitidus__.__.___-_-------- 414
parviflorus.___..---------- 421
Hymenachne indica_.___.______- 440
Imperata cylindrica___________- 437,
441, 443, 445, 446
exaltata_______- 407, 408, 427, 428
koenigii____.___._________ 421
sp.-410, 411, 413, 414, 416, 420, 421
Isachne australis_.2..-...----- 440
globosa______ ~~ 438, 439, 440, 445
Ischaemum crassipes var. arista-
tum___._..-._--- 437, 439, 443
digitatum_____.--_______- 420
intermedium___________- 433, 434
involutum__........_._-_-- 427
murinum_-______ 438, 441, 444, 446
rotiboellioides__...._.....--- 413
secundatum___._.---.----- 447
Kunai__________--- ee 421, 422
Kunai prass_..__---...._--- 421, 422
Kyllinga brevifolia__________ 424, 425
Lagurus cylindricus__.__.-_---_-- 441
Leptochloa filiformis__._._._-_-- 438
VI
Page
Lepturus ¢inereus___ 422, 423, iva 428
repens.___---.--------- 431, "432,
433, 434, 437, 438, 444, 446
Liu Kiu Islands___._-_-._----__ 435
Loochoo Islands_....-222------ 435
Luchu Islands______- __-- 435
Mangrove. ____- 406, 410, 418, 422, 429
Manisuris rottboe! linides_ wenn ee 410
4i1, 413, 415, 416, 42]
sp_.--------------------- 421
Microstegium vimineum_____--- 443
wildenowian UM nee eee 443
Milium compressum__..-..------ 426
globosum__-.------------- 440
Miscanthus sinensis.._.. 437, 441, 442,
443, 445
Morata Island________.---__-- 409
Moss forests___..------------ 410, 417
Nansci Islands___.._-_...--_--- 435
Neu-Pommern.__.._--- 2-2. -- 416
New Britain........._____-_-- 416
New Caledonia____..._________ 447
New Guinea, Territory of. _____ 409
New Pomerania__.____.____--- 416
Nipa fruticans..........-_-_--- 418
palm__....--2----- ee 418
Okinawa Shima____._--__--___- 435
Oplismenus aristulatus_______ 418, 419
compositus.__..__._---- 418, 420
formosanus.._..-.-------- 441
hirtellus__. 2222-2 Lee 420
undulatifolius.....22--_-_- 420
Osterdamia matrella...-.-.---_- 437
tenutfolia.__.......-.------ 431
Ottochloa nodosa__.--.----.---- 412
Palau Islands... 2-222 -___- 429, 430
Pandanus sp________-____-_--- 433
tectorius.__-_..___-__--_-- 440
Panicum cambogiense________ 407, 408
cartinalum. 2222 412
colonum_...--2----------- 407
compositum_~_. 2-2-2 418
cruciabile_._...-.---.----- 407
dactylon.........---------- 438
geniculatum__. 22-2 ee 44]
hispidulum____.--------- 441
indicum__......-..-------- 440
microbachne_...-_.------.- 411
mullinede_...._.-.- 2-2 412
nodosum _-_____. 411, 412, 413, 415
oxyphyllum. 2222 ee 481
pallide-fuscum...-.....----- 413
palmifolium__....-.- 2-2 413
patens___--_ ee 412
pilipes_ 2-22 418
plicatum____- We eee eee 413
radicans__________-_-___-- 412
repens__.__ 437, 439, 440, 444, 446
reptans__._-.-.-.------ 426, 428
reticulatumn_._.......___-- 407
sanguinale___ 2 ee 438
semialatum_~__-__._-__.___- 412
timorense___._._-_-___--___- 432
violascens._.....-------_-- 439
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Page
Papua, Territory of_...._.--_-- 409
Paspalum cartilagineum______ ~~ 411,
412, 413, 415, 437, 439, 441, 443,
444, 445, 446
chinensis. ....------------ 439
compressum__...---------- 426
conjugatum____.-_-.------ 6,
40
407, 408, 431, 432, 433, 434, 439
distichum var. vaginatum__- 426.
littorale.___- “oe 426.
orbiculare_._..-.2--_---___- All,
412, 413, 415, 416, 426, 428, 432,
434. 439
paniculatum____-_---_-- 412, 415
sanguinale___...-------..-- 438
scrobiculatum var. bispi-
catum____.------ 410, 412, 413
scrobiculatum var. obiculare_ 411
sp__.------.----------- 420, 421
vaginatum.. owe ena eee ee 426,
427, 428, 433, 434, 437, 438
440, 446
villosum__.. 222 439
Pavuvu Island... 22222 422
Pawuwu Islands.______-------- 422
Peleliu Island______________- 429, 430
Pennisetum purpureum. -_-_--- 433, 4384
Periryu Island__._..-..------- 429
Pinus massoniana_______--___- 436,
440, 441, 442, 443, 445
Poa amabilis_.......---------- 424
plumosa__..-------------- 424
Pogonatherum paniceum.- __-_-_ ~~ 441,
442, 443, 445, 446
saccharoideum__._...------ 443
Pollinia imberbis var. willdeno-
wiand_..-------- eee 443
viminea_ nee 443
Polygonum sp__--_----------- 433
Polytoca macrophylla____ 408, 414, 415
Rhaphis aciculata___ 412, 414, 415,424,
425, 426, 427, 428, 432, 433,
434, 445
Rhizophora sp__ 406, 410, 418, 422, 429
Riu Kiu Islands__._..-------_- 435.
Rottboellia exaltata_____ 2 - 444
ophiuroides_._-_.-.-------- 413
repens____-.-------------- 431
Russell Islands_.__...._-____-- 422
Ryukyu Archipelago___.______- 435
Ryukyu Retto___..22 2222 eee 435
Saccharum exaltatum___.______- 407
paniceum__...------------ 443
spontaneum___________- 420, 421
Sacciolepis indica_____________- 437,
438, 439, 440, 441, 444, 446
Schizmatoglottis sp_._______- 431, 433
Setaria geniculata___________ 44 1, 446
pallidifusea_________ 413, 415, 416
palmifolia____. 22 - 413, 415
Solomons, British___-_--------- 422
Sorghum nitidum____..____.- 405, 410,
411, 413, 414, 416, 421
parviflorum.......-------- 421
INDEX VII
Page Page
Spiranthes sinensis. .__-.---___ 437, | Thuarea involuta.._-_._.------ 427,
441, 442, 448, 445 428, 437, 438, 441, 444, 446
Spodiopogon kawakamaii_...... 448 sarmentosa.....---------- 446
Sporobolus elongatus___-_.-_-- 425,| Urochloa replans_._...---.----- 426
428, 437, 438, 439, 444, 446
virginicus _ _ 437, 438, 441, 444, 446
Stenotaphrum americanum___--- 447
secundatum____...------- 447
sp__--------------------- 408
Syntherisma sanguinalis__------ 438
Themeda australis_________-- 407, 468
sp. 410, 411, 413, 414, 416, 420, 421
Vaccinium wrightii_. 441, 442, 443, 445
Vernonia cinerea_...2 ee 427
Zea mays....--.-------------- 414
Zoysia matrella____--------- 437, 446
pungens___....--.-.------ 437
tenuifolia........--.------ 431,
434, 437, 438, 441, 444, 446
O
50. 773
,U58
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
UNITED STATES NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Vo.LuME 30, Part 3
ADDITIONAL PHANEROGAMS IN THE
FLORA OF GUAM, WITH NOTES ON
UNVERIFIED RECORDS
By EGBERT H. WALKER and ROBERT RODIN
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
Unitep States NATIONAL HERBARIUM
VotumeE 30, Part 3
ADDITIONAL PHANEROGAMS IN THE
FLORA OF GUAM, WITH NOTES ON
UNVERIFIED RECORDS
By EGBERT H. WALKER and ROBERT RODIN
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1949
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C.
Price 15 cents
AUG 25 1949
ISSUED AUG 25 1949
BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Oar: eat INP el
i . \ 7 a J
CONTENTS
Page
Introduction____.______-------------------------------------------- 449
Additions, corrections, and now verified species___..------------------- 452
Gramineae...___---------------------------------------------- 452
Cyperaceae__------------------------------------------------- 455
Palmae_____-_--.--------------------------------------------- 457
Commelinaceae__..--.----------------------------------------- 457
Philydraceae__-._--------------------------------------------- 457
Amaryllidaceae_-_---..----------------------------------------- 458
Orchidaceae_____-._-._---------------------------------------- 458
Ulmaceae______---_------------------------------------------- 459
Urticaceae___...-___---__------------------------------------- 459
Papaveraceae__-__--------------------------------------------- 459
Leguminosae_------------------------------------------------- 459
Polygalaceae__-__--------------------------------------------- 461
Euphorbiaceae_-_---------------------------------------------- 461
Sapindaceae_____--------------------------------------------- 462
Malvaceae_____._____._--------------------------------------- 462
Myrtaceae____------------------------------------------------ 463
Onagraceae_____---------------------------------------------- 463
Araliaceae_.._.....------------------------------------------- 463
Primulaceae____..__-__--------------------------------------- 463
Oleaceae__.__-._-.-------------------------------------------- 464
Loganiaceae__-___--------------------------------------------- 464
Apocynaceae_.------------------------------------------------ 494
Asclepiadaceae__--_------------------------------------------- 464
Boraginaceae__-.---------------------------------------------- 465
Verbenaceae______________------------------------------------ 465
Rubiaceae_____________--------------------------------------- 465
Cucurbitaceae_____.__....------------------------------------- 466
Compositae___.....------------------------------------------- 466
Bibliography___._------------------------------------------------- 467
Index___________.__-_-_-------------------------------- +--------- Vv
ILLUSTRATIONS
Following
page
Puate 8. Heterospathe elata Scheff...--------------------------------- 458
9. Tristiropsis obtusangula Radlk..---.-.----------------------- 458
ADDITIONAL PHANEROGAMS IN THE FLORA
OF GUAM, WITH NOTES ON UNVERIFIED
RECORDS
By EcBert H. WALKER and ROBERT RODIN
INTRODUCTION
THe principal additions to the flora of Guam here recorded are
based on collections made by members of the United States armed
forces stationed there during World War II. The first set of all
the servicemen’s specimens here cited is deposited in the United
States National Herbarium, except those collected by the junior
author, of which the first set is in the herbarium of the University
of California. Duplicate sets have been distributed to various in-
stitutions. A few records based on other than servicemen’s collections
are added here for the sake of completeness. The pteridophytes from
the servicemen’s collections are fully treated by W. H. Wagner and
D. F. Grether (11).
No complete collection of the plants of Guam has ever been made,
although many botanists from Thaddeus Haenke and Luis Née in 1792
to the present day have collected there. These collections are de-
posited in widely scattered herbaria, but probably the U. 8S. National
Herbarium has about as good a representation of this island’s flora
as exists today in one place. This is largely due to the wisdom and
foresight of Dr. E. D. Merrill, who, as director of the Bureau of
Science in Manila, sent here duplicate sets of the Guam specimens
which were received by him for determination from various collectors
in the early part of the century. The earlier collections made before
about 1900, however, are not represented here.
Every collection made in Guam has added records of additional
species. W. E. Safford in his monumental work “The Useful Plants
of the Island of Guam,” published in 1905 (10), brought together his
extensive and intensive economic and botanical knowledge of the
island’s plants and the previous records of species collected there.
In 1914, E. D. Merrill published “An Enumeration of the Plants of
Guam” (6), bringing the records together in a systematic manner and
citing the specimens upon which they are based, most of which he had
determined in Manila. He included all published records and com-
mented on their basis and validity. This enumeration, along with his
list of additions published in 1919 (7), has provided the most complete
knowledge of the species occurring there. Safford’s work has pro-
vided information concerning the plants themselves.
449
450 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
In 1933, the Japanese botanist Prof. R. Kanehira issued in Japanese
an illustrated “Flora Micronesica” (4), and in 1935 there appeared in
English his “An Enumeration of Micronesian Plants” (5). Both
contain references to Guam, but careful examination reveals that
these are based largely, if not exclusively, on Merrill’s enumeration.
They furnish some adjustments of nomenclature and suggest that
many species, recorded as occurring in the formerly Japanese man-
dated islands, may occur also in Guam, at least in the as yet botani-
cally unexplored parts of the islands.
E. H. Bryan, of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum in Honolulu, in-
stituted in 1936 a continued series in the Guam Recorder (2) on the
plants of this island intended for local use and inspiration. It was
based on his observations and collections there. The war interrupted
this series after consideration of the Icacinaceae. Additional refer-
ences to the literature on Guam plants may be found in the recent
Pacific botanical bibliography by E. D. Merrill (8) and the index to
it by E. H. Walker in the same issue of the Contributions from the
United States National Herbarium (72).
Among the servicemen stationed in Guam after its recapture were
a few professional and amateur botanists. One or two were officially
detailed to collect plant specimens in connection with military develop-
ments and sanitary control work, but most of them collected in order
to while away idle hours, to satisfy a burning curiosity, to accumulate
material in connection with hoped-for future academic studies, or to
supply institutions back home that wanted such collections. So ex-
tensive did biological collecting become on Guam that there was
organized a Guam Natural History Society, which held a number of
meetings. With this stimulus, enthusiasts sometimes collected in
groups. These joint enterprises are reflected in the occurrence in this
paper of citations of the same species collected by different men on the
same day and in the same locality. As a result of the senior author’s
encouragement and assistance to some of these and other servicemen
collectors, the U. S. National Herbarium under the Smithsonian In-
stitution received several collections of plant specimens from Guam
for determination and deposit. These form the foundation for the
present paper.
The junior author was stationed on Guam during 1944 and 1945
and made over 300 collections with the expectation of using them in
postwar academic studies. The additions to the known flora of Guam
represented in his collection are included in this list rather than
published separately, in order to consolidate the material needed by
future botanists.
*For an account of this work see E. H. Walker, Biological collecting during
World War II. Scientific Monthly 63: 333-840. 1546.
WALKER AND RODIN—PHANEROGAMS OF GUAM 451
In 1946 Dr. F. R. Fosberg, frequently accompanied by E. Y. Hosaka
of Hawaii, collected extensively throughout the Micronesian islands
in which the United States has recently acquired new responsibilities.
His collection is the largest so far made in that area and was deposited
in the Smithsonian Institution by the U. 8S. Commercial Company,
which employed Dr. Fosberg as botanist along with other scientists
in their extensive survey of the resources of these islands. This
survey was made preparatory to the formulation of a wise plan for
the development and utilization of these resources. This collection
contains much material from Guam, but it has not as yet been fully
identified and is not included in this report.
When Merrill prepared his “Enumeration of the Plants of Guam,”
he was in Manila and unable to substantiate all the records included
by Safford in his “Useful Plants of the Island of Guam.” Some of
Safford’s records are based on his collections or those of other current
collectors, others apparently on his own notes and observations, and
still others on the published reports of the earlier explorers of the
Pacific, which he had carefully combed for references to Guam plants.
Many of these reports had not been verified at the time of Merrill’s
work in 1914 by additional collections, or else they were based on
wrong determinations or erroneous locality data. Most of these
earlier collections are deposited in European herbaria. Some of these
early records have been verified since Merrill’s work by having been
re-collected, and the species concerned are now represented in Ameri-
can herbaria. Others still remain unverified, at least so far as speci-
mens and records were available for examination by the present
authors after a reasonable search. The lack of scientific material of
the cultivated plants of Guam, which comprise the majority of these
unverified species, is due to the assumption by collectors that garden
plants are thoroughly known and need not be collected. This omission
has been decried by the well-known horticulturist L. H. Bailey in his
Gentes Herbarum 2: 159-163. 1930.
The species reported to occur in Guam without any known material
to substantiate the report are:
Ruppia maritima L. (Potamogetonaceae)
Cymbopogon citratus (DC.) Stapf (Gramineae)
Fragrostis pilosa (L). Beauv. (Gramineae)
Arenga gamuto (Houtt.) Merr. (Palmae)
Ananas comosus (L.) Merr. (Bromeliaceae), pineapple
Cyanotis cristata (L.) D. Don (Commelinaceae)
Allium cepa L. (Liliaceae), onion
Allium sativum L. (Liliaceae), garlic
Sansevieria roxburghiana Schultes (Liliaceae)
Listed by Merrill as 8S. zeylanica (L.) Willd.
Polianthes tuberosus L. (Amaryllidaceae)
Zephyranthes rosea (Spreng.) Lindl. (Amaryllidaceae)
452 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Musa cavendishii Lamb. (Musaceae)
Musa paradisiaca L. (Musaceae)
Musa textilis Nees (Musaceae)
Zingiber officinale Rose. (Zingiberaceae)
Aristolochia elegans Mast. (Aristolochiaceae)
Canavalia ensiformis (L.) DC. (Leguminosae), sword bean
Cassia mimosoides L. (Leguminosae)
Indigofera tinctoria L. (Leguminosae)
Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. (Leguminosae), cowhage; cowitch
Tribulus cistoides L. (Zygophyllaceae)
Canarium indicum Stickm. (Burseraceae)
Probably this is wrongly identified. Merrill suggests it may be C.
ovatum Engl. The native name is brea blanca.
Cardiospermum halicacabum L. (Sapindaceae)
Grewia multifiora Juss. (Tiliaceae)
Probably a misidentification by Safford (cf. Merrill, 6, p. 110).
Triumfetta tomentosa Boj. (Tiliaceae)
Bugenia malaccensis L. (Myrtaceae)
Merrill suggests this is a misdetermination of 2. javanica Lam.
Polyscias scutellaria (Burm. f.) Fosb. (Araliaceae)
Listed by Merrill as Nothopanaz cochleatum (Lam.) Miq.
Polyscias fruticosa (L.) Forst. (Araliaceae)
Listed by Merrill as Nothopanaz fruticosum (L.) Merr.
Foeniculum vulgare Gaertn. (Umbelliferae)
Jasminum sambac (L.) Ait. (Oleaceae)
Operculina peltata (L.) Hallier f. (Convolvulaceae)
Heliotropium curassavicum L. (Boraginaceae)
Mentha arvensis L. (Labiatae)
Capsicum annuum L. (varieties) Solanaceae)
Sesamum orientale L. (Pedaliaceae)
Mussaenda frondosa L. (Rubiaceae)
ADDITIONS, CORRECTIONS, AND NOW VERIFIED SPECIES
GRAMINEAE
FESTUCEAE
Arundo donax L. Sp. Pl. 81. 1753.
First described from Spain.
Collected in an inland slough near Pago Bay, D. H. Johnson D-38,
August 27, 1945.
Eragrostis amabilis (L.) Wight & Arn. in Nees in Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey Voy.
251. 1838.
Poa amabilis L. Sp. Pl. 68. 1758.
First described from India.
A commonly found grass represented by Anoaw 860, October 18, 1945,
without locality. McGregor 373 and 434 and Thompson 10, cited by
Merrill as #. tenella (L.) Roem. & Schult., may be referred here; also
Safford & Seale 1074, collected near Agana, May 25, 1900. Bryan
(2 [2-May]: 386. 1937) discusses this grass,
WALKER AND RODIN—PHANEROGAMS OF GUAM 453
Sporobolus elongatus R. Br. Prodr. F1. Nov. Holl. 170. 1810.
First described from Australia.
Collected on Pati Point, Vecker 401, September 19, 1945, and with-
out locality by Knox on October 18, 1945.
Hosokawa ? lists this species as occurring in Guam, but he cites no
specimens.
PANICEAE
Brachiaria subquadripara (Trin.) Hitche. Lingnan Sci. Journ. 7: 214. 1931.
Panicum subquadriparum Trin. Gram. Pan. 145. 1826.
First described from the Marianas Islands.
Collected in an old field, one-half mile west of Agana Heights, ele-
vation about 300 feet, Moore 256, January 24, 1946.
The original description cites collections from the Marianas Islands
and the East Indies and mentions collections by Eschholz and
Chamisso. Trinius? drew his illustration from a Guam specimen.
This species is not mentioned by Safford or by Merrill.
Cenchrus brownii Roem. & Schult. Syst. Veg. 2: 258. 1817.
Cenchrus viridis Spreng. Syst. Veg. 1: 301. 1825.
First described from the West Indies.
Represented by Know 854 and 856, collected on October 18, 1945.
Bryan (2 [8—June]: 20. 1937) notes Cenchrus viridis Spreng. as
recorded from Guam.
Digitaria gaudichaudii (Kunth) Henr. Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden 61: 18. 1930.
Panicum gaudichaudit Kunth, Rev. Gram. 385. pl. 106. 1830, based on
Digitaria stricta Gaudich., 1826, not Roem. & Schult., 1817.
First described from Rota Island in the Marianas Islands.
Collected in a fresh-water marsh at Inarajan on the east coast,
Moore 353, March 20, 1946.
Merrill (6, p. 54) referred Safford 346 to this species, under the name
Panicum gaudichaudii Kunth, but placed that name as a synonym of
D. stricta Gaudich., a name that he recognized as untenable. However,
because of uncertainties, he did not change the name. Safford’s
specimen cannot be relocated for verification. Hosokawa ‘ lists this
as Syntherisma stricta (Gaud.) Hosokawa.
Digitaria microbachne (Presl) Henr. Med. Rijks Herb. Leiden 61: 13. 1930.
Panicum microbachne Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1: 298. 1830.
First described without mention of type locality.
Collected near the beach on Facpi Point, Vecker 411a, September 18,
1945.
? Journ. Soc. Trop. Agr. 7: 320. 1935.
*Teon. Pl. 2: pl. 186. 1829.
‘Journ. Soc. Trop. Agr. 7: 315. 1935.
827467—49———_2
454 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Digitaria pruriens (Fisch.) Buse, in Miquel, Pl. Jungh. 379. 1854.
Panicum pruriens Fisch. ex Trin. Gram. Pan. 77. 1826.
First described from the Hawaiian Islands.
Collected at Lasaga, elevation 200 feet, J. Guerrero 4, ex parte, No-
vember 8, 1918 (determined by John Reeder).
Digitaria radicosa (Presl) Miquel, Fl. Ind. Bat. 3: 437. 1855.
Panicum radicosum Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1: 297. 1830.
First described from Luzon.
Collected at Lasaga, elevation 195 feet, J. Guerrero 4, ex parte, No-
vember 8, 1918 (determined by John Reeder).
Isachne pulchella Roth in Roem. & Schult. Syst. Veg. 2: 476. 1817.
First described from the East Indies.
Collected at a spring in Mount Lamlam area, elevation 1,000 feet,
Moore 227, January 20, 1946.
Paspalum orbiculare Forst. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 7. 1786.
First described from the Society Islands.
Collected at the edge of a small pot hole one-half mile northeast
of Mount Tenjo, elevation 900 feet, Moore 303, February 22, 1946.
This species is mentioned by Bryan (2 [8—June]: 20. 1937) asa
roadside weed at Atantano and on the Mount Santa Rosa savanna.
Pennisetum purpureum Schmach. Beskr. Guin. Pl. 64. 1827.
First described from Guinea, West Africa.
Collected in the open on Ritidian Point, Rodin 725B, October 21,
1945.
Bryan (2 [8—June]:20. 1937) refers to this as an introduction by
the Guam Experiment Station.
Pennisetum setosum (Swartz) L. Rich. in Pers. Syn. 1:72. 1805.
Cenchrus setosus Swartz, Prodr. Veg. Ind. Occ. 26. 1788.
First described from the West Indies.
Collected on Ritidian Point, where it is common, Rodin 725A, Octo-
ber 21, 1945.
Bryan (2 [8—June]:20. 1937) refers to this as an introduction in
1920 from the United States.
Setaria pallidifusca (Schumach.) Stapf & Hubb. Kew. Bull. 1930: 259. 1930.
Panicum pallide-fuscum Schumach. Beskr. Guin. Pl. 78. 1827.
Setaria flava (Nees) Kunth, misapplied by Merrill, Philippine Journ. Sci. 9.
Bot.: 56. 1914.
First described from Guinea, Africa.
Collected in open grassland on Mount Tenjo, elevation 900 feet,
Moore 320, February 22 1947; near Facpi Point on approach to Mount
WALKER AND RODIN—PHANEROGAMS OF GUAM 455
Lamlam, elevation 900 feet, Necker 408, September 27, 1945; and on
open slopes of Mount Tenjo, Rodin 543, December 17, 1944. Other
collections are Moore 378, McGregor 383, and Guam Experiment
Station 15 and 61, (see Merrill, 6).
ANDROPOGONEAE
Andropogon caricosus L. Sp. Pl. ed.2. 1480. 1763.
First described from India.
Collected in an open grassy field 1 mile southeast of the village of
Agat, elevation about 45 feet, Moore 250, January 27, 1947.
Chrysopogon aciculatus (Retz.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 188, 1820.
Andropogon aciculatus Retz. Obs. Bot. 5: 22. 1789.
Raphis aciculata Desy. Opusc. 69, 1831.
First described from the East Indies; now widely distributed in
the tropics.
Collected on the Ylig-Sigua ridge, a common grass on this savanna,
Rodin 629, September 23, 1945. Merrill cites McGregor 421, Clemens
s.n. and Guam Experiment Station 212.
This species is listed by Safford (0, p. 183) and Merrill (6, p. 53)
as Andropogon aciculatus; however, Chrysopogon is currently in-
cluded in the list of nomina generica conservanda.
Polytrias praemorsa (Nees) Hack. in DC. Monogr. Phan. 6: 189, 1889.
Pollinia praemorsa Ness, Journ. Bot. Kew Misc. 2: 98. 1850.
First described from Java.
Collected in an old camp site one-half mile west of Agana, Moore
287, February 13, 1946.
CYPERACEAE
Cyperus cyperoides (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3?: 333. 1898.
Scirpus cyperoides L. Mant. Pl. 2: 181. 1771.
First described from eastern India.
Collected in old fields and grass flats in well-drained areas 1 mile
east of Barrigada, Moore 18 and 20, November 17, 1945, and 2 miles
southwest of Agana, Afoore 109, September 18, 1945.
Cyperus iria L. Sp. Pl. 45. 1753.
First described from India.
Collected in a slough 114 miles north of Agat, Vecker 68, August 24,
1945.
456 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Cyperus javanicus Houtt. Nat. Hist. II. 13: Aanwyz. Plaat. [1], pl. 88. f. 1. 1782.
Cyperus pennatus Lam. Tabl. Encycl. 1: 144, 1791.
Mariscus stuppeus (Forst. f.) Merr. Philippine Journ. Sci. 3. Bot.: 398. 1908;
9. Bot.: 62. 1914.
First described from Java and now occurring throughout Indo-
Malayan, Polynesian, and Micronesian regions.
Collected in a slough 114 miles north of Agat, Vecker 65, August 24,
1945, and 300 feet from the shore of Ajayan Bay, Necker 174, August
27, 1945; along the seashore, McGregor 871.
This species was referred to by Safford (10, p. 254) and Bryan
(2 [4—July]:23. 1937) as C. pennatus, and by Merrill (6, p. 62)
as Mariscus stuppeus. Yor a discussion of the binomial Cyperus
javanicus Houtt. see Merrill’s remarks * in 1938.
Eleocharis dulcis (Burm. f.) Trin. ex Henschel, Vita Rumph. 186. 1933.
Cyperus dulcis Rumph. Herb. Amboin. 6: 7, pl. 8, f. 1. 1750.
It is not known where the first collection was made, but this species
is widely distributed in the Old World Tropics today as a commonly
cultivated plant.
In marshes, McGregor 469; in highland swamp north of Talofofo
River, Rodin 689, September 31, 1945.
In Safford’s (10, p. 267) and Merrill’s (6, p. 60) works this species
is referred to as Eleocharis plantaginoidea (Rottb.) W. F. Wight.
Svenson recognizes #. dulcis (Burm. f.) Trin. as the correct name in
his revision of the genus.®
Eleocharis geniculata (L.) Roem. & Schult. Syst. Veg. 2: 150. 1817,
Scirpus geniculatus L. Sp. Pl. 48. 1753, p. p.
First described from Jamaica.
This has been collected in fairly moist soil where other vegetation
is suppressed on the beach near Piti village, Moore 126, November 10,
1945; in an upland swamp between the Ylig and Talofofo Rivers,
elevation 270 to 360 feet, Steere 65, September 30, 1945; in highland
swamp above Talofofo River, Rodin 693, September 31, 1945; on
Ylig-Sigua ridge in swampy area, Rodin 665, September 23, 1945; and
near mouth of Ylig River, Rodin 766, November 12, 1945. Earlier
collections cited by Merrill are McGregor 393 and Guam Experiment
Station 74 and 102.
Svenson’ has recently revised the nomenclature of this species,
which Safford (10, p. 267) and Merrill (6, p. 60) listed as £. capitata
(L.) R. Br.
* Journ Arn. Arb. 19: 821. 1938.
*Rhodora 31: 158. 1929.
*"Rhodora 41: 51. 1939.
WALKER AND RODIN—PHANEROGAMS OF GUAM 457
Fimbristylis cymosa R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 228. 1810.
First described from the vicinity of the Endeavour River, Australia,
now found throughout Polynesia.
Collected near the cliff on Pati Point, elevation about 480 feet,
Markley & Necker 359, September 25, 1945, and on the beach east of
Barrigada, Steere 133, 138, and 142. These may represent a variety of
this species.
Fimbristylis cymosa R. Br. var. umbellato-capitata (Mann.) Hillebr. Fl. Ha-
waiian Is. 473. 1888, vel aff.
First described from Hawaii.
Collected along the roadside 3 miles northeast of Aganda Heights,
elevation about 270 feet, Moore 398a, April 4, 1946, and in the Pati
Point area, Necker 168, 319, and 369, September 1945.
Kiikenthal has referred F. spathacea Roth. as misapplied by Merrill
(6, p.61) to this variety. Bryan (2 [5—Aug.]: 22. 1937) considered
F. spathacea Roth. as a synonym of F. glomerata (Retz.) Nees.
PALMAE
Heterospathe elata Scheff. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg 1: 162. 1876. Pirates
First collected in Amboina.
One tree about 25 feet high with fruit, along an old road between
Yona village and the Ylig River, Rodin 737, October 28, 1945. This is
the first material of this palm that can be definitely identified from
Guam. Merrill (6, p. 64) cites Guam Experiment Station 129 and
345 as probably being this species, but the material was too frag-
mentary to make a definite identification possible.
COMMELINACEAE
Commelina benghalensis L. Sp. Pl. 41. 1753.
First described from Bengal, India, and now common in the Old
World Tropics.
Collected at the edge of a flat coconut grove where underbrush has
been removed, 1 mile south of Barrigada, Moore 36, November 25,
1945. Merrill included this species in his list on the authority of
Safford’s statement. It is discussed also by Bryan (2 [8—Oct.]: 22.
1937).
PHILYDRACEAE
Philydrum lanuginosum Banks, ex Gaertn. Fruct. & Sem. 1: 62, pl. 16. 1788.
First described from Australia.
Collected in 4-6 inches of water in an upland swamp between Ylig
and Talofofo Rivers (Steere) or Talofofo Basin (Rodin), elevation
about 300 feet, Rodin 673 and Steere 67, both on September 30, 1945.
458 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
AMARYLLIDACEAE
Curculigo orchioides Gaertn. Fruct. & Sem. 1: 63. pl. 13. 1788.
First described from Australia, now found in India and Malaysia.
Collected in open exposed grasslands on hilltop, Mount Tenjo,
elevation 750 to 900 feet, Moore 218, January 5, 1946, Necker 81,
August 10, 1945; east of Agat, Necker 121, August 28, 1945; Facpi
Point on approach to Mount Lamlam, elevation about 300 feet,
Necker 383, September 27, 1945; and on red volcanic soil on a hillside,
elevation about 360 feet, Steere 31, September 23, 1945. Merrill in-
cluded this in his enumeration, assuming that Safford’s reference to
Hypoxis aurea Lour. indicated this species. Safford & Seale 1097
in the U. 8. National Herbarium, from savanna on Mount Macajna,
near Agana, collected June 4, 1900, with Safford’s determination as
Hypoxis aurea, clearly represents this species. Bryan (2 [10—Jan.]:
14, 1938) refers to this as growing “commonly in clearings of sword-
grass [Miscanthus floridulus] on the savannas, such as south of
Agana.”
ORCHIDACEAE
Dendrobium philippinense Ames, Philippine Journ. Sci. 8. Bot.: 424. 1913.
First described from Leyte, Philippine Islands.
Collected on breadfruit trees [Artocarpus altilis (Parkins.) Fosb.]
20 feet above the ground, on the east coast 2 miles east of Yigo, Moore
271, February 3, 1946. This specimen was determined by C. Schwein-
furth, who designated it a new record outside of the Philippine Islands,
with the flowers larger than usual.
Nervilia aragoana Gaudich. Bot. Freyc. Voy. 422. pl. 35. 1826.
Safford (20, p. 331) describes this species rather extensively, and
Merrill (6, p. 70) refers only to the type collected by Gaudichaud.
Several collectors of the United States armed forces collected apparent
representatives of this species. Moore 389 is a fruiting specimen with-
out leaves from the “ground in dense moist rich woods, one-half mile
south of Mount Santa Rosa, March 24, 1946.” Rodin 636 and Steere
34 each consists of a tuberous root with a single erect leaf, collected
on a moist stream bank in dense shade in Ylig Valley at 200 feet
elevation on September 23, 1945; Rodin 666 is a similar specimen,
collected in Sigua River canyon the same day. All these specimens
have been examined by C. Schweinfurth. A leafless specimen, Moore
389, was originally determined by Mr. Schweinfurth as “Didymo-
plexis sp.?”; the sterile specimens as Nervilia sp. He has subse-
quently concurred in the senior author’s surmise that these represent
different stages in the life cycle of the same species. Apparently the
WALKER AND RODIN—PHANEROGAMS OF GUAM 459
fruiting stems wither before the leaves mature, so that the association
of flowering and leaf-bearing material through erratic field collecting
is unlikely to occur.
Phreatia samoensis (Kriinzl.) Schlechter, Repert. Sp. Nov. Fedde 3: 320. 1907.
Thelasis samoensis Krinzl. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 25: 607. 1898.
First described from Upolu, Samoan Islands.
Found on a breadfruit tree on Mount Lamlam, elevation 900 feet,
Moore 262, January 20, 1946, determined by C. Schweinfurth.
ULMACEAE
Trema orientalis var. viridis Lauterb. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 50: 321. 1913.
First described from Malaysia and the Philippine Islands.
A shrub collected at the edge of a woods 1 mile east of Mount Tenjo,
Moore 299, February 22, 1946, This determination is based on
Hosokawa’s treatment ® of 19385.
URTICACEAE
Pilea microphylla (L.) Liebm. Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. V. 2: 302. 1851.
Parietaria microphylla L. Syst. ed. 10, 2: 1808. 1759.
First described from Jamaica, now found in most tropical countries.
Collected on rock ledges and cliffs, Mount Tenjo, elevation 900 feet,
Moore 221, January 5, 1946; Ritidian Point, Necker 372, October 8,
1945, and Rodin 727, October 21, 1945; and in dense shade along a path
to the beach east of Barrigada, Steere 137, October 27, 1945. Bryan
(2 [10—Jan.]: 47. 1939) mentions this as a “native of tropical
America, now introduced into various tropical countries, both culti-
vated and escaped to moist walls and similar places.”
PAPAVERACEAE
Argemone mexicana L. Sp. Pl. 508, 1753.
First described from Mexico, Jamaica, and the Caribbean, and now
found in the Tropics in cultivation and escaped from cultivation.
Collected along the roadside one-fourth mile east of Agana, Moore
215, February 15, 1946.
LEGUMINOSAE
Alysicarpus vaginalis (L.) DC. Prodr. 2: 358, 1825.
Hedysarum vaginale L. Sp. Pl. 746. 1753.
First described from India and now widely distributed in Asia and
Malaysia.
* Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 25: 242. 1935.
460 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
A suberect plant 4 feet high, in an old field near Piti village, Moore
179, November 10, 1945.
Caesalpinia crista L. Sp. Pl. 880. 1753.
First collected in Ceylon.
A climbing vine in a forest on the southern tributary of the Talofofo
River, Rodin 681, September 31, 1945. Neither Safford nor Merrill
cited specimens, although both included the species (10, p. 288, pl. 61;
6, p. 88).
Erythrina variegata var. orientalis (L.) Merr. Interpret. Herb. Amb, 276. 1917.
Erythrina corallodendron var. orientalis L. Sp. Pl. 706. 1753.
Erythrina indica Lam. Encycl. 2: 391. 1785.
First described from India and now found widely in cultivation in
the tropics and especially along seashores.
A medium sized tree with red flowers collected at edge of woods at
Asan, Moore 246, January 22, 1946. Described by Bryan (2
[8-June]: 110. 1940). Safford (10, p. 269) and Merrill (6, p. 92)
listed this species as £. indica Lam.
Moghania strobilifera (L.) J. St. Hil. ex Jacks. Ind. Kew. 2: 252. 18094.
Hedysarum strobiliferum L. Sp. Pl. 746, 1753.
Flemingia strobilifera (L.) R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. 4: 350. 1812.
First described from India and now found widespread in Asia and
Malaysia and introduced into Mauritius and the West Indies.
A common low shrub, 2 to 3 feet high, in open sunny glade on bank
of Agana River 2 miles southeast of Agana, Wagner & Conover 567,
February 27, 1945; near Yona, Rodin 567, February 13, 1945. Bryan
(2 [1-Apr.]: 28. 1940) refers to this as “noticed principally near
Agana Spring.”
Mimosa pudica L, Sp. Pl. 518. 1753.
First described from Brazil and now found as a weed in practically
all warm countries.
Collected in an eroded place without accompanying vegetation near
Agana, elevation 300 feet, Moore 116, September 6, 1945; about one-
fourth mile south of Anigua at same elevation, Moore 270, February 2,
1946; and 114 miles south of Piti, Vecker 189, September 8, 1945.
Pongamia pinnata (L.) Merr. Interpret. Herb. Amb. 271. 1917.
Cytisus pinnatus L. Sp. Pl. 741. 1753.
First described from India and now a common plant near seashores
around the Indian Ocean, southern Asia, the western Pacific, Poly-
nesia, and Australia.
A medium-sized tree on the edge of woods one-half mile north of
Asan, Moore 234, January 20, 1946.
WALKER AND RODIN—PHANEROGAMS OF GUAM 461
Sesbania cannabina (Retz.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 316. 1807.
First described from Malabar.
Collected in moist open fields, in the vicinity of Piti, elevation about
45 feet, Moore 63, December 12, 1945.
Vigna marina (Burm.) Merr. Interpret. Herb. Amb. 285. 1917.
Phaseolus marinus Burm. Index Univ. in his Herb. Amb. Auct. [sep. pag. 16].
1755.
Vigna lutea (Sw.) A. Gray, Bot. U. S. Explor. Exped. 1: 452. 1854,
First described from Amboina, now a widely distributed tropical
strand plant.
Collected along a roadside 1 mile southwest of Agat, Moore 258,
January 27, 1946; along the shore between Inarajan and Merizo,
Necker 205, September 4, 1945; on Facpi Point, Necker 366, September
97, 1945; beach near mouth of Ylig River, odin 722, October 20,
1945; 2 miles south of Agat on beach, common, Hodin 780, December 2,
1945; on beach east of Barrigada, Steere 141, October 27, 1945; also the
earlier collections of the Guam Experiment Station 78 and 415.
Safford (10, p. 397), Merrill (6, p. 94), and Bryan (2 [3—June] : 112.
1940) have listed this species as V. lutea.
POLYGALACEAE
Salomonia cantoniensis Lour. Pl. Cochinch. 14. 1790.
First described from Cochin China, now found in southern China
and through Malaysia to India and tropical Australia. Reported
from Palau and Yap by Hosokawa ® in 1938.
Collected in marshes at 275 feet elevation, 2 miles east of Mount
Tenjo, Moore 319, February 22, 1946, and between Ylig and Pago
Rivers west of Yona village, Steere 26 and 27, September 23, 1945.
EUPHORBIACEAE
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell.-Arg. in DC. Prodr. 157: 817. 1866, vel. aff.
First described from the Fiji Islands.
Common in several places, apparently an escape from cultivation,
collected at Yona village, Rodin 735, October 27, 1945.
Aleurites trisperma Blanco. Fl. Filip. 755. 1837.
Originally described from the Philippine Islands.
This is a tree about 15 feet high, apparently an introduction, col-
lected at Northwest Field, Rodin 809, December 2, 1945. The mate-
rial clearly matches specimens from the Philippines.
* Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 28: 155. 1938.
462 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Endospermum moluccanum (Teysm. & Binn.) Bece. Malesia 2: 38. 1884,
First described from Amboina.
A tree collected at Northwest Field, Rodin 806, December 2, 1945.
Phyllanthus acidus (L.) Skeels, U. 8. Dept. Agr. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. 148: 17.
1909.
Averrhoa acida L. Sp. Pl. 428. 1753.
First described from India.
A medium-sized tree collected on edge of woods 1 mile west of
Agana, Moore 311, February 21, 1946.
SAPINDACEAE
Tristiropsis obtusangula Radlk. in Engl. Pflanzenreich 98d (IV. 165) : 863. 1932.
PLATE 9
First described from a Gaudichaud collection in the Paris herbar-
ium from the Marianas Islands.
A tree, 40 to 50 feet tall, collected north of Northwest Field, Rodin
800, December 2, 1945 (see pl. 9), Steere 7, 8, and 119, August 21 and
October 22, 1945; 1 mile inland from Ritidian Point, Markley &
Necker 153, September 13, 1945; in jungle at headwaters of Ylig
River, Rodin 612, August 12, 1945. Rodin and Steere report the
common name as “faia” and the former notes that it is commonly
used for lumber on Guam.
This species is described in full with citation of specimens from
Rota by Hosokawa.”
MALVACEAE
Gossypium barbadense L. Sp. Pl. 693. 1753.
First described from the Barbados Islands and now widely dis-
tributed in cultivation.
Collected one-half mile east of Barrigada in fertile soil in an open
field, Moore 26, November 17, 1945.
Hibiscus schizopetalus ( Masters) Hook. f. Bot. Mag. Curtis 106: pl. 6524. 1880.
Hibiscus rosa-sinensis var. schizopetalus Masters, Gard. Chron. n. ser, 12:
272. 1879.
First described from Zanzibar, now a widely cultivated ornamental
shrub throughout the warmer parts of the world.
Collected in Talofofo village, elevation 315 feet, Necker 195, Septem-
ber 5, 1945.
Malvastrum coromandelinum (L.) Garcke, Bonplandia 5: 297. 1857.
Maiva coromandelinum L. Sp. Pl. 687. 1758.
Collected in an open field, one-half mile west of Agana, Moore 2,
November 16, 1945.
” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 25: 30. 1935.
WALKER AND RODIN—PHANEROGAMS OF GUAM 463
MYRTACEAE
Eugenia reinwardtiana DC. Prodr. 3: 267. 1828.
Eugenia costenoblei Merr. Philippine Journ. Sci. 9. Bot.: 123. 1914.
First described from the Moluccas, now found along seashores from
the Moluccas to Guam.
Kanehira (5, p. 380) first reduced Merrill’s species, based on Cos-
tenoble 1172, to a synonym. Additional collections have been made
from a tree 15 feet high, trunk about 6 inches in diameter, at Mogfog
in central Guam, elevation 360 feet, Gressitt @ Hurlbut 2012; from a
small tree at the edge of woods, 1 mile west of Agana, Moore 307, Feb-
ruary 23, 1946; and from a shrub at 90 feet elevation on the side of a
solid coral bluff on Ypan Point, Moore 357, March 20, 1946.
ONAGRACEAE
Jussiaea suffruticosa L. Sp. Pl. 388. 1753.
First described from India, now widely distributed in the Tropics.
Collected in marshy soil 1 mile east of Piti, elevation about 45 feet,
Moore 178, November 10, 1945; in the Agana River at Agana, Vecker
55, September 1, 1945; in a slough 114 miles north of Agat, Necker 60
and 66, August 24, 1945. The Necker specimens have been deter-
mined by P. A. Munz.
ARALIACEAE
Polyscias guilfoylei (Cogn. & March.) Bailey, Rhodora 18: 153. 1916.
Aralia guilfoylei Cogn. & March. Pl. Ornem., 2: pl. 58. 1874.
First described from the “South Sea.”
A plant widely cultivated for its variegated leaves, recorded by
Merrill (6, p. 126) on the basis of Safford’s report (10, p. 186). Saf-
ford & Seale 1102, from Agana, June 26, 1900, in the U. S. National
Herbarium, supports this report.
PRIMULACEAE
Lysimachia mauritiana Lam. Encyl. 3: 572. 1789.
A strand plant first described from Reunion Island in the Indian
Ocean and now found from Mauritius to Japan, New Caledonia, and
Hawaii.
Collected on a beach and rocky coral ledges east of Barrigada,
Steere 126, October 27, 1945. This confirms Merrill’s prediction
(6, p. 127) that this species would be found on Guam.
464 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
OLEACEAE
Jasminum didymum Forst. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 3. 1786.
First described from the Society Islands.
Collected one mile inland from Uruno Point, Necker 235, Septem-
ber 4, 1945.
LOGANIACEAE
Fagraea galilai Gilg & Benedict, Bot. Jahrb. Engler 56: 555. 1921.
First described from Koror Island in the Palau Island group.
Collected at the edge of a woods on Mount Lamlam, elevation about
800 feet, Moore 260, January 20, 1946; also on Rota Island, Necker
RS 4 and RS 5.
Merrill identified Glassman 233, collected also on Mount Lamlam
and in the same month, as F. sair Gilg & Benedict. Both FP. galilaz
and F. sair were described at the same time, although with separate
type localities. Comparison of the two descriptions reveals insignifi-
cant differences. Kanehira (4) describes and illustrates these two
species. Moore 260, here cited as F. galilai, closely matches Kane-
hira’s illustration. Merrill has written: “In my opinion too many
species have been proposed for the area. When sufficient material is
available, more light may be thrown on the subject.” Until this time
comes it is just as well to recognize two species on Mount Lamlam, but
with doubts as to their distinctness. It is possible that these and other
species of this region will prove to be only variants of F. berteriana
A. Gray.
APOCYNACEAE
Plumiera acuminata Ait. f. Hort. Kew ed. 2. 2: 70. 1811.
First described from the East Indies, now widely planted as an
ornamental in warm regions.
Collected at an old house site 2 miles southwest of Agana, Moore
322, February 22, 1946.
ASCLEPIADACEAE
Telosma cordata (Burm. f.) Merr. Philippine Journ. Sci. 19: 372. 1921.
Asclepias cordata Burm. f. Fl. Ind, 72. pl. 27. f. 2. 1768.
Telosma odoratissima (Lour.) Coville, Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 9: 384. 1905.
First described from Java.
Merrill (6, p. 181) mentioned this species, as T'elosma odoratissima,
but did not cite Safford 1118, from cultivation at Agana. It is also
WALKER AND RODIN—PHANEROGAMS OF GUAM 465
represented from Guam by Welson 45, collected in 1914. Both speci-
mens are in the U. S. National Herbarium.”
BORAGINACEAE
Heliotropium anomalum Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey Voy. 66. 1841.
First described from the Society Islands.
Collected on the beach east of Barrigada, Steere 127, October 27,
1945,
VERBENACEAE
Lippia nodiflora (L.) Rich. in Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer, 2:15. 1803.
Verbena nodiflora L. Sp. Pl. 20. 1753.
First described from Virginia and now widely distributed as a
pantropic weed.
Collected in a lawn among grasses, one-half mile west of Agana,
Moore 334, March 15, 1946.
RUBIACEAE
Borreria hispida (L.) Schum. in Engl. & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. 4‘: 144. 1891.
Spermacoce hispida L. Sp. Pl. 102. 1753.
First described from Ceylon, now found from India to China, For-
mosa, the Philippines, and Malaya.
Collected in open place in red clay soil on Mount Tenjo, Rodin
527, December 17, 1944. The determination is tentative, pending
more critical work on this genus.
Dentella repens J. & G. Forst. Char. Gen. Pl. 26. pl.13. 1776.
First described without locality.
Collected in open fields at Agana, Moore 265 and 266, January 29,
1946, and Seale s. n., about 1900, in the Bishop Museum, Honolulu.
These specimens have been examined by F. R. Fosberg, who cited the
Seale specimen in 1940.2 Moore 265 has pilose fruits, but those of
No. 266 are glabrous. Since various specimens show both characters on
the same plant, this conspicuous feature is not of taxonomic
importance.
Hedyotis albido-punctata (Merr.) Fosb. Lloydia 3: 123. 1940.
Oldenlandia albido-punctata Merr. Philippine Journ. Sci. 9. Bot.: 147. 1914,
This species, based on McGregor 375, collected on Cabras Island on
the west coast of Guam in October 1911, has been collected also on the
beaches near Yona, Rodin 600, July 22, 1945, north of Agana Bay,
Wor a critical treatment of the nomenclature of this species see Merrill, A
commentary on Loureiro’s “Flora Cochinchinensis.” Trans. Amer, Phil. Soc. n.
ser. 247: 322. 1935.
2 Notes on Micronesian Rubiaceae. Occas. Papers Bishop Mus. 15: 215. 1940.
466 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
fodin 709, October 7, 1945, and east of Barrigada Village, Steere
130a and 143, October 27, 1945.
Hedyotis lacinata Kanehira, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 25: 6. 1935.
First described from the Palau Islands.
Collected on Facpi Point on approach to Mount Lamlam, eleva-
tion 300 feet, J. Gregory & Necker 394, September 27, 1945. Identi-
fied by F. R. Fosberg, on the basis of the original description.
Morinda umbellata L. var. glandulosa (Merr.) Fosb. Occas. Papers Bishop
Mus. 15: 220. 1940.
Morinda glandulosa Merr. Philippine Journ. Sci. 9. Bot.: 146. 1914.
First described from Guam, based on Guam Experiment Station
36, in fruit, and 376, the type, in flower. An additional collection is
Moore 42, a climbing shrub on the edge of woods, 1 mile south of Bar-
rigada, November 25, 1945.
Timonius albus Volkens, Bot. Jahrb. Engler 31: 475. 1901.
Previously recorded only from Yap.
A shrub collected on open grassland on Mount Tenjo, elevation
825 feet, Moore 215, January 5, 1946, and on Facpi Point on approach
to Mount Lamlam, elevation 300 feet, Necker 390 and 398, Septem-
ber 27, 1945.
CUCURBITACEAE
Citrullus vulgaris Schrad. ex Eckl. & Zeyh. Enum. Pl. Afr. Austr. 279, 1834-87.
First described from Africa.
Collected near the cliff on Pati Point, elevation 480 feet, Vecker 363,
September 25, 1945.
COMPOSITAE
Bidens pilosa L. Sp. Pl. 832. 1753.
First described from America.
Collected in a clearing or on roadside on Haputo Point, Johnson &
Necker 15, August 21, 1945.
Elephantopus mollis H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 4: 26. 1820.
First described from eastern Venezuela.
Safford & Seale 1091, in the U. S. National Herbarium, undoubt-
edly represents the basis of Safford’s (10, p. 268) and Merrill’s (6,
p. 154) inclusion of this species in the Guam flora as FE. scaber L. This
specimen has been redetermined by S. F. Blake as F. mollis H. B. K.
Since additional recent collections also represent £. mollis, the exist-
ence of &. scaber L. in Guam is in much doubt.
WALKER AND RODIN—PHANEROGAMS OF GUAM 467
Emilia javanica (Burm.) C. B. Robinson, Philippine Journ. Sci. 3. Bot.: 217.
1908.
Hieracium javanicum Burm. f. Fl. Ind. 174. pl. 57. f. 1. 1768.
First described from Java.
Collected in the central portion of the island, in the Agana Bay area,
Moore 174, November 13, 1945; at Agat, Vecker 62, August 24, 19453,
on Mount Tenjo, Johnson, Markley & Necker 75, August 10, 1945, and
Rodin 522, December 17, 1944; south of Piti, Necker 30, August 24,
1945, and 181, September 8, 1945; and on a dry hillside between Ylig
and Sigua Valleys, Steere 58, September 23, 1945.
These red-flowered specimens have been determined by F. R. Fos-
berg, who believes the specimens cited by Merrill and Perry (9),
Glassman. 265 and 292, as E. sonchifolia (L.) DC. are E. javanica.
He reports that the purple-flowered £. sonchifolia does occur in Guam,
but is less frequent.
Wedelia biflora (L.) DC. in Wight, Contrib. Bot. Ind. 18. 1834.
Verbesina biflora L, Sp. Pl. ed 2. 1272, 1763.
First described from India.
This species is included in Merrill’s enumeration (6, p. 154) on the
authority of de Candolle’s reference to a Haenke specimen from Guam
and Safford’s reference (10, p. 877) to this species under the name
“Stemmodontia biflora (L.).” It is represented by Safford 1034, and
also by Moore 336, March 17, 1946, from a coconut grove on the beach
on the east coast between Togcha and Talofofo Bays.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
(1) Bowxer, H. F. Pandanaceae or screwpines of Guam. Guam Record. 16
(8—Nov.) : 324-325, 844-345. f. 1,2. 1989.
(2) Bryan, E. H. The plants of Guam, Guam Record. 13 (8—Nov.) : 22-23,
36-37: 13 (9—Dec.): 14-16, 28. 1936; 18 (10—Jan.): 28-29, 40; 13
(11—Feb.) : 14-15; (IL) 13 (12—Mar.): 18, 26. 1987; 14 (1—April):
26-27; (III) 14 (2—May) : 24-25, 36-38. 2f.; 14 (3—June) : 18-21, 38.
1 f.; (IV) 14 (4—July) : 22-28; 14 (5—Aug.) : 22-23; (V) 14 (6—Sept.) :
292-93, 38; (VI) 14 (7—Oct.): 20-21, 34; (VII) 14 (8—Nov.): 22-28 ;
(VIII) 14 (9—Dec.) : 25, 1987; (IX) 14 (10—Jan.) : 14, 42; (X) 14 (11—
Feb.) : 14-15. 1 f.; (XI) 14 (12—Mar.) : 14-15, 1938; (XII) 15 (1—Apr.:
85; (XIII) 15 (3—June) : 16-17; (XIV) 15 (4—July) : 16-17; (XIV) 15
(5—Aug.) : 17-19; (XV) 15 (6—Sept.): 18-14; (XVI) 15 (7—Oct.):
18-19; (XVII) 15 (8—Nov.) : 20-21, 39. 7 f.; (XVII) 15 (9—Dec.) : 22,
39. 1938; (XVIII) 15 (10—Jan.) : 25-26, 47; (XIX) 15 (11—Feb.) : 30-31;
(XX) 15 (12—Mar.) : 15-16, 28, 39. 19388; (XXI) 16 (1—Apr.) : 19, 32;
(XXII) 16 (2—May) : 67, 84; (XXIII) 16 (3—June) : 110-111, 130-131 ;
(XXIV) 16 (4 July) : 148-151, 168-169 ; 16 (5—Aug.) : 188-190, 212-214;
(XXV) 16 (6—Sept.) : 240-241; (XXVI) 16 (8—Nov.) 330-331, 349-351.
1939; 16 (10—Jan.) : 422-424, 436-487. 1940; 17 (1—Apr.) : 21-28, 41-42;
17 (3—June) : 109-112, 180; (XXVIII) 17 (4—July) : 151-153, 168-169 ;
(XXVII) 17 (6—Sept.) : 236; (XXIX) 17 (8—Nov.) : 333-334. 1940;
468 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
(XXX) 17 (10—Jan.): 422-423, 482; 17 (11—Feb.): 467-469; 17
(12—Mar.) : 5138-514. 1941; (XXXI) 18 (3—June) : 116-117. 1941.
(3) GuLassMAN, S. F. A survey of the plants of Guam. Journ. Arn. Arb. 29:
169-185. pl. 1,2. 1948.
(4) Kaneuira, R. Flora Micronesica. 1-3, 1-3, 1-4, 1-468, 1-37. pl. 1-20.
f. 1-211. 1933.
An enumeration of Micronesian plants. Journ. Dept. Agr. Kyushu
Univ. 4: 237-464. 1935.
(6) Merrit, E. D. An enumeration of the plants of Guam. Philippine Journ. Sci.
9. Bot.: 17-155. 1914.
Additions to the flora of Guam. Philippine Journ. Sci. 15: 539-544.
(5)
(7)
1919.
(8)
A botanical bibliography of the islands of the Pacific. Contr. U.S.
Nat. Herb. 30: 1-822. 1947.
(9) Merritt, E. D., and Perry, L. M. Some additional records for the Guam
flora, Journ. Arn. Arb. 27: 323-825. 1946.
(10) Sarrorp, W. E. The useful plants of the island of Guam. Contr. U. 8.
Nat. Herb. 9: 1-416. pl. 1-70. 1905.
(11) Waener, Warren H., Jr., and Grerurr, Davin F. Pteridophytes of Guam.
Occas. Papers Bishop Mus. 19: 25-99. f. 1-12. 1948,
(12) Waker, E. H. A subject index to Elmer D. Merrill’s “A botanical bibli-
ography of the islands of the Pacific.” Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 30:
323-404. 1947,
INDEX
(Synonyms in italics.)
Acalypha wilkesiana____________
Aleurites trisperma _.-._-.______
Allium cepa__--__----_.---__-__
Sativum __-__--..__-_-- _-
Alysicarpus vaginalis___________
Ananas comosus
Andropogon aciculatus_____.__-
caricosus
\Aralia guilfoyei
Arengo gamuto______-__________
Argemone mexicana
Aristolochia elegans
Artocarpus altilis
Arundo donax
Asclepias cordata_____.__----__
Averrhoa acida..t_._-.--.-_..-
Bidens pilosa
Borreria hispida
Brachiaria subquadripara_______
Caesalpinia crista~_.-__-_._-__-_
Canarium indicum______________
ovatum
Canavalia ensiformis
Capsicum annuum (varieties) —--
Cardiospermum halicacabum__--
Cassia mimosoides
Cenchrus brownii --
setosus___ -
viridis - --
Chrysopogon aciculatus_________
Citrullus vulgaris__________---~
Commelina benghalensis_______-
Curculigo orchioides____________
Cyanotis cristata
Cymbopogon citratus___--__--~.
Cyperus cyperoides______----__-
dulcis --..---_--__--_------
iria
javanicus____---____---___-
pennatus ____
Cytisus pinnatus
Dendrobium philippinense_____~-
Dentella repens_
Digitaria gaudichaudii__________
microbachne
pruriens -
radicosa
stricta —_. -
Eleocharis capitata__________---
dulcis --
geniculata______________--_
plantaginoidea
—-—-—
Page
Elephantopus mollis___-._.---__ 466
seaber___.__----_____-_____ 466
Emilia javanica 467
sonchifolia _._-___.___-_____ 467
Endospermum moluceanum —__-- 462
Eragrostis amabilis__._._._._-______ 452
Pilosa ~_. -.. 4651
tenella 452
Erythrina corallodendron var.
orientalig ~--..------____ 460
indica " 460
variegata var. orientalis_._._.. 460
Hugenia costenoblej _..____--___ 463
javanica____-__-----______ 452
malaccensis 452
reinwardtiana __-__-________ 463
Fragraea berteriana____________ 464
galilai_____ 464
Sair _-_._____ -- 464
Fimbristylis cymosa__..._______ 457
cymosa var. umellato-capi-
tata - -__ 457
glomerata —___ - 457
spathacea ___---------____- 457
Flemingia strobilifera__.--_____ 460
Foeniculum vulgare____.-__-___ 452
Gossypium barbadense___-______ 462
Grewia multiflora___._tc-_______ 452
Hedyotis albido-punctata_______ 465
lacinata ____-_______________ 466
Hedysarum strobiliferum —_----- 460
vaginale__...--__---__-__-- 459
Heliotropium anomalum________ 465
curassavicum —_____________ 452
Heterospathe elata_____-_-_ Plate 8, 457
Hibiscus rosa-sinensis var. schi-
Zopetalus ~..___--_______-__ 462
schizopetalus ____-_________ 462
Hieracium javanicum___.------ 467
Hypoxis aurea -_ 458
Indigofera tinctoria-_.__________ 452
Isachne pulchella______________ 454
Jasminum didymum____--____-_ 464
sambac -- _. 452
Jussiaea suffruticosa____._______ 463
Lippia nodiflora__._-_______--____ 465
Lysimachia mauritiana_________ 463
Malwa coromandelinum_____-~-- 462
Malvastrum coromandelinum_.___-_- 462
Mariscus stuppeus____________-- 456
Mentha arvensis ______-_____-__ 452
Mimosa pudica___-_-----__-_-_- 460
VI
Miscanthus floridulus_____-_____
Moghania strobilifera___._______ 460
Morinda glandulosa____--_----- 466
umbellata var. glandulosa__.._ 466
Mucuna pruriens___.-_--------- 452
Musa cavendishii-__-___----__--- 452
paradisiaca_____-____---___ 452
textilis__._.__-....-__-------- 452
Mussaenda frondosa_______--___ 452
Nervilia aragoana___--________. 458
Nothopanag cochleatum___------ 452
fruticosum ~____-___------- 452
Oldenlandia albido-punctata _--. 465
Operculina peltata --_-_-------- 452
Panicum gaudichaudii_._-_----- 453
microbachne_____-_-___-__- 453
pallide-fuscum —~_--------~-- 454
pruriens______-_----------- 454
radicosum__-_.-..--------- 454
subquadriparum ___-------- 453
Parietaria microphylla _..------ 459
Paspalum orbiculare ~---------- 454
Pennisetum purpureum____--__- 454
setosum _-------------_---- 454
Phaseolus marinus ___---_-----~ 461
Philydrum lanuginosum —~_--~~--- 457
Phreatia samoensis____________- 459
Phyllanthus acidus___---_---~~- 462
Pilea microphylla ___------__-_- 459
Plumiera acuminata______--___- 464
Poa amabilis____-_-------------- 452
Polianthes tuberosus______~__-__ 451
Pollinia praemorsa____-_-------~ 455
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Page
Polyscias fruticoSa____._____-__- 452
guilfoylei__.___.____----_____ 463
scutellaria_____-___________ 452
Polytrias praemorsa______--____ 455
Pongamia pinnata-__-______-___ 460
Raphis aciculata -..--------- 455
Ruppia maritima___-__-__--____ 451
Salomonia cantoniensis ________ 461
Sansevieria roxburghiana______- 451
zeylanica______-._________- 451
Scirpus cyperoides _.___.__.--__- 455
geniculatus______----______ 456
Sesamum orientale_-_.---~_____- 452
Sesbania cannabina ___-________ 461
Setaria flava__-_____------__---- 454
pallidifusca______-_-______ 454
Spermacoce hispida.....-..---- 465
Sporobolus elongatus______---_- 453
Stemmodontia biflora_._...._--__ 467
Syntherisma stricta _--_-____-_-- 453
Telosma cordata-__-__-____.-_-_ 464
odoratissima___-__-...----- 464
Thelasis samoensis__..-.- 459
Timonius albus _---_.___-___-__ 466
Trema orientalis var. viridis_.__._ 459
Tribulus cistoides_._._._.-__-____ 452
Triumfetta tomentosa _-____-___ 452
Tristiropsis obtusangula_. Plate 9, 462
Verbena nodifiora _.--------_--- 465
Verbesina biflora_________--_--_ 467
Vigna lutea ~.------_--__--___- 461
marina______~___--___---__ 461
Wedelia biflora _-_____--_--_-_- 467
‘Zephyranthes rosea___-__---- _. 451
Zingiber oflficinale-___-____._._--- 452
O
5&0. 773
use
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
UNITED STATES NATIONAL HERBARIUM
VotumeE 30, Part 4
STUDIES OF PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X
THE MELIACEAE OF FIJI, SAMOA
AND TONGA
By A. C. SMITH
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
Unrrep States NATIONAL HERBARIUM
VoLumME 30, Part 4
STUDIES OF PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X
THE MELIACEAE OF FIJI, SAMOA
AND TONGA
By A. C. SMITH
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1952
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S, Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D, C. + Price 50 cents
PREFACE
The accompanying paper, by A. C. Smith, curator of the Division
of Phanerogams, U. S. National Museum, is the tenth in his series
of floristic studies and limited revisions of Pacific Island plants. This
study discusses the family Meliaceae, the mahogany family, of which
36 indigenous species are found in Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, and adjacent
smaller island groups. Some of the species of this family are fre-
quent components of the vegetation in the southwestern Pacific region.
Eleven species and two varieties are described as new in the present
treatment.
JASON R. SWALLEN,
Head Curator, Department of Botany,
United States National Museum.
1
CONTENTS
Page
Introduction. _-.---_._---.- 2-2 eee 469
Vavaea Benth___._______-_____-_---2 eee 470
Aglaia Lour___-_.__.---------------- 2 ee ---------- 476
Dysoxylum Bl______..--.--_---___----------------- eee ee 499
Record of Meliaceae to be excluded from the region__..._........__-_-- 518
Species excluded from the family. __________.___.- ween ene eee 518
STUDIES OF PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X
THE MELIACEAE OF FIJI, SAMOA, AND TONGA
By A. C. SMITH
INTRODUCTION
Lixr some of the preceding papers in this series, this treatment is
intended to facilitate the identification of certain phanerogams in Fiji
and the adjacent Pacific archipelagos. The writer, in attempting to
name the Meliaceae collected by him in Fiji in 1947,? discovered that
herbarium identifications in this group are not entirely reliable. It
has seemed desirable to put his findings into the form of a limited
revision, for the purposes of which all the readily available herbarium
material of the family from Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, and a few nearby
regions, such as Niue and the Horne and Wallis Islands, has been
examined and cited. The writer is greatly indebted to the directors
and curators of several herbaria for the privilege of examining speci-
mens under their care. The herbaria cited in the present paper are
indicated as follows: Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University (A) ;
Bernice P. Bishop Museum (Bish); British Museum (BM); Gray
Herbarium of Harvard University (GH); Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew (K); New York Botanical Garden (NY); U. S. National Herb-
arium (US). In addition, certain fragments of types were lent from
the Conservatoire Botanique, Genéve, through the kindness of the
director, Dr. C. Baehni.
* Previous papers in this series have been published as follows:
TI. Bull. Torrey Club 68: 397-406. 1941.
II. Journ. Arn. Arb. 24: 347-361. 1948.
ITI. Bull. Torrey Club 70: 533-549. 1948.
IV. Journ. Arn. Arb. 26: 97-110. 1945.
V. Op. cit. 27: 319-322. 1946.
VI. Op. cit. 31: 187-171. 1950.
VII. Op. cit. 31: 288-319. 1950.
VIII. Op. cit. 32: 27-58. 1951.
IX. Op. cit. 32: 226-255. 1951.
* These collections were made under the auspices of the Arnold Arboretum
of Harvard University and the John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation,
with the aid of grants from the Penrose Fund of the American Philosophical
Society and the Bache Fund of the National Academy of Sciences.
469
470 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Species of Meliaceae occurring only in cultivation in our region
are not considered in this paper. Such species in Fiji are Melia
azedarach I. (frequent), Azadirachta indica Juss. (not commonly
cultivated), and Swietenta spp. (now in experimental cultivation im
Fiji). Melia elegans Seem. proves to be a species of Sapindaceae, as
indicated at the end of the present treatment.
At least 36 indigenous species of 4 genera (Yy/ocarpus, Vavaea,
Aglaia, and Dysoxylum) are found in the region under consideration,
and it seems likely that future exploration will disclose others. Xylo-
carpus is represented by the 2 widespread Pacific species, Y. granatum
Koen., a common component of mangrove swamps, and .Y. moluccensis
(Lam.) Roem., found on beaches but not ordinarily among mangroves.
Both species are abundant, but fairly local, in Fiji and presumably
throughout most of our region; their identification does not present
any problems and they are not. here considered in detail, The 8 re-
maining genera are characterized by a high degree of local endemism,
most species being limited to 1 of the archipelagos and in some cases
to a single island, although collections are still too sparse to permit
a final opinion on distributional problems. The only species now
known to extend beyond a single archipelago are Vavaea amicorum
(Fijiand Tonga), Aglaia saltatorum (Fiji, Tonga, and Niue), Dysoay-
lum forstert (Tonga and Niue), and D. maota (Samoa and probably
also the Horne and Wallis Islands). In this paper 11 species and
2 varieties are described as new. Following is a simplified key to
the genera with indigenous species in our region.
Leaves simple; indument of simple hairs; staminal tube laciniate; disk incon-
spicuous, adherent to base of staminal tube____.________________- Vavaea
Leaves pinnate (if simple, in Aglaia, with lepidote or stellate indument) ; staminal
tube entire or crenulate at apex.
Disk inconspicuous, not concealing the ovary.
Leaves and ‘uflorescence glabrous; disk short, thick ..-.---__ Xylocarpus
Leaves and inflorescence with lepidote or stellate indument; disk essentially
none_______- eee oon ee eee eee Aglaia
Disk tubular, surrounding the ovary and base of style; indument of simple
hairs (in our species). -- ee eee Dysoaylum
VAVAEA Benth.
Vavaea Benth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 2: 212. 1843.
For many years after its description, Vavaea was thought to be
limited to Tonga and later to the Tonga-Fiji area, but subsequently
the known range of the genus has been extended westward to the
Philippines, Borneo, and Java. The genus now contains at least 17
species. In our area there appear to be 4 species, all occurring in
Fiji and 1 extending into Tonga; the genus is not known to occur in
Samoa.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 471
In my opinion none of the Fijian species occur to the westward,
although some herbarium specimens from the Philippines are said
to represent V. amicorum (cf. Merrill, Enum. Phil. Fl Pl. 2: 359.
1923). The Philippine specimens upon which such records are based
have comparatively short-petiolate leaves with a very perceptible
strigose-hispidulous indument along the costa and nerves beneath.
As compared with V. amécorum, the Philippine specimens have longer
pedicels and larger flowers. A study of the entire genus will be neces-
sary for adequate delimitation of specific ranges.
KEY TO THE SPECIES
Flowers comparatively small, the calyx at anthesis 3-5 mm. in diameter, with
lobes 1-2.5 mm. long, not or slightly accrescent in fruit (calyx up to 7 mm.
in diameter, the lobes not more than 3 mm. long), the petals 5-6.5 mm.
long and 1.5-2.2 mm. broad, the stamens 2.5-3 mm. long, with anthers 0.5-
0.8 mm. long; branchlets comparatively slender, 4-7 mm. in diameter toward
apex; petioles rarely more than 3.5 cm. long.
Leaves with obvious, slender (rarely to 2 mm. in diameter) petioles 1-3.5
(-4.5) em. long, the blades usually 6-15%2.5-8 cm. (rarely up to 17X10
em.), gradually narrowed at base, attenuate to acute and decurrent on the
petiole, rounded or obtusely cuspidate at apex, essentially glabrous be-
neath at maturity or sparsely pilose along costa, rarely soft-pilose on
surface; calyx-lobes acute to obtuse or rounded at apex, sometimes with
obvious nerves; ovary closely sericeous (hairs 0.1-0.3 mm. long), the
style sparsely sericeous in lower half, glabrous above--._ 1. V. umicorum
Leaves short-petiolate, often appearing subsessile, the petioles comparatively
stout (usually 1.5-3 mm. in diameter), 0.5-1.8 (rarely to 4) cm. long, the
blades usually 11-23%4.5-11.5 em. (rarely 7-29X3.5-14 cm.), gradually
narrowed proximally, then often obtuse or subrounded at actual base
and abruptly decurrent on the petiole, cuspidate at apex (actual apex
obtuse or acute), sometimes coarsely undulate-crenate toward apex, per-
sistently pilose beneath; calyx-lobes acute at apex, obscurely nerved ;
ovary sericeous usually with hairs 0.4-0.6 mm. long, the style sparsely
sericeous nearly to apex.__-----------..------------------2. V. harveyi
Flowers comparatively large, the calyx at anthesis 6-10 mm. in diameter, with
lobes 2.5-4 mm. long, usually slightly accrescent in fruit (calyx up to 14
mm. in diameter, the lobes up to 5 mm. long), the petals 7-9 mm. long and
2-3 mm. broad, the stamens 8-4 mm. long, with anthers 0.7-1 mm. long;
branchlets comparatively stout, 8-138 mm. in diameter toward apex, con-
spicuously verrucose with the scars of fallen leaves and inflorescences ;
petioles 2-7 cm. long.
Leaf-blades lanceolate-obovate, gradually attenuate toward base and long-
decurrent on the petiole, glabrous beneath or with a strigose (not spread-
ing) indument limited to the costa and principal nerves,
3. V. megaphylla
Leaf-blades oblong-obovate, obtuse at base and short-decurrent on the petiole,
uniformly and persistently soft-pilose beneath with whitish hairs 0.3-0.7
mm. long (hairs of petiole and costa also spreading, not appressed), the
costa and bases of secondary nerves on upper surface also pilose.
4, V. degeneri
472 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
1. Vavaea amicorum Benth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 2: 212, 1843; Walp. Rep.
Bot. Syst. 5: 877. 1845; A. Gray, Bot. U. 8. Expl. Exped. 1: 244. pl. 16B. 1854;
C. Muell. in Walp. Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 388. 1857; C. DC. in DC. Monogr. Phan.
1: 645. 1878; C. DC. in Bot. Jahrb. 7: 461. 1886; Hemsl. in Journ, Linn. Soc.
Bot. 30: 171. 1894; Burkill in Journ, Linn. Soc, Bot. 35: 31. 1901.
Vavaea vitiensis Seem. Fl. Vit. 35, 1865.
Tyre Locatiry: Vavau, Tonga; type collected by Barclay, cited
below.
Disrripution : Fiji and Tonga, often abundant. The species occurs
commonly near sea level, along beaches and mangrove swamps, often
on limestone cliffs, and in lowland thickets and forest. On the larger
islands it is found inland (up to elevations of 1,150 m. on Viti Levu)
in forest or forest-grassland transitions, or on ridges and crests. It
is usually a slender or shrubby tree, up to 12 m. in height, rarely at-
taining 20 m., and with a trunk diameter of 20 cm. or perhaps more.
The flowers are fragrant, with white to pale yellow petals and fila-
ments; the fruit is at first green, then purple, and black at full
maturity.
Loca NAMES AND wsEs: In Tonga: Ahivoa, yahivau; in Fiji:
Thevua, sevua. Less commonly used (and perhaps not too reliable)
local names in Fiji are: A/ariko, wawaro (upland Viti Levu) ; ruru
(Koro); tarau (Fulanga). In Fiji the species is also known as false
sandalwood, because of its fragrant wood. The Fijians use the wood
as house timbers or as fence posts.
FIJI: Vitt Levu: Horne 1050 (GH, K). Mba: Lautoka and vicinity, Greenwood
16A (KK), 895 (A, K, NY, US); Tavua, Greenwood 647A (K); Nandarivatu and
vicinity, Tothill 59b (KK), Gillespie 3751 (Bish, GH, NY), Parks 20699 (Bish),
Degener & Ordonez 13597 (A), Degener 14283 (A, Bish, K, NY), 14385 (A, Bish,
K, NY, US), Smith 4900 (A, US); Tholo-i-Nandarivatu Mt., Gillespie 3952
(Bish) ; Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Smith 4789 (A, US); hills east of Nandala
Creek, Smith 5940 (A, US); Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5211 (A, US); Mt. Koromba
[Pickering Peak], Smith 4635 (A. US); Mt. Namendre, Smith 4511 (A, US).
Ra: Rakiraki, Degener & Ordonez 13697 (A, Bish, K, NY, US). Nandronga
& Navosa: Singatoka, Greenwood 16 (IK); Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nan-
drau and Nanga, Smith 5457 (A, US). Serua: Vicinity of Ngaloa, Degencr
15070 (A, Bish, K, NY, US). Naitasiri: Waindina Valley, MacDaniels 59 (K);
near Tamavua, Gillespie 2444 (Bish,GH). Rewa: Mt. Kombalevu, Parks 20285
(Bish); Mt. Korombamba, Gillespie 2344 (Bish); near Lami, Gillespie 4599
(Bish, GH, K); Suva and vicinity, Tothill 191 (K), MacDaniels 1074
(A, Bish). Vanua Levu: Mbua: Ruku-ruku Bay, H. B. R. Parham I (K),8 (GH);
Seatovo Range, Smith 15388 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Mathuata: Mathuata
coast, Seemann 63 (GH, K type of V. vitiensis), Greenwood 647 (K); Mt.
Numbuiloa, near Lambasa, Smith 6332 (A, US), 6527 (A, US), 6559 (A, US);
Seanggangga Plateau, near Natua, Smith 6695 (A, US), 6905 (A, US). Thakaun-
drove: Mt. Mariko, Smith 476 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US); Savu Savu Bay region,
Degener & Ordonez 13947 (A); Maravu, near Salt Lake, Degener & Ordonez
14158 (A, Bish, K, NY, US), 14195 (A, Bish, K, NY, US); Mbutha Bay, Smith
816 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Koro: North coast, Smith 1042 (Bish, GH, K, NY,
US). Maxkonpronea: Degener & Ordonez 18807 (A, Bish, K, NY, US). Narratr:
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 473
Milne 177 (K). Kanpavu: Mt. Mbuke Levu, Smith 231 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US):
above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 99 (Bish, GH, K, NY,-US). THrkom-
BIA-I-LAU: Tothill 59¢ (K). VANUA MBALAVU: Smith 1429 (Bish, GH, K, NY,
US), 1452 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US. Moara: Summit ridge, Bryan 347 (A, Bish).
Matuku: Bryan 251 (A, Bish). LAakempa: Tothill 61 (K). TAVUNASITHI:
Bryan 518 (Bish). KaAampara: Smith 1278 (Bish, GH, K,; NY, US).
FuULANGA: Bryan 442 (Bish, US), Smith 1110 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US), 1156
(Bish, GH, K, NY, US), 1225 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Oncea Norixr: Bryan
895 (Bish). Fiji, without detailed locality: U. 8. Hapl. Faped. (GH, K, NY,
US) ; Horne 359 (K), 574 (GH, K), 667 (GH).
TONGA: VAvauU: Barclays. n. (K TYPE), 8868 (BM), Crosby 9 (K) ; Talau hill,
MacDaniels 1094 (Bish). ToNcatasu: J. R. é G. Forster (BM), Moseley (K),
Lister (K), Graeffe 13866 (GH), 1520 (K), 1570 (K); Mua, Setchell € Parks
15270 (K, NY); Kologa Point, Setchell € Parks 15380 (K, US) ; near Nukalofa,
MacDaniels 1086 (Bish). Eva: Plateau region, Parks 16129 (US), 16183 (Bish,
GH, K, NY, US), 16217 (A, Bish, GH, K, US), 16299 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US).
Tonga, without detailed locality: Banks & Solander in 1769 (BM), Cartwright
(K), MeKern 73 (Bish).
Seemann was of the opinion that the Tongan V. amicorumne did not
occur in Fiji, and he described two new Fijian species, V. harveyi and
V. vitiensis. The second of these was reduced to synonymy by
de Candolle and has not been taken up by subsequent authors; it differs
from the Tongan plant, according to Seemann, in its completely
glabrous and almost pruinose leaves and its glabrate calyx. Examina-
tion of the two types concerned and the extensive series of specimens
cited above confirms the current opinion that the most common Vavaca
in Fiji represents V. amicorwm, the only species occurring in Tonga.
Variability in degree of leaf-pubescence is demonstrated by some of
the Tongan specimens. For instance, Parks 16299, a fruiting speci-
men, has the leaves quite uniformly soft-pilose beneath, very much
asin V. harveyi, although in other respects it unmistakably represents
V. amicorum. Parks 16217, a flowering specimen from the same lo-
cality, has the leaves essentially glabrous and typical except those on
the Arnold Arboretum sheet, which resemble the leaves of No. 16299.
The Exploring Expedition material (doubtless from more than one
plant) shows similar variability in indument. It seems that the degree
of pubescence is unreliable in this species and cannot, in itself, be used
as the basis of any subspecific nomenclatural categories. The Fijian
material from high elevations is less uniform (in leaf-shape and
venation) than that from more typical habitats such as beaches and
lowland thickets, but I cannot discern tangible characters for further
division of the material.
2. Vavaea harveyi Seem. Fl. Vit. 35. 1865; GC. DC. in DC. Monogr. Phan. 1: 646.
1878.
Tyre Locauity: Fiji, without definite locality; type collected by
Harvey, cited below.
474 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Distripution : Fiji, apparently limited to the larger volcanic islands,
elevations up to 825 m. being recorded. The species is found in forest
or in woods, and is noted as a small tree, rarely up to 18 m. in height.
The petals and anthers are pale yellow, the fruit red.[ probably black
at maturity ].
Locan NAME: 7'hevua or sevua applies to this species in Fiji, as to
the more abundant V. amicorum.
FIJI: Vitr Levu: Nandronga & Navosa: Rairaimatuku Plateau, between
Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5617 (A, US). Namosi: Namuamua and vicinity,
Gillespie 2995 (Bish, GH, K), 3063 (Bish, GH, NY). Naitasiri: Nasinu,
Gillespie 3453 (Bish, GH); Kalambo, Tothill 192 (Bish, K, US) ; Suva Pumping
Station, Degener & Ordonez 13772 (A, NY). Rewa: Suva, Meevold 16881 (Bish).
OvALaU: Vicinity of Levuka, Gillespie 4557.5 (Bish). Vanua Levu: Mbua:
Lower Wainunu River valley, Smith 1755 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Thakaun-
drove: Vicinity of Waiwai, Savu Savu Bay, Horne 6389 (GH, K). Taveunt:
Western slope, between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 840 (Bish, GH, K, NY,
US). Fiji, without definite locality: Harvey [probably Vanua Levu, ex Seemann]
(GH, K type), Horne 568 (K), B. H. Parham 198 (A).
Vavaea harveyi is unmistakably a close relative of V. amicormn,
most readily distinguished by the persistent indument of its leaves,
although this alone hardly seems to be a specific character. The com-
paratively short petioles, larger leaf-blades with more abruptly nar-
rowed bases, and more copious floral indument also separate the plant
from V. amicorum. No consequential floral differences between the
species have been observed, but on the basis of available material their
identification does not present difficulties.
3. Vavaea megaphylla Wright in Kew Bull. 1895: 102. 1895; Oliver in Hook.
Te. Pl. 25: pl. 2438. 1896; Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 15, fig. 77. 1981.
Trigonostemon (?) voratus Croizat in Sargentia 1: 52. 1942.
Typr Locatiry: Tamavua (near Suva), in the Province of Naitasiri
near the Rewa boundary, Viti Levu, Fiji; type, Yeoward 37, cited
below.
Disrrmution: Fiji, thus far known definitely only from Viti Levu
and the island of Rambi, but to be expected on other volcanic islands.
The species is usually reported from low-elevation forest or woods and
is mentioned as a low tree (or a “tall tree” according to Yeoward).
Loca Name: Of the cited specimens only Degener 15625 lists a
local name, navuda.
EPLIL: Virt Levu: Mba: Nandarivatu, Tothill 59a (IX). Nandronga & Navosa:
Vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa, Degener 15265 (A, Bish, K, NY, US). Serua:
Mbuyombuyo, near Namboutini, 7'abualewa 15569 (A type of T'rigonostemon vor-
atus, Bish, K, US) ; Naitasiri: Viria, B. BH. Parham 215 (A); vicinity of Nasinu,
Gillespie 3487 (Bish, GH, K, NY) ; Tamavua, Yeoward 37 (K rypre) ; Rewa: Cen-
tral Road, Suva, Tothill 190 (K). Ramar: Horne 477 (GH, K). Fiji, without
definite locality: Storck s.n. (KR), VI (GH).
A. C. SMITH! PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 475
Vavaea megaphylia is at once distinguished from the other described
Fijian species of the genus by its stout branchlets with apically con-
gested leaves and inflorescences, its long-petiolate leaves (which are
glabrous and uniformly larger than those of V. amicorum), and its
large flowers. The calyx, in particular, is markedly larger, in both
flower and fruit, than that of the two species discussed above. The
type of 7’rigonostemon voratus agrees perfectly with the Yeoward
specimen and others cited above, in both foliar and calycine characters ;
other parts of the flower have been damaged and the inflorescence is
much reduced, presumably because of insect attack. The reduction of
this name removes the genus 7’rigonostemon (Euphorbiaceae) from
the known flora of Fiji.
4. Vavaea degeneri A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Arbor foliis magnis Jonge petiolatis, laminis oblongo-obovatis basi
obtusis subtus et costa nervisque secundariis supra persistenter molliter
pilosis, inflorescentia robusta, floribus magnis, calyce sub anthesi ad
8mm. sub fructu ad 12 mm. diametro, petalis 8-9 mm. longis distin-
guenda; V. megaphyllae Wright aflinis, foliorum forma basi et indu-
mento differt.
Tree to 6 m. high, the branchlets stout, hollow, 8-13 mm, in diameter
just below the apical leaves and inflorescences and copiously cicatricose,
distally closely pilose, soon glabrate; petioles stout (2-4 mm. in diam-
eter), swollen at base, (2—) 3-7 em. long, semiterete, copiously short-
pilose or velutinous; leaf-blades papyraceous, drying olivaceous, ob-
long-obovate, (12~) 17-28 em. long, (6—) 9-17 cm. broad, obtuse at base
and short-decurrent on the petiole, rounded to an abrupt obtusely
cuspidate apex, entire or faintly undulate at margin, uniformly and
persistently soft-pilose beneath (hairs whitish, 0.8-0.7 mm. long) and
on costa and bases of secondaries above, the costa stout, plane or slightly
elevated above, prominent beneath, the secondary nerves 10-16 per side,
subspreading, nearly straight, anastomosing near margin, slightly
impressed or raised above, strongly raised beneath, the veinlet-reticu-
lation copious, fine, sharply prominulous on both surfaces; inflores-
cences congested among leaves near apices of branchlets, at anthesis
not more than 5 cm. long but elongating to 15 cm. in fruit, the peduncle
stout, 2-3 em. long at anthesis but up to 11 em. in fruit, the peduncle,
inflorescence-branches, pedicels, and calyx copiously hispidulous (hairs
0.3-0.5 mm. long) ; inflorescence-bracts lanceolate, 3-5 mm. long at
anthesis (accrescent to 8 mm. in fruit or sometimes subfoliaceous),
hispidulous-puberulent without, the bracteoles similar but 2 mm. long;
pedicels stout, about 1 mm. long (above articulation), slightly enlarg-
ing in fruit; calyx cupuliform-rotate, 6-8 mm. in diameter (to 12 min.
in fruit), the lobes 6 or 7, deltoid-oblong, 3-4 2-3 mm. (up to 5 mm.
476 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
long in fruit), subacute, obscurely nerved; petals 5 or 6, carnose,
oblong, 8-9 mm. long, 2.5-38 mm. broad, obtuse or rounded at apex,
minutely sericeous without, puberulent within; stamens usually 12,
3.54 mm. long, alternately slightly unequal, the filaments copiously
barbate-hispidulous near apex with hairs about 0.6 mm. long, the
anthers oblong, 0.8-1 mm. long; ovary densely stramineous-sericeous
with hairs 0.2-0.8 mm. long, the style about 2.5 mm. long, sparsely
sericeous below, glabrous above, the stigma subcapitate, about 1 mm. in
diameter; fruit succulent, subspherical, apparently about 15 mm. in
diameter when fresh, sparsely strigillose, glabrescent; seeds several,
often 7 or 8, smooth, nitid, broadly ellipsoid, flattened on 1 or 2 faces,
about 6 mm. long and 4-5 mm. broad, obtuse at both ends.
Type in the U. 8. National Herbarium, No, 1943578, collected east of Naunduna,
eastern drainage of the Yanawai River, Province of Thakaundrove, Vanua
Levu, Fiji, alt. 120 m., Jan. 12, 1941, by O. Degener & H. Ordonez (No, 14099).
Duplicates at A, Bish, K, NY, ete.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED!
FIJI: Virr Levu: Serua: Thulanuku, vicinity of Ngaloa, alt. 50 m., Degener
15098 (A, Bish, K, NY, US); Vatutavathe, vicinity of Ngaloa, alt. 150 m.,
Degener 15188 (A, Bish, K, NY, US).
The specimens are indicated as open- or coarse-branched trees 4—6
meters in height, occurring in forest; the flowers are said to be fra-
grant and to have the petals white with a yellow tinge, fading to yel-
low; the fruit is fleshy and red. The type bears mature flowers and
No. 15188 essentially mature fruits, while No. 15098 is intermediate in
development. The last number bears the local name mbuanivinggalau.
In floral characters the new species bears a close similarity to V.
megaphylla Wright, but differences in the shape, base, and indument
of the leaf, mentioned in the above diagnosis and key, are pronounced.
AGLAIA Lour.
Aglaia Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 173. 1790; nomen conservandum.
The species of Aglaia in the southwestern Pacific fall into two sec-
tions, E'uaglaia and Hearnia, as delimited by Harms (in Nat. Pfl. ITT.
4: 298-300. 1896, and ed. 2. 19b1: 140-147. 1940). These sections are
based upon whether the anthers are included within the stamen-tube
(Huaglaia) or marginal upon it (/Zearnia) ; de Candolle had retained
the two groups as distinct genera (in DC. Monogr, Phan. 1: 600-6338.
1878). While the two sections may be perfectly natural, as indicated
by Harms, they are in practice difficult to distinguish, even when
good flowers are available, because of intermediate positions of the
anthers. Sometimes the anthers are attached well within the margin
of the tube and yet project apically beyond it, such species belonging
technically to § Fuaglaia but certainly suggesting § Hearnia upon
casual examination of the flowers. Furthermore, only a small pro-
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 477
portion of specimens of Aglaia in herbaria are in flowering condition,
and therefore this basic division is impracticable for purposes of
identification.
In examining the species of our region, I note that the type of indu-
ment (especially that on the lower surface of the leaflet-costa) is very
constant and furthermore easy to determine regardless of the state of
the material. While the character of this indument can usually be
detected with a hand-lens, examination with a binocular of 25-50
magnification is much more satisfactory. Under such magnification
the type of indument can be readily classified into three groups, as
follows:
1. Indument lepidote, the rays of the trichomes adnate into
a membranaceous scale.
2. Indument stellate, the rays of the trichomes free nearly
to base or at least in the distal half, small and uniform in length.
3. Indument stellate, the rays of the trichomes diverse in
length, at least some conspicuously stiffer and longer than the
others.
Since the specimens from our region can be readily and confidently
referred to one or another of these three groups, I make them the
primary divisions of my key, below. In two or three cases (although
this is hardly necessary) species have been keyed in more than one
group. The fact that certain species identical in type of trichome
(and very close in other characters as well) fall into different sections
of the genus causes one to question the fundamental nature of
anther-position. Nevertheless, I have arranged the species in the
traditional sections, Huaglaa and Hearnia, this classification cutting
across the primary divisions of the key. In our region, 17 species are
discernible, of which 7 are here described as new.
KEY TO THE SPECIES
Indument of lower surface of leaflet-costa (also of branchlets and inflorescence)
lepidote, the rays of the trichomes adnate into a membranaceous scale, free
only at extreme apices.
Leaves unifoliolate, obviously petiolate, the blades oblanceolate-elliptic, obtuse
at base___-__-__-__------------------------+---------- 16. A. haplophylla
Leaves pinnate.
Anthers included within the filament-tube (§ Huaglaia).
Petals glabrous; leaflet-blades gradually narrowed to an acuminate apex;
Samoa__________ eee 1, A. samoensis
Petals lepidote without (except at imbricate margins and apex) ; leaflet-
blades rounded to obtusely cuspidate at apex.
Flowers comparatively large, the petals 2—2.5 mm. long; filament-tube
about 2 mm. long, glabrous; Fiji-_________________ 2. A. awvillaris
Flowers comparatively small, the petals 1.5-1.8 mm. long; filament-tube
about 1.2 mm. long, obscurely but copiously pilose without; Tonga.
5. A. heterotricha
478 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Anthers marginal on the filament-tube, not included (§ Hearnia) ; Fijian
species,
Petals 2-3.5 mm. long, copiously lepidote without except at margins;
filament-tube at least 1 mm. long; inflorescence usually ample, often
10-15 em. long; leaflet-blades oblong-elliptic, usually gradually nar-
rowed toward apex_____-__-_----------------------- 6. A. viliensis
Petals small, not more than 1.5 mm. long, glabrous; filament-tube about
0.5 mm. long; inflorescence compact, rarely exceeding 2 or 3 cm. in
length; leaflet-blades lanceolate-oblong, not appreciably narrowed
toward the rounded or broadly obtuse apex__-_------ 7. A. gracilis
Indument of lower surface of leaflet-costa, etc., stellate, the rays of the trichomes
free nearly to base or at least in the distal half, not adnate into a mem-
branaceous scale.
Rays of the trichomes small and fairly uniform in length, the stellate hairs
not more than 0.2 mm. in diameter (rays 0.1 mm. or less long).
Leaves unifoliolate or, if pinnate, with the terminal leaflet greatly exceeding
in size the 2 or 4 lateral leaflets, the lower pair of these arising from
base of rachis, simulating stipules.
Leaf-blades essentially sessile, cordate-:mplexicaul; anthers marginal on
the filament-tube (§ Hearnia)_----------------- 8. A. amplegvicaulis
Leaf-blades with greatly reduced lateral leaflets, the terminal leaflet
obviously petiolulate, the blade obtuse at base (flowers not known).
17. A. evansensis
Leaves pinnate, the lateral leaflets not greatly smaller than the terminal
ones, the lowest pair not basal.
Leaflets comparatively large, the terminal one rarely less than 10 cm. long,
usually much larger; anthers included within the filament-tube (§
Huagilaia).
Petals glabrous; leaflet-blades obviously narrowed to an obtusely cus-
pidate apex, the hairs of the costa usually with a few longer (to 0.4
mm. long) rays among the short ones; Wallis Islands.
3. A. psilopetala
Petals stellate-pilose without (except at imbricate margins and apex) ;
leaflet-blades usually obtuse or rounded at apex (not conspicuously
cuspidate), the trichomes of the costa uniform, without long rays;
Fiji and Tonga.
Lowermost leaflets usually obviously shorter and proportionately
broader than the upper ones; trichomes of the costa stellate, the
rays free in the distal half; filament-tube glabrous.
4, A. saltatorum
Lowermost leaflets not conspicuously reduced in size; trichomes of
the costa scalelike, membranaceous, the rays free only at apex;
filament-tube stellate-pilose ; known only from Eua Island, Tonga.
5. A. heterotricha
Leaflets comparatively small, the terminal one usually less than 10 em.
long.
Leaflets 5 or 7 (rarely 9), oblong or elliptic-oblong, 6-10 (—11) cm. long
and 2.5-4.5 em. broad (lowermost ones sometimes slightly smaller) ;
fruiting inflorescence 2-8 cm. long (including fruits) (flowers not
known) —~~___ Be ee ee eee 9. A. elegans
Leaflets 7 or 9, lanceolate- oblong, 4-7 cm. long and 1.2-2 em. broad;
fruiting inflorescence scarcely more than 2 em. long (including
fruits) ; anthers marginal on the filament-tube (§ Hearnia).
10, A. venusta
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 479
Rays of the trichomes (at least those of the costa, young branchlets, and
young leaf-surfaces, and usually those of the inflorescence as well) diverse
in length, with some rays 0.4-1 mm. or more in length.
Leaves comparatively small, the leaflet-blades rarely exceeding 124.5 cm.,
usually smaller; anthers marginal on the filament-tube (§ Hearnia)
(flowers not known for No. 11).
Lowermost pair of leaflets attached toward base of leaf, often simulating
stipules, the petiole below these leaflets (or obvious scars of them)
usually less than 1 em. long______----_-_---~------ 11. A. basiphiylla
Lowermost pair of leaflets not basal on the leaf, the petiole usually more
than 2 cm. long.
Indument of lower surface of leaflets (except on costa) fugacious; lat-
eral leaflets usually 3 or 4 (rarely 1, 2, or 5) pairs, not conspicuously
smaller than the terminal one__-_--__-------- 12, A. greenwoodii
Indument of lower surface of leaflets often persistent; lateral leaflets
1 or 2 pairs, conspicuously smaller than the terminal one (leaves
very rarely unifoliolate)____.__--__---------__-+----- 13. A. fragilis
Leaves comparatively large, the leaflet-blades rarely less than 155 cm.,
usually much larger.
Anthers marginal on the filament-tube (§ Hearnia) ; petals pilose toward
base without; hairs of the costa often with some rays 1 mm. long or
more; Fiji.
Lateral leaflets 2 or 3 (rarely 4) pairs, obtuse at base (or the lower-
most ones rounded), cuspidate or short-acuminate at apex, the
indument persistent on the lower leafiet-surface ; hairs of calyx with
numerous rays 1 mm. or more in length among the shorter rays.
14. A. archboldiana
Lateral leaflets 4 or 5 pairs, rounded or subcordate at base, obtuse at
apex, the indument of the lower leaflet-surface persistent only on
the costa; hairs of the calyx uniformly small, the rays only occasion-
ally as long as 0.5 mm_____~__~--_~---_-- aon nee 15, A. parskii
Anthers included within the filament-tube (§ Euagiaia) ; petals glabrous;
rays of hairs of the costa usually uniform and small but sometimes up
to 0.4 min. long; Wallis Islands__-___--__-------_-- 3. A, psilopetala
1. Algaia (§ Fuaglaia) samoensis A. Gray, Bot. U. 8. Exp]. Exped. 1: 236. 1854;
C. Muell. in Walp. Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 387. 1857; C. DC. in DC. Monogr. Phan.
1: 616. 1878; Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb, 25: 644. 1898; Setchell in Carnegie
Inst. Washington Publ. 341: 84. 1924; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull.
128: 116. 1935.
Aglaia whitmeei C. DC. in Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 178. 1903.
Aglaia betchei C. DC. in Bull. Herb. Boiss. IJ. 3: 179. 1903, in op. cit. II. 6:
984. 1906.
Tyre Locatiry: Tutuila, Samoa; type collected by U. S. Exploring
Expedition, cited below.
Distrrinution: Samoa, apparently fairly frequent in various types
of forest or in open places at elevations up to 500 m. The plant is a
slender tree, up to 15 m. in height, with a trunk diameter up to 25 cm.
or perhaps slightly more. The small flowers are said to be yellow,
but the lepidote indument of all inflorescence-parts (except the petals)
is typically cinnamon-brown.
LocaL NAMES AND usES: Langa’ali and variants are applied to this
967965 —52——2
480 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
species, of which the fragrant inflorescences are used for personal
adornment and for scenting coconut oil; Christophersen mentions that
the wood is used for house posts.
SAMOA: Savair: Above Matautu, Vaupel 163 (Bish, US); near Vaipouli,
Vaupel 163 bis (KX), Christophersen & Hume 1838 (Bish, K, NY); Salailua,
Christophersen 2958 (Bish, US), 2986 (Bish, K, NY, US), 2990 (Bish) ; Salailua-
Lataitai, Christophersen & Hume 2626 (Bish, K, NY, US); above Sili, Chris-
tophersen 3247 (Bish). Uporu: Mulifanua, Reinecke 1834 (BM, K, US); Moa
Moa plantations, Hames 148 (Bish) ; below Malololelei, Christophersen 339 (Bish,
K, NY); Vaea, MacDaniels 1120 (Bish) ; Vaea Mt., Christophersen 460 (Bish).
TuTurLa: U. S. Hrpl. Exped. (GH, K, NY, US 15572 typr); Pago Pago and
vicinity, Garber 914 (Bish, NY), Diefenderfer 8 (Bish), Yuneker 9480 (Bish) ;
above Vatia, Garber 879 (Bish) ; from Aua to Breaker Point, Setchell 156 (Bish).
Oru: Toanga, Garber 1098 (Bish). Samoa, without detailed locality: Whitmce
s. n. (type of A. whitmeci, fragment seen from De Candolle Herbarium, Con-
servatoire Botanique, Genéve), Betche s. n. (type of A. betchei, fragment seen
from De Candolle Herbarium, Conservatoire Botanique, Geneve), Whitmee 112
(BM, K), 195 (K), Powell 157 (K), 191 (K), s. n. (K), Horne 42 (GH, K).
Among the species of § Huaglaia in our region, A. samoensis is
readily distinguished by the combination of glabrous petals and lepi-
dote indument on the vegetative and the other inflorescence parts. In
herbaria the species has been interpreted to include material from
Tonga, Niue, and Fiji, but more careful consideration indicates that
such material does not belong here and that A. samoensis occurs only
in Samoa. Upon superficial examination such species as A. psélope-
tala, A, saltatorum, and A. heterotricha, all belonging to § Euaglaia,
could be confused with A. samoensis, but all these have the indument
stellate rather than lepidote and are distinguished by other dependable
characters,
Tam much indebted to Prof. C. Baehni, Director of the Conserva-
toire Botanique, Genéve, for the privilege of examining fragments of
the types of A. whitmeei and A. betchei. In all respects of indument,
leaf-texture, and floral detail these fragments agree with the type and
other cited specimens of A. samoensis. No reasons for the proposal
of these two species were given by de Candolle, and his descriptions
indicate that the dimensions are well within the extremes for A.
samoensis. ‘The same conclusion has already been stated by Setchell
(in Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ, 341: 85. 1924). Two specimens
from Upolu, collected by Hochreutiner and cited by de Candolle (in
Ann, Consery. Jard. Bot. Genéve 15: 246, 1912) as A. forbesiana C.
DC., should also be compared with A. samoensis, since the type of A.
forbesiana is from New Guinea and its occurrence in Samoa is un-
likely. In my observation there is only one species of Aglaia in
Samoa; Christophersen mentions a specimen (listed at the end of this
treatment) which differs from A. samoensis in its fewer leaflets and
larger fruit, but it is possible that this specimen represents merely
an extreme form of A. samoensis.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 481
2. Aglaia (§ Huaglaia) axillaris A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 43. 1942.
Type Locatiry: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Province of Mba, Viti
Levu, Fiji; type, Degener 14505, cited below.
Disrripution: Fiji, thus far definitely known from Viti Levu,
Ovalau, and Taveuni, at elevations up to 1,050 m. The species is a
component of dense and often dark forest; it is reported as a tree,
often slender, up to 10 m. in height, with brown flowers (petals yellow-
ish within), and with fruits that are yellowish or bright orange, at
length becoming brown.
Locau Names: In central Viti Levu I recorded the names /éndiyango
and nggiliyango, but these are more or less generic in that part of
Fiji.
FIJI: Virr Levu: Mba: Mt. Matomba, Nandala, vicinity of Nandarivatu,
Degener 14505 (A typse, Bish, K, NY, US); on the escarpment at Nandarivatu,
Gillespie 3757 (Bish, GH, US); road from Tavua toward Nandarivatu, B. E.
Parham 2384 (A); Nauwanga, near Nandarivatu, Degener 14334 (A, K, NY);
Mt. Ndelaiyod, on the escarpment west of Nandarivatu, Smith 5073 (A, US);
hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of the sawmill at
Navai, Smith 5983 (A, US), 5989 (A, US). Nandronga & Navosa: Northern
portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5557
(A, US); same region, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5611 (A, US).
Naitasiri: Near Tamavua village, Gillespie 2480 (Bish, GH). Rewa: Central
Road, Suva, Tothill F520 (K). Ovatau: Near summit of ridge west of Levuka,
Gillespie 4451 (Bish). TaveuNI: Vicinity of Wairiki, Gillespie 4682 (Bish) ;
western slope between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 728 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US).
Fiji, without detailed locality: U. S. Expl. Exped. (US 15570).
Many of the specimens cited above have been otherwise identified
in herbaria, but I believe that they can now be referred to A. arillaris
with reasonable confidence. On the other hand, two specimens which
I cited in connection with the original description of the species are
now referred to A. gracilis. The Fijian Aglaiae with lepidote indu-
ment and compound leaves fall into at least three species, which are
easily distinguishable when flowers are available. But in the absence
of petals and stamens the recognition of A. axillaris, A. gracilis, and
A. vitiensis becomes difficult, even when adequate material is available
for comparison. In referring fruiting material to the three species I
have been guided by general appearance and leaflet-shape. Aglaia
gracilis, of which only the type collection is known in flowering condi-
tion, has comparatively long and narrow leaflets, lanceolate-oblong in
shape and not appreciably narrowed toward the rounded or broadly
obtuse apex. The other two species have leaflets more obviously taper-
ing toward the apex and in general proportionately broader than those
of A. gracilis. In general, the compact inflorescence (often with only
two or three fruits on a very short peduncle) of A. awillarzs will serve
to distinguish fruiting material of it from A. vitiensis, in which the
inflorescence is typically more extended, but this character is not en-
48? CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
tirely dependable. For instance, Gillespie 2430, which has the flowers
of § Fuaglaia and therefore is placed in A. awillaris, has a freely
branching inflorescence as much as 20 em. long.
The following specimens are provisionally placed in A. awillaris, but
the parts needed for positive identification are not available:
Virt Levu: Namosi: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3105 (Bish, GH, NY, K);
Naitasiri: Central road, 8 miles from Suva, MaeDaniels 1144 (Bish). Vanua
Levu: Thakaundrove: Southern slope of Korotini Range, below Navitho Pass,
Smith 491 (Bish, K, NY, US); Mt. Mbatini, crest of range, Smith 645 (Bish,
GH, K, NY, US), 653 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Fiji, without detailed locality:
U.S. Repl. Eeped. (US 15574).
&. Aglaia (§ Euaglaia) psilopetala A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Arbor foliis pinnatis, foliolis apice obtuse cuspidatis, inflorescentia
paniculata multiflora, floribus parvis, petalis glabris distinguitur;
A, samoensi affinis, indumento stellato non lepidoto facile distin-
guenda, ab A. saltatorum et A. heterotricha subtus descriptis petalis
glabris et foliolorum forma differt.
Tree to 15 m. high, the branchlets slender, terete; indument of young
parts, distal portions of branchlets, petioles, leaf-rachises, petiolules,
and lower surface of leaflet-costae stellate, the hairs ferruginous or
cinnamon-colored, usually 0.15-0.2 mm. in diameter, with 15-20 rays
free nearly to base (often also with several longer rays, up to 0.4 mm.
long, arising from center of trichome) ; leaves 3- or 5-foliolate (at
least distal ones), 22-27 em. long, the petiole 5-7 cm. long, slender,
swollen and semiterete at base, terete distally like the rachis, the petio-
lules 8-5 mm. long (of terminal leaflet to 10 mm. long) ; leaflet-blades
papyraceous, drying dull olivaceous, elliptic or obovate-oblong, the
terminal and upper lateral ones similar in size, 11-16 em. long, 4.5-6.5
em. broad (lowermost ones slightly reduced), obtuse or acute at base,
narrowed at apex to an obtuse acumen about 1 em. long, slightly re-
curved at margin, copiously punctate on both sides with minute pits
indicating caducous hairs, the costa slightly impressed above, promi-
nent beneath, the secondary nerves 9-12 per side, subspreading, slightly
curved, nearly plane above, elevated beneath, the veinlets inconspic-
uous; inflorescences axillary toward apices of branchlets, solitary,
paniculate, many-flowered, up to 13 em. long, branched from base, uni-
formly (i. e., on branches, pedicels, and calyx) stellate-pilose like
vegetative parts but the hairs 0.1-0.15 mm. in diameter, usually with
20-30 rays free in the distal half and lacking the occasional longer
rays; bracts and bracteoles minute; pedicels slender (about 0.8 mm. in
diameter), 1-1.5 mm. long at anthesis, the flowers about 1.5 mm. long
and 2 mm. in diameter; calyx submembranaceous, rotate, about 1.5
mm. in diameter, deeply 5-lobed, the lobes oblong-deltoid, about 0.5
mm. long, obtuse, ciliolate-margined with simple or fascicled hairs
about 0.15 mm. long; petals 5 (rarely 6), thin-carnose, elliptic or sub-
A. C. SMITH! PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 483
orbicular, 1.2-1.4 mm. long, 0.8-1.2 mm. broad, rounded at apex,
scarlose-margined, strictly glabrous on both sides; androecium broadly
cupuliform, the filaments connate into a carnose glabrous tube about
0.8 mm. long and 1.5 mm. in diameter, undulate at apex, the anthers
inserted within the tube-margin, oblong-deltoid, 0.3-0.4 mm. long,
only the tips exserted; ovary pilose like calyx, the stigma carnose,
subcapitate.
Type in the herbarium of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, collected in inland
forest on Uvea, Wallis Islands, alt. about 15 m., Nov. 9, 1982, by E. G. Burrows
(No. W19).
The specimen is from a tree 15 m. high; the collector notes the local
name as langakali and indicates that the inflorescences are used in
necklaces. The only available specimen from the Wallis Islands, west
of Samoa, obviously represents an undescribed species. Like A.
samoenis, it belongs in § Hvaglaia and has glabrous petals, a combina-
tion of characters not otherwise found among the species of our region.
However, A. psilopetala differs radically from A. samoensis in its
type of indument, in this respect suggesting the two species which
follow but readily distinguished from them as indicated in my key.
4. Aglaia (§ Euaglaic) saltatorum A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Aglaia edulis A, Gray, Bot. U. S. Expl. Exped. 1: 287. 1854 (quoad spec. non
sensu typi) ; Seem. Fl. Vit. 87. 1865, pro parte; C. DC. in DC. Monogr. Phan.
1: 609. 1878, pro parte.
Aglaia samoensis sensu A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 80. fig. 41, b. 1936;
Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 71. 1943; non A. Gray.
Aglaia sp. Burkill in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 31. 1901.
Arbor vel frutex A. psilopetalae supra descriptae affinis, petalis extus
copiose stellato-pilosis non glabris, foliolorum Jaminis apice obtusis vel
rotundatis vel inconspicue cuspidatis, costae pilis uniformiter ramu-
losis differt; a A. samoenst indumento stellato non lepidoto et petalis
pilosis facile distinguitur.
Shrub or tree, usually 2-10 m. high, perhaps sometimes larger, the
branchlets slender, subterete; indument of young parts, distal portions
of branchlets, petioles, leaf-rachises, and leaflets stellate, the hairs pale
brown, 0.1-0.2 mm. in diameter, composed of 13-20 rays free nearly to
base or at least in the distal half (indument sometimes becoming sparse
on older parts) ; leaves 5- or T(rarely 9)-foliolate, 23-40 (-65) cm.
long, the petiole 6-11 (-18) cm. long, swollen at base, terete like rachis:
leaflets opposite or subopposite, the petiolules 5-14 mm. long (of
terminal leaflet 10-20 mm. long), the blades papyraceous, drying pale
green or brownish, elliptic or oblong-elliptic (terminal ones sometimes
oblanceolate), the terminal and upper lateral ones subsimilar in size,
10-20 (rarely 8-26) cm. long, 4-10 (rarely 3.5-12) cm. broad (lower-
most ones conspicuously or at least noticeably reduced in size), obtuse
or acute at base (inequilaterally so except the terminal one, the lower
484 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
ones rounded), broadly obtuse or rounded or inconspicuously obtusely
cuspidate at apex, nearly plane at margin, persistently stellate-pilose
beneath (at least on costa, the hairs of the surface often caducous but
leaving minute pits indicating the attachments), soon glabrate and
minutely punctate above, the costa suleate or slightly elevated above,
prominent beneath, the secondary nerves 10-16 (rarely 8-18) per side,
spreading, inconspicuously anastomosing, plane or slightly raised
above, elevated beneath, the veinlets plane, obscure above; inflores-
cences supra-axillary toward apices of branchlets, paniculate, freely
branched, many-flowered, usually 20-40 cm. long (rarely reduced to
3em. and comparatively few-flowered), pedunculate (peduncle usually
2-7 cm.long), the indument (on branches, pedicels, calyx, and petals)
like that of vegetative parts but the hairs only 0.1-0.15 mm. in diameter
and sometimes with only about 10 rays; bracts and bracteoles minute ;
pedicels at anthesis usually 1-1.5 mm. long and 0.5-0.7 mm. in diam-
eter (enlarging, with calyx and petals, after anthesis), the flowers
about 1.5-2 mm. long and 1.6-2.5 mm. in diameter; calyx submem-
branaceous, rotate, 1.5-2 mm. in diameter, 5-lobed nearly to base, the
lobes oblong-deltoid, 0.5-0.7 mm. long, obtuse or subacute at apex;
petals 5, narrowly imbricate, carnose, oblong-elliptic, 1.3-2 mm. long,
1-1.3 mm. broad, rounded at apex, scariose and minutely erosulous at
margin and there glabrous, otherwise copiously stellate-pilose without ;
androecium broadly obovoid, the filaments carnose, glabrous, loosely
connate into a tube 0.8-1.2 mm. long, the anthers inserted within the
tube-margin, usually horizontally inflexed, scarcely exserted, deltoid-
suborbicular, 0.4-0.6 mm. long; ovary pilose like calyx, the stigma
carnose, minutely emarginate, the locules 2, each apparently 2-ovuled ;
fruits at apparent maturity subglobose or ellipsoid, 3-4 em. in diam-
eter, the pericarp thin, brittle, obscurely but closely stellate-pilose, the
seeds ellipsoid, up to 22 X 13 mm., rounded at both ends, flattened on the
ventral surface.
Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, No. 1674954, collected in forest on
the islet of Malatta, southern limestone section of Vanua Mbalavu, Fiji, alt.
0-100 m., March 29, 1934, by A. C. Smith (No. 1439). Duplicates at Bish, K,
GH, NY, ete.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
FIJI: Wirt Levu: Tailevu: Verata, B. H. Parham 2500 (A) (cultivated),
Salimoni Rokonaca 5611 (A) (cultivated). Morurirxt: Seemann 60 (BM, GH,
K). Koro: West coast, Smith 1079 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Vanua Mparavu:
Northern limestone section, Smith 1476 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US), 1507 (Bish,
GH, K, NY, US). Laxempa: Tumbou, Aporosa Wagatabu 1137 (A). KEAMBARA:
On limestone formation, Smith 1240 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Furanea: Tothill
64 (K). Fiji, without detailed locality: Milne 5a (K).
TONGA: Vavau: Crosby (K). Toncatranu: Near Mua, Setchell & Parks
15245 (GH, K, US) ; Ha’amoga, Setchell & Parks 15369 (GH, K, US). Tonga,
without detailed locality: McKern 104 (Bish), 111 (Bish).
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 485
TONGA or FIJI, without detailed locality: U. 8. Expl. Exped. (NY, US 15573).
NIUE: Near Tamakautoga Village, Yuncker 9755 (fragm. US) ; on cliffs neal,
sea, South of Alofi, Yuncker 10192 (fragm. US).
Distrisution: As shown above, the species occurs in Fiji, Tonga,
and on Niue. In Fiji it seems to occur only on the smaller eastern
islands of the group, the records for Viti Levu being from cultivated
plants; in my observation it is generally found on limestone soil at
low elevations, in forest or in thickets. It has been noted as a shrub
or slender tree up to 10 m. in height, perhaps rarely larger. The
fragrant flowers are brown to yellowish or greenish brown, and the
fruit orange or russet-yellow.
Loca, NAMES AND uses: Throughout its range this plant is known
as langakali (often lwangakali in Tonga, langakali thavuthavu on
Kambara and perhaps elsewhere). Wherever it occurs the people
use its inflorescences in making floral necklaces for festive occasions,
and also indicate that the inflorescences and fruits are used to scent
coconut oil. On the islands of the Lau group in Fiji, the elusive
fragrance of the inflorescence of this plant is highly prized, and
dancers consider its presence in their necklaces to be essential; hence
my specific epithet “of the dancers.”
The specimens that I now associate with the new species have been
variously named in herbaria. In 1936 I considered this entity identical
with A. samoensis, but more careful study shows that the two are not
very closely related, having quite different types of indument, while
- the petals are glabrous in one case and copiously pilose in the other.
Aglaia saltatorum actually is closely related only to two other new
species, one from the Wallis Islands and one from Tonga; points of
difference among these three novelties are indicated in my key.
The species is not entirely uniform throughout its range. The
Tongan specimens and those from Niue tend to have the lowermost
leaflets somewhat broader in proportion than the Fijian ones, while
the indument of the lower surfaces of leaflets is more persistent in
Tonga than it is in the Lau Group of Fiji. However, the cited speci-
mens from Viti Levu (cultivated) are similar to those from Tonga,
which may merely indicate that the introduction was made by some
of the Tongans who settled in parts of Fiji and superposed their
traditions on the Fijian ones. The cited specimen from Koro is the
least typical one, having very large leaves with fairly persistent
indument and a much reduced inflorescence. In general, however,
the species is very well marked and reasonably consistent. I am
indebted to Prof. T. G. Yuncker for the privilege of examining two
of his specimens from Niue; a third number collected by him, No.
10131, was not seen in connection with the present study but it doubt-
less represents the same species.
486 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
5. Aglaia (§ Euaglaia) heterotricha A. C. Sm. sp. nov,
» Arbor A. saltatorum supra descriptae affinis, foliortn foliolis in-
ferioribus magnitudine haud reductis, indumento ramulorum juvenil-
ium et foliorum rhachi et foliolorum costa lepidoto (indumento alibi
stellato-piloso), filamentorum tubo extus stellato-piloso differt.
Tree, the branchlets terete, slender; indument of young branchlets,
petioles, leaf-rachises, and costa of leaflets on lower surface lepidote,
the scales membranaceous, 0.1-0.15 mm, in diameter, composed of
40-50 adnate rays free only at the erosulous scale-margin; leaves T-
foliolate (always?), up to 55 em. long, the petiole 15-20 cm. long, con-
spicuously swollen at base, subterete like rachis; leaflets opposite, the
petiolules 7-17 mm. long (of terminal leaflet to 20 mm. long), the
blades papyraceous, greenish olivaceous when dried, elliptic (ter-
minal ones slightly obovate), 15-25 em. long, 7-10 cm. broad (lower
ones on distal leaves sometimes smaller), obtuse or acute at base,
apparently obtuse or obtusely cuspidate at apex, punctate on both sur-
faces and usually with a few persistent scattered trichomes beneath
(these with 30-40 rays free nearly to middle), the costa nearly plane
or slightly raised above, prominent beneath, the secondary nerves
usually 12-15 per side, subspreading, slightly curved, nearly plane
above, raised beneath, the veinlets often prominulous beneath, 1m-
mersed above; inflorescences axillary, paniculate, freely branched
(apparently from near base), many-flowered, the indument (on
branches, pedicels, and calyx) stellate, the hairs with 80-40 rays free
in the distal half; bracts and bracteoles minute; pedicels slender, at -
anthesis about 0.4 mm. in diameter and 0.5-1 mm. long; calyx sub-
membranaceous, rotate, about 1.5 mm. in diameter, deeply 5-lobed, the
stellate hairs toward the margins with only 10-15 rays free nearly
to base, the lobes oblong, 0.5-0.7 mm. long, subacute; petals 5, thin-
carnose, imbricate, oblong, 1.5-1.8 mm. long, 0.8-1.8 mm. broad, sub-
acute, stellate-pilose without except at margins (hairs about 0.1 mm.
in diameter, with 10-20 rays free in distal half) ; androecium urceo-
late, about 1.2 mm. long and 1.5 mm. in diameter, the filaments firmly
connate into a tube, this closely but copiously pilose without (hairs
minute, with 10-20 rays free nearly to base), the anthers inserted
within the tube, oblong, about 0.5 mm. long; ovary minute, pilose like
petals.
Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, No. 1527045, collected on the plateau on
Eua Island, Tonga, in June or July 1926, by H. FE. Parks (No. 16305). Duplicates
at Bish, BM, K.
The single collection here described is closely related only to A.
saltatorum, differing in its pilose filament-tube, the scarcely reduced
lower leaflets of its leaves, and the diversity of its indument. In A.
saltatorum the indument is uniformly stellate-pilose, the rays of the
A. C. SMITH! PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 487
hairs being free nearly to the base. This is the type of hair which
occurs on the inflorescences and on the leaf-surfaces of A. heterotricha,
but on the branchlets, leaf-rachises, and costas this species has a lepi-
dote indument not unlike that of A. samoensis. Because of the
presence of scales, the new species is also placed in the first part of
my key, but it seems more closely related to A. saltatorum than to
such species as A. samoensis and A. awillaris. Aglaia saltatorum,
although occurring on Vavau and Tongatabu, has not yet been col-
lected on Eua Island.
6. Aglaia (§ Hearnia) vitiensis A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 80. fig. 47.
1936,
In connection with the original description of this species I cited
five collections. One of these, Smith 728 from Taveuni, has the flow-
ers of § Euaglaia and must surely be referred to A. awillaris, while all
the others except the type probably also represent A. awillaris, al-
though they are in fruit. Again, in 1942 (in Sargentia 1: 42) I cited
five additional collections as A. vitiensés, but I am now inclined to place
four of these in either A. a@illaris or the new species described below,
A. gracilis. The difficulties of distinguishing these three species, in
the absence of flowering material, have been discussed above under A.
axillaris. To the typical form of A. vitiensis I can refer with reason-
able certainty only the type and two additional collections.
However, a more abundant small-leaved form is evident in Fiji,
which has flowers identical with those of A. vitiensis, being clearly of
§ Hearnia; although this form is not specifically separable, it seems to
merit varietal recognition. The two varieties of A. vitiensis may be
differentiated as follows:
Leaves up to 45 em. long, the lateral leaflets (lowermost sometimes slightly re-
duced) 10-20 em. long and 4.5-7.5 em. broad, with 12-15 secondary nerves
per side, the terminal leaflet similar or larger, up to 21 18 em., with 12-17
secondary nerves per side___----_-~----------------------- var. vitiensis
Lenves less than 30 cm. long, the lateral leaflets (8-) 4-10.5 cm. long and (1.2-)
2-45 em. broad, with 6-12 secondary nerves per side, the terminal leaflet
essentially similar___--_----------------------- (eee var. minor
6a. Aglaia vitiensis var. vitiensis.
Typr Locatiry : Koro, Fiji; type, Smith 981, cited below.
Disrripution : Fiji, known with certainty only from Viti Levu and
Koro, at elevations up to 750m. The plant is a tree, as much as 23 m.
tall, with brownish flowers.
FIJI: Virt Levu: Mba: Sovutawambu, near Nandarivatu, Degener 14666 (A,
Bish, K, NY, US). Naitasiri or Rewa: Central Road, near Suva, Tothill 518
(Bish, K). Koro: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 981 (Bish Type, GH, K,
NY, US).
488 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
A glaia vitiensis and A. samoensis, with which I originally compared
it, belong to different sections of the genus and are not closely related,
although both have a copious lepidote indument which causes a super-
ficial similarity. Actually, A. vitiensis is a very distinct species,
closely related only to the following, A. gracilis.
6b. Aglaia vitiensis var. minor A. C. Sm. var. nov.
Arbor parva vel mediocris indumento et inflorescentia varietate
typica similis, foliis minoribus, foliolorum nervis secundariis pauciori-
bus differt.
Tree, usually small, rarely to 20 m. high, the leaves 5-11-foliolate,
up to 30 cm. long, the terminal leaflet essentially like the upper lateral
ones; petiolules 3-11 mm. long, the leaflet-blades (3-) 4-10.5 cm.
long, (1.2-) 2-4.5 cm. broad, with 6-12 lateral nerves per side; inflor-
escence as in var. vitiensis, 83-15 cm. long, usually many-flowered.
Type in the U. 8S. National Herbarium, No. 1674996, collected in dense forest
on Mt. Kasi, Yanawai River region, Province of Thakaundrove, Vanua Levu,
Fiji, alt. 300-430 m., May 10, 1934, by A. C. Smith (No. 1788). Duplicates at
ltish, K, GH, NY, ete.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED!
FIJI: VirTt Levu: “Between Vienunga and Namoali,’ Horne 858 (GH, K).
Mba: Northern portion of Mt. Evans Range, between Mt. Vatuyanitu and Mt.
Natondra, Smith 4875 (A, US); Mt. Nanggaranambuluta [Lomalangi], east of
Nandarivatu, Greenwood 852 (A, NY, US), Smith 4834 (A, US); Mt. Tomanivi
[Mt. Victoria], Smith 5096 (A, US). Ra: Ridge from Mt. Namama toward Mt.
Tomanivi, Smith 5726 (A, US). Nandronga & Navosa: Northern portion of
Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5405 (A, US);
between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5556 (A, US). Namosi: Mt. Naitarandamu,
Gillespie 3348 (Bish, GH); Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2784 (Bish, GH). Naitasiri
ov Rewa: Central Road, near Suva, Tothill 519b (Bish, K). Rewa: Mt. Korom-
bamba, Meebold 16793 (Bish). Ovarau: Near summit of main range west of
Levuka, Gillespie 4487 (Bish). Wanvua Levu: Thakaundrove: East of Naun-
duna, Yanawai River region, Degener € Ordonez 14084 (A, Bish, K, NY, US);
eastern slope of Mt. Ndikeva, Smith 1900 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Moaa: Near
Maloku, Smith 1337 (Bish, GH, Kk, NY, US).
Disrripution : As indicated above, the variety is apparently limited
to Fiji, being known from the islands of Viti Levu, Ovalau, Vanua
Levu, and Moala, at elevations of near sea level to 1,200 m., usually
occurring in dense forest. The specimens are from compact or slender
trees usually 8-15 m. in height (rarely as much as 20 m.); the in-
florescence is brown and the fruit orange or orange-brown.
Loca names: Lindiyango (interior Viti Levu) ; ¢havuthavu (Vanua
Levu and Moala).
In inflorescence characters this entity scarcely differs from typical
A, vitiensis, but, because of its consistently smaller and fewer-nerved
leaflets, I believe that it merits varietal status. It is the more com-
mon form of A. vitiensis. Although specimens from the higher ele-
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 489
vations fall into var. minor, it also occurs downward nearly to sea level,
and the small leaves do not appear fundamentally concomitant with
higher altitudes. Several of the cited collections have been identified
as A. elegans, but the similarity is no more than superficial, the type
of indument being entirely different.
7. Aglaia (§ Hearnia) gracilis A. C, Sm. sp. nov.
? Dysoxylum obliquum Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 13 (excl. fig. 15).
1931; non Aglaia obliqua White & Francis (1927).
? Didymocheton obliquum Harms in Nat. Pfl. ed. 2. 19b1: 157. 1940.
Frutex vel arbor gracilis A. vétiensi aflinis, inflorescentia compacta,
petalis glabris minoribus, filamentorum tubo minuto, foliolorum
laminis lanceolato-oblongis apice rotundatis vel late obtusis distin-
guitur; ab A. evillari antheris in filamentorum tubum marginalibus,
petalis glabris, et foliolorum forma differt.
Slender tree or simple-stemmed shrub 2-4 m. high, the branchlets
slender, terete; indument of young parts, petioles, leaf-rachises, and
leaflets lepidote, the scales membranaceous, 0.1-0.15 mm. in diameter,
composed of 40-60 adnate rays free only at the erosulous scale-margin ;
leaves 7- or 9-foliolate (rarely 5-foliolate), 15-42 cm. long, the petiole
3-7 em. long, conspicuously swollen at base, slightly flattened or
shallowly canaliculate above like the rachis; leaflets opposite or sub-
opposite, the petiolules 2-8 mm. long (of terminal leaflet to 10 mm.
long), the blades papyraceous, drying greenish brown, lanceolate-
oblong, the terminal and upper lateral ones subsimilar, 7-20 cm. long,
9-5.5 em. broad (lowermost ones sometimes reduced to 51.5 cm.),
acute or obtuse at base (lower ones sometimes rounded), rounded or
broadly obtuse at apex, obscurely punctate on both sides and at length
elabrate except for scattered subpersistent scales on the costa beneath,
the costa impressed above, prominent beneath, the secondary nerves
8-18 per side, spreading, slightly curved, plane or faintly impressed
above, elevated beneath, the veinlets immersed on both sides or plane
but evident beneath; inflorescences axillary or arising from stem below
leaves, compact, few-flowered, at anthesis scarcely exceeding 1 cm. in
length, the indument (on branches, pedicels, and calyx) lepidote, the
scales like those of vegetative parts but with fewer and less highly
adnate rays, the flowers soon essentially glabrate; bracts and brac-
teoles oblong, obtuse, 0.5 mm. long or less; pedicels slender, about 0.5
mm. in diameter, at anthesis 1-1.5 mm. long; calyx rotate, about 2
mm. in diameter, deeply 5-lobed, the lobes oblong, 0.6-0.8 mm. long,
obtuse, minutely glandular-margined; petals 5, imbricate, thin-car-
nose, suborbicular, 1.8-1.5 mm. long, 1-1.8 mm. broad, glabrous,
rounded at apex; androecium 1-1.2 mm. high and about 1.5 mm. in
diameter, the filaments connate into a minute carnose tube about 0.5
mm. long, undulate at margin, the anthers marginal, suberect or
490 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
slightly incurved, oblong-deltoid, about 0.7 mm. long; ovary minute,
copiously lepidote, the stigma carnose, faintly emarginate; fruiting
inflorescences small (scarcely 3 cm. long including fruits), the fruits
few or often solitary and terminal on an apparently simple peduncle,
the calyx persistent, remaining small; fruit ovoid-ellipsoid, at matu-
rity 1.5-2 em. long and 1-1.5 em. broad, obtuse at both ends or rounded
at base, the pericarp thin, persistently lepidote, the seeds oblong-
ellipsoid, about 136 mm., rounded at both ends, flattened ventrally.
Type in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum, collected in dense forest on
the western slopes of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta [Lomalangi], east of Nandarivatu,
Province of Mba, Viti Levu, Fiji, alt. 850-1,000 m., Oct. 2, 1947, by A. C. Smith
(No. 6325). Duplicate at US.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
FIJI: VitTt Levu: Mba: Summit of Mt. Koroyanitu, high point of Mt. Evans
Range, Smith 4208 (A); Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4161 (Bish, GH), ? Gillespie
4316 (Bish type of Dysorylum obliquum, GH); Tholo-i-Nandarivatu, Gillespie
3951 (Bish, GH, NY); ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta [Lomalangi] and
Mt. Namama, east of Nandarivatu, Smith 4991 (A, US) ; Nauwanga, near Nan-
darivatu, Degener 14689 (A).
Disrriution: The few specimens known of this species come from
northern Viti Levu, all except one from the general vicinity of Nan-
darivatu, from elevations of 750-1,200 m. The habitat reported is
dense forest, and the plants are slender trees or simple-stemmed shrubs
2-4 m. high, with white petals and bright orange fruit.
Loca name: Lindiyango (more or less generic in parts of Viti
Levu).
The difficulties of distinguishing this species from A. aaillaris and
A. vitiensis have been discussed above, but actually it is a well-marked
entity and the cited specimens are referred here with reasonable con-
fidence, although only the type bears flowers. The only questionable
specimen referred here is the type collection of Dysovylum obliquum,
which, as T have mentioned in Sargentia 1: 42.1942, was based upon
a confused concept. However, only the type collection is concerned in
the nomenclature. Unfortunately this type collection, in fruit, is
difficult to place accurately, although I think that it very likely repre-
sents A. gracilis rather than A. vitiensis (to which I referred it in
1942) or A. awillaris. At any rate, the epithet od/iqua is not available
in Aglaia, so that rather than base the present concept and a new name
upon Gillespie’s type (the identity of which may remain open to
question), I think it best to propose a new species to which Gillespie’s
binomial may be questionably referred. Gillespie’s figure 15, pub-
lished in connection with his original description, is not referable to
A. gracilis. The habit sketch and the seed drawings (f, 7) may repre-
sent A. axillaris or A. vitiensis, but. the floral details (a-e) picture
Dysoxylum lenticellare.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 491
Aglaia gracilis is distinguished not only by its compact inflorescence,
glabrous petals, and lanceolate-oblong leaflets, but also by its charac-
teristic slender habit and its comparatively fugacious indument; the
calyx is deeply lobed and, with the pedicel, bears very few scales soon
after anthesis.
8. Aglaia (§ Hearnia) amplexicaulis A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 78.
fig. 39. 19386.
Tyre vocatiry: Kandavu, Fiji; type, A. C. Smith 156, cited below.
Distrinution: Fiji, thus far known only from Viti Levu and Kan-
davu, at elevations of 200-450 m. The species has been collected in
dense forest and noted either as a tree 10 m. high or a shrub 1-2 m.
high; the petals are yellowish brown.
FIJI: Virr Levu: Nandronga & Navosa: Southern slopes of Nausori High-
lands, in drainage of Namosi Creek above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4718 (A, US).
Kanpavu: Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 156 (Bish Type, GH,
K, NY, US).
This very distinct species is at once distinguished by its simple, sub-
sessile, cordate-amplexicaul leaves and its sparse, stellate indument of
uniformly branched hairs. Since the species was originally based on
a fruiting specimen, it is a satisfaction to have a second collection in
flower; this indicates that the species falls into § Zearnia. The fol-
lowing notes, based mostly upon Smith 4718, supplement the original
description :
Indument of young parts and lower surface of leaf-costa sparse,
stellate, the hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. in diameter, composed of 10-20 rays
free nearly to base or at least in the distal half; leaves often glabrate,
the blades as small as 9X2 cm. or rarely less, with 15-80 pairs of sec-
ondary nerves; inflorescences axillary to uppermost leaves, paniculate,
at anthesis 4-5 cm. long, few-branched and few-flowered, sparsely
stellate-pilose like vegetative parts; bracts lanceolate-oblong, 1.5-2
mim. long, obtuse, the bracteoles similar but about 0.5 mm. long; pedi-
cels at anthesis 2-3.5 mm. long, the flowers about 2.5 mm. in diameter};
calyx-lobes oblong-deltoid, subacute, 0.8-1 mm. long; petals 5, elliptic-
obovate, 2-2.2 mm. long, about 1.5 mm. broad, rounded at apex,
scariose-margined, pilose without toward base like calyx, otherwise
glabrous; androecium about 1.8 mm. long and 2.2 mm. in diameter,
the filaments connate in a carnose glabrous tube about 1 mm. long, the
anthers 5, marginal, suberect, deltoid-ellipsoid, about 1 mm. long;
ovary pilose like calyx, the stigma large, carnose, bilobed.
9. Aglaia (§ Hearnia?) elegans Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 11. fig. 12. 1981.
Tyre Locatiry: Tamavua, Province of Naitasiri, Viti Levu, Fiji;
type, Gillespie 2005, cited below.
492 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Disrrisution: Fiji, thus far known only from Viti Levu, at eleva-
tions from near sea-level up to 1,075 m. The species occurs in dense
forest and is reported as a tree up to 7 m. in height, with a brown
fruit.
Loca NAME: Gillespie records the name /:az toa, which I have not
otherwise noted for Aglaia in Fiji.
FIJI: Vrrr Levu: Mba: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 1142 (A, Bish) ; upper
slopes of Mt. Koromba [Pickering Peak], Smith 4664 (A, US), Naitasiri:
Tamavua woods, Gillespie 2005 (Bish rypr, GH, K, NY, US), 2138 (Bish, GH) ;
vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3564 (Bish, GH) ; Central road, 8 miles from Suva,
MacDaniels 1143 (Bish). Rewa: Vicinity of Suva, Tothill 93 (Bish, K).
Of the seven collections originally cited by Gillespie, four are refer-
able to A. vitiensis var. minor, as are several more recent collections
that have been identified as A. elegans. Actually these two entities
bear only a superficial resemblance, differing fundamentally in type
of indument. The stellate hairs of the vegetative parts and of the
fruiting inflorescence of A. elegans are about 0.15 mm. in diameter,
composed of 15-20 rays free nearly to base; these rays are fairly uni-
form in length and under high magnification are seen to be several-
celled.
Although Gillespie did not have flowering material of A. elegans,
he referred to it § Zuaglaia. Flowering specimens are still not avail-
able, and accurate reference to a section is not possible. However, in
view of the apparent relationship between this species and the follow-
ing, I am more inclined provisionally to place A. elegans in § Hearnia.
10. Aglaia (§ Hearnia) venusta A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Frutex habitu gracili, foliis parvis, foliolis lanceolato-oblongis apice
rotundatis, inflorescentia compacta, petalis pilosis, antheris parvis
marginalibus, fructu saepe solitario distinguitur; A. eleganté videtur
affinis, foliolis plerumque numerosioribus et minoribus (haud 2 em.
latis) differt.
Slender shrub to 4 m. in height, the branchlets slender, terete,
at length glabrate and cinereous; indument of young parts, petioles,
leaf-rachises, and leaflets stellate, the hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. in diameter,
composed of 8-17 several-celled rays free nearly to base; leaves 7- or
9-foliolate, 12-18 cm. long, the petiole 2-4 cm. long, slightly swollen
at base, like the rachis very slender and subterete; leaflets opposite
or subopposite, the petiolules very slender, 3-6 mm. long (of terminal
leaflet to 8 mm. long), the blades papyraceous, dark green when dried,
lanceolate-oblong, the terminal and upper lateral ones similar, 4-7
cm. long, 1.2-2 em. broad (lowermost ones sometimes slightly smaller),
inequilaterally obtuse or nearly rounded at base, rounded at apex,
obscurely punctate on both surfaces with minute pits indicating hair-
attachments, soon glabrate except for persistent indument on costa
A. C. SMITH! PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 493
beneath, the costa plane or slightly impressed above, strongly elevated
beneath, the secondary nerves 9-13 per side, spreading, inconspicuously
anastomosing, nearly plane above, prominulous beneath, the veinlet-
reticulation obscure or faintly prominulous; inflorescences axillary,
compact, few-flowered, not more than 1.5 em. long at anthesis, the
indument (on rachis, pedicels, calyx, and petals) like that of vegeta-
tive parts; bracts and bracteoles oblong, 1 mm. or Jess long; pedicels
up to 1mm. long; calyx cupuliform, about 2.5 mm. in diameter, 5-lobed,
the lobes carnose, oblong, 1-1.2 mm. long, rounded at apex; petals 5,
imbricate, carnose, suborbicular, 1-1.5 mm. long and broad (not quite
mature), glabrous only toward margins: androecium about 1 mm.
high and 1.5 mm, in diameter, the filaments carnose, connate into a
glabrous tube 0.3-0.5 mm. long, the anthers erect from margin of
tube, subglobose-deltoid, about 0.5 mm. long; ovary minute, pilose like
calyx, the stigma subcapitate; fruiting inflorescences small, the fruits
often solitary on apparently simple peduncles, the calyx persistent,
slightly accrescent; fruit ellipsoid, at maturity about 2 cm. long and
1.3 cm. broad, rounded at both ends, the pericarp thin, brittle, closely
velutinous-stellate-pilose, the seeds 1 or 2, ellipsoid, up to 139 mm.,
rounded at both ends, ventrally flattened.
Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, No. 1676177, collected in dense forest
on the southwestern slope of Mt. Mbatini, Province of Thakaundrove, Vanua
Levu, Fiji, alt. 300-700 m., Nov. 28, 1933, by A. C. Smith (No. 616). Duplicates
at Bish, GH, K, NY, ete.
The only known collection was from a slender shrub 4 m. high, the
recorded local name being Auda; the fruit is red, becoming brown at
maturity. On the basis of its indument and other vegetative charac-
ters, this species can be related only to the preceding, A. elegans, but
since no flowers are yet known for that species a careful comparison
cannot now be made. Assuming that A. elegans also belongs to
§ Hearnia, perhaps only the very slender habit and reduced size of
leaflets will serve to differentiate my new species; on the basis of
available material I think that it should not be combined with the
older entity.
11. Aglaia (§ Hearnia?) basiphylla A. Gray, Bot. U. 8. Expl. Exped. 1: 237, 1854;
C. Muell. in Walp. Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 387. 1857; Seem. Fl. Vit. 37. 1865.
Tyre Locariry: Ovalau, Fiji; type collected by U. S. Exploring
Expedition, cited below.
Distrinution : Fiji, thus far known with certainty only from the
island of Ovalau. The Gillespie specimen bears the altitudinal note
of 500 m., but no data pertaining to habit or habitat are available,
FIJI: Ovarav: U. 8. Expl. Exped. (GH, US 15569 Type) ; vicinity of Levuka,
overland trail to the west coast, Gillespie 4342.1 (Bish).
494 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
In the arrangement proposed in my key, this is the first of the species
from our region having the trichome-rays comparatively long and
diverse in length. It shares this character with the four species imme-
diately following. No flowers are known for A. basiphylla, but the
other four species with this type of indument all belong to § Hearnia.
For convenience, because its trichomes occasionally bear rays of inter-
mediate length, A. psilopetala (§ Euaglaia) has also been keyed in
this relationship, although its true affinity is doubtless with
A, samoensis and A. saltatorum.
12. Aglaia (§ Hearnia) greenwoodii A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus, Bull. 141: 79. fig.
40. 1936.
Type tocaturry: Near Wainikoro, Province of Mathuata, Vanua
Levu, Fiji; type, Greenwood 500A, cited below.
Distrisution: Fiji, thus far known from Viti Levu and Vanua
Levu, at elevations from near sea level up to 850 m., occurring in open
or dense forest. The species is usually reported as a tree, often slender,
5-12 m. high or perhaps larger, rarely as a shrub as low as 1 m. in
height. The flower-buds are greenish white, the petals at anthesis
being brown without and yellow within; the fruit is bright red or
reddish orange or brown.
LocAL NAMES AND USES: Recorded local names are tawatawa (region
of Nalotawa), tombuthe (in Ra), malandamu (Wainunu River,
Thakaundrove), and waithavuthavu (Mathuata). In Ra, Degener
noted that the wood was used for house building, while I was in-
formed that in Mathuata the trunks of saplings are used to make
spears.
FIJI: Vrrt Levu: Mba: Mountains near Lautoka, western slopes of Mt. Evans
Range, Greenwood 1067 (A, Bish, US); vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of
Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4455 (A, US); Nandala, near Nandarivatu, Degener
14874 (A, Bish, K, NY, US); hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks,
along trail from Nandarivatu toward Lewa, Smith 6201 (A, US). Ra:
Mataimeravula, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15334 (A, Bish, K, NY,
US). Namosi: Slopes of Mt. Voma, Gillespie 2470 (Bish) ; vicinity of Namua-
mua, Gillespie 3068 (Bish). Naitasiri: Tamavua, Yeoward 620 (K); near
Nasinu, Greenwood 1137 (A). VANuA Levu: Mbua: Lower Wainunu River
Valley, Smith 1738 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Mathuata: Near Wainikoro,
Greenwood 500A (K Ttrpr, NY fragment) ; near Lambasa, Greenwood 500 (K) ;
southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 63385 (A, US) ; Seang-
gangga Plateau, in drainage of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6720
(A, US). Thakaundrove-Mathuata boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, between
Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Smith 528 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US).
The cited specimens have sometimes been confused in herbaria with
A. elegans, but the two species are quite distinct in type of indument,
although superficially their foliage is somewhat similar. Actually,
the relationship of A. greenwoodii seems to be with A. basiphylla, but
this should not be positively stated because of the lack of flowers for
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 495
the latter species. The presence of a pair of basal stipule-simulating
leaflets on the leaves of A. basiphylla distinguishes that species, to
which, on the basis of foliage alone, A. greenwoodii is admittedly close.
13. Aglaia (§ Hearnia) fragilis A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 45. 1942.
Tyre tocarity: Nauwanga, near Nandarivatu, Province of Mba,
Viti Levu, Fiji; type, Degener 14680, cited below.
DistrisuTion: Thus far known only from the vicinity of Nanda-
rivatu, Viti Levu, at elevations of 750-1,200 m., reported as an under-
shrub or as a small tree up to 5 m. in height, occurring in dense and
often wet forest.
FIJI: Vitr Levu: Mba: Nauwanga, near Nandarivatu, Degener 14680 (A
TYPE, Bish, K, NY, US); Nandarivatu, 7J’othill 91 (K), Parks 20741 (Bish),
Gillespie 3691 (Bish); near summit of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta [Lomalangi],
Gillespie 3794 (Bish); hills east of Nandala Creek, about 3 miles south of
Nandarivatu, Smith 5987 (A, US).
This well-marked and apparently very local species is closely re-
lated only to the preceding, A. greenwoodit, from which it differs, as
noted in my key, in its fewer and more persistently pilose leaflets, of
which the lateral ones are conspicuously smaller than the terminal.
Its leaves, however, do not bear the essentially basal reduced leaflets
which characterize those of A. basiphylla.
14, Aglaia (§ Hearnia) archboldiana A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 44. 1942.
Tyre Locauity: Vicinity of Ngaloa, Province of Serua, Viti Levu,
Fiji; type, Degener & Ordonez 18705, cited below.
Distripution : Known only from Viti Levu, at elevations from near
sea level up to 970 m., usually in dense forest. The collections are noted
as trees, usually slender, up to 10 m. in height; the indument through-
out is a light brown.
Locan naMEs: Sasawira (noted by Degener) ; kali (noted by Gilles-
pie, but the name more often refers to Myristica spp.).
FIJI: Viti Levu: Mba: Immediate vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3709 (A,
Bish), Smith 5046 (A, US) ; Mt. Matomba, Nandala, near Nandarivatu, Degener
14506 (A, Bish, K, NY, US) ; hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, along
trail from Nandarivatu toward Lewa, Smith 6199 (A, US) ; hills east of Nandala
Creek, about 3 miles south of Nandarivatu, Smith 5928 (A, US); hills between
Nggaliwana and Nandala Creeks, south of Nauwanga, Smith 5829 (A, US).
Serua: Greenwood 1020 (A, K); vicinity of Ngaloa, Degener & Ordonez 13705
(A TYPE, Bish, K, NY, US).
Aglaia archboldiana has no close relatives except the following spe-
cles, A. parksit. These two allied species of § Hearnia are of the gen-
eral affinity of A. greenwoodii and its allies, but their very large leaves
immediately distinguish them. My original description of the petals
as glabrous was inaccurate, as at least the outer petals are sparsely
pilose toward the base without.
967965 —52-————3
496 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
15. Aglaia (§ Hearnia) parksii A. C. Sm. in Bull. Torrey Club 70: 541. 1943, in
Journ, Arn, Arb. 27: 820. 1946.
Type Locauiry: Tholo-i-Suva, Province of Naitasiri, Viti Levu,
Fiji; type, Parks 20076, cited below.
Disrrmurion: Thus far collected only in southeastern Viti Levu, in
dense forest at elevations of 200 m. or less; the plants are trees up to
6 m. in height, with a brownish ferruginous indument.
FIJI: Vitt Levu: Naitasiri: Tholo-i-Suva, Parks 20076 (A fragm., Bish TYPE) ;
near Nasinu, Greenwood 1136 (A).
This apparently local species is related only to A. archboldiana, dit-
fering in the characters noted in my key. Greenwood 1136 bears young
inflorescences which are, however, sufficiently developed to show that
the species belongs in § earnia; the petals are pilose (hairs 0.2-0.25
mm. in diameter, with about 15 rays free nearly to base, the rays only
occasionally as long as 0.5 mm.) in the basal half without, glabrous
distally ; the anthers are definitely marginal on the filament-tube.
16. Aglaia haplophylla A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Arbor parva foltis simplicibus petiolatis basi obtusis vel acutis, 1n-
dumento copioso partum novellarum et inflorescentiae compactae
lepidoto distinguitur; indumento A. awillari, A. vitiensi, et A. gracili
similis, foliis simplicibus valde differt.
Tree 7m. high, the branchlets slender, terete, the older ones brownish
or cinereous, rugulose ; young parts copiously lepidote with cinnamon-
brown scales, these membranaceous, 0.1-0.15 mm. in diameter, com-
posed of 40-60 rays adnate except at the erosulous margin of the scale ;
leaves simple, with the lepidote indument persisting on the petiole and
costa (at least beneath), otherwise soon glabrate; petioles slender, 1-2
cm. long, flattened or shallowly grooved above, swollen at base and
apex; leaf-blades papyraceous, drying dull green, oblanceolate-elliptic
or narrowly oblong-elliptic, 7-11 cm. long, 2-4 cm. broad, obtuse at
base, rounded or broadly obtuse at apex, recurved at margin, copiously
but obscurely punctate on both surfaces with pits indicating scale-
attachments, the costa impressed above, prominent beneath, the second-
ary nerves 9-13 per side, spreading, anastomosing near margins, plane
and inconspicuous above, slightly elevated beneath, the veinlets im-
mersed; inflorescences axillary toward apices of branchlets, solitary,
2-3 cm. long in young fruit, few-flowered (flowers not seen but young
fruits usually 2-4 per inflorescence), uniformly and copiously lepidote
like the young vegetative parts throughout (branches, pedicels,
bracteoles, calyx, and ovary) ; bracteoles lanceolate, 1-1.5 mm. long;
pedicels in young fruit about 1.5 mm. long; calyx 3-4 mm. in diameter,
the lobes oblong, 0.8-1 mm. long, obtuse; young fruit ellipsoid, rounded
at both ends, the locules 2, each with 2 ovules.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 497
Type in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum, collected in dense forest on
the ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta [Lomalangi] and Mt. Namama, east
of Nandarivatu, Province of Mba, Viti Levu, Fiji, alt. 1,050-1,120 m., Aug. 18,
1947, by A. C. Smith (No. 5683). Duplicate at US.
The only available specimen is indicated as a tree 7 m. high.
Although no flowers are available, the specimen clearly represents a
new species, being sharply characterized by its simple leaves. The
lepidote indument and the leaf-texture indicate a relationship with A.
axillaris, A. vitiensis, and A. gracilis, all of which occur in the same
general area but have compound leaves. Without flowers it is not
possible to place A. haplophylla in a section, but it is obviously more
closely related to one of the mentioned species than it is to A. amplewi-
caulis, the only other simple-leaved Ag/ata thus far known from
Fiji.
17. Aglaia evansensis A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Frutex vel arbor gracilis, indumento sparso stellato (pilorum
ramulis parvis uniformibus), foliis parvis 3- vel 5-foliolatis, foliolis
lateralibus valde reductis, infimis folii rhachi basalibus stipulis simu-
lantibus, inflorescentia compacta pauciflora distinguitur; indumento
A. eleganti et A. venusta subsimilis, foliorum forma valde differt.
Shrub or slender tree to 8 m. in height, the branchlets slender,
terete, subflexuose distally, soon glabrate and cinereous; indument of
young parts, leaf-rachises, and leaflets stellate, the hairs 0.1-0.2 mm.
in diameter, composed of 12-20 rays fairly uniform in length and
free nearly to base; leaves 3- or 5-foliolate (or appearing simple due to
loss of the small basal leaflets), 7-17 cm. long, the petiole essentially
none, the rachis slender, terete, 1-5 cm. long; leaflets papyraceous,
drying pale green, eventually glabrate except for persistent hairs on
the costa beneath, the 2 or 4 lateral leaflets opposite, much reduced,
with petiolules 1-2 mm. long, the lowermost leaflets simulating
stipules, with suborbicular few-nerved blades 0.5-3 cm. long and nearly
as broad, the blades of the second pair of leaflets (if present) oblong-
elliptic, 1.5-4.5 cm. long and 1-2.5 em. broad, rounded at base, obtuse
at apex, with 4-8 pairs of secondary nerves, the terminal leaflet
with a swollen petiolule 2-4 mm. long and an oblong- or lanceolate-
elliptic blade, this 4-12 em. long, 2-5 cm. broad, broadly obtuse at base
and apex, the costa plane or slightly impressed above and prominent
beneath, the secondary nerves 6-15 per side, spreading, plane above,
raised beneath, the veinlets obscure or faintly prominulous beneath;
inflorescences (seen only before and after anthesis) axillary, com-
pact, few-flowered, up to 3.5 cm. long including fruit, the indument
(on rachis, pedicels, and calyx) like that of vegetative parts; pedicels
swollen, 2-2.5 mm. long; calyx persistent, 2-2.5 mm. in diameter, the
lobes 5, oblong-deltoid, obtuse, 0.7-1 mm. long; petals (very minute
498 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
on Greenwood 117) apparently glabrous, the stamens too undeveloped
to distinguish; fruits often reduced to 1 per inflorescence on an ap-
parently simple peduncle, ellipsoid, at maturity about 2 cm. long and
1.5 cm. broad, rounded at both ends, the pericarp thin, brittle, closely
stellate-pilose like the calyx, the seeds 1 or 2, ellipsoid, about 13*8
mm., rounded at both ends, flattened ventrally.
Type in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum, collected in dense low forest
on the eastern slopes of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Province of Mba, Viti
Levu, Fiji, alt. 950-1,050 m., May 1, 1947, by A. C. Smith (No, 4152). Dupli-
cate at US.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
FIJI: Vitt Levu: Mba: Mt. Evans Range [upper western slopes toward Lau-
toka and pear summit of Mt. Mbotilamu], Greenwood 117 (K), 1068 (A), 1072 (A,
Bish, US) ; slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4080
(A, US).
Distrisution: Apparently limited to the isolated Mt. Evans Range,
in northwestern Viti Levu, Fiji, at elevations of 900-1,180 m. The
plant is a slender shrub or tree 2-8 m. high, occurring in upper slope
forest of a dense, low type; the fruit is red.
In spite of the absence of mature flowers, which makes the assign-
ment of the plant to a section inadvisable, I venture to describe this
very distinct entity as new. It is at once distinguished by its small
leaves with greatly reduced lateral leaflets, the lowest of which are
basal on the rachis and simulate stipules. In having such basal leaflets
the species resembles A. bastphylla, while in size of leaves it suggests
A. fragilis, but both these species have indument of a different type,
the trichome-rays being frequently elongate. In pubescence the new
species suggests A. elegans and A. venusta, which are possibly its
closest relatives, but the reduced number and size and the position of
the lateral leaflets at once distinguish it. Although the leaves of A.
evansensis may appear unifoliolate, close examination discloses the
scars of the basal leaflets.
Aglaia sp.
Aglaia basiphylla sensu C. DC. in DC. Monogr. Phan. 1: 613. 1878, non A. Gray.
FIJI: Vitt LEvu: Ra: Mataimeravula, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, alt.
50-200 m., Degener 15422 (A, Bish, K, NY, US). Vanua Levu: Thakaundrove:
Hills west of Mbutha Bay, Natewa Peninsula, alt. 150-350 m., Smith 809 (Bish,
GH, K, NY, US) (langakali). Taveunr: Seemann 59 (GH, K).
The cited specimens, all in fruit, may be compared only with A.
greenwood; they have the same type of indument, but it is more
fugacious, persisting only sparsely on the costa of leaflets; their leaflets
tend to be more distinctly narrowed distally, oblong-ovate rather than
oblong-elliptic; the calyx in fruit is considerably smaller than in typi-
cal A. greenwoodii, the hairs of the calyx and inflorescence-branches
lacking the occasional long rays which characterize that species; the
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 499
indument is pale brown rather than deep cinnamon-colored. I suspect
that the cited material represents an undescribed species, but verifica-
tion from flowering specimens should be awaited.
Apparently de Candolle’s description of A. basiphylla, cited above,
was based entirely upon Seemann 59.
Aglaia sp.
FIJI: Vitt Levu: Mba: Mountains east of Lautoka [western base of Mt.
Evans Range], alt. 250 m., Greenivood 282 (K).
The cited specimen is indicated as a tree about 6 m. high; its leaves
are 18-25 cm. long, with 5 leaflets, these being lanceolate-elliptic and
up to about 12 X5 cm.; the indument consists of pale stellate hairs about
0.38 mm. in diameter, with 10-15 rays uniform in length and free to
base; the lower surface of leaflets is persistently and conspicuously
covered with hairs of this type.
The single specimen appears to represent an undescribed species of
the general relationship of A. elegans, but the persistence and large
size of the hairs, together with minor details of leaflet-shape and
texture, exclude it from that species. As the specimen is in young
fruit, it cannot be definitely assigned to a section of the genus.
Aglaia sp. (Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 116. 1935.)
SAMOA: Savarr: Forest above Matavanu Crater, alt. 1,030 m., Christophersen
é& Hume 2195 (Bish, NY, US).
Christophersen has briefly discussed this fruiting specimen, which
in indument agrees with A. samoensis, but which differs in having
leaves with only 1 or 2 pairs of lateral leaflets and in its larger fruits.
DYSOXYLUM BL
Dysoxylum Bl. Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 172. 1825.
Dysowylum has traditionally been divided into two well-marked
sections, Hudysorylum and Didymocheton, this arrangement having
been accepted by C. de Candolle (in DC. Monogr. Phan. 1: 480-528.
1878). Both groups were originally proposed by Blume as genera, a
separation which is maintained by Harms (in Nat. Pfl. ed. 2. 19b1:
156-166. 1940) and a few other students of the family. The separa-
tion of the groups is based wholly upon characters of the calyx, which
in Dysoaylum proper is gamosepalous (but often deeply lobed) and in
Didymocheton composed of separate imbricate sepals. In the species
of our region there is also a consistent difference in the indument of the
fruit, stated in the key. However, except for the calycine differences
the flowers of the two groups are fundamentally similar, with parallel
series of variations. In the present paper the more comprehensive
concept of Dysoaylum is maintained, following most recent workers.
In our area 13 species are recognizable, three of them being described
as new.
500 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
KEY TO THE SPECIES
Calyx gamosepalous but deeply lobed, subtended by 1-3 minute bracteoles not
forming a cupule; fruits glabrous at maturity (§ Hudysorylum).
Petals connate into a tube in the lower half or third and adnate to lower part
of staminal tube; leaflets sometimes with very short petiolules and with
the distal base of the blade rounded and touching the leaf-rachis.
Leaflet-blades densely and persistently soft-pilose beneath, the costa often
persistently pilose above; petiolules (on distal margin) usually 4-8 mm.
long; Fiji--_._____._..-----_------------------------ _-- 1. D. pilosum
Leaflet-blades soon glabrate on both surfaces (sometimes hispidulous when
juvenile but not soft-pilose) except for often persistently barbellate
nerve-axils beneath.
Flowers comparatively small and slender; calyx-lobes 0.5-0.7X0.7-1.4
mm.; corolla and staminal tube submembranaceous in texture; corolla
6-9 mm. long at anthesis; disk 2-2.5 mm. long, 0.5—-0.8 mm. in diameter,
glabrous; style 5-6.5 mm, long.
Leaves comparatively robust, 40-65 (-85) cm. long, the petioles 5-15
(-18) em, long; petiolules (on distal margin) usually 3-10 mm.
long; calyx-lobes 1-1.4 mm. broad; Fiji_---_-----_---_- 2. D. richii
Leaves less robust, 25-50 cm. long, the petioles 3-8 cm. long; petiolules
(on distal margin) usually 1-3 mm. long; calyx-lobes 0.7-1 mm.
broad; Tonga and Nine ________ we eee 3. D. forsteri
Flowers comparatively large; calyx-lobes 0.7-1.5%1.2-2.2 mm.; corolla
and staminal tube thin-carnose in texture; corolla 8-12 mm. long at
anthesis; disk 2-4 mm, long, 0.8-1.5 mm. in diameter, glabrous or
sometimes retrorse-strigose within; style usually S-10 mm. long;
petiolules of leaflets short, 1-5 mm. long (on distal margin) ; Samoa.
4. D. samoense
Petals free from each other and from staminal tube, or connate and adnate to
the tube only at extreme base; leaflets always obviously petiolulate, the
blades acute to rounded at base but the distal base scarcely touching the
leaf-rachis.
Leaflets densely strigose on costa and secondary nerves beneath; flowers
comparatively robust, the petals 9-11 mm. long and 4-8 mm. broad;
staminal tube 6-8 mm. long and about 6 mm. in diameter, the stamens
14 or 15, with anthers about 2.5 mm. long; Fiji_____-_ 5. D. myriandrum
Leaflets glabrous (perhaps strigillose when juvenile, persistently so in
no, 18); flowers less robust, the petals not more than 4.5 mm. broad;
stamens 10, with anthers less than 2 mm. long.
Calyx at anthesis 5-5.5 mm. in apical diameter, the lobes 1.8-2 « 2.5-3 mm. ;
petals 7.5-11*3-4.5 mm.; staminal tube 6-8.5 mm. long, 4-5 mm. in
diameter ; anthers 1-1.8 mm. long; disk 2—2.5 mm. long and in diameter,
retrorsely sericeous within; Samoa_____-______-______ 6. D. huntii
Calyx at anthesis not more than 3.5 mm, in apical diameter; petals not
exceeding 7.53 mm.; staminal tube not more than 6 mm. long and
3.5 mm. in diameter; anthers 0.8-1 mm. long; disk not exceeding 1.8
mm. in length and diameter.
Disk glabrous on both sides; calyx-lobes about 1%1-1.5 mm.; petals
5-6 <1.6-2 mm.; staminal tube about 4 mm. long; Fiji.
7. D. lenticellare
Species of this alliance, with elenticellate fruits arising from branch-
lets below leaves____._--_--_____-__-___ 13. D. gillespieanum
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 501
Disk minutely but copiously retrorse-sericeous within; calyx-lobes about
2X 2-2.5 mm.; petals 7-7.5 2-3 mm.; staminal tube 5-6 mm. long;
Tonga___--_______-_-___-_--------_---_---------- 8. D. tongense
Calyx with separate imbricate sepals, subtended by several to numerous brac-
teoles, these free but often forming a cupule and simulating sepals; fruits
at maturity minutely but very copiously and densely velutinous (§ Didy-
mocheton).
Petiolules conspicuous, 10-35 mm. long, the leaflet-blades large, 13-80 4.5-10.5
cm., glabrous at maturity, acute or obtuse at base and only slightly inequi-
lateral; leaves 50-100 em. long, with petioles up to 20 cm. long and with
138-21 leaflets; flowers comparatively large (corolla 15-16 mm. long at
anthesis, 5-lobed; stamens 10; disk about 5 mm. long) ; Fiji.
9. D. seemannii
Petiolules comparatively inconspicuous, 1-5 mm. long (on the shorter margin),
the leaflets often appearing subsessile, hardly exceeding 227 cm., usually
smaller.
Corolla 10-16 mm. long at anthesis, 5-lobed ; stamens 10; disk 4—5.5 mm. long,
retrorsely sericeous or strigillose within; style 9-13 mm. long; leaflet-
blades obviously inequilateral, rounded at base on the distal side (distal
half of blade longer than proximal half), glabrous at maturity or
persistently barbellate in nerve-axils on lower surface.
Leaflets usually 18-25 (rarely 11 or 27) ; Samoa___________ 10. D. maota
Leaflets 7 or 9; Fiji-----_----_--------_--------_-_---- 11. D. tenuiflorum
Corolla 5-10 mm. long at anthesis, often 3- or 4-lobed, sometimes 5-lobed ;
stamens 5 or 6, rarely 7; disk 2-3 mm. long, glabrous or very sparsely
strigose within; style 6-7.5 mm. long; leaflets (38—) 5-9, the blades only
slightly inequilateral, acute to obtuse at base (or, if inequilateral and
rounded, with the distal half of blade shorter than proximal half),
often persistently pilose on costa beneath; Fiji_---__-___- 12. D. hornei
1. Dysoxylum (§ Hudysorylum) pilosum A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 40. 1942.
? Dracontomelon pilosum Seem. FI. Vit. 52. 1865.
Tyre tocauiry: Near Lautoka [western base of Mt. Evans Range],
Province of Mba, Viti Levu, Fiji; type, Greenwood 396, cited below.
Distripution: Thus far known only from Viti Levu, Fiji, where
it occurs uncommonly at elevations up to 550 m., in forest or on dry
slopes. In western Viti Levu it characteristically occurs in forested
gullies on the flanks of grassy or deforested hills. The species is re-
ported as a tree 7-15 m. high.
FIJI: Virr Levu: Mba: Mountains near Lautoka [western base and slopes of
Mt. Evans Range], Greenwood 396 (A TYPE, K), 396C (A, K); north of Lomo-
lomo, near Lautoka, Degener & Ordonez 13715 (A, Bish, K, NY, US). Nandronga
& Navosa: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, in drainage of Namosi Creek
above Tumbenasolo, Smith 4589 (A, US) ; Naruku, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatu-
karasa, Degener 15310 (A, Bish, K, NY, US). Naitasiri: Viria, Meebold 16722
(K); near Nasinu, Greenwood 1133 (A). Rewa: Vicinity of Suva, Meebold
16907 (Bish).
Dysoxylum pilosum is readily distinguished from other species of
the genus in our region by the dense and persistent soft indument of
the lower surfaces of its leaflets. In other characters it closely resem-
502 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
bles D. richii, certainly its closest ally; floral differences between the
two species are negligible, and the several collections not originally
cited by me now show that D. pilosum has as ample an inflorescence
as D. richit.
2. Dysoxylum (§ Hudysorylum) richii (A. Gray) C. DC. in DC. Monogr. Phan. 1:
511, 1878.
Didymochiton richii A. Gray, Bot. U. 8. Expl. Wxped. 1: 239. pl. 20. 1854; C.
Muell. in Walp. Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 387. 1857.
Tyre Locatrry : Fiji, three localities being cited by Gray (“Vanua-
levu, at Sandalwood Bay; Somu-somu; Nukulau”). These localities
are: (1) Mbua Bay, Province of Mbua, Vanua Levu, (2) Somosomo,
on the western coast of Taveuni, and (8) Nukulau, an islet near the
mouth of Lauthala Bay, east of Suva, Province of Rewa, Viti Levu.
Type collected by the U.S. Exploring Expedition, cited below.
Disrrisution : Dysoxylum richii is the most abundant Fijian species
of the genus at low and middle elevations, probably to be found on
most of the islands at elevations up to about 1,000 meters. It is a
common component of forests, both wet and dry, and at low elevations
it occurs in thickets and on edges of mangrove swamps. The species
is reported as a tree from 5 to 25 meters in height; the flowers have
the corolla and staminal tube cream-white to pale yellow or greenish
yellow; the fruit is rusty brown or greenish, often with brown or
yellowish lenticels, exuding a milky latex when cut, and with a red
aril. Parts of the plant, when bruised, emit a sharp alliaceous odor;
although this is characteristic of many species of Dysowylum, it seems
especially noticeable in D. richii.
Local NAMES AND UsES: The most frequently used local names seem
to be sasawira and variants of tarawaw (usually referred to Draconto-
melon) indicating that this is the faraway eaten by pigeons and other
birds, e. g. tarawau ni kaka, tarawau ket thongge, tarawau kei raka-
raka, Also used on Viti Levu are sawira, mala, and malamala; several
other names reported by collectors are open to question. The trunks
of D. richti are sometimes used as house posts.
WIJL: Virr Levu: Mba: Mt. Evans Runge, Smith 4059 (A, US), 4355 (A, US) ;
Nandarivatu and vicinity, Gillespie 3861 (Bish), 4263 (Bish), Degener 14588 (A),
14539 (A, Bish, K, NY, US); hills between Nggaliwana and Nandala Creeks,
south of Nauwanga, ? Smith 5832 (A, US); valley of Nggaliwana Creek, ? Smith
5359 (A, US) ; hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, Smith 5979
(A, US). Ra: Tuvatuva, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15376 (A,
Bish, K, NY, US). Nandronga & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku
Plateau, between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5504 (A, US); Thuvu, near
Singatoka, Greenwood 923 (A, K, NY). Namosi: Vicinity of Namosi, Gillespie
Y472 (Bish). Naitasiri: Nanduna, B. FE. Parham 1085 (A). Rewa: Vicinity
of Suva, Tothill 63 (K), MacDaniels 1002 (Bish). Kanpavu: Hills above
Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 53 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Vanvua Levu:
Mbua: Southern portion of Seatovo Range, Smith 1513 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US).
Mathuata: Mathuata coast, Greenwood 396B (K); Lambasa, Greenwood 598
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 503
(K) ; southern slopes of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Smith 6348 (A, US) ;
Seanggangga Plateau, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6723 (A, US). Taveuntr: Vicinity
of Wairiki, Gillespie 4643 (Bish) ; vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4736 (Bish,
GH, K, NY, US). Koro: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 941 (Bish, GH,
K, NY, US). Vanua Mpatavu: Northern limestone section, Smith 1496 (Bish,
GH, K, NY, US); central voleanic section, near Lomaloma, Smith 1414 (Bish,
GH, K, NY, US). Matuxu: Bryan 244 (A, Bish). Kampara: On limestone
formation, Smith 1290 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Fiji, without detailed locality :
U. 8. Expl. Exped. (GH, type US 42447 and 42448),
With the following two species, D. forstert and D. samoense, D. richii
forms a well-marked species-group in § Hudysorylum. Characters
separating the three species are not strong, the populations from Fiji
(D. richii) and from Tonga (D. forsteri) being especially close. The
comparatively conspicuous petiolules of J. richii, together with other
characters mentioned in my key, permit its specific recognition; if the
two entities should be combined, as suggested by Seemann (I'l. Vit. 36.
1865), D. forstert would be the correct binomial. In comparing Ll.
richii with D. samoense, Setchell (in Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ.
341: 81.1924) implies that the corolla-lobes of D. richit are imbricate ;
I do not find this to be the case, the lobes of all the species of this
alliance being valvate and fundamentally similar.
Two of my collections from Viti Levu (nos. 5359 and 5832), cited
above as questionable, have a more or less persistent hispidulous indu-
ment on the lower leaflet-surface, even in fruiting condition. At pres-
ent I do not note other characters to indicate that this form merits
nomenclatural recognition.
3. Dysoxylum (§ Ludysorylum) forsteri (Juss.) C. DC. in DC. Monogr, Phan.
1: 507, 1878.
Trichilia alliacea Forst. f. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 33. 1786; DC. Prodr. 1: 623.
1824; non Dysorylum alliaceum Bl. (1825).
Hartighsca forsteri Juss. in Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 19: 265. 1830.
Dysoxrylum alliaceum Seem. Fl. Vit. 86. 1865; non Bl. (1825).
Dysorylum richit sensu Hemsl. in Journ, Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 171. 1894; Burkill
in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 31. 1901; Yuncker in Bishop Mus. Bull. 178:
71. 1948; non C. DC.
Tyree Locaniry: Tonga, in the Nomuka Group; type presumably
collected on Cook’s third voyage, cited below.
Disrrizution: Tonga and Niue, at low elevations, presumably in
forest. The species is reported as a tree, up to 8 meters (but probably
algo more) in height; the flowers are yellowish green, and the fruit has
an alliaceous odor.
LocaL NAMES AND UsES: Maota or maotai (Tonga) ; moota (Niue).
Yuncker reports that on Niue the wood is used in making canoes and
that the fruits are eaten by birds.
TONGA: Vavau: Barclay 83367 (BM), Crosby (K). Nomuxka Group: “Cook’s
2rd Voyage” (Type BM). Toneatasu: Graeffe 13874 (K), 1375 (K) ; district of
504 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Vahe, Setchell € Parks 15433 (Bish, K); 10 miles from Nukalofa, MacDanicla
1081 (Bish). Eva: Powell Plantation, Parks 16026 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US).
NIUE: 2 miles east of Alofi, Yuncker 9639 (Bish, US) ; near Hikutivake village,
Yuncker 9846 (Bish).
The close relationship between this species and D, richit has been
noted under that species and in my key.
4. Dysoxylum (§ Hudysorylum) samoense A. Gray, Bot. U. S. Expl. Exped. 1:
241 (as Disorylon ? samoense). 1854; C. Muell. in Walp. Ann. Bot. Syst. 4:
387, 1857; C. DC. in DC. Monogr. Phan. 1: 527. 1878; Setchell in Carnegie
Inst. Washington Publ. 341: 80. fig. 2. 1924; Christophersen in Bishop Mus.
Bull. 128: 115. 1985.
Dysovylum funkii C. DC. in Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 6: 981. 1906.
Didymocheton funkii Harms in Nat. Pfl. ed. 2. 19b1: 157. 1940.
Tyre Locatiry: Samoa (“Manua and Tutuila”) ; type collected by
the U. S. Exploring Expedition, cited below. The fact that Gray’s
original materials were a mixture has been noted by Setchell and is
discussed below, but it is not possible to state whether the lectotype
is from Manua or from Tutuila.
DisTriBuTIoN : Samoa, at elevations up to 750 m., occurring in forest,
open forest, or open places. The species is a tree, up to 20 m. in height,
with white flowers and a light brown fruit.
Locan NAME: Christophersen implies that the three recognizable
Samoan species of Dysovylum are designated by different local names;
D. samoense is the maota mamala of the Samoans. Collectors’ labels
also note the name as maota or mamala.
SAMOA: Savait: Felealupo peninsula, Christophersen 2807 (Bish, K, NY);
above Sili, Christophersen 3201 (Bish, K, NY, US); Matavanu, open woodland
near crater, Christophersen &€ Hume 1945 (Bish, K, NY, US); Le To, above
Salailua, Christophersen 2988 (Bish); Lealatele district, Vaupel 233 (US).
Urotu: Funk 1 (type of D. funkii, fragment seen from De Candolle Herbarium,
Conservatoire Botanique, Genéve) ; below Malololelei, Christophersen 336 (Bish,
J8). Tururta: Pago Pago and vicinity, Garber 916 (Bish), Meebold 16720
(Bish) ; near Blunt’s Point, Setchell 858 (Bish). Toururta or Manuva: U. 8.
Expl. Exped. (GH, typz US 42484). Tau: Plateau back of Siufaga village,
Yuncker 9183 (Bish). Samoa, without definite locality: Whitmee 95, part (K),
95 bis (K), 200, part (K).
In describing D. samoense, Gray took the characters from two speci-
mens, stating that “It is not absolutely certain, therefore, that the two
belong to the same species.” Unfortunately, this opinion has been
confirmed, but the situation has been clarified in detail by Setchell (in
the publication cited above). Setchell points out that the leaves and
fruits belong to one species, and he has wisely selected this as the
portion to be associated with Gray’s binomial, a choice binding upon
subsequent workers. He indicated the specimen in the U. S. National
Herbarium as No. 42484 as the holotype of Gray’s species. The second
species is represented by US sheet No. 42485, with juvenile leaves and
young inflorescences; this species Setchell has correctly associated
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 505
with D. huntit Merr. The corresponding Exploring Expedition sheet
in the Gray Herbarium bears detached leaflets and fruits of D. samo-
ense and an undeveloped inflorescence of D. huntiz. Both species are
now known from Tutuila, but additional material from Manua is not
available.
Christopherson (in the publication cited above) referred his speci-
mens to “Dysoxylum aff. samoense,” but I find no reason to doubt their
place in Gray’s species as emended by Setchell. Two sterile specimens
which Christophersen thought might differ (Nos. 1945 and 2938) seem
to me essentially identical in foliage with other cited material.
A fragment of the type of D. funki has been lent to me from
the Conservatoire Botanique, Genéve; in floral characters and in leaf-
texture this is identical with the concept here under consideration,
and nothing in de Candolle’s description contradicts this position for
his species. In his monograph of the family (1878) de Candolle in-
cluded D. samoense among his “species incertae sedis,” and obviously
he did not take Gray’s species into consideration when he described
D. funkii.
Dysoxylum samoense differs from DP. richit and D. forsteri, as my
key indicates, in its comparatively large floral parts. When mature
flowers are not available the species will be separable with difficulty
from D. forsteri, like which it has shorter petiolules than D. richit.
5. Dysoxylum (§ Hudysorylum) myriandrum A. C. Sm. in Sargentia 1: 41. 1942.
Tyre Locauiry: Vanua Levu, Fiji.
Distrinution : Known only from the type collection, from a tree 6 m.
high growing in dense forest at an altitude of 650-900 m.; the petals
and staminal tube are pale green, brown-tinged.
Loca, NAME: Warokamithi was the name recorded by me in 1933,
but it has not been noted elsewhere in the genus and is open to ques-
tion.
FIJI: Vanua Levu: Thakaundrove-Mathuata boundary: Crest of Korotini
Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt. Ndelaikoro, Smith 569 (Bish, K, GH, NY
TYPE, US).
This species and the three following form a clearly marked group
within § Fudysorylum, differing from P. forsteri and its allies in
having the petals free from each other and from the staminal tube
essentially to base. In foliage this group of species is also readily rec-
ognized, as the leaflets are obviously petiolulate, with blades that are
comparatively thick in texture, glabrous (except in D. myriandrum).
and acute to rounded at base, without the exaggerated distal base of
the blade that characterizes most species of the genus in our region.
Dysoxylum myriandrum is one of the most distinct species of the
genus by virtue of its increased number of stamens, but its relationship
to such species as D. huntii and D. aneityense is unquestionable. In
506 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
my original description I erroneously referred this species to § Didy-
mocheton, mistaking the stout calyx-tube for a pedicel, whereas actu-
ally the flowers are sessile and the sepals are not completely free.
6. Dysoxylum (§ Eudysorylum) huntii Merr. in Setchell in Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington Publ. 341: 83. fig. 4. 1924; Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128:
114. 1935.
Didymocheton huntii Harms in Nat. Pfl. ed. 2. 19b1: 157. 1940.
Tyre Ltocaurry: In the original publication three collections in
Setchell’s series, all from the vicinity of Pago Pago, Tutuila, Samoa,
are cited; of these two are indicated as sterile, and the third, No. 438
(collected by Lt. Comdr. Daniel Hunt), is in flower. This last collec-
tion, therefore, is doubtless to be taken as the type; it is deposited in
the herbarium of the University of California. Although I have not
seen the original material, the description and the discussions of
Setchell and Christophersen clearly indicate the identity of this well-
marked species.
Distripution: Endemic to Samoa, occurring at least on the larger
islands at elevations of 400-1,550 m. Christophersen notes the species
as one of the commonest. forest trees at medium and high altitudes.
It is a tall tree, up to 20 m. in height, with a straight trunk up to 70
cm. in diameter. The fruit is said to be pale green, with a coating cf
yellow or pale brown confluent lenticels.
Local NAMES AND USES: Afaota mea is apparently the most commonly
used name for this species, but Christophersen’s labels also record
the names malava and ma’ali. The green wood burns readily and is
utilized by the Samoans as firewood.
SAMOA: Savarr: Vicinity of Matavanu Crater, Christophersen & Hume 1957
(Bish, K, NY, US), 2151 (Bish, K, NY), 2210 (Bish); Salailua (cultivated),
Christophersen & Hwme 2575 (Bish) ; above Salailua, Christophersen 2680 (Bish,
US), 3083 (Bish), 3124 (Bish, K, NY, US); near Le To, above Salailua,
Christophersen 3060 (Bish, K, NY); above Siuvao, Christophersen & Hume 3306
(Bish). Upotu: Malololelei-Lanutoo trail, Christophersen 397 (Bish); near
Malololelei, Christophersen 956 (Bish). TuTuILA: Top of Pioa, Christophersen
3537 (Bish, NY). TuTurra or MAnua: U.S. EHrpl. Berped. (US 42485).
Dysoxylum huntii is clearly distinguished from its relatives in our
region, such as the Fijian D. lenticellare, by the floral characters men-
tioned inmy key. Dysowylum aneityense Guillaumin (1931), of the
New Hebrides, has foliage and inflorescences remarkably similar to
those of D. huntii; its disk is somewhat more slender and the indument
of its ovary is closer, but otherwise the flowers of the two species seem
essentially identical. The fruit of D. aneityense, as far as can be
discerned from the only available fruiting specimen (Wilson 949, A),
has a pericarp which is comparatively smooth in texture, whereas the
fruit of D. huntii at maturity is strikingly rugulose and presumably
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 507
paler. I believe that the two species can be retained, but if not, D.
huntti has nomenclatural priority.
The U. S. Exploring Expedition specimen cited above is one of the
two elements which Gray referred to his D. samoense, being the non-
typical element as that species was redefined by Setchell. Dysoxylum
huntit was originally referred to § Didymocheton, but it clearly has a
gamosepalous calyx and should be placed in § Ludysorylum.
7. Dysoxylum (§ Hudysorylum) lenticellare Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83:
138. fig. 14. 1931.
Dysoxylum obliquum sensu Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: fig. 15. a—e. 1931,
non sensu typi.
1 Dysovylum aff. aneityense sensu A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus, Bull. 141: 82. 1936;
non Guillaumin,
Didymocheton lenticellare Harms in Nat. Pfl. ed. 2. 19b1: 157. 1940.
Type Locatiry: Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Province of Mba, Viti
Levu, Fiji; type, Gillespie 3927, cited below.
Disrrisution: Fiji, but thus far known with certainty only from
the island of Viti Levu; although Gillespie states that the species
occurs on Ovalau, all the collections he cites were obtained on Viti
Levu (one of these, No. 2472, represents D. richii). On Viti Levu,
this is the most abundant species of Dysoxylwm in upland forests,
elevations of 400-1,250 m. having been recorded. It occurs in dense
rain-forest, in crest thickets, and in forest-grassland transitional zones.
The species is a tree 8-15 m. high, with its petals and staminal tube
white or greenish white; the fruit is usually light green with con-
spicuous whitish or pale brown lenticels.
Locat namEs: Mala or malamala is commonly used for the species
in interior Viti Levu; Gillespie also noted the names mbau so ro and
kau toa.
FIJI: Vitt Levu: Mba: Mt. Evans Range, east of Lautoka, Greenwood 949
(A, K, NY),1157 (A); upper slopes and summit of Mt. Koromba [Pickering
Peak], Smith 4650 (A, US), 4691 (A, US); Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie
8754 (A, Bish), Parks 20711 (Bish), Tothill 65 (K), 95 (K); slopes of Mt.
Nanggaranambuluta [Lomalangi], east of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3722 (Bish),
8781 (Bish); summit ridge of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta, Gillespie 3927 (Bish
TYPE); ridge between Mt. Nanggaranambuluta and Mt. Namama, Smith 5000
(A, US); Nauwanga, south of Nandarivatu, Degener 14561 (A, Bish, K, NY,
US); hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, Smith 5877 (A,
US); Mt. Tomanivi [Mt. Victoria], Gillespie 4127 (Bish, GH); western slopes
of Mt. Tomanivi, Smith 5121 (A, US). Nandronga & Navosa: Northern portion
of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau and Rewasau, Smith 5396 (A, US),
between Nandrau and Nanga, Smith 5531 (A, US). Namosi: Mt. Naitarandamu,
Gillespie 3314 (Bish, GH, K, NY); Mt. Voma, B. BE. Parham 1716 (A); vicinity
of Namosi, Gillespie 2598 (Bish, GH), 2822 (Bish, GH, US) ; vicinity of Namua-
mua, Gillespie 8035 (Bish), 3064 (Bish). Tavrunr: Western slope, between
Somosomo and Wairiki, ? Smith 766 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Fiji, without
definite locality : Horne 14la (K), 316 (GH, K), 881 (K).
508 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
As indicated by my key, this species is distinguishable from the
Samoan J). huntii in its smaller flowers, dimensional differences being
quite obvious and consistent as far as observed at present; in foliage
and fruit the two species are difficult to separate, but nevertheless
I have no hesitation in retaining both. Gillespie erroneously referred
his species to § Didymocheton. In the original publication he described
and figured only fruiting material, although he correctly cited Horne
316, a specimen with immature flowers. These flowers were inadver-
tently described and figured by Gillespie under D. obliquum, this fact
explaining why he referred that species to Dysoxylwm rather than to
Aglaia, to which genus all the cited specimens of D. obliquum belong.
Elsewhere in this paper I have placed the various specimens cited
by Gillespie as D. obliquum under the species of Aglaia which they
represent. Since no analysis of the inflorescence has been provided
for PD. lenticellare (except that based on the immature flowers of
/Torne 316 and referred to PD. obliquum), the following description
has been drawn up, based on ample flowering material (Smith 4650,
4691, 5000) :
Inflorescence axillary toward apices of branchlets, at anthesis 6-9
em. long, spreading, with a peduncle 1-2.5 em. long and 4-8 lateral
branches; bracts deltoid, acute, 1-1.5 mm. long; inflorescence-branches,
bracts, and bracteoles copiously but minutely sericeous-strigillose ;
flowers sessile on short ultimate branchlets, subtended by 2 opposite
bracteoles about 0.5 mm. long; calyx gamosepalous, cupuliform, at
anthesis about 2 mm. long and 2-2.5 mm. in apical diameter, stri-
gillose-sericeous without (hairs pale brown, 0.1-0.2 mm. long), the
tube minute, the limb subcarnose, 5-lobed nearly to base, the lobes
narrowly imbricate, ovate-suborbicular, about 1 mm. long and 1-1.5
mm. broad, rounded at apex, ciliolate-margined; petals 5, thin-carnose,
free, oblong, at anthesis 5-6 mm. long and 1.6-2 mm. broad, sub-
spreading, obtuse, puberulent dorsally with very minute brown hairs;
staminal tube short-cylindric, carnose, about 4 mm. long and 3.5 mm.
in diameter, crenulate at apex, glabrous on both sides; stamens 10, with
sessile oblong obtuse anthers about 1 mm. long; disk carnose, 1.3-1.5
mm. long, 1.5-1.8 mm. in diameter, crenulate at apex, glabrous on
both sides; ovary densely sericeous with stramineous hairs about 0.3
mm. long, the locules 3, each with 2 collateral ovules affixed near mid-
dle, the style stout, terete, sericeous in the lower half, glabrous distally,
the stigma peltate-capitate, about 1 mm. in diameter.
The only available specimen of this relationship from Taveuni,
Smith 766, is questionably referred to D. lenticellare. It bears young
fruits which appear to be elenticellate and softer than typical in
texture; it is noted as a shrub 3 m. high (the other cited specimens
being indicated as trees), and it has somewhat narrower leaflets than
the specimens from Viti Levu. This is the specimen which in 1936 I
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 509
identified as D. “aff. anettyense,” but I am now inclined to believe
that it more likely represents Gillespie’s species, unless the discovery
of flowers should establish it as an undescribed entity. Dysowylum
aneityense, of the New Hebrides, differs markedly from D. lenti-
cellare in its more robust flowers, which suggest those of the Samoan
D. hunti2, as mentioned above under that species.
8. Dysoxylum (§ Hudysoxylum) tongense A. C. Sm, sp. nov.
Arbor foliolis glabris manifeste petiolulatis, floribus cum petalis
liberis distinguenda; D. lenticellari Gillespie vitiensi affinis, inflor-
escentiae pedunculis longioribus et bracteis majoribus, calycis lobis
et petalis majoribus, tubo stamineo longiore, disco intus minute sed
copiose retrorso-sericeo differt.
Large tree, the branchlets robust, subterete, up to 15 mm. in diameter
toward apex and there very minutely pale-strigillose, glabrate, often
marked by conspicuous scars of fallen leaves and lenticellate; leaves
and inflorescences congested toward apices of branchlets, the leaves
17-28 cm. long, the petiole and rachis terete, slender, very minutely
and obscurely strigillose-puberulent, soon glabrate, the petiole 5-9
cm. long, swollen at base; leaflets (5-) 7-18, glabrous, the petiolules
slender, 6-12 mm. long, the blades thin-coriaceous, drying brownish,
the middle lateral ones subfalcate-ovate, 7-12(-15) em. long, 3-5.5
(6) cm. broad, at base inconspicuously inequilateral, broadly obtuse
and decurrent on the petiolule (distal half the longer, sometimes
rounded), at apex obtusely cuspidate or short-acuminate (acumen to
15 mm. long), the leaflets toward base and apex of leaf somewhat
reduced, the terminal one often atrophied; venation of leaflets incon-
spicuous, the costa and secondaries nearly plane above, raised beneath,
the secondaries 7-11 per side, spreading, slightly curved, the veinlet-
reticulation obscure, coarse; inflorescence axillary, at anthesis 8-13
em. long, paniculate, the peduncle up to 5 cm. long, slightly broadened
and flattened distally, the branches few, spreading, short; bracts ob-
long, obtuse, 2-38 mm. long, caducous; inflorescence-branches, bracts,
and bracteoles minutely strigillose or sericeous with pale hairs; flowers
sessile, subtended by deltoid obtuse bracteoles less than 1 mm. long;
calyx gamosepalous, at anthesis 2.5-3 mm. long and about 3.5 mm. in
apical diameter, minutely strigillose-puberulent without, the tube
minute, less than 1 mm. long, the limb cupuliform, submembranaceous,
5-lobed nearly to base, the lobes imbricate, ovate-suborbicular, about 2
mm. long and 2-2.5 mm. broad, rounded at apex, ciliolate-margined ;
petals 5, essentially free or weakly adnate to staminal tube at base, thin-
carnose, oblong, at anthesis 7-7.5 mm. long and 2-3 mm. broad, obtuse,
recurved, minutely but copiously sericeous dorsally (hairs pale, less
than 0.1 mm. long), glabrous within; staminal tube carnose, cylindric,
5-6 mm. long, 2-3 mm. in diameter, crenulate at apex, glabrous on
510 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
both sides; stamens 10, affixed 1-1.2 mm. from apex of tube, the anthers
sessile, oblong, about 0.8 mm. long, obtuse at apex; disk carnose,
cylindric, 1.5-1.7 mm. long, about 1.2 mm. in diameter, erenulate at
apex, glabrous without. minutely but copiously retrorse-sericeous
within (hairs colorless, 0.1-0.15 mm. long) ; ovary conical, strigose-
sericeous with stramineous hairs about 0.2 mm. long, the locules 3,
each with 2 collateral-superposed ovules, the style stout, terete, about
5 mm. long, glabrous except at very base, the stigma peltate-capitate,
about 0.8 mm. in diameter; immature fruits arising from a short-
cylindric calyx-tube surmounted by persistent lobes, obovoid, seen up
to 2.5X1.5 em., conspicuously stipitate at base, rounded at apex, soon
glabrate, the pericarp coriaceous, lenticellate.
Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, No. 1527033, collected in forest on the
Johannsen Plantation, Eua, Tonga, in June or July, 1926, by H. E. Parks (No.
16072). Duplicates at Bish, GH.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
TONGA: Bua: High central plateau, Parks 16183 (Bish, GH, K, US): in
plateau forests, Parks 16282 (Bish, BM, GH, K. NY, US).
Disrripution : Tonga, thus far known only from the island of Eua;
Parks indicates that the species is a large forest tree, but no altitudinal
or color data are available.
The new species is closely related to the Fijian D. lenticellare, but
the floral differences pointed out in my key and diagnosis indicate that
it is worthy of specific rank. Of the available specimens, the type is
in flower and the other two bear immature fruits. Possibly the col-
lection of mature fruits will disclose other differences from D. lenti-
cellare, but in general the diagnostic characters in Dysowylum are to
be found in flowers rather than fruits.
9. Dysoxylum (§ Didymocheton) seemannii Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83:
14. fig. 16.1981 (as D. seemanni).
Milnea edulis sensu Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 296. 1862; non Roxb.
Aglaia multijuga Seem. Fl. Vit. 387. 1865; non Dysorylum multijugum Arn.
(1834).
Didymocheton multijugum Harms in Nat. Pfl. ed. 2. 19b1: 157. 1940.
Tyrr Locauiry: Island of Wakaya, Fiji; type, Storck 874, cited
below.
Distrinution : Throughout Fiji, probably to be found on most of the
islands, usually occurring at low elevations but noted, for the first spec-
imen cited below, up to 900 m. It is a species of forests but has also
been observed on wooded ridges, on edges of forest, and in forest-
crassland transitional regions. The species is a shrub or tree 1.5-10 m.
high, often with the leaves and inflorescences up to 1 m, long and con-
vested at the summit of the plant. The corolla and staminal tube are
yellowish green or cream-white, and the fruit is orange-brown to
russet-brown.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 511
Locan names : Kau toa (ex Gillespie, Petersen) ; avai (ex Degener).
I have noted the names tarawau (usually referred to Dracontomelon)
and ndanindani (usually referred to Polyscias multijuga and other
araliaceous plants which somewhat resemble this in foliage) ; Storck
also noted the local name as danidani loa.
FIJI: Virt Levu: Mba: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4301 (Bish, GH, K,
NY). Ra: Waindawa, vicinity of Rewasa, near Vaileka, Degener 15498 (A, Bish,
K, NY, US). Namosi: Southeast of Namosi, Gillespie 2855 (Bish). Naitasiri:
Tholo-i-Suva, F. Raiqiso 798 (A); Kalambo, Tothill 219 (K); Tama-
vua, Gillespie 2408 (Bish, GH, US). Province?: Petersen 19 (NY). KANDAVU:
Hills above Namalata and Ngaloa Bays, Smith 88 (Bish, NY), 153 (Bish, NY),
160 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Waxaya: Storck 874 (BM, K TYPE). VANUA
Levu: Mbua: Upper Ndama River valley, Smith 1609 (Bish, K, NY, Us).
Thakaundrove: Naunduna, eastern drainage of Yanawai River, Degener & Or-
donez 14109 (A, NY). TaveuNtr: Vicinity of Waiyevo, Gillespie 4805 (Bish, GH).
Vanua MBaLAvu: Northern limestone section, Smith 1509 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US).
Manao: Edge of limestone forest and grassland, Bryan 564 (A, Bish, US).
MoaLa: Near Naroi, Smith 1307 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). KamBara: On lime-
stone formation, Smith 1277 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Fiji, without definite
locality : Horne 410 (GH, K).
Among the species of § Didymocheton in our region, D. seemannia
is readily recognized by its large leaves with conspicuous petiolules,
and by its large flowers, the corolla being copiously strigillose without.
In fruiting condition, the local species of § Didymocheton are readily
distinguished from those of § Zudysorylum by the dense velutinous
indument of the fruits. In flower, the ovaries of these species are
hispidulous or strigillose with stiff hairs, similar to those found in
§ Fudysoxylum. These hairs persist for a time on the young fruits,
but they eventually fall. The hairs composing the ultimate and per-
sistent fruit-indument are closely set, contiguous, pale brown, simple,
spreading, and less than 0.1 mm. long. These hairs are not seen on
the ovary in flower, either because they are then too minute or because
they develop only after anthesis. The mature fruits of D. seemannit
and its allies tend to be oblate-spherical, with inconspicuous longitu-
dinal ridges demarcating the valves.
Although Gillespie published his epithet as “seemannt,” I have cor-
rected it to seemannii in accordance with an addition to Art. 70 of the
International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature accepted by the Stock-
holm Congress of 1950, to the effect that the use of the termination 7
instead of ii, prescribed in Rec. XL (b), is treated as an unintentional
orthographic error which may be corrected.
10. Dysoxylum (§ Didymocheton) maota Reinecke in Bot. Jahrb. 25: 643. 1898;
Rechinger in Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 296. 1910; Setchell in Carnegie
Inst. Washington Publ. 341: 81. fig. 3. 1924; Christophersen in Bishop Mus.
Bull. 128: 115. 1935.
Dysorylum betchei C. DC. in Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 178. 1903.
967965—52——4
512 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Dysorylum amooroides sensu C. DC. in Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 178. 1903; nen
Miq. :
Dysorylum albifiorum C. DC. in Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 15: 245. 1912.
Didymocheton betchei Harms in Nat. Pfl. ed. 2. 19b1: 157. 1940.
Didymocheton albiflorum Harms in Nat. Pf. ed. 2. 19b1: 157. 1940.
Didymocheton maota Harms in Nat. Pfl. ed. 2. 19b1: 157. 1940.
Typr tocatiry: Mulifanua, Upolu, Samoa; type, Reinecke 122, pre-
sumably deposited in the Botanical Museum at Berlin and perhaps
destroyed. Duplicates of the type are cited below.
DisrrisuTion : Samoa, at least. on the larger islands and probably
throughout, and also apparently in the Horne and Wallis Islands. It
is a frequent tree in lowland forests, elevations up to 300 m. having
been recorded. The trees are noted as 5-20 m. in height, with greenish
white or yellowish flowers and orange or yellow fruits.
LocaL NAMES AND usEs: This species is the maota of the Samoans,
a name also recorded for the Horne and Wallis Islands material;
Christophersen notes that the fruits are a favorite food of pigeons.
SAMOA: Savair: Vaupel 120 (Bish), 120 bis (K); Salailua Christophersen
2957 (Bish, K, NY, US) ; above Salailua, Christophersen 2762 (Bish, K, NY, US);
Salailua-Lataitai, Christophersen 2632 (Bish, US); above Sili, Christophersen
3206 (Bish, K, NY, US). Uporu: Horne 7 (K); Mulifanua, Reinecke 122 (TYPE
coLL., BM, K, US) ; Ululaloa, Hochreutiner 3485 (type of D. albiforum, fragment
seen from De Candolle Herbarium, Conservatoire Botanique, Genéve) ; near
Apia, Rechinger 1173 (BM, US); Moa Moa plantations, Hames 182 (Bish, K,
NY). Turvuimta: Pago Pago, Bryan 1006 (Bish). Samoa, without definite lo-
cality: Betche (type of D. betchei, fragment seen from De Candolle Herbarium,
Conservatoire Botanique, Genéve), Betche 14 and Whitmee 18 (source of the
record for D. amooroides, fragments seen from De Candolle Herbarium), Whit-
mee 95, part (K), 199 (K), 200, part (K), Horne (GH).
WALLIS ISLANDS: Uvea: ? Burrows W20 (Bish).
HORNE ISLANDS: Fouruna: f Burrows 11 (Bish).
This very distinct species is readily distinguished from its allies,
the Fijian D. seemannii and D. hornet, by the obvious foliage and floral
characters mentioned in my key. In sterile condition, however, it is
not readily separated from D. samoense, a species with very different
flowers and fruits. The sterile and inadequate specimens from the
Wallis and Horne Islands are questionably referred to D. maota. They
agree well with Samoan material in shape and texture of leaflets but
have slightly longer than average petiolules.
Fragments of the types of D. betchei and D. albiflorum, kindly
lent me by Prof. Baehni, precisely agree with specimens of D. maota,
and nothing in the original descriptions indicates reason for ques-
tioning this disposition. The petals of D. betchei are said to be 4, but
the one flower available has them 5, as usual for D. maota. All flowers
examined of various specimens have 5 petals, but possibly there is some
variation in this respect. The leaflets of D. albiflorwm are said to be
13 X 2 cm.; these would be very narrow for the species, but leaflets with
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 513
proportions approaching these are found in Bryan 1006. Prof. Baehni
has also permitted me to examine fragments of Whitmee 18 and Betche
14, the bases of de Candolle’s Samoan record for D. amooroides, and I
find these specimens to be typical for D. maota.
It may be noted that both Setchell and Christophersen, in their
discussions of Samoan Meliaceae, account for only three species of
Dysoxwylum, although they refrain from reducing the three additional
names proposed by de Candolle. My observations bear out the con-
clusion that only three species of the genus occur in Samoa (D. samo-
ense, D. hunti, and D. maota).
11. Dysoxylum (§ Didymocheton) tenuiflorum A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Arbor D. maota Reinecke samoensi valde affinis, foliolis paucioribus
laminis plerumque ovato-ellipticis basi inconspicue inaequilateralibus,
sepalis paullo minoribus, corollae lobis angustioribus, tubo stamineo
et disco textura leviter tenuioribus differt.
Tree 8-20 m. high, sometimes spreading, the branchlets terete,
sparsely and obscurely strigillose distally, soon glabrate; leaves and
inflorescences aggregated toward apices of branchlets, the leaves
(20—) 25-50 cm. long, the petiole, rachis, and petiolules slender, terete,
glabrous or very sparsely strigillose, the petiole 4-13 cm. long, slightly
swollen at base; leaflets (5—) 7 or 9, the petiolules 14 mm. long (on
distal margin, sometimes up to 7 mm. on proximal margin), the blades
papyraceous, pale greenish and rugulose when dried, the middle lat-
eral ones ovate- or oblong-elliptic, 9-17 cm. long, 4-6.5 cm. broad,
at base obviously but not conspicuously inequilateral, broadly obtuse
(rounded on distal side), at apex gradually narrowed into an obtuse
acumen 10-15 mm. long, the basal leaflets reduced in size, the terminal
leaflet similar to the laterals or slightly smaller, acute at base on a
petiolule to 2 cm. long; venation of leaflets pale or yellowish, the
costa elevated above, prominent beneath, the secondaries 7-12 per side,
spreading, nearly plane above, elevated beneath, the veinlet-reticula-
tion inconspicuous; leaflet-blades glabrous or usually barbellate in
nerve-axils beneath with pale tangled hairs less than 1 mm. long; in-
florescence supra-axillary, broadly or narrowly paniculate, at an-
thesis 15-40 cm. long, the peduncle (3-6 cm. long), rachis, and
branches slender, essentially glabrous, the branches several or numer-
ous, spreading, up to 10 cm. long; bracts minute, deltoid, less than
1 mm. long, acute, like the bracteoles dorsally strigillose-puberulent ;
flowers subsessile, subtended by about 10 closely imbricate bracteoles,
these membranaceous, broadly deltoid, ciliolate-margined, the outer-
most about 0.51 mm., the innermost up to 1.21.5 mm., simulat-
ing sepals and forming a cupule; sepals 5, free, in texture and
indument similar to bracteoles, at length glabrate, ovate-suborbicular,
1-1.7 mm. long, 1.3-2 mm. broad, rounded at apex; corolla thin-
514 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
carnose, at anthesis about 12 mm. long, copiously strigose-puberulent
without (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long, predominantly retrorse), glabrous
within, composed of 5 petals eventually strongly reflexed and free in
the distal two-thirds, these oblong-ligulate, 1.2-1.6 mm. broad, sub-
acute and minutely inflexed at apex; staminal tube submembrana-
ceous, slightly shorter than corolla, strigillose in free portion without,
glabrous within, crenulate at apex with 10 emarginate lobes 0.7-1 mm.
long; stamens 10, affixed between the lobes of the tube about 1 mm.
from apices, the anthers sessile, oblong, 1-1.2 mm. long, obtusely
mucronate and slightly exserted; disk thin-carnose, cylindric, about
4.5 mm. long and 1.5-2 mm. in diameter, obscurely crenulate at apex
with 5 minute lobes, sparsely and very minutely retrorse-puberulent
without, retrorse-strigillose within (hairs 0.1-0.15 mm. long) ; ovary
conical, hispidulous-strigillose with stramineous hairs 0.3-0.4 mm.
long, the locules 3, each with 2 collateral-superposed ovules (fruiting
locules 4 ex Bryan), the style terete, stout, 9-10 mm. long, glabrous
distally, the stigma peltate-capitate, about 1 mm. in diameter, ob-
securely 3-lobed when young; fruit subtended by subpersistent sepals,
subglobose, about 2.5 cm. in diameter, the pericarp rugulose, without
obvious longitudinal ridges, very densely velutinous with hairs less
than 0.1 mm. long.
Type in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, collected in forest
on limestone formation, Kambara, Fiji, alt. 0-100 m., March 2, 1934, by A. C.
Smith (No. 1247). Duplicates at Bish, GH, K, US, ete.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
FIJI: Taveuni: Western slope, between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith 717
(Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Lakempa: Northwestern lowland forest, Bryan 5380
(Bish).
DisrrisuTion: Fiji, thus far known only from the three islands
cited above, in the eastern part of the archipelago. It is a tree of
lowland forest, occurring at elevations up to 300 m. (on Taveuni) ;
the corolla and staminal tube are cream-white, and the fruit (Bryan
530) is green with brown pubescence.
Loca, naMeEs: I noted the names of fokai (1247) and tarawau
tangane (717), but I do not feel sure that either name was correctly
applied by my informants.
The new species is closely related only to the Samoan D. maota,
differing most obviously in its reduced number of leaflets. The flow-
ers of the two entities are quite similar, those of the new species being
a trifle the more slender and delicate in texture; the leaflets of D. maota
are usually the narrower in proportion and have very conspicuously
inequilateral bases. The new species differs from its relatives in Fiji,
D. seemannii and D. hornei, by the several obvious characters stated in
my key; these three Fijian species of § Didymocheton are actually not
closely related to one another.
A. C. SMITH! PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 515
12. Dysoxylum (§ Didymocheton) hornei Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83: 12.
fig. 18. 1981.
Didymocheton hornet Harms in Nat. Pfl. ed. 2. 19b1: 157. 1940.
Dysoxylum hornet is a very distinct species of § Didymocheton,
differing from its allies in our region in its reduced number of stamens,
smaller corolla, which is often only 3- or 4-lobed, and its short and
usually glabrous disk. Even when the corolla-lobes are 5, D. hornet
has only 5 or 6 (rarely 7) stamens. The species is further character-
ized by its comparatively few and nearly sessile leaflets, of which the
distal half of the blade is shorter than the proximal half (the reverse
of the usual condition in the genus). The inflorescence is compara-
tively narrow, with the lateral branches insignificant in length.
Gillespie’s species is not entirely uniform, however. Typical speci-
mens have the leaflets persistently pubescent on the costa beneath,
whereas certain specimens, scattered within the range of the species,
have the leaflets quite glabrous and in other respects have a more
limited and closer indument than typical. I propose to separate these
latter specimens from the typical form as var. glabratum. The two
varieties may be distinguished as follows:
Leaflets persistently hispidulous or at least obviously puberulent on costa be-
neath, often also pubescent on lower surface; bracteoles and sepals copiously
strigillose without (hairs 0.1-0.8 mm. long); corolla copiously sericeous-
strigillose without (hairs 0.1-0.3 mm. long) ; corolla-lobes usually 3 or 4, less
commonly 5; ovary with hairs 0.5-1 mm. long --..-------------- var. hornei
Leaflets complete glabrous, the costa beneath without indument; bracteoles and
sepals often glabrous (or inconspicuously strigillose dorsally with hairs
searcely exceeding 0.1 mm. long) ; corolla minutely appressed-puberulent with-
out (hairs 0.05-0.1 mm. long) ; corolla-lobes 5; ovary with hairs 0.2-0.3 mm.
long_- ~o--- a + -e- - _- _ var. glabratum
12a. Dysoxylum hornei var. hornei.
Type Locality: Vicinity of Namosi, Namosi Province, Viti Levu,
Fiji; type, Gillespie 2863, cited below.
DistrisuTion: Fiji, thus far known only from Viti Levu and Ova-
lau, at elevations up to 1,100 m. Habitats of dense forest, partially
open forest, and hillside thickets have been noted. The plant is a tree,
often slender, 2-13 m. in height, with white or yellowish flowers.
LocaL NAMES AND UsES: A au toa is recorded by Gillespie, wiviniura
by Degener (no. 15308). In connection with the latter, Degener notes
that an extract of the leaves is used medicinally.
FIJI: Vitr LEvv: Mba: Mountains near Lautoka [western base of Mt. Evans
Range], Greenwood 1061 (A), 1061A (A, US); slopes of Mt. Nairosa, eastern
flank of Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4046 (A, US) ; vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie
4212 (Bish, GH, K); slopes of escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith 6263
(A, US); Mt. Matomba, near Nandarivatu, Degener 14419 (A, Bish, K, NY);
hills between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, along trail from Nandarivatu
toward Lewa, Smith 6193 (A, US). Nandronga & Navosa: Singatoka River,
516 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Greenwood 834 (A, K, NY, US); Naruku, vicinity of Mbelo, near Vatukarasa,
Degener 15308 (A, Bish, K, NY, US); vicinity of Mbelo, Tabualewa 15642 (A,
Bish, K, NY, US). Serua: Mbuyombuyo, near Namboutini, Tabualewa 15610
(A, Bish, K, NY). Namosi: Mt. Naitarandamu, Gillespie 3318 (Bish) ; vicinity
of Namosi, Gillespie 2863 (Bish Type, GH). Naitasiri: Tholo-i-suva, B. E.
Parham 1068 (A); vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 3587 (Bish, GH). OvaLav:
Lovoni Valley, Horne 233 (GH, K) ; Levuka, Horne 375 (GH, K). Fiji, without
definite locality: Gillespie 4263 (Bish, juvenile).
12b. Dysoxylum hornei var. glabratum A. C. Sm. var. nov.
Arbor a varietate typica foliolis glabris, florum indumento par-
ciore et breviore differt.
Tree, up to 15 m. high, with leaves similar to those of var. hornet
but completely glabrous; bracteoles and sepals glabrous or very in-
conspicuously strigillose dorsally; corolla about 9 mm. long at an-
thesis, minutely appressed-puberulent without, the lobes 5, strongly
reflexed at anthesis, 1-1.3 mm. broad; staminal tube sparsely strigil-
lose without, the stamens 5 or 6, with anthers 0.7-0.8 mm. long; disk
about 3 mm. long, glabrous or sparsely retrorse-strigillose on both
sides; ovary minutely hispidulous-strigillose with stramineous hairs
0.2-0.3 mm. long.
Type in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum, collected in open forest near
Nandarivatu, Province of Mba, Viti Levu, Fiji, alt. about 750 m., Feb. 4, 1941,
by Otto Degener (No. 14267). Duplicates at Bish, K, NY, US, ete.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
FIJI: Virt Levu: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 4220 (Bish, GH, NY,
US) ; hills between Nggaliwana and Nandala Creeks, south of Nauwanga, Smith
5835 (A, US); hills between Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, east of
the sawmill at Navai, Smith 5881 (A, US). Ovarau: Lovoni Valley, Horne
141 (GH, K). Taveunr: Western slope, between Somosomo and Wairiki, Smith
730 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US).
DisTRIBUTION : Fiji, known from the islands of Viti Levu, Ovalau,
and Taveuni, at elevations of 600-900 m. Habitats of dense to open
forest have been noted. The plant is a tree, often slender, 4-15 m.
high, with fragrant flowers (type collection) which are cream-white
or greenish yellow, sometimes pink-tinged ; the fruit has a brownish
green velutinous indument.
Locan NAMES: I have noted the names ndrengandrenga (No. 58385)
and raidambo (No. 730), neither of which is ordinarily used for the
genus in Fiji.
13. Dysoxylum (§ Eudysoxrylum) gillespieanum A, C. Sm. sp. nov.
Arbor foliolis subcoriaceis manifeste petiolulatis, fructibus infra
folia aggregatis valde stipitatis pericarpio coriaceo glabrato, D. lenté-
cellart Gillespie affinis, petiolis petiolulisque manifeste canaliculatis,
foliorum indumento strigilloso subpersistente, fructibus paucis infra
folia aggregatis pericarpio haud lenticellato differt.
A. C. SMITH! PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 517
Tree, up to 25 m. high, the branchlets robust, terete, rugulose, at
first brownish and copiously strigillose or puberulent with pale hairs
about 0.2 mm. long, at length glabrate, cinerascent ; leaves aggregated
toward apices of branchlets, 14-27 cm. long, the petiole, rachis, and
petiolules densely but sometimes inconspicuously pale-strigillose or
puberulent like young branchlets, the petiole 3-5 cm. long, deeply
canaliculate, slightly swollen at base; leaflets 7 or 9, subopposite or
alternate, the petiolules slender, canaliculate, 7-15 mm. long, the blades
subcoriaceous, drying dark green or brownish, the middle lateral ones
oblong-elliptic, 5.5-9 (-11) cm. long, 3-4.5 cm. broad, obtuse or
rounded at base (distal side the longer), obtuse or obtusely short-
acuminate at apex, the venation comparatively inconspicuous, the
costa plane or slightly grooved above, elevated beneath, the secondary
nerves 7-10 per side, spreading, plane above, slightly elevated be-
neath, the veinlet-reticulation immersed, the basal leaflets slightly
reduced ; leaflet-blades glabrous or sparsely strigillose above, minutely
punctate beneath and inconspicuously strigillose with colorless hairs
0.1-0.2 mm. long, or sometimes copiously hispidulous especially along
costa and secondaries with hairs to 1 mm. long, eventually essentially
glabrate; inflorescences not seen; fructescences arising from branch-
lets below leaves, reduced and comparatively simple, the rachis stout,
up to 3 cm. long, usually simple, sometimes reduced to a coarse woody
glomerule, at length glabrate; fruits 1-5, each borne on a swollen
cylindric stalk (calyx-tube) 5-8 mm. long, this rugulose, subpersist-
ently strigillose, the calyx-lobes deciduous; fruit obovoid-ellipsoid,
with 3 or 4 inconspicuous longitudinal ridges, at apparent maturity
3.5-4 cm. long and 1.5-2 cm. broad, conspicuously narrowed at base
to a stipe 8-8 mm. long and about 5 mm. in diameter, rounded at
apex, the pericarp coriaceous, rugulose, minutely strigillose toward
base, eventually glabrate, elenticellate or with a few inconspicuous
lenticels, 1.5-2 mm. thick, the locules 3, the dissepiments coriaceous,
persistent ; seeds apparently solitary in each locule, elongate-ellipsoid.
Type in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum, collected in dense forest
on hills east of Nandala Creek, about 8 miles south of Nandarivatu, Province
of Mba, Viti Levu, Fiji, alt. 850-970 m., Sept. 9, 1947, by A. C. Smith (No.
5955). Duplicate at US.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED ¢
FIJI: Virt Levu: Mba: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, alt. 900 m., Gillespie 4198
(A, Bish).
Disrrisution: Known only from the two specimens cited, obtained
in essentially the same locality in north-central Viti Levu, Fiji; Gil-
lespie notes the fruits as dull green in color.
Although the important diagnostic characters in Dysowylum are
found in the flowers, the two cited specimens seem definitely to repre-
518 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
sent an undescribed species of § Fudysoaylum. Because flowers are
lacking I have not been able to place this species accurately in my
key, but it seems certainly to be a close ally of D. lenticellare, with
which it agrees in leaflet-texture and -shape. The fruiting inflores-
cences of D. lenticellare are usually ample and associated with the
leaves, and the fruits are conspicuously lenticellate. The leaves of
Gillespie’s species have the petioles and petiolules subterete or merely
flattened above, whereas those of the new species have them canalicu-
late, the petioles very conspicuously so. Dysowylum lenticellare
has glabrous leaflets, those of D. géllespieanwm being more or less
persistently strigillose beneath. The two available collections of the
new species are not identical in foliage-indument. Gillespie 4198 has
the leaflets copiously hispidulous on the costa and nerves beneath with
hairs up to 1 mm. long and also densely but less obviously strigillose
with appressed hairs about 0.2 mm. long. Only the latter type of
indument occurs on the leaflets of the type, but in other respects
the specimens are similar, and it can hardly be doubted that they
represent the same species.
RECORD OF MELIACEAE TO BE EXCLUDED FROM THE REGION
Dysoxylum bijugum (Labill.) Seem. Fl. Vit. 87. 1865.
In making this new combination in Flora Vitiensis, Seemann re-
fers to it his No. 104 (said to be from Viti Levu but indicated in the
herbarium at Kew as being from Taveuni). The specimen is very
inadequate, and I find no reason to suppose that it belongs to the Melia-
ceae, although I have been unable to identify it. Seemann’s combina-
tion is based upon the New Caledonian T'richélia bijuga Labill. and
is referred by de Candolle (in DC. Monogr. Phan. 1: 506. 1878) to
Dysoxylum lessertianum (Juss.) Benth., a species that apparently
does not occur in Fiji.
SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE FAMILY
Koelreuteria elegans (Seem.) A. C. Sm. comb. nov.
Melia () elegans Seem. F1. Vit. 36. 1865,
Koelreuteria vitiensis A. C. Sm. in Journ. Arn. Arb. 31: 209. 1950.
Seemann’s brief description of Melia elegans is quite inadequate
for recognition of the plant, and the possibility of the species’ repre-
senting a member of the Sapindaceae did not occur to me until the
description and type collection were carefully scrutinized in connection
with the present study of Meliaceae. There can be no doubt that
Seemann’s specimen represents a juvenile form of Koelreuteria vitien-
sis, in which the young leaflets are more coarsely serrate and more
densely pilose than mature ones. The fact that the species was well
established along the Mathuata coast as early as 1860 indicates that
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, X 519
it cannot have been a recent introduction, as suggested by me when I
referred the plant to Koelreuteria formosana Hayata (in Sargentia
1: 55. 1942). While it is a satisfaction to place another puzzling Fijian
binomial in its proper place, I regret that the discovery of the identity
of Melia elegans was not made before I proposed the entity as a new
species. The type collection is very similar to Smith 6429, also from
Mathuata, a similarly sterile specimen. To my citations of 1950
should be added :
FIJI: Vanua Levu: Mathuata: Along coast, Seemann 64 (GH, K TYPE).
INDEX
[Synonyms in ttalics. Page numbers of principal entries in boldface]
Page Page
Aglaia___...----------------. 476 | Dysoxylum__________________- 499
amplexicaulis_.-__._-_-- 491, 497 albiflorum._._------------- 512
archboldiana___--------- 495, 496 alliaceum___..--.--------- 503
axillaris _-_-_---- 481, 487, 490, 497 amooroides__._.--------- 512, 513
basiphylla_ -_-__- 493, 494, 495, 498 aneityense..._-____- 505, 506, 509
basiphylla___----------- 498, 499 aneityense___-.-.--------- 507
betchet._....------------ 479, 480 betchet__..._------------ 511, 512
edulig____----.----------- 483 bijugum...--------------- 518
elegans___.__------------- 489, forsteri__.......---- 470, 503, 505
491, 493, 494, 498, 499 funkti_...-------------- 504, 505
evansensis_-_-----_-------- 497 gillespieanum-----_------- 516
forbesiana________.-_----- 480 hornei___---------- 512, 514, 515
fragilis......._--.------ 494, 498 hornei var. glabratum____ 515, 516
gracilis__.-- 481, 487, 488, 489, 497 hornei var. hornei________-_ 515
greenwoodii__._-__.___ 494, 495, 498 huntii______---- 505, 506, 508, 513
haplophylla__------------- 496 lenticellare__ 490, 506, 507, 510, 518
heterotricha_—__-.____-- . 480, 486 lessertianum-------------- 518
multijuga__._..----------- 510 maota____.--._______-- 511, 514
parksii_....------------ 495, 496 multijugum_________-----_- 510
psilopetala___._--_-- 480, 482, 494 myriandrum-_-_-__---------- 505
saltatorum__ 470, 480, 483, 486, 494 obliquum _ - - -- - - 489, 490, 507, bog
samoensis - -_--_---------- 479, pilosum_____-_.-----------
483, 487, 488, 494, 499 richii____-____-_-_-- 502, 504, 205
samoensis____----------- 483, 485 richit_...---------------- 503
venusta_______________-_ 492, 498 samoense___ 503, 504, 507, 512, 513
vitiensis__------ 481, 487, 490, 497 seemannt_____---------- 510, 511
vitiensis var. minor______ 488, 492 seemannii__________ 510, 512, 514
vitiensis var. vitiensis__-____ 487 tenuiflorum____----__----- 513
whitmeet_...------------ 479, 480 tongense_________-------- 509
Ahivoa__...------------------ 472 | False sandalwood___---_.------ 472
Azadirachta indica_.....----__- 470| Hartsighsea forsteri___--------- 503
Danidani loa_____-_------------ 511] Kali.__---------------------- 495
Didymocheton.-_---.---------- 499 | Kau toa_._.__------ 492, 507, 511, 515
albiflorum_..------------- 512 | Koelreuteria elegans- ---------- 518
betchet_____-------------- 512 formosana_._.-_---------- 519
funktt__------------------ 504 vitiensis..__-------------- 518
hornei__.----------------- 515] Kula___..__-_-_-_------------ 493
huntti__..-.-------------- 506 | La’angakali_________---------- 485
lenticellare._._____-______- 507 | Langakali________------ 483, 485, 498
maota____---------------- 512} Langakali thavuthavu_-_------- 485
multijugum_-.-.---------- 510| Langa’ali....._.-------------- 479
obliquum__--------------- 489 | Lindiyango---_-______--- 481, 488, 490
Didymochiton richii__.__--__--- 502} Ma’ali______._________-------- 506
Disoxylon samoense_-_---------- 504] Mala___________________--- 502, 507
Dracontomelon_____________- 502, 511] Malamala____________-_---- 502, 507
pilosum_..--------------- 501! Malandamu.- -------- wo -----ee 494
522 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Page Page
Malava____._.--_-_---------- 506 | Tarawau kei rakaraka - - -- --- - - 502
Mamala__-_--_---------- 504| Tarawau kei thongge- - -------- 502
Maota_......--.------- 603, 504, i Tarawau ni kaka____--~--- _... 502
Maota malamala_____________- 504| Tarawau tangane__..---------- 514
Maota mea___-_------------~-- 506 | Tavai__-_-_- _ oe eee eee 511
Maotai_...._______-.--------. 503] Tawatawa___.....--....-.-.-- 494
Mariko____-------------- — 472| Thavuthavu____-------------- 488
Mbau so ro___-__-------------- 507 | Thevua. _------- Wee 472, 474
Mbuanivinggalau_-___---.-.---- 476 | Tokai____--.-.---.------- _... 614
Melia azedarach____..-_-_._--- 470| Tombuthe_____--_---------- _. 494
elegans.__---------- 470, 518, 519] Trichilia alliacea_.-.-.-.------ 503
Milnea edulis. .......--.------ 510 bijuga_._.--------...--.--.. 518
Moota.-__-------------------- 503 | Trigonostemon voratus-_ .__-_- _ 474, 475
Navua.__._------------------ 474] Vavaea________--__.--------- 470
Ndanindani____.._------------ 511 amicorum__ 470, 471, 472, 474, re
Ndrengandrenga-------------- 516 degeneri_....--.---------- 475
Neggiliyango-.------------ — 481 harveyi___..-----..------ 473
Polyscias multijuga - _.--.------ 5ll megaphylla___---_------ 474, 476
Raidambo____-_----------.---- 516 viliensis..-------------- 472, 473
Ruru___--------------- oo. -- 472| Viviniura_____.-._------------ 515
Sasawira___._. _____-------- 495, 502} Waithavuthavu_-__----.------- 494
Sawira__.________---------_-- 502] Warokamithi_-~--_------------ 505
Sevua___.___________--__-... 472, 474] Wawaro____-_---------------- 472
Swietenia_...-..-.------------ 470] Xylocarpus granatum_--_--_-.-- 470
Tarau___.____---.------------ 472 moluccensis_-_-.----------- _ 470
Tarawau__..--------------- 502, 511! Yahivau_______-------------- 472
O
580.773
USS
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
UNITED STATES NATIONAL HERBARIUM
VoLumeE 30, Part 5
STUDIES OF PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV
THE GENUS ELAEOCARPUS IN THE
NEW HEBRIDES, FIJI, SAMOA,
AND TONGA
By A. C. SMITH
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D.C.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM THE
UNITED States NATIONAL HERBARIUM
VotumeE 30, Part 5
STUDIES OF PACIFIC ISLAND
PLANTS, XV
THE GENUS ELAEOCARPUS IN
THE NEW HEBRIDES, FIJI,
SAMOA, AND TONGA
By A. C. SMITH
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1953
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C. - Price 25 cents
BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES MUSEUM
PREFACE
The paper here published is the fifteenth in a series by A. C. Smith,
curator of the division of phanerogams, U. S. National Museum, dis-
cussing new and noteworthy plants of the Pacific Islands. In this
study are considered the species of the genus Hlaeocarpus (family
Elaeocarpaceae) occurring in the island groups immediately east of
the Solomon Islands, namely the New Hebrides, Fiji, Samoa, and
Tonga. Twenty-five species are accounted for in this area, of which
six are here described as new. Llacocarpus, a genus of large and me-
dium-sized trees of tropical Old World rain-forests, demonstrates the
eastward attenuation of morphological variation so frequently en-
countered in plant groups with distributions centering in New Guinea
and other parts of Malaysia.
JASON R. SWALLEN,
Head Curator, Department of Botany,
United States National Museum.
Ill
CONTENTS
Page
Introduction.__..._.-___--_-_- 2 eee 523
Systematic treatment________________________-_---__-- eee oun ee 526
Bibliography_____._._.__-_-------.--------- wooo ee eee eee eee ee 573
Index__._......-.-_---.-_-_---_-_--- eee eee 575
STUDIES OF PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV
THE GENUS ELAEOCARPUS IN THE NEW
HEBRIDES, FIJI, SAMOA, AND TONGA
By A. C. SMITH
INTRODUCTION
In continuation of a series of limited revisions of selected families
of phanerogams from Fiji and the adjacent archipelagos,’ the present
treatment is intended to facilitate the identification of species of
Elaeocarpus in the island groups east of the Solomon Islands. The
area here considered extends from the New Hebrides through Fiji
and into Samoa and Tonga; the very few available specimens from
Niue, the Wallis Islands, and Rotuma have also been considered. The
family Elaeocarpaceae is represented in this region only by the genus
Elaeocarpus, with the exception of a single species of Aceratewm
endemic to the New Hebrides, A. braithwaitet (F.v. Muell.) Schlechter
(including Llacocarpus kajewskit Guillaumin ; see Smith, 1944, p. 119,
for discussion) .?
Impetus for the preparation of this paper was derived from my
attempt to identify the Fijian specimens of Llaeocarpus collected by
me in 1947. I soon learned that the genus is as difficult, in proportion
to the number of species involved, in the Melanesian Islands as it is in
Papuasia and regions to the west. The only satisfactory solution
seemed to be to prepare a limited revision of Hlaeocarpus in Fiji
and the adjacent archipelagos, with redescriptions of the known spe-
* Recent papers in this series have been published as follows:
X. Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 30: 469-519. 1952.
XI. Journ. Arn. Arb. 33: 97-118. 1952.
XII. Op. cit. 33: 119-149. 1962.
XIII. Op. cit. 33: 367-402. 1952.
XIV. Op. cit. 84: 37-51. 1953.
* For references to selected literature, see bibliography at the end of this paper.
*The mentioned collections were made under the auspices of the Arnold
Arboretum of Harvard University and the John Simon Guggenheim Memorial
Foundation, with the aid of grants from the Penrose Fund of the American
Philosophical Society and the Bache Fund of the National Academy of Sciences.
§23
524 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
cies, most of which were first described on the basis of inadequate
material or without mention of certain critical characters. For this
purpose the herbarium material of several institutions has been ex-
amined and is here cited, with the indicated abbreviations: Arnold
Arboretum of Harvard University (A); Bernice P. Bishop Museum
(Bish) ; British Museum (BM); Gray Herbarium of Harvard Uni-
versity (GH) ; Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (K) ; New York Botani-
cal Garden (NY) ; and U.S. National Herbarium (US). Iam greatly
indebted to the administrators of these herbaria for the privilege of
examining specimens under their care.
Elaeocarpus has been discussed (Merrill, 1945, p. 216, fig. 255) as
an example of the typical attenuation of Malaysian genera in their
extension to the eastward. The following figures, indicating the num-
ber of species known from groups between New Guinea and Tonga,
are illustrative: New Guinea, at least 111; Solomon Islands, 4; New
Hebrides, 2; New Caledonia, 29; Fiji, 18; Samoa, 5 (of which 1 ex-
tends into Tonga). These figures are by no means reliable, being in
most cases too low. It is probable that the figures for Samoa and
Tonga are essentially correct, but additional new species may be
anticipated from Fiji, to judge from the several available collections
which are at present unidentifiable because essential parts are lacking.
Whether any considerable number of new Elaeocarpi are to be ex-
pected from New Caledonia I cannot say; the figure of 29 is taken
from Guillaumin’s recent list (1948, p. 205-206). The New Caledonian
species are not considered in the present treatment, as the material in
American herbaria from that island is entirely inadequate. It is cer-
tain that additional species of Elaeocarpus will be discovered in New
Guinea, when remote parts of that rich island are explored. The
figures of species known from the Solomon Islands and the New
Hebrides, 4 and 2 respectively, are the least credible. It is quite
unlikely that these archipelagos support fewer species of the genus
than does Fiji, and the known record only serves to emphasize the
total inadequacy of botanical collections in the Solomon-New Hebrides
region.
No real agreement has been reached by students of Elaeocarpus as
to infrageneric categories, and it is not probable that acceptable cate-
gories can be erected until a competent student revises the entire
genus. The difficulties inherent in the genus and the unsatisfactory
nature of strictly regional approaches have been well discussed by
Merrill (1951). In considering the Papuasian species (1944), I
accepted as a basis for discussion the sectional arrangement proposed
by Schlechter (1916), with minor modifications. Schlechter’s di-
vision of the Papuasian species into 9 sections is not entirely satis-
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 525
factory, as will be obvious to students of other floras, whose E'laco-
carpi will not always fit into this system; but nevertheless these sec-
tions permit a reasonable grouping of the New Guinean species.
Such an attempt to group the species in readily definable categories
seems more realistic than retaining the unwieldy sectional concepts of
earlier workers, a point of view I have elsewhere elaborated (1944).
To ignore infrageneric divisions altogether in Elaeocarpus, as Knuth
and Gagnepain (see Merrill, 1951, for discussion) and Guillaumin
(1948) seem to have done, will not bring order to the genus.
For purposes of reviewing the species considered in the present
paper, Schlechter’s system is quite usable. Table 1 shows the occur-
rence of Schlechter’s sections (as modified by me, 1944) in the island
groups from New Guinea to Tonga, exclusive of New Caledonia.
TaBLE 1.—Occurrence of sections of Elacocarpus in the island groups from New
Guinea to Tonga
Section Gna Solomon mon es} Fil Samoa | Tonga
Lobopetalum -.-.- woe ee eee eee e eee ------- KX [iw i. --|----------|----------]------- a
Dactylosphaera- --.-.--------------------- X |_._-------|----------|----------]----------]----------
Chascanthus--------- wee ene e eee nee ee x X [_LL_------|---------- X |i.-----.--
Ganitrus....------ we ee eee ee eee eee ----- == x x X = |[u-.------- XX ~~ j----------
Fissipetalum---.---------- eee ene ee ee -ee- x |_---------|---------+ X |_-.-.-----|----------
OreocarpuS.-.---------------------------- KX j---------- X = j.---------|----------|------ eee
Blepharoceras.--.------------------------- XX s{---------- |---------- x X |----------
Monocera..------------------------------- x x | weno eeee ee K [iwi ie--|----------
Coilopetalum. ----.----------------------- x x | > rn x x
This table will serve to demonstrate that the eastward attenuation
of Elaeocarpus is not uniform. Certain combinations of basic char-
acters (whether or not expressed in nomenclatural units at the sec-
tional level) persist farther to the east than other combinations. East-
ward attenuation of the number of species, of course, is merely an
expression of the attenuation of possible or probable character-com-
binations. The distributional gaps shown by the table are striking
and indicate that one can draw only the most general conclusions about
the distribution of Elaeocarpus in the southwestern Pacific, on the
basis of material now available.
The present treatment accounts for 25 species, of which 6 are de-
scribed as new. In the following keys I rely largely upon floral char-
acters, and therefore this study will be of only limited use if sterile
or fruiting specimens are at hand. Such specimens can usually be
identified by careful comparison, but it is hardly possible to construct
a useful key without reference to floral details, some of which can be
526 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
observed only by accurate dissection. The key to sections utilizes only
those characters found in the species of our region and is not intended
to show the total variability within sections throughout their ranges.
SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT
KEY TO THE SECTIONS
Ovary 5-locular, each locule with 4-6 ovules; anthers erostrate, setose at apex;
fruits subglobose, the endocarp copiously ornamented with irregular oblong
processes, all the locules but 1 sometimes aborting--_________ 1. § Ganitrus
Ovary 2-locular (3- or 4-locular only in § Coilopetalum).
Flowers small, the petals not more than 6 mm. in length, with few (up to 10)
laciniae; stamens 10-27, the anthers erostrate; ovules 2-4 per locule;
fruit small, round in cross-section, the mesocarp thin, the endocarp in-
conspicuously rugulose_____--__-_____-__-__ 2. § Fissipetalum
lowers larger, the petals at anthesis at least 7 mm. long, often copiously
laciniate; stamens often numerous, rarely as few as 15, the anthers
rostrate.
Petals thinner than sepals and obviously different, not copiously sericeous
within (hairs never retrorse) ; ovary 2-locular; fruits comparatively
large, the mesocarp thick, the endocarp forming a somewhat flattened
putamen, this with obvious and sometimes lobed lateral angles.
Flowers large, the petals 18-47 mm. long; stamens 40-125; fruits large
(3.5-6.5 em. long), the endocarp hard and bony_____-___ 3. § Monocera
Flowers smaller, the petals 7-18 mm. long; stamens 15-41; fruits often
somewhat smaller (3-5 em. long), the endocarp sometimes fibrous.
Ovary glabrous; ovules 6 per locule_____.__-_---____ _-.. 4. § Oreocarpus
Ovary obviously sericeous.
Ovules 4-7 per locule__--------_-----___-__- ee d. § Blepharoceras
Ovules 2 per locule__-_____------- ee 6. § Chascanthus
Petals resembling sepals in size and texture but with 6-11 apical laciniae,
densely sericeous on both sides (hairs retrorse within) ; ovary glabrous,
5- or 4-locular, the locules with 6-8 ovules; fruits small, round in cross-
section, the mesocarp thin, the endocarp coarsely rugulose, inconspicu-
ously angled___-_-____- ~~ eee 7. § Coilopetalum
KEYS TO THE SPECIES
1. § Ganitrus
Petioles 5-8 mm. long, the leaf-blades 8-14 1.5-4 (-5) em., finely crenulate dis-
tally with 3-6 crenations per centimeter, entire in lower half; pedicels in
fruit 13-20 mm. long; New Hebrides__________________ 1. HF. hebridarum
Petioles 12-20 mm. long, the leaf-blades 11-19 x 3-5.2 em., conspicuously crenate
except at base with 2 or 3 crenations per centimeter; pedicels in fruit 20-25
mm. long; Samoa and perhaps adjacent small islands__ 2. EF. christophersenii
2. § Fissipetalum
Petals 5.5-6 mm. long, with 3-5 apical laciniae; stamens 26 or 27, the anthers
2-2.5 mm. long; ovary glabrous, the locules 4-ovulate; racemes lax, 2—4-
flowered, the pedicels 20-25 mm. long ; leaf-blades attenuate at base.
3. EH. pittosporoides
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 527
Petals 1.3-3 mm. long, with 5-10 apical laciniae; stamens 10-16, the anthers not
more than 1.3 mm. long; ovary pilose, the locules 2-ovulate; racemes essen-
tially straight, 6-18-flowered, the pedicels 2-6 mm. long.
Flowers minute, the petals 1.3-1.9 mm. long; stamens 14-16, the anthers 0.3-
0.7 mm. long.
Branechlets and petioles at first pale-puberulent or strigose, usually soon
glabrate; leaf-blades subacute and attenuate at base, predominantly
obovate-elliptic, 2-5 cm. broad, soon glabrate on both sides; flower-
subtending bracts 2-3 mm. long; stamens 1.2-1.38 mm. long, the anthers
0.6-0.7 mm. long___------------------------------- 4. E. cassinoides
Branchlets and petioles copiously hispidulous-puberulent, the indument
often subpersistent ; leaf-blades rounded or broadly obtuse at base, rarely
acute, oblong-elliptic, 3-6.7 cm. broad, often persistently puberulent
beneath at least on costa and secondaries; flower-subtending bracts
about 1 mm. long; stamens 0.6-0.7 mm. long, the anthers 0.3-0.4 mm.
long____--__-____-_--------------------~------------- 5. H. pyriformis
Flowers larger, the petals 2.5-3 mm. long; stamens 10-12, the anthers 1-1.3
mm. long; leaf-blades obovate-oblong, often reddish beneath, attenuate
at base______________-_-_____--------------------------- 6. EL. kasiensis
3. § Monocera
Ovary glabrous or very sparsely pilose and soon glabrate; sepals essentially
glabrous without or, if sparsely strigose in bud, soon glabrate; anthers with
a comparatively conspicuous dorsal awn (0.8-4 mm. long) and sometimes
also with a ventral awn.
Leaf-blades thick-coriaceous, rounded or bluntly cuspidate at apex, acute or
obtuse at base; branchlets very stout (7-15 mm. in diameter toward
apices) and copiously cicatricose; sepals thick-coriaceous, 30-40 mm.
long; petals yellow toward base, pink distally, carnose, 30-47 mm. long,
crenulate-lobed at the rounded apex (lobes subequal, obtuse, 1-2 mm.
long) ; stamens 100-125, the filaments short-hispidulous (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm.
long), the anthers 13-16 mm. long__--------------------- 7. BE. storckii
Leaf-blades chartaceous to coriaceous, gradually narrowed to an acute or
obtuse apex; branchlets usually not exceeding 5 mm. in diameter toward
apices; sepals 18-32 mm. long; petals white, submembranaceous, 22-37
mm. long, the apical laciniae oblong or lanceolate, often irregular, acute
or subacute, 2-8 mm. long; stamens 40-100, the filaments conspicuously
hispidulous (hairs 0.5-1 mm. long), the anthers 7-13 mm. long.
Flowers comparatively large, the sepals usually exceeding 20 mm. in length,
the petals 23-37 mm. long, the apical laciniae 9-20, the anthers 1-aristate ;
fruits (not known for No. 9) comparatively large, at least 5 cm. long at
maturity.
Leaf-blades elliptic to lanceolate, usually 13-23 x 5-9 cm., acute to attenuate
at base and decurrent on the petiole; inflorescence-axis usually 1-4
em. long and pale-puberulent at anthesis; sepals copiously sericeous-
tomentellous within (hairs golden, 0.2-0.5 mm. long) ; stamens 48-90,
the anthers 9-13 mm. long including the dorsal awn (0.8-1.5 mm.
long) ---_-_-___----------------------------- 8. H. chelonimorphus
Leaf-blades ovate-elliptic, 7-13X3-5 em., rounded or faintly cordate at
base; inflorescence-axis 4-6 cm. long, glabrous; sepals densely
sericeous within (hairs whitish, 1-2 mm. long); stamens 90-100,
the anthers 7-9 mm. long including the dorsal awn (3-38.09 mm.
long) -_--------------------------------—------ 9. EH. gillespieanus
528 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Flowers smaller, the sepals up to 20 mm. long, the petals 22-25 mm. long, the
apical laciniae 6-16, the anthers sometimes biaristate; fruits 3.5-5 cm.
long at apparent maturity.
Leaf-blades ovate-elliptic, 7-163-6.5 cm., rounded to broadly obtuse at
base, the petioles 2-4 cm. long; sepals 34 mm. broad, the petals with
6-9 apical lobes a_u-- poo 10, B. vitiensis
Leaf-blades lanceolate or lanceolate-ovate, 7-10 2—4 cm., acute to obtuse
at base, the petioles (1-) 1.5-2.8 em. long; sepals 2-3 mm. broad, the
petals with 11-16 apical lobes___________________ 11. BH. lepidus
Ovary sericeous with long-persistent hairs; sepals puberulent without, perhaps
at length subglabrate; anthers with a comparatively short awn (0.5-0.8
mm, long).
Leaf-blades acute or narrowly obtuse at base and decurrent on the petiole;
young vegetative parts and inflorescence-axis closely pilose with hairs
less than 0.4 mm. long; petals laciniate along margins nearly to base, or
at least on lateral margins above middle, as well as apically, the lobes
11-35,
Leaf-margin coarsely crenate, the veinlet-reticulation comparatively con-
spicuous, prominulous on both surfaces; axis of inflorescence and
pedicels sparsely strigose-puberulent; sepals 11-15 mm. long; petals
probably not much exceeding the sepals in length at anthesis, laciniate
along margins nearly to base with 11-17 lobes; ovary minutely sericeous
with pale hairs about 0.2 mm. long__--__._-.._______ 12. FE. laurifolius
Leaf-margins inconspicuously crenulate, the veinlet-reticulation incon-
spicuous, subimmersed or plane above; axis of inflorescence and pedicels
copiously sericeous-puberulent ; sepals 17-22 mm. long; petals 18-25 mm.
long, laciniate in the distal half with 16-35 lobes; ovary conspicuously
sericeous with golden hairs 0.4-0.5 mm. long__-_____ 13. E. subcapitatus
Leaf-blades rounded or subcordate at base; young vegetative parts and in-
florescence-axis with hairs 0.4-0.6 mm. long; petals laciniate only at apex,
the lobes 11-13______ - ----------- +e. 14. H. melochioides
4, § Oreocarpus
One species; New Hebrides____-_-__-_--___-----_ 15. HE. hortensis
5. § Blepharoceras
Flowers comparatively large, the sepals 12-13.5 mm. long, the petals 13-15 mm.
long, white, with 8-12 apical laciniae ; stamens 28-30, the filaments copiously
sericeous with pale hairs 0.7-1 mm. long, the anthers 5-7 mm. long; style
10-12 mm. long; inflorescence short, the axis not more than 2.5 cm. long;
leaf-blades comparatively small, not exceeding 73.5 cm., acute or obtuse at
base, the petioles not more than 1.5 cm. long__---__..-_______ 16. FE. kambi
Flowers smaller, the sepals not more than 10 mm. long and the petals not ex-
ceeding 13 mm.; stamens (15-41) with glabrous or minutely hispidulous-
puberulent filaments (hairs not more than 0.1 mm. long), the anthers not
more than 4.2 mm. long; style not exceeding 6 mm. in length ; inflorescence
often elongate, the axis at least 3 cm. long at anthesis; leaf-blades only
rarely less than 7 cm. in length, the petioles usually much longer than 1.5
em,
Leaf-blades large, usually 14-30 cm. long and 6-14.5 cm. broad, the secondary
nerves 10-15 per side; branchlets greatly thickened, 5-15 mm. in diameter
toward apices; anthers with an apical awn 0.5-0.7 mm. long.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 529
Racemes up to 15 cm. long, the pedicels 4-10 mm. long at anthesis.
Leaf-blades obovate, gradually narrowed toward base, then abruptly nar-
rowed and decurrent on the petiole; hairs of young parts 0.1-0.2 mm.
long; racemes 10-15 cm. long, the rachis and pedicels puberulent with
hairs less than 0.1 mm. long; petals with 7 or 8 apical laciniae; ovary
sericeous with hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long, the ovules 6 per locule;
Fiji--_..._----------------------------------------- 17. H. milnet
Leaf-blades ellipitie or elliptic-ovate, rounded to a shallowly cordate base;
hairs of young parts 0.3-0.6 mm. long; racemes 3-7.5 cm. long, the
rachis and pedicels with hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long; petals white, with
12-18 apical laciniae ; ovary sericeous with hairs 0.3-0.5 mm. long, the
ovules 4 per locule; Samoa__.------------------- 18. E. magnifolius
Racemes 22-40 em. long, the rachis and pedicels tomentellous with hairs
0.3-0.7 mm. long, the pedicels 15-55 mm. long at anthesis; petals pink,
whitish distally, with 13-17 apical laciniae; ovules 6 per locule; leaf-
blades elliptic or obovate-elliptic, rounded at base; young parts copiously
sericeous with hairs 0.6-1 mm. long; Fiji------------ 19. E. roseiflorus
Leaf-blades comparatively small, usually 5-20 cm. long and 3-11 cm. broad,
the secondary nerves 5-11 per side; branchlets comparatively slender,
2-8 (-10) mm. in diameter toward apices; anthers with an apical awn
0.8-1.6 mm. long (shorter in Nos. 22 and 24, small-leaved species).
Stamens 26-41, 1-3-seriate; style 3-4 mm. long; petals white (color not
known for No. 22), the apical laciniae 8-19; leaf-blades cordate to very
broadly obtuse at base, the indument of branchlets and petioles often
long-persistent.
Leaf-blades elliptic to lanceolate-ovate, usually 9-20X4-11 cm., crenulate
at margin; pedicels at least 5 mm. long at anthesis; sepals 6.5-8 mm.
long ; petals 7-10 mm. long; anthers with an apical awn 1-1.6 mm. long.
Pedicels at anthesis 8-13 cm. long, the petals 5-6 mm. broad, with 12-16
apical laciniae ; endocarp of fruit 2-3 mm. thick, forming a putamen
with the lateral angles subacute and undulate into lobes 2-3 mm.
long; Fiji--._.------------ ~--------------- 20. B. graeffei
Pedicels at anthesis 5-8 mm. long, the petals 3.5-5 mm. broad, with
8-14 apical laciniae; endocarp of fruit 1-2 mm. thick, forming a
putamen with the lateral angles strongly produced into lobes 5-8
mm. long; Samoa__------------------------------ 21, EH. ulianus
Leaf-blades ovate, 5-93-6.5 cm., essentially entire at margin; pedicels
3-5 mm. long at anthesis; sepals 9-10 mm. long; petals 12-12.5 mm.
long, with 16-19 apical laciniae; anthers with an apical awn 0.6-0.8
mim. long; Fiji---._..------------------------- 22. E. degenerianus
Stamens 15-22; leaf-blades obtuse to attenuate at base, essentially entire
or inconspicuously undulate-crenulate at margin, the branchlets and
petioles soon glabrate.
Leaf-blades obtuse to subacute at base; petals pink with 7 or 8 yellowish
apical laciniae; stamens 15, the anthers 3.3-3.8 mm. long, with a
terminal awn 0.8-1 mm. long; style 5-6 mm. Jong; ovules 4-6 per
locule; Fiji-_---- - - 23. FE. z2anthodactylus
Leaf-blades attenuate at base and long-decurrent on the petiole; petals
(color not known) conspicuously fimbriate with 14-18 lobes ; stamens
18-22, the anthers 2.5-3 mm. long, with a terminal awn 0.5-0.8 mm.
long; style 2.5 mm. long or less; ovules 2 per locule; Samoa.
24, H. tuasivicus
530 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
6. § Chascanthus
One species; Samoa__-__---____------ ---a--- ae 24, H. tuasivicus
7. § Coilopetalum
One species ; Samoa, Tonga, and Niue_______-- ee 25. H. tonganus
1. §GANITRUS
Elaeocarpus § Ganitrus Brongn. & Gris in Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 8: 202. 1861.
Section Ganitrus is comparatively easily characterized and readily
recognized (see Smith, 1944, pp. 227-229 for discussion). In New
Guinea it is composed of approximately 16 known species, some of
these having been referred to § Ptilanthus, which I believe not to be
separable, by Schlechter (1916, p. 121). The section is represented
eastward of New Guinea by 1 species each in the Solomon Islands,
New Hebrides, and Samoa.
1, Elaeocarpus (§ Ganitrus) hebridarum Knuth in Rep. Sp. Nov. 50: 84. 1941.
Hlaeocarpus aff. persicaefolius sensu Guillaumin in Journ. Arn. Arb. 12: 222.
1931; non Brongn. & Gris.
Tree, up to 25 m. high, glabrous throughout (or young parts
obscurely puberulent) except infructescence, the branchlets slender,
15-3 mm. in diameter near apices, distally purpurascent and obscurely
angled; leaves numerous toward apices of branchlets, the petioles
slender, canaliculate, 5-8 mm. long, angled or narrowly winged nearly
to base, the blades thin, papyraceous, drying greenish brown, lance-
olate, 8-14 cm. long, 1.5-4 (-5) em. broad, attenuate at base and long-
decurrent on the petiole, gradually narrowed to an obtuse or subacute
apex, entire and narrowly recurved at margin in lower half, finely
crenulate distally, the crenations 3-6 per centimeter, obscurely callose
on the rounded upper margin, the costa plane or slightly raised above,
prominent beneath, the secondary nerves 14-18 per side, spreading,
curved, prominulous on both sides, the veinlet-reticulation intricate,
plane or faintly prominulous on both sides; inflorescences not known;
infructescences lateral below leaves, 3-7 cm. long, the short peduncle
and rachis slender, 1-2 mm. in diameter, faintly strigose, glabrate;
fruits 4~7 per infructescence or fewer, more or less unilateral, the pedi-
cel slender, curved, 13-20 mm. long, pilose like rachis (hairs pale,
0.2-0.3 mm. long) and soon glabrate; disk pulvinate in fruit or obscure,
the lobes confluent, distally hispidulous with yellowish hairs about
0.3 mm. long; fruits coriaceous when dried, presumably carnose when
fresh, subglobose or slightly oblate, up to 22 mm. in diameter, f aintly
pentagonal when dried, obscurely sericeous-puberulent or soon gla-
brate, the epicarp very thin, tough, the mesocarp 2-3 mm. thick,
fibrous, the endocarp hard and bony, 1-2 mm. thick, with numerous
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 531
irregular oblong processes 1-2 mm. long, the locules 5 (1-3 often
aborting), each 1-seeded, the seeds oblong-ellipsoid, apparently about
8 mm. long, castaneous.
Typr Locatiry: Eromanga, New Hebrides; the type is Kajewski
328, deposited in the Berlin Herbarium and presumably destroyed ;
isotypes are cited below.
Disrrmurion: New Hebrides, thus far known only from three of
the southern islands, in rain-forest at elevations of 200-400 m. The
species is said by Kajewski to be a common tree 10-25 m. high, with
a straight trunk; the fruit is blue.
LocAL NAME AND use: A local name for the type collection is given
as nay-yos, and on Aneityum the wood 1s used for comb-making.
NEW HEBRIDES: Eromanaa: Dillion Bay, Kajekski 328 (TYPE COLL., A, K,
NY. US). TANNA: Lenakel, Kajewski 93 (A. K. NY). ANerryuM: Anelgauhat
Bay, Kajewski 917 (A, K, NY).
Elaeocarpus hebridarum is a species of the general relationship of
E’. sphaericus (Gaertn.) K. Schum., amply characterized, even in the
absence of flowers, by its small, short-petioled leaves with distally
finely crenulate margins. The related £. fauroensis Hemsl., of the
Solomon Islands (see Smith, 1944, p. 236, for amplification of original
description) has leaf-blades about 15-20 4.5-6.5 cm., the fruiting
pedicel about 25 mm. long, the fruit 2-3 cm. in diameter, and the
endocarp with longer processes.
2. Elaeocarpus (§ Ganitrus) christophersenii A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Elaeocarpus sp. Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 140. 1935.
Elaeocarpus sphaericus sensu Christopherson in Bishop Mus. Bull. 154: 18.
1938, non K. Schum.
Arbor foliorum laminis lanceolatis fere ad basim conspicue crenatis,
crenationibus decidue aristatis, sepalis utrinque sericeo-puberulis,
petalis in lobos 5 primarios profunde fissis, laciniis ultimis 12-16,
staminibus circiter 50, antheris 3-4.5 mm. longis erostratis apice
setosis, ovario sericeo, stylo 6-7.5 mm. longo, loculis 5, ovulis 5 vel 6 per
loculo; a FE. hebridarum petiolis longioribus, laminis majoribus
manifestius crenatis, pedicellis sub fructu longioribus differt.
Tree, up to 10 m. high, the young branchlets slender, 2-4 mm.
in diameter near apices, purpurascent, inconspicuously angled,
sparsely sericeous-puberulent with pale hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long, soon
glabrate and subterete; leaves numerous toward apices of branchlets,
the petioles slender, flattened above, 12-20 mm. long, pilose lke
branchlets and soon glabrate, the blades thin, papyraceous, drying
brownish, lanceolate or narrowly oblong, 11-19 cm. long, 8-5.2 cm.
broad, glabrous on both sides, shining above, attenuate at base and
decurrent on the petiole, gradually narrowed to an obtuse and shal-
lowly retuse apex, conspicuously crenate at margins except near base,
532 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
the crenations 2 or 3 per centimeter, callose-aristate on the rounded
distal margin (awn 0.5-1 mm. long, readily caducous, leaving a slight
thickening), the costa nearly plane above or slightly elevated, promi-
nent beneath, the secondary nerves 10-16 per side, arcuate-ascending,
slightly elevated on both sides or subprominent beneath, irregularly
anastomosing toward margins, the veinlet-reticulation prominulous
on both sides or plane above; inflorescences lateral below leaves, at
anthesis 7-9 cm. long, the peduncle short, the rachis slender, striate,
1~1.5 mm. in diameter, sparsely pilose like young branchlets; flowers
numerous, 6-8 per centimeter of rachis but some caducous, the sub-
tending bracts oblong-obovate, 2.5-3 X 1-1.5 mm., copiously sericeous
without and puberulent within, caducous before anthesis, the pedicels
at anthesis 13-17 mm. long; sepals 5, thin-carnose, lanceolate, 8-9 mm.
long, 1.7-2 mm. broad, acute at apex, pilose on both sides like pedicel,
inconspicuously carinate within; petals 5, thin-carnose, obovate-
cuneate, 8-9 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. broad, copiously tomentellous on
proximal margins and within near base (hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long),
otherwise glabrous, copiously and deeply laciniate, the 5 principal
divisions 4—5 mm. long, each of these once or twice dichotomously
divided, the ultimate lobes 12-16, lanceolate, 1-nerved, 2-4 mm. long;
disk carnose, 0.7-0.8 mm. high, copiously sericeous-hispidulous with
golden hairs 0.2-0.3 mm. long, the lobes 5, confluent, dorsally shallowly
sulcate; stamens about 3-seriate, 50-52, diverse in length, 4-6 mm.
long, the filaments terete, 1-1.5 mm. long, minutely setulose-sericeous,
the anthers 3-4.5 mm. long, minutely hispidulous, erostrate, subacute
at apex, the dorsal apex terminated by 1-3 sctae up to 1 mm. long;
ovary subglobose, copiously sericeous with golden hairs 0.3-0.6 mm.
long, the style subulate, 6-7.5 mm long, sericeous in the basal half,
glabrous distally, soon caducous, the locules d, each with 5 or 6 bi-
serlate ovules; infructescences up to 11 cm. long, the indument of
rachis and pedicels sometimes subpersistent, the pedicels 20-25 mm.
long, the disk persistently hispidulous; fruits coriacous when dried,
subglobose, at apparent maturity about 20 mm. in diameter, marked
at apex with 5 obscure radiating lines, the epicarp thin, tough, the
mesocarp 1.5-3 mm. thick, fibrous, the endocarp hard and bony, about
2 mm. thick, copiously ornamented with irregularly oblong processes
1-2 mm. long, the locules 5 but often all except one aborting, the seeds
1 per locule when developing.
Type in the herbarium of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, collected in forest at
Falelima-Siuvao, Savaii, Samoa, alt. about 50 m., November 19, 1931, by Erling
Christophersen (No. 309).
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
SAMOA: Savar: Tufutagoe-Falelima, Christophersen 2766 (Bish, US) ; near
Salailua, Christophersen 2983 (Bish).
(?) WALLIS ISLANDS: Uvea: Burrows W8 (Bish).
(?) ROTUMA: Wagatabu 2631 (A).
A. C. SMITH! PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 533
DisrripuTion: The new species is known definitely only from
Savaii, Samoa, where it has a limited range at low elevations (up to
150 m.). Christophersen notes it as from forest or edge of forest,
near an abandoned plantation (No. 2766). The species is a tree 5-10
m. high, the fruit being blue when ripe and eaten by pigeons.
Locan NAME: Siapo atua is the name referred to Christophersen’s
three collections.
The specimens from Uvea and Rotuma are not too confidently re-
ferred here, since both are sterile and show slight differences in petiole-
length and leaf-margins from the Samoan specimens. Burrows gives
the local name tongovao for the Uvea plant; the Rotuma specimen was
from a tree nearly 20 m. high, locally known as umasa.
The new species is certainly of the general affinity of 2’. sphaericus
(Gaertn.) K. Schum., to which Christophersen referred it with the
suggestion that it might be a recent introduction into Samoa. The
notes with his specimens do not necessarily indicate that the plants
were introduced. When clearing land for a plantation, the Polyne-
sians usually leave large hard-wooded trees standing, and of course
trees on the edge of a forest are often characteristic of the forest itself,
but they are more accessible to collectors.
The conventional herbarium concept of E. sphaericus, so ably dis-
cussed by Merrill (1951, pp. 196-199), seems to me quite artificial,
including as it does a large part of § Ganitrus. Of course, the ultimate
decision as to the limits of this species will rest with some future
monographer; but in the meantime I see little gain in the wholesale
reduction of regionally limited taxa to a somewhat vague concept.
Although £. sphaericus is said to be cultivated in India and perhaps in
parts of Malaysia, because of the value attached to the hard endocarps,
there is no evidence to indicate that the occurrence of § Ganitrus as far
east as Samoa is unnatural. Its absence from Fiji, on the basis of
present material, is puzzling, but a parallel distribution is seen in
§ Coilopetalum, both cases seem to indicate the need of more intensive
collecting in our area.
From the only other species of § Ganitrus known from our region,
E. hebridarum Knuth, of which flowers are unknown, /. christopher-
sent is readily distinguished by its longer-petiolate and larger leaves
with more obvious marginal crenations, and by its comparatively
long-pedicellate fruits.
Another species to which the Samoan plant is allied is the Australian
E. grandis F. v. Muell., sometimes cultivated ; the two entities are very
close in foliage, . christophersenti having its marginal crenations
somewhat coarser. The sepals of /’. grandis are about 12 mm. long and
attenuate at apex, the petals are at least 16-17 mm. long but laciniate
and pilose like those of the Samoan plant, the disk is about 1.5 mm.
223743—53——2
534. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
high, the stamens are about 57-60 in number, with anthers 5-7 mm.
long, and the style is about 15 mm. long.
2. § FISSIPETALUM
Elaeocarpus § Fissipetalum Schlechter in Bot. Jahrb. 54: 118. 1916.
The 4 species of § /isstpetalum known from our region are all
Fijian, indicating that the section is to be expected in the Solomon
Islands and the New Hebrides; in New Guinea it is represented by ap-
proximately 17 known species. The species placed here are easily
recognized by their very small flowers, few stamens with erostrate
anthers, reduced number of ovules, small fruits, and essentially
unornamented pyrenes which are round in cross-section. Character-
istically, the New Guinean species of this section have the ovules 4 per
locule, but I found it necessary to place in the section species with
2 and 6 ovules per locule (1944, pp. 236-246). Of the Fijian species
here placed, 3 have biovulate locules, and I believe that Schlechter’s
original interpretation of the section must be expanded to this extent.
It is questionable whether or not § Fissipetalum should be separated
from § Dicera (for discussion of which see Smith, 1944, p. 223), a
section which has, and perhaps correctly, been rather broadly inter-
preted. For instance, Merrill (1951, p. 165, etc.) refers to § Dicera
certain new species which in petal-characters would be placed in
§ Fissipetalum, although elsewhere (1951, p. 174) he retains the latter
section as distinct. Perhaps a reasonably broad interpretation of
sectional lines will lead to the combination of these two names, and
also § Lobopetalum Schlechter (1916, p. 109), under the earliest name,
§ Dicera. Such a decision can best be made by the ultimate monogra-
pher of the genus.
3. Elaeocarpus (§ Fissipetalum) pittosporoides A. C. Sm. in Journ. Arn. Arb.
26: 100. 1945.
Tree, up to 6 m. high, glabrous except for some floral parts, the
branchlets slender (3-4 mm. in diameter distally), terete, cinereous;
leaves crowded toward apices of branchlets, the petioles slender, shal-
lowly canaliculate, 1-2 cm. long, the blades subcoriaceous or chartace-
ous, drying olivaceous, obovate-elliptic, 6.5-10 cm. long, 2.5-4.5 em.
broad, attenuate at base and decurrent on the petiole, obtusely cuspi-
date at apex, slightly recurved at margin and remotely undulate-
crenulate, the costa strongly raised on both sides, the secondary nerves
6-8 per side, subspreading, anastomosing toward margins, sharply
prominulous on both sides, the veinlet-reticulation obvious, prominu-
lous on both sides; racemes axillary, lax, up to 6 cm. long, 2-4-flowered,
the peduncle up to 3 cm. long and like the rachis slender, the pedicels
very slender, at anthesis 20-25 mm. long; sepals 5, thin-carnose or
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 535
papyraceous, oblong, 5.5-6X1.5-2 mm., subacute, glabrous without,
conspicuously carinate within and sericeous-puberulent with hairs
0.1-0.2 mm. long; petals 5, submembranaceous, obovate, about as long
as sepals, 2.5-3 mm. broad, carinate within toward base and there
faintly tomentellous, otherwise glabrous, 3-5-lobed at apex, the lobes
subacute, 1-2 mm. long; disk about 0.5 mm. high, sparsely hispidulous,
obscurely 5-lobed; stamens 26 or 27, 1- or 2-seriate, 3.5-4 mm. long,
minutely papillose-hispidulous throughout, the filaments 1-1.5 mm.
long, the anthers 2-2.5 mm. long, subacute at apex, erostrate, the
dorsal apex slightly projected; gynoecium glabrous, the ovary ovoid,
2-locular, each locule with 4 biseriate ovules, the style subulate, 2-2.5
mm. long.
Tyrr Locatity: Viti Levu, Fiji; the type is Greenwood 1010.
Disrripution: Thus far known only from the type collection, ob-
tained at an elevation of 200-300 m. in southeastern Viti Levu, from a
tree 5-6 m. high; the flower-buds (essentially mature) are yellow,
somewhat dependent on very thin pedicels.
FIJI: Virt Levu: Namosi: Hills between Navua River and Suva, Greenwood
1010 (A TYPE, K).
This very distinct species, which remains known only from the
original collection, is distinguishable from £’. casstnoides and its more
immediate allies by the several obvious characters utilized in my key.
Although I referred the species to § Dicera in 1945, I am now inclined
to place it in § Féssépetalum because of its laciniate (although few-
lobed) petals and erostrate anthers.
4, Elaeocarpus (§ Fissipetalum) cassinoides A. Gray, Bot. U. 8. Expl. Exped.
1: 204. 1854; C. Muell. in Walp. Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 331. 1857; Seem. Fl.
Vit. 29. 1865; Hemsl. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 171. 1894; A. C. Sm.
in Journ. Arn. Arb. 26: 99, 1945.
Tree, up to 23 m. high, the young parts copiously strigose-hispidu-
lous, the branchlets subterete, slender, brownish, when young pale-
puberulent or strigose with hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long, usually soon
glabrate; petioles pilose and glabrate like branchlets, slender, canalic-
ulate, 5-15 mm. long; leaf-blades papyraceous or chartaceous, oblong-
or obovate-elliptic, 5-11 cm. long, 2-5 cm. broad, subacute to attenuate
at base and decurrent on the petiole, broadly obtuse to obtusely cuspi-
date and often obscurely emarginate at apex, often narrowly recurved
at margin and crenulate especially distally (crenations 1-3 per centi-
meter, at first obscurely spinulose but soon rounded and callose on
distal margin), obscurely puberulent on nerves when young but soon
glabrate on both sides, the costa plane or slightly raised above, promi-
nent beneath, the secondary nerves 4-9 per side, erecto-patent, anas-
tomosing, slightly prominulous or plane above, raised and often with
axillary domatia beneath, the veinlet-reticulation prominulous on
536 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
both sides or obscure above; racemes axillary, usually 3-4.5 cm. long
at anthesis, 12-17-flowered, short-pedunculate, the rachis and pedicels
pale-puberulent or hispidulous with pale or yellowish hairs 0.1-0.3
mm. long, the flower-subtending bracts submembranaceous, lanceolate,
2-3 mm. long, sparsely pilose, soon caducous, the pedicels 2-3.5 mm.
long at anthesis; sepals 5, submembranaceous, deltoid-oblong, 1.5-2
mm. long, 0.7-1.2 mm. broad, subacute, sparsely puberulent on margin
and distally within, otherwise glabrous, carinate within; petals 5, sub-
membranaceous, glabrous, obovate-cuneate, 1.3-1.9 mm. long, 0.8-1.2
mm. broad, fimbriate with 6-8 lobes, these subequal, obtuse, 0.3-0.5
mm. long; disk 5-lobed, the lobes nearly free, about 0.4 mm. high and
0.7 mm. broad, dorsally deeply sulcate, copiously hispidulous; stamens
14-16, uniseriate, 1.2-1.3 mm. long, the filaments slender, glabrous,
about 0.6 mm. long, the anthers oblong, hispidulous, obtuse, erostrate,
0.6-0.7 mm. long; ovary ovoid, with base of style puberulent-hispidu-
lous (hairs about 0.15 mm. long), the style 0.4-0.5 mm. long, the
locules 2, each biovulate; infructescence often shortened by loss of
apical portion of rachis, the pedicels stout, 2-5 mm. long, subglabrate ;
fruits obovoid or ellipsoid, 14-20 mm. long, 8-11 mm. broad, glabrous,
the epicarp thin, rugulose, waxy, together with the mesocarp forming
a carnose outer layer 0.5-1 mm. thick, the endocarp very hard, about
2.5 mm. thick, rugulose by means of slight irregular depressions,
longitudinally bisulcate, the locule and seed usually solitary, the seed
ellipsoid-oblong, about 10 mm. long.
Tyre tocatity: Mbua Bay [Sandalwood Bay], Vanua Levu, Fiji;
type collected by U.S. Exploring Expedition, cited below.
Distripution : Endemic to Fiji,‘ thus far known from several of the
islands, occurring in various types of forest or in thickets at elevations
up to400m. My own notes indicate the plant as a tree 13-23 m. high,
with a trunk-diameter up to 1 m.; the petals of No. 1086 (the only
specimen with mature flowers) were pale pink; the fruits are blue or
purplish.
Loca NAME: Watloaloa (Smith 1735).
FIJI: Virt Levu: Rewa: Slopes of Korombamba Mt., Gillespie 2307 (Bish, GH,
K, NY, US). Vanua Levu: Mbua: Mbua Bay, U. 8S. Expl. Exped. (GH, K, US
13596 TYPE) ; lower Wainunu River valley, Smith 1735 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US).
Koro: Eastern slope of main ridge, Smith 1007 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US) ; western
slope, Smith 1086 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). MoaLa: Above Maloku, Smith 1853
(Bish, GH, K, NY, US).
Elaeocarpus cassinoides is clearly distinguished from its relatives
*In 1945 I remarked that statements of the occurrence of this species in 'Tonga
were all based upon Gray’s very questionable record. In currently known and
authentic Tongan collections it has not reappeared, and so it seems advisable to
drop the species from lists of Tongan plants; I feel certain that Gray’s material
came from one collection, from Vanua Levu.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 537
in our region, except the following (£. pyriformis), by its compara-
tively minute flowers. Its small, predominantly obovate-elliptic, and
glabrous leaves further characterize it, and its small fruits, with a
bony and inconspicuously rugulose endocarp, are typical for the sec-
tion. In my previous notes on £. cassinoides, in 1945, I was reluc-
tant to assign it to § Fissipetalum, because of its biovulate ovary-
locules, but in all other basic respects it agrees with the Papuasian
members of this section.
5. Elaeocarpus (§ Fissipetalum) pyriformis A. Gray, Bot. U. 8. Expl. Exped.
1: 205. 1854; C. Muell. in Walp. Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 332. 1857; Seem. Fl.
Vit. 29. 1865.
Shrub or tree, up to 8 m. high (or more?), the young parts copiously
hispidulous with yellowish hairs, the branchlets subterete, striate,
often flexuose distally, 1.5-2.5 mm. in diameter toward apices, at first
copiously hispidulous-puberulent with hairs 0.1-0.3 mm. long, even-
tually glabrate; leaves numerous toward apices of branchlets, the
petioles slender, flattened above or shallowly canaliculate, 4-15 mm.
long, pilose like branchlets, the indument persistent, the leaf-blades
chartaceous or submembranaceous, drying dull green, oblong-elliptic,
4,5~12 cm. long, 3-6.7 cm. broad, rounded or broadly obtuse at base
or rarely acute and decurrent on the petiole, rounded or obtusely
cuspidate and inconspicuously emarginate at apex, often narrowly
recurved at margin and shallowly crenulate (crenations 2 or 3 per
centimeter, obscurely spinulose but soon becoming inconspicuously
callose on distal margin), glabrous above or subpersistently puberu-
lent on lower part of costa, puberulent beneath with pale hairs 0.1-0.3
mm. long, these often persistent at least on costa and some secondaries,
the costa plane or slightly elevated above, prominent beneath, the sec-
ondary nerves 5-10 per side, spreading, inconspicuously anastomosing,
prominulous or plane above, sharply elevated beneath and often with
axillary domatia, the veinlet-reticulation intricate, prominulous on
both sides or plane above; racemes solitary, axillary or borne above
scars of fallen leaves, 2-3 cm. long at anthesis, 8-12-flowered (or some
flowers caducous), the peduncle very short, the rachis and pedicels
slender, copiously pilose with pale spreading hairs 0.2-0.3 mm. long,
the flower-subtending bracts membranaceous, lanceolate, about 1 mm.
long, dorsally minutely strigillose, the pedicels 2-3 mm. long at an-
thesis; sepals 5, submembranaceous, ovate-deltoid, 1.5-1.7 mm. long,
0.7-1 mm. broad, acute, carinate within, minutely puberulent without
and toward apex within; petals 5, membranaceous, obovate-cuneate,
glabrous, 1.5-1.8 mm. long, 0.8-1.2 mm. broad, fimbriate with 7-10
lobes, these subequal, obtuse, 0.2-0.4 mm. long; disk-lobes 5, nearly free,
0.8-0.4 mm. high and 0.6-0.8 mm. broad, deeply bilobed, uniformly
and copiously hispidulous; stamens 14 or 15, uniseriate, 0.6-0.7 mm.
538 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
long, the filaments terete, glabrous, about 0.3 mm. long, the anthers
oblong, minutely hispidulous, obtuse, erostrate, 0.3-0.4 mm. long;
ovary ovoid, sparsely sericeous with hairs 0.2-0.3 mm. long, the style
subulate, 0.6-0.7 mm. long, the locules 2, each biovulate; infructescence
up to 5 em. long, often shortened by loss of tip of rachis, the pedicels
3-5 mm. long, with long-persistent indument but eventually subglab-
rate; fruits obovoid, 15-22 mm. long, 10-14 mm. broad, glabrous, ob-
tuse at base and apex, the epicarp thin, rugulose, waxy, forming with
the mesocarp an outer carnose layer 1-1.5 mm. thick, the endocarp
hard and bony, 2-8 mm. thick, inconspicuously rugulose, longitudi-
nally bisulcate, the locule 1, the seed filling the entire cavity.
Type Locatiry: Mbua Bay [Sandalwood Bay], Vanua Levu, Fiji;
the type is the Exploring Expedition specimen cited below.
Disrrinution: Endemic to Fiji, collected only on the two large
islands, at elevations from near sea level up to 750 m. The species is
a tree or shrub noted up to 8 m. in height, occurring in forest or on
wooded ridges. The only flowering specimen (Horne 222) is without
color notes; the fruits accompanying my No. 6831 were shining,
metallic, green-blue, becoming brighter blue.
Locan name: Kesa (MacDaniels 1041).
FIJI: Vitt Levu: Mba: Nambuyasa Village, Gillespie 4086 (Bish, GH, EK).
Nandronga & Navosa: Southern slopes of Nausori Highlands, above Tumbena-
solo, Greenwood 1187 (A, US). Namosi: Vicinity of Namosi, Gillespie 2835
(Bish, GH, NY, US). Naitasiri: Waindina River basin, MacDaniels 1041 (A,
Bish). Vanua Levu: Mbua: Mbua Bay, U. S. Expl. Exped. (GH, K, US 13616
TYPE). Mathuata: Southern base of Mathuata Range, north of Natua, Smith
6831 (A, US). Fiji, without definite locality: Horne 222 (IK), 981 (K), Tothill
375 (KX).
Gray was aware of the close relationship between his EZ. pyriformis
and £, cassinoides, and indeed there would be justification for treating
the available material as conspecific. Only the slight differences in
leaf-shape and in degree and persistence of indument of vegetative
parts, as indicated in my key, separate the two concepts. Only one
collection of each species with mature flowers is thus far known,
and so no comprehensive picture of floral differences, if consequential,
is available. On the basis of these two specimens, however, /. pyri-
formés has the smaller bracts and stamens, other floral parts being
essentially similar.
6, Elaeocarpus (§ Fissipetalum) kasiensis A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141:
92. fig. 48. 1936.
Shrub, about 3 m. high, glabrous throughout except for young
parts and inflorescences, the young parts sericeous with pale hairs
0.8-0.5 mm. long, soon glabrate, the branchlets terete, slender, 2-4 mm.
in diameter toward apices; petioles rugose, shallowly canaliculate,
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 539
1-2 cm. long; leaf-blades thin-coriaceous, when dry green and shining
above and often reddish beneath, obovate-oblong, 7-15 cm. long, 3-7
cm. broad, attentuate at base and long-decurrent on the petiole,
rounded at apex, often revolute at margin and obviously crenulate
(crenations 1 or 2 per centimeter, distally terminated by a blackish
callose apiculation 0.5-0.8 mm. long, this caducous, leaving the distal
margin rounded), the costa plane or slightly raised above, prominent
beneath, the secondary nerves 5-8, ascending, obviously anastomosing
toward margin, the veinlet-reticulation lax, prominulous or immersed
on both sides; racemes solitary, axillary, 2-6 cm. long at anthesis,
short-pedunculate, 6-18-flowered, the rachis and pedicels slender,
often reddish, sparsely strigose-puberulent with pale hairs 0.2-0.3
mm. long, the flower-subtending bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long,
sparsely puberulent without, caducous, the pedicels 3-6 mm. long,
curved; sepals 4 or 5, thin-carnose, lanceolate-ovate, acute, 3-3.5 mm.
long, 1.2-2 mm. broad, sparsely puberulent and glabrate without, gla-
brous and carinate within; petals 4 or 5, submembranaceous, thickened
toward base, oblong-obovate, 2.5-8 mm. long, 1.2-1.5 mm. broad,
glabrous, fimbriate at apex with 5-7 lobes, these about 0.5 mm. long,
rounded, subequal or the middle lobe the largest; disk-lobes 4 or 5, es-
sentially free, about 0.4 mm. high and 0.8 mm. broad, minutely but
copiously hispidulous; stamens 10-12, uniseriate, 1.8-2 mm. long, the
filaments terete, glabrous, 0.5-0.8 mm. long, the anthers minutely
tuberculate-hispidulous, 1-1.3 mm. long, rounded at both ends, eros-
trate; ovary ovoid, minutely pale-sericeous with hairs 0.1-0.2 mm.
long, the style conical-filiform, about 1 mm. long, sparsely sericeous
near base, glabrous distally, the locules 2, each with 2 collateral ovules;
infructescences soon glabrate throughout, up to 8 cm. long, the pedi-
cels up to 10 mm. long, incrassate, the fruits obovoid, up to 2X1 em.,
apiculate at apex, the immature pericarp about 1 mm. thick.
Typr Looatity: Yanawai River region, Vanua Levu, Fiji; type,
Smith 1761.
DistrRipuTion : Known only from the type collection, taken from a
shrub 3 m. high, occurring in dense bush at an elevation of 300-430 m.
The sepals are yellow and the petals pink with yellow margins.
FIJI: Vanua Levu: Thakaundrove: Yanawai River region, Mt. Kasi, Smith
1761 (Bish Tree, GH, K, NY, US).
While agreeing with £. cassinoides and E. pyriformis in its basic
characters, including the biovulate ovary-locules, #’. hasienszs is a very
distinct species on the basis of its obovate-oblong and often reddish
leaves, its comparatively large flowers, and its reduced number of
stamens. Although I originally referred the species to § Dicera,
it now seems better placed in § Fissipetalum.
540 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
3. § MONOCERA
Elaeocarpus § Monocera Brongn. & Gris in Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 8: 201. 1861.
Section Monocera has been used in a very broad sense by many
students; its typification and essential characters were recently out-
lined by me (1944, pp. 255-256), and § Papuanthus Schlechter was
reduced to synonymy. In New Guinea the section consists of approx-
imately 12 species, while 1 species is known from the Solomon Islands.
In our region 8 species, all Fijian, are here recognized; the discovery
of the section in the New Hebrides seems inevitable.
The species here referred to § Monocera are charecterized by com-
paratively large flowers, often copiously laciniate petals, numerous
and aristate stamens, a bilocular ovary with numerous ovules, and a
large somewhat flattened fruit. The endocarp is characteristically
flattened, very hard and uniformly bony, with obvious and often lobed
lateral angles.
7. Elaeocarpus (§ Monocera) storckii Seem. in Bonplandia 10: 295. 1862, Fl.
Vit. 28. pl. 7. 1865.
A large tree, glabrous throughout except for some floral parts, the
branchlets very robust, subterete, 7-15 mm. in diameter near apices,
conspicuously cicatricose with the crowded scars of fallen leaves;
leaves congested near apices of branchlets, the petioles stout (1.5-3
mm. in diameter), rugose, shallowly canaliculate, 3-6 cm. long, swol-
len at base and apex, the leaf-blades thick-coriaceous, drying olivace-
ous, obovate- or elliptic-oblong, 9-20 cm. long, (3-) 4-9 cm. broad,
acute or obtuse at base, rounded or very bluntly cuspidate at apex and
shallowly emarginate, thickened and somewhat recurved at margin,
entire in the basal half or throughout but more often shallowly cren-
ulate distally (crenations 1 or 2 per centimeter, inconspicuously cal-
lose-spinulose and soon rounded on distal margin), the costa stout,
strongly elevated above and very prominent beneath, the secondary
nerves 7-11 per side, erecto-patent, irregularly anastomosing toward
margin, bluntly elevated on both sides, the veinlet-reticulation intri-
cate, conspicuous, prominulous on both sides; racemes lateral from
branchlets below leaves, robust, 6-11 cm. long including flowers, the
peduncle short, forming with the rachis a very stout (2-5 mm. in
diameter) axis 2-5 cm. long, this subterete, swollen at bases of pedicels,
the flower-subtending bracts not seen, the developing flowers 2-7 in
number; pedicels 2-5.5 cm. long at anthesis, stout, 2.5-4 mm. in
diameter at anthesis, swollen distally; sepals 5, thick-coriaceous (1-2
mm. thick), oblong-lanceolate, 30-40 mm. long, 5-10 mm. broad, sub-
acute at apex, glabrous without, carinate and copiously sericeous
within (hairs stramineous, 0.2-0.4 mm. long), densely puberulent on
the thickened margins; petals 5, carnose, oblong-obovate, 80-47 mm.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 541
long, about 15 mm. broad, glabrous on both sides or sparsely puberu-
lent proximally within, greatly thickened and carinate within toward
base, crenulate-lobed at the rounded apex (lobes 12-16, obtuse, 1-2
mm. long, subequal or the middle lobe the largest) ; disk thick-carnose
or subcoriaceous, glabrous, annular-pulvinate, 2-3 mm. high, 5-lobed,
the lobes confluent, dorsally sulcate; stamens 100-125, 4-6-seriate,
18-25 mm. long, the filaments terete, gradually narrowed upward,
5-9 mm. long, copiously hispidulous with hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long, the
anthers slender, stiff, minutely hispidulous-tuberculate, 13-16 mm.
long including awns, uni- or biaristate at apex, the dorsal awn subu-
late, 1.7-4 mm. long, the ventral awn up to 2 mm. long or lacking;
ovary coriaceous, conical, glabrous, the style stout, conical-subulate,
glabrous, up to 20 mm. long, the ovary-wall very thick (1-1.5 mm. at
anthesis), the locules 2, each with 8 biseriate ovules; very young fruits
ovoid, up to 2X1 cm., the epicarp strongly rugulose, the mesocarp
thick and fibrous, the endocarp not bony at this stage; mature fruits
(ex Storck) ovoid, acute, 4-6 cm. long, the stone large, bony, 1-seeded.
Typ LocALity: Ovalau, Fiji; the type is Storck 871, cited below.
Disrripution: Fiji, known definitely only from Ovalau and south-
eastern Viti Levu, at elevations up to 550m. Although further data
are inadequate, the species is doubtless a large forest tree, and Storck
noted that its flowers were colored; Seemann’s artist shows the sepals
as rich pink, the petals as yellow proximally, pink toward apices.
Locan name: NVgaingai [“gaigat”’], according to Storck, who noted
that the tree exudes a resin.
FIJI: Vitt Levu: Rewa: Near summit of Korombamba Mt., Gillespie 2325
(Bish, GH). Naitasiri: Kalambo, Tothill in 1929 (K). Ovaatv: Port Kinnaird,
Storck 871 (BM, GH, K Tyre). Fiji, without definite locality: Horne 479 (GH,
K).
Elaeocarpus storckit is without close relatives among the species of
our area, being remarkable for its very robust habit, thick leaves, very
coarse flowers, and numerous stamens. In nature it must be a beauti-
ful and spectacular species, if the large flowers are as brightly colored
as depicted by Seemann’s artist.
8, Elaeocarpus (§ Monocera) chelonimorphus Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83:
18. fig. 22. 1931; A. C. Sm, in Bishop Mus, Bull. 141: 95, 1936.
Tree, up to 15 m. or more in height, rarely a shrub, the young parts
minutely sericeous-puberulent, the branchlets subterete, 2-6 mm. in
diameter toward apices, when young minutely strigose-puberulent
(hairs pale, 0.1-0.2 mm. long), soon glabrate; leaves usually spaced
on distal parts of branchlets, not congested, the petioles stout (1.5-3
mm. in diameter, swollen at base and apex), flattened above or shal-
lowly canaliculate, variable in length, (8-) 15-60 mm. long, obscurely
542 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
puberulent like branchlets, soon glabrate; leaf-blades chartaceous or
thin-coriaceous, pale or dark green to brownish when dried, narrowly
or broadly elliptic to lanceolate or obovate-lanceolate, (8—) 13-23 cm.
long, (8-) 5-9 em. broad, acute (rarely obtuse) to attenuate at base
and decurrent on the petiole, acuminate or abruptly cuspidate at apex
(acumen up to 15 mm. long, obtuse or callose-acute), often narrowly
recurved at margin and obscurely or obviously spinulose-crenulate
(crenations 1 or 2 per centimeter), glabrous on both sides or obscurely
and evanescently strigose-puberulent beneath, the costa prominent on
both sides, the secondary nerves 6-12 per side, curved-ascending,
irregularly anastomosing, slightly elevated above, sharply raised be-
neath and often with axillary domatia, the veinlet-reticulation
obvious, intricate, prominulous on both sides; racemes arising from
branchlets below leaves or rarely axillary, the peduncle short, with
the rachis forming a slender axis 14 (-5.5) em. long, the maturing
flowers usually 2-5 or rarely more, the rachis pale-puberulent (hairs
0.1-0.2 mm. long) or sometimes very early glabrate, the flower-sub-
tending bracts papyraceous, ovate-deltoid, acute, 1.5-3 mm. long,
puberulent on both sides or tomentellous within, soon caducous, the
pedicels slender, 2-5 em. long at anthesis, gradually enlarged distally ;
sepals 5, carnose, variable in thickness, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate,
22-32 mm. long, 3.5-9 mm. broad, gradually narrowed to a subacute
apex, glabrous without, carinate within and copiously sericeous-
tomentellous (hairs golden, 0.2-0.5 mm. long), puberulent on the
broadened margins; petals 5, submembranaceous distally, thickened
toward base and conspicuously carinate proximally within, oblong to
oblong-obovate or broadly oblong-elliptic, 23-37 mm. long, 7-16 mm.
broad, conspicuously reticulate-veined, glabrous on both sides or
sparsely spreading-pilose on lower part of carina within, conspicu-
ously fimbriate at the rounded apex, the lobes 9-19, variously cleft,
lanceolate, acute, 3-8 mm. long, usually with 1-3 ultimate veinlets,
the middle lobe the broadest; disk carnose to coriaceous, annular-
pulvinate, 1-2.5 mm. high, 5-lobed, the lobes confluent, dorsally sulcate
and sericeous, apically copiously hispidulous with golden hairs 0.2-0.5
mm. long; stamens 48-90, 2-4-seriate in 5 clusters on flattened upper
surface of disk-lobes, 17-22 mm. long, the filaments carnose, terete,
gradually narrowed distally, 6-9 mm. long, copiously hispidulous with
hairs 0.5-1 mm. long, the anthers minutely tuberculate-hispidulous and
dorsally sericeous (hairs as on filaments), 9-13 mm. long, the dorsal
awn lanceolate-subulate, 0.8-1.5 mm. long, the ventral apex obtuse,
often recurved but not aristate; ovary narrowly ellipsoid, flattened,
glabrous or sparsely hispidulous at base, the style subulate, glabrous,
10-20 mm. long, the ovary-wall very thick, obscurely sericeous within,
the locules 2, each with 8 biseriate ovules; infructescences on branch-
lets or trunk, the rachis glabrate, thick but not much elongating, the
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 543
pedicels up to 6 cm. long, very stout, the disk persistent; fruits ovoid or
ellipsoid, laterally slightly compressed, carnose when fresh, drying
coriaceous, 5-6.5 cm. long, 3-4.5 em. broad, glabrous, rounded or obtuse
at both ends, the base of style persistent, the epicarp brittle and
coarsely rugose when dry, thin (about 0.2 mm. thick), the mesocarp
spongy, fibrous, 5-10 mm. thick in fresh fruits, the endocarp hard and
bony, 4-6 mm. thick, forming an ellipsoid and strongly flattened puta-
men up to 50 X 85 X 22 mm., this acute at both ends, diamond-shaped in
cross section, 4-angled, the lateral angles shallowly lobed (lobes 4-6
per side, obtuse, up to 5 mm. long, apically directed), the dorsiventral
angles obtuse or acute, often sulcate, the locule 1, occupied by a single
ellipsoid seed up to 3 cm. long.
Typ LocaLity: Mt. Korombamba, southeastern Viti Levu, Fiji;
the type is Gillespie 2293, cited below.
Disrrisution: Endemic to Fiji, but thus far known only from Viti
Levu and Vanua Levu, appearing to be the most common Elaeocarpus
on the former island. Elevations upward of 100 m. have been re-
corded, but the species reaches its greatest abundance toward the
summits; it has been found on Tomanivi (1323 m.) and other high
hills. It occurs in various types of forest, usually in dense rain-
forest or in the low mossy forest of ridges. The species is usually
noted as a tree 7-15 m. in height, less commonly as a low shrub. The
sepals are green, the petals and filaments white to greenish yellow,
the anthers and disk-lobes pale yellow, and the ovary and style green;
the fruit is green to bluish or yellowish.
Loca, NAMES: Several collectors have noted the name kambi on
Viti Levu, and Degener mentions that the kernel of the fruit is edible.
My No. 5346 bears the local name szvia.
FIJI: Virt Levu: Mba: Mt. Evans Range, Greenwood 877A (A, K, NY) ; east-
ern slopes of Mt. Koroyanitu, Mt. Evans Range, Smith 4150 (A, US); hills
between Nandala and Nukunuku Creeks, along trail from Nandarivatu toward
Lewa, Smith 6189 (A, US); Mt. Nanggaranambuluta [Lomalangi], near Nan-
darivatu, Smith 4802 (A, US), Greenwood 877 (A); Vuninatambua, Navai,
Degener 14878 (A, K, NY); Nauwanga, Degener 14542 (A, Bish, K, NY, US);
valleys of Nggaliwana and Tumbeindreketi Creeks, Smith 5846 (A, US), 5864
(A, US); summit of Mt. Tomanivi [Mt. Victoria], Smith 5195 (A, US). Nand-
ronga & Navosa: Northern portion of Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Nandrau
and Rewasau, Smith 5646 (A, US); ridge between Koronayalewa and Molava,
B. E. Parham 1488 (A) ; ridge between Naloka and Naraiyawa, B. L. Parham 24738
(A). Namosi: Naitarandamu Mt., Gillespie 3118 (Bish, GH), 3141 (Bish, GH,
NY) ; Wainikoroiluva River above Naraiyawa, B. £. Parham 1442 (A); ridge
southeast of Namosi, Gillespie 2844 (Bish, GH, NY, US) ; between Ndevoira and
Naseivou, B. BE. Parham 1886 (A). Naitasiri: Nathokaika track, B. H. Parham
919 (A); vicinity of Nasinu, Gillespie 2293.5 (Bish) ; Tholo-i-suva, B. BH. Parham
1609 (A) ; Tamavua, Yeoward 61 (K). Rewa: Southeastern slopes of Mt. Korom-
bamba, Gillespie 2293 (Bish type, GH, K, NY, US). Tailevu: Wainivesi, B. 2.
Parham 2629 (A). Vanua Levu: Mathuata: Seanggangga Plateau, in drainage
of Korovuli River, vicinity of Natua, Smith 6659 (A, US). Thakaundrove-
544 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Mathuata boundary: Crest of Korotini Range, between Navitho Pass and Mt.
Ndelaikoro, Smith 550 (Bish, NY). Thakaundrove: Yanawai River region, Mt.
Kasi, Smith 1798 (Bish, K, NY), 1802 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US) ; Natewa Penin-
sula, Uluingala, Smith 2001 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US).
The basic characters of this species are the acute-based leaf-blades
with obvious venation, the large flowers, the glabrous sepals and ovary,
and the numerous stamens. However, in the extensive suite of avail-
able specimens there is considerable variation in such characters as
length of petiole, leaf-size, size of flowers, and number of stamens.
Possibly infraspecific categories will eventually seem desirable, but
for the present I have only four or five collections with fully developed
flowers, in which the important characters must be sought. It should
be noted that in two specimens from high elevation (Smith 2001 and
5195) the floral variation from more typical material is considerable.
These two specimens have the sepals 7-9 mm. broad, the petals 12-
16 mm. broad, and the styles 15-20 mm. long; in other available mature
flowers the sepals are 3.5-7 mm. broad, the petals 7-11 mm. broad,
and the styles 10-14 mm. long. No correlation has been detected as
to stamen-number; the type specimen has about 48 stamens (rather
than 40 as stated by Gillespie), while other material has the stamens
68 to 90 in number, often in a single plant. The broad, long-sty led
flowers discussed above do not have any unusual leaf-characteristics,
and for the time being they do not seem especially significant.
9. Elaeocarpus (§ Monocera) gillespieanus A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141:
94. fig. 49. 1936.
Tree, up to 20 m. high, essentially glabrous throughout except for
some floral parts, the young parts glabrous or very sparsely pale-
strigose, the branchlets subterete, 2.5-4 mm. in diameter toward
apices ; leaves spaced on distal parts of branchlets, the petioles slender,
shallowly canaliculate, 2-4 cm. long, the blades thin-coriaceous, drying
olivaceous, ovate-elliptic, 7-18 em. long, 3-5 cm. broad, rounded or
faintly cordate at base, acuminate at apex (acumen up to 15 mm. long,
callose-acute, fragile), slightly thickened at margin and subentire or
remotely crenulate (crenations about 1 per centimeter, shallow), the
costa plane or slightly elevated above, prominent beneath, the second-
ary nerves 8-10 per side, spreading, slightly curved, pale, slightly
elevated above and prominulous beneath, the veinlet-reticulation intri-
cate, prominulous on both surfaces; racemes arising from branchlets
below leaves, the peduncle very short, forming with the rachis a slender
glabrous (or very obscurely pale-strigose) axis 4-6 cm. long, the
maturing flowers usually 2-5, the pedicels 20-35 mm. long; sepals
4 or 5, thick-carnose, lanceolate-oblong, 18-30 mm. long, 4-7 mm.
broad, acute at apex, glabrous without or very obscurely strigose like
rachis, densely sericeous within (hairs whitish, 1-2 mm. long), slightly
thickened at margins; petals 4 or 5, submembranaceous, inconspicu-
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 545
ously carinate and thickened proximally within, glabrous on both
sides or with a few scattered strigose hairs dorsally and faintly puberu-
lent-ciliolate toward base, obovoid, 25-35 mm. long, 10-18 mm. broad,
fimbriate at apex with 14-20 lobes, these 8-6 mm. long, variously
joined, each reticulate-nerved, the middle lobe the largest; disk pulvi-
nate, about 1.5 mm. high, deeply 4- or 5-lobed, the lobes confluent,
dorsally sulcate, sericeous dorsally and hispidulous distally with
golden hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long; stamens 90-100, in 4-6-seriate clusters
on upper surface of disk-lobes, 15-17 mm. Jong, the filaments terete,
slender, 7-8 mm. long, copiously hispidulous with pale ascending hairs
0.7-1 mm. long, the anthers 7-9 mm. long (including awn), copiously
sericeous-hispidulous along dorsal and ventral median lines (hairs
0.5-1.5 mm. long), the dorsal awn subulate, very conspicuous, 3-3.5
mm. long, the ventral apex subacute, sometimes recurved but not
aristate; ovary ovoid-ellipsoid, slightly flattened, glabrous (or very
sparsely strigose toward base), the style filiform, glabrous, 12-15 mm.
long, the ovary-wall very thick, the locules 2, each with 8 biseriate
ovules.
Tyrer tocaniry: Mt. Seatura, Vanua Levu, Fiji; type, Smith 1613.
DistrisuTion: Known only from the type collection, obtained at
an elevation of 400 m. in dense forest ; this collection was from a tree
20 m. high, with the petals noted as white.
Loca, NAME: Mamakura.
FIJI: VANuA Levu: Mbua: Southern slopes of Mt. Seatura, Smith 1613 (Bish
TYPE, GH, K, NY, US).
Elaeocarpus gillespieanus is closely related only to LF. cheloni-
morphus and EF’. vitiensis. As itis thus far known only from the type
collection, one does not know how dependable its characters are, but
it clearly differs from E. chelonimorphus in such characters as leaf-
shape and prominence of the anther-awn; the material of Gillespie’s
species is sufficiently ample so that the range of variability in these
respects is well established and cannot be taken to include the type of
E. gillespieanus. Elaeocarpus vitiensis, also an inadequately known
species, closely resembles Z’. gillespieanus in foliage, but differs in its
apparently slightly smaller flowers, less copiously fimbriate petals, and
much shorter anther-awns.
10. Elaeocarpus (§ Monocera) vitiensis Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 88: 20.
fig. 24. 1931.
Tall tree, essentially glaborous throughout except for some floral
parts, the young parts very sparsely strigose-puberulent and soon
glabrate, the branchlets terete, 1.5-3 mm. in diameter toward apices;
leaves spaced on distal parts of branchlets, the petioles slender, slightly
flattened above, 2-4 cm. long, swollen at base and apex, the blades
coriaceous to chartaceous, olivaceous or dull green when dried, ovate-
546 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
elliptic, 7-16 cm. long, 3-6.5 cm. broad, rounded or broadly obtuse at
base, gradually narrowed to a short-acuminate apex (acumen up to 1
cm, long, obtuse), undulate-crenulate at margin (crenations 1 or 2 per
centimeter, shallow, rounded), the costa plane or slightly elevated
above, prominent beneath, the secondary nerves 7-10 per side, spread-
ing, curved, inconspicuously anastomosing, prominulous above and
slightly elevated beneath, the veinlet-reticulation prominulous on
both sides; racemes lateral below leaves, the peduncle very short, with
the rachis forming an axis about 2 cm. long at anthesis, the maturing
flowers apparently 2-4, the pedicels at anthesis 15-25 mm. long,
sparsely pilose with a few spreading hairs, soon glabrate; sepals 4 or
5, carnose, lanceolate, 19-20 mm. long, 3-4 mm. broad, gradually nar-
rowed to an acute apex, sparsely pilose without like pedicel and soon
glabrate, carinate within and copiously sericeous (hairs pale, 0.2-0.8
mm. long), puberulent on the thickened margins; petals 4 or 5,
membranaceous, carinate and slightly thickened within toward base,
oblong-obovate, 22-25 mm. long, 7-10 mm. broad, glabrous on both
sides or very obscurely sericeous toward base, apically 6-9-lobed, the
lobes oblong, subacute, sometimes inconspicuously subdivided, copi-
ously reticulate-veined, the middle lobe the largest; disk hispidulous
at apex with pale hairs 0.4-0.6 mm. long; stamens probably 40-75
(40-50 ex Gillespie; 74 in one flower of Degener 14544), 14-15 mm.
long, the filaments slender, 5.5-7 mm. long, copiously hispidulous with
pale hairs 0.5-1 mm. long, the anthers 8-9 mm. long, very minutely
tuberculate, sparsely sericeous dorsally and ventrally, the dorsal awn
subulate, 1.2-2 mm. long, the ventral apex acute and sometimes also
aristate with an awn up to 0.8 mm. long; ovary ellipsoid, very sparsely
pilose with hairs about 0.5 mm. long but soon glabrate, the style subu-
late, 10-11 mm. long, the ovulation not observed but the locules ob-
viously 2, the ovules probably several per locule; infructescences
with a rachis about 38-4 em. long, the pedicels thickened; fruits ellip-
soid, slightly compressed, 3.5-4.5 cm. long and 2.5-3.5 em. broad,
rounded at both ends, the epicarp thin, fragile when dried, the meso-
carp fibrous, probably spongy and about 5 mm. thick in fresh fruits,
the endocarp bony, 5-7 mm. thick, forming an ellipsoid putamen, the
lateral margins of this conspicuously flattened and slightly undulate,
the dorsiventral angles subacute.
Tyre Locatity: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Viti Levu, Fiji; the type,
Gillespie 3973, is cited below.
Disrrisution: Known only from the region of the type locality,
at an elevation of 800-900 m., occurring in forest or in wooded ravines.
Gillespie notes the plant as a large tree, with a trunk diameter of 50
cm.; he remarks that the flowers are slightly fragrant, the petals
white, and the fruit dark olive-green. The Degener specimen, in bud,
is noted as having green sepals.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 547
FIJI: Witt Levu: Mba: Vicinity of Nandarivatu, Gillespie 3973 (Bish TYPE),
4169 (Bish, GH, NY, US) ; Nauwanga, Degener 14544 (A, NY).
None of the cited specimens are satisfactory, the type consisting of
foliage and detached floral parts, with a single fruit; this was the
only specimen cited by Gillespie. However, I think that his No. 4169
must also be placed here, as it agrees excellently with the type in foli-
age; it has a few detached fruits. The Degener specimen, similar in
foliage, bears a few large buds, which seem to be 4-merous but other-
wise similar to the flowers of the type.
Elaeocarpus vitiensis and the new species described below form,
with £. chelonimorphus and £. gillespieanus, a group of related spe-
cles characterized by rather large, white-petaled flowers, essentially
glabrous outer surfaces of sepals and ovaries, long-awned anthers,
and distally narrowed leaf-blades. ‘The present species has some-
what smaller flowers than the two preceding, differing further from
E. chelonimorphus in its very different leaf-base and from £#. gilles-
pieanus as noted under that species.
11. Elaeocarpus (§ Monocera) lepidus A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Arbor grandis #. vitienst Gillespie valde affinis, foliorum peti-
olis brevioribus et laminis lanceolatis vel lanceolato-ovatis angustior-
ibus basi acutis vel obtusis, floribus paullo gracilioribus, petalis
manifestius laciniatis differt.
Tree, up to 27 m. high, the young parts sericeous-strigose, soon
glabrate, the branchlets subterete, slender (1.5-3 mm. in diameter
toward apices), distally strigose with pale hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long,
usually soon glabrate; leaves spaced on distal parts of branchlets, the
petioles slender, shallowly canaliculate, (10—-) 15-28 mm. long,
evanescently strigose like young branchlets, the blades chartaceous,
drying olivaceous, lanceolate or lanceolate-ovate, 7-10 cm. long, 2-4
cm. broad, acute to obtuse at base and abruptly decurrent on the pet-
iole, gradually narrowed to a slender but obtuse apex, undulate-
crenulate at margin (crenations about 1 per centimeter or fewer, the
indentations shallow, obscurely spinulose), glabrous on both sides,
the costa nearly plane above, prominent beneath, the secondary
nerves 7-9 per side, subspreading, slightly curved, irregularly anas-
tomosing, like the veinlet-reticulation prominulous on both sides;
racemes borne on branchlets below leaves, the peduncle very short,
with the rachis forming an axis 1-3 cm. long at anthesis, this sericeous-
puberulent with silvery hairs 0.1-0.3 mm. long, eventually glabrate,
the maturing flowers usually 3-8; flower-subtending bracts papy-
raceous, ovate-oblong, 4-5 mm. long and 2-2.5 mm. broad, subacute,
pilose without like rachis, tomentellous-puberulent within, caducous;
pedicels slender, pilose like rachis, at anthesis 17-23 mm. long; sepals
5, thin-carnose, lanceolate, 18-20 mm. long, 2-3 mm. broad, gradually
548 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
narrowed to an acute apex, in bud pilose like pedicels but soon glabrate,
inconspicuously carinate within and sericeous (hairs pale, 0.2-0.3
mm. long), puberulent on the thickened margin; petals 5, submem-
branaceous, oblong-obovate, 23-25 mm. long, 7.5-9 mm. broad, carinate
and slightly thickened within toward base, obscurely sericeous dor-
sally and puberulent on margins toward base but otherwise glabrous,
apically laciniate, the lobes 11-16, lanceolate, 8-6 mm. long, incon-
spicuously reticulate-veined, the middle lobe the largest ; disk carnose,
1-1.5 mm. high, 5-lobed, the lobes confluent on inner surface, deeply
suleate, sparsely sericeous dorsally and hispidulous apically with
hairs 0.3-0.4 mm. long; stamens 42-54, 3- or 4-seriate in 5 clusters,
15-16 mm. long, the filaments slender, 6.5-7.5 mm. long, hispidulous
with pale subascending hairs about 0.5 mm. long, the anthers 8-9 mm.
Jong, very minutely tuberculate, with sparse sericeous dorsal and ven-
tral hairs 0.5-0.8 mm. long, the dorsal awn subulate, 1.5-2 mm. long,
the ventral apex acuminate or with a short awn up to 0.5 mm. long;
ovary ellipsoid, inconspicuously strigillose-sericeous with pale hairs
0.2-0.5 mm. long, glabrate, the style subulate, glabrous, 12-13 mm.
long, the ovary-wall sparsely sericeous within, the locules 2, each
with 6-8 biseriate ovules; infructescence usually with 1 subterminal
fruit maturing, the rachis and pedicels thickening but not elongating,
sometimes subpersistently pilose; fruits ellipsoid, slightly flattened,
coriaceous when dried, up to 5 cm. long and 2.8 cm. broad, glabrous,
broadly obtuse at both ends, the epicarp 0.2-0.3 mm. thick, finely
rugulose with minute shallow pits, the mesocarp spongy, fibrous, 5-8
mm. thick when fresh, the endocarp hard, bony, 8-5 mm. thick, form-
ing an ellipsoid flattened putamen, this irregularly and inconspicu-
ously ridged, the lateral angles produced into a hard, acute undulate
wing 2-5 mm. broad, the dorsiventral angles subacute, the locule 1,
the seed ellipsoid, 25-30 mm. long, acute at both ends.
Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, No. 1676699, collected on edge of
forest on the eastern slope of the main ridge, Koro, Fiji, alt. 200-300 m., January
29, 1934, by A. C. Smith (No. 948). Duplicates at Bish, GH, K, NY, ete.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
FIJI: Virt Levu: Mba: Slopes of the escarpment north of Nandarivatu, Smith
6280 (A, US). Fiji, without definite locality: Horne 437 (GH, K).
DisrriBuTION: The new species is definitely known only from the
islands of Koro and Viti Levu, Fiji, at elevations of 200-800 m., on
edge of forest or in woods along stream. It is a tree, indicated as
20-27 m. in height; the type is noted as having green sepals, white
petals and filaments, and brown anthers; No. 6280 has bluish green
fruits.
Loca NAME: Kambi (Smith 6280).
The three specimens cited are clearly conspecific; the type and the
Horne specimen bear good flowers and the remaining specimen has
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 549
essentially mature fruits. The new species is closely related only to
LE. vitiensis, having very similar flowers, which are slightly the more
slender and with more numerous petal-laciniae. The short-petiolate
and narrower leaves, with acute or obtuse (rather than rounded) bases,
distinguish £’, lepidus from £’, vitiensis, and the new species also tends
to have the indument of its branchlets, rachis, pedicels, and ovary more
obvious and more persistent.
12, Elaeocarpus (§ Monocera) laurifolius A. Gray, Bot. U. 8. Expl. Exped. 1:
203. 1854; C. Muell. in Walp. Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 331. 1857; Seem. Fi. Vit.
28. 1865.
Tree (¢), the young parts closely golden-sericeous (hairs about 0.2
mm. long), the branchlets subterete, rugulose, 2-4 mm. in diameter
toward apices, sparsely strigose-puberulent, soon glabrate; leaves
crowded toward apices of branchlets, the petioles flattened or shal-
lowly bisuleate above, slender, 15-30 mm. long, soon glabrate, the
blades coriaceous, drying brownish, lanceolate or oblong-ovate, 7-12.5
cm. long, 3-6 cm. broad, acute or narrowly obtuse at base and decurrent
on the petiole, gradually narrowed to an obtuse apex, narrowly re-
curved at margin and coarsely crenate (crenations about 1 per centi-
meter, obscurely spinulose, at length rounded on distal margin),
glabrous on both sides or evanescently strigose-puberulent beneath,
the costa strongly elevated above, prominent beneath, the secondary
nerves 6-9 per side, subspreading, curved, irregularly anastomosing,
elevated or nearly plane above, sharply elevated beneath, the veinlet-
reticulation coarse, prominulous on both sides; racemes lateral below
leaves, the peduncle short, with the rachis forming a stout axis 2-3
cm. long, this sparsely strigose-puberulent, subglabrate, the maturing
flowers apparently 2-5; pedicels very stout (1-1.5 mm. in diameter,
swollen upward to 3 mm.), 10-15 mm. long, closely strigose-puberulent
with hairs about 0.1 mm. or sometimes to 0.5 mm. long; sepals 5, very
thick-carnose (1-1.5 mm. thick), swollen at margins, deltoid-lanceo-
late, 11-15 mm. long and 2.5-3 mm. broad (in nearly open flowers),
acute at apex, strigose-puberulent without like pedicel, copiously seri-
ceous within (hairs 0.3-0.8 mm. long) ; petals 5, submembranaceous
to thin-carnose, oblong-elliptic, in advanced bud about 10 mm. long
and 4-5 mm. broad, sparsely sericeous without toward base or glabrous
on both sides, laciniate along margin nearly to base (lobes apparently
11-17, lanceolate, acute, 1-4 mm. long, the apical lobe the broadest) ;
disk 0.6-0.7 mm. high, 5-lobed, the lobes confluent, dorsally suleate,
copiously golden-sericeous and apically hispidulous with hairs 0.3-0.5
mm. long; stamens about 60, in 5 clusters opposite the petals, 8-9 mm.
long (in advanced bud), the filaments subterete, up to 1.5 mm. long
(obviously immature), copiously sericeous with hairs about 0.5 mm.
long, the anthers 7-8 mm. long, sparsely sericeous dorsally, with an
223743—53——8
550 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
apical dorsal awn about 0.5 mm. long; ovary conical, minutely seri-
ceous with pale hairs about 0.2 mm. long, tapering into a stout style
about 6 mm. long (immature), this sericeous toward base, glabrous
distally, the locules 2, the ovules 8 per locule, biseriate.
Tyre Locauiry: Fiji, without precise locality; the type is the Ex-
ploring Expedition specimen cited below.
DistrisuTion: The species is known only from two Fijian collec-
tions, both unfortunately without data,
FIJI: Without definite locality: U. 8. Expl. Erpcd. (US 13612 typr), Horne
772 (GH, K).
The type is a specimen with very young buds, which Gray errone-
ously described as diclinous and “entirely glabrous.” Fortunately
the Horne specimen bears more mature, although still not entirely
open, flowers, and it is so similar to the Exploring Expedition plant
that it can be safely referred here. The floral dimensions given
above are from the Horne specimen. The species is necessarily not
well understood, but it seems amply differentiated from the group of
i’. chelonimorphus in its pilose ovary and outer surface of sepals
and its short anther-awns.
13, Elaeocarpus (§ Monocera) subcapitatus Gillespie in Bishop Mus. Bull. 83:
19. fig. 23. 1931.
Large tree, the young parts golden-sericeous with hairs about 0.2
mm. long, the branchlets subterete, 2.5-4 mm. in diameter toward
apices, minutely pale-strigose-puberulent, soon glabrate; Jeaves
crowded toward apices of branchlets, the petioles shallowly bisulcate
above, (15—) 20-40 mm. long, pilose like branchlets, soon glabrate, the
blades thick-coriaceous, drying brownish, paler or grayish beneath,
ovate- or lanceolate-elliptic, 8-19 cm. long, (2.5-) 3-7 cm. broad, acute
or narrowly obtuse at base and decurrent on the petiole, short-acumi-
nate or cuspidate at apex (acumen up to 1 cm. long, obtuse), narrowly
recurved at margin and inconspicuously crenulate (crenations about
1 per centimeter, shallow), glabrous on both sides or evanescently
strigose-puberulent beneath, often with axillary domatia beneath,
the costa sharply elevated above and prominent beneath, the secondary
nerves 5-8 per side, spreading-arcuate, obscurely anastomosing, nearly
plane above, elevated beneath, the veinlet-reticulation coarse, incon-
spicuous, subimmersed or plane above, prominulous beneath; racemes
axillary or arising from branchlets below leaves, the peduncle short,
with the rachis forming a stout subflexuose axis 1.5-2.5 em. long,
this closely sericeous-puberulent (hairs gray or dull-golden, 0.2-0.4
mm. long), the maturing flowers 3-5; flower-subtending bracts papy-
raceous, obovate-oblong, obtuse, 4-6 mm. long, copiously sericeous-
puberulent without, caducous; pedicels stout, 12-21 mm. long at
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 551
anthesis, pilose like rachis; sepals 5, thick-carnose (about 1 mm. thick),
oblong-lanceolate, 17-22 mm. long, 4-5 mm. broad, subacute, copiously
puberulent without (in bud sericeous with hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long),
densely sericeous and conspicuously carinate within ; petals 5, carnose
especially toward base, conspicuously carinate within proximally,
oblong-elliptic, 18-25 mm. long 5-10 mm. broad, sparsely sericeous
dorsally near center and ciliolate-puberulent on margins near base,
otherwise glabrous, copiously fimbriate with 16-35 lobes, these often
lateral on margins to the middle or lower, lanceolate, acute, the
distal ones 4-6 mm. long (middle lobe the largest, variously incised),
the proximal ones decreasing in size; disk about 1.5 mm. high, 5-lobed,
the lobes confluent, dorsally sulcate, copiously sericeous and hispidu-
lous with golden hairs 0.3-0.5 mm. long; stamens 50-72, 3- or 4-seriate
in 5 clusters, 14-19 mm. long, the filaments terete, 5-8 mm. long,
copiously hispidulous with hairs 0.5-1 mm. long, the anthers 9-11 mm.
long, minutely tuberculate-hispidulous, sparsely sericeous dorsally,
with an apical dorsal awn 0.6-0.8 mm. long, the ventral apex mi-
nutely emarginate; ovary ellipsoid, slightly flattened, copiously seri-
ceous with golden hairs 0.4-0.5 mm. long, the style subulate, 11-13
mm. long, sericeous in basal half, glabrous above, the ovary-wall
thick, the locules 2, each with 7 or 8 biseriate ovules; infructescence
greatly thickened, the fruits flattened-ellipsoid, coriaceous when
dried, up to 6 cm. long and 4 cm. broad, minutely strigose-puberulent or
perhaps eventually glabrate, obtuse at both ends, the base of style
persistent, the epicarp hard, about 0.2 mm. thick, the mesocarp spongy,
fibrous, probably 5 mm. or more thick when fresh, the endocarp hard,
bony, 3-4 mm. thick, forming a flattened ellipsoid putamen, this with
the lateral angles acute, undulate, the dorsiventral angles subacute,
the seed 1, occupying the entire cavity.
Tyrer Locatiry: Mt. Naitarandamu, Viti Levu, Fiji; type Gillespie
3235, cited below.
Disrrisution: Fiji, thus far known definitely from a limited
montane area in southern Viti Levu, at elevations of about 915 to
1,150 m. The specimens are presumably from large trees of dense
forest; Gillespie noted the petals as white.
FIJI: Vitt Levu: Graeffe 49 (BM). Namosi: Summit of Mt. Naitarandamu,
Gillespie 3235 (Bish TYPE, GH), 5117 (Bish, GH) ; summit of Mt. Voma, Gillespie
2723 (Bish, GH, K).
Elaeocarpus subcapitatus is a very close relative of #. laurifolius,;
in the absence of good flowering material of the latter a careful com-
parison cannot now be made. However, Gillespie’s species comes from
high elevations, whereas Gray’s type was certainly from a lowland
plant; the leaf-blades of Z. subcapitatus are comparatively thicker,
less obviously nerved, and nearly entire at margins; differences in indu-
552 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
ment and in petal-laciniation are also apparent, as noted in my key.
On the basis of present evidence I am inclined to maintain Gillespie’s
species without question. Graeffe 49 was cited by Seemann under his
E. storckii, a very different plant not of this immediate relationship.
14. Elaeecarpus (§ Monoccra) melechioides A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Arbor #. laurifolio A. Gray et F. subcapitato Gillespie affinis,
foliorum laminis tenuioribus et basi rotundatis vel subcordatis, petalis
tantum apice laciniatis, indumento partium juvenilium et inflorescen-
tiae longiore facile distinguitur.
Tree, up to 7 m. high, the young parts copiously sericeous with
stramineous hairs about 0.5 mm. long, the branchlets subterete, 2-4
mm. in diameter toward apices, when young copiously sericeous-
puberulent (hairs pale, about 0.2 mm. long), at length glabrate and
brownish; leaves spaced along distal portions of branchlets, the
petioles slender, inconspicuously bisuleate above, 20-35 mm. long,
pilose like young branchlets and soon subglabrate, the blades chartace-
ous, drying dark green, ovate, 8-13 cm. long, 3.5-7.5 cm. broad, rounded
or subcordate at base, short-acuminate or cuspidate at apex (acumen
up to 1 cm. long, obtuse), narrowly revolute at, margin and coarsely
crenate (crenations about 1 per centimeter, obtuse on distal margin),
glabrous above, inconspicuously strigose-puberulent and soon glabrate
beneth, the costa strongly elevated above, prominent. beneath, the
secondary nerves 7-9 per side, spreading, curved, irregularly anasto-
mosing, prominulous above, sharply raised beneath and often with
axillary domatia, the veinlet-reticulation coarse, obvious, prominulous
on both sides; racemes axillary or arising from branchlets below leaves,
the peduncle short, with the rachis forming a stout axis 1-2 cm. long,
this copiously hispidulous-tomentellous (hairs pale golden, 0.4-0.6
mm. long), the maturing flowers 2-4 near apices of rachis, the bracts
soon caducous, the pedicels (before anthesis) stout, up to 10 mm. long,
pilose like rachis; sepals 5, thick-carnose, ovate-lanceolate, in bud up
to 12 mm. long and 4 mm. broad, densely sericeous-strigose without
(hairs about 0.2 mm. long), copiously sericeous within (hairs 0.4—0.6
mm. long), tomentellous-puberulent on the thickened margins; petals
5, submembranaceous, oblong, in bud up to 12 mm. long and 5 mm.
broad, sericeous proximally without (hairs 0.5-1 mm. long), laciniate
at apex only, the lobes 11-13, lanceolate, 3-4 mm. long, the middle lobe
the largest ; disk with 5 confluent lobes, these sulcate, apically hispidu-
lous with hairs 0.5-1 mm. long; stamens about 4-seriate, 65-70, the fila-
ments terete, copiously hispidulous with hairs 0.8-1 mm. long, the
anthers (in bud) about § mm. long, the dorsal awn 0,6-0.7 mm. long,
the ventral apex rounded; ovary ellipsoid, copiously sericeous with
golden hairs 0.5-0.7 mm. long, the style glabrous, the locules 2, each
with 6 biseriate ovules.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 553
Type in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum, collected in dense forest on
the northern portion of the Rairaimatuku Plateau, between Mt. Tomanivi [Mt.
Victoria] and Nasonggo, Province of Naitasiri, Viti Levu, Fiji, alt. 870-970 m.,
Sept. 18, 1947, by A. C. Smith (No. 6092). Duplicate at US.
Distripution : Known only from the type collection, taken from a
tree 7 m. high.
The new species, although known only from a single collection with
immature flowers, is clearly of the affinity of &. daurifolius and E’. sub-
capitatus. It differs from both in having its leaf-blades thinner in tex-
ture and rounded or subcordate at base, in having its petals laciniate
only at the apex rather than on the lateral margins as well, and in the
longer indument of its young parts, rachis, pedicels, and sepals. Of
course a final analysis cannot be made, in view of the fact that none
of these three species are really adequately known, but £’. melochioides
is amply distinct even without characters that may be provided by
mature flowers.
4. 8 OREOCARPUS
Elaeocarpus § Oreocarpus Schlechter in Bot. Jahrb. 54: 127. 1916.
Section Oreocarpus (for brief discussion of typification see Smith,
1944, p. 246) is not very strongly marked, and perhaps it will even-
tually be combined with § Blepharoceras or even § Monocera. The
glabrous ovary, as a character to separate sections, certainly cannot
be very seriously considered, but a full consideration of all characters
may lead to a more precise delimitation of § Oreocarpus. For the
time being the approximately 8 New Guinean species here referred
are not adequately known. The only species of our region occurs
in the New Hebrides.
15. Elaeocarpus (§ Oreocarpus) hortensis Guillaumin in Journ, Arn, Arb. 12:
231, 1981.
Tree, up to 15 m. high, essentially glabrous throughout, the young
parts sometimes faintly strigose-puberulent but soon glabrate, the
branchlets subterete, hollow, very stout, 8-15 mm. in diameter toward
apices and there copiously marked with the crowded scars of fallen
leaves; leaves congested near apices of branchlets, the petioles rugu-
lose, canaliculate, 2-3 cm. long, sometimes with conspicuous immersed
glands, the blades coriaceous, drying brownish, obovate-elliptic, 8-18
cm. long, 8-5 cm. broad, acute at base and decurrent on the petiole,
rounded and slightly emarginate at apex, strongly revolute at margin
and apparently entire or undulate, the costa rugose and slightly ele-
vated above, prominent beneath and conspicuously striate when dried,
the secondary nerves 6-8 per side, spreading, nearly plane above, prom-
inent beneath, the veinlet-reticulation intricate, immersed above, plane
or prominulous beneath ; racemes axillary, the peduncle short, the axis
2.5-5 cm. long, slender, striate-rugulose, the maturing flowers 4-8, the
504 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
pedicels 12-15 mm. long slightly after anthesis; sepals 4, thick-carnose,
lanceolate, 13-14 mm. long, 3-3.3 mm. broad, obtuse at apex, glabrous
without, strongly carinate and copiously sericeous within (hairs
golden, 0.1-0.2 mm. long), minutely tomentellous-puberulent on the
thickened margins; petals 4, thin-carnose, swollen and carinate within
toward base, obviously reticulate-veined, oblong, 13-18 mm. long,
6-6.5 mm. broad, glabrous without, inconspicuously pale-pilose on
margins toward base and on carina within (hairs 0.8-0.4 mm. long),
3- or 4-lobed at apex, the lobes 4-6 mm. long, obtuse, entire or with
1 or 2 lateral teeth, each several-nerved; disk carnose, 1.8-1.5 mm.
high, deeply 4-lobed, the lobes dorsally sulcate, hispidulous at apex
with hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long; stamens (not seen attached; number?)
8.5-9 mm. long, the filaments stout, terete, 3-3.5 mm. long, minutely
hispidulous (hairs slightly ascending, 0.1-0.2 mm. long), the anthers
5-5.5 mm. long, minutely hispidulous, the dorsal apex slightly the
longer, apiculate but not rostrate, the ventral apex obtuse; ovary sub-
globose, glabrous, rugulose, the style stout, glabrous, 18-19 mm. long,
the ovary-wall very thick, the locules 2, each with 6 biseriate ovules;
fruits (seen only detached) ellipsoid, up to 30 mm. long and 18 mm.
broad, rounded at both ends, the epicarp thin, brittle, the mesocarp
spongy, probably 5 mm. or more thick in fresh fruits, the endocarp
hard, bony, about 2 mm. thick, forming an ellipsoid putamen, this
slightly flattened, inconspicuously rugulose, with obtuse lateral an-
gles, rounded on dorsiventral surfaces, the seed ellipsoid, occupying
the entire cavity.
Tyre rocariry: Tanna, New Hebrides; the type is Kajewski 127.
In Guillaumin’s paper discussing Kajewski’s New Hebrides plants it is
not stated whether the Arnold Arboretum set or the Paris set contains
the holotypes of new species.
Disrripution : New Hebrides, known only from the type collection,
obtained in rain-forest at 200 m. altitude. The specimens were taken
from a tree about 15 m. high, with a trunk diameter of about 60 cm.,
said to be uncommon but “found growing in native gardens”; the
fruit was noted as dark green.
NEW HEBRIDES: Tanna: Lenakel, Kajewski 127 (Type coun., A, K).
The single collection is not very adequate, the Arnold Arboretum
sheet having its flowers past anthesis; enough detached parts are found
so that the original description can be somewhat amplified. The spe-
cles is without close allies in our area and perhaps it is, as suggested
by Guillaumin, most closely related to the New Caledonian &. ovigerus
Brongn. & Gris. It falls into Schlechter’s § Orecocarpus, perhaps an
unnatural section, which appears not to extend farther east into the
Pacific, but it does not seem closely related to any of the New Guinean
species of the section.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 555
5. § BLEPHAROCERAS
Elaeocarpus § Blepharoceras Schlechter in Bot. Jahrb. 54: 129. 1916.
This section consists of about 10 species in New Guinea; it is not
very rigidly characterized (see Smith, 1944, p. 248) but to it may
be referred 8 additional species from Fijiand Samoa. Merrill (1951,
p. 179) implies that § Blepharoceras does not merit separation from
§ Monocera, and this disposition will very likely be followed by most
workers. For the New Guinean and Pacific species, however, § Ble-
pharoceras provides a useful concept, differing from § Monocera in its
smaller flowers with a reduced number of stamens. A comparison
of the fruits of the two sections, when these are sufficiently well-known,
may also prove instructive; at least some of the species here referred to
§ Blepharoceras differ from § Monocera in having the endocarp dis-
tinctly fibrous, rather than bony, in texture.
16, Elaeocarpus (§ Blepharoceras) kambi Gibbs in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39:
142. pl. 13, fig. 11-18. 1909.
Tree, up to 30 m. high, the young parts copiously but minutely
tomentellous-puberulent and also spreading-pilose with hairs 0.2-0.5
mm. long, the indument rich brown, the branchlets terete, slender,
2-4 mm. in diameter toward apices, at first similarly pilose, soon gla-
brate; leaves numerous but evenly spaced along distal parts of branch-
lets, the petioles slightly flattened or semiterete, 7-15 mm. long, pilose
like young parts, subglabrate; leaf-blades chartaceous or subcoriace-
ous, drying dark green or pale brown, elliptic or ovate, 4-7 cm. long,
9-3.5 cm. broad, acute or obtuse at base and shortly decurrent on the
petiole, rounded or broadly obtuse at apex and often slightly callose—
thickened, narrowly recurved at margin and entire or obscurely un-
dulate-crenulate (crenations about 2 per centimeter), glabrous on both
sides (or when young pilose like petioles toward base and on costa), the
costa slightly elevated above, sharply raised beneath, the secondary
nerves 5-8 per side, subspreading, curved and anastomosing toward
margin, nearly plane above, elevated beneath, the veinlet-reticulation
intricate, immersed above, plane or prominulous beneath; racemes
solitary in leaf-axils or arising from branchlets below leaves, the pe-
duncle short, the axis 1-2.5 cm. long, slender, copiously tomentellous
with pale golden hairs 0.2-0.5 mm. long, the maturing flowers 3-8, the
flower-subtending bracts oblong, obtuse, 2-3 mm. long, pilose like
rachis, caducous; pedicels slender, 15-20 mm. long at anthesis,
tomentellous like rachis; sepals 5, thin-carnose, oblong-lanceolate, 12-
13.5 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. broad, subacute at apex, copiously puberu-
lent-tomentellous without and on margins (hairs 0.1-0.3 mm. long),
carinate and sericeous within, the hairs 0.8-0.5 mm. long; petals 5,
thin-carnose, obovate-oblong, 13-15 mm. long, 4-5 mm. broad, slightly
556 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
thickened and carinate within toward base, sparsely ciliolate-pilose
on basal margins and sometimes sparsely sericeous on both sides near
base (hairs to 1 mm. long), otherwise glabrous, fimbriate at apex with
8-12 lobes, these lanceolate, subacute, 1.5-2.5 mm. long, each with 1 or
2 ultimate veinlets, subequal ; disk pulvinate, about 1 mm. high, 5-lobed,
the lobes confluent, dorsally sulcate, sericeous and apically hispidulous
with hairs 0.5-1.5 mm. long; stamens 28-80, 1- or 2-seriate, 10-11 mm.
long, the filaments terete, 3-5 mm. long, copiously sericeous with pale
hairs 0.7-1 mm. long, the anthers 5-7 mm. long, sericeous dorsally
and sparsely so ventrally, the dorsal awn lanceolate, acute, 0.8-1
mm. long; ovary ellipsoid, copiously sericeous with pale yellow hairs
0.4-0.7 mm. long, the style stout, 10-12 mm. long, glabrous except at
base, the ovary-wall thick, sparsely sericeous within, the locules 2,
each with 6 biseriate ovules; fruits (only detached and broken ones
with Gillespie 3863 seen) ellipsoid, up to 25 mm. long and 15 mm,
broad (immature?), rounded at both ends, the pericarp glabrous, in-
conspicuously rugulose, thin, brittle.
Tyrr Locatiry: Nandarivatu, Viti Levu, Fiji; type, Gibbs 808,
cited below.
Disrrisution : Fiji, but apparently limited to the region of north-
central Viti Levu near Nandarivatu, at an elevation of 800-970 m. It
is a large tree of the rain-forest, indicated as 26-30 m. in height and
with a trunk diameter of about 60 cm., with a spreading rounded
crown. The sepals are greenish at base and white distally, the petals
and anthers pure white, and the filaments greenish.
Locan NAME: Kambi (Gibbs).
FIJI: Virr Levu: Mba: Nandarivatu, Gibbs 808 (BM Type, K), Gillespie 3868
( Bish, GH, NY) ; hills east of Nandala Creek, about 3 miles south of Nandarivatu,
Smith 5954 (A, US).
Elaeocarpus kambi, indicated as “very general” in the Nandarivatu
region by Gibbs, in my observation is quite rare, but perhaps this is
because it is a stately and consequently overlooked tree. Its crown
merges with the upper storey of the forest but, when the tree is felled,
is seen at the right season to bear a mass of beautiful white flowers.
On the basis of my No. 5954, the species must be considered one of the
most striking trees in Fiji. It is without close allies in our area, being
characterized by its comparatively small and short-petiolate leaves
and its large flowers.
17. Elaeocarpus (§ Blepharoceras) milnei Seem. FI. Vit. 28. 1865.
Tree, up to 13 m. high, the young parts densely hispidulous-puberu-
lent (hairs ferrugineous, 0.1-0.2 mm. long), the branchlets subterete,
stout, 10-12 mm. in diameter toward apices and cicatricose with the
crowded scars of fallen leaves, soon glabrate; leaves congested toward
apices of branchlets, the petioles stout (2-3 mm. in diameter), semi-
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 557
terete or shallowly canaliculate, 2.5-5 cm. long, closely and subper-
sistently cinereous-puberulent (hairs scarcely 0.1 mm. long) ; leaf-
blades subcoriaceous, brownish when dried, obovate, 14-19 cm. long
and 7-10 em. broad (up to 25 X13 cm. ex Seemann, but such leaves not
now with type), gradually narrowed toward base and then obtuse
and abruptly decurrent on the petiole, short-cuspidate at apex, closely
crenate-serrulate nearly to base (teeth 2-5 per centimeter, distally ter-
minated by a callose apiculum 0.5-0.8 mm. long), obscurely puberu-
lent toward base and along costa above but soon glabrate, beneath
subpersistently strigose-puberulent on costa and nerves, otherwise
glabrous, the costa strongly elevated and rounded above, prominent
beneath, the secondary nerves 13-15 per side, spreading, slightly
curved and anastomosing toward margin, nearly plane above, sharply
elevated beneath, the veinlet-reticulation intricate, prominulous on
both sides; racemes lateral below leaves, the peduncle short, the
rachis slender, 10-15 cm. long, many-flowered, like the pedicels copi-
ously puberulent (hairs 0.05-0.1 mm. long) and also with a few scat-
tered longer hairs to 0.4 mm. long, the pedicels 4-7 mm. long at anthe-
sis; sepals 5, thin-carnose, lanceolate, 9-10 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. broad,
subacute, puberulent without like pedicels, carinate within and
sparsely sericeous with hairs 0.4-0.5 mm. long; petals 5, thin-carnose
distally, thickened toward base, oblong-obovate, 10-11 mm. long, 4-4.5
mm. broad, very sparsely sericeous within at base, otherwise glabrous,
fimbriate at apex with 7 or 8 lobes, these subequal, obtuse, 2-2.5 mm.
long, each with several terminal veinlets; disk pulvinate, about 0.8
mm. high, 5-lobed, the lobes confluent, dorsally sulcate, copiously
hispidulous with hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long; stamens 23-25, uniseriate,
6-7 mm. long, the filaments terete, 2.5-3.5 mm. long, minutely hispidu-
lous with hairs about 0.05 mm. long, the anthers 3.5-4 mm. long,
minutely tuberculate-hispidulous, the dorsal awn lanceolate, 0.5-0.7
mm. long, the ventral apex subacute, often slightly recurved but not
aristate; ovary ovoid, copiously sericeous with hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long,
the style subulate, 4-5 mm. long, sericeous in the lower half, glabrous
distally, the ovary-wall thick, sparsely sericeous within, the locules 2,
each with 6 biseriate ovules.
Tyrer Ltocatiry: Viti Levu, Fiji; the type, collected by Milne, is
cited below.
Disrrisution: Fiji, known only from the type collection. Milne’s
precise locality is in doubt, being indicated on his label as “Nisana,
by the margin of stream in the forest.” I do not find a settlement of
this name on recent maps, but the Herald conceivably anchored near
the town of Sanasana, on the southwestern coast of Viti Levu near
the mouth of the Tuva River, in the present Province of Nandronga
& Navosa.
558 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
FIJI: Viri Levu: Milne 81 (K Type).
With the two species immediately following, #. milnei forms a
well-marked group characterized by very stout branchlets and large
leaves; the flowers in general characters are similar to those of £.
graeffet and its allies, but they agree in having very short anther-awns.
18. Elaeocarpus (§ Blepharoceras) magnifolius Christophersen in Bishop Mus.
Bull. 128: 135. fig. 17. 1985; non Knuth (1988).
Tree, up to 8 m. high, the young parts copiously sericeous (hairs
ferrugineous, 0.3-0.6 mm. long), the branchlets subterete, stout, 5-10
mm. in diameter toward apices and there densely cicatricose, even-
tually glabrate; leaves congested toward apices of branchlets, the
petioles shallowly canaliculate, swollen at base and apex, (3.5-) 5-10
cm. long, sparsely strigose-puberulent (hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long), at
length glabrate; leaf-blades chartaceous, drying dull or pale green,
elliptic or elliptic-ovate, (9-) 14-30 cm. long, (5-) 6-14.5 cm. broad,
rounded to a shallowly cordate base, short-acuminate or cuspidate at
apex (acumen up to 1 cm. long, obtuse or callose-subacute), undulate-
crenulate at margin (crenations remote, often 1-8 cm. apart on larger
leaves, rounded, obscurely callose-spinulose distally), sparsely pilose
on costa above or completely glabrous, beneath sparsely strigose-
puberulent like petioles especially on costa and secondaries and at
length sometimes subglabrate, the costa nearly plane above, prominent
beneath, the secondary nerves 11-14 per side, spreading, slightly
curved and anastomosing toward margin, nearly plane above, sharply
elevated beneath, the veinlet-reticulation intricate, prominulous on
both sides; racemes axillary or arising from branchlets just below
leaves, the peduncle short, the rachis slender, 3-7.5 cm. long, with
3-11 maturing flowers, like the pedicels copiously sericeous-hispid-
ulous or short-tomentellous (hairs golden or reddish, 0.2-0.4 mm.
long), the pedicels 6-10 mm. long at anthesis; sepals 5, carnose,
lanceolate, 7.5-9 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. broad, subacute, pilose without
like pedicels, conspicuously carinate within and somewhat less densely
pilose; petals 5, thin-carnose distally, thickened toward base espe-
cially at center, oblong- or cuneate-obovate, 9-13 mm. long, 4-6 mm.
broad, sometimes sparsely strigillose without toward base (hairs
golden, 0.2-0.3 mm. long), otherwise glabrous, rounded at apex and
irregularly fimbriate into 3 principal divisions and 12-18 lobes, these
lanceolate, subacute, 1.5-4 mm. long, each 1-nerved; disk carnose,
1-1.2 mm. high, 5-lobed, the lobes confluent, dorsally sulcate, copiously
sericeous-hispidulous with hairs 0.3-0.4 mm. long; stamens 25-30,
about 2-seriate, 4.5-5 mm. long, the filaments terete, 1.5-2 mm. long,
obscurely strigillose-hispidulous (hairs about 0.1 mm. long) and soon
glabrate, the anthers 2.5-3.5 mm. long, minutely hispidulous, the dor-
sal awn subulate, 0.5-0.6 mm. long, the ventral apex rounded; ovary
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 559
ovoid, slightly flattened, copiously sericeous with golden hairs 0.3-0.5
mm. long, the style stout, 2-4.5 mm. long, sericeous near base, glabrous
distally, the locules 2, each with 4 biseriate ovules; infructescence
thickened but not elongating, the rachis and pedicels subpersistently
pilose; fruits usually 1 or 2 per infructescence, ellipsoid, slightly flat-
tened, up to 4 cm. long and 8 cm. broad, rugose when dried and sparsely
strigose or glabrate, rounded at base and apex, the epicarp hard, 0.1-
0.2 mm. thick, the mesocarp presumably spongy when fresh and ap-
parently not more than about 2 mm. thick, the endocarp bony, 2-3 mm.
thick, forming an ellipsoid and strongly flattened putamen, this up
to 37X25X15 mm., coarsely rugose, the lateral angles strongly pro-
jecting and undulate with 4-6 oblong lobes up to 6 mm. long, the dorsi-
ventral angles obtuse, the seed ellipsoid, acute at both ends, about 25
mm. long.
Typr Locauity: Near Malololelei, Upolu, Samoa; type, Chris-
tophersen 257, cited below.
Distripution: Samoa, thus far known from the islands of Savaii
and Upolu at elevations of 700-1,300 m., occurring in wet forest or
on high ridges. The plant is noted as a tree 3-8 m. high, with white
petals and (no. 246 only) a blue fruit.
SAMOA: Savarr: Above Salailua, Christophersen 2758 (Bish) : Le To, above
Salailua, Christophersen 2919 (Bish, K, NY) ; above Ngangamalae, Christopher-
sen 3488 (A, Bish, K, NY, US). Upotvu: Above Malololelei, Christophersen 246
(Bish, NY), 257 (Bish TYPE).
Elaeocarpus magnifolius is closer to E. méilnei than to E. graeffei,
with which Christophersen compared it, but it is readily distinguished
from E. milnei by characters pertaining to the shape and base of the
leaf-blades, its more obvious indument, comparatively short racemes,
fewer petal-laciniae, and by having 4 rather than 6 ovules per locule.
19, Elaeocarpus (§ Blepharoceras) roseiflorus A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Elaeocarpus milnei sensu A. C. Sm. in Bishop Mus. Bull. 141: 95. 1936; non
Seem.
Arbor foliis magnis ellipticis vel obovato-ellipticis longe petiolatis
basi rotundatis, racemis pedicellisque longis pendentibus, rhachium et
pedicellorum indumento tomentello copioso, petalis roseis apice copiose
laciniatis distinguitur; ab HZ. milnei Seem. et #. magnifolio Chris-
tophersen racemis pedicellisque elongatis valde differt.
Tree, up to 10 m. high, the young parts copiously sericeous (hairs
ferrugineous, 0.6-1 mm. long), the branchlets subterete, hollow, stout,
6-15 mm. in diameter toward apices and there densely cicatricose,
soon glabrate; leaves congested toward apices of branchlets, the
petioles semiterete, swollen at base and apex, (2-) 3-9 cm. long,
obscurely puberulent and soon glabrate; leaf-blades chartaceous, dry-
ing brownish, broadly elliptic or obovate-elliptic, (10-) 17-23 cm.
560 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
long, (5-) 9-12 cm. broad, rounded at base and abruptly decurrent
on the petiole, obtusely cuspidate at apex (acumen up to 1 cm. long),
inconspicuously undulate-crenulate at margin (crenations about 1 per
centimeter, distally tipped by a callose apiculum about 0.5 mm. long
and eventually rounded), glabrous on both sides, the costa strongly
elevated and rounded above, prominent beneath, the secondary nerves
10-13 per side, spreading, curved, anastomosing toward margin,
plane or slightly raised above, prominent beneath, the veinlet-reticula-
tion intricate, prominulous on both sides; racemes copiously spreading
from branchlets below leaves, the peduncle up to 10 em. long or more,
forming with the rachis a slender pendent many-flowered axis 22-40
cm. long, this and the pedicels closely tomentellous with reddish hairs
0.3-0.7 mm. long, the flower-subtending bracts oblong, 1.5-2 mm.
long, pilose like the rachis on both sides, soon caducous, the pedicels
very slender, 15-55 mm. long at anthesis; sepals 5, thin-carnose,
lanceolate, 9-10 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. broad, puberulent-tomentel-
lous without (hairs minute or up to 0.3 mm. long), carinate within and
sericeous with hairs about 0.5 mm. long; petals 5, thin-carnose distally,
thickened toward base, oblong-obovate, 10.5-11 mm, long, 3.5-4 mm.
broad, sparsely sericeous within toward base (hairs 0.5-0.6 mm. long),
otherwise glabrous, copiously fimbriate at apex with 13-17 lobes,
these 1-3 mm. long, lanceolate, obtuse, each with 1 or 2 ultimate
veinlets; disk carnose, 1-1.3 mm. high, 5-lobed, the lobes confluent,
dorsally suleate, copiously hispidulous with hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long;
stamens 28-32, uniseriate, 5.5-7 mm. long, the filaments terete,
2.5-3 mm. long, copiously hispidulous with hairs about 0.1 mm. long,
the anthers 3-4 mm. long, minutely tuberculate-hispidulous, the dor-
sal awn subulate, 0.5-0.7 mm. long, the ventral apex obtuse ; ovary
ovoid, copiously sericeous with golden hairs 0.2-0.3 mm. long, the
style subulate, about 6 mm. long, sericeous in lower half, glabrous
distally, the ovary-wall thick, sparsely sericeous within, the locules
2, each with 6 biseriate ovules.
Type in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, collected in dense
forest along stream on the southwestern slope of Mt. Mbatini, Province of
Thakaundrove, Vanua Levu, Fiji, alt. 700 m., November 29, 1933, by A. C. Smith
(No. 670). Duplicates at Bish, GH, K, US, ete.
Disrrisution : Known only from the type collection, taken from a
spreading tree 10 m. high, indicated as having the petals rich pink,
whitish distally.
In identifying the cited specimen as £. mélnei in 1936 I did not make
a sufliciently careful comparison, as it is now seen to be quite different
from Seemann’s type. The new species is remarkable for the extreme
length of its graceful racemes and pedicels, and it is further charac-
terized by its more obvious indument and by details of leaf-shape and
petal-laciniation.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 561
20. Elaeocarpus (§ Blepharoceras) graeffei Seem. in Journ. Bot. 2: 76. 1864,
Fl. Vit. 28. pl. 8. 1865.
Tree, up to 25 m. high, the young parts copiously sericeous with
pale-ferrugineous or fulvous hairs (.3-0.5 mm. long, the branchlets
subterete, 3-8 (-10) mm. in diameter toward apices and there copi-
ously sericeous-puberulent (hairs 0.1-0.8 mm. long), at length gla-
brate; leaves spaced on distal parts of branchlets or somewhat con-
gested, the petioles slender, shallowly canaliculate, slightly swollen at
base and apex, (2.5-) 3-8 cm. long, pilose like young branchlets or
copiously puberulent, the indument long-persistent ; leaf-blades char-
taceous, brownish or olivaceous and often paler beneath when dried,
elliptic to elliptic- or lanceolate-ovate, (7—-) 12-20 cm. long, (3-)
4.5-11 cm. broad, rounded to subcordate or very broadly obtuse at
base, acuminate at apex (acumen up to 15 mm. long, callose-tipped),
inconspicuously crenulate at margin (crenations 1 or 2 per centimeter
or somewhat more remote, distally obscurely callose-spinulose and be-
coming rounded), above sparsely strigose on costa and soon glabrate,
strigose-puberulent beneath (hairs grayish, 0.1-0.3 mm. long) espe-
cially on nerves, the indument often long-persistent, the costa nearly
plane or slightly rounded above, prominent beneath, the secondary
nerves 8-11 per side, subascending, slightly curved, irregularly anas-
tomosing, nearly plane above, sharply elevated beneath, the veinlet-
reticulation intricate, prominulous on both sides; racemes axillary or
lateral just below leaves, the peduncle 1-2 em. long, forming with the
rachis a slender axis 6.5-10 cm. long, this 8-15-flowered, like the pedi-
cels copiously sericeous-puberulent or tomentellous with golden or
fulvous hairs 0.2-0.5 mm. long, the flower-subtending bracts lanceo-
late, 2-8 mm. long, pilose on both sides like the rachis, caduous, the
pedicels curved, 8-18 mm. long at anthesis; sepals 5, thin-carnose,
lanceolate, 7-8 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm. broad, subacute, copiously seri-
ceous on both sides with golden hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long (or slightly
longer within), carinate within; petals 5, submembranaceous distally,
thickened and carnose at center toward base, cuneate-obovate, 9.5-10
mm. long, 5-6 mm. broad, very sparsely sericeous-puberulent within
toward base, otherwise glabrous, conspicuously fimbriate at apex with
12-16 lobes, these 1.5-3 mm. long, often unequal in length and breadth,
with 1-3 ultimate veinlets; disk carnose, about 1 mm. high, 5-lobed,
the lobes confluent, dorsally sulcate, densely sericeous-hispidulous
with golden hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long; stamens 28-41, 2- or 3-seriate,
5-5.5 mm. long, the filaments terete, 1.2-1.6 mm. long, distally very
minutely hispidulous-puberulent, the anthers 3.8-4.2 mm. long, mi-
nutely hispidulous-tuberculate, terminated by a dorsal awn 1-1.2 mm.
long; ovary ovoid, copiously sericeous with golden hairs about 0.2 mm.
long, the style subulate, about 4 mm. long, sericeous near base, glabrous
distally, the ovary-wall inconspicuously sericeous within, the locules
562 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
2, each with 4-7 biseriate ovules; infructescences not elongating, usu-
ally with 1-3 mature fruits, the rachis and pedicels thickened, per-
sistently pilose; fruits ellipsoid, strongly flattened, at apparent
maturity up to 4 cm. long and 2.5 cm. broad, puberulent with minute
yellowish long-persistent hairs, broadly obtuse at both ends, the epi-
carp brittle, about 0.1 mm. thick, the mesocarp spongy, fibrous, prob-
ably 2-3 mm. thick when fresh, the endocarp hard but not bony, with
a fibrous layer in the center, 2-8 mm. thick, forming an ellipsoid and
strongly flattened putamen, this up to 35X23X12 mm., the lateral
angles subacute, undulate into 3 or 4 oblong lobes 2-3 mm. long, the
dorsiventral surfaces rounded, shallowly sulcate, the seed ellipsoid,
acute at both ends.
Tyre vocauity: Viti Levu, Fiji, without specific locality ; the type is
Graeffe 59, cited below.
DistriBution: Fiji, thus far known only from Viti Levu and the
Lauan island of Kambara, at elevations from near sea-level up to
600 m. The species is a tree up to 25 m. in height, occurring in forest;
the petals are white (Smith 1266).
Locan NAMES AND UsES: Mindri (Smith 4447); ndrivi (Degener
15369a) ; vathea (Smith 1266). Degener reports that in Ra an extract
made by boiling the leaves in water is taken internally for stomach
ailments.
FIJI: Vit1 Levu: Graeffe 59 or s. n. (BM rypr, K). Mba: Mountains near
Lautoka, Greenwood 1096 (A, US); vicinity of Nalotawa, eastern base of Mt.
Evans Range, Smith 4447 (A, US). Ra: Hills near Penang, Greenwood 751 (K) ;
Tuvavatu, between Rewasa and Nokonoko, Degener 15369a (A, Bish, K, NY, US).
KAMBARA: On limestone formation, Smith 1266 (Bish, GH, K, NY, US). Fiji,
without definite locality: Horne (GH), 15 (K).
Elacocarpus graeffet and its immediate allies (the three species
which follow) form a species-group very similar to the group center-
ing around £’, milnei. However, F. graeffei and its relatives are com-
paratively slender in habit, their leaves being smaller and with fewer
secondaries. Although vegetative characters separating the two
groups are not absolute, they are sufficiently stable so that the groups
are readily differentiated. In addition, 2. graeffei and its allies have
comparatively long anther-awns (with the exception of 2. degen-
erianus, a species with unmistakably small leaves).
21. Elaeocarpus (§ Blepharoceras) ulianus Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull.
128: 138. fig. 19. 1935.
? Elacocarpus graeffei sensu Lauterb. in Bot. Jahrb, 41: 230. 1908; non Seem.
Tree, up to 20 m. high or more, the young parts densely sericeous
with ferrugineous or fulvous hairs 0.3-0.5 mm. long, the branchlets
subterete, 2-5 mm. in diameter toward apices and copiously sericeous-
puberulent (hairs 0.1-0.8 mm. long), glabrate; leaves mostly con-
gested toward apices of branchlets, the petioles slender, shallowly
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 563
canaliculate, (1.5-) 2-6 cm. long, subpersistently pilose like young
branchlets; leaf-blades chartaceous, drying olivaceous, elliptic- or
ovate-lanceolate, (7-) 9-15 cm. long, (3-) 4-8 cm. broad, rounded or
subcordate at base, short-acuminate or cuspidate at apex (acumen up
to 15 mm. long, callose-obtuse), obviously crenulate at margin (crena-
tions 1 or 2 per centimeter, obscurely callose-spinulose distally, soon
rounded), above inconspicuously strigose toward base and on costa
but soon glabrate, sparsely strigose-puberulent beneath (hairs 0.1-0.3
mm. long), glabrate, the costa sharply elevated above, prominent be-
neath, the secondary nerves 6-10 per side, subascending, prominulous
above, strongly elevated beneath, the veinlet-reticulation intricate,
prominulous on both sides; racemes axillary or arising below leaves,
the peduncle 1-2 cm. long, forming with the rachis a slender axis 5-10
em. long, this 4~-10-flowered, like the pedicels copiously spreading-
pilose or subsericeous, the hairs reddish or pale, 0.2-0.4 mm. long, the
flower-subtending bracts lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm. long, pilose on both
sides like the rachis, caducous, the pedicels 5-8 mm. long at anthesis;
sepals 5, carnose, lanceolate, 6.5-8 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. broad, subacute,
tomentellous-puberulent without (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long), densely
sericeous within (hairs 0.2-0.5 mm. long) ; petals 5, thin-carnose, thick-
ened toward base, cuneate-obovate, 7-10 mm. long, 3.5-5 mm. broad,
obscurely sericeous near base within, otherwise glabrous, laciniate at
apex with 8-14 lobes, these oblong-lanceolate, subacute, 2.5-4 mm. long,
subequal, each with 1-3 ultimate veinlets; disk carnose, about 1 mm.
high, the lobes 5, confluent, dorsally sulcate, copiously sericeous-his-
pidulous with golden hairs 0.4-0.5 mm. long; stamens 26-34, 1- or 2-
seriate, 4.5-5.5 mm. long, the filaments terete, 1.5-2 mm. long, glabrous
or sparsely pilose at base, the anthers 3.54 mm. long, minutely tubercu-
late-hispidulous, the dorsal awn subulate, 1-1.6 mm. long, the ventral
apex rounded; ovary ovoid, slightly flattened, densely sericeous with
golden hairs 0.3-0.4 mm. long, the style subulate, 3-4 mm. long,
sericeous in basal half, glabrous distally, the ovary-wall thick,
obscurely sericeous within, the locules 2, each with 6 biseriate ovules;
infructescences not elongating, the maturing fruits 1-8, the rachis
and pedicels thickened, persistently pilose; fruits ellipsoid, slightly
flattened, rugose when dried, up to 5 cm. long and 4 em. broad,
puberulent with yellowish hairs and at length glabrate, obtuse at
both ends, the epicarp about 0.1 mm. thick, the mesocarp fibrous,
probably 38-4 mm. thick when fresh, the endocarp hard, fibrous, 1-2
mm. thick, forming an ellipsoid and strongly flattened putamen, this
up to 45 32X13 mm., the lateral angles strongly produced into 3
or 4 irregular oblong lobes 5-8 mm. long, the dorsiventral angles
prominent distally, the seed ellipsoid, acute at both ends.
Tyre tocauiry: Above Salailua, Savaii, Samoa; type, Chris-
tophersen 2696, cited below.
564 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Distribution : Samoa, known from Savaii and Upolu at elevations
from 850 to 900 m., most often occurring in wet forest. The species
is a tree up to 20 m. or more in height, with a trunk diameter up to
1 m.; the petals are white and the fruit green.
LocaL NAMES: Vaputoi (Christophersen 327) ; sagavao (ex Lauter-
bach, if “und 215 represents this species).
SAMOA: Savair: Above Salailua, Christophersen 2696 (Bish TYPE, US), 2891
(A, Bish, NY, US); Le Vai, above Salailua, Christophersen 3005 (A, Bish, K,
NY, US); above Siuvao, Christophersen 3307 (Bish); Siuvao-Auala, Chris-
tophersen 3381 (Bish, US), 3382 (juvenile leaves?) (Bish, NY). Uporu: Near
Malololelei, Christophersen 327 (Bish, K, NY).
Elaeocarpus ulianus is an extremely close ally of the Fijiaa #.
graeff ei, the two being nearly indistinguishable in foliage. However,
slight differences in leaves can be discerned by direct comparison,
EF. ulianus having its costa slightly the more slender and more sharply
raised above, and the secondary nerves also more obvious. Differences
in the inflorescences are also very slight and of dubious value, and
only in the putamen of the fruit are characters found that seem
significant. In addition to the degree of lateral lobing mentioned
in my key, there is a difference in the texture of the endocarp, which
in &. graeffet is harder and less inclined to flatten under pressure,
being fibrous only in the middle portion when examined in cross
section; in £. wéanus the endocarp is uniformly fibrous throughout.
These slight differences should perhaps not be considered specific in
nature, but I hestitate to reduce the Samoan plant to synonymy
without a more extensive suite of specimens. Lauterbach’s record of
FE. graeffet in Samoa is based upon Funk 215, from Upolu, which I
have not seen but which probably represents 2. ulianus.
22. Elaeocarpus (§ Blepharoceras) degenerianus A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Arbor ramulorum et petiolorum indumento copioso et persistente,
petiolis brevibus, foliorum laminis parvis ovatis basi cordatis, pedi-
cellis brevibus, petalis copiose fimbriatis in lobos 3 primarios fissis,
staminibus circiter 35 distinguitur; #. graeffei Seem. et E&. uliano
Christophersen aflinis, foliorum laminis ovatis minoribus integris,
floribus majoribus, antheris breviter aristatis differt.
Tree, the young parts copiously sericeous-tomentellous with fulvous
hairs 0.38-0.6 mm. long, the branchlets subterete, slender, 2-3 mm. in
diameter toward apices, densely tomentellous or puberulent with long-
persistent hairs; leaves spaced on distal parts of branchlets, the
petioles slender, finely canaliculate, 1.5-3.5 cm. long, persistently
brown-pilose like young branchlets, the blades chartaceous, drying
brownish, ovate, 5-9 em. long, 8-6.5 em. broad, shallowly but obvi-
ously cordate at base, obtuse or cuspidate at apex (acumen up to 5 mm.
long, callose-tipped), narrowly recurved and subentire or inconspicu-
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 565
ously undulate at margin, densely tomentellous on costa and some
secondaries above but otherwise glabrous, finely puberulent beneath
(hairs pale, spreading, 0.1-0.3 mm. long or slightly longer on nerves,
subpersistent), the costa slightly elevated above, prominent beneath,
the secondary nerves 5-8 per side, spreading, curved, prominulous
above, sharply elevated beneath and with axillary domatia of an
unusually projecting type, the veinlet-reticulation intricate, prominu-
lous on both sides; racemes in very young bud (Degener 14527) up
to 3 cm. long, about 10-flowered, the rachis densely pilose like young
branchlets, the flower-subtending bracts about 8 mm. long, similarly
pilose on both sides, 3-lobed, the lateral lobes basal, inconspicuous,
the middle lobe lanceolate, subacute; mature inflorescences not seen
but a few flowers available with the type; pedicels curved, 3-5 mm.
long at anthesis, copiously tomentellous-puberulent with pale reddish
hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long; sepals 5, thin-carnose, lanceolate, 9-10 mm.
long, 1.5-1.8 mm. broad, subacute, copiously tomentellous without
like pedicel, carinate and densely sericeous within; petals 5, submem-
branaceous distally, thickened toward base, obovate-cuneate, 12-12.5
mm. long, about 6 mm. broad, sparsely sericeous within toward base,
otherwise glabrous, copiously fimbriate at apex with 16-19 laciniae,
these lanceolate, acute, 2-4 mm. long, variously connate into 3 primary
petal-lobes, the ultimate laciniae inconspicuously 1-nerved; disk annu-
lar-pulvinate, 0.8-1 mm. high, 5-lobed, the lobes confluent, dorsally
sulcate, copiously sericeous and apically hispidulous with hairs 0.1-0.2
mm. long; stamens about 35 and approximately 2-seriate, 5.5-6 mm.
long, the filaments terete, 2-2.5 mm. long, essentially glabrous or very
obscurely hispidulous-puberulent, the anthers 3.2-3.5 mm. long,
minutely tuberculate-hispidulous, the dorsal awn subulate, 0.6-0.8 mm.
long, the ventral apex subacute; ovary ovoid, copiously hispidulous-
tomentellous with hairs about 0.2 mm. long, the style subulate, 3.5-4
mm. long, puberulent proximally, glabrous above, the ovary-wall
thick, sparsely sericeous within, the locules 2, each with 5 (or 6%)
biseriate ovules; infructescences not seen, but a few detached fruits
available with the type, the pedicels not elongating, persistently
pilose; fruits narrowly ellipsoid, slightly flattened, about 4.5 cm. long
and 2.5 cm. broad at apparent maturity, faintly puberulent, glabrate,
obtuse at base, gradually narrowed to a subacute apex, the epicarp
brittle, very thin, the mesocarp spongy, fibrous, 4-6 mm. thick when
dried (perhaps thicker when fresh), the endocarp 1.5-2 mm. thick,
hard only on outer and inner surfaces, with a wide and comparatively
soft fibrous intermediate layer, forming an ellipsoid putamen up to
40x 18X10 mm., the lateral angles produced into several conspicuous
flattened lobes, the dorsiventral surfaces rounded.
Type in the herbarium of the Bishop Museum, collected in dark woods on the
slopes of Mt. Nanggaranambuluta [Lomalangi], Province of Mba, Viti Levu,
2237483—63——-4
566 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Fiji, alt. about 1,000 m., December 138, 1927, by J. W. Gillespie (No. 4285).
Duplicate at GH.
ADDITIONAL SPECIMEN EXAMINED:
FIJI: Virr1 Levu: Mba: Nauwanga, near Nandarivatu, Degener 14527 (A).
Distripvtion: Fiji, known only from the vicinity of Nandarivatu,
in north-central Viti Levu, at an altitude of 750-1,000 m. The species
is presumably a large forest tree, but no habitat data are supplied.
Although the available material is not entirely satisfactory, it is
sufficiently ample so that an adequate description can be drawn up
of what is patently a very distinct new species. The basic characters
demonstrate its affinity with /. graeffei, but it differs in having its
small ovate leaf-blades more distinctly cordate at base and with a
shorter apex, its flowers larger and shorter-pedicellate, its short-
awned anthers, and in the characteristically persistent indument of
its branchlets and petioles.
23. Elaeocarpus (§ Blepharoceras) xanthodactylus A. C. Sm. sp. nov.
Arbor ramulis petiolisque gracilibus strigoso-puberulis mox gla-
bratis, foliorum laminis ellipticis vel obovato-lanceolatis, petalis roseis
in laciniis 7 vel 8 luteis fissis, staminibus circiter 15 uniseriatis, an-
theris conspicue aristatis distinguenda; 2’. graeffei Seem. et FE. uliano
Christophersen affinis, staminibus et petalorum laciniis paucioribus,
foliorum laminis basi obtusis vel subacutis margine subintegris, ramu-
lis petiolisque mox glabratis valde differt.
Tree, up to 10 m. high, the young parts copiously sericeous with pale
reddish hairs 0.4-0.6 mm. long, the branchlets slender, subterete, 2-3
mm. in diameter toward apices, strigose-puberulent distally (hairs
0.1-0.8 mm. long), glabrate; leaves spaced or somewhat congested on
apical parts of branchlets, the petioles slender, shallowly canalic-
ulate, swollen at base and apex, (0.7-) 1.5-8 cm. long, sparsely
strigose like young branchlets, soon glabrate; leaf-blades papyraceous
or chartaceous, drying dark green, narrowly elliptic or obovate-
lanceolate, (5-) 7-12 cm. long, (2—) 3-5.5 cm. broad, obtuse to subacute
at base and short-decurrent on the petiole, cuspidate at apex (acumen
up to 1 em. long, callose-obtuse) , narrowly recurved at margin and en-
tire or very obscurely crenulate with remote and shallow indentations,
sparsely strigose on costa above or completely glabrous, beneath
strigose on costa and nerves with hairs up to 0.5 mm. long but
soon glabrate, the costa plane or slightly raised above, prominent
beneath, the secondary nerves 7-10 per side, spreading, curved, an-
astomosing toward margin, prominulous above, sharply elevated be-
neath, the veinlet-reticulation intricate, prominulous on both sides;
racemes axillary or arising below leaves, the peduncle 1-2 cm. long,
forming with the rachis a slender axis 5-7 cm. long, this 5-10-flowered,
like the pedicels puberulent or spreading-pilose, the hairs golden,
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 567
0.2-0.4 mm. long, the flower-subtending bracts lanceolate, about 1.5
mm. long, pilose on both sides like the rachis, caducous, the pedicels
slender, 7-10 mm. long at anthesis; sepals 5, thin-carnose, oblong-
lanceolate, 7.5-9 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. broad, subacute, carinate within,
sericeous on both sides with golden hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long; petals 5,
submembranaceous distally, slightly thickened toward base, often re-
maining involute at basal margins, oblong-cuneate, 9.5-10.5 mm. long,
44.5 mm. broad, sparsely golden-sericeous within toward base, other-
wise glabrous, conspicuously fimbriate at apex with 7 or 8 lobes, these
subequal, 2-3.5 mm. long, each with 1 or 2 ultimate veinlets; disk
carnose, 0.5-0.8 mm. high, 5-lobed, the lobes confluent, dorsally sulcate,
hispidulous with golden hairs about 0.2 mm. long; stamens uniseriate,
15 (in several flowers dissected) , 5.5-6.5 mm. long, the filaments terete,
distally minutely hispidulous, 2.2-2.7 mm. long, the anthers 3.3-3.8
mm. long, minutely hispidulous-tuberculate, terminated by a subu-
late dorsal awn 0.8-1 mm. long; ovary ellipsoid, puberulent-sericeous
with pale golden hairs 0.1-0.3 mm. long, the style subulate, 5-6 mm.
long, pilose near base, glabrous distally, the ovary-wall obscurely seri-
ceous within, the locules 2, each with 4-6 biseriate ovules.
Type in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum, collected in dense forest on
the summit ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, east of Lambasa, Province of Mathuata,
Vanua Levu, Fiji, alt. 500-590 m., November 8, 1947, by A. C. Smith (No. 6471).
Duplicate at US.
Distrizution: Known definitely only from the type collection,
taken from a tree 10 m. high; the petals are at first greenish yellow,
then rich pink with yellowish lobes, and the stamens are pale yellow.
From its only close allies, 2. graeffet and £. ulianus, the new species
is readily distinguished by its few stamens, its colored petals with
comparatively few apical laciniae, by having its leaf-blades obtuse to
subacute at base, and by its more readily glabrate habit. Petal-color
is probably a very dependable character in Elacocarpus, within rea-
sonable limits, as it seems correlated with other floral characters ; un-
fortunately it is not always noted by collectors.
Another specimen which suggests &. ganthodactylus is Smith 6555
(A, US), from essentially the type locality (summit of southwestern
ridge of Mt. Numbuiloa, alt. about 500 m.; tree 12 m. high, in dense
forest). This specimen has leaves essentially like those of No. 6471,
but the petioles are 3-6 cm. long and the base of the bla de is more acute.
The infructescence is greatly swollen, the pedicels 18-20 mm. long,
and the persistent disk with hairs 0.3-0.7 mm. long; the flower-
subtending bracts are persistent and 3-4 mm. long. Although the
foliage differences are slight, I hesitate to refer No. 6555 to the new
species because ordinarily, in Hlaeocarpus, the flower-subtending
bracts, pedicels, and disk-indument do not lengthen much with matu-
568 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
rity. The fruit of No. 6555 is of an unusual type; it is ellipsoid, up
to 5 by 3 cm., the epicarp is tough and comparatively thick (0.3-0.4
mm. thick), the mesocarp is fibrous and apparently at least 5 mm.
thick, and the endocarp is very thin, scarcely more than 0.3 mm. thick,
forming an irregularly angled (not flattened) putamen. This is not
the type of putamen found in other Pacific species of this alliance.
More evidence is needed before this specimen can be definitely con-
nected with £. xanthodactylus, but it obviously does not represent any
other described species.
6. § CHASCANTHUS
Elaeocarpus § Chascanthus Schlechter in Bot. Jahrb. 54: 115. 1916.
Section Chascanthus is represented by at least 4 species from New
Guinea and 1 from the Solomon Islands. It seemed to be quite sharply
characterized (Smith, 1944, p. 225-227) on the basis of these species,
but the advisability of retaining it as distinct from § Blepharoceras
should be considered. Apparently the reduced number of ovules in
§ Chascanthus is the most obvious separating basic character, but it is
possible that fruiting characters of consequence will be recognized. I
refer here a single Samoan species, which superficially suggests
§ Blepharoceras.
24. Elaeocarpus (§ Chascanthus) tuasivicus Christophersen in Bishop Mus. Bull.
128: 187. fig. 18. 1935.
Tree, up to 12 m. high, the young parts sericeous with golden hairs
0.3-0.5 mm. long, the branchlets obtusely angled distally and there
2-4 mm. in diameter, minutely strigose-puberulent, soon glabrate;
leaves abundant, closely spaced along branchlets toward apices, the
petioles flattened or broadly canaliculate, drying rugulose, 10-25 mm.
long, strigose like young branchlets, glabrate; leaf-blades subcoria-
ceous to chartaceous, drying brownish, lanceolate to oblanceolate,
(4-) 7-13.5 cm. long, (1.5-) 24.5 em. broad, attenuate at base and
long-decurrent on the petiole, obtuse or obtusely cuspidate at apex
and sometimes faintly emarginate, slightly recurved at margin and
undulate-crenulate (crenations about 1 per centimeter, rounded),
glabrous on both sides or very sparsely strigose beneath when young,
the costa elevated and rounded above, prominent beneath, the second-
ary nerves 6-10 per side, spreading, curved, anastomosing toward
margin, prominulous above, conspicuously raised beneath, the veinlet-
reticulation intricate, prominulous on both sides or immersed above;
racemes axillary or lateral below leaves, the peduncles 2-3 em. long,
forming with the rachis a slender axis 4-8 cm. long and 5-10-flowered,
this puberulent or tomentellous with golden hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long,
at length subglabrate, the flower-subtending bracts oblong-lanceolate,
1.5-3 mm. long, strigose on both sides, soon caducous, the pedicels
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 569
8-15 mm. long at anthesis, pilose like rachis; sepals 5, thin-carnose,
lanceolate, 6.5-7.5 mm. long, 1.7-2 mm. broad, subacute, pilose on both
sides like pedicel and carinate within; petals 5, thin-carnose, thick-
ened toward base, obovate-cuneate, 9-10.5 mm. long, 4.5-6 mm. broad,
glabrous on both sides, conspicuously fimbriate at apex, the lobes 14-18,
lanceolate, subequal, 4-5 mm. long, acute, usually 1-nerved; disk
carnose, 0.7-0.8 mm. high, 5-lobed, the lobes confluent, inconspicu-
ously dorsally sulcate, sericeous-hispidulous with golden hairs 0.2-0.4
mm. long; stamens 18-22, 1- or 2-seriate, 4.5-5 mm. long, the filaments
terete, 1.5-2.2 mm. long, glabrous, narrowed distally, the anthers 2.5-3
mm. long, minutely hispidulous, the dorsal awn subulate, 0.5-0.8 mm.
long, the ventral apex acute; ovary ellipsoid-ovoid, copiously sericeous
with golden hairs 0.2-0.3 mm. long, the style terete, 2.2-2.5 mm. long,
sericeous in lower half, glabrous distally, the ovary-wall thick, the
locules 2, each with 2 collateral ovules.
Typr Locatrry : Above Letui, Savaii, Samoa; type, Christophersen
776, cited below.
Disrrinution: Samoa, apparently limited to the main mountain
range of Savaii (hence the specific epithet) at an elevation of 1,350-
1,700 m., occurring as a shrub or tree 3-12 m. high, in wet or low
forest or in open scrub forest.
SAMOA: Savarr: Above Letui, Christophersen 776 (Bish type, US); on rim
of Papafu Crater, Christophersen 2723 (Bish, K); above Salailua, Christopher-
gen 3115 (A, Bish, US) ; on crater rim above Aopo, Christophersen 3458 (Bish,
K, NY, US).
This apparently very limited endemic is a sharply marked species,
without close allies in Samoa or the adjacent archipelagos. Its closest
relative may be EZ. salomonensis Knuth (in Rep. Sp. Nov. 50:
87. 1941; syn.: EZ. solomonensis A. C. Sm. in Journ. Arb. Arb. 25:
995, 1944). However, the species of the Solomon Islands has the
racemes 15-30 cm. long, the petals with 60-90 laciniae arranged in 5
or 6 primary lobes, 30-35 stamens, and a 3-loculed ovary, as well as
acuminate and closely crenate-serrate leaf-blades. The basic features
of the Samoan plant seem to indicate its position in Schlechter’s
§ Chascanthus, the ovary-locules being clearly biovulate; however,
since this feature may not be readily observed, I have also keyed the
plant in § Blepharoceras, although it certainly has no close relatives
in that section.
7. § COILOPETALUM
Elaeocarpus §Coilopetalum Schlechter in Bot. Jahrb. 54: 134, 1916.
This section contains at least 28 species in New Guinea and 1 in the
Solomon Islands; in the Pacific it extends eastward to the Cook
Islands, being represented in our region by a species common to
570 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
Samoa, Tonga, and Niue; its occurrence in the New Hebrides is also
indicated by a fragment which apparently represents an undescribed
species. The basic characters of § Coilopetalum seem adequately to
characterize it; the flowers are comparatively small, the petals resem-
bling the sepals in size and texture and often conspicuously retrorse-
sericeous within, the ovary is 2—4-locular, the ovules numerous, and
the fruits small, the scarcely ornamented pyrene being nearly round
in cross section, It appears to me a fairly sound section (for dis-
cussion see Smith, 1944, p. 259). Merrill (1951, p. 173) implies that
it is not readily separable from § Monocera, although elsewhere in
the same paper (1951, p. 192) he accepts it as distinct. The very
characteristic fruits, to say nothing of the different floral features,
seem to forbid the reduction of § Coilopetalum to § Monocera,
25, Elaeoearpus (§ Coilopetalum) tonganus Burkill in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35:
29, 1901.
Elaecocarpus samoensis Lauterb. in Bot. Jahrb. 41: 230. 1908; Christopher-
sen in Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 136. 1935; Yuneker in Bishop Mus. Bull.
178: 80. 1943.
Tree, up to 15 m. high, glabrous throughout except inflorescences,
the young parts apparently viscid when fresh, the branchlets
subterete, often striate-rugulose and cicatricose, 2-4 mm. in diameter
toward apices; leaves closely spaced along distal parts of branchlets
or congested, the petioles slender, shallowly canaliculate, slightly
swollen at base and apex, 1.5-4.5 em, long, the blades chartaceous or
thin-coriaceous, drying olivaceous, ovate to elliptic, (5-) 6-13.5 em.
long, 2.5-6 em. broad, broadly obtuse or rarely rounded at. base,
obtusely cuspidate at apex (acumen less than 1 em. long), shallowly
crenulate at margin (crenations 0.5-2 em. apart, obscurely callose-
spinulose and soon rounded), the costa nearly plane or rounded above,
prominent beneath, the secondary nerves 5-8 per side, spreading,
slightly curved, irregularly anastomosing, prominulous or nearly
plane above, sharply elevated beneath and usually with obvious
axillary domatia, the veinlet-reticulation prominulous on both sides
or nearly plane above; racemes axillary or arising below leaves, the
peduncles 2-4 em. long, soon glabrate, forming with the rachis a
slender axis 5-13 cm. long and 5-25-flowered, the rachis and pedicels
sericeous-puberulent with silvery-gray hairs 0.1-0.3 mm. long, the
flower-subtending bracts oblong-lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long, sericeous,
caducous before anthesis, the pedicels slender, curved, 7-15 mm. long
at anthesis; sepals 5, thin-carnose, lanceolate, 6.5-9 mm. long, 1.5-2.8
mm. broad, acute, copiously pilose without like pedicel, conspicuously
carinate and glabrous within; petals 5, thin-carnose, oblong, 6.5-8.3
mm, long, 1.5-3 mm. broad, conspicuously carinate within toward base,
very densely sericeous on both sides (hairs without ascending, 0.3-0.7
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 571
mm. long, within retrorse, 0.5-1 mm. long), fimbriate at apex, the
laciniae 6-11, subequal, lanceolate, subacute, 1-1.5 mm. long; disk
carnose, 0.4-0.6 mm. high, deeply 5-lobed, the lobes confluent, bi-
lobed, strongly projecting, hispidulous distally with hairs 0.1-0.38 mm.
long; stamens 31-52, 2- or 38-seriate, 3.5-5 mm. long, the filaments
slender, terete, 0.8-2.2 mm. long, copiously hispidulous with sub-
ascending hairs 0.1-0.8 mm. long, the anthers 2.5-3.3 mm. long,
minutely tuberculate-hispidulous, the dorsal awn subulate, 0.5-0.9
mm. long, the ventral apex rounded; ovary ovoid, glabrous, the style
slender, 2.5-3.3 mm. long, inconspicuously 3- or 4-angled, the ovary-
wall thick, the locules 8 or 4, each with 6-8 biseriate ovules; infructes-
cence slightly thickening but not elongating, the rachis and pedicels
often pilose but at length glabrate, the disk persistent and obvious;
fruits ellipsoid, coriaceous and rugose when dried, up to 18 mm.
long and 12 mm. broad, obtuse or rounded at both ends, the epicarp
thin, hard, less than 0.05 mm. thick, the mesocarp coarsely granular,
1-1.5 mm. thick, the endocarp very hard and bony, 1-2 mm. thick,
forming an ellipsoid putamen, this coarsely and irregularly rugulose
without, smooth within, inconspicuously 8- or 4-angled, the angles
obtuse, shallowly sulcate, the seed ellipsoid, acute at both ends,
occupying the entire cavity.
Type Locality: Vavau Island, Tonga; the type, Crosby 15, is
cited below. Isotypes of #. samoensis, Vaupel 390, are also cited.
DisrrisuTion: Samoa, Tonga, and Niue, but known from very few
islands. It occurs at elevations close to sea level in Tonga and on
Niue, but in Samoa is reported from 300-750 m. The species has
been noted as a tree 4-15 m. high, growing in various types of forest,
thickets, woodland, and on dry ridges; the fruits are blue or brownish
purple, often glaucous.
LocaL NAMES AND Uses: In Samoa: A omatie (name from a
Kraemer specimen cited by Lauterbach). In Tonga: Mast (ex Mac-
Daniels). On Niue: Malalava, mamalava (ex Yuncker, who notes
that the wood is used for timbers in house construction).
SAMOA: Savair: Olonono, Vaupel 390 (type coll. of E. samoensis, Bish, K,
NY, US); near Olo, above Safotu, Christophersen &€ Hume 2325 (Bish), 2526
(A, Bish, K, NY, US); above Sili, Christophersen 8222 (Bish, K, NY, US).
Upotu: Above Malololelei, ridge to Mt. Vaitou, Christophersen 263 (Bish, NY).
TONGA: Vavau: Crosby 15 (K Type); east of Neiafu, MacDaniels 1101
(Bish).
NIUE: Jensen 1 (BM); south of Alofi, Yuncker 9612 (Bish, US), 9898 (A,
Bish), [9870 also cited by Yuncker, not seen].
The above reduction of £. samoensis to EF. tonganus, not previously
suggested, is made only after very detailed study of the cited speci-
mens, including type material of both names. In foliage the material
from Tonga and Niue is essentially identical with that from Samoa.
572 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM
In flower, the Tonga-Niue specimens have slightly the larger sepals
and petals, the latter tending to have the more numerous apical
laciniae, more numerous stamens (41-52 as opposed to 31-41), and
slightly longer filaments. These are the only differences I can note,
and they are so inconsequential that it seems inadvisable to retain
Ff. samoensis even as an infraspecific taxon.
Elaeocarpus tonganus is probably most closely allied to Z. raro-
tongensis Hemsl. (1896), which unfortunately is not adequately de-
scribed, although points of the original description show beyond
doubt that the species also belongs to § Cotlopetalum. On the basis
of specimens of £’. rarotongensis, from the Cook Islands, now avail-
able (Parks 22040 and 22517), the species has longer petioles and
larger leaf-blades, with more numerous secondaries, than FE. tonganus,
although such differences are not absolute. The disk, in fruiting
condition, in #. rarotongensis has 10 conspicuous and acute costae,
whereas in #’, tonganus the disk is composed of 10 rounded and pro-
jecting lobes. I think that the two taxa will prove amply distinct
when the Rarotonga plant is fully known.
Elaeocarpus floridanus Hemsl. (1896), of the Solomon Islands, is
also of this general relationship; as compared with E. tonganus it
has its leaf-blades proportionately somewhat longer and more obvi-
ously crenulate, while its disk in fruit is of the type discussed above
for #. rarotongensis. It is evident that the species of § Codlopetalum
in the area from the Solomons to the Cook Islands are very closely
related, and the absence of this complex from Fiji, on the basis of
present collections, is puzzling.
Elaeocarpus sp.
NEW HEBRIDES: AneityuM: Anelgauhat Bay, Kajewski 938 (A, US)
(common tree, up to 15 m. high, in rain-forest at about 300 m. alt.).
The cited specimen appears to represent an undescribed species, but
the material is inadequate for description. The leaves have petioles
1.5-8 cm. long and lanceolate subentire blades up to 156 cm. The
infructescence is not more than 2 cm. long, and detached fruits are
ellipsoid, about 25 X18 mm.
Another interesting specimen from the New Hebrides, without
further locality, is a flowering fragment collected by R. E. Burton (A)
on Sept. 15, 1944. This specimen, consisting of a single leaf and
a detached inflorescence in full anthesis, definitely represents an
undescribed species of § Cotlopetalum. The leaf is remarkably
similar to that of Kajewski 938, but the inflorescence is about 8.5
cm. long, and the disk is of a different type; the fruit accompanying
the Kajewski specimen does not necessarily represent § Coilopetalum.
A. C. SMITH: PACIFIC ISLAND PLANTS, XV 573
These two specimens are discussed because they clearly indicate that
at least one undescribed species of Elacocarpus occurs in the New
Hebrides and awaits description.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
GUILLAUMIN, A.
1948. Flore analytique et synoptique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Phanero-
games. Paris.
MERRILL, FE. D.
1945. Plant life of the Pacific world. i-xv, 1-295. New York.
1951. Notes on BHlaeocarpus Linnaeus. Journ. Arn. Arb. 32: 157-200.
ScHLECHTER, R.
1916. Die Elaeocarpaceen Papuasiens. Bot. Jahrb. 54: 92-155. fig. 1-9.
Smiru, A. C.
1944. Studies of Papuasian plants, VI. Elaeocarpaceae. Journ. Arn. Arb.
25: 104-121, 222-298.
INDEX
[Synonyms in italics. Page numbers of principal entries in boldface]
Page Page
A omatie___...._-------------- 571 | Elaeocarpus—Continued
Aceratium braithwaitei_-_.-_-.-- 523 pittosporoides_______-_---- 534
Elaeocarpus__...---.--------- 523 pyriformis__--..------.- 537, 539
Blepharoceras_-- - -- 553, 555, 568 rarotongensis__..__._______ 572
Chascanthus._...---.--- 568 roseiflorus__......-.------ 559
Coilopetalum______---- 569, 572 salomonensis__--_------.-- 569
Dicera_____-_---------- 534 samoensis_.__._------- 570, 571, 572
Fissipetalum_-_-...-.----- 534 solomonensis._..------.--- 569
Ganitrus____..---------- 530 Sp_---------------------- 572
Lobopetalum____-_---_-- 534 sphaericus__...-.__-_-_- 531, 533
Monocera__-_-- 540, 553, 555, 570 sphaericus..-------------- 531
Oreocarpus__--.-------- 553 storckii...------------- 540, 552
Papuanthus....--------- 540 subcapitatus...-.-.____- 550, 553
§ Ptilanthus...-...-------- 530 tonganus.__----_--------- 570
cassinoides__.__---- 535, 538, 539 tuasivicus___..-.---_-.__- 568
chelonimorphus_ 541, 545, 547, 550 ulianus__..-.------------ 562, 567
christophersenii-_--__._---- 531 vitiensis____..-----_-_--- 545, 549
degenerianus____-_------ 562, 564 xanthodactylus___.-_._____- 566
fauroensis__.-_.---------- 531 | Gaigai__..------------------- 541
floridanus____.__--------- 572 | Kambi_.-_------------- 543, 548, 556
gillespieanus____.------- 544, 547 | Kesa_____--_----------------- 538
graeffei__558, 559, 561, 564, 566, 567 | Malalava____.__-__-_---------- 571
graeffet___---------------- 562 | Mamakura_____--__----------- 545
grandis_____-------------- 533 | Mamalava___-.--------------- 571
hebridarum__________-_- 530, 533 | Masi___.___________--_-_--_-- 571
hortensis....._.---------- 553} Mindri_-_..-.-.-_------------- 562
kajewskit___-------------- 523 | Nay-yos__...----------------- 531
kambi____--------------- 555 | Ndrivi___-------------------- 562
kasiensis______----------- 538 | Ngaingai..-__.-.-_----------- 541
laurifolius__.-__---- 549, 551, 553 | Sagavao___._-.--_------------- 564
lepidus___---------------- 547 | Siapo atua___------ ----------- 533
magnifolius___.......-_--- 558 | Sivia__._..__------------------- 543
melochioides____--.------- 552 | Taputoi_____---_------------- 564
milnei_._._--------- 556, 559, 560 | Tongovao_______------------- 533
milnei_...._.------------ 559, 562] Umasa________-_------------- 533
Ovigerus.....--.---------- 554] Vathea_____------------------ 562
persicaefolius.._._.--------- 530 | Wailoaloa_____--------------- 536
(575)
O
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11